We cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace). Our podcast provides tools, resources and ideas for parents, teachers and employees to improve well-being, achievement and productivity using simple neuroscience as it relates to our cognitive (the skills our brain uses to think, read, remember, pay attention), social and interpersonal relationships (with ourselves and others) and emotional learning (where we recognize and manage our emotions, demonstrate empathy and cope with frustration and stress).
Season 1: Provides you with the tools, resources and ideas to implement proven strategies backed by the most current neuroscience research to help you to achieve the long-term gains of implementing a social and emotional learning program in your school, or emotional intelligence program in your workplace. Season 2: Features high level guests who tie in social, emotional and cognitive strategies for high performance in schools, sports and the workplace. Season 3: Ties in some of the top motivational business books and guest with the most current brain research to take your results and productivity to the next level. Season 4: Brings in positive mental health and wellness strategies to help cope with the stresses of life, improving cognition, productivity and results. Season 5: Continues with the theme of mental health and well-being with strategies for implementing practical neuroscience to improve results for schools, sports and the workplace. Season 6: The Future of Educational Neuroscience and its impact on our next generation. Diving deeper into the Science of Learning. Season 7: Brain Health and Well-Being (Focused on Physical and Mental Health).
In this bonus episode Andrea Samadi introduces the Predictable Performance System, a practical roadmap from her Brain’s Operating System. She shows how measuring patterns—not chasing daily scores—plus consistent movement and targeted recovery behaviors create reliable adaptations and better performance over time.
Andrea shares two real-world experiments (including a nine-day green recovery streak), five clear steps—measure, move, recover, adapt, perform—and a simple 7-day challenge to help you discover the single habit that unlocks more consistent results.
On BONUS EPISODE 2, we will cover:Why high performance isn’t about being “green” every day (using a wearable device)What nearly 2,000 recovery scores taught me about consistency and performanceWhy your daily inputs matter more than any single recovery scoreHow I reached a personal best of 9 green recoveries in a rowWhat happened when hard training caused my recovery to drop—and why that wasn’t failureHow another WHOOP user improved his recovery by identifying one key gap: hydrationHow to find your own gap in sleep, hydration, stress, movement, training load, or recoveryThe Predictable Performance System™:Measure → Move → Recover → Adapt → Perform → RepeatWhy recovery is the bridge between today’s effort and tomorrow’s capacityHow to create your own 7-Day Predictable Performance ExperimentThe key question to ask yourself:“What is the one missing input that could unlock my next level of performance?” The goal: Find your gap. Uncover your recipe. Build the system that works for you.
BONUS EPISODE 2
The Predictable Performance System™
How Small Daily Inputs Create Better Recovery, Adaptation and More Consistent Results
WELCOME BACK
Welcome back to the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we explore how understanding the brain can help us create measurable improvements in our well-being, achievement, leadership, productivity, and results.
I'm Andrea Samadi, and over the past several months, we've been building something much bigger than a collection of interviews.
We've been building what I call The Brain's Operating System—a roadmap for understanding how our brain and body work together to create optimal human performance.
Before we jump into today's second Bonus Episode, let's quickly remember where we've been.
PHASE 1 — REGULATION & SAFETY
Everything begins with regulation.
Before the brain can learn, perform, or grow, it first needs the biological conditions that support safety and stability.
In Phase 1, we explored sleep, stress regulation, trauma, resilience and the nervous system.
The lesson was simple:
Regulation creates the conditions for growth.
PHASE 2 — NEUROCHEMISTRY & MOTIVATION
Then we asked:
What moves us into action?
We explored dopamine, beliefs, motivation, habits, attention and sustained effort.
We learned that motivation isn't simply about willpower.
Our brain is continually learning:
What's worth pursuing?
What should I repeat?
Where should I invest my energy with?
Phase 2 gave us some direction.
PHASE 3 — MOVEMENT, LEARNING & COGNITION
And now we're deep inside Phase 3.
This is where movement becomes much more than exercise.
Movement activates the brain.
It supports attention.
Learning.
Memory.
Metabolism.
And when movement is paired with adequate recovery, something important happens:
Adaptation.
That's where our system begins to change.
So the basic sequence we've been studying is:
Movement → Recovery → Adaptation → Performance.
But while studying this process, another question kept coming back to me.
Why do some people consistently improve...while others feel like they're starting over every Monday and they are searching for the right formula.
That question led me to today's framework:
THE PREDICTABLE PERFORMANCE SYSTEM™
And this Bonus Episode is where I want to put the science into action.
Throughout The Brain's Operating System, these Bonus Episodes will give me an opportunity to step away from the interviews and show you what happens when I apply what we're learning to my own life.
I'll share the experiments.
The data.
What worked.
What didn't.
And most importantly...
what we can learn from it, so we can ALL apply this information to our own lives.
Because neuroscience becomes much more useful when we can turn what we know into something we can actually do.
THE QUESTION THAT STARTED THIS EXPERIMENT
Over the past five years, I've tracked close to 2,000 recovery scores using WHOOP (wearable device).
And recently something happened that surprised me.
I recorded nine green recoveries in a row (which meant for 9 days in a row, I had mastered recovery (my body’s ability to take on strain and perform). This recovery score is calculated overnight using my RHR, HRV, RR, SpO2 (blood O2) and skin temperature. Factors like strain, stress and lifestyle choices affect this Recovery Score.
That was a personal record.
For years, I could put together a few strong days.
Sometimes even a strong week. My record for years was 7 days in a row.
But eventually something would interrupt the pattern.
I'd train too hard.
Sleep poorly.
Travel.
Get busy.
Or simply fail to give myself enough time to recover.
So when I reached nine consecutive green recoveries, instead of just celebrating the streak, I became curious.
I asked:
What changed?
Because I wasn't on vacation.
My work hadn't disappeared.
I was still recording the podcast.
Still exercising.
Still traveling.
Waking up early.
Eating the same diet.
In those green days most of the days I avoided alcohol (something I have learned from measuring everything I ingest—this will automatically tank my recovery score) but I did have one drink a couple of these days and still managed to keep a green score. Something that was highly unusual.
I kept wondering what was I doing differently. Life hadn't suddenly become easy.
So what was different?
I went back through my data.
And I stopped looking at individual scores.
Instead, I started looking for patterns.
That distinction changed everything.
DON'T CHASE THE SCORE. STUDY THE PATTERN.
When I first started tracking recovery, I'd look at each morning individually.
Green?
Great.
Yellow?
What did I do wrong?
Red?
I must have done something terribly wrong!
Looking at the patterns, I did learn that after a 4-hour hike, even one alcoholic drink will kick my recovery score into the red unrecovered zone. When you push your body hard, it’s just not worth it to ingest a neuro-toxin. At least for me, it’s not worth it.
We are all different, and that’s why measuring your own data is a valuable activity. What tanks my score, might not tank yours.
Now I’m wondering what happens repeatedly?
What tends to happen before my strongest recoveries?
What happens before my worst ones? (the recipe was beyond clear here).
What habits disappear when my recovery starts declining?
And which habits consistently appear when it improves?
That's where the story became much clearer.
It wasn't one workout.
It wasn't one supplement.
It wasn't one perfect night's sleep.
And it definitely wasn't motivation.
It was the accumulation of small behaviors being repeated consistently.
And that led me to one of the most important lessons from this entire experiment:
The recovery score doesn't create the result.
The behaviors that happened before the recovery score create the conditions for the result.
I learned my recipe to create a RED recovery, and how to create a GREEN.
The wearable device simply gives us feedback on how well we are doing with our recipe for success.
THE DATA TELLS TWO STORIES
When I looked at the data, I realized I actually had two experiments happening.
The first was mine. I had the recipe for how to recover, and how to tank my score.
The second belonged to another WHOOP user.
And together, they revealed something much more interesting than either story alone.
STORY ONE — MY DATA
When I zoomed out across 6 months, my average recovery was around 58%.
That's real life.
There were excellent weeks.
There were difficult weeks.
Travel. When I was away internationally, sometimes without internet, the data didn’t record correctly, but this is a good picture of what my scores look like.
Work.
Training.
Stress.
Vacations.
Life happens.
But recently that monthly average climbed to approximately 63%—an 11% improvement over the month before.
For me, that mattered.
Historically, when my monthly recovery averages climbed substantially, it was often because I had removed myself from normal life.
Maybe I was on vacation.
Maybe I was completely unplugged.
But this time I wasn't.
I was working.
Training.
Recording.
Traveling.
Living normal life.
Life didn't become easier.
My daily system became more consistent.
And eventually that consistency produced something I'd never seen before:
Nine green recoveries in a row.
But here's what happened next. If you look at the graph…I just went about life as usual.
I trained hard.
My recovery dropped.
And that became perhaps an even more important part of the experiment.
Because this time I didn't panic.
I didn't interpret one lower score as failure.
I simply returned to the consistent behaviors that had been working in my GREEN streak.
Sleep.
Hydration.
Movement.
Stress management.
Recovery time.
And within a few days, the stronger recovery scores returned.
That taught me something important:
Predictable performance does NOT mean perfect performance.
It means that you’ve got to find a system you know how to return to.
My GREEN scores are now predictable.
STORY TWO — FIND THE LEVER
Around the same time, another WHOOP user turned to me and asked “why am I stuck in RED (unrecovered) everyday?”
His pattern looked completely different.
His monthly recovery average was around 41%.
Lots of yellow.
Lots of red.
And very little improvement.
Instead of randomly changing everything, we looked at the inputs.
Sleep.
Stress.
Training load.
Recovery time.
Hydration.
And one variable stood out to me.
Hydration.
So rather than redesigning his entire life, we focused on consistently improving that one behavior.
When I say he improved hydration, we increased not just water, but we added an electrolyte drink (Liquid IV sugar free[i]) to his water to replenish minerals like sodium and potassium that he was losing from sweating in the 115 degree weather we are experiencing at the moment in AZ.
Then we watched the data.
His recovery pattern improved.
More yellows appeared.
His averages increased.
And his recovery became more consistent. Today I asked him what he’s noticed with this one change, and he let me know that his scores have been creeping up slowly. No green scores yet, but he’s high yellow, which shows me that he’s cracking his recovery recipe.
Now, that doesn't mean hydration is the magic answer for everyone.
That's not the lesson.
The lesson is:
Find YOUR lever.
For one person, it might be hydration.
For someone else, it might be sleep.
Alcohol.
Stress.
Training volume.
Late-night eating.
Travel.
Or simply not allowing enough recovery between difficult training sessions.
Your job isn't to copy someone else's system perfectly.
Your job is to use feedback to discover what matters most for you.
Find your gap in your recovery system and you unlock more consistent, predictable performance.
TAKEAWAY #1
STOP GUESSING. START MEASURING.
You cannot recognize a pattern you aren't observing.
And you don't need WHOOP to do this. Just find what tool works best for you.
You could track five simple things each morning:
SleepHow well did I sleep? EnergyHow energetic do I feel? StressHow stressed or regulated do I feel? MovementWhat did I do yesterday? Recovery behaviorsDid I hydrate, recover and give my body what it needed? Give each category a simple score out of 10.
Then look at the entire week.
Not just one day.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT:
For the next seven days, spend 30 seconds each morning recording:
Hours of sleepEnergy from 1–10Stress from 1–10Yesterday's movementOne recovery behavior Don't change anything yet.
First, collect information.
Look for patterns before looking for the solution.
THE BIG REALIZATION
As I studied both experiments, the framework became obvious.
Recovery isn't something that simply happens to us.
There are many things we can't control.
But every day we can influence the probability of recovering well.
Our choices create patterns.
Patterns create trends.
Trends influence adaptation.
And over enough time...
those adaptations influence performance.
Which brings us to the system.
THE PREDICTABLE PERFORMANCE SYSTEM™
There are five steps.
STEP 1 — MEASURE
Awareness comes first.
Track enough information to recognize trends.
But remember:
The goal isn't to become obsessed with data. (I’m borderline obsessed with mine).
The goal is to use data to make better decisions.
ASK YOURSELF:
What's improving? What did I do to get this improvement? Write it down.
What's declining? What did I do to tank my score? Write it down.
And what repeatedly happens before each pattern?
Learn your recovery recipe. What works for you? What does not work?
TIP:
Look at your weekly average instead of judging yourself by one day.
One bad night doesn't define your health.
One hard workout doesn't destroy your fitness.
One red recovery doesn't erase your progress.
Look for the trend.
Learn what your personal recipe for success is.
STEP 2 — MOVE
Movement is the input.
This is where Phase 3 begins.
Movement challenges the system.
We don’t want to aim for a month of all green or high recoveries, because then we aren’t challenging our system.
Movement activates the brain and body and provides the stimulus from which adaptation can occur.
But movement doesn't always mean crushing yourself in the gym.
It might mean:
Walking.
Strength training.
Hiking.
Mobility.
Cycling.
Running.
Playing a sport.
Or simply interrupting long periods of sitting.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT:
Ask yourself each morning:
"How will I move today?"
Don't leave movement to chance.
Put something on the calendar.
Even a 20-minute walk counts.
Consistency matters.
STEP 3 — RECOVER
This is the step I underestimated for years.
I understood effort.
I understood discipline.
I understood training.
But I didn't fully appreciate that the work isn't complete when the workout ends.
The brain and body still have to process the stimulus.
So recovery becomes an active part of the performance system.
Protect sleep.
Hydrate.
Manage stress.
Build recovery into the schedule.
And learn when not to push.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT:
Create what I call your Recovery Minimums.
Choose three behaviors that you protect even during busy weeks.
For example:
My Recovery Minimums
✓ Consistent sleep (going to bed and waking up at the same time)✓ Daily hydration (I use liquid IV in the day and LMNT hot chocolate at night)✓ Daily movement (I walk every morning, hike on the weekends, fit in gym workouts and strength training) to keep movement going.✓ Stress regulation (always a work in progress, but breath work is my current way to manage stress)✓ Time for recovery (I stack meditation and infrared sauna use together to save time).
Your list may look different.
But decide what your minimums are before life gets busy and you aren’t putting time into recovery.
STEP 4 — ADAPT
This is the part we usually can't see.
And it's one of the reasons people quit too early.
Adaptation happens behind the scenes.
You train.
You recover.
And your system responds.
Over time, movement becomes easier.
Your capacity expands.
Your cardiovascular system becomes more efficient.
Skills become more automatic.
Your tolerance for challenge increases.
Then one day...
something that once felt difficult feels normal.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT:
Don't only measure outcomes.
Look for evidence of adaptation.
Ask:
Is this workout getting easier?Am I recovering faster?Is my resting heart rate trending differently?Am I sleeping better? Look for how many wakes you have each night.Can I handle more work without feeling depleted?Is my concentration improving?Am I stronger?Do I have more energy? Those are clues that the system is adapting.
STEP 5 — PERFORM
This is where most people want to start.
Results.
Achievement.
The High Performance.
But performance isn't Step One.
It's Step Five.
First we provide the stimulus. We move.
Then we recover.
Then we adapt.
And eventually...
performance becomes evidence that the earlier steps worked.
You will notice you can sit longer, stay focused on one task, and see tasks through to completion.
This changes the question from:
"How can I perform better today?"
to:
"What can I do today that makes better performance more likely tomorrow?"
That's a very different way of thinking.
TAKEAWAY #2
DON'T TRY TO FIX EVERYTHING.
One of the most useful things we learned from the second recovery experiment was that sometimes one behavior acts as a bottleneck.
For the person with the low recovery score, hydration appeared to be an important lever. Stick to changing ONE thing at a time. When I first saw his HRV, I wanted to go there, but we started with hydration.
So here's something you can try.
Look at your own patterns and ask:
"What is the ONE behavior that would make everything else work better?"
Maybe it's getting to bed earlier.
Maybe it's drinking more water.
Maybe it's moving every day.
Maybe it's reducing alcohol.
Maybe it's taking a recovery day.
Maybe it's managing evening stress.
Start there.
TIP:
Run a seven-day experiment.
Change one variable.
Keep everything else reasonably consistent.
Track what happens.
Then evaluate.
Don't guess.
Test.
This has been the most eye-opening part of finding my own personal recipe for high performance. Once you uncover yours, you can create your own predictable formula for high performance.
TAKEAWAY #3
CREATE A BASELINE YOU CAN RETURN TO.
One of the biggest changes in my thinking came after the nine-green streak ended.
My recovery dropped after hard training.
But I knew what to do.
I returned to the system.
That's resilience.
Not maintaining perfect conditions forever.
But knowing how to return to your baseline when life knocks you away from it.
Ask yourself:
"When everything gets busy, what behaviors bring me back?"
Write them down.
That becomes your reset protocol. That’s how I was able to create high recoveries the past few days making my monthly recovery a 16% increase over last month.
TAKEAWAY #4
RECOVERY IS THE BRIDGE
While developing this framework, I kept seeing the same image in my mind.
A bridge.
On one side is today's effort.
On the other side is tomorrow's capability.
Recovery is the bridge connecting the two.
Without sufficient recovery, today's effort may never fully become tomorrow's capacity.
With recovery, we give the brain and body an opportunity to adapt.
Today's habits create the conditions for today's recovery.
Recovery supports tomorrow's adaptation.
Adaptation creates future capacity.
And expanded capacity improves performance.
That's the system.
YOUR 7-DAY PREDICTABLE PERFORMANCE EXPERIMENT
Here's your action step from today's episode.
For the next seven days:
MEASURE Track sleep, energy, stress and how overall recovered you feel each day. If you don’t have a device to do this, just rank yourself on a scale of 0-10.
MOVE Do something intentional every day.
RECOVER Protect the recovery behaviors you've identified as most important. Mine are daily meditation, journaling, hydration, breath work and sauna use.
LOOK FOR ADAPTATION Notice what begins becoming easier or more consistent.
Where do you feel stronger?
REVIEW YOUR PERFORMANCE At the end of seven days, ask:
What improved?
What got worse?
What behavior had the biggest effect?
What should I repeat next week?
That's it.
You're not trying to create a perfect week.
You're trying to learn how your own system works.
I don’t know what your recipe for high performance will look like, but once you’ve got this recipe, your life will never be the same.
THE BIG TAKEAWAY
After nearly 2,000 recovery scores, here's what I believe matters most.
Don't chase the score.
Chase the behaviors that create the score. (Notice what they are—write them down).
Don't chase one perfect workout.
Build consistency.
Don't panic when the data drops.
Investigate.
Don't change ten things at once.
Find the lever.
And above all...
don't confuse effort with adaptation.
Sometimes the thing that moves us forward isn't doing more.
It's allowing the work we've already done to become part of us.
The goal isn't perfect recovery.
The goal isn't nine green days (while I’ve got my eye on how I can make this 10)…
The goal isn't controlling every variable in our lives.
The goal is to create a system that makes better outcomes more likely.
Better days become better weeks.
Better weeks become better months.
And over enough time...
what once felt difficult can become your new normal.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude BONUS EPISODE 2:
Find the Gap—How Recovery Unlocks Predictable Performance, here's where we are in The Brain's Operating System.
Phase 1 taught us to regulate.
Before we can learn, perform, or grow, we need the biological conditions that support safety and stability.
Phase 2 taught us what drives us to act.
We explored motivation, dopamine, beliefs, attention, and the internal chemistry that moves us toward a goal.
And now...
Phase 3 is teaching us how we change.
We move.
We create a stimulus.
We recover.
The brain and body adapt.
Our capacity expands.
And eventually, that adaptation shows up as better performance.
That's why today's framework matters.
Because when performance feels inconsistent, the answer isn't always to work harder.
Sometimes we need to ask:
Where is the gap in my system?
Is it movement?
Sleep?
Hydration?
Stress?
Recovery time?
Consistency?
Because when we can identify the gap, we can begin to change the input.
And when we change the input consistently...
we create new conditions for adaptation.
That's how performance begins to change.
So remember the sequence:
Measure.Move.Recover.Adapt.Perform.
And then repeat.
Because performance isn't a finish line.
It's feedback from the system you're building.
When we complete Phase 3, we'll soon move into Phase 4—Connection, Emotion & Social Intelligence, where another layer enters the system:
Other people.
Relationships.
Emotion.
Trust.
Communication.
Empathy.
Leadership.
And then in Phase 5—Integration & Human Performance, we'll bring everything together:
Regulation.
Motivation.
Movement.
Recovery.
Emotion.
Relationships.
Learning.
Purpose.
And performance.
Because ultimately, no system works in isolation.
Human performance is the result of all of these systems working together.
FINAL TAKEAWAY
If there's one idea I hope you remember from today's episode, it's this:
Don't just chase the outcome. Study the system producing it.
If your results aren't where you want them to be...
find the gap.
Because the gap may not be in your effort.
It may be in your recovery.
And when you find the gap in your recovery system...
you unlock your next level of adaptation, capacity, and performance.
Thank you for joining me for this second Bonus Episode.
If today's framework helped connect the dots for you, I'd love to hear what you discover.
What's the one habit that has the greatest impact on your recovery and performance?
Sleep?
Movement?
Hydration?
Stress management?
Recovery time?
And if you try the 7-Day Predictable Performance Experiment, pay attention to what your own data teaches you.
Not whether every day is perfect.
But what patterns begin to emerge.
Until next time...
Keep measuring.Keep moving.Keep recovering.Give your brain and body time to adapt.And keep building the systems that make better performance more predictable.
Have an incredible week and we’ll see you on EP 405 where we revisit Dr. Kristen Holmes and dive deep into more ways to improve our recovery.,
RESOURCES:
Phase 1: Regulation & Safety
The FoundationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Everything begins with regulation.
Before we can focus, learn, lead, or perform, the brain first asks one fundamental question:
Am I safe?
Throughout Phase 1, our guests showed us that regulation isn't simply about reducing stress—it's about creating the biological conditions that allow the brain to learn, adapt, and thrive.
Together we explored:
Baland Jalal – how sleep, curiosity, imagination, and creativity prepare the brain for learning. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/Dr. Bruce Perry – why regulation, rhythm, and relationships form the foundation of every healthy nervous system. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/Dr. Sui Wong – how lifestyle medicine and autonomic balance build lifelong brain resilience. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/your-eyes-the-brain-s-early-warning-system/Rohan Dixit – how heart rate variability gives us real-time feedback on our ability to regulate stress. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/breathe-to-reset-how-hrv-tech-reveals-hidden-stress/Dr. Kristen Holmes – how recovery metrics reveal our physiological readiness to perform. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/Dr. Antonio Zadra – how sleep and dreaming consolidate memories, regulate emotions, and generate insight. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/when-brains-dream-how-sleep-integrates-emotion-insight-and-creativity/ Together these conversations taught us that sleep and stress regulation aren't optional—they're the operating system that allows every higher brain function to work.
Phase 2: Motivation & Neurochemistry
The DirectionCore Question: What moves us into action?
Once the brain feels safe, it becomes ready to pursue goals.
In Phase 2, we explored the internal chemistry that transforms intention into action.
Our experts helped us understand that sustainable motivation isn't about willpower—it's about aligning our beliefs, thoughts, attention, energy, and movement.
Together we discovered:
Bob Proctor — our beliefs determine the direction of our lives. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/belief-first-the-neuroscience-of-motivation/Dr. Carolyn Leaf — our thinking literally changes our brain chemistry. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/thoughts-as-biology-how-your-mind-shapes-neurochemistry/Dr. John Medina — attention determines what the brain encodes and remembers. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/theory-of-mind-the-missing-link-between-attention-reward-and-motivationDr. Anna Lembke- Dopamine, Motivation and Why the Brain Repeats Behavior https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dopamine-nation-the-pleasure%e2%80%93pain-balance-that-drives-motivation/Dr. Friederike Fabritius — managing our energy allows high performance to become sustainable. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/fun-fear-focus-closing-the-motivation-loop/Dr. Chuck Hillman & Paul Zientarski — movement activates the brain, preparing it to learn. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/move-to-learn-how-movement-activates-the-brain-and-fuels-motivation/ By the end of Phase 2, we introduced what became The Motivation Loop, showing how beliefs influence thoughts, thoughts influence actions, actions create results, and results reinforce future beliefs.
Phase 3: Movement, Learning & Human Performance
The TransformationCore Question: How does movement change the brain—and how does recovery transform that change into performance?
Now we're taking the next step.
Phase 3 builds on everything we've learned so far.
If Phase 1 created a regulated nervous system...If Phase 2 created motivation and direction...
Phase 3 explains how the brain and body actually become stronger.
Together we've explored this process through conversations with:
Dr. Chuck Hillman & Paul Zientarski — why movement activates the brain before learning. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-first-how-a-20%e2%80%91minute-walk-lights-up-the-brain/Dr. John Ratey — how exercise builds a healthier, younger brain. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-matters-how-every-move-rewires-the-brain/Dr. Kristen Holmes — why recovery determines adaptation and readiness.Dr. John Medina — how attention transforms movement into lasting learning.Jason Whitrock — how metabolism and cellular energy fuel long-term performance. WHERE WE ARE GOING NEXT
Phase 4 — Connection, Emotion & Social Intelligence
The Human SystemCore Question: How do we thrive with other people?
The brain didn't evolve in isolation—it evolved through relationships. In Phase 4, we'll explore emotional intelligence, empathy, communication, trust, leadership, and psychological safety to understand how our relationships shape learning, well-being, and performance.
Phase 5 — Integration & Human Performance
The Complete SystemCore Question: How do all the systems work together?
In our final phase, we'll bring everything together—regulation, motivation, movement, emotion, relationships, learning, and recovery—into one integrated framework. We'll discover how these systems work together to create measurable improvements in our well-being, achievement, leadership, productivity, and results.
REFERENCES:
[i] Liquid IV https://www.liquid-iv.com/collections/hydration-multiplier-sugar-free
In this episode Andrea Samadi explores Phase Three of the Brain’s Operating System — how movement acts as the essential input that activates the brain, sharpens attention, boosts learning, and improves social and emotional readiness. Drawing on Dr. John Ratey’s insights and related neuroscience research, she explains the chain reaction from exercise to brain activation, learning, and adaptation.
The episode also emphasizes the vital role of recovery in consolidating gains so movement leads to lasting performance improvements, and invites listeners to adopt movement as a daily catalyst for clearer thinking, better learning, and greater resilience.
Dr. John Ratey and The Movement Loop
On this episode 404, we will:
Explore where Dr. John Ratey's groundbreaking research fits within the Movement Loop.Understand how movement activates the brain and prepares us to learn.Discover why attention is the gateway to learning and performance.Connect Dr. Ratey's work with Dr. Chuck Hillman, Dr. John Medina, Kristen Holmes, and Jason Whitrock to see the bigger picture.Learn how movement becomes lasting human performance by building our capacity over time. How Movement Becomes Human Performance
Welcome back to the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I'm Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
If you've been following along through Season 16, you'll know we've been building what I call The Brain's Operating System for Human Performance—a neuroscience-based framework that explains how movement, recovery, and adaptation work together to improve our health, learning, leadership, and performance.
Over the past seven years and more than 400 episodes, I've had the privilege of interviewing neuroscientists, physicians, psychologists, educators, and high performers from around the world. As I looked across those conversations, I realized they weren't isolated ideas—they were pieces of a much larger system.
I've organized that system into five interconnected phases that mirror how we grow and develop throughout life. And as we work through each of these phases, we are sharpening our saw for productivity, learning and high performance, really, with the brain and body in mind.
Phase 1 is Regulation and Safety, we launched on EP 384[i] with Dr. Baland Jalal on Sleep, Safety and Curiosity. This phase is where we build the foundation by understanding the nervous system, stress, emotions, and the importance of creating internal and external safety before learning or productivity can take place.
Phase 2 is Neurochemistry and Motivation, where we explore how dopamine, reward, purpose, and emotional regulation influence our choices, habits, and sustained effort.
Today, we're in Phase 3: Movement, Learning, and Cognition. This is where movement becomes the catalyst that prepares the brain to pay attention, learn, adapt, and ultimately perform at a higher level.
In Phase 4, we'll discover how perception and social intelligence shape the way we understand ourselves, communicate, build trust, and strengthen relationships.
And finally, in Phase 5, we'll bring everything together through integration and meaning—understanding how our experiences become wisdom, resilience, purpose, and lifelong growth.
Each phase builds on the one before it, because meaningful human performance isn't created in a single breakthrough—it's built one system at a time.
Together, they create what I believe is the brain's operating system for human performance. If we want to improve the entire big picture of our results, we can dive deeper into these 5 phases to see what areas we could sharpen a bit. I’ve put the individual episodes of each phase in the show notes for a deeper dive.
Today's episode is one of those foundational pieces of Phase 3. Because before we can improve performance, we first need to understand how movement changes the brain.
In Episode 402[ii], we introduced The Movement Loop, built around one simple idea:
Movement is the input—it's what we do.Recovery enables adaptation—it's how the brain and body grow stronger.Performance is the outcome—the results we can see, feel, and measure.
Every cycle expands our capacity to learn, lead, and perform.
Every movement we make sends a signal to the brain and body. That signal activates the brain— increasing blood flow, neurotransmitters, and neuroplasticity—preparing us to pay attention and learn. When movement is followed by adequate recovery, the brain and body adapt. Those adaptations become the foundation for better performance—whether that's learning more effectively, thinking more clearly, leading with greater confidence, or improving our physical health.
Then, in Episode 403[iii], Dr. Chuck Hillman helped us understand why movement changes the brain.
We learned that every step increases blood flow, stimulates the release of Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor—BDNF, often called fertilizer for the brain—and prepares the neural networks responsible for attention, learning, memory, and executive function.
But understanding why movement changes the brain is only part of the story.
Today's episode answers a different question:
What does that actually look like in real life? How does movement change our brain?
To answer that question, we're returning to one of my favorite interviews from March of 2021 with Harvard psychiatrist and bestselling author Dr. John Ratey, whose groundbreaking book Spark helped change the way millions of people think about exercise and the brain.
Now, you might be wondering...
"Andrea, didn't we already review Dr. Ratey's work in Episodes 375[iv] and 376[v]?"
We did.
But today isn't simply another review.
Today we're looking at Dr. Ratey's work through an entirely new lens.
When we first interviewed Dr. Ratey in 2021, I knew movement was important. But after spending the past several years interviewing experts like Dr. Chuck Hillman, Dr. John Medina, Dr. Kristen Holmes, Jason Whitrock, and hundreds of others—and measuring my own health and performance data that we'll explore throughout this season's bonus episodes—I now understand exactly where Dr. Ratey's research fits inside the Movement Loop.
As I looked across all of those conversations, I realized they weren't isolated ideas.
They were pieces of one much larger system.
Today we're in Phase 3: Movement, Learning, and Cognition—the phase where movement becomes the catalyst for attention, learning, adaptation, and ultimately, human performance.
In the coming phases, we'll discover how perception shapes our relationships, and finally how everything integrates into meaning, purpose, and lifelong growth.
Today's conversation with Dr. Ratey is one of the foundational building blocks of Phase 3.
Why This MattersIf you've listened to this podcast for a while, you've probably heard me talk about movement as one of the few true non-negotiables in my day.
Before my workday begins, I've already made time to move—not because I'm training for a race or trying to burn calories, but because I know how profoundly movement changes the way my brain performs.
The research is clear. Movement prepares the brain to pay attention, learn more effectively, regulate emotions, solve problems, and perform at a higher level.
I've experienced these benefits firsthand. On the days I move first, I think more clearly, I'm more productive, and I'm better equipped to handle whatever challenges the day brings. And I imagine many of you listening have experienced the same thing. Once you begin noticing how movement changes your thinking, it becomes much easier to make it a consistent part of your life.
Why This Season ExistsThat's why my hope for Season 16 isn't simply to convince you that exercise is good for you.
My goal is much bigger than that.
It's to demonstrate why movement is the first step in The movement loop—and to show how every movement you make begins a chain reaction that improves learning, health, leadership, and performance.
With every cycle, we don't just improve today's performance.
We expand our capacity for tomorrow.
As we continue exploring the Movement Loop, I hope you'll begin to see movement differently—not as another item on your to-do list, but as the input that starts an entire system of growth.
Because movement isn't the goal.
Movement is the beginning of everything that follows.
CLIP 1: Movement Primes the Brain for Learning
CLIP 1: Social Connection
Reflection: Where This Fits in the Movement Loop
Let’s review Clip 1 with Dr. Ratey.
When we listen to his clip through that lens, every sentence he shares fits into a specific step of the process.
Reviewing Dr. Ratey, through the lens of The Movement Loop.
Step 1: Movement — The Input
Everything begins with movement.
Movement is the signal we send to the brain and body that says:
"It's time to wake up. It's time to adapt."
Without movement, nothing else in the loop begins.
As Dr. Ratey says, movement is what "turns on the thinking parts of the brain."
Step 2: Brain Activation — The Brain Wakes Up
This is exactly what we learned from Dr. Chuck Hillman in Episode 403[vi].
Movement immediately increases blood flow to the brain.
It activates neurotransmitters.
It stimulates Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor, or BDNF, helping create the ideal environment for learning.
Dr. Hillman explained what is happening biologically.
Dr. Ratey in this clip explains what we experience.
You suddenly feel more alert.
More awake.
More ready to think.
These are two perspectives describing the same process.
Step 3: Attention — The Gateway to Learning
This is where Dr. Ratey's words become especially powerful.
He says movement helps us:
stay with an idea,focus longer,evaluate information,scan our memory,and even simply stay seated long enough to think through something difficult. That isn't just better concentration.
That's improved attention, and attention is the gateway to learning.
Without attention, very little learning takes place.
Movement prepares the brain to pay attention.
At this point in the interview, he was referencing the fact that I had told him that I couldn’t write podcast episodes on this topic without moving my body first. In the early days of this podcast, I found the science very difficult to understand. A couple of times I did think that this topic was over my head, and almost considered giving up. Almost, but very grateful for where the learning took me that I stuck it through.
Step 4: Learning — Building New Neural Connections
Once attention improves, learning becomes possible.
Now the brain can:
process information,make connections,strengthen memories,and solve problems more effectively. This is why Dr. Ratey says movement helps us become better learners, better thinkers, better workers, and better students.
Movement isn't improving muscles first.
It's improving the brain's ability to learn.
Step 5: Social and Emotional Readiness
One part of this interview that has become even more meaningful over time is Dr. Ratey's explanation of social connection.
Exercise doesn't only improve cognition.
It also changes our emotional state.
We're more motivated.
We regulate our emotions more effectively.
We become more socially connected.
Dr. Ratey explains that movement increases oxytocin—the hormone associated with bonding and trust—making us more open to connecting with others.
That's important because learning has always been social.
Whether we're in a classroom, at work, or with our families, our ability to connect with other people influences how well we learn, communicate, and perform.
Movement prepares us socially as well as cognitively.
Step 6: Recovery and Adaptation — Where Lasting Change Happens
Now here's the part I didn't fully appreciate back in 2021.
Everything Dr. Ratey has described prepares the brain for learning.
But those immediate benefits only become lasting improvements if they're followed by recovery.
Recovery is when the brain consolidates learning.
It's when new neural connections are strengthened.
It's when adaptation occurs.
This is where Kristen Holmes' work on recovery fits perfectly into the Movement Loop. We recently reviewed our 2021 interview with Kristen Holmes on EP 390[vii] “What Gets Measured Improves: Sleep, Recovery and Strain” and it was Dr. Holmes who was (not the first person to notice I could improve my recovery scores) but was stern enough with me about how important that it was, and how I was leaving a lot off the table by not getting enough sleep/recovery to match the strain I was pushing towards each day.
Movement starts the process.
Recovery completes it.
And together (this won’t happen if one is missing) they create adaptation—the biological changes that make us stronger, healthier, and more resilient over time.
The Big TakeawayWhen I first interviewed Dr. John Ratey in 2021, I thought he was teaching us why exercise is good for the brain.
Today, after years of interviewing neuroscientists, physicians, performance experts, and educators, I see something much bigger.
Dr. Ratey wasn't simply describing the benefits of exercise.
He was describing the beginning of a biological process.
Movement is the input.
Movement activates the brain.
The activated brain becomes ready to focus, learn, regulate emotions, and connect with others.
Learning, when supported by recovery, leads to adaptation.
Adaptation creates better performance.
And every time we move through that cycle, we expand our capacity to meet tomorrow's challenges.
That's the Movement Loop.
It's not just a framework for understanding exercise.
It's a framework for understanding how the brain changes, how we grow, and how human performance is built—one movement at a time.
Review and Conclusion: The Movement Loop and Dr. RateyTo review and conclude what we've learned today.
Dr. Ratey's interview wasn't simply about why exercise is good for the brain.
It was about how movement begins a chain reaction that changes the way we learn, think, and perform.
We discovered that:
Movement is the input.
Every movement sends a signal to the brain and body that it's time to change.
Movement activates the brain.
Blood flow increases.
Neurotransmitters increase.
BDNF begins preparing the brain for learning.
The activated brain becomes ready.
Attention improves.
Executive function sharpens.
Emotions become easier to regulate.
We're even more prepared to connect with other people.
That readiness makes learning possible.
New neural pathways begin to form.
The brain starts building stronger and more efficient networks.
But learning doesn't end when the workout ends.
Recovery allows the brain to consolidate what movement started.
Recovery creates adaptation.
Adaptation creates better performance.
And every time we complete that cycle, we expand our capacity for whatever challenge comes next.
That's the Movement Loop.
This is something I've learned through years of interviewing experts, but also through measuring my own health and performance.
The days I move first are always the days I think more clearly.
I'm more creative with what I write as well as making connections that are important to me in my day to day life.
More productive- with the entire day (family and work).
More patient (with my kids and family)
More present and clear.
Movement doesn't solve every problem.
But it prepares us to solve problems better, and increases our capacity and productivity.
And that's a lesson I'll keep coming back to throughout this season.
Coming Next…
But there's still one important question we haven't answered.
If movement activates the brain...
why do some people consistently improve --while others seem to work just as hard without seeing the same results?
Is it genetics?
Motivation?
Discipline?
Or is there something happening between today's effort and tomorrow's performance?
Next week, in Bonus Episode 2, we'll answer that question.
We'll explore what I call The Predictable Performance System and look at years of my own recovery data to understand why recovery isn't simply the opposite of training—it's the bridge between today's habits and tomorrow's performance.
Because the difference between predictable and unpredictable results...
isn't luck.
It's recovery. It’s how we are balancing how much we push with how much we are able to rest/recover.
Until next time...
Keep moving.
Protect your recovery.
Build your capacity.
And continue designing your brain's operating system for lifelong learning, health, leadership, and human performance.
Thanks for joining me.
I'll see you next week.
RESOURCES:
Clip 1 Movement and the Brain Dr. Ratey
https://www.youtube.com/shorts/bbB4NzsnyQ0
Clip 1 Social Connection Dr. Ratey https://www.youtube.com/shorts/bbB4NzsnyQ0
Phase 1: Regulation & SafetyThe FoundationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Everything begins with regulation.
Before we can focus, learn, lead, or perform, the brain first asks one fundamental question:
Am I safe?
Throughout Phase 1, our guests showed us that regulation isn't simply about reducing stress—it's about creating the biological conditions that allow the brain to learn, adapt, and thrive.
Together we explored:
Baland Jalal – how sleep, curiosity, imagination, and creativity prepare the brain for learning. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/Dr. Bruce Perry – why regulation, rhythm, and relationships form the foundation of every healthy nervous system. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/Dr. Sui Wong – how lifestyle medicine and autonomic balance build lifelong brain resilience. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/your-eyes-the-brain-s-early-warning-system/Rohan Dixit – how heart rate variability gives us real-time feedback on our ability to regulate stress. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/breathe-to-reset-how-hrv-tech-reveals-hidden-stress/Dr. Kristen Holmes – how recovery metrics reveal our physiological readiness to perform. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/Dr. Antonio Zadra – how sleep and dreaming consolidate memories, regulate emotions, and generate insight. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/when-brains-dream-how-sleep-integrates-emotion-insight-and-creativity/ Together these conversations taught us that sleep and stress regulation aren't optional—they're the operating system that allows every higher brain function to work.
Phase 2: Motivation & NeurochemistryThe DirectionCore Question: What moves us into action?
Once the brain feels safe, it becomes ready to pursue goals.
In Phase 2, we explored the internal chemistry that transforms intention into action.
Our experts helped us understand that sustainable motivation isn't about willpower—it's about aligning our beliefs, thoughts, attention, energy, and movement.
Together we discovered:
Bob Proctor — our beliefs determine the direction of our lives. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/belief-first-the-neuroscience-of-motivation/Dr. Carolyn Leaf — our thinking literally changes our brain chemistry. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/thoughts-as-biology-how-your-mind-shapes-neurochemistry/Dr. John Medina — attention determines what the brain encodes and remembers. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/theory-of-mind-the-missing-link-between-attention-reward-and-motivationDr. Anna Lembke- Dopamine, Motivation and Why the Brain Repeats Behavior https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dopamine-nation-the-pleasure%e2%80%93pain-balance-that-drives-motivation/Dr. Friederike Fabritius — managing our energy allows high performance to become sustainable. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/fun-fear-focus-closing-the-motivation-loop/Dr. Chuck Hillman & Paul Zientarski — movement activates the brain, preparing it to learn. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/move-to-learn-how-movement-activates-the-brain-and-fuels-motivation/ By the end of Phase 2, we introduced what became The Motivation Loop, showing how beliefs influence thoughts, thoughts influence actions, actions create results, and results reinforce future beliefs.
Phase 3: Movement, Learning & Human PerformanceThe TransformationCore Question: How does movement change the brain—and how does recovery transform that change into performance?
Now we're taking the next step.
Phase 3 builds on everything we've learned so far.
If Phase 1 created a regulated nervous system...If Phase 2 created motivation and direction...
Phase 3 explains how the brain and body actually become stronger.
Together we've explored this process through conversations with:
Dr. Chuck Hillman & Paul Zientarski — why movement activates the brain before learning. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-first-how-a-20%e2%80%91minute-walk-lights-up-the-brain/Dr. John Ratey — how exercise builds a healthier, younger brain.Dr. Kristen Holmes — why recovery determines adaptation and readiness.Dr. John Medina — how attention transforms movement into lasting learning.Jason Whitrock — how metabolism and cellular energy fuel long-term performance. WHERE WE ARE GOING NEXT
Phase 4 — Connection, Emotion & Social IntelligenceThe Human SystemCore Question: How do we thrive with other people?
The brain didn't evolve in isolation—it evolved through relationships. In Phase 4, we'll explore emotional intelligence, empathy, communication, trust, leadership, and psychological safety to understand how our relationships shape learning, well-being, and performance.
Phase 5 — Integration & Human PerformanceThe Complete SystemCore Question: How do all the systems work together?
In our final phase, we'll bring everything together—regulation, motivation, movement, emotion, relationships, learning, and recovery—into one integrated framework. We'll discover how these systems work together to create measurable improvements in our well-being, achievement, leadership, productivity, and results.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 402 “Phase 3 Intro: How Movement Builds the Brain https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-loop-how-everyday-action-rewires-your-brain-and-boosts-performance/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 403 “How movement Activates the Brain and Learning” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-first-how-a-20%e2%80%91minute-walk-lights-up-the-brain/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 375 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/how-exercise-primes-the-brain-insights-from-dr-john-rady/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 376 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/move-eat-connect-3-science-backed-keys-to-brain-health-ep-376/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 403 “How movement Activates the Brain and Learning” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-first-how-a-20%e2%80%91minute-walk-lights-up-the-brain/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 390 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/what-gets-measured-gets-improved-sleep-recovery-peak-performance/
Andrea Samadi shares a five-year self-experiment using a WHOOP wearable to track sleep, recovery, movement, and biological age. She reveals how daily low-intensity movement and consistent recovery—not one intense workout—produced lasting improvements in heart rate, recovery scores, and biological age.
Andrea distills five lessons: movement prepares the brain, consistency beats intensity, recovery is where adaptation happens, small habits compound over time, and every step is an investment in your future brain. Practical takeaways include walking daily, adding 2–3 strength sessions per week, protecting sleep, and tracking trends instead of perfection.
In this Bonus Episode you'll learn:Why recovery matters more than you think.What 1,905 recoveries taught me about human performance.Why consistency beats intensity.How movement changes the brain.How to create lasting biological adaptation.Why every walk is an investment in your future brain. EPISODE BONUS
Move Today. Recover Tonight. Younger Tomorrow.
Five Years. 1,905 Recoveries. One Lesson That Changed Everything.
Welcome Back
Welcome back to the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I'm Andrea Samadi.
Over the past seven years, I've had the privilege of interviewing many of the world's leading experts in neuroscience, psychology, learning, leadership, health, and human performance. Throughout Season 16, we've been connecting those conversations into a simple framework I call The Brain's Operating System for Human Performance—a practical way of understanding how the brain and body work together to help us learn better, think more clearly, live healthier, and perform at our highest potential.
In Episode 402[i], we introduced The Movement Loop, built around one simple idea:
Movement is the input.
Adaptation is the process.
Performance is the outcome.
Then, in Episode 403[ii], Dr. Chuck Hillman helped us understand why movement changes the brain.
Every step increases blood flow.
Exercise stimulates Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor—BDNF—often called fertilizer for the brain.
Movement strengthens the neural networks responsible for learning, memory, attention, and executive function.
But after recording those episodes, I found myself asking a different question.
What happens when we apply those principles consistently—not for days, weeks, or even months—but for years?
Today's bonus episode is my attempt to answer that question.
Not from another research study.
Not from another interview.
And definitely not to give you one more thing to add to your already busy schedule.
Instead...
I'd like to share a five-year experiment I never realized I was conducting—one that completely changed the way I think about health, movement, recovery, and human performance.
Five Years Looking for the Answer
When I started wearing a WHOOP device back in April of 2021, just before my fiftieth birthday, I thought I was buying a fitness tracker.
I thought it would help me train harder.
I thought it would reward intensity.
Instead...
It spent the next five years teaching me something far more valuable.
How to recover.
Over those five years I've tracked nearly everything I could measure.
Sleep.
Movement.
Recovery.
Resting heart rate.
Heart rate variability.
VO₂ Max.
Biological age.
Blood work.
Thousands of workouts.
And more than 1,905 recoveries.
Nearly two thousand mornings of waking up and asking my body the same question.
How well did I recover?
At first, I didn't really know what I was looking for.
I simply assumed the harder I trained...
the healthier I'd become.
The Mystery
Then WHOOP introduced a new metric.
WHOOP Age.
The first time I looked at it, I honestly couldn't believe what I was seeing.
My biological age measured 48.7 years old.
I was fifty-five.
More than six years younger biologically than chronologically.
Of course, my first question wasn't, "That's great."
My first question was...
Why?
What was I doing that created this result?
Naturally, I assumed it was my hardest hikes.
My toughest strength workouts.
The mornings I pushed myself until I was completely exhausted.
But that's not what the data showed.
Not even close.
The biggest contributor wasn't intensity.
It was consistency.
Daily walks.
Steady hikes.
Hours spent moving in Heart Rate Zones 1 through 3.
The very workouts I used to think "didn't count."
Ironically, even today, after finishing a workout, I still catch myself hoping to see more time in Zone 4 or Zone 5.
Old beliefs don't disappear overnight.
Part of me still believes harder must be better.
But five years of data kept telling me a different story.
A Belief I Had to Unlearn
For most of my life, I believed exercise was supposed to leave me exhausted.
If I wasn't completely out of breath...
If I wasn't drenched in sweat...
If I wasn't barely able to walk back to my car...
I assumed I hadn't worked hard enough.
Maybe you've felt that way too.
We grew up hearing...
"No pain, no gain."
But neuroscience—and my own data—kept challenging that belief.
The movement that felt the easiest...
was quietly producing the greatest return.
Daily walks.
Easy hikes with friends.
Walking my dogs along the canal.
Consistent aerobic movement.
Those weren't "easy days."
Those were adaptation days.
And slowly, my definition of success began to change.
The Moment Everything Changed
A few days ago something happened.
After nearly five years...
and more than 1,905 recoveries...
I recorded my highest recovery ever.
98%.
For a few moments I celebrated the score.
Then something much more meaningful hit me.
That number wasn't created overnight.
It wasn't the result of one perfect night's sleep.
Or one incredible workout.
Or one supplement.
Or one recovery tool.
It represented five years of learning to work with my biology instead of against it.
That's when everything finally clicked.
Recovery isn't passive.
Recovery is where adaptation happens.
It's where muscles rebuild.
It's where the brain consolidates learning.
It's where the nervous system recalibrates.
It's where hormones rebalance.
It's where your cardiovascular system grows stronger.
It's where yesterday's movement becomes tomorrow's performance.
Movement starts the conversation.
Recovery is where your body answers.
The Missing Piece
That's when I realized something I wish someone had explained to me years ago.
Movement isn't the goal.
Recovery isn't even the goal.
Adaptation is the goal.
Movement is simply the signal that tells your biology...
"Build something stronger."
Recovery is when your body actually does the work.
Adaptation is the result.
Performance becomes the evidence.
That is The Movement Loop.
Move.
Recover.
Adapt.
Perform.
One connected system.
What My Data Shows
When I stopped looking at individual workouts and started looking at years of trends, the story became remarkably clear.
My resting heart rate dropped.
My recovery improved.
My biological age became younger.
My weekly movement consistently averaged more than seven hours in Heart Rate Zones 1 through 3.
None of those changes happened because of one extraordinary workout.
They happened because of thousands of ordinary choices repeated over and over again.
That's how biology changes.
Quietly.
Consistently.
Patiently.
Five Lessons Five Years and 1,905 Recoveries Taught MeLooking back over nearly five years—and more than 1,905 recoveries—I realize I wasn't simply collecting health data. I was watching my brain and body adapt in real time.
Here are the five lessons I wish I had understood when I first started this journey.
Lesson 1: Movement prepares the brain.
One of the biggest insights from Dr. Chuck Hillman's research is that movement doesn't just strengthen our muscles—it prepares our brains to learn and perform.
Every walk increases blood flow.
Every hike stimulates Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor, or BDNF, helping the brain build and strengthen neural connections.
I've noticed this in my own life. On the days I move first, I think more clearly, focus longer, solve problems more easily, and simply show up as a better version of myself.
Movement isn't something I do after work anymore.
It's how I prepare for my work.
Lesson 2: Consistency beats intensity.
For years, I believed the hardest workout was the best workout.
My data taught me something completely different.
The biggest improvements in my health didn't come from one exhausting hike or one intense strength session.
They came from showing up every single day.
Walking the canal.
Taking the dogs out.
Choosing another easy hike. Stopping to talk with people on the trails. It took me years to ask one person their name, after seeing them on the trails for over 10 years!
Repeating those small decisions (and actions) over and over again.
The body doesn't transform because we occasionally do something extraordinary.
It transforms because we consistently do the ordinary.
Lesson 3: Recovery is where adaptation happens.
This may have been the biggest surprise of all.
For years, I thought recovery meant taking a break from making progress.
Now I understand that recovery is the progress.
Recovery is where muscles rebuild.
It's where the brain consolidates learning.
It's where the nervous system recalibrates.
It's where your body responds to the signal that movement created.
Without recovery, movement is simply stress.
With recovery, movement becomes adaptation.
Lesson 4: Small daily habits create extraordinary results.
When I recorded my highest recovery ever—98%—(just this week) I realized something important.
That number wasn't created by one perfect night of sleep.
It wasn't one workout.
It wasn't one supplement.
It wasn't one infrared sauna session.
It represented thousands of small decisions repeated consistently over five years.
Morning sunlight.
Walking.
Strength training.
Prioritizing sleep.
Breathwork.
Meditation.
Recovery.
None of those habits seem remarkable on their own.
Together, they completely changed my biology.
And then I was able to create PREDICTABLE results with recovery, once I fully understood it.
Lesson 5: Every step is an investment in your future brain.
This may be the most important lesson of all.
Most of us exercise because we want to look better or feel better today.
But neuroscience tells us something even more powerful.
Every walk you're taking today is helping build the brain you'll rely on years from now.
Every time you move, you're strengthening the systems that support attention, memory, emotional regulation, cardiovascular health, and resilience.
You may not notice those changes tomorrow.
I certainly didn't.
It took me nearly five years—and 1,905 recoveries—to truly appreciate what my body had been quietly building all along.
That's why I no longer think of movement as exercise.
I think of it as one of the greatest investments I can make in my future health, my future brain, and the quality of my life.
Because every step you take today is a vote for the person you're becoming tomorrow.
Practical Application
If you're wondering where to start...
Start walking.
Walk before work.
Walk after dinner.
Walk with your family.
Walk with your dog.
Strength train two or three times each week. It doesn’t take a lot to see noticeable gains.
Protect your sleep.
Track trends instead of chasing perfection.
Then tomorrow morning ask yourself one simple question.
Not...
"How hard should I train today?"
Instead...
How can I move today?
One question.
One decision.
Repeated consistently.
That's how change begins.
Review and Conclusion
As we wrap up this bonus episode, let's step back and look at what we've learned throughout this first part of Phase 3.
Movement prepares the brain.
Recovery builds the body.
Adaptation changes our biology.
Performance becomes the evidence.
Five years ago, I thought movement was the goal.
Today I know better.
Movement is the signal.
Recovery is the builder.
Adaptation is the transformation (that we can see)
Performance is the evidence (or what we were aiming for in the first place).
After nearly 1,905 recoveries, I finally understand why recovery matters.
Not because it helps us rest.
Because it helps us become.
Looking back, I wasn't simply collecting health data.
I was watching neuroscience unfold in real time.
The greatest improvements in my health didn't come from my hardest workouts.
They came from thousands of ordinary decisions repeated consistently over time.
We can go back to our early episodes[iii] to hear the importance of repetition.
That's how human performance is built.
Not through one breakthrough moment.
But through daily choices that quietly reshape the brain, strengthen the body, and prepare us for whatever comes next.
So wherever you're listening today...
Whether you're heading out for a walk...
Driving home from work...
Finishing a workout...
Or simply deciding how you'll move tomorrow...
Remember this.
Every step is a vote for your future self.
Move today.
Recover tonight.
Adapt tomorrow.
Live younger tomorrow.
Until next time...
Keep moving.
Keep learning.
Keep adapting.
Because every step you take today is helping build a healthier, stronger, and more resilient version of yourself tomorrow.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 402 “Phase 3 Intro: How Movement Builds the Brain https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-loop-how-everyday-action-rewires-your-brain-and-boosts-performance/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 403 “How movement Activates the Brain and Learning” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-first-how-a-20%e2%80%91minute-walk-lights-up-the-brain/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 38 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-coach-to-the-winnipeg-jets-todd-woodcroft-on-the-daily-grind-in-the-nhl/
Welcome back to Season 16 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I'm Andrea Samadi, and this is where we bridge neuroscience, social and emotional learning, and human performance so we can create measurable improvements in our well-being, achievement, leadership, productivity, and results.
In this episode 403 The Movement Loop: How Movement Activates the Brain for Learning, Adaptation & Performance we will cover:
✔ Why movement is the biological input that prepares the brain for learning, adaptation, and performance.
✔ How Dr. Chuck Hillman's groundbreaking neuroscience research explains what happens inside the brain during and immediately after exercise.
✔ Why even one bout of physical activity can improve attention, executive function, and learning readiness.
✔ How Paul Zientarski translated neuroscience into practice through Naperville Central High School's internationally recognized Zero Hour PE Program.
✔ The science behind brain activation, neuroplasticity, positive stress, and cognitive reserve.
✔ Why movement isn't a break from learning—it's preparation for learning.
✔ How teachers, coaches, parents, and workplace leaders can use movement to improve focus, decision-making, creativity, and performance.
✔ How to apply the Movement Loop in everyday life using practical strategies you can begin today.
✔ Why movement is the input, adaptation is the process, and performance is the result.
If you're just joining us, Season 16 explores Phase 3 of the Brain's Operating System for Human Performance—the Movement Loop. This season asks one central question: How does movement change the brain, adaptation change the body, and together create measurable improvements in performance? If you'd like the full overview of the five-phase framework, I encourage you to start with Episode 402.
In Episode 402[i], we introduced Phase 3 of the Brain's Operating System for Human Performance—where we introduced The Movement Loop.
We discovered one powerful idea.
Movement is the input.
When you move, your body sends a powerful biological signal to the brain that says:
"Prepare. Activate. Adapt."
Adaptation is the process.
With movement, repetition, and recovery, the brain and body strengthen, rewire, and become more efficient.
Performance is the output.
The changes become visible in everyday life—clearer thinking, better decisions, stronger health, and improved performance.
Then the loop begins again.
Today we're asking the next question.
Why does movement come first?
Not simply because exercise is good for our bodies.
But because movement is one of the most powerful biological signals we can send to the brain.
Before we can focus...
Before we can learn...
Before we can adapt...
The brain must first be activated.
That's why movement isn't the outcome.
It's the beginning.
When we first interviewed Dr. Chuck Hillman on Episode 123[ii], (back in April 2021) I wanted to understand how his neuroscience research inspired Paul Zientarski's revolutionary Zero Hour PE Program at Naperville Central High School.
It was Naperville's extraordinary performance on the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS) that caught the eye of Dr. John Ratey. Naperville District 203 entered the international comparison as if it were its own "country" and ranked #1 in the world in science and #6 in the world in math. Those results made Dr. Ratey ask, "What are they doing differently?" That question ultimately led him to Naperville, (IL) where he discovered Zientarksi’s Zero Hour PE initiative and made it the opening case study in his book Spark. We will cover this story on our next episode
Then years later, we revisited that conversation in Episode 397[iii] through the lens of motivation—exploring how movement increases engagement and helps us want to move more.
But looking back through the lens of Phase 3, I realized I had been asking the wrong question.
The bigger question isn't whether movement motivates us.
The bigger question is:
What happens inside the brain the moment we begin to move?
That's the question we're answering today.
And it's the reason movement sits at the beginning of the Brain's Operating System for Human Performance.
Let's begin where every performance story begins...
with movement.
As we begin Phase 3, Dr. Chuck Hillman's research helps us understand why movement is the first step in the Movement Loop.
In our interview, he mentioned that his lab has consistently demonstrated that even a single bout of physical activity can improve attention, cognition, and academic performance.
But what fascinated me most wasn't simply that exercise works.
It was why it works.
Listen carefully as Dr. Hillman explains how movement acts as a positive biological stressor that prepares the brain for learning.
EP 403 — Clip 1 SummaryMovement is the First SignalAs we begin Phase 3 of the Brain's Operating System, the first question is simple:
Why does movement come first?
Dr. Chuck Hillman has spent his career studying how physical activity changes the brain—from childhood through older adulthood. His research doesn't just focus on exercise, but on understanding how different life experiences shape brain health across the lifespan.
One insight from our conversation completely changed how I think about movement.
Dr. Hillman explained that even a single session of exercise can improve attention, cognition, and academic performance in children. His team is now studying why that happens, exploring how exercise acts as a positive stressor that activates biological pathways supporting brain function.
But what struck me even more was why he chose to study children in the first place.
Rather than waiting until someone reaches their 60s and begins experiencing cognitive decline, his goal is to help children build a stronger brain from the very beginning—to create what he calls a cognitive reserve that may protect brain health throughout life.
That idea captures exactly what Phase 3 is all about.
Movement isn't simply something we do to stay fit.
It's one of the earliest investments we can make in the future health and performance of our brain.
______
This is the first piece of the Movement Loop.
Movement isn't valuable because we eventually become fitter.
This is what many of us used to think? I can’t be alone in this…I used to move for fitness alone.
Until I studied the brain…and learned that:
It's valuable because it immediately changes the state of the brain.
Before learning improves...
Before memory improves...
Before performance improves...
The brain has to be activated.
That's exactly what movement does.
Key Takeaways from Dr. Hillman
There are three ideas I'd like all of us to remember from this first clip.
Movement is Information The Neuroscience
Every movement you make sends information throughout your nervous system.
As your muscles contract, they don't just move your body—they communicate with your brain. Your heart pumps faster, blood flow increases, oxygen and glucose are delivered more efficiently, and neurons begin communicating more actively.
Movement also changes your brain's neurochemistry. Exercise increases the release of neurotransmitters like dopamine, norepinephrine, and serotonin, which help regulate attention, motivation, mood, and learning. At the same time, it stimulates the production of growth factors such as brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF), which supports neuroplasticity—the brain's ability to form and strengthen new neural connections.
That's why I like to think of movement as sending a message to the brain:
"Wake up. Pay attention. Get ready to learn."
Movement isn't simply burning calories.
It's providing your brain with the biological conditions it needs to perform at its best.
Stress Isn't Always Harmful The Neuroscience
When we hear the word stress, we usually think of chronic stress—too much cortisol, too little recovery, and the negative effects that follow.
But the brain actually needs short, manageable challenges to become stronger.
Exercise is an example of what's often called eustress, or positive stress.
When you exercise, your body briefly increases stress hormones like cortisol and activates your sympathetic nervous system. At the same time, it stimulates beneficial signaling molecules and growth factors that help the brain adapt.
Dr. Hillman's research explores how these temporary changes—including biomarkers like cortisol and salivary alpha-amylase—may help explain why even a single bout of exercise improves attention and cognition.
The important point is that the stress is temporary.
When it's followed by recovery, your brain and body adapt.
Without recovery, stress becomes harmful.
With recovery, stress becomes the signal that drives growth.
That's why adaptation sits in the middle of the Movement Loop.
The challenge isn't the goal.
The adaptation is.
Activation Comes Before Performance The Neuroscience
One of the biggest misconceptions about learning is that we can simply decide to pay attention.
The brain doesn't work that way.
Before the prefrontal cortex—the part of the brain responsible for focus, planning, decision-making, and executive function—can perform well, it must first be activated.
Movement helps create that activation.
Exercise increases cerebral blood flow, raises arousal to an optimal level, and improves communication across large-scale brain networks involved in attention and cognitive control.
Think of it like warming up an orchestra before a concert.
Before the musicians can perform together, they first need to tune their instruments.
Movement helps the brain tune itself.
That's why research consistently shows improvements in attention and executive function immediately after moderate physical activity.
Performance doesn't begin when you sit down to work.
Performance begins the moment you prepare your brain.
That's why movement sits at the beginning of the Movement Loop.
One final thought
Movement isn't magic.
It changes the brain because it changes the brain's biology.
It increases blood flow.
It changes neurochemistry.
It activates neural networks.
It stimulates neuroplasticity.
And when those changes are repeated over time—and supported by recovery—they become adaptation.
That's why movement is the input.
Adaptation is the process.
Performance is the result.
TIPS to IMPLEMENT
So what can we do with this research?
Here are three simple ways to put the Movement Loop into practice this week.
✅ 1. Move with purpose.
Before asking your brain to perform...
Prepare it.
Take a 10–20 minute walk.
Ride your bike.
Do a short workout.
Climb the stairs instead of taking the elevator.
Don't think of movement as taking time away from your work.
Think of it as the first step toward doing your best work.
I always park my car at the back of the parking lot, not afraid add bits of movement into the day.
✅ 2. Prepare the brain before expecting learning.
Whether you're a parent...
A teacher...
A coach...
Or a leader...
Create opportunities to move before asking people to think.
Movement isn't a reward after learning.
It's preparation before learning.
I discovered this one early on with this podcast. I can’t focus on this topic, without moving first.
✅ 3. Start measuring brain performance—not just physical performance.
The next time you move, don't just ask:
"How many calories did I burn?"
Ask:
Did I think more clearly today?Did I focus more easily?Did I feel more energized?Did I recover better tonight?Am I becoming more resilient? Those are the real returns on your investment.
Movement for me, is at the root of each of these questions. If I lacked movement (and sometimes I can’t fit it in) I’ll notice it show up in one of these questions, and know how important it is to get it back on track.
Final Reflection
Remember...
Movement is the input.
It's what we do.
Every step you take sends a message to your brain:
"Prepare. Activate. Adapt."
The more consistently you send that signal, the more opportunities your brain and body have to change.
Over time, those changes become visible.
You think more clearly.
You learn more effectively.
You recover more efficiently.
You perform at a higher level.
But here's the part I find most fascinating.
When I look at the Movement Loop...
I don't stop at Performance.
I look at the final circle.
Confidence.
Because confidence is what keeps the loop alive.
I’ll be the first to say I can’t always do this. Something gets in the way.
It's not always easy to move.
Some days we're busy.
Some days we're tired.
Some days we simply don't feel like it.
But every time you complete the loop, you collect another piece of evidence.
"I showed up."
"I felt better afterward."
"I handled that challenge differently."
"I'm becoming stronger than I was yesterday."
Those moments become evidence.
Evidence builds confidence.
And confidence makes it easier to begin again tomorrow.
That's how lasting change happens.
Not through one workout.
Not through one perfect week.
But by repeating the loop.
Again.
And again.
And again.
Because every movement today is an investment in the person you're becoming tomorrow.
Movement is the input.
Adaptation is the process.
Performance is the result.
And confidence is what inspires us to begin again.
Clip 2 Summary
Brain Activation Creates Readiness to Learn
Paul Zientarski explains how Naperville Central High School achieved remarkable academic results through its Zero Hour PE Program and the use of heart rate monitoring. His work around getting students to move was inspired by Dr. Hillman’s research.
In this clip, Paul Zientarski describes how Dr. Chuck Hillman's research transformed physical education from something schools did for physical health into something they could use to improve learning itself.
The research that ignited him showed that after just 20 minutes of walking, students demonstrated measurable increases in brain activation and performed better on cognitive tasks.
For Paul, this wasn't simply evidence that exercise works.
It explained why movement belongs at the beginning of the school day.
Movement wasn't taking time away from learning.
It was preparing the brain to learn.
Looking at this through the lens of the Movement Loop, we can now see what was happening biologically.
Movement activated the brain.
An activated brain was better able to pay attention.
Better attention improved learning.
Repeated learning created adaptation.
And over time, those adaptations translated into stronger academic and life performance.
That's why movement is the first step in Phase 3.
Key Takeaways
✔ 1. Brain activation is the bridge between movement and performance.
Movement doesn't improve learning—or performance—directly.
It first changes the brain into a state that's ready to focus, solve problems, make decisions, and learn.
Whether you're in a classroom, on the athletic field, or leading a team at work, performance begins with brain activation.
✔ 2. Readiness comes before instruction/teaching/learning.
One of Paul Zientarski's greatest insights was that not every student needed more movement. Sometimes they needed more recovery.
By monitoring students' heart rates, he learned to recognize when a student was physiologically ready to learn and when the brain and body needed time to recover.
That's a lesson for all of us.
Teachers can observe energy before beginning a lesson.
Coaches can balance challenge with recovery.
Leaders can recognize when their teams need a reset before asking for peak performance.
The question isn't simply,
"What am I teaching?"
It's, "Are people ready to learn?"
✔ 3. Small actions create lasting adaptation.
One walk.
One movement break.
One active lesson.
One walking meeting.
None of these seem significant on their own.
But repeated consistently, they become the biological signals that drive adaptation.
Small actions, repeated often, create lasting change.
✔ 4. Performance begins long before the moment that matters.
A student's success doesn't begin when they open the exam.
An athlete's success doesn't begin when the whistle blows.
A leader's success doesn't begin when the meeting starts.
Performance begins much earlier—
when we prepare the brain to perform.
✔ 5. Movement isn't a break from work.
It's preparation for better work.
Whether you're teaching a lesson...
Coaching a team...
Leading a meeting...
Or solving a complex problem...
Movement should be viewed as part of the performance process—not time taken away from it.
Tips to Implement
Prepare the brain before expecting performance. Before teaching...
Before coaching...
Before presenting...
Before solving difficult problems...
Ask one question:
"Is the brain ready to perform?"
Sometimes the best way to improve performance is to begin with five to ten minutes of purposeful movement.
Build movement into the rhythm of the day. Instead of viewing movement as a separate activity, make it part of how you work and learn.
Teachers can begin lessons with movement.
Coaches can use dynamic warm-ups with a cognitive focus.
Leaders can replace one seated meeting each week with a walking meeting.
Movement becomes the signal that says,
"It's time to focus."
Balance challenge with recovery. Paul didn't simply encourage students to move more.
He also recognized when they needed recovery.
High performance isn't created by constant effort.
It's created by alternating challenge with recovery.
That's true in classrooms.
It's true in sports.
And it's true in the workplace.
Think beyond fitness. Don't ask,
"How do I fit exercise into my day?"
Instead ask,
"How can movement improve everything I do afterward?"
That one shift changes movement from another task on your calendar...
into the first step toward better thinking, better learning, better leadership, and better performance.
Closing Reflection
Every time we move...
We send a message to the brain.
"Prepare. Activate. Adapt."
That's why movement isn't just something we do for our bodies.
It's one of the most practical performance tools available to teachers, coaches, leaders, parents, and anyone who wants to think more clearly, learn more effectively, and perform at a higher level.
Because in the end...
Movement is the input. (What we do.)
Adaptation is the process. (How the brain and body change.)
Performance is the result. (What we're capable of becoming.)
Paul Zientarski didn't change physical education at Naperville HS. He changed the purpose of physical education. Instead of asking, "How do we build fitter students?" he helped us ask, "How do we build brains that are ready to learn?"
EP 403 Review and Conclusion
As we review and close out this episode, I'd like to leave you with one final thought.
When we first interviewed Dr. Chuck Hillman, I was fascinated by what exercise did for the brain.
When we interviewed Paul Zientarski, I was inspired by how he translated that research into a school that changed lives.
But looking back through the lens of Phase 3, I realize they were teaching us something even bigger.
They were teaching us where human performance begins.
Not with talent.
Not with intelligence.
Not with motivation.
It begins with a biological signal.
Movement.
Every step you take...
Every walk...
Every workout...
Every hike...
Every time you choose to move...
You're telling your brain:
"Prepare. Activate. Adapt."
That's the first instruction your brain receives.
From there, everything else becomes possible.
Movement activates the brain.
An activated brain pays attention.
Attention makes learning possible.
Learning creates adaptation.
Adaptation improves performance.
And performance builds confidence.
Confidence is what inspires us to move again tomorrow.
That's the Movement Loop.
A Personal Journey
This season has become personal for me.
For years, I interviewed experts and shared their research.
Over the past year, I began testing these ideas (their research) in my own life.
Not to become a better athlete.
Not to chase perfect numbers on my wearable device (as much as I would like to have them).
But to see whether the neuroscience actually showed up in everyday life.
It did.
The more consistently I moved...
The more consistently I recovered...
The more my brain and body adapted.
My recovery improved.
My resting heart rate dropped.
My hikes became easier.
My thinking became clearer.
Those weren't isolated improvements.
They were evidence that the Movement Loop was working.
And with every small improvement...
my confidence grew.
Not because someone told me I was improving.
Because I could see it.
I could measure it.
I could feel it.
That confidence became more than the result of movement.
It became something I began carrying into other areas of my life.
Into my work.
Into my relationships.
Into the challenges I was willing to take on.
And that's when I realized something...
Confidence doesn't end the Movement Loop.
It becomes the beginning of another part of the Brain's Operating System.
But...
that's a conversation for another episode.
Your challenge for the week
So before our next episode, I'd like to leave you with a simple challenge.
Don't focus on changing your life overnight.
Just begin the loop.
Tomorrow morning...
Before work...
Before studying...
Before an important conversation...
Move.
Even if it's just for ten or twenty minutes.
Then ask yourself one question:
How did that movement prepare my brain today?
Start paying attention.
Notice your focus.
Notice your energy.
Notice how you think.
Because once you begin looking for the changes...
You'll start seeing them everywhere.
Write down what you notice…because if you don’t write things down, you won’t remember that the change occurred.
Looking ahead
In our next episode, we'll continue exploring Phase 3 with one of the pioneers in this field, Dr. John Ratey, author of Spark.
If Dr. Hillman showed us that movement activates the brain...
Dr. Ratey helps us understand why exercise has been called "Miracle-Gro for the brain" and how movement literally changes the brain's ability to learn, adapt, and grow.
We'll continue building the Movement Loop...
one step at a time.
Until next time...
Remember...
Movement is the input.It's what we do.
Adaptation is the process.It's how the brain and body change.
Performance is the result.It's the measurable improvement we experience in our thinking, learning, health, leadership, and daily lives.
And perhaps most importantly...
Confidence is what keeps the loop alive.
Because every step you take today is building the brain you'll depend on tomorrow.
By the end of this season, my hope is that we don't just understand the neuroscience of human performance—we put it into practice.
That we begin moving with purpose.That we notice how our brain and body respond.That we embrace adaptation as part of the process.And that we experience measurable improvements in our thinking, learning, health, leadership, and everyday performance.
I'm Andrea Samadi, and this has been the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. I'll see you next time.
EP 403: How did movement prepare my brain today?
EP 404: How did today's movement help my brain learn?
EP 405: How did recovery help my brain adapt?
EP 406: How did attention improve my performance?
EP 407: How will I keep the loop going?
RESOURCES:
Full interview Dr. Chuck Hillman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6ip5s2iDFLE&list=PLb5Z3cA_mnKhiYc5glhacO9k9WTrSgjzW&index=88
Full interview Paul Zientarski
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UHYNEhxkxfE
Paul Zientarski’s clip https://www.youtube.com/shorts/DmtkP_licdA
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 402 “Phase 3 Intro: How Movement Builds the Brain https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/movement-loop-how-everyday-action-rewires-your-brain-and-boosts-performance/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 123 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/northeastern-university-professor-chuck-hillman-phd-on-the-impact-of-exercise-on-the-brain-and-learning/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 397
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/move-to-learn-how-movement-activates-the-brain-and-fuels-motivation/
Season 16, Episode 402 explores the Brain's Operating System for Human Performance, focusing on Phase 3: movement, adaptation, and performance. Andrea Samadi explains how movement triggers neurochemicals and blood flow, recovery enables adaptation, and measurable performance follows.
The episode shows how consistent, purposeful movement plus prioritized recovery creates lasting biological change—improved sleep, lower resting heart rate, higher VO2 max, and clearer thinking—and offers simple strategies to build the movement loop into daily life.
EP 402 — Introducing Phase 3
Movement, Adaptation & Performance
Watch Andrea teach this episode on YouTube https://youtu.be/Btaihnb5HPs
On EP 402, We'll Cover:
Why movement is the missing link in human performance—and why the brain evolved to move before it learned.The Brain's Operating System for Human Performance—how the first three phases connect to create lasting change.The Movement Loop—my new framework explaining how movement leads to adaptation and ultimately performance.The science of adaptation—why the workout isn't what changes you, but the body's response during recovery is.My personal performance experiment—how tracking recovery, resting heart rate, heart rate variability, VO₂ Max, sleep, body composition, and biological age revealed measurable evidence of neuroscience in action.How the world's leading experts helped build this framework—and how their research fits together into one repeatable system.A preview of Phase 3—what you'll learn from Dr. Chuck Hillman, Dr. John Ratey, Kristen Holmes, Dr. John Medina, Jason Whitrock, and the bonus episodes throughout this season.Practical strategies you can begin using immediately to help your brain learn more effectively, your body adapt more efficiently, and your performance improve over time. Opening
Welcome back to Season 16 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I'm Andrea Samadi, and this is where we bridge neuroscience, social and emotional learning, and human performance so we can create measurable improvements in our well-being, achievement, leadership, productivity, and results.
Seven years ago, when we launched this podcast, I started with one simple question:
If results matter—and they matter now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to create those results?
This question stemmed from the fact that very few of us were ever taught how the brain actually learns.
How motivation begins.
How emotions shape decisions.
How relationships influence performance.
Or how movement changes the brain.
That single question has taken us on an incredible journey through neuroscience, psychology, education, leadership, and human performance.
But something unexpected happened along the way.
I thought I was collecting interviews.
Instead...
I discovered that I was uncovering a system.
Looking back now, over the past 7 years, I realized every expert was describing the same mountain (or obstacle to overcome) but just from a different side (or with a different strategy).
One explained motivation.
Another explained attention.
Another explained learning.
Or repetition.
Another explained recovery.
Another explained movement.
None of them contradicted each other.
They completed each other.
That was the moment I realized...
I wasn't collecting interviews.
I was assembling a blueprint.
A Personal Discovery
But there was still one question I couldn't answer.
How would these ideas actually work together in everyday life?
Could they work for anyone? Not a pro athlete who has all day to train, but a regular person, like me, who was determined to improve their health, well-being and productivity and results.
That's when I stopped being just the interviewer...
and participated in the experiment.
Over the past year, I wasn't trying to become younger. I think our 50s, 60s and beyond, are an incredible time to practice and perfect our health beyond what we might have been able to do without as much effort in our 40s or younger.
Looking back, I can honestly say that I wasn't trying to lower my resting heart rate. It just started to show up in my data when I did certain things, in a certain way.
I wasn't trying to improve my WHOOP age (with my wearable device) or optimize my daily recovery score.
I was simply trying to answer another question.
If movement really changes the brain...
Could I actually measure this?
Can how much I move improve my data, and can I move too much (push too hard) and measure that as well?
So I began paying much closer attention to my own data, and looking at what it meant.
Not because I wanted better numbers. Well I did want better numbers, but I also wanted evidence. Something that could be replicated for others.
There’s lots of ways to measure our data with wearable devices. I used the Whoop wearable, something I have been wearing for the past 5 years.
I was focused on my daily recovery.
My resting heart rate.
Heart rate variability.
VO₂ Max.
Sleep (specifically how much stress I had while sleeping), REM sleep, and restorative sleep.
Body composition (how much fat and how much muscle)
Then I looked at my hiking performance (did I need to run fast with a weighted vest to get zone 4 and 5), or could I walk along the canal with my dogs, and get my heart rate up that high without having to drive to the mountain.
I looked at how high my heart rate went up with strength training.
Week after week...
Month after month...
A pattern began to emerge.
The improvements weren't random.
They were connected.
When I moved consistently...some easier workouts walking with one or two harder push hiking days, with some days at the gym on the stair climber, and others on the elliptical.
My recovery improved.
My resting heart rate dropped.
My biological age became younger.
My body became stronger.
My mind became clearer.
Long hikes felt easier.
The numbers weren't the story.
Adaptation was.
For the first time, I wasn't just reading neuroscience week after week.
I was watching it happen inside my own body.
And that's when something clicked.
Movement starts the change.
Recovery allows the change.
Adaptation becomes the change.
And performance is simply the evidence that the change occurred.
That realization became the foundation for everything you're about to hear this season.
The Brain's Operating System
As I reviewed hundreds of conversations with world-leading researchers over the past seven years, I realized these ideas weren't isolated discoveries.
They fit together.
Like pieces of one much larger puzzle.
Today, I call that framework...
The Brain's Operating System for Human Performance.
It's built on five interconnected phases.
Each one depends on the one before it.
Phase 1 — Regulation & Safety[i]
Before the brain can learn...
it must first feel safe.
Phase 2 — Neurochemistry & Motivation
Meaning creates motivation.
Motivation creates action.
Action begins change.
Phase 3 — Movement, Adaptation & Performance
Movement changes the brain.
Adaptation changes the body.
Together they create lasting performance.
Phase 4 — Perception & Social Intelligence
Understanding ourselves.
Understanding others.
Building trust.
Strengthening relationships.
Phase 5 — Integration & Meaning
Where knowledge becomes wisdom.
Experience becomes insight.
Performance becomes purpose.
Performance doesn't begin at the finish line.
It begins with the foundations.
And every phase strengthens the next.
Why Phase 3 Matters
For decades we've treated learning as though it happens inside classrooms...
inside books...
inside meetings...
inside our heads.
But evolution tells a very different story.
The brain didn't evolve to sit still.
It evolved to move.
Movement came first.
Learning followed.
Every step we take increases blood flow.
Releases powerful neurochemicals like BDNF.
Sharpens attention.
Improves executive function.
Creates the biological conditions for learning.
Movement isn't simply exercise.
It's the input that begins one of the most remarkable biological cycles in the human body.
The Power of Loops
I had to create another loop to show how this works.
Nature rarely works in straight lines.
Our hearts beat in rhythms.
Our lungs breathe in cycles.
Sleep follows repeating stages.
The seasons repeat.
Life itself is built on loops.
Human performance is no different.
The greatest mistake we've made is thinking performance is a destination. Or an end result that we will celebrate when we get there.
Neuroscience shows us it's actually a cycle.
One that repeats every single day.
I call it...
The Movement Loop.
One of the biggest shifts I've made while building this framework is changing the way I think about exercise.
Most of us think the workout is the goal. Or we think “I’ve got to go the gym” and I’m not sure about you, but my old way of thinking used to be something along the lines of “to burn fat, or calories, or so I can create a deficit with the workout.”
But Neuroscience—and exercise physiology—tell us something very different.
The workout is only the beginning.
Think of it by looking at the movement loop.
Movement is the InputEvery system begins with an input.
For our bodies, that input is movement.
Whether it's a walk around the neighborhood, a strength-training session, a yoga class, or a hike in the mountains, movement sends a message to the brain and body.
It says:
"Something is being asked of you."
The brain responds immediately.
Blood flow increases.
Attention sharpens.
Neurochemicals like BDNF are released.
The nervous system begins preparing for change.
Movement isn't what changes us.
Movement is what tells the body that change is needed.
Adaptation is the ProcessThis is where the real transformation happens.
Not while we're exercising.
But afterward.
During recovery.
While we sleep.
While proteins rebuild muscle.
While neural pathways strengthen.
While the cardiovascular system becomes more efficient.
While the brain reorganizes itself through neuroplasticity.
Adaptation is the body's remarkable ability to respond to the demands we've placed upon it.
If we repeat the right inputs consistently, the body doesn't simply recover.
It becomes more capable.
This is why recovery isn't the opposite of growth.
Recovery is the process that makes growth possible.
Performance is the OutputPerformance is simply the visible result of this successful adaptation.
It's thinking more clearly during an important meeting.
Remembering information more easily.
Feeling stronger day to day.
Recovering faster after stress.
Leading with greater confidence.
Sleeping more deeply.
Seeing your resting heart rate decline.
Watching your VO₂ Max improve.
Noticing your biological age become younger.
Performance isn't one great day. Or one workout.
It's the evidence that your brain and body have adapted over time to your repeated efforts.
Then the Cycle Begins AgainThe beautiful part is that the process never ends.
Today's performance becomes tomorrow's starting point.
As you become more capable, your brain and body are ready for the next challenge.
So you move again.
You recover again.
You adapt again.
You perform at an even higher level.
This is why I call it The Movement Loop.
It's not a one-time event.
It's a lifelong cycle of growth.
Every walk.
Every workout.
Every good night's sleep.
Every recovery day.
Every healthy habit.
You're sending your brain and body another message:
"I’m becoming a little more capable than yesterday."
That's how sustainable human performance is built.
Not through one extraordinary effort.
But through thousands of ordinary repetitions that, over time, create extraordinary results.
Movement
The body moves.
The brain responds.
↓
Brain Activation
Blood flow increases.
BDNF and other neurochemicals are released.
The brain becomes ready to learn.
↓
Attention
Executive function improves.
Focus sharpens.
Mental readiness increases.
↓
Learning
New neural pathways strengthen through repetition and experience.
Knowledge becomes skill.
↓
Recovery
Sleep, regulation, and restoration allow the brain and body to rebuild.
Recovery isn't the opposite of growth.
Recovery is what makes growth possible.
↓
Adaptation
The nervous system becomes more efficient.
The cardiovascular system becomes stronger.
Metabolism improves.
The brain becomes more resilient.
The body becomes more capable.
↓
Performance
Performance isn't a single event.
It's a capacity.
The ability to think clearly.
Learn faster.
Recover better.
Move more efficiently.
Lead with greater confidence.
↓
Confidence
Success reinforces belief.
Belief increases motivation.
Confidence encourages us to move again.
And the cycle repeats.
The Movement Loop doesn't end with performance.
Performance creates confidence.
Confidence inspires more movement.
And every repetition builds a stronger brain and a stronger body.
Throughout this phase we'll explore every step of this loop with some of the world's leading experts.
Movement changes the brain.
Adaptation changes the body.
Performance changes your life.
The Experts
EP 403 — Dr. Chuck Hillman & Paul Zientarski
Movement is the Trigger
We'll discover why exercise is one of the most powerful ways to prepare the brain for learning through BDNF, executive function, cognition, and academic performance.
Key takeaway: Every adaptation begins with movement.
EP 404 — Dr. John Ratey
The Brain Adapts
We'll revisit the groundbreaking work from his book Spark to understand how exercise literally rewires the brain through neuroplasticity and prepares us for learning.
Key takeaway: Exercise changes the brain before it changes performance.
EP 405 — Kristen Holmes
Adaptation Happens During Recovery
We'll explore why sleep, recovery, nervous system regulation, and capacity building determine whether the body actually adapts.
This is also where I'll share my own WHOOP data—including recovery trends, resting heart rate, and biological age—to show how adaptation becomes measurable.
Key takeaway: Recovery builds capacity. Consistency creates adaptation.
EP 406 — Dr. John Medina
Learning Creates Better Performance
Attention, memory, and learning science come together to explain how movement-supported learning becomes real-world performance.
Key takeaway: What we learn shapes how we perform.
EP 407 — Jason Whitrock
Adaptation Changes the Body
We'll explore metabolic health, brain energy, body composition, VO₂ Max, and performance capacity while connecting the neuroscience of movement with measurable physiological adaptation.
This is where I'll bring together my own data on muscle gain, fat loss, cardiovascular fitness, and healthy aging.
Key takeaway: Movement changes the brain. Adaptation changes the body. Together they transform performance.
Bonus Episodes
Throughout Phase 3 I'll also be sharing several bonus episodes using my own health data as a living case study.
We'll explore:
Why recovery is built—not found (so we need to build it into our day strategically).The story behind my resting heart rate.How adaptation changed my body.How it works when you Move Today so you can become Younger Tomorrow.Restorative SleepSleep Stress These episodes connect neuroscience to real-world data and show what happens when consistent habits become measurable biological change.
Because neuroscience isn't just something we study.
It's something we can measure.
It's something we can experience.
And ultimately...
it's something we can use to become healthier...
stronger...
more resilient...
and more capable throughout every stage of life.
Key Takeaways for Today
Movement is the input. (what we do)Every meaningful change begins with movement. It prepares the brain for learning by increasing blood flow, oxygen, and neurochemicals like BDNF that support attention, learning, and neuroplasticity. The actions we choose every day that provide the brain and body with a stimulus for change.
MovementExerciseWalkingStrength trainingRecovery habitsNutritionSleep Adaptation is the process. The workout doesn't change you. Your body's response during recovery does. Every period of quality sleep, recovery, and restoration is an opportunity for your brain and body to become stronger and more efficient. Adaptation — What Happens The brain and body respond to those inputs by becoming more efficient and more capable.
NeuroplasticityIncreased BDNFStronger neural pathwaysImproved cardiovascular fitnessMuscle repair and growthBetter metabolic healthNervous system regulation Performance is the output.High performance isn't something we find—it's something we build. Every repetition of the Movement Loop increases your capacity to learn, lead, recover, and perform. Output — The Result The measurable improvements we experience because of adaptation.
Better focusFaster learningHigher energyGreater resilienceLower resting heart rateImproved VO₂ MaxBetter body compositionHigher performanceGreater healthspan What gets measured becomes visible.Tracking meaningful metrics—such as recovery, resting heart rate, VO₂ Max, sleep, or body composition—helps you see adaptations that would otherwise go unnoticed and reinforces the habits creating them. Your brain and body are one interconnected system.Better thinking, stronger physical health, emotional resilience, and sustained performance all emerge from the same biological process of movement, adaptation, and continuous growth. Tips to Implement This Week✓ Move with purpose every day.Aim for 30–60 minutes of purposeful movement—whether it's a brisk walk, strength training, cycling, yoga, or hiking. Remember, consistency matters more than intensity. Every movement is a signal to your brain and body to adapt. A walk after dinner, when kept consistent, can have an incredible impact on your overall health improvement. You don’t need to go all out for results to show up.
Start paying attention to your body’s signals.
You don’t need a WHOOP or smartwatch to begin.
Simply notice how you feel before and after movement.
Ask yourself:
Do I think more clearly?Is my mood better?Do I have more energy?Am I sleeping better? Your body is always giving you feedback.
Learn to listen.
✓ Protect your recovery.Treat tonight's sleep as part of today's workout. Prioritize restorative sleep, manage stress, and allow your brain and body the time they need to repair, rebuild, and become stronger. We are all at different stages here. This one is always a work in progress for me. I ran into someone I used to see every Saturday on the hiking trails this morning, and I asked him where he had been, or if he was hiking at a different time. I used to see him like clockwork and I noticed he wasn’t there as usual. He told me that he was protecting his sleep, and worked out indoors more when the weather was getting hot. In order to beat the heat in AZ, early mornings are the best time for this, but this guy knew to protect his recovery. I thought it was brilliant that he was able to practice what he knew to be important.
✓ Measure one meaningful metric.
Choose one health measure—such as your resting heart rate, sleep quality, daily steps, recovery score, or VO₂ Max—and observe how it changes over time. You're not looking for perfection; you're looking for patterns that reveal adaptation. I’ll share what I noticed over time on our bonus episodes by watching certain metrics.
This has been one of my biggest discoveries.
For years I assumed harder was always better.
But when I compared my data…you can see 2 of my data charts in the show notes.
I found something surprising.
A long hike and a morning walk created very different responses.
My hikes pushed my cardiovascular system into higher heart-rate zones.
My walks kept me primarily in Zone 1 while reducing stress and supporting recovery.
Both improved my health.
They simply trained different systems.
Instead of asking…
“Was today’s workout hard enough?”
Ask…
“What system am I training today?”
✓ Move before you think.Before beginning a challenging project, studying for an exam, or making an important decision, spend five to ten minutes moving your body. Then notice how your focus, mood, creativity, and mental clarity improve.
✓ Think in loops, not isolated workouts.Instead of asking, "Did I exercise today?" ask yourself:
"How did I support tomorrow's brain today?"
Every walk.
Every workout.
Every healthy meal.
Every recovery day.
Every night of restorative sleep.
Each one is another step around the Movement Loop—helping your brain learn, your body adapt, and your performance improve over time.
Review & ConclusionReview and Conclude EP 402, Phase 3: Movement, Adaptation & Performance.
As we close today, I hope you're (like I did) beginning to see movement differently.
Not simply as exercise. Or to burn calories.
Not simply as another item on your to-do list.
But as the biological signal that tells your brain and body it's time to grow.
Throughout Phase 3, we'll discover that movement does far more than strengthen muscles.
It sharpens attention.
It accelerates learning.
It builds resilience.
It strengthens the nervous system.
It improves recovery.
And over time, it transforms both the brain and the body through the remarkable process of adaptation.
This season isn't about becoming an elite athlete.
It's about becoming someone who understands how lasting performance is built.
Together, we'll explore one simple but powerful truth:
Movement is the input (what we do)
Adaptation is the process (what happens when we do it)
Performance is the output (what we get from doing it)
Then the cycle begins again.
That's the Movement Loop.
Every walk.
Every workout.
Every night of restorative sleep.
Every healthy choice.
Every recovery day.
Each one is another opportunity to build a stronger brain, a healthier body, and a greater capacity to learn, lead, and perform.
Because when movement changes the brain...
the brain changes the body.
And when the brain and body begin working together...
performance is no longer something we chase.
It's something we build—
one movement,
one recovery,
one adaptation,
one day at a time.
Next week, we'll begin our journey around the Movement Loop with EP 403, revisiting Dr. Chuck Hillman and Paul Zientarski, where we'll discover why every lasting transformation begins with movement—and why a single step today can change the trajectory of our brain, our health, and our performance tomorrow.
Thank you for joining me, and I'll see you next week.
RESOURCES:
Phase 1 Anchor Episodes
Episode 384 — Dr. Baland JalalCuriosity, Sleep & Imagination → How curiosity, sleep, and imagination prepare the brain for learning and creativity.Episode 385 — Dr. Bruce PerryTrauma, Rhythm & Relational Safety → Why regulation and safety are the foundation for learning and performance.Episode 386 — Thoryn StephensBiometrics & Performance → Turning HRV, sleep, and metabolic data into actionable performance strategies.Episode 387 — Dr. Sui WongLifestyle Medicine & Brain Health → How autonomic balance and healthy habits build long-term brain resilience.Episode 388 — Rohan DixitHRV & Self-Regulation → Developing nervous system awareness through real-time biofeedback and HRV. Phase 2 Anchor Episodes
Episode 393 — Bob ProctorBelief → Why our beliefs determine the actions we take and the results we create.Episode 394 — Dr. Caroline LeafThought Patterns → How our thoughts shape neurochemistry, behavior, and long-term performance.Episode 395 — Dr. John MedinaAttention & Reward → Why attention determines what the brain values, remembers, and learns.Episode 396 — Dr. Anna LembkeNeurochemistry & Reinforcement → How dopamine reinforces behavior and why sustainable motivation matters more than borrowed dopamine.Episode 397 — Dr. Chuck HillmanMovement & Brain Activation → How physical movement prepares the brain for learning, focus, and performance.Episode 398 — Dr. Friederike FabritiusNeuroleadership & Energy → How to manage brain energy and sustain high performance over time. REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 “How Learning Begins in the Brain: Sleep, Safety and Curiosity (Revisiting Dr. Baland Jalal) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
In episode 401 Andrea Samadi welcomes Greg Hill to explore why trust is the essential foundation for learning, growth, and high performance. They discuss how trust creates psychological safety, encourages risk-taking and creativity, and acts as a multiplier for organizational results.
Greg shares practical leadership practices—truthfulness, consistency, competence, and genuine care—and personal stories about marathon training to show how movement builds confidence and supports clear thinking, resilience, and sustained motivation. This episode launches Phase 3: Movement, Adaptation, and Learning in the podcast's brain operating system series.
Welcome back to Season 16 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. I'm Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
Watch the full YouTube interview here https://youtu.be/kfvSFMQZ3dk
On EP 401, You Will Learn:✔ Why trust is the foundation of learning, growth, and high performance.
✔ How psychological safety changes the brain, reducing threat and increasing engagement.
✔ Why great leaders create environments where people feel safe enough to learn, take risks, and perform at their best.
✔ How trust influences attention, confidence, decision-making, and long-term success.
✔ The connection between movement, trust, and the brain's readiness to learn as we launch Phase 3: Movement, Learning & Cognition.
✔ Practical leadership strategies from Greg Hill to build trust with your team, family, classroom, or organization.
Before the brain can learn, grow, adapt, or perform at its highest level, it must first feel safe enough to trust. In this episode, Greg Hill explains why trust is the hidden foundation of every high-performing individual and team.
Trust → Engagement → Movement → Brain Activation → Attention → Learning → Memory → Performance → Confidence.
Over the past several months, we've been building what I've called The Brain's Operating System for Human Performance.
In Phase 1, we explored Regulation and Safety, learning why the brain performs best when the nervous system feels regulated, balanced, and secure.
In Phase 2, we examined Motivation and Neurochemistry, uncovering what drives action, what sustains effort, and what breaks the motivation loop.
Next we will move into Phase 3: Movement, Adaptation and Learning. The theme for Phase 3 did change and I’ll explain that once we dive into EP 403.
But before we can get there, we are going to go a bit deeper into something the brain needs to feel safe: trust.
EP 401 — Trust: The Foundation of LearningQuestion: What must happen before learning or any change can occur?
Trust → Safety → Engagement → Action → Learning
Before movement changes the brain, the brain must feel safe enough to engage.
With Trust.
Because trust creates psychological safety.
Safety creates engagement.
Engagement creates action.
And action creates learning.
When trust is present, people are more willing to take risks, embrace challenges, learn from mistakes, and move beyond what is comfortable. When trust is absent, the brain shifts its energy toward protection rather than growth.
We've explored the importance of trust before on this podcast. Back on EP 207[i], we spoke with Greg Link, co-founder of the Covey Leadership Center and founder of FranklinCovey's Global Speed of Trust Practice. Greg Link shared how trust accelerates relationships, strengthens organizations, and serves as a multiplier for performance.
Today's conversation takes that idea one step further.
Throughout my career, whenever I've met someone who consistently brings out the very best in others, I've wanted to understand why.
What are they doing differently?
What principles guide them?
How do they create environments where people feel safe enough to grow, learn, and perform at their highest levels?
That's why I invited today's guest, Greg Hill, to join us.
I've had the opportunity to work directly with Greg for over a year and a half, and one thing stood out immediately: I always knew that Greg trusted me to do my best work.
That trust wasn't something we talked about. It was something he demonstrated. I felt it every day.
Over time, I began to notice that this wasn't unique to my experience. Greg seemed to create the same environment for everyone around him. People wanted to do their best work, not because they had to, but because they felt trusted, valued, and supported by him.
It made me curious.
Was there something deeper happening beneath the surface?
Could trust be one of the hidden factors that unlocks learning, growth, confidence, and high performance?
Greg Hill is a respected leader, mentor, and trusted advisor who has spent years helping people and organizations reach their highest potential through relationships built on trust, accountability, and genuine human connection.
Today, we'll explore the neuroscience of trust, its connection to leadership and performance, and why trust may be one of the most important foundations for learning, growth, and human potential.
As we launch Phase 3, you'll hear why trust may be the bridge between motivation and action, and why people are often willing to enter the learning cycle only when they feel safe enough to take the first step.
Welcome to Episode 401.
Let's meet Greg Hill.
Greg Hill, welcome to the podcast, and thank you for joining me. I've been looking forward to this conversation for quite some time because I've experienced firsthand the impact you've had on people around you, and today I'd love to explore some of the principles you've learned over the years that have helped you build trust, develop leaders, and bring out the best in others.
Question #1
Greg, when most people hear the word trust, they think about whether they trust another person (in relationship to them). But I've always wondered if trust begins long before that. What do you believe are the foundations of trust, and what is it about certain leaders that makes people naturally feel safe enough to trust them?
Question #2
Why is trust so important for performance?
Stephen R Covey said that “trust is the one thing that affects everything else you’re doing. It’s a performance multiplier and it takes your trajectory upwards.”
Why do you think this happens? Why do we perform best when we are in an environment where trust exists? Also, what happens when trust is absent?
Question #3
We've spent the past season exploring regulation, safety, motivation, and performance.
I wonder how do you foster trust and safety with those you work with? Is it an intentional part of your philosophy, or is it just something that comes naturally to you?
Question #4 (Movement Connection)
As we launch our phase on Movement, Adaptation and Learning, I couldn't help but notice that many high-performing leaders seem to have some form of movement practice in their lives. For me it's hiking mountains. For you it was marathon running.
What role has movement played in helping you think clearly, manage stress, make decisions, and perform at your best throughout your career?
Final Question
As we begin this new phase focused on movement, adaptation and learning,
What is one thing every leader, educator, parent, or coach can do right away to build more trust and create an environment where people can learn, grow, and perform at their best?
Thank you, Greg, I appreciate the time you took to share your thoughts on trust and leadership as we launch Phase 3 of our podcast. Your ideas have helped to explain why people are willing to enter the learning cycle in the first place, with trust that reduces threat, increases attention, strengthens relationships, and creates the conditions for growth. You’ve been an incredible mentor and leader in my life and I’m grateful that we are able to stay in touch.
Final Thoughts
Next week, we'll begin Phase 3: Movement, Adaptation and how this all ties into our performance, exploring what happens after engagement occurs and how movement literally changes the brain's ability to learn, remember, think, and perform.
Because when trust creates safety, movement creates change.
If Phase 1 taught us how to regulate the brain, and Phase 2 taught us what motivates the brain, today's episode showed us what creates the conditions for growth. Trust reduces threat and opens the door to learning. Next episode (in 2 more weeks), we'll discover what happens when movement steps through that door and begins changing the brain itself.
See you the middle of July.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 207 with Greg Link on “Unleashing Greatness with Neuroscience, SEL, Trust and the 7 Habits” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/co-founder-of-coveylink-greg-link-on-unleashing-greatness-with-neuroscience-sel-trust-and-the-7-habits/
In this milestone episode (400), Andrea Samadi celebrates seven years of the Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast with her husband Majid Samadi. They reflect on the journey of translating neuroscience into practical strategies for performance, learning, and well-being.
Together they review core lessons — everything begins with the brain, safety before performance, how thoughts shape biology, the power of movement, recovery as a performance strategy, and the central role of relationships and support. Majid also shares leadership insights from his decades in educational sales, including stress management, motivation, continuous learning, and the guiding motto: do the right thing.
They close by looking ahead to the next phase on movement, learning and cognition and invite listeners to subscribe for future episodes.
Sales Leadership Under Pressure: Applying the Neuroscience of High Performance to Real-World Leadership
Guest: Majid Samadi Listen to YouTube interview here https://youtu.be/SSZH3qwPqf8
Intro: Top 7 Lessons from the past 7 years
Guest: Majid Samadi (Interview begins at 10:16)
EP 400: Sales Leadership Under Pressure with Majid Samadi
In this milestone 400th episode, Andrea welcomes back her husband, Majid Samadi, who first appeared on Episode 1 when the podcast launched in 2019.
Together, they reflect on seven years, fifteen seasons, and 400 episodes of exploring the neuroscience behind achievement, leadership, learning, motivation, and human potential.
In this episode, we will cover:
✔ The Top 7 Lessons Learned from 7 Years and 400 Episodes
✔ Why understanding the brain changes the way we learn, lead, and perform
✔ The neuroscience of stress, self-regulation, and leadership under pressure
✔ How high-performing leaders sustain motivation without burning out
✔ The connection between movement, learning, cognition, and peak performance
✔ Why relationships are the foundation of leadership and long-term success
✔ The role trust plays in building high-performing teams
✔ Leadership lessons learned through organizational change, uncertainty, and growth
✔ How the definition of success evolves over a lifetime and career
✔ Why no meaningful achievement happens alone
As Andrea reflects on the lessons learned from hundreds of conversations with neuroscientists, educators, physicians, psychologists, business leaders, and peak performers, she shares the one lesson that stands above all the rest:
Behind every meaningful accomplishment is someone who believed in you enough to help you keep going.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. I'm Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
Over the past 399 episodes, we’ve explored the neuroscience behind performance, learning, stress, motivation, and human potential. For this milestone Episode 400, I wanted to do something different.
Instead of interviewing another neuroscientist, or reviewing past episodes, we’re going to explore what happens when these ideas are applied in the real world.
Joining me is someone listeners heard on EP 1[i] my husband, Majid Samadi, where we laid out the framework for future episodes, EP 200[ii] (Why we launched this podcast), and EP 300[iii] (a special episode with my Mom, Hazel MacPhail, where she taught us “how to live the good life”).
I’ll never forget EP 1, when I asked Majid if he would record with me to help me to launch this podcast thing I wanted to start. He had just come home from working LAUSD (in California) and he put his suit jacket on my desk, and sat down in front of the microphone. I showed him the questions I would ask him, and off we went. I learned that when you start something, it doesn’t have to be perfect. Just start.
What 15 Seasons Taught Me
Before we begin today's conversation, I wanted to take a moment to reflect on what I've learned over the past seven years and 400 episodes of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. I had sketched out a framework, and had some ideas of what I wanted to cover on at least the first 50 episodes.
When I started this idea in 2019, I thought I was creating a platform to share neuroscience research (as it connected to Social and Emotional Learning).
What I didn't realize was that the journey would change me.
After hundreds of interviews with neuroscientists, physicians, educators, psychologists, business leaders, and peak performers, there are a few lessons that stand above all the rest. I’ll always say it took me 50 episodes to get started. I found it really difficult to ask questions and breathe at the same time.
Lesson #1: Everything begins with the brain.
Whether we're talking about achievement, learning, leadership, health, relationships, or performance, success starts with understanding how the brain works.
When we understand the brain, we stop fighting ourselves and start working with ourselves. We all have our own journey here. Mine started when an educator, Jeff Kleck, from EP 246[iv] challenged me to add neuroscience to my work. This was around 2014 when I had partnered with AZ Department of Education with a character ed/leadership program, and Jeff Kleck told me that I wouldn’t go wrong if I wrote a whole new book that focused on the brain and learning. That’s when I sat down, and started to study some of the leading researchers in this field.
I’ve heard similar stories from other authors like Dr. Doug Fisher, who told me that he sat in classes with medical students to unwrap how the brain learns best.
Lesson #2: Safety comes before performance.
One of the most important themes of Season 15 has been that a dysregulated nervous system cannot perform at its best.
Before growth, before learning, before leadership, the brain must feel safe.
This lesson applies in our homes, our schools, our workplaces, and our relationships.
I’ll never forget asking Dr. David Stephen on EP 388[v] about a situation where I was under unusual stress, and my eyesight (or ability to read) stopped working. He explained the neuroscience behind this example, that I’ll never forget and his solution to my problem that was to eat glucose before any important meeting or presentation.
Lesson #3: Our thoughts become biology.
Through experts like Dr. Caroline Leaf, Bob Proctor, Dawson Church, and many others, I learned that our thoughts are not just ideas.
They influence our chemistry, our attention, our habits, and ultimately our results.
What we repeatedly think becomes what we repeatedly do.
This one I’ve believed since my days working in the seminar industry with Bob Proctor. He would hammer this concept into everyone’s mind in every seminar. I just always thought this was something he really believed in, until I heard the SAME thing from Dr. Caroline Leaf, and Dr. Korotkov from Russia. It’s also behind Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work. To this day, I watch the words I think and say out loud.
Lesson #4: Movement changes the brain.
This lesson became personal.
The science is clear: movement improves attention, memory, mood, resilience, and learning.
But over the years, I experienced it firsthand through hiking, walking, strength training, and building daily movement into my life.
This is how I’ve always been. I remember putting on my rollerblades when I was 16 and rollerblading to the local YMCA that wasn’t really in my neighborhood.
Motivation got me moving.
Movement changed my brain.
And this is how I still find the energy to sit at my desk and write podcasts episodes every Saturday. I have to exercise (or move) first, and then I can create. Over time this has probably been my healthiest habits.
Lesson #5: Recovery drives performance.
For years I focused on doing more.
The neuroscience taught me something different.
Growth doesn't happen during effort.
Growth happens during recovery.
Sleep, stress regulation, recovery, and reflection are not luxuries—they are performance strategies.
This took me years to finally put into practice.
Lesson #6: Relationships change everything.
If there is one lesson that appears in every field of neuroscience, it is this:
We are wired for connection.
The quality of our relationships influences our health, happiness, resilience, leadership, and longevity.
And that brings me to perhaps the most important lesson of all.
Lesson #7: No meaningful achievement happens alone.
People often see the finished podcast episode.
They don't see the support system behind it.
For 400 episodes, there has been one person supporting this mission from behind the scenes.
My husband, Majid.
While I was researching, writing, recording, editing, and building this platform, Majid was encouraging me when things were difficult, celebrating the wins, offering perspective when I needed it, and helping me continue when the path wasn't always clear.
Many of these episodes were written because someone believed in me enough to keep me going.
The podcast may have my name on it, but it has always been supported by both of us.
As we celebrate Episode 400, that's the lesson I want to leave everyone with.
Achievement is rarely a solo journey.
Behind every meaningful accomplishment is a person, a mentor, a teacher, a spouse, a friend cheering you along the way from the sidelines, or a community that helped make it possible.
The neuroscience taught me how the brain works.
Life taught me that relationships are what make everything work.
And that's why there is no better person to join me for Episode 400 than Majid Samadi.
Welcome Majid! Thank you for taking the time to record this milestone episode with me. I know your time is limited. Before we get started, can you share what it is that you do when you are not being strong armed to record podcast episodes for me?
So, we have been covering 5 phases in Season 15, showing how the brain comes online and changes with each phase. So I’ve got some questions for you that will cover each phase. Does that sound good?
🧠 PHASE 1 REGULATION & SAFETY
Leading Through Stress
“We began Season 15 with a fundamental question: Is the brain safe enough to learn, think, and perform?”
Questions
You’ve led teams through growth, uncertainty, organizational change, and high-pressure environments. When stress is elevated, what do you notice first in yourself? How have you learned to shield this stress from those who report to you, or take the brunt of it off of them?
Looking back, have there been moments when pressure impacted your decision-making, and what did you learn from those experiences?
Many leaders spend years operating in “go mode.” How do you recognize when you’re pushing too hard? What advice have you given to your colleagues when you see them pushing too hard?
What habits help you reset your nervous system and regain perspective when demands are high?
If leadership performance begins with self-regulation, what advice would you give leaders who feel overwhelmed right now?
⚡ PHASE 2: MOTIVATION & DRIVE: Sustaining Performance Without Burning Out
“In Phase 2, we explored the Motivation Loop—meaning, belief, attention, action, reward, and recovery.”
Questions
What has motivated you throughout your career, and has that motivation changed over time?
When facing major challenges, what keeps you moving forward when results aren’t immediate?
8.What role does purpose play in maintaining motivation?
Have you ever achieved a goal that didn’t feel as rewarding as you expected?
What have you learned about balancing ambition with recovery/rest?
🚶♂️ PHASE 3: LEARNING, MOVEMENT & COGNITION
Staying Sharp in a Fast-Paced World
“Our next phase explores how movement, learning, and cognition work together to support performance.”
Questions
Leadership requires continuous learning. How do you continue growing while managing significant responsibilities?
When information is incomplete and decisions need to be made quickly, how do you approach decision-making?
What habits have helped you stay mentally sharp over the years?
14.How important has physical health been in supporting your professional performance?
15.What’s one lesson you’ve learned about the connection between health and leadership that you wish you understood earlier?
🤝 PHASE 4
SOCIAL INTELLIGENCE & RELATIONSHIPS: The Human Side of Leadership
“Some of the most important neuroscience research shows us that performance happens through relationships.” This is where I think you excel. I remember being at a meeting, that you would have been at, except you moved onto a new position with your promotion to where you are now. I can’t even tell you how many people approached me from Senior Leadership (top of the company) to people I had never even heard of, asking how you are.
Questions
When you think about the best leaders you’ve worked with, what qualities stand out?
How do you build trust within a team?
What have you learned about motivating different personalities?
How do you navigate difficult conversations while maintaining strong relationships?
Why do you think you made a lasting impact on so many people?
🧭 PHASE 5
INTEGRATION, INSIGHT & MEANING
Lessons from the Journey
“Our final phase focuses on integration—bringing everything together.”
Questions
21.
Looking back across your career, what leadership lesson took the longest to learn?
MILESTONE QUESTION
“If there was one principle that has guided you through leadership, business, family, setbacks, and success—what would it be?”
Majid, I want to thank you for taking the time out of your day off today when you could have been cleaning the garage, to record this episode with me. I want to thank you for supporting me with this podcast the past 7 years. I couldn’t have done this without you.
And next week, we’re taking the next step as we launch Phase 3 of our season on Movement, Learning, and Cognition.
Because once we understand how to regulate stress and sustain motivation, the next question becomes:
How do we optimize the brain to learn, think, adapt, and grow?
We’ll begin that journey in Episode 401 with Greg Hill, where we’ll explore one of the most important ingredients in high-performing teams: Trust.”
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 1 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-why-behind-setting-up-a-social-and-emotional-learning-program-in-your-school-or-emotional-intelligence-training-for-your-workplace/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 200 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/our-200th-milestone-episode-with-majid-samadi-returning-guest-from-episode-1-on-why-we-began-this-podcast/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 300 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/my-mom-hazel-macphail-with-majid-samadi-on-leaving-a-legacy-how-to-live-the-good-life/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 246 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/jeff-kleck-on-using-neuroscience-to-inspire-thinkers-in-schools-sport-and-the-workplace/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 388 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-glucose-protocol-how-fueling-your-brain-restores-clarity/
Episode 399 reviews Phase 2 of Season 15 and introduces the Motivation Loop — the sequence of meaning, belief, attention, action, reward, and recovery that drives sustained effort.
The episode explains common loop breakers (loss of meaning, negative thoughts, distracted attention, too much challenge, poor recovery, and no visible progress) and how to diagnose which link is failing.
Practical takeaway: identify your gap, reconnect purpose, protect attention, celebrate small wins, and balance challenge with recovery to keep motivation alive.
In This Episode 399, We Will Cover:✅ The Motivation Loop — what it is, why it matters, and how it influences behavior, focus, effort, and achievement.
✅ What Keeps the Loop Alive — the role of meaning, belief, attention, action, reward, recovery, and growth.
✅ What Breaks the Loop — how loss of meaning, negative thoughts, distraction, lack of progress, poor recovery, and burnout weaken motivation.
✅ The Neuroscience of Motivation — why the brain repeats what it rewards and how dopamine reinforces behavior.
✅ The Difference Between Challenge and Burnout — finding the sweet spot where effort creates growth instead of exhaustion.
✅ My Personal Motivation Loop Story — how I watched my own loop begin to break in real time while pushing too hard with hiking and what I learned from it.
✅ How to Repair a Broken Loop — practical strategies to restore motivation before burnout takes hold.
✅ The Anterior Mid-Cingulate Cortex (AMCC) — the brain region associated with persistence, self-regulation, resilience, and doing hard things.
✅ Why Doing Hard Things Grows the Brain — how meaningful challenges strengthen the neural circuits responsible for sustained effort.
✅ Finding Your Gap — using our Brain's Operating System framework to identify where your system may be out of alignment.
✅ The Biggest Lessons from Phase 2: Neurochemistry & Motivation — insights from Bob Proctor, Dr. Caroline Leaf, Dr. John Medina, Dr. Anna Lembke, Dr. Chuck Hillman, and Friederike Fabritius.
✅ What's Next — a preview of Episodes 400 and 401 on Leadership and Trust, and our transition into Phase 3: Movement, Learning & Cognition.
Key Question of the Episode"When motivation begins to disappear, have we lost our drive—or is there simply a broken link in the loop?"
Aha MomentThe goal isn't to push harder.
The goal is to identify the broken link, repair it, and keep the loop alive.
EP 399: The Motivation Loop: What Keeps It Going—and What Breaks It?Welcome back to the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
This week, we're wrapping up Phase 2: Neurochemistry and Motivation.
Over the past several months, we've explored some of the most important drivers of human behavior, attention, effort, learning, and performance.
Through the work of Bob Proctor, Dr. Caroline Leaf, John Medina, Dr. Anna Lembke, Chuck Hillman, and Friederike Fabritius, we've been focused on one fundamental question:
What drives sustained effort and forward movement?
Today, I want to zoom out and connect everything we've learned into one simple framework:
The Motivation Loop.
More importantly, we'll look at:
What keeps the loop goingWhat causes it to breakHow we can strengthen it over timeAnd why doing hard things may actually help grow parts of our brain responsible for persistence and self-regulation. The Brain's Operating System of Human PerformanceBefore we dive into the Motivation Loop, let's remember what we’ve covered so far.
One of the biggest insights from neuroscience is that high performance doesn't happen in one part of the brain.
It happens through a sequence.
Just like a computer has an operating system, our brains have an operating system for learning, achievement, and human performance.
Over the past several months, we've been building that system one phase at a time.
Phase 1: Regulation & SafetyREGULATEThe first question we asked was:
"Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?"
Before motivation...
Before focus...
Before performance...
The brain must first feel regulated.
Through guests like Bruce Perry, Kristen Holmes, Antonio Zadra, and Sui Wong, we learned that:
Sleep mattersRecovery mattersRhythm mattersOur Stress levels matter A dysregulated brain struggles to learn.
No regulation.
No learning.
Phase 2: Neurochemistry & MotivationENGAGEOnce the brain is regulated, we move to the next question:
"What drives behavior, focus, and sustained effort?"
This is the phase we've just completed.
We explored:
DopamineBeliefThought patternsAttentionRewardBurnoutEnergy And perhaps the biggest lesson from this phase was:
The brain repeats what it rewards.
This became the foundation of what I've called:
The Motivation Loop: What Keeps the Loop Going?Looking at this graphic, notice the green side first.
The healthy loop begins with:
Meaning and PurposeWhen we know why something matters, effort becomes easier to sustain.
This was Bob Proctor's message and the message that launched author Simon Sinek’s entire career (Knowing Your Why).
People can tolerate enormous challenges when the goal is meaningful.
Example: Learning a New SkillImagine someone deciding to learn a new language.
At first:
Progress is slow.Mistakes are frequent.The work feels uncomfortable. But they have a purpose.
Maybe they want to connect on a deeper level with family.
Maybe they want to travel.
Maybe they want a new career opportunity.
Purpose keeps them engaged long enough to continue with the hard work.
Belief Shapes ThoughtIf I believe I can improve, my thoughts become more constructive.
This was Dr. Caroline Leaf's work.
Our thoughts influence our neurochemistry.
Positive thoughts don't guarantee success.
But they keep us moving toward it.
Attention Drives GrowthThis was John Medina's contribution.
Attention determines what the brain decides matters.
The brain learns what we repeatedly focus on.
What we attend to, we strengthen.
Action Creates ProgressOnce attention is focused, behavior follows.
We study.
We practice.
We train.
We learn.
Reward Reinforces BehaviorThis was Dr. Anna Lembke's work.
The reward doesn't have to be huge.
Sometimes it's simply noticing progress.
The brain says:
"That effort produced a result."
And the loop continues.
Example: ExerciseA person begins walking 20 minutes every day.
Week 1:
No major changes.
Week 2:
Energy improves.
Week 3:
Sleep improves.
Week 4:
Resting heart rate begins dropping.
The brain notices progress.
The effort feels worthwhile.
The loop strengthens.
The behavior repeats.
We have spent a lot of time on understanding how to keep the loop from breaking.
How the Loop BreaksNow let's look at the red side. How the loop breaks.
The loop rarely breaks all at once.
Usually one link weakens first.
Then the others follow.
Loop Breaker #1: Loss of Meaning
What Happened?
A student studies only to pass a test.
The test ends.
The reason disappears.
Motivation disappears.
The loop breaks because there is no longer a compelling "why."
What Could Have Prevented It?
Reconnect to purpose.
Instead of:
"I have to study for this test."
Shift to:
"I'm building skills for the future version of myself."
Bob Proctor taught us that goals are not just about achievement.
They're about growth.
Loop Repair
Ask:
"Why does this matter beyond today?"
When meaning returns, motivation returns.
Loop Breaker #2: Negative Thought Patterns
What Happened?
Someone starts a health journey.
After a difficult week they think:
"I'm failing."
"Nothing is changing."
"I'll never get there."
Their attention shifts toward evidence of failure.
The loop weakens.
What Could Have Prevented It?
Focus on progress instead of perfection.
Dr. Caroline Leaf would remind us that thoughts influence neurochemistry.
A better question might be:
"What is improving that I haven't noticed yet?"
Loop Repair
Look for small wins.
Better sleepMore energyMore consistencyBetter habits Progress fuels dopamine.
Dopamine fuels effort.
Loop Breaker #3: Distracted Attention
What Happened?
You sit down to work.
A text arrives.
Then email.
Then social media.
Then another interruption at your office door.
Attention becomes fragmented.
Learning slows.
Progress slows.
Reward disappears.
What Could Have Prevented It?
Protect your attention.
John Medina taught us:
Attention determines what the brain decides matters.
Loop Repair
Create:
30-minute focus blocksPhone-free work periods (with notifications turned off)One-task-at-a-time sessions The brain rewards completion.
Not multitasking.
Loop Breaker #4: Too Much Challenge
What Happened?
This one surprises many people.
Doing hard things strengthens the brain.
But doing impossible things breaks the loop.
A person starts:
A new dietA new exercise planA new businessA new habit And tries to change everything at once.
The challenge becomes overwhelming.
What Could Have Prevented It?
Start smaller.
The AMCC grows when challenges are difficult but achievable.
Loop Repair
Ask:
"What's the smallest difficult thing I can consistently repeat?"
Not:
"What's the hardest thing I can do today?"
Loop Breaker #5: Poor Recovery/Low Energy
What Happened?
This is actually my hiking example that I’ve mentioned previously.
Everything was working.
My recovery improved.
My WHOOP age improved 6.4 years younger than my actual age.
My fitness improved- v02 max increased.
Then I increased the challenge.
Longer hikes.
More strain.
More effort. But not enough recovery time in between.
I could actually see the reward disappearing in real time.
The effort at the end of these longer hikes felt exhausting instead of energizing. I know that doing difficult things makes my brain stronger, but I was close to giving up on something I really enjoyed.
What Could Have Prevented It?
Recovery needed to increase alongside challenge.
The mistake wasn't hiking, or making the hike more challenging.
The mistake was believing:
More is always better.
Loop Repair
Alternate:
Hard daysEasy days Increase recovery as strain increases.
As Friederike Fabritius taught us:
Performance isn't built through effort alone.
It's built through effort and recovery. Once I put more attention on recovery before pushing again, the broken motivation loop repaired, and the end of those difficult hikes became energizing again (with the right amount of rest).
Loop Breaker #6: No Visible Progress
What Happened?
A salesperson makes:
50 calls100 calls150 calls No results.
The brain begins asking:
"Why bother?"
The reward disappears.
What Could Have Prevented It?
Measure leading indicators instead of outcomes.
Instead of focusing only on sales:
Track:
Calls completedMeetings bookedRelationships builtSkills improved Loop Repair
Celebrate effort metrics.
Not just outcome metrics.
The brain needs evidence that effort matters.
Also, if the strategy you are using is not yielding results, try a different one. Ask others who are having success, what they are doing, and how they are getting results. Once you can identify where your loop is breaking, fixing it requires doing something that you were not doing before.
The Big Lesson
Every loop break in this phase points back to one question:
What link failed?
Was it:
Meaning?Thoughts?Attention?Progress?Recovery?Challenge? Because the loop rarely breaks all at once.
Usually one link weakens first.
And the good news is:
If you can identify the broken link, you can repair the loop.
What About Doing Hard Things?One of the most fascinating concepts we explored this phase was the work surrounding the:
Anterior Mid-Cingulate Cortex (AMCC)This area of the brain appears to play an important role in:
PersistenceSelf-regulationAttention controlDoing things we don't feel like doing Research suggests this area strengthens when we repeatedly choose meaningful challenges.
Not impossible challenges.
Not burnout.
Not exhaustion.
Meaningful challenges.
ExampleChoosing:
The workout you don't feel like doing.The difficult conversation you've been avoiding.The presentation that makes you nervous.The study session when you'd rather scroll your phone. Every time we choose effort over comfort, we may be strengthening the neural systems responsible for persistence and researchers also would say, the will to live.
The Secret to Keeping the Loop GoingAfter everything we've learned this phase, the answer is surprisingly simple:
The loop stays alive when effort feels worthwhile.
That means:
✅ Meaning
✅ Purpose
✅ Focus
✅ Progress
✅ Recovery
✅ Challenge
But not too much challenge.
Because challenge without recovery becomes burnout.
And recovery without challenge becomes stagnation.
The sweet spot lies in the middle.
Instead of blaming ourselves, we can start diagnosing the system to build a stronger, more resilient version of ourselves.
How to Use the "Find Your Gap" FrameworkWhenever you feel:
StuckUnmotivatedBurned outDistractedOverwhelmedPlateaued Ask yourself:
Which phase is broken?Because the problem is rarely "everything."
Usually it's one phase creating a bottleneck for the others.
Phase 1 Gap: Regulation & SafetyAsk:
Am I sleeping well?Am I recovered?Is stress overwhelming me?Is my nervous system regulated? Signs This Is Your GapAnxietyExhaustionBrain fogPoor sleepIrritability ExampleA teacher can't focus.
They assume they need more motivation.
But they're sleeping 5 hours a night.
The real gap isn't motivation.
It's regulation.
SolutionFix:
SleepRecoveryStress management First.
Phase 2 Gap: Neurochemistry & MotivationAsk:
Do I still know why this matters?Am I seeing progress?Has the reward disappeared?Have I lost momentum? Signs This Is Your GapProcrastinationLack of driveLoss of enthusiasmFeeling stuck ExampleThis was your hiking example.
You still had the ability.
You still had the discipline.
You simply stopped feeling rewarded by the effort.
SolutionRepair the Motivation Loop:
Reconnect to purposeReduce challenge temporarilyImprove recoveryLook for progress Phase 3 Gap: Movement, Learning & CognitionAsk:
Am I moving enough?Am I physically engaged?Am I learning new things?Is my brain being challenged? Signs This Is Your GapLow energyMental sluggishnessPoor concentrationFeeling mentally flat ExampleSomeone spends 10 hours at a desk.
Their motivation is fine.
Their sleep is fine.
But they're sedentary.
Movement is the missing ingredient.
SolutionMove first.
The research from Chuck Hillman and John Ratey suggests movement often improves:
AttentionMoodLearningMemory Phase 4 Gap: Perception, Emotion & Social IntelligenceAsk:
Am I seeing this situation clearly?Am I understanding others?Do I feel connected? Signs This Is Your GapConflictMiscommunicationIsolationEmotional reactivity ExampleA leader thinks:
"Nobody supports my vision."
But the real issue is communication.
The gap isn't motivation.
It's perception.
SolutionImprove:
ListeningEmotional awarenessPerspective-takingRelationships Phase 5 Gap: Integration, Insight & MeaningAsk:
Does this align with who I want to become?Am I moving toward something meaningful?Do I have clarity? Signs This Is Your GapSuccess without fulfillmentFeeling lostLack of directionConstantly chasing goals ExampleSomeone has achieved everything they wanted professionally.
But they still feel empty.
The gap isn't performance.
It's meaning.
SolutionReconnect with:
ValuesPurposeIdentityContribution to the World. The Most Powerful QuestionAt the end of every week, ask:
"Where is my gap?"Is it:
🟦 Regulation?
🟪 Motivation?
🟥 Movement?
🟧 Relationships?
🟩 Meaning?
Because once you identify the gap, the solution becomes much easier to see.
REVIEW and CONCLUSIONEP 399: The Motivation Loop — What Keeps It Going and What Breaks It?
As we wrap up this week's episode, let's review the most important lessons we've learned throughout Phase 2: Neurochemistry and Motivation.
Over the past several months, we've explored a powerful question:
What drives behavior, focus, sustained effort, and ultimately achievement?
Through the work of Bob Proctor, Dr. Caroline Leaf, Dr. John Medina, Dr. Anna Lembke, Dr. Chuck Hillman, and Friederike Fabritius, we discovered that motivation is not something we simply have or don't have.
Motivation is a system.
And when that system is working properly, it creates a cycle that reinforces growth, learning, and forward movement.
What Keeps the Motivation Loop Going?
We learned that the healthy Motivation Loop begins with:
✅ Meaning and Purpose
When we know why something matters, we are more likely to stay engaged long enough to see results.
As Bob Proctor taught us, goals are not just about what we achieve. They're about who we become in the process.
✅ Healthy Thought Patterns
Dr. Caroline Leaf reminded us that our thoughts influence our neurochemistry.
What we repeatedly think affects what we repeatedly feel, and ultimately what we repeatedly do.
✅ Focused Attention
Dr. John Medina showed us that attention determines what the brain decides matters.
What we consistently focus on becomes stronger.
What we ignore often fades.
✅ Earned Rewards
Dr. Anna Lembke taught us that the brain repeats what it rewards.
Progress—even small progress—creates reinforcement.
The brain says:
"That effort was worth it. Let's do it again."
✅ Movement and Action
Dr. Chuck Hillman showed us that movement doesn't just strengthen the body.
It activates the brain for learning, attention, memory, and performance.
✅ Sustainable Energy
Friederike Fabritius reminded us to find the sweet spot with challenge, and that sustained performance depends on balancing challenge with recovery.
Without recovery, motivation eventually collapses.
What Breaks the Loop?
We also learned that the Motivation Loop rarely breaks all at once.
Usually, one link weakens first.
A loss of meaning.
Negative thought patterns.
Distracted attention.
No visible progress.
Poor recovery.
Or too much challenge without enough reward.
When that happens, the brain begins asking:
"Why am I doing this?"
And when effort no longer feels worthwhile, motivation begins to disappear.
My Personal Aha Moment
One of the biggest insights for me came from observing my own Motivation Loop.
Over the past several months, I've been tracking my health and performance using WHOOP.
I was seeing incredible results:
Improved cardiovascular fitnessLower resting heart rateBetter recoveryA lower biological age Everything suggested the loop was working.
Then I started pushing harder.
Longer hikes.
More strain.
More effort.
At first, I assumed more effort would produce more progress.
Instead, I noticed something unexpected.
I stopped enjoying it.
The same hikes that once energized me began to feel draining (near the end).
The reward signal weakened.
The effort no longer felt worth the cost.
And that's when I realized something important:
I was watching my Motivation Loop break in real time.
My gap wasn't movement.
My gap wasn't motivation.
My gap was balancing strain (or effort) with recovery.
I had increased the challenge without increasing recovery.
And the brain responded exactly the way neuroscience predicts it would.
Once I recognized the broken link, the solution wasn't to push harder.
The solution was to restore balance.
Review of The AMCC and Doing Hard Things
One of the most fascinating discoveries we explored this phase was the role of the:
Anterior Mid-Cingulate Cortex (AMCC)
This area of the brain appears to strengthen when we repeatedly choose meaningful challenges.
Not impossible challenges.
Not burnout.
Meaningful challenges.
The AMCC is associated with:
PersistenceFocusSelf-regulationResilienceDoing things we don't feel like doing Every time we choose effort over comfort, we may be strengthening the very circuits that help us stay committed when life becomes difficult.
Which means:
The goal isn't to avoid hard things.
The goal is to find the right amount of challenge that promotes growth without breaking the loop.
Find Your Gap
Perhaps the most important lesson from this entire phase is this:
When motivation declines, don't immediately assume you've lost your drive.
Instead ask:
Where is my gap?
Is it:
Regulation?Motivation?Movement?Relationships?Meaning? Because when one part of the system falls out of alignment, the entire system feels the impact.
And once we identify the gap, we can begin repairing it.
Looking Ahead
As we conclude Phase 2, we've learned how to:
REGULATE the brain.
ENGAGE the brain.
Next, we'll explore how to APPLY these principles in leadership and performance with two special milestone episodes:
EP 400 — Leadership Under Pressure with Majid Samadi
EP 401 — Advanced Leadership and Trust with Greg Hill
And then we'll officially launch:
Phase 3: Movement, Learning & Cognition
Where we'll answer the next big question:
How does movement shape how the brain learns?
We'll explore movement, exercise, BDNF, attention, memory, executive function, and cognitive performance.
Because if motivation gets us moving...
Movement may be one of the most powerful tools we have to change the brain itself.
Final Thought
Peak performance isn't about doing more.
It's about aligning the systems that drive our results.
We can improve this by:
Finding our gaps.
Strengthening the weakest link.
Keep the loop alive.
And remember:
The brain repeats what it rewards.
We'll see you next week for Episode 400. Until then, keep doing hard things, keep strengthening your brain, and keep moving forward.
Episode 398 revisits neuroscientist Friederike Fabritius (from November 2022) to explain how three ingredients — fun (dopamine), fear (productive challenge), and focus — create the neurochemical conditions for sustained motivation and flow.
You'll also learn why individual neurosignatures matter and how designing environments that match your brain, rather than forcing yourself to change, makes effort easier and motivation durable.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I'm Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
In This Episode 398, Closing the Motivation Loop, with Friederike Fabritius, We Will Cover:✔ How FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS create the neurochemical conditions for sustainable motivation
✔ Why dopamine is more than a pleasure chemical—and how it fuels motivation, anticipation, effort, and reinforcement
✔ How FUN creates dopamine and keeps us engaged in meaningful work
✔ Why the right amount of FEAR (challenge) drives growth without causing burnout
✔ How FOCUS converts energy, attention, and motivation into measurable results
✔ The connection between FUN, FEAR, FOCUS, and the Motivation Loop
✔ Why different brains require different motivation strategies
✔ Understanding your unique "Neurosignature" and how it influences performance
✔ How dopamine interacts with other neurochemicals like testosterone, estrogen, serotonin, and oxytocin
✔ Why sustainable motivation begins with self-awareness
✔ The Stress vs. Performance Curve and finding your optimal challenge zone
✔ How under-challenge leads to boredom and over-challenge leads to burnout
✔ Why peak performance occurs when challenge matches your brain's needs
✔ How to design environments that support attention, motivation, and performance
✔ Why the strongest motivation loops are powered by alignment—not willpower
✔ Practical strategies to create the conditions where your brain naturally wants to engage and perform
✔ How self-awareness, energy management, and neurochemistry work together to sustain long-term success
✔ What keeps the Motivation Loop repeating—and what causes it to break
✔ How to close Phase 2: Neurochemistry & Motivation and prepare for Phase 3: Movement, Learning & Cognition
🧠 Big Takeaway✔ Sustainable motivation isn't something we force—it’s something we create by aligning our beliefs, thoughts, attention, neurochemistry, movement, and environment so that effort becomes meaningful, progress becomes rewarding, and the Motivation Loop continues to repeat.
The Big Idea for EP 398
This week, we continue our journey through Phase 2: Neurochemistry and Motivation, where we've been exploring one central question:
What drives sustained effort and forward movement?
How do we sustain this cycle over months, years, and even decades without burning out?
If EP 392-397 have taken us around the motivation loop, Friederike Fabritius today is the person who explains how to keep the loop repeating as we look at energy and sustainability.
Today we will revisit Friederike Fabritius to help us to close the motivation loop.
Looking at our roadmap graphic we began with:
Belief (Bob Proctor)[i] → Why you start something (The power of our beliefs and internal drive).
Thought Patterns (Dr. Caroline Leaf)[ii] → What we think and how what we think shapes our neurochemistry and results.
Attention & Reward (Dr. John Medina)[iii] → Showed us that attention determines what the brain decides matters.
Neurochemistry & Reinforcement (Dr. Anna Lembke)[iv] → Showed us why dopamine reinforces behavior and why motivation can break when we rely on borrowed dopamine.
Movement (Chuck Hillman)[v] → How movement activates the brain and fuels action for learning and performance.
Neuroleadership & Energy (Friederike Fabritius) → How to sustain all of it, over time
This is the missing piece.
For today’s episode, 398, we’ll review 2 clips from Friderike Fabritius through the lense of our motivation loop.
CLIP 1-FUN, FEAR & FOCUS = The Ingredients That Keep The Loop Alive
🎥 CLIP 1: The Neurochemical Formula for Sustainable Motivation
Let’s revisit Friederike Fabritius who explains that only 20% of people feel passionate about their jobs, and 40% never experience flow. Her solution? Three ingredients that create the optimal neurochemical environment for peak performance: FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS.
We’ve already covered this concept in EP 373[vi], but today we revisit this clip through the lens of the Motivation Loop.
Belief creates direction
↓
Fun creates dopamine
↓
Fear creates urgency
↓
Focus creates execution
↓
Success reinforces belief
↓
Loop repeats
Looking back now, I see that Friederike’s Formula: Fun, Fear and Focus weren't just workplace performance tools.
They were actually the mechanism that keeps the motivation loop alive.
Let’s listen to CLIP 1.
💡 Key Takeaway #1
FUN Creates Dopamine and Fuels Motivation
Friederike explains that when we genuinely enjoy the task we're doing—not the reward afterward—our brain releases dopamine.
This is important because dopamine isn't just the "pleasure chemical."
As Dr. Anna Lembke taught us in EP 396, dopamine is the chemical of:
✔ Motivation
✔ Anticipation
✔ Pursuit
✔ Reinforcement
In the Motivation Loop, dopamine helps answer the question:
"Is this effort worth it?"
When the answer is YES, we keep moving forward.
Motivation Loop Connection:
Belief → Fun → Dopamine → And then we will put in the needed Effort
The more meaningful and enjoyable the work feels, the more likely we are to stay engaged and continue the cycle.
🔑 Tip to Implement
Ask yourself:
What part of my work do I genuinely enjoy?
Does the work you are doing REALLY excite you?
Look for ways to spend more time in tasks that naturally spark curiosity, creativity, learning, or growth.
If a task feels boring, connect it to a larger purpose or outcome that matters to you.
REFLECTION: I’m doing this RIGHT now, as I’m working on something in my work life that I’m really excited about. When the dots connect with what you are doing, you will put in the effort needed for the execution of what you are doing, as well as the energy to help you to overcome the obstacles that will come your way.
💡 Key Takeaway #2
FEAR Creates Productive Tension
Friederike isn't talking about chronic stress or anxiety (that we know tanks our sleep and overall performance).
She's talking about challenge.
The right amount of pressure pushes us into action.
Without challenge, motivation declines and we drift toward boredom and apathy.
Too much pressure creates overwhelm and burnout.
The sweet spot is what psychologists call the Flow Zone—where challenge meets skill.
Motivation Loop Connection:
Dopamine → Challenge → Effort → Progress
Challenge gives the brain a reason to stay engaged.
Without challenge, there is no growth.
🔑 Tip to Implement
Ask yourself:
Have I become too comfortable?
Create a healthy challenge this week:
✔ Learn a new skill
✔ Take on a project slightly beyond your comfort zone
✔ Set a meaningful deadline
✔ Ask others for feedback so you can be sure that your efforts will be successful.
Growth requires just enough discomfort to keep the brain engaged.
💡 Key Takeaway #3
FOCUS Converts Energy Into Results
John Medina taught us in EP 395 that attention determines what the brain decides matters.
Friederike's third ingredient—FOCUS—is where motivation becomes action.
Without focus:
dopamine gets scatteredattention gets dividedeffort becomes inconsistent With focus:
attention narrowsperformance improvesprogress becomes visible Motivation Loop Connection:
Attention → Focus → Results → Reinforcement
The brain repeats what it sees working.
Focus allows us to generate the results that reinforce future motivation.
🔑 Tip to Implement
Protect one block of uninterrupted focus every day.
Even 30–60 minutes of distraction-free work can create momentum that carries into the rest of the day.
Ask yourself:
What is the ONE task today that deserves my best attention? Then complete the task.
I love creating LISTS and check off items that I accomplish from this list, which in itself gives me an extra boost of dopamine.
The Bigger Lesson Here
Looking back at everything we've covered in Phase 2, I think Friederike's FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS framework may be one of the simplest ways to understand how the Motivation Loop keeps repeating.
FUN provides the dopamine.
FEAR provides the challenge.
FOCUS provides the execution.
When these three elements are balanced, we enter a state of flow where effort feels rewarding, progress reinforces belief, and motivation becomes self-sustaining.
Reflection
Ask yourself:
✔ Do I have enough FUN in my work to create dopamine?
✔ Do I have enough FEAR or challenge to prevent boredom?
✔ Do I have enough FOCUS to turn effort into results?
Because when FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS work together, the Motivation Loop doesn't break—it repeats.
🎥 CLIP 2: Different Brains, Different Motivation LoopsIn clip 2, Friederike reminds us that there is no one-size-fits-all formula for motivation.
People respond differently to challenge, stress, rewards, and work environments because of differences in their neurochemistry and what she calls their neurosignature. Revisit EP 258[vii] to review our interview on The Brain Friendly Workplace and EP 257.[viii]
As we've seen throughout Phase 2, dopamine plays a central role in motivation. But dopamine doesn't work alone. It interacts with other neurochemicals like testosterone, estrogen, serotonin, and oxytocin, creating unique patterns that influence how each of us performs under pressure.
This helps explain why the same environment can energize one person and exhaust another.
💡 Key Takeaway #1Sustainable Motivation Requires Self-AwarenessOne of the biggest lessons from Phase 2 is that motivation is personal.
What motivates one person may completely demotivate another.
Some people thrive under pressure and tight deadlines.
Others perform best with collaboration, connection, and psychological safety.
Friederike suggests that instead of trying to change people, we should first understand how their brains work.
Motivation Loop ConnectionBelief → Effort → Feedback → Repeat
The loop works best when the environment matches the person.
When there is a mismatch between our neurochemistry and our environment, effort becomes draining instead of energizing.
Over time, the loop breaks.
🔑 Tip to Implement Clip 2 to Sustain our MotivationAsk yourself:
When am I performing at my best?
Under pressure or with preparation?Working independently or collaboratively?With structure or flexibility? Look for patterns rather than trying to force yourself into someone else's formula for success.
I know that I work best with just enough pressure to push me to perform, but not too much that my brain shuts down. I like to work independently, with the ability to collaborate with others to fill in the gaps, so that together, we are stronger.
For example, Friederike says that “people high in dopamine are curious, energetic, and future-oriented. Inventors and entrepreneurs tend to have this neurosignature. They get bored easily and are always looking for the next new exciting project.”
How do you perform at your best? Understanding your own neurosignature will help you here.
💡 Key Takeaway #2Peak Performance Happens When Challenge Matches Your BrainBack in EP 373, Friederike introduced us to the Stress vs. Performance Curve.
Too little challenge leads to boredom and apathy.
Too much challenge leads to anxiety and burnout.
Peak performance exists in the middle.
What this clip adds is that everyone's optimal stress point is different.
Motivation Loop ConnectionThis is where many motivation loops break.
If challenge is too low:
➡ Dopamine drops
➡ Attention drifts
➡ Effort decreases
If challenge is too high:
➡ Stress overwhelms focus
➡ Recovery suffers
➡ Burnout follows
The goal is not maximum stress.
The goal is optimal stress.
🔑 Tip to ImplementThink about the past year.
Ask yourself:
When did I feel most energized and productive?
Then ask:
Was I under-challenged, over-challenged, or appropriately challenged?
Adjust your workload accordingly.
💡 Key Takeaway #3Stop Trying to Fix Yourself and Start Designing Your EnvironmentThis may be Friederike's most important insight.
She says we spend too much time trying to mold people to fit jobs.
Instead, we should shape environments that allow different brains to thrive.
This aligns perfectly with what we've learned from:
Dr. John Medina on attentionDr. Anna Lembke on dopamineDr. Chuck Hillman on movementDr. Caroline Leaf on thought patterns The brain performs best when the environment supports success.
Motivation Loop ConnectionThe strongest motivation loops are not powered by willpower.
They're powered by alignment.
When your environment supports your strengths:
✔ Attention improves
✔ Effort feels easier
✔ Results improve
✔ Dopamine reinforces behavior
✔ The loop repeats
🔑 Tip to ImplementRather than asking:
"What's wrong with me?" when something isn’t working as you would like.
Ask:
"What conditions help me perform at my best?"
Then intentionally create more of those conditions to support you to perform at your best.
Self-awareness is critical here, because what we once felt aligned to, can definitely change over time.
🧠 The Bigger LessonAs we close the Motivation Loop with Friederike's work, one theme keeps emerging:
Sustainable motivation isn't about forcing ourselves to work harder.
It's about understanding our unique neurochemistry and creating the conditions where our brain naturally wants to engage, focus, and perform.
The people who sustain motivation over the long term aren't necessarily the most disciplined.
They're often the people who understand themselves best.
And when we align our environment with our neurosignature, the Motivation Loop becomes easier to repeat—and much harder to break.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To wrap up this week's Episode 398, where we revisited Friederike Fabritius and explored how to keep the Motivation Loop repeating, we covered two powerful insights about sustainable performance and long-term success.
💡 CLIP 1: The Neurochemical Formula for Sustainable Motivation
We learned that sustainable motivation is not about pushing harder or relying on willpower alone.
Friederike's framework of FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS gives us a practical blueprint for creating the neurochemical conditions that allow motivation to thrive.
✔ FUN creates dopamine and helps us enjoy the pursuit of meaningful work.
✔ FEAR creates productive tension and challenge, pushing us to grow beyond our comfort zone.
✔ FOCUS converts energy into action, helping us turn effort into measurable results.
When these three elements are balanced, we enter a state of flow where effort feels rewarding, progress becomes visible, and motivation naturally reinforces itself.
💡 CLIP 2: Different Brains, Different Motivation Loops
We also learned that there is no universal formula for peak performance.
Each of us has a unique neurosignature that influences how we respond to challenge, stress, rewards, and work environments.
Rather than trying to force ourselves into someone else's model for success, Friederike encourages us to better understand our own brain and create environments that support our own individual strengths.
When our environment aligns with our neurochemistry:
✔ Attention improves
✔ Effort feels more natural
✔ Energy is sustained
✔ Results improve
✔ The Motivation Loop continues
The most successful people are not necessarily those with the strongest willpower. Today, we have uncovered that the most successful people are those who understand themselves best and intentionally create the conditions that allow them to thrive.
As we close out Phase 2: Neurochemistry and Motivation, one lesson stands above all others.
Sustainable motivation isn't something we force.
It's something we create.
Throughout this phase we've learned that motivation begins with belief, is shaped by our thoughts, strengthened through attention and movement, reinforced by dopamine, and sustained through energy management and self-awareness.
When these systems work together, effort becomes meaningful, progress becomes rewarding, and the Motivation Loop continues to repeat.
And when the loop repeats long enough, something remarkable happens.
The behaviors that once required effort become part of who we are.
Next week, in Episode 399, we'll step back and review the entire Motivation Loop, exploring what helps us repeat the loop and what causes it to break through burnout, distraction, overwhelm, and unhealthy reward-seeking.
We'll connect everything we've learned from Bob Proctor, Dr. Caroline Leaf, Dr. John Medina, Dr. Anna Lembke, Dr. Chuck Hillman, and Friederike Fabritius into one practical framework that we can ALL apply to our own lives.
And then we'll prepare for our milestone Episode 400 as we transition into our next phase on Movement, Learning, and Cognition.
Until next time, keep moving forward, keep learning, and keep creating the conditions that allow your brain to perform at its best.
See you next week
RESOURCES:
Watch Full Interview 1 with Friederike Fabritius https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHK3UG8-Or0
Clip 1 Fun, Fear, Focus PART 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/DZkTBIb-JNk
Clip 1B Fun, Fear, Focus, PART 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/rEnJXHJIgbg
Clip 2 Men vs Women https://www.youtube.com/shorts/S4Wxat_I2vU
Watch Full Interview 2 with Friederike Fabritius
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mmv9PmuioFs
THE BRAIN FRIENDLY WORKPLACE https://friederikefabritius.com/books/the-brain-friendly-workplace/
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 393 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/belief-first-the-neuroscience-of-motivation/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 394 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/thoughts-as-biology-how-your-mind-shapes-neurochemistry/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 395 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/theory-of-mind-the-missing-link-between-attention-reward-and-motivation/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 396 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dopamine-nation-the-pleasure%e2%80%93pain-balance-that-drives-motivation/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 397 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/move-to-learn-how-movement-activates-the-brain-and-fuels-motivation/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 373 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/fun-fear-focus-neuroscience-hacks-for-peak-performance/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 258 with Neuroscientist Friederike Fabritius on “The Brain Friendly Workplace” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/neuroscientistwallstreet-journalbestselling-authorfriederike-fabritius-onhernew-bookthe-brainfriendly-workplacewhy-talented-peoplequitand-how-tomake/
[viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 257 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brainfactfriday-adeepdiveintothebrainfriendlyworkplaceby-friederike-fabritiusunderstanding-our-neurosignature-for-improvedhappinessandproductivity/
Season 15, Episode 397 revisits research and real-world practice showing movement is more than fitness: it activates the brain, boosts attention, enhances learning, and sustains motivation. Dr. Chuck Hillman’s studies reveal how even short bouts of exercise light up brain activity, while Paul Zientarski's Naperville program demonstrates how heart-rate monitoring and purposeful movement improve readiness, recovery, and academic performance.
In EP 397: Movement, Motivation, and Brain Activation with Dr. Chuck Hillman and Paul Zientarski, we explore why movement may be one of the most powerful tools we have for improving brain function, learning, motivation, and performance.
In this episode, we cover:
✅ Why most children are not meeting the recommended daily physical activity guidelines and what we can do to change that.
✅ How exposing children to a variety of activities helps them discover movement they enjoy—and are more likely to continue throughout their lives.
✅ Why there is no perfect exercise program, and why the best exercise is the one you'll consistently do.
✅ How enjoyment, reward, and dopamine reinforce healthy habits and keep the Motivation Loop repeating.
✅ What Naperville Central High School learned from heart rate monitoring and how recovery impacts performance.
✅ Why peak performance requires both effort and recovery.
✅ How exercise changes the brain, improving attention, learning, memory, and cognitive performance.
✅ The groundbreaking research behind Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain and how it changed the way educators think about learning.
✅ Why movement is not a break from learning—but one of the most effective ways to prepare the brain for learning.
✅ How movement fits into our Phase 2 Motivation Loop, helping transform motivation into action and sustaining long-term performance.
The biggest takeaway?
Movement isn't just exercise. It's activation. It's preparation. It's performance.
When we move our bodies, we activate the brain systems responsible for attention, learning, motivation, and success.
The episode highlights practical takeaways: expose children to varied enjoyable activities, prioritize consistency over intensity, use movement as cognitive preparation, and track recovery to protect motivation. Movement becomes a bridge between motivation and sustained performance—improving focus today and long-term brain health tomorrow.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I'm Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
Movement, Motivation, and Brain Activation with Dr. Chuck Hillman and Paul Zientarski
This week, we continue our journey through Phase 2: Neurochemistry and Motivation, where we've been exploring one central question:
What drives sustained effort and forward movement?
So far, we've learned that motivation begins with belief and meaning from Bob Proctor[i], is shaped by our thought patterns with Dr. Caroline Leaf,[ii] strengthened through attention and reward with Dr. John Medina[iii], and powered by the brain's dopamine-based motivation system through Dr. Anna Lembke's[iv] work.
But today, we arrive at a fascinating question:
What happens when we actually move?
Because motivation isn't just something that happens in the mind.
The brain was designed to work in partnership with the body.
And according to our review of today's two guests, one of the most powerful ways to activate attention, learning, memory, and motivation is through movement itself.
This week we're revisiting insights from two pioneers whose work helped transform our understanding of movement and learning.
First, Dr. Chuck Hillman, one of the world's leading researchers on exercise and brain function, whose groundbreaking research has shown how physical activity improves attention, executive function, learning, memory, and academic performance from EP 123[v] back in April 2021.
Next, we will review Paul Zientarski, the former Physical Education Coordinator and football coach at Naperville Central High School, (In Illinois) whose work with the school's innovative Zero Hour PE Program helped put Naperville on the map for extraordinary academic achievement. Alongside his colleagues at Naperville, Paul demonstrated that exercise wasn't simply improving fitness—it was preparing students' brains to learn.
Together, Dr. Hillman provides the science, while Paul Zientarski helps to demonstrate what that science looks like in the real world.
Their combined work shows us that movement is far more than a physical activity. It is a powerful tool for activating the brain, enhancing learning, improving focus, and supporting the motivation needed for sustained performance.
In other words, movement is the bridge between motivation and sustaining our performance.
Let's dive in with Dr. Chuck Hillman and discover the science behind The Power of Movement and Brain Activation.
CLIP 1: Getting Kids Moving for LifeSummaryIn this clip, Dr. Chuck Hillman highlights a growing concern: the vast majority of children are not meeting the recommended physical activity guidelines.
Current recommendations suggest that children should engage in at least 60 minutes of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity each day, including aerobic exercise and activities that strengthen bones and muscles.
Dr. Hillman explains that the challenge isn't simply knowing the guidelines—it's finding ways to engage children in movement when many adults aren't meeting the recommendations themselves. This is why childhood is such an important time to expose young people to a wide variety of physical activities, helping them discover forms of movement they enjoy and can continue throughout their lives.
Key Takeaways✔ Most children are not getting enough physical activity.Many young people fall short of the recommended 60 minutes of daily movement needed for optimal physical and cognitive development.
✔ Movement supports both brain and body health.Exercise is not just about fitness—it supports attention, learning, memory, emotional regulation, and overall well-being.
✔ Children need exposure to different activities.Not every child will enjoy the same sport or activity. The goal is to help them discover movement they genuinely enjoy.
✔ Parents and adults model behavior.Children are more likely to be active when the adults around them value and participate in physical activity.
✔ Early habits can last a lifetime.The activities children enjoy today often become the healthy habits they carry into adulthood.
Tips to ImplementExpose Children to Variety👉 Encourage participation in different activities such as swimming, hiking, martial arts, dance, gymnastics, tennis, soccer, cycling, walking or get creative and I’m sure there are many that I’ve missed. I had no idea what parkour was when my kids were little, but they did love going to climbing gyms, and trying to beat the odds of getting to the end of those obstacle courses. I think that’s what parkour is, but I didn’t know it was called that until I read someone explaining it as a great way to cross-train.
Focus on Enjoyment First👉 Instead of emphasizing performance or competition, help children discover activities that are fun and rewarding. Scavenger hunts, with prizes, or adventure walks are great ways to add mystery and intrigue to walking outdoors.
Be an Active Role Model👉 Let children see you prioritize movement, whether it's walking, exercising, hiking, or participating in recreational sports. Our kids hiked with us as a part of our weekend activity, until they asked to pick their own sport. We always tried to make our hikes fun, stopping on the trail when our girls were little to spark their imagination with imaginary chocolate rivers, where we would take a sip of the chocolate water (pretending of course) or imagine we were walking through a haunted forest and we would tell ghosts stories along the way.
Schedule Daily Movement👉 Treat physical activity as an essential part of the day, just like schoolwork, meals, and sleep. When it’s a non-negotiable segment of the day, it never gets left off the list of things to do.
Celebrate Participation👉 Reinforce effort, consistency, and enjoyment rather than focusing solely on outcomes or performance.
Connection to the Motivation LoopWhen children find activities they enjoy:→ They pay more attention.→ They experience positive emotions and reward.→ Dopamine reinforces the behavior.→ The habit becomes easier to repeat.→ Movement becomes part of their identity.
In other words:
The goal isn't just to get children moving today—it's to help them develop a lifelong relationship with movement. I’ll never forget when both my girls came to me and thanked me for prioritizing fitness and health in their lives. They didn’t fully understand it’s value until they were teenagers, and kept going to the gym, exercising and eating healthy, on their own. It made the effort well worth it for me, for all of the times I felt like I was dragging them, against their will, until one day, no dragging was needed.
Question for Listeners"If movement is one of the most powerful tools for activating the brain, how can we help children find forms of exercise they will want to continue for the rest of their lives?" The answer for me is to role model the way, but I wonder what other examples our listeners would come up with.
CLIP 2: Finding Movement That Lasts a LifetimeSummaryIn this clip, Dr. Chuck Hillman emphasizes that the goal is not simply to get people exercising—it's to help them find physical activities they genuinely enjoy and can sustain throughout their lives.
He explains that movement doesn't have to look the same for everyone. Some people enjoy running, while others may prefer hockey, boxing, tennis, swimming, hiking, dancing, or simply walking. The key is finding an activity that is meaningful and enjoyable enough that you'll continue doing it consistently.
The long-term benefits come not from a single workout, but from a lifetime of movement.
Key Takeaways✔ The best exercise is the one you'll actually do.
Dr. Chuck Hillman emphasized that long-term benefits come from finding movement you genuinely enjoy. Consistency matters far more than the specific type of exercise you choose.
This lesson resonates with me personally. While many people love running on pavement, I've never enjoyed it. The impact on my joints makes it feel more like a chore than something I look forward to doing. But trail running in the mountains feels completely different. I enjoy being outdoors, surrounded by nature, and the softer terrain makes the experience much more enjoyable.
The goal isn't to force yourself into someone else's exercise routine.
The goal is to discover activities that make you want to come back tomorrow.
Because when movement becomes enjoyable:
→ We do it more often.→ The brain experiences reward.→ Dopamine reinforces the behavior.→ The habit becomes sustainable.
And that's where the real benefits begin.
✔ Movement should be enjoyable.When we enjoy an activity, we're more likely to repeat it and make it part of our lifestyle.
✔ Physical activity is a lifelong investment.The cognitive, emotional, and health benefits accumulate over years and decades.
✔ Everyone's movement journey is different.What works for one person may not work for another. The goal is to find your own path.
✔ Small actions repeated over time create powerful results.Long-term success comes from sustainable habits, not short bursts of motivation.
Tips to ImplementFind Your Movement👉 Make a list of physical activities you genuinely enjoy—or enjoyed as a child—and revisit them.
Focus on Consistency👉 Instead of asking, "What's the best workout?" ask, "What can I realistically do every week?"
Pair Movement with Enjoyment👉 Walk with a friend, listen to a podcast, hike outdoors, or join a recreational sport.
Start Small👉 Commit to 10–20 minutes of movement daily rather than setting unrealistic goals that are difficult to maintain.
Think Long-Term👉 Choose activities you can imagine yourself doing 10 or 20 years from now.
Connection to the Motivation LoopEnjoyment creates reward.
When movement feels rewarding:→ We repeat it.→ Dopamine reinforces the behavior.→ The habit becomes easier to maintain.→ Energy and motivation increase over time.
The goal isn't just movement.
The goal is finding movement that keeps the loop repeating for life.
Question for Listeners"What form of movement brings you enough enjoyment that you'd still be doing it 10 years from now?"
This question reminded me of something I remembered from Dr. John Ratey’s book Spark The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain[vi] that we’ve covered often on this podcast.
He said the message that he hoped to deliver from writing that book was to help readers understand how to balance or manage their brain with exercise. He gave an example that stuck in my mind of a student, Jessie, who learned how to keep what she learned in high school (balancing exercise with her studies) by running laps up and down the stairs in her dorm in college, to balance the stress of her studies, by keeping active.
The revolutionary idea that Dr. Ratey covers in his book wasn't that exercise is good for us—we already knew that.
The revolutionary idea was that exercise may be one of the most powerful tools we have for improving how the brain learns.
CLIP 1: What Heart Rate Monitoring Taught Us About PerformanceSummaryPaul Zientarski explains how Naperville Central High School achieved remarkable academic results through its Zero Hour PE Program and the use of heart rate monitoring.
What made their approach unique wasn't simply getting students to exercise—it was learning how to measure readiness and recovery.
By monitoring students' heart rates, Paul and his team discovered that elevated resting heart rates often signaled that a student was under stress, not fully recovered, getting sick, or dealing with physical strain. Instead of pushing those students harder, they adjusted their workload and allowed for recovery when needed.
This taught them an important lesson:
Peak performance is not about pushing harder every day. It's about knowing when to push and when to recover.
Key Takeaways✔ Your body gives you clues before performance declines.Changes in resting heart rate can signal stress, illness, fatigue, or insufficient recovery. I remember wearing a HR monitor 20 years ago, years before I started to track my numbers with the Whoop device. I wasn’t looking at signs I needed more balance though, I remember wearing it to push myself harder while exercising.
✔ More effort isn't always the answer.Sometimes the highest-performing choice is recovery, not additional work. This was probably the biggest AHA for me tracking my data with the Whoop wearable. After years of getting told I was pushing too hard, and not resting enough, I finally started to listen.
✔ Recovery is part of the performance equation.The students who performed best learned how to balance effort and recovery.
✔ Awareness creates better decisions.The more information we have about our body's readiness, the better we can manage our energy.
✔ Performance begins with self-regulation.Understanding how your body responds to stress is a valuable skill for lifelong success.
Tips to ImplementTrack Your Readiness👉 Use a wearable device, measure resting heart rate, HRV, or simple self-awareness check-ins before demanding work. I look at my RHR every morning, HRV score and now I’m looking at how stressed I am in the day, as well as while sleeping. These numbers all determine how hard I will push during workouts.
Watch for Early Warning Signs👉 Fatigue, irritability, poor focus, elevated resting heart rate, and low motivation often indicate a need for recovery. I know the outside influences that tank these numbers for me, and if I want to perform at my best, avoiding these known stressors, and focusing on what improves performance, makes the most sense.
Adjust Instead of Quit👉 If your body is showing signs of overload, reduce intensity rather than abandoning your routine altogether. I’ll never forget when I realized that walking at a fast pace was just as good a workout as going on the elliptical at the gym. When you measure your activity, it’s fun to add new activities to your list, instead of quitting when something isn’t bringing the same amount of joy as it once did.
Build Recovery Into Your Schedule👉 We’ve covered this topic often with various episodes, but be sure to prioritize sleep, movement, hydration, and downtime as performance tools—not rewards.
Listen to Your Data👉 Don't ignore signals from your body. Often your physiology knows you need recovery before your mind recognizes it.
Connection to the Motivation LoopWhen stress accumulates and recovery is neglected:
→ Energy drops→ Attention decreases→ Effort feels harder→ Reward becomes less noticeable→ The loop begins to break
But when recovery is prioritized:
→ Energy improves→ Attention sharpens→ Learning increases→ Progress becomes easier to recognize→ Motivation strengthens
In other words:
Recovery protects the motivation loop.
Without recovery, the system eventually breaks down.
Question for Listeners"Are you paying attention to the signals your body is giving you—or are you waiting until burnout forces you to listen?"
The brain decides what is worth repeating, but it can only do that when the body has enough energy to support the effort.
CLIP 2: Movement Changes the BrainSummaryIn this clip, Paul Zientarski explains how Dr. Chuck Hillman's research at the University of Illinois transformed the way he viewed exercise and learning.
What caught Paul's attention was a simple but powerful finding: students performed better cognitively after just a short bout of physical activity. Brain imaging showed that after a 20-minute walk, students' brains became significantly more active, demonstrating that movement immediately impacts how the brain functions.
For Paul, this provided scientific evidence for what he had been observing in schools for years—that exercise doesn't just improve physical fitness; it prepares the brain for learning.
Key Takeaways✔ Movement creates immediate changes in the brain.Even a short walk can increase brain activation and cognitive performance.
✔ Exercise prepares the brain to learn.Physical activity enhances the brain's readiness for attention, focus, and memory.
✔ The brain responds quickly to movement.You don't need months of training to experience benefits—many occur after a single session.
✔ Science validates what educators have observed.Students often learn better when movement is incorporated into their day.
✔ Exercise is brain training.Movement should be viewed as a tool for improving cognitive performance, not just physical health.
Tips to ImplementTake a Brain Walk👉 Before studying, working, writing, or attending an important meeting, take a 20-minute walk.
Move Before You Need Focus👉 Don't wait until your energy crashes. Use movement proactively to prepare your brain.
Build Movement Into Learning👉 Encourage students, teams, and employees to move before challenging mental tasks.
Use Exercise as a Cognitive Tool👉 Think of movement as preparation for performance, just like reviewing notes before an exam.
Create a Daily Activation Habit👉 Schedule short movement sessions throughout the day to keep your brain engaged and alert.
Connection to the Motivation LoopThis clip connects directly to the Attention + Reward stage of our Motivation Loop.
When we move:
→ Brain activation increases→ Attention improves→ Learning becomes easier→ Progress becomes more noticeable→ The brain experiences reward
And when the brain experiences reward, dopamine reinforces the behavior, making us more likely to repeat it.
In other words:
Movement helps create the brain state needed for motivation, learning, and sustained performance.
It's not just exercise.
It's activation.
Question for Listeners"What might happen if you treated a 20-minute walk as part of your workday—not as a break from productivity, but as a tool to improve it?"
Looking at our Phase 2 roadmap:
Belief creates direction.Thought patterns shape chemistry.Attention focuses effort.Movement activates the brain.Energy sustains performance.
That's how the motivation loop keeps moving forward.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSIONTo review and conclude this week's EP 397, Movement, Motivation, and Brain Activation, where we revisited two clips from Dr. Chuck Hillman and two clips from Paul Zientarski, we explored how movement may be one of the most powerful tools we have for activating the brain and sustaining motivation.
✔ CLIP 1: Getting Kids Moving for LifeDr. Chuck Hillman reminded us that most children are not meeting the recommended physical activity guidelines, and that childhood is the ideal time to expose young people to a wide variety of activities.
We learned that the goal isn't simply to get children moving today.
The goal is to help them discover forms of movement they enjoy enough to continue throughout their lives.
When movement becomes enjoyable:
→ Attention increases→ Positive emotions emerge→ Dopamine reinforces the behavior→ Healthy habits become part of identity
The result is a lifelong relationship with movement and health.
✔ CLIP 2: Finding Movement That Lasts a LifetimeDr. Hillman also emphasized that there is no perfect exercise program.
The best exercise is the one you'll actually do.
We learned that consistency matters more than the specific activity we choose. Whether it's hiking, swimming, dancing, tennis, trail running, cycling, or walking, long-term benefits come from finding movement we genuinely enjoy.
This clip reinforced an important principle from our Motivation Loop:
Enjoyment creates reward, and reward drives repetition.
✔ CLIP 3: What Heart Rate Monitoring Taught Us About PerformancePaul Zientarski shared how Naperville Central High School used heart rate monitoring to better understand readiness, recovery, and performance.
We learned that peak performance isn't about pushing harder every day.
It's about understanding when to push and when to recover.
Changes in resting heart rate and other physiological signals often reveal stress, fatigue, illness, or insufficient recovery before performance begins to decline.
Recovery is not the opposite of performance.
Recovery is part of performance.
✔ CLIP 4: Movement Changes the BrainPaul also explained how Dr. Chuck Hillman's research helped validate what educators in Naperville had observed for years.
Movement doesn't simply improve physical fitness.
Movement changes the brain.
Even a short bout of physical activity can increase brain activation, improve attention, enhance learning, and prepare the brain for higher levels of performance.
The revolutionary insight is that exercise isn't just something we do for our body.
Exercise is brain training.
The Bigger Lesson from EP 397As we continue through Phase 2 of our roadmap, today's episode helped us understand where movement fits into the Motivation Loop.
Belief creates direction.
Thought patterns shape neurochemistry.
Attention determines what the brain decides matters.
Movement activates the system.
Energy sustains performance.
And when all of these elements work together, the loop repeats.
What stood out most to me is that movement may be one of the simplest and most accessible ways to influence our brain chemistry, attention, motivation, learning, and performance.
It's not just exercise.
It's activation.
It's regulation.
It's preparation.
And it may be one of the most powerful tools we have for keeping the Motivation Loop moving forward.
Next week, in EP 398, we'll close out this loop with Friederike Fabritius, exploring how to align our neurochemistry, energy, and performance for long-term sustainability.
Then, in EP 399, we'll step back and review the entire Motivation Loop, examining what helps us keep the loop repeating—and what causes the loop to break, leading to disengagement, stagnation, and burnout.
Finally, we'll celebrate a major milestone with EP 400, reflecting on 400 episodes of learning, growth, and practical neuroscience as we prepare to transition into Phase 3: Movement, Learning, and Cognition.
Because once we understand what drives motivation...
The next question becomes:
How do we use movement to improve learning, strengthen cognition, and create predictable results?
That's where we're headed next.
A Personal Reflection on Movement, Brain Health, and AgingAs we close this week's episode, I wanted to share something that surprised me.
Throughout this phase on motivation, learning, and cognition, I've been tracking my own health metrics closely with WHOOP.
This week, when I checked my score Sunday morning, I noticed my WHOOP Age dropped to 48.7 years old—more than 6 years younger than my chronological age. I’ll be 55 next month.
When I looked at what was driving this improvement, three factors stood out:
✔ 7:23 hours per week in Heart Rate Zones 1–3✔ A Resting Heart Rate of 48 bpm✔ A VO₂ Max of 39 ml/kg/min
What fascinated me most was that these are the exact same behaviors Dr. Chuck Hillman has spent his career researching.
Movement doesn't just strengthen our muscles or improve cardiovascular fitness.
It changes the brain.
It improves blood flow, supports neuroplasticity, increases attention, strengthens memory, and helps us learn more effectively.
But my biggest takeaway wasn't what I expected.
My aha moment came when I realized that the metric giving me the biggest return wasn't my hardest workouts.
It was the time I spent in Zones 1–3.
The walks with the dogs early morning along the canal near our house.
The easier hikes (pushing is only needed to hit Zone 4/5 and I don’t need a lot of pushing…just some days of extra effort).
The low-impact movement.
The activities that don't always feel like they're "doing enough."
For years, I thought the answer was to push harder.
Now I'm seeing that some of the greatest benefits come from simply moving consistently.
That's what surprised me.
The movement that gives me the most time back in my week—and feels the most sustainable—is also one of the biggest contributors to improving my healthspan.
And as we're now learning from longevity research, those same habits that improve brain function today may also help us slow biological aging tomorrow.
So while this week's episode was about movement, motivation, and brain activation, the bigger lesson might be this:
Every step we take today is an investment in our future brain, our future health, and our future quality of life.
Movement isn't just helping us learn better.
It's helping us age better.
And perhaps the best part is that it doesn't always require doing more.
Sometimes it simply requires moving more often.
That's a powerful reason to keep the loop going.
Final QuestionIf movement can improve your attention, learning, memory, motivation, and even slow biological aging...
How are you using movement today to create a healthier, stronger, and younger version of yourself tomorrow?
We’ll see you next week.
RESOURCES:
YouTube Interview with Dr. Chuck Hillman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6ip5s2iDFLE
Clip 1 Dr. Hillman https://www.youtube.com/shorts/OlmMF0YBBWo
Clip 2 Dr. Hillman https://www.youtube.com/shorts/ooBP4HBwhU8
Clip 1 Paul Zientarski https://www.youtube.com/shorts/bxSB_OvbD4U
Clip 2 Paul Zientarski https://www.youtube.com/shorts/DmtkP_licdA
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 393 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/belief-first-the-neuroscience-of-motivation/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 394 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/thoughts-as-biology-how-your-mind-shapes-neurochemistry/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 395 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/theory-of-mind-the-missing-link-between-attention-reward-and-motivation/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 396 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dopamine-nation-the-pleasure%e2%80%93pain-balance-that-drives-motivation/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 123 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/northeastern-university-professor-chuck-hillman-phd-on-the-impact-of-exercise-on-the-brain-and-learning/
[vi] Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain by John J. Ratey, MD (January 10, 2008) https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07D7GQ887/ref=dp-kindle-redirect?_encoding=UTF8&btkr=1
Host Andrea Samadi welcomes Dr. Anna Lembke to explain how pleasure and pain share the same neural circuitry and how dopamine governs motivation. The episode explores why overconsumption of easy rewards dulls motivation, creates withdrawal-like deficits, and shifts the brain toward pain.
Through clear takeaways—delay borrowed rewards, try temporary abstinence, create friction for temptations, and practice purposeful effort—the episode shows how recalibrating the brain’s reward system restores enjoyment in ordinary activities and builds sustainable motivation.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I'm Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
Season 15 OrientationThis season, we're exploring what I call:
The Brain's Operating System for Human Performance.
Instead of looking at neuroscience, health, learning, motivation, and emotional intelligence as separate topics, (like we did for the past 14 seasons) we're exploring how these systems come online in sequence.
Each phase builds on the one before it:
✔ Phase 1 — Regulation & SafetyIs the nervous system safe enough to learn?
✔ Phase 2 — Neurochemistry & MotivationWhat drives behavior, focus, and sustained effort?
✔ Phase 3 — Movement, Learning & Cognition
✔ Phase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social Intelligence
✔ Phase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning
By the end of this year my hope is that we can step back and ask:
Where am I out of alignment?Is it regulation?Is it my thinking?Is it my focus? Or Belief?Is it how I’m learning or connecting with others?Or do I need some work with integration, insight and meaning? Because once we can see our gap…
We can begin to close it.
“The goal is not more effort—it’s better alignment.”
“And when these systems are aligned…
Effort feels easierLearning becomes fasterAnd results become more consistent Because peak performance is not about doing more.
It’s about aligning the systems that drive our results.
Recap Where We've BeenIn EP 392[i], we introduced the Motivation Loop and explored how the brain decides what is worth doing.
In EP 393[ii], we looked at how our beliefs trigger neurochemistry that drives action, feedback, and repetition.
In EP 394[iii] we looked at how our thought patterns impact our neurochemistry and results with Dr. Caroline Leaf.
Then in EP 395[iv], reviewing Dr. John Medina's work on Theory of Mind, we explored something equally important:
The brain pays attention to what it believes matters.
Dr. Medina showed us that attention and reward are deeply connected.
When the brain predicts something will be valuable, relevant, or meaningful, attention increases.
And when attention and reward align:
✔ Learning improves
✔ Memory strengthens
✔ Motivation increases
✔ Behaviors become repeatable
But that leaves us with an important question:
What creates that sense of reward in the first place?
What makes the brain continue pursuing something?
What makes us stay motivated and what makes us lose interest?
And why can effort sometimes feel rewarding—and other times feel exhausting?
Today's EpisodeTo answer those questions, we're turning to Dr. Anna Lembke, author of the book: Dopamine Nation who we first met September 2021 on EP 162.[v]
Her work helps to explain the neurochemical engine underneath the Motivation Loop that we’ve been covering.
While John Medina helped us understand how attention and reward influence learning, Dr. Lembke helps us understand:
✔ Why the brain seeks reward
✔ How dopamine drives motivation
✔ Why pleasure and pain operate on the same neural system
✔ And what happens when the balance gets disrupted
Because the real goal isn't simply just feeling good.
The goal is understanding how the brain learns to associate effort with reward.
And when that happens, something powerful occurs:
Effort itself becomes rewarding.
That's where sustainable motivation begins.
EP 393 — Motivation Loop↓EP 394 — Belief triggers neurochemistry↓EP 395 — Theory of Mind: Attention + Reward determine what matters↓EP 396 — Dopamine Nation: Why the brain seeks reward and how effort becomes rewarding
It keeps the loop intact and shows listeners that Medina answered "What gets our attention?" while Lembke answers "Why does the brain keep pursuing it?".
CLIP 1: The Neuroscience of Pleasure and PainBased on Dr. Anna Lembke's Dopamine NationCLIP SUMMARYLet’s see what Dr. Anna Lembke has to say about the neuroscience of pleasure and pain. In this clip, Dr. Lembke explains one of the most important concepts in modern neuroscience:
Pleasure and pain are processed in the same brain system and work like opposite sides of a balance.
Whenever we experience something pleasurable—whether it's social media, sugar, shopping, gaming, alcohol, or even achievement—the brain's balance tips toward pleasure.
But the brain is always seeking equilibrium.
To restore balance, it responds by tipping the scale in the opposite direction, creating a corresponding feeling of discomfort, craving, dissatisfaction, or pain.
The more often we seek quick pleasure, the harder the brain works to compensate.
Over time, this can leave us in what Lembke calls a "dopamine deficit state" where we need more stimulation just to feel normal.
The surprising solution?
Activities that require effort and involve manageable discomfort—exercise, cold exposure, fasting, learning difficult skills, and meaningful human connection—can help restore balance and rebuild motivation.
KEY TAKEAWAYS & HOW TO PUT THEM INTO ACTION1. The Brain Is Always Seeking BalanceIMAGE CREDIT: Dr. Anna Lembke Dopamine Nation.
Dr. Lembke explains that pleasure and pain are not separate systems. They operate like opposite sides of a seesaw.
When we repeatedly tip the brain toward pleasure, (you can see an image in the show notes with some examples like with eating chocolate, shopping or using social media) the brain compensates by tipping toward pain to restore balance.
Brain Rule:
Every pleasure has a neurobiological cost.
Put This Into ActionAsk yourself:
Where am I getting large rewards with very little effort?
Examples might include:
✔ Social media
✔ Sugar
✔ Constant news consumption
✔ Streaming
✔ Or Online shopping
The goal isn't to eliminate pleasure.
The goal is just with our awareness.
Because what we measure, we can begin to manage.
The brain adapts to repeated dopamine spikes through a process called neuroadaptation.
Over time:
✔ Rewards feel weaker
✔ Cravings increase
✔ Motivation decreases
✔ More stimulation is needed to create the same feeling
Put This Into ActionChoose one highly stimulating habit and observe it for a week.
Notice:
✔ How often you engage in it
✔ What triggers it
✔ How you feel afterward
Simply collecting data can reveal patterns you didn't realize existed.
Borrowed DopamineBorrowed dopamine comes before effort.
Examples include:
✔ Scrolling social media
✔ Energy drinks before a workout
✔ Sugar when stressed
✔ Online shopping
✔ Gaming
✔ Endless entertainment
These rewards feel good immediately.
But because they require little effort, they often weaken motivation over time.
The brain begins expecting reward before work.
Earned DopamineEarned dopamine comes after effort.
Examples include:
✔ Finishing a difficult workout
✔ Completing a challenging project
✔ Climbing to the summit of a hike
✔ Finishing a podcast episode (for me)
✔ Learning a new skill
✔ Solving a difficult problem
These rewards feel different.
The brain learns:
Effort leads to reward.
And over time:
Effort itself becomes rewarding.
This strengthens the Motivation Loop.
Put This Into ActionAsk yourself:
Where am I borrowing dopamine?
And where am I earning it?
For the next week, look for opportunities to delay rewards until after effort.
Examples:
Instead of:
Reward → Effort
Try:
Effort → Reward
Instead of checking your phone before starting work...
Complete one task first.
Instead of rewarding yourself before your workout...
Reward yourself after the workout.
Instead of seeking immediate comfort...
Lean into a small challenge.
Each time you do this, you're teaching your brain:
"Reward follows effort."
And that's how motivation becomes sustainable.
When we step away from constant stimulation, the brain's reward system has an opportunity to recalibrate.
Only then can we see whether a behavior is serving us—or controlling us.
Put This Into ActionConsider a short experiment.
Choose one behavior that may be overstimulating your reward system and reduce or eliminate it temporarily.
Notice:
✔ Energy
✔ Focus
✔ Motivation
✔ Mood
✔ Cravings
The goal isn't punishment.
The goal is information.
Dr. Lembke argues that creating the right environment is often more powerful.
Instead of relying on willpower every day, create barriers that make unwanted behaviors harder to access.
Put This Into ActionAsk yourself:
How can I create more friction between myself and temptation?
Examples include:
✔ Turning off notifications
✔ Keeping unhealthy foods out of sight
✔ Scheduling device-free time
Small environmental changes often produce large behavioral results.
CLIP 2 How Chronic Overstimulation Creates a Dopamine Deficit StateWhen The Motivation Loops BreaksIn this clip, Dr. Anna Lembke explains why many people struggling with depression, anxiety, insomnia, low motivation, or emotional distress may actually be experiencing the consequences of chronic overstimulation.
Her first recommendation is often surprisingly simple:
Remove the "drug of choice" for a period of time.
The "drug" isn't necessarily alcohol or drugs. It can be social media, gaming, shopping, sugar, constant entertainment, or any behavior that repeatedly floods the brain's reward pathways.
Lembke explains that people often feel worse before they feel better because the brain has adapted to high levels of dopamine stimulation.
When the stimulation is removed, the brain temporarily experiences withdrawal-like symptoms as it works to restore balance.
Over time, however, the brain's pleasure-pain system recalibrates, allowing people to experience pleasure from ordinary, everyday rewards again.
Her larger message is:
We live in a society with unprecedented access to pleasure, and many of us have unintentionally shifted our pleasure-pain balance toward pain.
The solution is not necessarily more pleasure.
The solution is restoring balance.
How Chronic Overstimulation Creates a Dopamine Deficit StateKEY TAKEAWAYS & HOW TO PUT THEM INTO ACTION1. Feeling Worse Can Be a Sign of HealingOne of the biggest misconceptions about behavior change is that improvement should feel good immediately.
The brain doesn't work that way.
When a highly stimulating behavior is removed:
✔ Cravings increase
✔ Discomfort rises
✔ Mood may temporarily decline
This is often the brain recalibrating rather than failing.
Put This Into ActionWhen reducing an overstimulating habit, don't judge success by how you feel in the first few days.
Instead ask:
"Could this discomfort be evidence that my brain is adjusting?"
Sometimes the discomfort isn't a sign you're moving backward.
It's a sign you're recovering.
When exposed to constant stimulation, it reduces its sensitivity to reward.
What once felt exciting becomes normal.
What once felt normal may eventually feel boring.
This is why people often need more stimulation to achieve the same feeling.
Put This Into ActionIdentify your "drug of choice."
Ask yourself:
What do I consistently turn to when I'm stressed, bored, anxious, or uncomfortable?
Examples:
✔ Social media
✔ Sugar
✔ Streaming
✔ Shopping
✔ Gaming
✔ Constant notifications
Awareness creates choice.
For most of human history, pleasure was scarce.
Today:
✔ Entertainment is unlimited
✔ Food is always available
✔ Social media never stops
✔ Information is endless
The challenge is no longer finding pleasure.
The challenge is regulating access to it.
Put This Into ActionLook for places where you can create friction between yourself and temptation.
Examples:
✔ Turn off notifications
✔ Keep unhealthy foods out of sight
✔ Schedule screen-free time
✔ Create boundaries around technology use
Small barriers often create significant behavioral change.
The goal is to restore the ability to enjoy ordinary rewards.
IMAGE CREDIT: Dr. Anna Lembke Dopamine Nation
Put This Into ActionReconnect with activities that once felt naturally rewarding.
Ask yourself:
What activities did I enjoy before constant digital stimulation?
Examples:
✔ Reading
✔ Walking
✔ Meaningful conversation
✔ Learning something new
✔ Creative work
As the reward system recalibrates, many people discover these activities become enjoyable again (if the pleasure for them had disappeared).
This region appears to strengthen when we voluntarily engage in difficult activities.
Examples:
✔ Exercise
✔ Learning challenging skills
✔ Delayed gratification
✔ Difficult conversations
✔ Endurance challenges
The brain learns:
"I can handle discomfort."
Put This Into ActionAsk yourself each morning:
What's one hard thing I can do today on purpose?
Because we’ve learned that doing hard things is valuable. Every time you choose effort over comfort, you're strengthening the circuits that support resilience, persistence, and long-term motivation.
REVIEW & CONCLUSIONTo review and conclude this week’s EP 396,
Clip 1 taught us that pleasure and pain share the same neural circuitry.
Clip 2 teaches us what happens when that balance is disrupted.
The lesson isn't that pleasure is bad.
The lesson is that when pleasure becomes too easy and too abundant, the brain stops valuing effort.
But when we reduce overstimulation, embrace manageable discomfort, and begin earning our dopamine instead of borrowing it, something remarkable happens:
Motivation returns.
Effort feels worthwhile.
And the Motivation Loop begins working the way it was designed to work.
As we close today's episode, let's return to our Phase 2 roadmap.
If you're looking at this graphic, you'll notice that Dr. Anna Lembke sits right in the center.
And that's intentional.
Because everything we've covered so far in Phase 2 flows through this central motivation system.
We began with Bob Proctor and the power of belief.
Belief creates expectation.
Expectation shapes what we think is possible.
Then Dr. Caroline Leaf showed us how our thoughts influence our neurochemistry.
The thoughts we repeatedly think shape the chemical signals that influence our behavior and performance.
Last week, Dr. John Medina helped us understand attention and reward.
The brain pays attention to what it believes matters.
And what gets rewarded gets repeated.
Today, Dr. Anna Lembke helped us understand the missing piece.
She showed us that dopamine is not simply about pleasure.
It's about motivation.
It's about anticipation.
It's about pursuit.
And ultimately, it's about what the brain decides is worth the effort.
When dopamine becomes disconnected from effort through constant stimulation and easy rewards, the Motivation Loop begins to break.
But when reward becomes connected to effort, challenge, growth, and progress, the loop strengthens.
And that's where sustainable motivation begins.
THE "DO HARD THINGS" CONNECTIONOne final insight from today's episode.
Dr. Lembke's work helps explain why doing hard things matters so much.
Every time we choose effort over immediate gratification...
Every time we choose growth over comfort...
Every time we voluntarily do something difficult...
We strengthen the brain circuits that support persistence, resilience, and long-term motivation.
The brain begins learning:
Effort is worth it.
And eventually:
Effort becomes rewarding.
That's when motivation becomes self-sustaining.
Not because the work gets easier.
But because the brain learns that the effort itself has value.
Dr. Anna Lembke isn't just another stop in the loop—she's the core motivation system that sits in the center of everything.
But there's 2 more pieces still to cover in the Motivation Loop we haven't explored yet.
We've learned that belief shapes expectation.
Thoughts shape neurochemistry.
Attention and reward determine what matters.
And dopamine helps the brain decide what is worth pursuing.
But once we're motivated...
How do we turn that motivation into action?
That's where we'll turn next.
Next Week: Dr. Chuck HillmanMovement, Motivation, and Brain ActivationWe'll explore:
✔ How exercise activates the brain
✔ Why movement improves attention and learning
✔ The connection between physical activity and motivation
✔ How movement strengthens cognitive performance
✔ Why action often comes before motivation
✔ And how movement helps keep the Motivation Loop moving forward
Because in Phase 2, we're not just asking:
What makes effort feel worth it?
We're also asking:
What helps us take action once motivation is present?
And Dr. Chuck Hillman's research shows that movement may be one of the most powerful ways to activate the brain for learning, performance, and sustained effort.
Until next time, I'm Andrea Samadi, reminding you that when we understand how the brain works, we can align our thoughts, emotions, behaviors, and actions to create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
Thanks for listening, and I'll see you next week.
RESOURCES:
Full Interview with Dr. Lembke from Sept 2021 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5Pu82wZRZwo
CLIP 1: The Neuroscience of Pleasure and Pain
CLIP 2 How Chronic Overstimulation Creates a Dopamine Deficit State
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 392 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/belief-first-the-neuroscience-of-motivation/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 393 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/belief-first-the-neuroscience-of-motivation/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 394 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/thoughts-as-biology-how-your-mind-shapes-neurochemistry/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 395 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/theory-of-mind-the-missing-link-between-attention-reward-and-motivation/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 162 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/medical-director-of-addictive-medicine-at-stanford-university-dr-anna-lembke-on-dopamine-nation-finding-balance-in-the-age-of-indulgence/
Episode 395 explores how theory of mind — our ability to understand others' intentions — drives attention, emotional relevance, and reward, shaping motivation and behavior.
Dr. John Medina explains why the brain pays attention to people and meaning, how reading narrative fiction can strengthen perspective-taking, and practical tips for teachers, leaders, and coaches to build motivation through understanding rather than pressure.
This Episode 395, We Will Cover:✔ What Theory of Mind actually is, and why it matters for communication, learning, and leadership
✔ Why the brain pays attention to:• people• meaning• emotion• intention• and relevance
✔ How Theory of Mind helps us move beyond simply reacting to behavior—and begin understanding the human experience behind behavior
✔ Why emotionally relevant information captures attention and strengthens memory
✔ How attention and reward work together inside the brain’s Motivation Loop
✔ How dopamine helps reinforce behaviors the brain believes are worth repeating
✔ Why pressure and emotional stress can shut down motivation, focus, creativity, and learning
✔ Practical ways to strengthen Theory of Mind through:• observation• emotional awareness• communication• perspective-taking• and even reading high-quality narrative fiction
✔ Why understanding people more deeply may improve:• relationships• leadership• teaching• teamwork• learning• and overall human performance
One of the biggest takeaways from this episode:
👉 Where attention goes… the brain follows.👉 And what the brain repeatedly rewards… eventually becomes behavior.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
If you’re new here, welcome.
In Season 15, we are revisiting past episodes through a new lens—a roadmap of the brain’s foundational systems.
Instead of treating neuroscience, health, mindset, and performance as separate topics like we’ve done in past seasons…we’re now exploring how these systems come online in sequence.
Because the brain functions as an integrated system—and each phase builds on the one before it.
In Phase 1, we focused on Regulation and Safety—because without it, nothing else in the brain fully activates.
👉 If we don’t feel safe, the brain shifts into survival mode.👉 And when that happens, the systems we need for motivation, focus, learning, and performance don’t fully come online.
This season is organized into five connected phases:
Phase 1 — Regulation & Safety• Phase 2 — Neurochemistry & Motivation• Phase 3 — Movement, Learning & Cognition• Phase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social Intelligence• Phase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning And by the end of this year, my hope is that we can step back and ask:
👉 Where am I out of alignment?👉 Is it regulation?👉 Is it my thinking?👉 Is it my focus or belief?👉 Is it how I’m learning or connecting with others?
Because once we can see the gap…👉 We can begin to close it.
The goal is not more effort—it’s better alignment.
And when these systems are aligned…
👉 Effort feels easier👉 Learning becomes faster👉 And results become more consistent
Because peak performance is not about doing more.It’s about aligning the systems that drive our results.
We are now in Phase 2 — Neurochemistry & Motivation, where we are exploring one core question:
👉 What actually drives human behavior forward?
In EP 392[i], we introduced the Motivation Loop—how the brain decides what’s worth doing.
In EP 393[ii], with Bob Proctor, we explored how belief influences neurochemistry—driving action, feedback, and repetition.
Then in EP 394[iii], with Dr. Caroline Leaf, we moved deeper into the loop—examining how thought patterns shape our neurochemistry and influence behavior over time.
And now in today’s EP 395, we continue building on this foundation as we explore the next layer of motivation and performance:
🧠 Attention and reward.
Because once our thoughts shape our neurochemistry…
👉 Attention determines what we focus on👉 And reward determines what we repeat
You can revisit our original interview EP 42[iv] (one of our early interviews) with John Medina, the author of Brain Rules and see the visuals from this interview on YouTube[v] and again, most recently with EP 370[vi], where we revisited The Brain and The Future of Learning.
Today we are going to cover one part of this interview, and it was when I first asked Dr. John Medina about Theory of Mind—something I had heard him speak about—and he explained it as our ability to understand the intentions and motivations of other people.
And this is where things become especially interesting for what we’re studying in Phase 2.
Because the brain doesn’t pay attention to random information.
👉 It pays attention to people.👉 It pays attention to meaning.👉 It pays attention to intention.
And when we understand someone’s intentions…
👉 That creates emotional relevance👉 That increases attention👉 And that activates the brain’s reward system
So in today’s episode, we’ll explore how Theory of Mind is not just about understanding others—
👉 It may actually be a driver of attention, motivation, and reward.
And this is where dopamine enters the Motivation Loop.
Because dopamine is not just about pleasure—
👉 It’s about prediction👉 Attention👉 Motivation👉 And learning what matters (to each of us, as individuals).
And once we understand how attention and reward work together…we begin to understand what truly drives behavior.
CLIP 1 — Dr. John Medina on Theory of Mind, Walt Disney, Art Linkletter and Seeing Human MotivationWhen I was researching your work and watching your Talks at Google presentations, you mentioned Art Linkletter and Walt Disney.
That really stood out to me because I had actually asked Art Linkletter to write the foreword to my first book. He politely declined—by fax—but I never forgot it.
What fascinated me was the story of how Walt Disney once showed Art Linkletter a piece of land in California and asked him:
👉 “Do you see what I see?”
Walt could already envision the future theme park.
But Art couldn’t see it.
And later, Art Linkletter said that declining the partnership with Walt Disney became one of the biggest regrets of his life.
So when I heard you discussing Theory of Mind, I started wondering:
👉 Shouldn’t Walt have been able to understand that Art couldn’t see the vision the same way he did?
Can you explain Theory of Mind, what it is, and whether it’s the closest thing we have to “mind reading”?
And how can we better understand other people’s intentions?
Dr. John MedinaSure.
I’ll admit—I probably have a bias here because I’m a huge Walt Disney fan.
I actually have a large poster in my office of Walt Disney standing in what would eventually become Disney World in Orlando.
IMAGE CREDIT- https://www.instagram.com/p/DYQuXBsiaj2/?img_index=2
(This is not the exact image John Medina was talking about, but close enough).
At the time, though, it was nothing but a swamp.
In the background, you can barely see Cinderella’s Castle emerging through the mist.
And underneath the image is the quote:
👉 “It’s kind of fun to do the impossible.”
Now, Art Linkletter and Walt Disney came from completely different creative worlds.
Art was primarily an audio artist—radio, storytelling, spoken communication.
Walt Disney was visual. He was an animator, a cartoonist, someone who imagined experiences visually and kinetically.
So when Walt asked Art:
👉 “Do you see what I see?”
Maybe that wasn’t the right question.
Maybe Walt should have asked:
👉 “Can you hear what I hear?”
That might have connected more deeply with Art’s strengths and perspective.
And this is where Theory of Mind becomes important.
Theory of Mind is formally defined as:
👉 The ability to understand the intentions and motivations of another person.
More deeply, it’s the ability to step inside someone else’s psychological world—
and with very few cues, understand:
👉 what rewards them👉 what discourages them👉 what motivates them👉 and what makes them “tick”
If Walt had fully understood what motivated Art Linkletter, he may have approached the opportunity completely differently.
Perhaps Art could have contributed to the audio experience of Disney rather than the visual side.
Because half of Disney is sound, emotion, atmosphere, and storytelling—not just visuals.
And in many ways, that may have changed the entire outcome of their partnership.
That’s why Theory of Mind matters.
It helps us understand:👉 how other people think👉 what captures their attention👉 and what motivates their behavior.
KEY TAKEAWAYS — CLIP 1Dr. John Medina on Theory of Mind, Attention & Human Motivation1. Theory of Mind is the ability to understand another person’s inner world.Dr. John Medina defines Theory of Mind as:
👉 “The ability to understand the intentions and motivations of someone else.”
It’s our capacity to:
understand what motivates peoplerecognize what captures their attentionpredict what rewards or discourages themand see the world from their perspective This ability strengthens communication, relationships, leadership, learning, and collaboration.
We first explored Theory of Mind in greater depth on EP 46[vii], where we examined why this skill is so important for human connection, communication, learning, and performance.
Theory of Mind—or ToM—is considered crucial for everyday social interactions because it helps us:
analyze behaviorinterpret emotionsjudge intentionsand infer what another person may be thinking or feeling Researchers describe it as an important: “social-cognitive skill that involves the ability to think about mental states, both your own and those of others.”[viii]
In other words, Theory of Mind allows us to step outside of our own perspective and recognize that:
👉 other people may think differently👉 feel differently👉 perceive situations differently👉 and respond differently than we do
This ability becomes essential in:✔ classrooms✔ workplaces✔ leadership✔ teamwork✔ relationships✔ parenting✔ coaching✔ and overall communication
Because the better we understand:
another person’s motivationstheir emotional statefearsintentionsor needs the more effectively we can respond to each person individually, and help meet those needs.
And neuroscience shows us this process is deeply connected to: attention, emotion, empathy, prediction and reward systems in the brain.
Theory of Mind helps us move beyond simply reacting to behavior…and instead allows us to begin understanding the human experience behind this behavior.
And that shift changes not only how we understand others…
but how we lead, teach, communicate, and connect with others.
Walt Disney was highly visual and imaginativeArt Linkletter was more auditory/storytelling-oriented Walt asked:👉 “Do you see what I see?”
But Medina suggests the better question that could have changed Art’s life, may have been:👉 “Can you hear what I hear?”
This reminds us:👉 Not everyone experiences information the same way.
Understanding how someone thinks is critical for connection and influence.
Attention is Driven by Meaning and Emotional Relevance One of the most important ideas Dr. John Medina reinforces is that the brain does not pay attention to random information.
👉 Attention is selective.👉 The brain is constantly filtering what matters and what does not.
And what determines that filter?
The brain prioritizes information connected to:
peopleemotionmeaningintentionrelevanceand survival This is why emotionally meaningful experiences are remembered more clearly than neutral ones.
As Medina explains in Brain Rules and as researchers continue to confirm:
“Emotions help memories form and stick.”
From a neuroscience perspective, emotion acts like a biological highlighter.
When something feels emotionally important:✔ attention increases✔ the amygdala becomes activated✔ stress and reward chemicals increase alertness✔ and the brain signals:👉 “This matters. Remember this.”
This is why we often remember:
emotionally charged conversationsinspiring momentsfear-based experiencesmeaningful relationshipspowerful storiesor moments of uncertainty far more easily than random facts or disconnected information.
The amygdala—one of the brain’s emotional processing centers—works closely with attention and memory systems to determine what information should receive priority.
And interestingly, much of this process happens below conscious awareness.
As National Geographic explains:
“Humans communicate emotions through facial gestures. Control of these gestures lies in the brain stem and amygdala, beyond consciousness.”
This means our brains are constantly scanning:👉 facial expressions👉 tone of voice👉 body language👉 emotional energy👉 and social cues
often before we are consciously aware of it.
This connects directly back to Theory of Mind.
Because when we try to understand:
another person’s intentionsemotional statemotivationor perspective our attention naturally increases.
The brain becomes more engaged because socially relevant information carries survival and emotional importance.
In other words:
👉 Emotion drives attention.👉 Attention strengthens memory.👉 Memory influences behavior.👉 And repeated behaviors shape results.
what drives someonewhat matters to themwhat rewards them we can communicate more effectively and create stronger motivation based on what matters to them.
This applies to:✔ leadership✔ teaching✔ parenting✔ coaching✔ relationships✔ sales✔ teamwork
But Theory of Mind suggests:👉 Great visionaries must also understand how others perceive the vision.
If people cannot emotionally connect to an idea…they may not act on it. (Like Art Linkletter)
Leadership requires:
visioncommunicationempathyand understanding each individual’s motivation TIPS TO PUT THESE IDEAS INTO ACTIONTheory of Mind—the ability to understand another person’s thoughts, emotions, intentions, and motivations—is one of the most practical social and emotional skills we can develop.
Why does it matter so much?
Because human behavior almost always gives clues before words are spoken.
The brain is constantly reading:
facial expressionstone of voicebody languageemotional energyengagement levelsand social cues And the more we practice observing these cues, the stronger our Theory of Mind becomes.
This skill is powerful in both the classroom and the workplace because it helps us better understand:👉 what people are feeling👉 what motivates them👉 what captures their attention👉 and what they may need before they even say it.
I’m still working on learning this skill. You can take the ToM[ix] test yourself to see your own score.
👉 “How do you see this?”👉 “What stands out to you?”👉 “What would make this meaningful for you?”
Strong communication begins with understanding another person’s perspective.
Not everyone processes information the same way.
REMEMBER: Some people are:
visual learnersauditory thinkersemotional processorslogical analyzersor action-oriented learners The better we understand how people experience the world,the better we connect, teach, lead, and communicate.
Before presenting an idea, teaching a lesson, coaching a team, or leading a conversation, ask:
👉 “Why would this matter to this person?”
When the brain sees emotional relevance:✔ attention increases✔ motivation increases✔ learning improves✔ and memory strengthens
This is where Theory of Mind becomes incredibly important.
Not everyone is emotionally moved by the same things.
What feels meaningful, motivating, rewarding, or emotionally important to one person may feel completely irrelevant to another.
Why?
Because emotional relevance is shaped by:
past experiencesmemoriesbeliefsgoalsfearspersonalityvaluesrelationshipsidentityand even our biology The brain is constantly asking:
👉 “Does this matter to me?”👉 “Is this connected to my goals or survival?”👉 “Should I pay attention to this?”
And the answer is different for every person.
Pay attention to:
facial expressionstone changesstress signalsemotional reactionspostureengagement levelsand energy shifts Often people communicate discomfort, confusion, anxiety, or frustration long before they verbalize it.
We dove into this topic on EP 163[x] with Dan Hill Ph.D, who for more than 20 years, has specialized in studying how emotions drive behavior, especially through the analysis of facial expressions. He often says, “The most valuable 25 square inches of visual territory on earth runs from the eyebrows to the mouth,” because this is where people most clearly reveal the affective responses that influence how they think, decide, connect, buy, lead, compete, and communicate.
A teacher might notice:
rising anxiety before a testfrustration during an assignmentembarrassment about asking for helpdisengagement before behavior problems beginor nervousness before a presentation or sporting event That awareness creates an opportunity to intervene early.
Sometimes all it takes is:👉 reassurance👉 encouragement👉 movement👉 a breathing strategy👉 emotional support👉 or the student simply feeling seen and understood
And neuroscience tells us this matters deeply.
When students feel anxious or emotionally unsafe, (like we have covered in Phase 1) the brain shifts toward survival and threat detection.
But when students feel:✔ emotionally regulated✔ supported✔ socially connected✔ and understood
the systems needed for:
attentionlearningmemorymotivationand performance begin functioning more effectively.
5.Tips to Use These Skills in the WorkplaceThe same principle applies in professional environments.
Imagine being able to recognize what someone needs before they say it.
For example:
noticing a customer searching for assistancesensing frustration through facial expressionsidentifying confusion during communicationrecognizing stress in a coworkeror observing disengagement during a meeting That ability to use this skill improves:✔ teamwork✔ leadership✔ communication✔ customer experience✔ empathy✔ and performance under pressure
Sustained motivation rarely comes from force.
It comes from:👉 meaning👉 connection👉 safety👉 and understanding
So what happens when pressure replaces understanding?
From a neuroscience perspective, excessive pressure activates the brain’s stress and threat systems.
When people feel:
judgedcriticizedcontrolledrushedemotionally unsafeor afraid of failure the brain shifts toward survival mode.
And when that happens:👉 attention narrows👉 creativity decreases👉 emotional regulation weakens👉 motivation drops👉 and performance suffers
Instead of feeling inspired, people begin focusing on:
avoiding mistakesavoiding embarrassmentavoiding punishmentor protecting themselves emotionally Pressure may create short-term compliance—but it rarely creates long-term motivation, growth, or engagement.
This is especially important in:✔ classrooms✔ athletics✔ leadership✔ parenting✔ coaching✔ and workplace environments
As we covered in Phase 1:👉 the brain performs best when challenge is balanced with support.
That does not mean removing accountability.
It means creating environments where people feel safe enough to:👉 try👉 fail👉 learn👉 adapt👉 and grow
without fear shutting down the systems needed for learning and performance.
This is why the best teachers, coaches, parents, and leaders don’t simply push harder.
They understand:👉 what motivates people👉 what emotionally drives them👉 what support they need👉 and how to help them feel capable and connected
Because understanding fuels motivation far more effectively than pressure alone.
At every moment, the brain is deciding:
👉 What matters?👉 What should I focus on?👉 What should I ignore?👉 And what is worth repeating?
And this is where attention connects directly to reward.
Because the brain naturally pays attention to what it believes will lead to:✔ reward✔ meaning✔ safety✔ connection✔ achievement✔ pleasure✔ or emotional significance
In other words:
👉 Attention directs behavior.👉 Reward reinforces behavior.
And together, they shape the Motivation Loop.
This is exactly what we see in Phase 2 of our roadmap.
Belief influences what we think is possible.
Thought patterns shape our neurochemistry.
Attention determines what we focus on.
And reward determines what we repeat.
Over time, repeated patterns of attention begin shaping:👉 our thoughts👉 our emotions👉 our habits👉 our behaviors👉 and ultimately our results
Attention literally helps train the brain.
And this is why understanding:✔ ourselves✔ other people✔ emotion✔ motivation✔ and what drives behavior
becomes so important.
Because the more intentionally we direct our attention…
the more intentionally we shape:👉 learning👉 communication👉 performance👉 relationships👉 habits👉 and eventually our long-term results
Where attention goes…the brain follows.
And what the brain repeatedly rewards…becomes behavior.
CLIP 2 SUMMARY — Dr. John Medina on Improving Theory of MindIn this second clip, Dr. John Medina explains that Theory of Mind—the ability to understand another person’s thoughts, emotions, motivations, and intentions—is not just something we are born with.
👉 It is a skill that can be strengthened and developed.
Dr. Medina references the “Reading the Mind in the Eyes Test” developed by Simon Baron-Cohen, which measures a person’s ability to interpret emotions and mental states by looking only at facial cues around the eyes.
But what becomes especially fascinating is how neuroscience research shows we can improve this skill.
According to Medina, one of the most effective ways to strengthen Theory of Mind is through reading high-quality narrative fiction—especially award-winning literature.
Why?
Because great fiction allows readers to:👉 enter the psychological interior of another person👉 experience different perspectives👉 understand emotions, motivations, and struggles👉 and mentally simulate someone else’s experience
In other words, reading literary fiction trains the brain to better understand people.
Medina explains that:
nonfiction alone does not appear to improve Theory of Mind in the same waybut narrative storytelling activates social and emotional processing systems in the brainhelping readers become more empathetic, observant, and socially aware He even suggests:👉 reading just 10–15 minutes a day for a monthcan measurably improve Theory of Mind scores.
Dr. Medina also emphasizes that this skill is especially important for:✔ teachers✔ leaders✔ parents✔ coaches✔ and anyone working closely with people
because it helps us recognize when someone is:
confusedoverwhelmedemotionally distresseddisengagedor struggling internally before they verbalize it One of his strongest recommendations is for educators to form book clubs and engage with meaningful, award-winning literature together.
Why?
Because Theory of Mind improves through repeated exposure to:👉 perspective-taking👉 emotional storytelling👉 social complexity👉 and human experience
The more we understand how other people think and feel…
the stronger our communication, empathy, leadership, learning, and relationships become.
REVIEW & CONCLUSION — EP 395Theory of Mind, Attention, Reward & Human MotivationAs we close out this week’s episode, I think one of the biggest ideas we uncovered is that the brain is not randomly paying attention to the world around us.
👉 Attention is selective.👉 The brain is constantly filtering what matters.
And what determines that filter is often:
emotionmeaningrelevanceintentionrewardand human connection Reward is the brain’s reinforcement signal.
It tells us:✔ what matters✔ what to move toward✔ and what behaviors are worth repeating.
This is why Theory of Mind becomes so important in Phase 2 of our Season 15 roadmap.
Because once we understand:👉 what motivates people👉 what emotionally drives them👉 what captures their attention👉 and what rewards (or what matters most to them) that drives their behavior
Then we can begin to understand what truly drives human performance.
This week’s episode connected several important ideas together:
✔ belief shapes neurochemistry✔ thought patterns influence attention✔ emotion strengthens memory✔ reward reinforces behavior✔ and repeated attention patterns shape habits and results
And this is exactly how the Motivation Loop works.
What we repeatedly focus on literally helps train the brain through neuroplasticity.
That means:👉 repeated focus on stress strengthens stress pathways👉 repeated focus on fear reinforces fear👉 and repeated focus on growth, meaning, and possibility strengthens those pathways as well
This is why protecting our attention matters so much.
Where attention goes…the brain follows.
And what the brain repeatedly rewards…eventually becomes behavior.
One of the most practical takeaways from Dr. John Medina’s work is that Theory of Mind is not fixed.
👉 It can be developed.
We can strengthen this skill by:
becoming better observerslistening more carefullypaying attention to emotional cuesasking better questionsand intentionally trying to understand another person’s perspective And Medina’s recommendation to read high-quality narrative fiction was especially fascinating because it shows us that the brain can literally be trained to better understand people.
Why does this matter?
Because whether we are:✔ teaching students✔ leading teams✔ coaching athletes✔ parenting children✔ serving customers✔ or building relationships
understanding people improves:👉 communication👉 motivation👉 empathy👉 learning👉 leadership👉 and overall performance
It also reminds us of something we introduced earlier in this season:
The brain performs best when challenge is balanced with support.
Pressure alone may create short-term compliance…but understanding creates:✔ trust✔ psychological safety✔ emotional connection✔ resilience✔ and sustainable motivation
And this brings us back to the core question we are exploring in Phase 2:
👉 What actually drives human behavior forward?
This week’s answer may be this:
👉 Attention👉 Meaning👉 Emotional relevance👉 Reward👉 And human connection
Because once we understand:👉 what captures attention👉 what creates emotional relevance👉 and what the brain finds meaningful
we begin to understand what drives behavior.
And this is where everything begins connecting back to the Motivation Loop we’ve been building throughout Phase 2.
The brain naturally pays attention to what it believes is:✔ important✔ rewarding✔ emotionally meaningful✔ or worth pursuing
This is where attention and reward become deeply connected.
And this is where dopamine enters the picture.
Next week we revisit our interview with Dr. Anna Lembke who explains in her book, Dopamine Nation:
Dopamine is not just about pleasure.• It’s about motivation.• Anticipation.• Pursuit.• And what the brain decides is worth the effort. So when attention and reward are aligned…
Learning increases• Memory strengthens• Motivation rises• Behavior becomes repeatable• And dopamine helps reinforce the behavior But when attention and reward become disconnected…
Focus decreases• Motivation drops• Learning weakens• Emotional disengagement increases• And the Motivation Loop begins to break down This is why understanding:✔ attention✔ emotion✔ reward✔ meaning✔ and human motivation
becomes so important.
Because what the brain repeatedly pays attention to…and repeatedly rewards…
eventually shapes:👉 our habits👉 our behaviors👉 our performance👉 and ultimately our results
Where attention goes…the brain follows.
And what the brain repeatedly rewards…or what matters most to us, that we determine is worth repeating, eventually becomes behavior.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and this is the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we continue exploring how the brain’s systems work together—
because when regulation, attention, motivation, learning, movement, and emotion become aligned…
👉 performance improves👉 learning accelerates👉 relationships strengthen👉 and results become more consistent
as we continue bridging neuroscience, emotional intelligence, and human performance—
to help turn awareness into action,learning into results,and potential into performance.
See you next week.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 392 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-motivation-loop-how-your-brain-decides-what-s-worth-doing/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 393 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/belief-first-the-neuroscience-of-motivation/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 394 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/thoughts-as-biology-how-your-mind-shapes-neurochemistry/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 42 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-john-medina-on-implementing-brain-rules-in-the-schools-and-workplaces-of-the-future/
[v] YouTube Visuals Andrea and John Medina EP 42 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CFzg5nQnEMs
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 370 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-rules-revisited-how-neuroscience-can-transform-classrooms/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 46 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/as-close-to-mind-reading-as-brain-science-gets-developing-and-using-theory-of-mind-in-your-daily-life/
[viii] How the Theory of Mind Helps Us to Understand Others by Kendra Cherry Oct. 1, 2019 https://www.verywellmind.com/theory-of-mind-4176826
[ix] Theory of Mind Test NOTE: My score was 29/36 http://socialintelligence.labinthewild.org/mite/
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 163 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dan-hill-phd-the-faces-guy-on-how-to-read-the-emotions-in-others-for-schools-sports-and-the-workplace/
In this episode Andrea Samadi revisits her October 2022 interview with Dr. Caroline Leaf about how our thought patterns act as biological instructions that shape brain chemistry, behavior, and results. They explore the mind–brain distinction, the magnet analogy for pattern formation, and practical steps to interrupt negative thinking. Listeners learn why repeated thoughts build neural pathways, how beliefs trigger neurochemistry in the motivation loop, and how consistent practices—like Dr. Leaf’s 63-day NeuroCycle—can rewire thinking over time for better focus, motivation, and wellbeing.This Episode, We Will Cover:✔ What it means when we say your thoughts are “biological instruction”✔ How your thoughts influence brain chemistry, the nervous system, and behavior✔ Why thinking, feeling, and choosing are always working together✔ The connection between thought patterns and future results✔ How repeated thoughts create neural pathways and habits
✔ The Motivation Loop — and where thought patterns fit in✔ The “magnet analogy” — how your thoughts organize patterns in the brain✔ How to identify and change toxic or limiting thought patterns✔ Dr. Carolyn Leaf’s 63-day Neurocycle process for rewiring thinking
✔ How your internal state influences your external results and environment✔ Why you are both shaping and responding to your environment🎯 How to begin directing your thinking to create more consistent outcomes
Practical Strategies You’ll Learn:✔️ How to identify the thought patterns that are holding you back✔️ Simple ways to interrupt negative thinking loops✔️ How to build positive neural pathways through repetition✔️ Questions to help you get to the root of your thinking✔️ Daily habits to rewire your brain over time
🎯 Key Takeaway:👉 Your thoughts are not just ideas—they are shaping your brain, your behavior, and your results.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
If you’re new here, welcome.
We are currently reviewing past episodes in Season 15--organized as a roadmap of the brain’s foundational systems. Instead of treating neuroscience, health, mindset, and performance as separate topics—like we’ve done in the past 14 seasons—we’re now exploring how these systems come online in sequence.
“In Phase 1, we focused on regulation and safety—because without it, nothing else in the brain fully activates.
👉 If we don’t feel safe, the brain shifts into survival mode👉 And when that happens, the systems we need for motivation, focus, and learning don’t fully come online”
Phase 1 — Regulation & Safety• Phase 2 — Neurochemistry & Motivation• Phase 3 — Movement, Learning & Cognition• Phase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social Intelligence• Phase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning By the end of this season, my hope is that we can step back and ask:
👉 Where am I out of alignment?👉 Is it regulation?👉 Is it my thinking?👉 Is it my focus? Or Belief?👉 Is it how I’m learning or connecting with others?
Because once we can see the gap…
👉 We can begin to close it”
“The goal is not more effort—it’s better alignment.”
“And when these systems are aligned…
👉 Effort feels easier👉 Learning becomes faster👉 And results become more consistent
Because peak performance is not about doing more.
It’s about aligning the systems that drive our results.
🧠 We are now in Phase 2 — Neurochemistry & Motivation, where we asked one core question:
👉 What IS IT that drives us forward?
In EP 392[i], we introduced the Motivation Loop—how our brain decides what’s worth doing.In EP 393[ii], we saw how belief triggers neurochemistry—driving action, feedback, and repetition.
THOUGHT PATTERNS (Dr. Carolyn Leaf)
For today’s EP 394, we move deeper into the loop—into thought patterns with Dr. Carolyn Leaf[iii] who we first met in October 2022 on the podcast.
While I think that all of the parts the motivation loop are important, (starting with our beliefs) I think this one that we are covering today (our thought patterns) is the MOST important part of the motivation loop.
Because our thinking isn’t neutral.It is biological instruction.
Or said in plain English. Our thoughts can influence ourselves as well as others.
Every thought you think sends signals through your brain and body.
Our thought signals trigger:
Neurochemicals like dopamine, cortisol, and serotoninChanges in neural activityActivation of our nervous system So our brain is constantly responding to what we’re thinking.
👉 A thought isn’t just a moment in our mind👉 It’s a message that tells our body how to respond
We could go deeper here, and connect Russian Scientist Dr. Konstantin Korotkov’s work from EP 307[iv] where he explained the concept of electrophonics. In this episode, he explained his advanced GDV Technology that shows “that we have energy fields…that can show physical energy distribution, emotional energy distribution, psychological energy distribution, and our relationship of our inner state to the outer world.”[v]
And in agreement, according to Dr. Carolyn Leaf,our thoughts are constantly shaping our brain’s chemistry—either increasing our drive…or quietly shutting it down.
Impacting ourselves as well as others around us.
I think this concept is a CRITICAL part of living a successful life. Eliminating negative thoughts though is always a work in progress. My thinking isn’t always positive, but I strive to make it that way the majority of every day.
Dr. Leaf’s work that we will cover today, shows us how to break down and eliminate our most toxic thought patterns (that are having a detrimental impact on our lives) and she can do this in 63 days, using her Neurocycle App. We covered this app and the 5 STEPS she uses to break a toxic thought and Clean Up Your Mental Mess on EP106[vi] and EP 299[vii]
Since learning about Dr. Carolyn Leaf’s work back in 2020, I’ve completed five 63-day Neurocycles using her app—and I can honestly say, it’s been one of the most impactful processes that I’ve ever done for my mental health.
Because the truth is—we all have toxic thought patterns. Even Dr. Leaf talks about this and uses the 5-step approach herself. These thoughts can surface throughout the day, and if we don’t recognize and process them, they can start to influence how we feel, how we show up with others, and ultimately how we live.
What I found most interesting about her system is that it helps you get to the root of your thinking.
And for me—that root has actually been the same, every time I’ve gone through a new cycle over the past six years, eliminating a toxic thought, or something that is bothering me.
That showed me something important…
As we start to peel back the layers of our thinking, we begin to understand why we think and act the way we do.
And once we can see that pattern—we can start to change it.
But this isn’t instant.
👉 Changing thought patterns takes time, consistency, and awareness.
And that’s really what this work is about—learning how to observe our thinking, understand it, and then intentionally reshape it over time.
🎙CLIP 1 — UNDERSTANDING THE MIND, BRAIN & ENERGYThe brain is the physical structure…but the mind is what drives our experience.
Your mind is how we:
ThinkFeelChoose And these processes are happening all the time, shaping our biology and behavior.
MAIN POINTS FROM CLIP 11. 🧠 The Brain is Physical — But It Doesn’t Create Experience AloneWe can look at a brain—but it won’t generate thoughts on its ownA living person creates our thoughts, and experiences through interaction with others and the world around us. 👉 The brain supports our experiences👉 But the mind creates it
Key Takeaway:Our life is not just coming from our brain structure—it’s coming from how we actually use our mind.
Tip to Implement:Pause during the day and ask:
“Am I reacting automatically… or intentionally choosing my response?”Is the response that I’m choosing moving me TOWARDS my goal, or AWAY from it? What experiences are you creating day to day?
If you like what you are creating, keep going. If you would like different results, begin with your thinking.
Key Takeaway:You can’t change behavior without addressing both thoughts and emotions together
Tip to Implement for improved results:When stuck, ask:
“What am I thinking right now?What am I feeling right now?”“What choice is this leading me toward?” “I first heard this idea explained in a different way years ago, while working in the seminar industry with Bob Proctor. It was a core concept in every program he delivered—and it really stayed with me.
He would say that our thoughts are not just passing ideas… they are directly connected to our future results.
That our thoughts, combined with the feelings we attach to them, and the actions we take because of them… ultimately shape our conditions, our circumstances, and our environment. Or in plain English again, our thinking determines our future results, or where we end up in life.
And now, when we look at this through the lens of neuroscience—like Dr. Carolyn Leaf’s work—we can see what’s actually happening underneath:
👉 Our thoughts are influencing our brain chemistry👉 That chemistry is driving our behavior👉 And that behavior is what produces our results
So what once sounded like philosophy…is now something we can understand as biology.
🔧 Tip to Implement for improved results:Use a simple reset:
Slow your breathingShift one thought at a time, intentionally 👉 This can begin to regulate your entire system
We saw the importance of breastwork with lowering our HRV with Rohan Dixit[viii]. Over time, and practice, this becomes a habit, as we become more intentional with our thinking.
While studying neuroscience with researcher Mark Robert Waldman, he had his students do an activity that showed us just how difficult this is to do in a typical day. He would say to time how long you would go without thinking a negative thought, or complaining (it didn’t have to be out loud, thinking was enough to stop the timer). Most of us chimed in that we lasted maybe an hour or two before thinking something negative.
Waldman let us know that this activity was not meant to be easy, but for us to become more aware, since the research shows that the average person has roughly 60K-70K thoughts a day, and that 75%-80% are negative, and nearly 95% are repetitive thoughts from the day before.
But there’s hope since we can learn to use our minds to change our brain.
Key Takeaway:We have more influence than we think—we’re not stuck with our current patterns.
Tip to Implement:Instead of saying:
“This is just how I am” Shift to:
“This is a pattern I’ve learned—and I can change it” The fastest way I’ve been able to change my thinking is with Dr. Leaf’s Neurocycle app. It might seem like 63 days is a long time, but when you see the progress at the end, I’m sure you’ll wish like I had, that you had started sooner, to eliminate whatever it was that was stuck in your mind.
If you watch our full interview, Dr. Leaf had props to demonstrate what our brain looked like with negative thoughts (it looked like a dead tree) vs a healthy tree with positive thinking.
Tip to Implement:Be intentional with:
Morning thoughtsPre-performance thoughts (before something important)Pre-sleep thoughts 👉 These are high-impact moments for rewiring our brain with positive intentions.
FINAL KEY TAKEAWAYS✔ The brain is the structure—but the mind drives experience✔ Thinking, feeling, and choosing are always working together✔ Thoughts create real biological changes✔ Repeated thoughts build neural patterns✔ We all have the ability to shift those patterns with awareness and intention✔ Our internal state and external world are constantly interacting
What this really shows us is that our thoughts are not just passing moments—they are actively shaping our brain, our chemistry, and ultimately our results.
And when we learn to direct our thinking,we begin to influence our brain’s chemistry,our behavior,and ultimately, our results.
CLIP 2 The Brain is Like a Magnet and Draws Its Own Energy Field. Prior to this section in the interview, Dr. Leaf spoke about the iron filings activity many of us saw in school. We put a whole bunch of iron filings on a sheet of paper, and then took a magnet and put it in the middle and you saw a beautiful pattern with the iron filings, but take the magnet away, and the filings go into a disordered random pile because the filings are not strong themselves. They lose their alignment that was caused by the magnetic “force” pulling them together. It’s this force Dr. Leaf explains happens with our each of our brain’s. Depending on what our minds are thinking, determines the patterns our minds create with our own energy force. And she clarifies that she isn’t talking about Star Wars, this is understanding the power of our own individual energy force.
MAIN POINTS FROM CLIP 21. The “Magnet” Analogy (Pattern Formation)Like iron filings around a magnet→ energy becomes organized into patterns 👉 Our thoughts organize our internal world👉 Patterns become habits
And I would take this a step further, and say our thoughts absolutely create not only our internal world, but pair them with our feelings and actions, and they create our conditions, circumstances and environment, or our outside world.
We can also look at this as:
Neural patterningAttention shaping networksRepeated thoughts→ create strengthened neural pathways I always want positive neural pathways in my mind, and in the minds of those I care about, which is why I’ll always lead with positive thinking myself. I know my energy field can directly impact the energy field of not just my world, but those around me as well.
Key Takeaway:Repeated thoughts = repeated neural pathways
Tip to Implement:Ask daily:
“What patterns am I reinforcing right now in my life?” When you see something on the outside that you don’t like, we’ve said it before on this podcast, that you’ve got to go inside and make a change. Shift ONE thought in that pattern if it’s not moving you towards the results that you want.
Key Takeaway:We’re not just reacting to life—we are co-creating our experience (based on what we think, feel and choose day to day).
Tip to Implement:Control what you can:
Inputs (what you watch, read, listen to)Environments (who you’re around) 👉 These shape your thinking patterns (what you will ending up thinking, feeling and choosing) in your day to day life.
I’m very intentional with who I spend time with for this reason alone. And also what I read, listen to and the environments where I spend the most time.
EP 394 — REVIEW & CONCLUSION“As we wrap up today’s episode, let’s go back to the question we’ve been exploring in Phase 2:
👉 What is it that actually drives us forward?
In EP 392, we introduced the Motivation Loop—how your brain decides what’s worth doing.In EP 393, we saw how belief triggers neurochemistry—driving action, feedback, and repetition.
And today, in EP 394, we took it one step deeper…
👉 We looked at the starting point of that loop—our thought patterns.
Because what we’ve seen today is this:
🧠 Your thoughts are not neutral🧠 They are biological instruction
Every thought we think is influencing:
our brain activityour neurochemistryour nervous systemAnd ultimately… our behavior and results WHAT WE NOW UNDERSTANDFrom Dr. Carolyn Leaf’s work, we learned:
👉 The mind is how we think, feel, and choose👉 These processes are always working together👉 And over time, repeated thoughts create patterns in the brain
And using the magnet analogy…
👉 Just like a magnet organizes iron filings into patterns👉 Our thoughts organize patterns in our brain
And those patterns become:
HabitsBehaviorsResults THE BIG CONNECTIONWhen we zoom out, everything we’ve covered fits together like this:
👉 Thoughts → Neurochemistry → Behavior → Results
This is the Motivation Loop in action.
And what this means is powerful…
👉 If we change our thinking👉 We can begin to change our results
OWNERSHIP + AWARENESSBut here’s the important part…
This doesn’t happen overnight.
As I shared in this episode, after completing five 63-day Neurocycles, what I’ve seen is that:
👉 Patterns repeat until we become aware of them👉 And real change takes time, consistency, and intention
But once you can see your patterns…
👉 You can start to change them
PUTTING THIS INTO ACTIONSo here’s what I want you to take with you from today’s episode:
Ask yourself:
👉 “What patterns am I reinforcing right now?”
And if they’re not moving you toward the results you want…
👉 Shift one thought👉 Interrupt one pattern👉 And begin building a new one
Because small shifts, repeated over time…
👉 Create lasting change in the brain
“So as we continue through Phase 2, remember this:
👉 Our thoughts are not just something we have…👉 They are something we can direct
And when we learn to direct our thinking…
👉 we begin to direct our life.
Because we have more influence than we think—over our brain, our behavior, and ultimately, our results.
And next, we’ll continue building on this foundation, as we explore the next layer of what drives performance and sustained effort…
🧠 Attention and reward.
Because once our thoughts shape our neurochemistry…👉 attention determines what we focus on👉 and reward determines what we repeat.
When I asked Dr. John Medina about Theory of Mind (in one of our early interviews)—something I had heard him speak about—he explained it as our ability to understand the intentions and motivations of other people.
And this is where it gets really interesting for what we’re studying in Phase 2…
Because the brain doesn’t just pay attention to random information—
👉 It pays attention to people👉 It pays attention to meaning👉 It pays attention to intention
And when we understand someone’s intentions…
👉 That creates emotional relevance👉 That increases attention👉 And that activates the brain’s reward system
So next we’ll explore how Theory of Mind is not just about understanding others…
👉 It’s a driver of attention and reward.
And this is where dopamine comes into the Motivation Loop.
Then we will tie in what Dr. Anna Lembke explains in Dopamine Nation…
👉 Dopamine isn’t just about pleasure👉 It’s about motivation, anticipation, and what the brain decides is worth pursuing
“So when attention and reward are aligned…
👉 Learning increases👉 Memory strengthens👉 Behavior becomes repeatable👉 And dopamine is released to reinforce the behavior”
But when they’re not aligned….
👉 We lose focus👉 Motivation drops👉 And the loop breaks
And that’s what we’ll explore next.
We’ll see you next around the middle of May for our next episode.
RESOURCES:
Full interview with Dr. Carolyn Leaf on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zI6o1pZwGtc
CLIP 1 — UNDERSTANDING THE MIND, BRAIN & ENERGY
CLIP 2 — THE BRAIN IS LIKE A MAGNET
Neurocycle App https://www.neurocycle.app/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 392 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-motivation-loop-how-your-brain-decides-what-s-worth-doing/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 393 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/belief-first-the-neuroscience-of-motivation/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/worldrenownedneuroscientistdr-caroline-leaf-oncleaningup-your-mentalmess5-simplescientifically-proven-stepsto-reduceanxiety-and-toxic-thinking/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 307 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
[v] What is Gas Discharge Visualization? Konstantin Korotkov Published in 2012 in YouTube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhBYqkos-Xk
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 106 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/book-and-app-review-of-neuroscientist-and-best-selling-author-dr-caroline-leafs-cleaning-up-your-mental-mess-coming-march-2-20201/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 299 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-a-deep-dive-into-dr-carolyn-leaf-s-5-scientifically-proven-steps-to-clean-up-our-mental-mess-so-we-can-help-our-children/
[viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 389 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/breathe-to-reset-how-hrv-tech-reveals-hidden-stress/
Andrea Samadi explores Phase Two of the brain roadmap, showing how belief—shaped by meaning, identity, and daily practice—starts the motivation loop and drives action.
Featuring insights from Bob Proctor, this episode offers practical steps to find your why, train your mind, act from your next-level frequency, and grow into the results you envision.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and on this podcast, we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
If you’re new here, welcome.
On today’s EP 393 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, we revisit the work of Bob Proctor to explore something foundational:
👉 The Neuroscience of Belief
Because before motivation…before action…before results…
👉 there is belief.
In this episode, we break down how belief actually works in the brain—and why it’s the starting point of everything we do.
✔ Why motivation doesn’t start with discipline👉 it starts with belief and expectation
✔ How belief shapes your neurochemistry👉 dopamine rises when your brain believes something matters
✔ The Motivation Loop👉 Belief → Chemistry → Action → Feedback → Repeat
✔ Why goals are not about what you get👉 but who you become in the process
✔ The power of alignment👉 when you stop comparing and start following your own path
✔ Understanding “frequency”👉 how your thoughts, emotions, and focus determine what you experience
✔ Why imagination is more than visualization👉 it’s how the brain begins solving for a new future
✔ And why you don’t need the full plan👉 just the next step forward
SEASON 15 ORIENTATIONIn Season 15, we’ve organized everything as a roadmap of the brain’s foundational systems.
Instead of treating neuroscience, health, mindset, and performance as separate topics—
we’re exploring how they come online in sequence.
Each phase we are covering, builds on the one before it:
Phase 1 — Regulation & Safety• Phase 2 — Neurochemistry & Motivation• Phase 3 — Movement, Learning & Cognition• Phase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social Intelligence• Phase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning Because peak performance isn’t built by doing more—
👉 it’s built by aligning the systems underneath.
And I want to understand these systems myself.
So thank you for joining me on this journey—
as we learn how to align our brains…to unlock what’s truly possible.
TRANSITIONING FROM PHASE 1 → PHASE 2In Phase 1, we asked a foundational question:
👉 Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Because without safety—
nothing else in the brain fully activates.
But once the brain is regulated…
a new question begins to emerge:
👉 What actually drives us forward?
What determines whether we:
start something• stay with it• or stop altogether PHASE 2: NEUROCHEMISTRY and MOTIVATIONWe started Phase 2 with something simple.
To think about the last time you felt truly motivated.
Not forced…not pushing yourself…
but naturally pulled into something.
👉 What made you start?
Was it discipline?
Or was it something deeper?
…
Because here’s what neuroscience—and the work of many experts—has shown us:
👉 Motivation doesn’t start with action.👉 It starts with belief.
Before you ever take a step—
your brain has already made a decision. If you are thinking:
“This matters.”• “This is worth it.”• “This could REALLY work.” That’s THE moment that belief is formed—
🧠 your brain begins releasing dopamine in anticipation.
Not because you’ve succeeded…
👉 but because you expect to.
THE MOTIVATION LOOPThis is what we call:
The Motivation Loop.
It works like this:
Belief — meaning and expectationNeurochemistry — dopamine and driveAction — effort and behaviorFeedback — reward or disappointmentRepeat… or Burnout And it all begins with one question:
👉 What do you believe is worth your effort?
Because this is where it all starts.
🧠 PHASE 2 — BELIEF (BOB PROCTOR)The loop begins with belief.
Before behavior changes—
👉 the brain needs direction.
This happens in the prefrontal cortex—
your thinking brain.
This is where you decide:
“This matters”• “This is possible”• “This is worth doing” And here’s what’s fascinating:
👉 Your brain is always predicting the future.
If it expects something to matter—
👉 dopamine begins to rise before you even start.
This is why two people can look at the same task…
and have completely different levels of motivation.
One sees opportunity.The other sees effort, and too much work.
Same task.
Different beliefs.
Different chemistry.
Different outcomes.
To cover this topic of belief, we are going straight to the late Bob Proctor who understood this topic more than anyone I’ve ever met, because he studied it every day for over 60 years.
He often quoted James Allen who said “believe and your belief will create the fact.”
And for someone who studied the book, Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill for most of his life, he would say “You’re not ready for what you want until you believe it” and he was famous for his “Goal Cards” that every person who attended his seminars would receive. He would say “here’s an idea that has earned millions of dollars for me….it can earn millions of dollars for you, too!”
The idea was that every year, you would write out your goals on this card, as if you had already received the goal, and this practice would essentially build belief, or cells or recognition in your brain as you began to image what your life would look like, with the goal already achieved.
Proctor was not only good at helping people to believe in themselves, and uncover their unlimited potential, he was also a master at showing people how to challenge their beliefs, or paradigms, that might be outdated, or holding them back. When he first met me, in the late 1990s, his first question to me was “what do you do, and what is it that you REALLY WANT to be doing?”
I could answer the first part, as I was a teacher at the time in Toronto, but the second part, he got me thinking!
During our interview, EP 66[i], June of 2020, I asked him how he developed HIS belief, when not every program he created was a hit.
CLIP 1: Building Belief
Bob Proctor reminds us that belief isn’t something you wait for—it’s something you build daily.
Through consistent study, focused thinking, and aligned action, belief becomes the force that drives growth.
👉 Goals are not about what you get👉 They are about who you become
Even when outcomes don’t go as planned, growth is still happening.
Belief is strengthened when you:
Stay focused on your own pathContinue learning and seeking guidanceAlign your actions with a greater purposeTrain your mind to see what’s possible Because:
👉 Your thoughts shape your reality👉 Your imagination sets the direction👉 And your next step builds the path
This is how belief turns into internal drive.
KEY TAKEAWAYS✔ Belief is built through repetitionDaily study and focus strengthen neural pathways that support action and persistence. Proctor would study every morning at 5:30am, reading in his office. He was relentless with his study and that built his belief, that was unshakeable, over the years.
✔ Goals are for growth, not achievementThe outcome is secondary—the transformation is the real reward. I’m sure you would agree with this, if you look back at some of the times you overcame a challenge, these are the moments in your life that built character, grit and resilience that would drive you forward.
✔ Meaning fuels motivationWhen something feels purposeful, the brain prioritizes it. This example describes the power of understanding our “why” with something.
✔ Identity drives behaviorYou act in alignment with who you believe you are becoming. Always moving towards being more, with whatever you are doing. Keep progressing forward.
✔ Internal focus creates clarityStop watching others and focus on YOUR own goals—progress comes from staying in your own lane.
✔ You can’t grow aloneSpecialized knowledge, mentorship, and guidance accelerate belief and results. Always look for mentors, or someone who has done what you want to do, to share the path forward and help you to get there faster.
✔ Your thoughts create your external worldYour environment reflects your internal patterns. This is more important than just saying “let’s always think positive thoughts.” We will cover this one deeper next week, but this one, I think is critical.
✔ Imagination expands possibilitySeeing the next level mentally allows the brain to begin solving for it.
✔ You don’t need the full planProgress happens one step at a time—clarity comes after action.
PUT THESE IDEAS INTO ACTION1. Find Meaning (Why It Matters)Ask yourself:👉 Why does this goal actually matter to me?
Make it personalConnect it to purposeLink it to contribution (greater good)My personal why has stayed the same for the past 3 decades, or ever since I saw Proctor working with 12 teens at the Louisiana Superdome. That moment is why I get up every day, and do what I’m doing. 2. Build Identity (Who You Are Becoming)Shift from:👉 “I want this”
To:👉 “I am becoming the person who…” is doing XYZ
Write it down dailyReinforce it with actionWhat’s important is WHO we become in this process. 3. Creates Internal Drive (Not External Pressure)Instead of forcing motivation: (that we KNOW breaks the motivation loop)
Focus on belief + meaningLet drive come from alignment (or from within). 👉 When belief is strong, effort feels natural
Train Your Mind DailyRead, study, reflect (10–20 minutes/day)Repetition builds belief 👉 What you study, you start to solidify your believe👉 What you believe, you take action on
Stay Focused on YOUR GoalsStop comparing where you are to othersReduce external noise 👉 This Builds Clarity = When you focus on your own path
Seek Specialized KnowledgeFind mentors, systems, or frameworksDon’t try to figure it out alone 👉 Growth accelerates with guidance
Check Your Thinking (this we will dive deeper into next week with Dr. Leaf’s work).Ask:👉 What am I repeatedly thinking about?
Shift negative loopsReinforce empowering beliefs 8. Use Imagination as a ToolVisualize the next level of youDon’t worry about “how” yet 👉 The brain fills in the path after you are committed
👉 “Belief is built through meaning, strengthened through identity, and expressed through action.”
And once belief is strong enough…
👉 Motivation is no longer something you chase👉 It becomes something you live
“Think about this—135 years ago, William James said, ‘Believe, and your belief will create the fact.’ And now, modern neuroscience is confirming that belief literally shapes our behavior, our biology, and our results.”
CLIP 2 Staying Focused
We are reminded to forget about what everyone else is doing as Proctor reminds us-
I don’t pay attention to what others are doing—I only focus on what I’m doing.
Follow your heart.
…and when you do that, you start to see something shift.
👉 When you begin to follow your heart—that’s when things take off.
You start to attract what you need.
Opportunities, people, and ideas begin to align.
Because when you follow your heart,👉 you place yourself on the frequency you’re meant to be on.
And from there—everything starts to move.
KEY TAKEAWAYS — CLIP 2 (BELIEF & ALIGNMENT)Bob Proctor
✔ Belief grows when you focus inwardDistraction and comparison weaken clarity. Focus strengthens your direction.
✔ Following your heart creates alignmentWhen your actions match what truly matters to you, things begin to flow.
✔ Alignment attracts opportunityPeople, ideas, and opportunities start showing up when you’re on the right path.
✔ Your “frequency” is your state of thinking + feelingWhat you consistently think and feel determines what you move toward—and what moves toward you.
✔ Momentum comes after alignment—not beforeThings don’t “take off” randomly—it happens when you’re internally aligned.
✔ Clarity comes from action, not overthinkingThe shift happens when you move, not when you wait.
PUT THIS INTO ACTION1. Eliminate External NoiseStop checking what others are doingLimit comparison (social, work, metrics) 👉 Ask: “What do I actually want?”
Reconnect to Your Internal SignalWhat feels right vs. what looks right?What would you do if no one was watching? 👉 This is where belief starts
Make One Aligned Decision DailyChoose 1 action each day that reflects your true directionNot what’s trending—what’s aligned 👉 Small aligned actions → big momentum
Notice What You’re AttractingPay attention to:
New ideasConversationsOpportunities 👉 These are signals you’re moving into alignment
VisualizationGratitudeFocused thinking 👉 Your internal state drives external results
👉 “When you stop chasing what others are doing and start following what’s true for you—that’s when everything begins to align.”
🧠 CLIP 3 — UNDERSTANDING FREQUENCY in clip 3, we learn how everything operates on frequency.
Just like a phone only receives the signal meant for it,👉 you experience what you’re tuned into.
There are infinite frequencies—but you only experience the one you’re currently operating on.
When you imagine a goal, you’re not just thinking—👉 you’re moving your mind to a higher frequency.
The problem is:
👉 We can see the goal👉 But we don’t know how to get there
So we stop.
But what matters is this:
👉 If you can see it in your mind👉 You’ve already accessed that frequency
And from there—you grow into it, step by step.
As Steve Jobs said:👉 You can’t connect the dots looking forward—only backward.
🧠 KEY TAKEAWAYS — UNDERSTANDING FREQUENCY✔ Everything is energy and operates on frequencyYour thoughts, emotions, and actions determine what you’re “tuned into.”
✔ You only experience what you’re aligned withJust like a phone signal—your results match your internal frequency.
✔ Imagination moves you to a higher levelWhen you clearly see a goal, (something you REALLY want) you’re mentally stepping into a new frequency.
✔ The gap creates resistanceWe hesitate because we can’t see how to bridge the space between where we are and where we want to go.
✔ Clarity comes after movement—not beforeYou don’t need the full path—just access the vision and begin.
✔ Growth is a frequency shift, not a single leapYou don’t jump to the goal—you gradually align with it.
We’ve covered this on may previous episodes, but the one that comes to mind the most is with EP 203[ii] with Paranormal Researcher Ryan O’Neill on “Making Your Vision a Reality”
PUT THIS INTO ACTION1. 🎯 Define Your “Next Frequency”What does the next level of you look like?How do you think, act, and show up? 👉 Get clear on the version of you—not just the goal. We went deep into this with our study of the Think and Grow Rich book, by Napoleon Hill. I’ve linked the first part of this series in the show notes.
Imagination is Everything according to author Earl Nightingale. All great inventions are created in two separate places: the mind of the inventor and the physical world when the inventor creates it. Our lives reflect how well we use our imagination, because when we hit one plateau of success, it will be our imagination that will take us to what’s next. When we create our crystal-clear vision, by reading/writing our goals out twice a day, we are activating our imagination to do this.
Then do that. Always think-would the version of myself that I am becoming to do this?
👣 Ignore the GapStop worrying about “how”Focus on the next step only 👉 The path reveals itself through action
🔄 Shift Your Internal StateYour frequency = your:
ThoughtsEmotionsFocus Daily tools:✔Gratitude✔Focused thinking✔Repetition
✔Expectation
✔Belief
👉 But looking back—it will make sense
👉 “If you can see it, you’re already there—now grow into it.”
👉 “You don’t rise to your goals—you rise to the frequency you consistently operate on.”
REVIEW & CONCLUSION — EPISODE 393In this episode, we went deeper into Phase 2: Neurochemistry & Motivation, and we answered a critical question:
👉 What actually drives us to start, stay, and follow through?
And what we uncovered is this:
👉 It all begins with belief.
We explored this through the work of Bob Proctor, who showed us that belief is not something you wait for—
👉 it’s something you build.
From:
Daily studyFocused thinkingAnd aligned action We saw how belief fuels the motivation loop, shaping your:
DopamineEffortAnd persistence Then we moved into something deeper:
👉 Alignment
When you stop watching what everyone else is doingand start following your own path…
👉 that’s when things begin to shift
That’s when:
Opportunities appearPeople alignAnd momentum begins And finally, we introduced the idea of frequency—
That everything operates on a level of energy and vibration…
👉 and you experience what you are tuned into
Through imagination, you can begin to access a higher level—even before you fully understand how to get there
Because as Steve Jobs reminded us:
👉 You can’t connect the dots looking forward—only backward.
PUTTING IT ALL TOGETHERIf Phase 1 was about safety…
👉 Phase 2 is about direction
And direction begins with:
✔ Meaning✔ Identity✔ Belief
Because before you act—👉 your brain has already decided if something is worth it
🔥 CONCLUSIONSo if there’s one thing to take from this episode, it’s this:
👉 You don’t rise to your goals—👉 you rise to the level of belief you consistently operate on.
And that belief is built by:
What you focus onWhat you think about and expectAnd the actions you take every day 🚀 FINAL TAKEAWAY 👉 “If you can see it in your mind, you’re already there—now we just need to grow into it.”
NEXT EPISODENext week, we’re going to go even deeper into this idea…
Because if belief starts the loop—
👉 then your thoughts are what actually shape that belief
We’ll explore:
Thought patternsNeuroplasticityAnd how your thinking literally changes your brain CLOSING Thank you for being here, for thinking deeper,and for continuing to learn how to align your brain…
👉 to unlock what’s truly possible.
We will see you next week!
RESOURCES:
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #366 PART 1 of our REVIEW of our interview with Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-your-potential-redefining-goals-with-bob-proctors-wisdom/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 367 PART 2 Perfecting The 6 Faculties of the Mind https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/reaching-your-full-potential-perfecting-the-6-faculties-of-your-mind-reasoning-intuition-perception-the-will-memory-and-imagination-part-2-review/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 368 PART 3 with Bob Proctor on Goal Creation https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/raising-your-vibration-bob-proctor-s-guide-to-goal-creation/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193 PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 203 with Ryan O’Neill on “Making Your Vision a Reality” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/
Season 15, Episode 392 introduces phase two of the roadmap: neurochemistry and motivation. Andrea Samadi breaks down the motivation loop—expectation, thought patterns, attention and action, feedback, and repetition—and explains how belief and dopamine drive what we start, persist with, or stop.
The episode highlights earned vs. borrowed dopamine, the role of the anterior mid-cingulate cortex in willpower, and offers practical steps to build sustainable motivation through small wins, effort-first rewards, and consistent practice.
✅ What You’ll Learn in This Episode✔️ How the Motivation Loop works—and why your brain is always running it
✔️ Why dopamine is about anticipation, not just pleasure
✔️ The difference between borrowed vs earned dopamine—and how it impacts your drive
✔️ How your beliefs and thought patterns shape your brain chemistry
✔️ Why doing hard things strengthens willpower (aMCC) and builds resilience
✔️ What causes motivation to increase… or break down
✔️ How your brain decides to repeat a behavior—or avoid it next time
✔️ Why effort first, reward after is the key to building lasting motivation
✔️ Simple ways to train your brain to stay motivated
✔️ How to align your brain for sustained performance and results
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. I’m Andrea Samadi, and it’s here that we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
If you’re new here, welcome.
We are currently reviewing past episodes as part of Season 15—organized as a roadmap of the brain’s foundational systems. Instead of treating neuroscience, health, mindset, and performance as separate topics—like we’ve done in the past 14 seasons—we’re now exploring how these systems come online in sequence.
We started Phase 1, Regulation and Safety, with EP 384[i], with Dr. Baland Jalal, who taught us how learning begins (with curiosity, sleep, imagination and creativity), and reviewed anchor episodes with Dr. Bruce Perry[ii], looking into trauma, rhythm, and relational safety, Dr. Sui Wong[iii] on autonomic balance, and Rohan Dixit[iv], on HRV, real-time self-regulation and nervous system literacy.
Now, we are moving to Phase 2, diving deeper into neurochemistry and motivation…then we’ll cover movement, learning, and cognition…Then perception, emotion, social intelligence…and finally integration, insight, and meaning as we put all of the phases together.
Season 15 Roadmap:
Phase 1 — Regulation & SafetyPhase 2 — Neurochemistry & MotivationPhase 3 — Movement, Learning & CognitionPhase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social IntelligencePhase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning Because peak performance isn’t built by doing more—it’s built by aligning the systems underneath.
And the truth is, most of us were never taught how these systems drive our behavior and results in the first place.
So as I continue to explore and better understand these systems myself,I want to thank you for joining me on this journey…So that together, we learn how to align our brains—and use this understanding to unlock what’s truly possible for us to achieve.
Because I do believe that we’re capable of achieving far more than we think is possible—with this understanding.
PHASE 2
Today, we move into Phase 2 of our roadmap—Neurochemistry and Motivation.
In Phase 1, we asked a foundational question:👉 Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Because without safety, nothing else in the brain fully activates.
But once the brain is regulated…a new question begins to emerge:
👉 What actually drives us forward?
What determines whether we start something…stay with it…or stop it altogether?
We will cover 6 PARTS in this episode, where we will answer this question, give some real world examples, and come up with some action steps to help us to build motivation the right way, where it’s sustainable in our day to day life.
🧠 PART 1 — THE MOTIVATION LOOP
At the center of Phase 2 is a system that is always running in the brain:
👉 The Motivation Loop
This is the system where belief, thought patterns, neurochemistry, action, and feedback all come together to shape our behavior and results.
Because learning isn’t just about understanding what to do—
👉 it’s about having the drive to actually do it.
Because motivation isn’t random.It’s built.
👉 This loop determines:
What you startWhat you stick withAnd what you avoid “My hope is that by the end of this episode, we can recognize our own motivation loop—and understand how our brain is guiding us to either push forward… or let go.”
🔁 Overview of The Loop:
✔Belief (Expectation) — “This matters” / “This is worth doing”✔Neurochemistry (Dopamine) — rises before action✔Action (Effort) — you begin✔Feedback (Reward or Not) — brain evaluates outcome✔Repeat or Avoid — behavior is reinforced… or not
WHAT STEPS DRIVE SUSTAINED EFFORT AND FORWARD MOVEMENT?
Step 1: Expectation through what you BELIEVE
This starts in the prefrontal cortex—the thinking brain.
👉 This is where we set a goal or form a belief:
“This matters”“This will feel good”“This is worth doing” This step is critical because:
👉 The brain is predicting the future
If the brain expects something to matter—👉 dopamine begins to rise before you even start
THINK AHEAD:👉 What matters most to you right now?
👉 What do you expect to achieve?
Because what you expect…
👉 Is what your brain begins to move toward.
Step 2: Thought PatternsYour thoughts shape your brain chemistry.
Positive expectation → dopamine increases → effort risesNegative thinking → dopamine drops → motivation decreases 👉 Your thoughts are not neutral.
They are chemical.
This is where things start to shift internally.
👉 Your thoughts don’t just stay in your mind—they directly influence your brain chemistry. We’ll dive deeper into this one area with Dr. Carolyn Leaf’s work.
THINK AHEAD:Are your thoughts helping you move forward… or holding you back?
Are you thinking:✔“This matters. I can do this.”Or❗ “This is too hard… I’m not sure I can.”
Because once you notice this…
👉 You know exactly where your work lies.
Step 3: Attention/Reward
Now the brain engages:
Motor + attention systems engageDopamine fuels driveMovement = “turning on” the brain for motivation We will learn more on this area (focus, engagement and memory formation) with John Medina, but until then
THINK AHEAD:
“What would it feel like to be fully engaged in this?”“What’s one small action I can take to get started?”“How will I feel once I’ve begun?”
Because this is the moment where:
The brain shifts from thinking… to doing.
Step 4: Feedback (Reward or Not)
Brain evaluates outcomeDopamine either:Spikes (better than expected)Drops (worse than expected) 👉 Immediately ATTENTION/REWARD
The brain asks:
👉 “Was that worth it?”
You see an orange arrow that either goes forward in the LOOP, or backwards if there’s no reward.
Step 5: Learning & Repetition
Basal ganglia encode the behaviorHabit circuits strengthen (or weaken) 👉 Your brain is deciding:
👉 “Is this worth repeating?”
🎯 KEY INSIGHT
👉 The brain isn’t just tracking what you do…👉 It’s learning what’s worth doing based on what you BELIEVE.
Do you see how this motivation loop works? This really is exciting to me, that we have a lot of control of what we want to achieve, based on how we think about it. We’ll go deeper into this next week with our anchor episode starting with Bob Proctor on belief, and then Dr. Carolyn Leaf on the power of our thoughts.
🧠 PART 2 — THERE’S A RULE ABOUT MOTIVATION
And this leads us to one of the most important rules in neuroscience:
👉 If dopamine comes too easily — effort stops feeling worth it.👉 If dopamine is earned — effort becomes rewarding.
This isn’t just mindset.
It’s brain-based.
Dopamine = Anticipation, Not Just Pleasure
Most people think dopamine is the “feel-good” chemical.
It’s not.
👉 Dopamine is the “this is worth doing” signal
Released when you expect a reward (not just receive it) Drives effort, focus, and persistence “Dopamine doesn’t reward you after the fact — it pulls you forward before you begin.”
This was covered in our Think and Grow Rich[v] book series from 2022. It always amazes me when a book that was first published in 1937, connects to the success principles that we are learning today, almost 90 years later. Expectation and belief are integral components to Chapter 1, The Power of Thought.
🧠 PART 3 — BUILDING WILLPOWER (aMCC)
Thinking back to the motivation loop, I wondered, what is it that keeps me motivated on one thing, and dragging my feet with another. Understanding how the brain works has helped me to understand this question.
One of the most fascinating discoveries in neuroscience today comes from research on a part of the brain called the anterior mid cingulate cortex. (aMCC on our loop diagram). We covered this important discovery about the brain on EP 344[vi], The Neuroscience of Resilience: Building Stronger Minds and Teams.
On this episode, we covered some fascinating research from Stanford Professor Dr. Andrew Huberman with his guest David Goggins as they discussed “How to Build Will Power.” [vii]
What scientists are finding is that this area doesn’t grow when we do things that are easy — it grows when we do things we don’t want to do. When we push through resistance, when we finish the workout, when we say no to something tempting — this part of the brain actually strengthens.It’s now being linked not just to willpower, but to resilience, longevity, and even what some researchers are calling the ‘will to live.’So motivation isn’t about waiting to feel ready — it’s about doing hard things, especially when you don’t feel like it — because that’s what builds this system.”
REVIEW: There’s a key part of the brain:
👉 Anterior Mid-Cingulate Cortex (aMCC)
Responsible for:✔Persistence✔Willpower✔Doing hard things
🎯 KEY INSIGHT
👉 This part of the brain grows when you do things you don’t feel like doing
👉 The moment you want to quit… is the moment your brain is changing
And here’s the key:
👉 It grows when you do things you don’t feel like doing…but do anyway.
You can see the aMCC part of the brain on the Motivation Loop Diagram right where the orange arrows either move us forward to movement, or backwards.
Understanding this part of the brain, helped me to understand why I want to quit sometimes when things are difficult, but the importance of pushing through, to build a stronger, more resilient brain.
🧠 PART 4 — BORROWED vs EARNED DOPAMINE
This one made me think, because I always hear people looking for a quick fix for motivation. My family members included as I have recently been asked the question “Hey Mom, can we buy these energy drinks to help me get motivated to go to the gym?” My answer was a solid “no” but I didn’t have the best explanation as to why I don’t think this is the best idea, until I wrote this episode.
Understanding the chemicals in our brain helps to explain this one and the fact that not all dopamine is equal.
🔴 BORROWED DOPAMINE
Fast. Easy. Immediate.
Examples:✔ Scrolling before starting✔ Sugar when stressed✔ Energy drink before a workout
👉 Feels good BEFORE effort
❗ Result:
Weakens the loopLowers motivation over timeCreates dependency 🟢 EARNED DOPAMINE
Slower. Effort-based. Long-lasting.
Examples:✔ Finishing a workout✔ Writing when you don’t feel like it✔ Completing something difficult when you feel tired (like going to the gym)
👉 Feels good AFTER effort
✔ Strengthens the loop✔ Builds internal motivation✔ Rewires the brain
🎯 KEY TAKEAWAY
👉 Borrowed dopamine feels good now…👉 Earned dopamine builds your future.
🧠 PART 5 — REAL-LIFE APPLICATIONS
We all experience this:
✔Activities with meaning and progress → easier to start✔Activities with delayed reward → harder to begin
THINK about what’s EASY for you to do, versus where it’s more difficult to begin. This is where the work begins, as the harder to begin activities will build a stronger, more resilient brain.
🔹 My Personal Example: Hiking Insight
At the end of a long hike I noticed something significant. Now I had hiked the same distance the day before, so I was tired, but I noticed that the last 30 minutes were really difficult for me to complete.
✔ Effort increased✔ Reward dropped
👉 The loop broke👉 Motivation dropped
At the end of the hike, I thought “I need a break from these long hikes!” It was a long, difficult walk to my car.
🎯 KEY INSIGHT
👉 When effort outweighs reward repeatedly…👉 The brain lowers motivation to protect you
I could in REAL-TIME see my motivation loop breaking, and going backwards. If I didn’t think about the benefits of doing difficult things on my brain, I might have given myself a weekend off. But doing difficult things, builds the aMCC in our brain, and this AHA moment, has kept me pushing through challenge, with my brain in mind.
🧠 PART 6 — CONNECT BACK TO THE LOOP
Every action trains your brain:
✔ Easy reward first → weak loop✔ Effort first → strong loop
🎯 LONG-TERM RESULT
👉 Effort stops feeling like resistance
👉 And starts feeling like progress if you can keep going.
This is what happens when you get in the groove, and keep going to the gym, or when I pushed through with my hikes, and made them non-negotiable weekend events, and also for me, why it’s easier to write these podcast episodes when I do them regularly, every weekend. Taking time off, weakens the loop, and makes it more difficult to get started again.
✅ TIPS TO PUT THESE IDEAS INTO ACTION
🎯 Build Motivation the Right Way:
✔ Start easier than you think→ Create early wins
✔ Reward AFTER effort (not before)→ Train the correct loop
✔ Stop before exhaustion→ Protect your motivation system
✔ Repeat before increasing difficulty→ Consistency builds the loop
🎯 SIMPLE RULE
👉 Effort → Reward → Repeat
🔚 REVIEW + CONCLUSION
To review and conclude EP 392, as we launch Phase 2 on Neurochemistry and Motivation, let’s bring this all together.
Motivation isn’t something you have…
👉 It’s something you build
Through a loop of:✔ Belief✔ Action✔ Feedback✔ Repetition
Through a loop:
What you believeWhat you doWhat you experience And how your brain evaluates it.
✔ Borrowed dopamine → weakens motivation✔ Earned dopamine → builds motivation
🔗 PHASE CONNECTION
✔ Phase 1 — Regulation & Safety👉 We stabilized our energy system
✔ Phase 2 — Neurochemistry & Motivation👉 Now we activate it
🎯 FINAL THOUGHT
Because peak performance isn’t built by doing more…
👉 It’s built by aligning how the brain actually works
I hope you can see now how to build a stronger more resilient brain, with this understanding of the motivation loop.
We’ll see you next week as we step into our anchor episodes—beginning with Bob Proctor, where we explore the role of belief in driving behavior, results and direction.
Phase 2 Anchor EpisodesBelief (Bob Proctor) → It’s our belief that determines our directionThoughts (Dr. Carolyn Leaf) → Internal chemistryAttention (John Medina) → Focus + encodingEnergy (Friederike Fabritius) → SustainabilityMovement (Dr. Hillman) → Activation REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 “How Learning Begins in the Brain: Sleep, Safety and Curiosity (Revisiting Dr. Baland Jalal) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 385 “Safety First: Why a Regulated Brain is the Key to Learning” (Revisiting Dr. Bruce Perry) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 387 with Dr. Sui Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/your-eyes-the-brain-s-early-warning-system/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 248 with Rohan Dixit, Founder of Lief therapeutics https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/rohan-dixit-founder-of-lief-therapeutics-on-measuring-hrv-in-real-time-for-stress-relief-from-the-inside-out/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 344 The Neuroscience of Resilience: Building Stronger Minds and Teams https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-resilience-building-stronger-minds-and-teams/
[vii] How to Build Will Power Dr. Andrew Huberman with David Goggins https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=84dYijIpWjQ
Andrea Samadi revisits a conversation with sleep researcher Antonio Zadra on why the brain dreams, how REM sleep integrates emotions and memories, and the NextUp model (Network Exploration to Understand Possibilities).
Learn that dreaming executes integration largely without recall, how remembered dreams can aid reflection, and practical tips—like keeping a dream log and noting emotions—to use sleep-based processing for insight, creativity, and problem solving within Season 15’s roadmap from regulation to integration.
How the Brain Integrates Insight During SleepReview of EP 104 (Jan 2021) with Antonio Zadra
In this episode, we revisit our conversation with sleep scientist Antonio Zadra to explore why the brain dreams—and how sleep helps us integrate learning, solve problems, and spark creativity.
✅ What You’ll Learn in This Episode✔️ Why dreams are not random—and what purpose they serve
✔️ The NEXTUP model (Network Exploration to Understand Possibilities) and how the brain explores ideas during sleep
✔️ How dreams connect past experiences, present challenges, and future possibilities
✔️ Why the brain is actively working “offline” while you sleep
✔️ How dreaming supports problem-solving and creative insight
✔️ The role of REM sleep in memory consolidation and emotional processing
✔️ Why dreams help regulate stress and emotional experiences
✔️ Why you don’t need to remember your dreams for them to be effective
✔️ The truth about dream interpretation (and why there is no universal meaning)
✔️ How to use dream recall as a tool for self-reflection and awareness
✔️ Why insight from dreams often appears later—not in the moment
Key Concept👉 Dream insight is delayed insight.
Meaning doesn’t come from forcing interpretation—it emerges through reflection, connection, and time.
Why This MattersThis episode highlights how the brain is always working—even when we’re not aware of it.
While you sleep, your brain is:
Processing experiencesMaking connectionsPreparing you for what’s next Listener TakeawayDreams aren’t something to decode.
They’re something to observe.
Because insight doesn’t happen when we force it—it happens when the brain is given space to connect the dots.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and here we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
If you’re new here, welcome.
Season 15 is organized as a roadmap of the brain’s foundational systems.
Instead of treating neuroscience, health, mindset, and performance as separate topics, we’re exploring how they come online in sequence. Each phase builds on the one before it — beginning with regulation and safety, then neurochemistry and motivation, then, motivation, movement and cognition, moving to social intelligence, and finally integration and meaning.
Because peak performance isn’t built by doing more — it’s built by aligning the systems underneath.
Season 15 we’ve organized as a review roadmap, where each episode explores one foundational brain system—and each phase builds on the one before it.
Season 15 Roadmap:
Phase 1 — Regulation & SafetyPhase 2 — Neurochemistry & MotivationPhase 3 — Movement, Learning & CognitionPhase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social IntelligencePhase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning PHASE 1: REGULATION & SAFETYStaples: Sleep + Stress RegulationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Anchor EpisodesEpisode 384[i] — Baland JalalHow learning begins: curiosity, sleep, imagination, creativityEpisode 385[ii] — Bruce Perry“What happened to you?” — trauma, rhythm, relational safetyEpisode 387[iii] Sui WongAutonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, brain resilienceEpisode 389[iv] Rohan DixitHRV, real-time self-regulation, nervous system literacyEpisode 390[v] Kristen Holmes (Whoop)Recovery Metrics, physiological readiness Episode 391 Antonio ZadraSleep, dreaming, REM Integration In Phase 1: Regulation & Safety, we are asking one essential question:Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
🎙️ EP 391 — Sleep Scientist Antonio Zadra Introduction As we close out this first phase of Season 15 — on Regulation and Safety — we come back to one of the most essential, yet often misunderstood, functions of the brain…
Sleep.
But not just sleep for rest.
Sleep for integration.
Because if Phase 1 asks the question:“Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?”
Then this episode takes it one step deeper:👉 What does the brain do with what we’ve learned—once it finally feels safe enough to process it?
Today, we revisit our conversation with Antonio Zadra, a leading researcher in sleep and dreaming, to explore:
Why the brain dreamsHow REM sleep integrates emotional experiencesAnd how insight, creativity, and problem-solving don’t happen during effort…but during release This conversation brings us full circle.
From:
SafetyTo regulationTo recovery And now… to integration.
Because the brain doesn’t just need input to grow.
It needs space.
Space to connect.Space to reorganize.Space to make meaning.
And as you’ll hear in this episode—
Insight isn’t something we force.It’s something that emerges when the brain is finally allowed to do what it was designed to do.
To deepen our understanding of dreams, Antonio Zadra, along with Robert Stickgold, introduce a powerful new framework in their book When Brains Dream.
They propose an innovative model called NEXTUP—which stands for Network Exploration to Understand Possibilities. This is my type of book!
At its core, this model suggests that dreaming is not random…It’s the brain actively exploring possibilities—making connections between past experiences, current challenges, and future scenarios.
Through this lens, dreams begin to make more sense.
Whether it’s:
a vivid nightmarea lucid dreamor even what feels like a “prophetic” dream They are all part of the brain’s attempt to simulate, test, and integrate information.
What this book reveals is something powerful:
👉 Dreams are not meaningless👉 They are psychologically and neurologically significant experiences
They help us:
process emotionssolve problemsand unlock creativity Antonio Zadra, a professor at the Université de Montréal and researcher at the Center for Advanced Research in Sleep Medicine, has spent decades studying the science of sleep and dreaming.
His work—featured on PBS’s Nova and the BBC’s Horizon—helps bridge the gap between what we experience at night… and how it shapes our waking life.
CLIP 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/qrAI3PybkEc
Let’s dive into Clip 1 where I shared with Antonio Zadra something I learned early in my career—that keeping a dream log could unlock powerful personal insight. But what Antonio helped clarify completely shifted my perspective.
We often ask others, “What do you think my dream means?”—as if dreams can be translated like a language or decoded with a fixed formula.
But Antonio reminds us:Dreams don’t work that way.
They are not universal symbols to be interpreted by someone else.They are personal creations—more like a work of art than a message to decode.
Just like an artist doesn’t hand over a painting and ask someone else to define its meaning, dreams belong to the dreamer.
So instead of asking others what our dreams mean…The better question becomes:
👉 What does this dream mean to me?
🧠 Key Takeaways from Clip 1 Dreams are self-generated, not externally definedThey are created by your brain, shaped by your experiences, emotions, and memories. There is no universal “dream dictionary”Symbols don’t have fixed meanings across people. Context matters more than content. Interpretation requires the dreamer’s inputWithout your personal associations, any interpretation is incomplete—or inaccurate. I would agree here, as my dream journal would not make sense to anyone other than me. Anyone else would think the log is a bunch of nonsense. Dreams are more like art than languageThey are expressive, symbolic, emotional—not literal translations. The value is in reflection, not explanationInsight comes from exploring the dreams, not labeling them. What I’ve noticed from keeping a dream log is that the insight doesn’t always come immediately.
Sometimes, it’s later—when I revisit my dreams—that I experience those AHA moments… where connections begin to surface that I didn’t initially see.
And when I find myself asking, “What was that dream about?”The answer often becomes clear when I look at what’s happening in my life at the time of the dream.
It’s almost as if the dream was processing something in the background…and meaning emerges only when I’m ready to connect the dots.
Practical Tips: How to Use Dreams for Insight1. ✍ Start Your Own Dream Log Instead of just writing the story, include:
Emotions feltPeople or symbols that stood outAny current life situations that connect to the dream 👉 This turns your log into a reflection tool, not just a record. If you can keep this log going, you will be amazed at the messages you receive when you are sleeping, if you are lucky enough to write them down, and then analyze them.
“Water means this”“Flying means that” Focus on:
“I felt anxious / free / overwhelmed” 👉 Emotions are the bridge between dreams and waking life.
“What am I currently working through?”“Where does this feeling show up in my day?” 👉 This aligns with our Season 15 theme:Integration happens when the brain connects experiences.
Think about a challenge or questionLet your brain process overnight In the morning:
Capture anything—even fragments 👉 This ties directly to Zadra’s work on dreams supporting insight and creativity.
Sometimes dreams are:
Emotional processingMemory consolidationRandom recombination 👉 The goal is awareness—not forcing meaning.
CLIP 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Cy8MN_MRdbk
In this second clip, Antonio Zadra shares a perspective that completely changes how we think about dreams.
He explains that dreams are not something we need to remember in order for them to be useful.
In fact, most people don’t remember their dreams—and even those who do only recall a small fraction of what happens throughout the night.
So if dreams only worked when we remembered and analyzed them…they would serve no purpose for large portions of the population.
Instead, Antonio suggests something far more powerful:
👉 Dreams are doing their work as they are happening.
While we sleep, the brain is actively:
selecting what matters from our daylinking it to past experiencesand exploring possible outcomes This process doesn’t require our awareness.
And yet—when we do remember a dream—it becomes an opportunity.
An opportunity for:
self-reflectioncreativityand deeper insight into what’s currently on our mind So while dreams don’t need to be remembered to function…the ones we do remember can still guide us.
🧠 Key Takeaways from Clip 2 Dreams work without conscious recall→ Their primary function happens during sleep, not after Remembering dreams is not required for benefit→ Even if you never recall a dream, your brain is still processing The brain is filtering “salient concerns”→ What stands out emotionally or cognitively gets prioritized Dreams connect past + present experiences→ This is the brain’s integration system at work Recalled dreams = optional insight tool→ Not necessary, but powerful if used intentionally Tie to NEXTUP + Our Framework👉 The brain is exploring possibilities automatically👉 Integration is happening whether we notice it or not
And for our Season 15 map:
Phase 1 → Sleep enables the processPhase 5 → Dreams reveal the integration, insight and meaning Practical Tips: How to Apply This1. 🧠 Remove the pressure to remember dreamsIf you don’t remember your dreams:👉 Nothing is “missing”👉 Your brain is still doing the work
“What feels most important here?”“What concern from my day might this relate to?”“What past experience could this be connecting to?” 3. 🔍 Identify “salient concerns” before sleepAsk yourself at night:
👉 “What’s most on my mind right now?” or “What would I like to solve or better understand?”
This increases:
awarenessand sometimes dream recall 4. 🌙 Trust the brain’s offline processingYou don’t need to:
analyze everythingor force meaning 👉 The brain is already organizing, filtering, and integrating
capture it quicklydon’t over-editrevisit later (like we described in Clip 1) Dreams don’t need to be remembered to work…but when they are remembered, they can teach us something.
The brain doesn’t wait for our awareness to do its work…It’s already connecting the dots while we sleep.
Our role isn’t to control it—It’s to recognize it when it shows up.
🎙 EP 391 — REVIEW & CONCLUSION As we close Episode 391 with Antonio Zadra, from Jan 2021 EP 104[vi] where we explored why the brain dreams —and how sleep helps integrate learning, solve problems, and spark creativity.
We come full circle on one of the most fascinating—and often misunderstood—functions of the brain.
Dreaming.
What we’ve learned today is simple, but powerful:
👉 Dreams are not meant to be instantly understood👉 They are meant to be integrated over time
While we sleep, the brain is not idle.
It’s working in the background—sorting, filtering, and connecting:
past experiencespresent challengesand future possibilities This is the brain’s offline processing system at work.
And most of this happens without our awareness.
We don’t need to remember our dreams for them to serve their function…because that function is already happening as we sleep.
But when we do remember a dream—that’s where opportunity begins.
Not for quick interpretation…but for reflection.
Because insight doesn’t arrive on demand.
👉 It emerges when conscious awareness catches upto what the brain has already been working through.
This is why:
Dream insight is delayed insight.
Meaning doesn’t come from forcing interpretation—it comes from reflection, timing, and connection.
If Season 15 has shown us anything, it’s this:
In Phase 1, we asked: Is the brain safe enough to learn?And we just fast forwarded to Phase 5, we see what happens when it actually is safe. 👉 The brain begins to integrate.
Not through effort…but through allowing.
Dreams remind us:
We don’t always need to figure things out in the moment.
Sometimes, the most important work is happening beneath the surface—quietly connecting the dots…
Until one day,
it all makes sense.
REMEMBER:
Insight isn’t something we force.
It’s something the brain reveals—when we give it the space to do its work.
As we close Phase 1—Regulation and Safety—we come back to the most foundational question of this entire journey:
👉 Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Because before focus…before motivation…before performance…
The brain must feel safe.
Across these episodes, we’ve seen that regulation is not optional.
It’s the foundation.
Through:
SleepStress regulationAutonomic balanceRecovery We’ve learned that the brain cannot engage, build, or connect—until it is first stabilized.
And what we’ve just uncovered through dreaming…may be one of the most powerful examples of this.
Because when the brain is safe enough…
👉 It doesn’t just rest.👉 It begins to integrate.
Quietly.
In the background.
Making connections between:
past experiencespresent challengesand future possibilities Phase 1 👉 Before mindset, performance, or success—the brain must feel safe, rested, and regulated.
But safety is not the end of the story.
It’s the beginning.
Because once the nervous system is regulated…
👉 The brain is ready for something else.
Not just recovery—
👉 Activation.
🔹 PHASE 2Now we move into Phase 2:
Neurochemistry & Motivation
Where we begin to ask:
👉 What drives behavior, focus, and sustained effort?
Because:
👉 Safety allows motivation to activate.
Regulation creates the conditions…
But motivation determines the direction.
Because once the nervous system is regulated—the brain is no longer just stabilizing…
👉 It’s ready to engage.
Here, we move into the midbrain and reward systems—where motivation is shaped, calibrated, and sustained.
We explore:
Dopamine and reward pathwaysStress chemistry and burnout cyclesBelief systems that drive behaviorAnd how attention, focus, and persistence are built Because motivation is not just willpower.
👉 It’s chemistry.👉 It’s wiring.👉 It’s alignment between what we believe… and how the brain responds.
In Phase 2, we begin to understand what fuels:
AttentionDrivePersistenceGoal-directed behavior Because:
👉 Safety allows motivation to activate.
Without regulation, there is no sustainable drive.
But once the system is stable…
👉 The brain can move from surviving → to engaging.
👥 Experts Guiding This PhaseThroughout this phase, we’ll learn from experts who help us understand the connection between brain chemistry and behavior:
Bob Proctor → Belief systems that shape behavior and internal driveDr. Carolyn Leaf → How thought patterns influence neurochemistryJohn Medina → Attention, reward, and memory formationFriederike Fabritius → Neuroleadership and energy managementChuck Hillman → The link between movement, attention, and motivation If Phase 1 asked: Is the brain safe enough to learn?
Then Phase 2 asks:
👉 What is it that actually moves us forward?
See you next week as we launch Phase 2 Neurochemistry and Motivation.
RESOURCES:
Watch our full interview from 2021 here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fPOVTSAb1TM
CLIP 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/qrAI3PybkEc
CLIP 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Cy8MN_MRdbk
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 “How Learning Begins in the Brain: Sleep, Safety and Curiosity (Revisiting Dr. Baland Jalal) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 385 “Safety First: Why a Regulated Brain is the Key to Learning” (Revisiting Dr. Bruce Perry) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 387 with Dr. Sui Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/your-eyes-the-brain-s-early-warning-system/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 389 with Rohan Dixit https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/breathe-to-reset-how-hrv-tech-reveals-hidden-stress/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 390 with Dr. Kristen Holmes from Whoop.com on “What Gets Measured Gets Improved” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/what-gets-measured-gets-improved-sleep-recovery-peak-performance/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 104 with Sleep Scientist Antonio Zadra on “When Brains Dream” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/sleep-scientist-antonio-zadra-on-when-brains-dream-exploring-the-science-and-mystery-of-sleep/
Host Andrea Samadi revisits a 2021 conversation with Dr. Kristen Holmes (VP of Performance Science at WHOOP) to explain how measuring sleep, recovery, and strain transforms performance and resilience. The episode emphasizes that small daily habits in downtime—sleep, HRV, hydration, and strategic movement—create a sustainable competitive advantage.
Practical tips include tracking one recovery metric, building a shutdown routine, auditing downtime choices, prioritizing consistent sleep, and balancing strain with recovery so you can train smarter, reduce stress, and improve focus and wellbeing.
For today's EP 390, we cover:
✔ What “What gets measured gets improved” really means for performance
✔ How sleep, recovery, and strain work together as one system
✔ Why recovery—not effort—is the true driver of results
✔ The hidden cost of high strain without adequate sleep
✔ How to use data to match your effort to your recovery capacity
✔ The difference between training harder vs. training smarter
✔ Why shorter, intentional workouts can outperform longer sessions
✔ How wearable data (like WHOOP) builds awareness and better decision-making
✔ The connection between overtraining, inflammation, and performance plateaus
✔ How to create sustainable performance through balance, not extremes
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and here we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
When we launched this podcast seven years ago, it was driven by a question I had never been taught to ask—not in school,not in business,and not in life:
If results matter—and they matter now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make these results happen?
Most of us were taught what to do.Very few of us were taught how to think under pressure,how to regulate emotion,how to sustain motivation,or even how to produce consistent results without burning out.
That question led me into a deep exploration of the mind–brain–results connection—and how neuroscience applies to everyday decisions, conversations, and performance.
That’s why this podcast exists.
Each week, we bring you leading experts to break down complex science and translate it into practical strategies that we can all apply immediately.
Season 15 we’ve organized as a review roadmap, where each episode explores one foundational brain system—and each phase builds on the one before it.
Season 15 Roadmap:
Phase 1 — Regulation & SafetyPhase 2 — Neurochemistry & MotivationPhase 3 — Movement, Learning & CognitionPhase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social IntelligencePhase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning PHASE 1: REGULATION & SAFETYStaples: Sleep + Stress RegulationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Anchor EpisodesEpisode 384[i] — Baland JalalHow learning begins: curiosity, sleep, imagination, creativityEpisode 385[ii] — Bruce Perry“What happened to you?” — trauma, rhythm, relational safetyEpisode 387[iii] Sui WongAutonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, brain resilienceEpisode 389[iv] Rohan DixitHRV, real-time self-regulation, nervous system literacyEpisode 390 Dr. Kristen Holmes (Whoop)Recovery Metrics, physiological readiness Episode 391 Antonio ZadraSleep, dreaming, REM Integration EPISODE 390 — Dr. Kristen Holmes Recovery Metrics, physiological readiness.
In Phase 1: Regulation & Safety, we are asking one essential question:Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
And today we cover this topic as we travel back to May 2021 for EP 134[v] when we first met Dr. Kristen Holmes, the VP of Performance Science at Whoop. Back then, I had just turned 50 and purchased the Whoop wearable tracker to help me to improve my weakest link (at the time): Sleep.
For today’s EP 390 —
We revisit this earlier episode with Dr. Kristen Holmes and her work that centers on one powerful truth:
What gets measured gets improved.
In our original conversation, we explored sleep, recovery, and strain — and how understanding your body’s data can transform performance, health, and resilience.
This episode bridges physiology and performance — showing how awareness becomes optimization. A lot has changed with the Whoop wearable device in the past 5 years and you don’t need to use a wearable to tune into our conversation, to see how we can improve YOUR weakest link (once you have discovered what it is).
🎥 CLIP 1 — Kristen HolmesIn this first clip from our 2021 interview, I brought up a powerful idea I had heard Dr. Holmes say:
“It’s what you’re doing in your spare time that gives you your competitive advantage.”
This concept has stayed with me. For years!
Because most people assume it’s the hard training — the workouts, the grind — that creates results.
But after wearing the Whoop device for the past 5 years, I’ve seen something very different.
It’s the behaviors outside of the workouts — it’s sleep, recovery, daily habits — that have had the biggest impact on my health and performance.
Dr. Holmes expanded on this, explaining that even at the highest levels of sport, this is what separates people.
It’s not just how you show up in your craft —it’s how you show up in your downtime.
Are you prioritizing sleep?Are you fueling your body properly?Are you managing stress with practices like meditation or non-sleep deep rest?
She calls this “the cross we all bear.”
Because these choices aren’t always easy — but they are what determine whether we can show up fully present for what matters most.
And ignoring them?
That’s where we miss the opportunity for real growth.
Looking back at my decision to purchase the Whoop wearable device when I turned 50 was one of the best decisions I’ve ever made. Nothing is left to chance. I’m no longer guessing. I chose to dive into my data with this device, but you can still gain incredible insights from using a wearable, or just by listening to your body. Here are some of the key take-aways from Clip 1.
🔑 Key Takeaways — CLIP 1 with Kristen Holmes
Your competitive advantage is built in your downtimeIt’s not just what you do during performance — it’s how you recover, reset, and prepare outside of it. It took me years to truly balance strain with rest…and we’ll go deeper into that in the next clip.
Qs for the Listener:
Do you know when your body can push harder, and when to rest?When you are resting, are you fueling your body, preparing for the next push?What can you do to improve your health in your downtime? These are all great questions that will give you your own competitive advantage whether you are an athlete, or a regular person (like me) who just wants to optimize their performance.
Recovery drives performance — not just effortSleep, HRV, and nervous system balance determine how well your brain and body perform the next day. With Whoop, you can actually see this:
Green → capacity to pushYellow → proceed with cautionRed → prioritize recovery Your HRV score feeds into this — giving you a daily signal of when to push, and when to pull back.
Qs for the Listener:
Do you monitor your HRV[vi]? We have covered this topic often if you want to review past episodes (most recently EP 389 with Rohan Dixit, and EP 228). There’s many ways to monitor this number. The Gold Standard way is with an electrocardiogram, or you can use your smartphone with various apps, or choose a wearable device like the Whoop or Oura Ring. Small daily habits compound into measurable resultsWhat (and when) you eat, how you sleep, alcohol use, and stress levels — they all show up in your data. I log everything… and over time, the patterns do become clear.
When you see what hurts your recovery,it becomes much easier to change it.
And for the things you can’t remove — like stress —you can offset them.
That’s where tools like:
meditationbreathingnon-sleep deep rest become powerful.
High performers are disciplined with recoveryAt elite levels, the difference isn’t effort — it’s consistency in habits. For me, improving sleep was the starting point.
If this is an area you want to optimize,Dr. Matthew Walker’s[vii] work on sleep is a great place to begin.
You can’t ignore physiology and expect optimal resultsIf the body isn’t supported, the brain can’t sustain:focusdecision-makingemotional control This is why we begin with Phase 1: Regulation & Safety.
Because when these systems are aligned,everything else becomes possible.
And over time — with small, consistent steps —you can completely transform your results.
Let’s take a closer look.
✅ Practical Tips — Put This Into Action
Track one recovery metric dailyStart simple: sleep duration, HRV (you can easily find a device that measures this metric), and eventually you can learn to guess this number by how rested/alert you feel when you wake up.→ Awareness is the first step to change. Build a “shutdown routine” at nightCreate a consistent wind-down:Lower lightsNo screens 30–60 min before bedBreathing or NSDR (non-sleep deep rest)→ Signals safety to the nervous system Audit your downtime honestlyAsk:Does this activity help me recover or drain me?→ (Alcohol, late nights, scrolling vs. sleep, reading, recovery) Prioritize sleep like you prioritize workAim for:Consistent sleep/wake time7–8 hours minimum→ This is your #1 performance lever Add one daily regulation practiceChoose something simple:5 minutes of breathingGo for a walk outsideMeditation→ Builds resilience under pressure Think in terms of “energy management,” not time managementProtect your energy the same way you protect your schedule. Over time, you will notice small changes yield incredible results.
🎥 CLIP 2 — Kristen HolmesIn this second clip, Dr. Holmes expands on what it really takes to build a competitive advantage.
She explains that if we truly want to live aligned with our values — with energy, focus, and joy — there are a few non-negotiables we can’t ignore.
At the top of that list?
Sleep.
But just as important (as sleep) is understanding how to balance two key variables:
Strain — your cardiovascular loadandRecovery — your body’s capacity to take on that load
This is exactly what the Whoop device measures:
your strainyour recoveryand your sleep And as Dr. Holmes puts it — these aren’t optional.
They’re foundational to being human.
Because without understanding these signals…we’re not optimizing — we’re guessing.
And that’s where the opportunity is.
She’s always viewed technology not as a distraction — but as a tool to enhance human performance, well-being, and overall thriving.
And while we often associate “performance” with elite athletes…
this applies to all of us.
Anyone who wants to reach their potential —needs to start measuring what matters.
So if these are the non-negotiables…
the next question becomes:
How do we actually use this data to make better decisions each day?
Let’s explore that next.
🔑 Key Takeaways — CLIP 2 with Kristen Holmes
There are non-negotiables for living at your potentialIf you want energy, focus, and joy — you can’t ignore the foundational behaviors that support the brain and body. Sleep is the #1 performance driverEverything starts with sleep. Without it, recovery, cognition, and emotional regulation all suffer. Performance is a balance between strain and recoveryStrain = the load you place on your systemRecovery = your capacity to handle that load Real growth happens when these are aligned.
Without data, you’re guessingIf you’re not measuring sleep, recovery, or strain — you’re relying on how you feel, which is often inaccurate. Technology can enhance self-awareness and performanceTools like Whoop aren’t just for athletes — they help anyone understand their body and make better daily decisions. Human performance applies to everyoneThis isn’t about elite sport — it’s about showing up with energy and clarity for your life, work, and relationships. ✅ Practical Tips — Put This Into Action
Identify your “non-negotiables”Start with:SleepRecovery habitsMovement Ask: What are 2–3 things I will protect daily, no matter what?
😴 SLEEP — Building the Foundation
Improving my sleep started with one simple question:
Where is my weakest link?
For me, it was clear —I wasn’t getting enough sleep.
Living in Arizona, I’ve always woken up early to beat the heat and get exercise out of the way early.But over time, I realized that consistently cutting my sleep short was creating sleep debt that I wasn’t recovering from.
So I made a small adjustment.
A few days each week, I allow myself to sleep in a bit longer —and that alone has helped me start closing that gap.
When I look at my past month of sleep scores, I can see the pattern clearly:
I rarely hit “optimal” sleep (85%+)Most nights fall in the sufficient range (70–85%)And some still drop into poor sleep (<70%) But the difference now is awareness.
If I see a low score, I make the effort to recover —even something as simple as going back to sleep or adjusting my next day.
And while I’m starting with the basics — sleep quantity —there’s more to it.
Dr. Matthew Walker highlights four key areas:
Quantity (how long you sleep)Quality (how well you sleep)Regularity (consistent sleep/wake times)Timing (when you sleep) 🔑 Reflection Question
So here’s something to think about:
Do you know where your weakest link is when it comes to sleep?
Because once you identify it —you can start to improve it.
🔋 RECOVERY — Managing Stress & Capacity in Your Day
Looking at my recovery data, one thing I’ve noticed from tracking this data is this:
When my stress levels are lower…it’s much easier to stay in the yellow (34–66%) or green (67–99%) recovery range.
But add higher stress —and that’s when I start to see more red (1–33%) scores.
So instead of ignoring stress —I’ve focused on offsetting it.
Here’s what I’ve added to my schedule to support recovery:
Infrared sauna (daily) — helps me feel better to resetRed light therapy to help whatever body parts hurtGetting outside in the morning to sleep better at nightHydration — especially after exerciseMeditation + deep breathing These small, consistent habits help bring my system back into balance. And this is still a work in progress for me. Always looking for NEW ways to offset stress.
And what’s interesting is this:
I learned that we don’t need perfect conditions to improve recovery.
I recently listened to Dr. Andrew Huberman’s Podcast[viii], where he explained that the benefits of deliberate heat exposure or using a sauna (that include increasing heat shock proteins at certain temperatures—that help offset stress levels) that this practice doesn’t require actually having access to a sauna.
He explains that you can create a similar effect simply by:→ exercising with extra layers→ raising your core body temperature intentionally
It’s about understanding the principle — not just the tool, and then making the principle work FOR you. I often see people hiking or running in Arizona in hot temperatures, wearing lots of clothing and I understand this concept now.
🔑 Reflection Question
So here’s something to think about:
What could you add to your daily routine to better support your recovery?
Because once you understand what impacts your system…you can begin to intentionally regulate it.
🏃♀️ MOVEMENT (DAY STRAIN) — Finding the Balance
This was one of the hardest areas for me to figure out.
Whoop calls it Day Strain — your cardiovascular load for the day.
And what I started to notice was a pattern:
The harder I trained…the more sleep I needed.
And when I couldn’t get that sleep —(because I had to wake up early and scrimp of sleep)I wasn’t recovering.
It became a cycle:
Too much strain + not enough sleep = poor recovery
Over and over again. I did this for years and had no idea how to change this.
I need movement to function —but too much intensity, too often,was actually working against me.
I even saw this reflected in my bloodwork.
When I uploaded my labs into Whoop, some biomarkers showed inflammation, confirming what the data was already telling me:
I was pushing too hard, too often. I knew this by just tuning into my body, but again, had no idea how to change this until I realized that I had to actually CHANGE what I was doing.
And here’s what surprised me most:
It wasn’t about pushing harder.
It was about being more strategic.
One day, I walked my dogs for an hour along a canal near my house — wearing a weighted vest.
And during that walk, I hit:
Zone 4 (80–90%)even Zone 5 (90–100%) Something I didn’t always reach…even during longer 3-hour hikes. It was just a few minutes, but for me, accessing these zones is really difficult.
That really surprised me.
Because I had always assumed that I had to push harder.
But the data showed something different. I could exercise at a lower intensity, (on these walks) and that would move the needle for me with my daily strain, without having to go ALL OUT.
I also noticed something interesting when comparing hikes here in Arizona.
My strain was actually higher on longer (but easier) trails like Telegraph Pass at South Mountain…where there are some uphills, and then long trails without much incline than on shorter, more intense hikes like Camelback Mountain, which is known for its difficulty, and straight up and down trails.
It made me realize:
It’s not just about how hard something feels in the moment —it’s about how your body is responding over time.
And that’s where tracking becomes so valuable.
Because it shifts you from guessing…
to actually understanding what’s driving your results.
That changed everything.
Because it showed me:
You don’t need extreme workouts —you need the right dose of intensity. And this dose is different from person to person.
Now I think about it like this:
I just need to hit about 20 minutes/week in Zone 4–5 (higher intensity)Combined with consistent movement in Zones 1–3 (like daily walks) for an hour or so each day. That balance (understanding how much ALL OUT I needed) helped me to hit my goals —without compromising recovery.
🔑 Reflection Question
So here’s something to think about:
Do you know how much time you spend each week in:
Zones 1–3 (low to moderate)vs Zones 4–5 (high intensity)? Because once you understand your balance…you can start to train smarter — not just harder.
🎙️ REVIEW & CONCLUSION — EP 390 with Kristen HolmesAs we reflect on this episode with Kristen Holmes, one message stands out clearly:
What gets measured… gets improved.
And more importantly—
What gets ignored… gets left to chance.
In Clip 1, we explored a powerful idea:
Your competitive advantage isn’t built during performance.
It’s built in your downtime.
In your sleep.In your recovery.In the small daily habits that most people overlook.
In Clip 2, we went deeper.
We uncovered the non-negotiables for living at your highest potential:
SleepRecoveryAnd the balance between strain and capacity Because without understanding these…we’re not optimizing—
we’re guessing.
And what this episode shows us is something even more important:
This isn’t just for elite athletes.
This is for anyone who wants to:
think clearlyperform consistentlyand show up fully present in their life When I look back at my own journey over the past 5 years using data to guide my decisions…
Everything changed when I stopped asking:
“How hard can I push?”
…and started asking:
“What is my body actually capable of today?”
That shift—from pushing harder…to aligning better—
is where real, sustainable results begin.
🧠 Final TakeawayThis is Phase 1.
Regulation and Safety.
Because before we optimize performance…before we talk about mindset, focus, or productivity…
The brain and body must be supported.
And when they are?
You don’t just perform better.
You recover faster.You think clearer.You live with more energy, intention, and control.
🔑 Final ReflectionSo here’s something to think about:
Where is your weakest link right now?
Sleep?Recovery?Or movement and strain? Because once you identify it…you can begin to improve it.
In 2021, my weakest link was sleep. Since then, I’ve worked hard to improve this metric, and while it’s not my strength (yet), I’m miles ahead of where I was 5 years ago. My weakest link now is very clear, (strength training).
But what I do know, is that what is measured, improves.
Stop guessing.
Start measuring.
And begin to aligning our daily behaviorswith how our brain and body actually work.
We’ve spent this episode understanding how to support the brain…by measuring certain data.
But what happens after we do?
What is the brain actually doing while we sleep?
That’s where things get fascinating. Next week we will close out Phase 1 on Regulation and Safety with sleep scientist, Antonio Zadra, who brings us full circle.
EP 391 — Antonio Zadra
We’ll review our conversation from Jan 2021 EP 104[ix] where we explored why the brain dreams —and how sleep helps integrate learning, solve problems, and sparks creativity.
This episode reminds us:
Insight isn’t forced —it emerges when the brain is given the space to connect.
We’ll see you next week for the final episode of Phase 1 — Regulation and Safety…
as we complete the foundation for everything that comes next (Phase 2-5).
RESOURCES:
Watch the full interview from 2021 here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TOgivjYhhW8
Clip 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Lg7FiWJKZc4
Clip 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/OjJDdmkyhqk
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 “How Learning Begins in the Brain: Sleep, Safety and Curiosity (Revisiting Dr. Baland Jalal) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 385 “Safety First: Why a Regulated Brain is the Key to Learning” (Revisiting Dr. Bruce Perry) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 387 with Dr. Sui Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/your-eyes-the-brain-s-early-warning-system/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 389 with Rohan Dixit https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/breathe-to-reset-how-hrv-tech-reveals-hidden-stress/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 134 with Dr. Kristen Holmes “Unlocking a Better You: Measuring Sleep, Recovery and Strain.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #228 Review of Heart Rate Variability https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-review-of-heart-rate-variability-the-most-important-biomarker-for-tracking-health-recovery-and-resilience/
[vii] Dr. Matthew Walker on The Science of Better Sleep https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=106zCmbMKYY
[viii] The Science and Health Benefits of Deliberate Heat Exposure by Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.hubermanlab.com/episode/the-science-and-health-benefits-of-deliberate-heat-exposure
[ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 104 with Sleep Scientist Antonio Zadra on “When Brains Dream” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/sleep-scientist-antonio-zadra-on-when-brains-dream-exploring-the-science-and-mystery-of-sleep/
In this episode Andrea Samadi revisits her conversation with Rohan Dixit, founder of Leaf Therapeutics, exploring how heart rate variability (HRV) and breath awareness reveal hidden stress and support self-regulation.
Learn practical breath techniques like the physiological sigh and slow breathing, plus tips to calm nighttime stress and improve sleep, so you can build lasting resilience without over-relying on technology.
In Episode 389, we revisit our September 2022 interview with Rohan Dixit, founder of Lief Therapeutics, where we explore the science behind HRV, breath awareness, and how learning to regulate our nervous system can improve stress, sleep, and resilience. In this episode, we cover:
✔ What heart rate variability (HRV) is and why it’s one of the most important biomarkers for understanding stress, recovery, and resilience
✔ Why many people unknowingly hold their breath during stressful moments and how this impacts mental health and nervous system regulation
✔ How breath awareness can help shift the body from a stress response to a calmer, more regulated state
✔ How wearable technology like the Lief Therapeutics device can help people recognize stress patterns in real time
✔ Why improving breathing patterns before sleep can improve sleep quality and reduce anxiety the following day
✔ The connection between self-regulation, nervous system awareness, and long-term mental health
✔ Why learning to regulate stress through breathing is a skill that develops over time, not a one-time solution
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and here we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
When we launched this podcast seven years ago, it was driven by a question I had never been taught to ask—not in school,not in business,and not in life:
If results matter—and they matter now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make these results happen?
Most of us were taught what to do.Very few of us were taught how to think under pressure,how to regulate emotion,how to sustain motivation,or even how to produce consistent results without burning out.
That question led me into a deep exploration of the mind–brain–results connection—and how neuroscience applies to everyday decisions, conversations, and performance.
That’s why this podcast exists.
Each week, we bring you leading experts to break down complex science and translate it into practical strategies you can apply immediately.
Season 15 we’ve organized as a review roadmap, where each episode explores one foundational brain system—and each phase builds on the one before it.
Season 15 Roadmap:
Phase 1 — Regulation & SafetyPhase 2 — Neurochemistry & MotivationPhase 3 — Movement, Learning & CognitionPhase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social IntelligencePhase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning PHASE 1: REGULATION & SAFETYStaples: Sleep + Stress RegulationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Anchor EpisodesEpisode 384[i] — Baland JalalHow learning begins: curiosity, sleep, imagination, creativityEpisode 385[ii] — Bruce Perry“What happened to you?” — trauma, rhythm, relational safetyEpisode 387[iii] Sui WongAutonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, brain resilienceEpisode 389 Rohan DixitHRV, real-time self-regulation, nervous system literacyEpisode 390 Dr. Kristen Holmes (Whoop)Recovery Metrics, physiological readiness Episode 391 Antonio ZadraSleep, dreaming, REM Integration EPISODE 389 — Rohan Dixit
HRV, Real-Time Self-Regulation, and Nervous System Literacy
In Phase 1: Regulation & Safety, we are asking one essential question:Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
So far, we’ve revisited Dr. Baland Jalal on curiosity, sleep, imagination, and creativity; Dr. Bruce Perry on trauma, rhythm, and relational safety; and Dr. Sui Wong on autonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, and brain resilience.
Today, we return to one of my favorite episodes—Episode 248[iv] with Rohan Dixit, founder of Lief Therapeutics—where we explored how a deeper understanding of heart rate variability, or HRV, can help us sharpen our awareness of stress, recovery, and resilience.
What stood out most to me about Rohan’s work was that his wearable device was never meant to become something we depend on forever. Instead, it was designed to help people learn how to breathe and regulate themselves in real time—so that eventually, they can recognize stress, anxiety, and overwhelm on their own, and know how to calm their body without needing the device.
At the heart of Rohan’s mission is something much bigger than technology. It’s about helping people build the skills to manage stress in healthier ways—without over-relying on medication, quick fixes, or habits that may bring short-term relief but create long-term harm.
This episode reminds us that self-regulation is a skill. And when we learn to read the signals of the body, we can begin to build the safety and stability the brain needs for learning, healing, and growth.
🎥 CLIP 1 — Rohan Dixit
Before we looked at the device that Rohan created to improve our HRV in real time, Andrea asked Rohan, “What are we missing that could help us handle life’s pressures better? Before we talk about your device, what do you think people are missing?”
Rohan explained that for most people, the number one thing is becoming more aware of their breath—and noticing how their breathing patterns change throughout the day. Many people unintentionally hold their breath or breathe more shallowly when they are stressed.
I immediately related to what he was saying. I shared that I had noticed this myself when listening back to some of my earliest podcast interviews (Episodes 1–50). During moments of stress or focus, I realized I was actually holding my breath, and looking back I wondered, “Why wasn’t I breathing?”
Rohan pointed out that this is extremely common. Many people don’t realize they are doing it, yet breathing patterns have a powerful impact on our mental health and overall state of mind. Simply becoming aware of our breath—and learning to regulate it—can be one of the most effective ways to calm the nervous system and manage stress.
Breathing Awareness: The Missing Skill for Managing Stress
Key Takeaways
Most people are unaware of how they breathe.Many of us unintentionally hold our breath or change our breathing patterns when we are stressed, focused, or overwhelmed. I notice that I do this and the worst time to do this, is right before sleep, if my stress levels have been unusually high. The first step to improving this is to notice how you breathe. Breath is directly connected to our nervous system.When breathing becomes shallow or paused, it can signal the body that we are under stress, activating the sympathetic “fight or flight” response. Have you EVER noticed having a hard time catching your breath at a time when you know you should be resting? I have, and just noticing this, and talking about it, was the first step I took to making a change to better manage whatever it was that was stressing me out at that time. Breath awareness is the first step to self-regulation.Simply noticing how you are breathing throughout the day can dramatically improve your ability to regulate stress. I had never paid much attention to how I was breathing, until I wore the Leif Therapeutic HRV monitor. Small breathing changes can influence mental health.Intentional breathing can shift the body toward the parasympathetic “rest and recover” state, improving calm, focus, and emotional balance. It really did make an impact to notice when my breathing was shallow, or when I was holding my breath. Once I could see this pattern, I was able to practice the steps we will talk about next, to bring myself back to calm. Listener Action Steps
Putting these key takeaways into action:
Am I holding my breath?• Is my breathing shallow?• Am I breathing through my chest or diaphragm? Awareness is the first step toward change.
It looks like since our last interview, the Leif device now uses AI to help you to change your breathing when you are under stress. I never paid attention to my breath throughout the day before using the Leif device that noticed my patterns quickly and easily for me.
2.Practice the “Physiological Sigh”
A simple science-backed breathing reset:
Inhale through your noseTake a second short inhaleSlowly exhale through the mouth Repeat 3–5 times to quickly reduce stress.
American neuroscientist Dr. Andrew Huberman[v] has covered the physiological sigh often on his podcast, explaining how 2 quick inhales, followed by one long exhale, can in real-time, make a significant impact on your stress levels.
Example rhythm:
Inhale for 4–5 seconds• Exhale for 5–6 seconds 4.Watch for Breath-Holding During Stress
Common moments when people hold their breath:
Working intensely• Reading email• Public speaking• Driving in traffic• Recording a podcast interviewRight before sleep Once you notice it, exhale slowly and reset your breathing.
Short Summary
Most people don’t realize they hold their breath when they are stressed.Rohan Dixit explains that simply becoming aware of our breathing patterns can dramatically improve stress regulation, mental clarity, and emotional balance. Learning to breathe intentionally is one of the simplest ways to support the nervous system.
🎥 CLIP 2 — Stress Before Sleep & Breathing Awareness
In our second clip together, I shared with Rohan that I had noticed something surprising about my breathing before going to sleep. Since this podcast was originally recorded in 2022, I’ve had time to reflect on that moment while preparing this episode, and I can say that even now, I still occasionally notice this pattern before sleep. It’s something I continue to work on, because breath work isn’t something you practice once and then forget—it’s an ongoing awareness and skill.
My “aha” moment came when I began noticing my stress levels right before bedtime. I told Rohan, “I’ve noticed recently that just before I go to sleep, all of life’s pressures seem to hit me. Right before I close my eyes, I realized I was holding my breath.”
Before trying the Lief device, I had already started experimenting with taking deeper breaths to release that tension. But when I wore the device, it would sometimes activate just as I was preparing to fall asleep—essentially alerting me, “You’re stressed… breathe.” It was fascinating to see how the device could detect these subtle physiological signals, sometimes before I was fully aware of them myself.
Rohan affirmed that this is actually a great way to use the Lief device—and a helpful reminder about stress reduction in general. He explained that many people lie in bed replaying everything that happened during the day while also thinking about what’s coming tomorrow. For busy people especially, the mind can become very active at night.
He noted that simply slowing the breath before going to sleep can significantly improve sleep quality. Research shows that better sleep can also reduce anxiety the following day, creating a positive cycle where small acts of self-care—like intentional breathing—can have lasting benefits for both mental health and overall well-being.
Key Takeaways
Stress often shows up right before sleep.Many people notice that when the day slows down and distractions disappear, the mind starts replaying the day or worrying about tomorrow. This mental activity can trigger physical stress responses like holding your breath or shallow breathing. Breath patterns reveal hidden stress.From my experience, the Lief device detected moments of stress even before I consciously noticed them. This highlights how our bodies often recognize stress before our minds do. Breathwork is a practice, not a one-time fix.Learning to regulate breathing is an ongoing skill. Even after becoming aware of the pattern, it’s something that requires continuous attention and practice. Calming the body improves sleep—and the next day.As Rohan explains, taking time to slow your breathing before bed can improve sleep quality, which in turn helps reduce anxiety and improve emotional regulation the following day. Listener Action Steps
1.Create a “Breathing Transition” Before Sleep
Before getting into bed, spend 2–5 minutes slowing your breathing.
Simple rhythm:• Inhale through the nose for 4 seconds• Exhale slowly for 6 seconds
This signals the nervous system that it’s safe to relax.
Pay attention to physical cues like:
Holding your breath• Tight chest• Racing thoughts• Shallow breathing These signals mean your nervous system is still in daytime “alert mode.”
3.Try a “Mind Cleanse” Before Bed
If your mind races at night, write down:
What happened today• What needs attention tomorrow• Anything you're worried about Getting thoughts out of your head can reduce mental load before sleep.
4.Pair Breath Work With a Habit
Attach breathing to something you already do every night:
Turning off the lights• Brushing your teeth• Getting into bed This makes it easier to build a consistent regulation routine.
Summary
Many people experience their highest stress levels right before sleep, when the mind starts replaying the day and worrying about tomorrow. Rohan Dixit explains that slowing your breathing before bed can calm the nervous system, improve sleep quality, and even reduce anxiety the following day.
Reviewing and Concluding Episode 389 with Rohan DixitAs we wrap up this week’s episode reviewing our 2022 conversation with Rohan Dixit, founder of Lief Therapeutics, we are reminded of something incredibly simple—but often overlooked—when it comes to managing stress and building resilience: our breath.
Throughout this conversation, Rohan showed us that one of the most powerful ways to understand our nervous system is by paying attention to the signals our body gives us throughout the day. One of the clearest signals is our breathing patterns. Many of us unknowingly hold our breath or shift into shallow breathing when we are under pressure, focused, or overwhelmed. I definitely do this.
What I found fascinating about the Lief device was that it helped bring awareness to something that most of us never notice. By tracking heart rate variability (HRV) and breathing patterns in real time, the device can gently alert you when your body is moving into a stressed state, encouraging you to slow your breathing and regulate your nervous system.
But the real takeaway from this conversation isn’t about the technology itself. As Rohan explained, the goal of the device is not long-term dependence—it’s learning. Over time, the aim is for people to develop the awareness and skills needed to regulate their stress naturally, without needing a device to tell them when to breathe.
This episode also highlights an important truth we explored throughout Phase 1: Regulation and Safety—the brain cannot perform, learn, or grow if the nervous system is stuck in a chronic state of stress.
When we improve our ability to regulate stress—through breathing, sleep, recovery, and awareness—we create the internal conditions that allow learning, creativity, and performance to emerge.
And sometimes, the most powerful tools for doing that are the simplest ones we already have.
Our breath.
So as we move forward in this season, remember this:Before we talk about motivation, productivity, or peak performance, we must first ask the foundational question we’re exploring in Phase 1:
Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Learning to notice and regulate our breathing may be one of the simplest ways to start answering that question.
You can review our interview with Rohan Dixit here, as well see our full interviews in the resource section below.
And we will see you next time as we review our interview with Dr. Kristin Holmes, the VP of Performance Science at Whoop.
RESOURCES:
Full Interview 9/2022 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8wbt2o-lO1I
Clip 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Me41BmDcEkk
Clip 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/DVtf20GSAjc
Leif Therapeutic Device https://lief.ai/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 “How Learning Begins in the Brain: Sleep, Safety and Curiosity (Revisiting Dr. Baland Jalal) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 385 “Safety First: Why a Regulated Brain is the Key to Learning” (Revisiting Dr. Bruce Perry) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 387 with Dr. Sui Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/your-eyes-the-brain-s-early-warning-system/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 248 with Rohan Dixit, Founder of Lief therapeutics https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/rohan-dixit-founder-of-lief-therapeutics-on-measuring-hrv-in-real-time-for-stress-relief-from-the-inside-out/
[v] Discover how this simple physiological signal can transform your life with Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=afAZ1hlvRjI
In this episode Andrea Samadi welcomes back Dr. David Stephens to explore his new book, The Glucose Protocol, and the science showing how targeted glucose can restore brain function, improve mental clarity, and reduce symptoms linked to diabetes, autoimmune disorders, and chronic stress.
They break down the difference between glucose and other sweeteners, explain why the brain prioritizes survival over higher-order thinking during stress, and share practical strategies—like on-the-spot glucose dosing—to regain focus and cognitive performance.
Dr. Stephens also discusses biomarkers, clinical observations, and upcoming practical products to make brain refueling easy, offering hopeful, science-based approaches to restore long-term brain health.
Watch interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/zv70S5fZh2I
Today's EP 388 we’re welcoming Dr. Stephens back to the podcast to explore:
The difference between glucose and other sugarsWhy blood sugar and brain glucose matter for cognitive performanceWhat his newest research is revealing about brain restorationAnd how we can think more clearly about nutrition and brain health moving forward. Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and here we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
When we launched this podcast seven years ago, it was driven by a question I had never been taught to ask—not in school,not in business,and not in life:
If results matter—and they matter now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make these results happen?
Most of us were taught what to do.Very few of us were taught how to think under pressure,how to regulate emotion,how to sustain motivation,or even how to produce consistent results without burning out.
That question led me into a deep exploration of the mind–brain–results connection—and how neuroscience applies to everyday decisions, conversations, and performance.
That’s why this podcast exists.
Each week, we bring you leading experts to break down complex science and translate it into practical strategies that we can all apply immediately.
When the brain, body, and emotions are aligned, performance stops feeling forced—and starts to feel sustainable.
Season 14 showed us what alignment looks like in real life. We looked at goals and mental direction, rewiring the brain, future-ready learning and leadership, self-leadership, which ALL led us to inner alignment.
And now, Season 15 is about understanding how that alignment is built—so we can build it ourselves, using predictable, science-backed principles.
Because alignment doesn’t happen all at once.It happens by using a sequence.
And when we understand the order of that sequence —we can replicate it.
By repeating this sequence over and over again, until magically (or predictably) we notice our results have changed.
Season 15 we’ve organized as a review roadmap, where each episode explores one foundational brain system—and each phase builds on the one before it.
Rather than focusing on outcomes, hacks, or motivation alone, we examine the core brain systems that must be stable before learning, performance, and leadership can emerge.
Episodes are organized around a simple but powerful progression:
Phase 1: Regulation & Safety — the nervous system foundation for learningPhase 2: Neurochemistry and Motivation—dopamine balance + Emotional regulationPhase 3: Cognition & Learning — attention, memory, and executive functionPhase 4: Perception & Social Intelligence — how we read ourselves and othersPhase 5: Integration & Meaning — how experience becomes insight and growth Each system builds upon the one beneath it, reminding us that when foundations are ignored, progress is temporary. When they are strengthened, performance becomes sustainable.
Season 15 is not a review of past episodes—we are connecting neuroscience, emotional regulation, and learning into a clear framework for improved human potential.
Because performance is not built from the top down.
It emerges from the foundations up.
PHASE 1: REGULATION & SAFETYStaples: Sleep + Stress RegulationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Anchor EpisodesEpisode 384[i] — Baland JalalHow learning begins: curiosity, sleep, imagination, creativityEpisode 385[ii] — Bruce Perry“What happened to you?” — trauma, rhythm, relational safetyEpisode 386 –Thoryn Stephens Turning biometrics (HRV, sleep data, metabolic markers) into actionable protocols.Episode 387 Dr. Sui Wong[iii]Autonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, brain resilienceEpisode 388 Rohan DixitHRV, real-time self-regulation, nervous system literacy For today's EP 388, we welcome back Dr. David Stephens, a clinical psychologist and neuropsychologist renowned for his expertise in brain function and mental health. Discover groundbreaking insights into how glucose can be a game-changer in restoring brain function, mental health, and overall productivity.
Dr. Stephens shared his compelling journey with us that led to the revelation of glucose as a crucial element in brain restoration. From understanding the perceptible differences between glucose and sugar to unraveling common myths about brain health, this conversation is packed with scientific insights that challenge traditional paradigms that explored how restoring glucose levels could revolutionize our mental, emotional, and spiritual well-being.
I believe in Dr. Stephens’ mission mostly because I’ve experienced life-changing results when I started to read labels, and cut out sugar after a podiatrist told me this would improve my health back in 2005. The results I’ve noticed are significant. But now, I understand sugar and glucose at a different level. I have lots of follow up questions for Dr. Stephens, and am excited to learn more about what he has discovered since we last spoke.
Episode IntroductionThis week on The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, we are revisiting a past guest who joined us in December 2024 on Episode 350[iv].
Dr. David Stephens is a clinical psychologist and neuropsychologist known for his research on brain function, mental health, and the role of glucose in cognitive performance and recovery.
In our previous conversation, Dr. Stephens introduced a fascinating concept: that glucose may play a far more important role in brain restoration and mental health than many of us realize.
Since that interview, Dr. Stephens has continued his research and recently released new insights in his book Restored Hope, exploring how glucose regulation may influence cognitive performance, emotional stability, and overall brain health.
This topic is especially meaningful to me personally. Back in 2005, a podiatrist suggested I eliminate sugar from my diet to improve my health. After making that change and becoming more mindful of reading nutrition labels, I noticed significant improvements in how I felt physically and mentally.
But what I’ve learned since speaking with Dr. Stephens is that understanding sugar and understanding glucose are not the same thing—and that difference may change how we think about nutrition and brain health.
Dr. Stephens, welcome back to the podcast. How have you been since we last spoke?
Q1: Dr. Stephens, thank you for reaching back to me about your new book, and research. I’m sure you could tell that this topic is important to me. We’ve covered a few podcast episodes on “The Damaging Effects of Sugar on the Brain and Body” with research that came from my foot doctor, who had me change my diet in 2005, and my health turned around for the better. Can we review what should we understand about glucose, vs sucralose that is connected to weight gain and type 2 diabetes?
Q2: What’s important about understanding our blood sugar vs glucose levels in the brain?
Q3: I’ve also posted a comment from our last interview that gave an overview of the definition of sucrose vs sucralose. Then I wondered, is sucralose bad for our brain? Sometimes I make sugar free hot chocolate, and I know that I once looked this up. I’m sure Dr. Daniel Amen recommends Stevia as a brain-healthy sweetener, but I’m sure I once forgot, and bought Splenda by mistake. Can you explain the difference and do you agree with Dr. Amen that we should choose Stevia over Splenda?
Q4: Can you share what you have uncovered since we last spoke in December 2024? I did read what you had sent me, but I will need it translated into English. • Fructose-controlled design (with biomarker panels HRV, FDG-PET, inflammatory markers, RBANS domains). • AI assisted hypothesize generation for theory building • This book ranks
Q5: I followed some of the questions that came through on the YouTube Comments since our last episode. Many were positive, and support your research but every once in a while, someone will comment something negative about this topic. I find it interesting, because the podiatrist who told me to stop eating sugar years ago said the exact same thing. He found it difficult to fight against the criticism. What have you noticed and how do you handle people who don’t understand what you have uncovered?
Q6: What else is important for us to understand?
Q7: Some people have asked for updated information on where they can find you. Can you share the best way for people to reach you?
Dr. Stephens, I believe in your mission, and look forward to reading your new book. Thank you for sharing your research with us, and look forward to hearing what from you as you write more books on this topic, to help us to take our brain health seriously.
Key Takeaways from This Episode1. The Brain Runs on GlucoseGlucose is the brain’s primary fuel source. When glucose regulation is disrupted, it can affect cognition, focus, emotional regulation, and mental health.
Understanding these differences can help people make more informed nutrition decisions.
This is an area of ongoing research and debate, and understanding the metabolic impact of these substitutes is important.
Brain Health Is Deeply Connected to MetabolismDr. Stephens’ research suggests that metabolic processes, inflammation, and brain energy systems may play a much larger role in mental health and cognitive performance than we previously understood.
Science Evolves Through DebateInnovative research often meets skepticism. Scientific progress depends on healthy debate, continued research, and open dialogue.
Listener Action Steps1. Become Aware of Your Nutrition LabelsStart reading labels and becoming more aware of added sugars, sweeteners, and ingredients in your daily diet.
Small changes can have meaningful long-term effects.
Your brain’s fuel matters for performance, learning, and emotional regulation.
Stay Curious About New ResearchTopics like nutrition, metabolism, and brain health are constantly evolving. Stay open to learning and questioning new findings. Just like we mention in this interview, there was a day that Andrea would not eat butter. Understanding glucose is another paradigm shift.
Prioritize Brain Health HolisticallyNutrition is only one piece of the puzzle. Brain health is also supported by:
sleepstress regulationexerciserecoverysocial connection Closing SummaryAs we continue exploring the neuroscience behind health, performance, and learning, conversations like this remind us that our brain is deeply connected to the systems that fuel it.
Understanding how the brain uses energy—through glucose, metabolism, and nutrition—opens new doors for improving mental clarity, emotional well-being, and long-term brain health.
Dr. Stephens, thank you for returning to the podcast and for continuing to explore this important topic.
For those who want to dive deeper, we’ll link to Dr. Stephens’ latest book that you can pre-order now, and our original conversation from Episode 350 in the show notes. Feel free to reach out directly to Dr. Stephens through his contact information below.
RESOURCES:
Watch our original interview here EP 350 https://youtu.be/T0R3uvBbHPE
MORE ABOUT DR. STEPHENS
Dr. David Stephens is a seasoned clinician and leader in issues related to mental health, who has focused his efforts over the last 15 years on neuroscience. As a former supervising psychologist at the Colorado State mental hospital and a director in correctional mental health, he brings a unique perspective to the challenges faced by individuals with mental health and substance use disorders. He is a sought-after expert in the fields of brain function, mental, and correctional mental health. His work has been instrumental in shaping policies related to mental health care within correctional settings.
Dr. Stephens has spent the majority of his career training statewide directors of mental health within the correctional system on brain function as well as geriatric issues facing the nation's prisons. He served as the academic Dean of professional psychology, including both Master's and Doctoral programs. He has been interviewed several times to discuss topics related to mental health, correctional mental health, brain function, addiction, and marriage. Dr. Stephens has dedicated his life to helping educate everyone he encounters on the importance of knowing and understanding these topics.
CONNECT with DR. DAVID STEPHENS
Phone: 573 590-4638
Email: dstephens@restoredhumanity.com
Website: https://www.glucoseprotocol.com/
PRE-ORDER The Glucose Protocol: A Practical and Scientific Guide to Brain Restoration of Health.
https://www.amazon.com/dp/B0GQQYNX4Z#:~:text=The%20Glucose%20Protocol,Read%20more
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 “How Learning Begins in the Brain: Sleep, Safety and Curiosity (Revisiting Dr. Baland Jalal) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 385 “Safety First: Why a Regulated Brain is the Key to Learning” (Revisiting Dr. Bruce Perry) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 387 with Dr. Sui Wong “Your Eyes: The Brain’s Early Warning System” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/your-eyes-the-brain-s-early-warning-system/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 350 “Unlocking Brain Health with Dr. David Stephens” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-brain-health-with-dr-david-stevens/
This episode revisits Dr. Sui Wong’s insights on how the eyes are neural tissue that can reveal early signs of brain, vascular, and metabolic issues, and reframes migraine as a common, often invisible neurological condition that causes brain fog and cognitive symptoms.
Actionable takeaways include scheduling regular dilated eye exams, stabilizing blood sugar, prioritizing sleep and retinal blood flow, reducing digital strain, and tracking migraine triggers to prevent worsening symptoms.
In today's review of EP 342 with Dr. Sui Wong from August 2024, we cover:
• Why the eyes are considered an extension of the brain — and how the retina is neural tissue
• How eye exams may provide early insight into overall neurological and vascular health
• What drusen are, why small amounts can be age-related, and why monitoring retinal changes matters
• The powerful idea that prevention begins before symptoms become severe
• Why migraine is not “just a headache,” but a neurological condition affecting 1 in 7 people globally
• The hidden symptoms of migraine — including brain fog, mood changes, word-finding difficulty, and cognitive slowing
• Why migraine is a leading cause of disability in young women and often goes unrecognized
• The connection between blood sugar regulation, sleep, stress, and neurological function
• Practical ways to support long-term brain health through awareness, monitoring, and daily lifestyle habits
• How small, consistent actions build cognitive resilience over time
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and here we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
When we launched this podcast seven years ago, it was driven by a question I had never been taught to ask—not in school,not in business,and not in life:
If results matter—and they matter now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make these results happen?
Most of us were taught what to do.Very few of us were taught how to think under pressure,how to regulate emotion,how to sustain motivation,or even how to produce consistent results without burning out.
That question led me into a deep exploration of the mind–brain–results connection—and how neuroscience applies to everyday decisions, conversations, and performance.
That’s why this podcast exists.
Each week, we bring you leading experts to break down complex science and translate it into practical strategies you can apply immediately.
When the brain, body, and emotions are aligned, performance stops feeling forced—and starts to feel sustainable.
Season 14 showed us what alignment looks like in real life. We looked at goals and mental direction, rewiring the brain, future-ready learning and leadership, self-leadership, which ALL led us to inner alignment.
And now, Season 15 is about understanding how that alignment is built—so we can build it ourselves, using predictable, science-backed principles.
Because alignment doesn’t happen all at once.It happens by using a sequence.
And when we understand the order of that sequence —we can replicate it.
By repeating this sequence over and over again, until magically (or predictably) we notice our results have changed.
Season 15 we’ve organized as a review roadmap, where each episode explores one foundational brain system—and each phase builds on the one before it.
Season 15 Roadmap:
Phase 1 — Regulation & SafetyPhase 2 — Neurochemistry & MotivationPhase 3 — Movement, Learning & CognitionPhase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social IntelligencePhase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning PHASE 1: REGULATION & SAFETYStaples: Sleep + Stress RegulationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Anchor EpisodesEpisode 384[i] — Baland JalalHow learning begins: curiosity, sleep, imagination, creativityEpisode 385[ii] — Bruce Perry“What happened to you?” — trauma, rhythm, relational safetyEpisode 387 Sui WongAutonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, brain resilienceEpisode 388 Rohan DixitHRV, real-time self-regulation, nervous system literacy Phase 1 — Regulation & Safety
We have reviewed Dr. Baland Jalal where we were reminded that before learning can happen, before curiosity can emerge, before motivation or growth is possible—the brain must feel safe.
Then we looked at trauma and relational safety with Dr. Bruce Perry’s Book, What Happened to You, and we move onto Dr. Sui Wong, with autonomic balance, lifestyle medicine and brain resilience.
🎙 EP 387 —IntroFor today’s episode 387, we revisit our interview with Dr. Sui H. Wong, who is not only a Neurologist and Neuro-Ophthalmologist based in London, she is a bridge between clinical medicine, neuroscience research, and person-centered lifestyle interventions.
With more than 110 peer-reviewed publications, book chapters, and conference abstracts, Dr. Wong has built a career translating complex neurological questions into research that improves real patient outcomes. Her work is deeply scientific — and deeply human.
We first met Dr. Wong on EP 343[iii] in August 2024, where we explored her four books and discussed how protecting our eye health may help us prevent neurological disorders in the future.
Then again on EP 361[iv], we dove into her book Sweet Spot for Brain Health: Why Blood Sugar Matters for a Clear, Fog-Free Brain, examining how metabolic health directly impacts cognitive clarity.
Today, in EP 387, we’re going back to the beginning — to one of the most powerful concepts she shared:
🎥 Clip 1 Summary — The Eyes Are an Extension of the Brain
In our first conversation, I told Dr. Wong that I had learned to confidently say the word “ophthalmology” after hearing Dr. Andrew Huberman open each episode of the Huberman Lab podcast with that introduction. And it was through that repetition that I first understood something profound:
The eyes are literally an extension of the brain.
Dr. Wong expanded this idea beautifully — explaining that depending on your perspective, the eye may be an extension of the brain… or the brain an extension of the eye.
This shift in thinking changes everything.
If the eyes are brain tissue, then eye health is brain health.
And that means prevention begins much earlier — and much more practically — than most of us realize.
Today we’ll revisit this concept and explore what it means for protecting our cognitive health long term.
🎯 Key Takeaways from Clip 11️ The Eyes Are Brain TissueThe retina is neural tissue. It develops from the same embryological tissue as the brain.What affects the brain affects the eyes — and vice versa.
Implication: Eye exams may offer early clues about neurological conditions.
2️ Brain Health Can Be SeenChanges in retinal blood vessels, optic nerve structure, and inflammation may reflect:
Neurodegenerative disease riskVascular healthMetabolic dysfunctionEarly cognitive decline Implication: Prevention may start with what we can literally see.
3️ Language Shapes UnderstandingWhen we think of the eye as separate from the brain, we miss connections.When we understand the eye as brain tissue, prevention becomes integrated.
The brain doesn’t operate in isolation. Neither does our health.
4️Prevention is PracticalDr. Wong’s broader message:Lifestyle factors influence both ocular and neurological health.
Her tips included:
Blood sugar regulationCardiovascular healthSleepInflammation controlStress management (Which maps directly to the 6 Health Staples framework we’ve been discussing on our podcast.)
🧠 Tips to Put These Ideas Into ActionHere’s how we can all translate this into daily behavior:
✅ 1. Don’t Skip Eye ExamsComprehensive dilated eye exams can detect:
Microvascular changesEarly signs of diabetesHypertension effectsNeurological red flags I just went for my yearly eye exam, and my doctor told me that we’re monitoring something called drusen — small yellowish deposits that can appear on the retina.
Right now, mine are small and scattered. My doctor reassured me that small amounts can be a normal part of aging. As long as they don’t increase in number, and as long as they stay away from the optic nerve and central vision, we simply watch them.
But here’s what changed for me:
I now understand that those tiny dots are not just “eye dots.”
They’re neurological information.
Because the retina is neural tissue, subtle retinal changes may reflect broader vascular or metabolic shifts in the body — and in some cases, researchers are studying how retinal biomarkers may correlate with brain pathology over time.
This means the eyes give us early insight.
And insight gives us opportunity.
So instead of ignoring it, I’m staying proactive:
Keeping my yearly eye examsStaying current on researchProtecting blood sugarPrioritizing sleep (as best as I can)Supporting vascular health Prevention doesn’t start when something is wrong.
It starts when something is visible.
✅ 2. Protect Blood SugarBlood sugar spikes affect:
Retinal vesselsBrain clarityLong-term cognitive resilience Encourage:
Balanced meals (protein + fiber + healthy fats)Reduced ultra-processed foodsPost-meal walking ✅ 3. Protect Retinal Blood FlowSupport vascular health through:
Regular aerobic exerciseOmega-3 intakeManaging blood pressureHydration What improves circulation improves both eye and brain tissue.
✅ 4. Prioritize SleepThe optic nerve benefits from sleep.
Chronic sleep deprivation:
Increases inflammationImpacts retinal functionAccelerates cognitive decline risk ✅ 5. Reduce Digital StrainEncourage:
20-20-20 rule (every 20 minutes, look 20 feet away for 20 seconds)Outdoor daylight exposure for circadian alignment 🎥 Clip 2 Summary — Migraine Is More Than a HeadacheIn this clip, Dr. Sui Wong explains that migraine affects 35 million people in the U.S. and 1 in 7 people globally, making it one of the most common neurological conditions — and a leading cause of disability in young women.
She emphasizes that migraine is often misunderstood.
It’s not just the dramatic, severe headache attack where someone retreats to a dark room. In many cases, the most debilitating part isn’t the pain — it’s the neurological symptoms that surround it.
These can include:
Brain fogWord-finding difficultyMood swingsCognitive slowingSensory sensitivity For many people, these symptoms are ongoing and invisible, making migraine a hidden disability that affects productivity, emotional regulation, and daily functioning — especially in working adults ages 18–44.
Dr. Wong reframes migraine as a brain disorder involving network dysfunction and heightened sensitivity, rather than simply a pain condition.
In the second clip, Dr. Wong explains that “35 million people in the U.S. get headaches, and predominantly affecting younger age, working people (ages 18-44). One out of seven people globally. It’s a top cause of disability in young women, and sadly it’s a hidden disability. And what we have to realize is that migraine is not just a very obvious classical attack. Some people get severe pain, they vomit, they lock themselves in a dark room—it passes over a few hours. Oftentimes, I see the headache symptoms being more debilitating than the headaches. Often it’s the symptoms such as mood swings, brain fog, not quite thinking right, not getting the words right, as an ongoing kind of dull brain fogginess effect and that really affects people. And it’s not visible. That’s the sad thing.”
🎯 Key Takeaways from Clip 2: Migraine Is a Brain Disorder — Not “Just a Headache”1️ Migraine Is Common — and Underestimated35 million people in the U.S.1 in 7 globallyLeading cause of disability in young womenMost affected: ages 18–44 (working, caregiving, high-demand years) Key insight: This is not rare. It’s not dramatic. It’s neurological.
2️Migraine Is a Brain Condition — Not Just PainDr. Wong makes a critical distinction:
The headache is often not the most disabling part.
It’s the neurological symptoms:
Brain fogWord-finding difficultyMood changesSensory sensitivityCognitive slowingEmotional volatility This reframes migraine as a network dysfunction in the brain, not simply a pain event.
3️ The Hidden DisabilityBecause symptoms are invisible:
Others may not understandEmployers may not recognize itPeople may feel dismissedPeople may push through and worsen recovery It impacts:
ProductivityCommunicationConfidenceEmotional regulation 4️Migraine Reflects Brain SensitivityMigraine brains are often:
Highly sensitiveHighly reactive to stressSensitive to sleep disruptionSensitive to blood sugar swingsSensitive to light/sound 🧠 Tips to Put These Ideas Into ActionHere’s where we turn awareness into empowerment.
✅ 1. Track Patterns — Not Just PainTry tracking:
Sleep qualityHormonal cyclesBlood sugar patternsStress levelsScreen exposureDehydrationFood triggers Migraine is often predictable when patterns are recognized.
✅ 2. Stabilize Blood SugarFluctuations can trigger neurological symptoms.
Practical steps:
Eat protein at breakfastAvoid high-sugar spikesDon’t skip mealsAdd fiber and healthy fatsPost-meal walking This ties to EP 361.
✅ 3. Protect Sleep AggressivelySleep deprivation increases:
Sensory sensitivityInflammatory markers Migraine brains need consistent sleep timing more than most.
✅ 4. Reduce Sensory OverloadFor high-performing professionals:
Build screen breaks into your dayUse blue light filters at nightLower overhead lightingCreate quiet reset moments Even 5–10 minutes of sensory reset matters.
✅ 5. Support Emotional RegulationBecause mood swings and irritability can precede headaches, build:
HRV breathing (5 minutes)Short walks outsideLow-stimulation recovery windowsHonest communication at work/home Normalize saying:“I’m having neurological symptoms today.”
✅ 6. Don’t Minimize Cognitive SymptomsIf someone experiences:
Word-finding issuesBrain fogVisual disturbancesOngoing cognitive dullness They should consult a medical professional.
Migraine can be managed. Suffering silently isn’t necessary.
🧩 How This Fits Into The Bigger PictureThis clip reinforces:
The brain doesn’t fail suddenly — it dysregulates gradually.• Invisible symptoms deserve validation.• Brain health affects performance, relationships, and confidence.• Prevention includes regulation. “Migraine reminds us that the brain is not just an organ of thought — it’s an organ of sensitivity. And when it’s overwhelmed, it whispers long before it screams.”
🎙 EP 387 – Review & ConclusionAs we wrap up today’s episode revisiting our first conversation with Dr. Sui Wong, there are two powerful reminders I’m taking with me.
First — the eyes are not separate from the brain.They are brain tissue.
When we protect our vision, we are protecting neural tissue.When we monitor retinal changes, we’re gathering information about vascular, metabolic, and neurological health.
That yearly eye exam?It’s not just about seeing clearly today.It’s about preserving clarity for the future.
Second — migraine is not “just a headache.”
It’s a neurological condition that often shows up as brain fog, word-finding difficulty, mood changes, and cognitive dullness — especially in young, high-performing women.
And because it’s invisible, it’s often dismissed.
But invisible does not mean insignificant.
Both of these conversations remind us of something foundational:
The brain doesn’t suddenly break.It dysregulates over time.
And it gives us signals long before it gives us crises.
The question is — are we paying attention?
The Bigger Season 15 MessageThis episode fits into our Season 15 review because alignment doesn’t happen by accident.
We don’t build brain health by waiting.
We build it by:• Monitoring• Regulating• Stabilizing• Preventing
Through sleep.Through blood sugar.Through stress management.Through vascular health.Through awareness.
Small actions.Repeated consistently.Over time.
💡 Final ReflectionIf there’s one takeaway from today, it’s this:
Prevention begins before symptoms become severe.
And often, it begins in places we wouldn’t expect —like the back of the eye…or the foggy afternoon when we can’t quite find the right word.
The brain whispers before it screams.
And when we understand that —we can respond with curiosity instead of fear.
Thank you for joining me for this Season 15 review.
If this episode opened your eyes — literally or metaphorically — share it with someone who might need the reminder that brain health is something we build, daily.
I’ll see you next with returning guest, Dr. David Stephens.
RESOURCES:
Watch our first full interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/GwR82IYJTbE
Clip 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/HJ2o2GmQwLw
Clip 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/IggJbjY2nbQ
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 “How Learning Begins in the Brain: Sleep, Safety and Curiosity (Revisiting Dr. Baland Jalal) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 385 “Safety First: Why a Regulated Brain is the Key to Learning” (Revisiting Dr. Bruce Perry) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 343 with Dr. Sui Wong on “Unlocking Brain Health Insights from a Leading Ophthalmologist” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-brain-health-insights-from-a-leading-neuro-ophthalmologist/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 361 with Dr. Sui Wong on “Unlocking the Secret to a Clear, Fog Free Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-secret-to-a-clear-fog-free-brain-with-dr-sui-wong/
In this episode Andrea Samadi interviews Thoryn Stevens, CEO and founder of Brain.One, about using AI, wearables, biomarkers and evidence-based micro-habits to create personalized brain-health protocols.
Watch our full interview on YouTube here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=r9UN9kev2CE or listen and follow the show notes here https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/can-ai-personalize-your-brain-health-inside-brainones-protocols/
What We Covered on EP 386 with Thoryn StephensThe Problem with Generic Wellness AdviceWhy most health advice fails to translate into sustained behavior change
The gap between research findings and real-world application
Why optimization must be systematic, not inspirational
From Data to Daily Micro-HabitsHow Brain.One analyzes peer-reviewed research using AI
Turning biometrics (HRV, sleep data, metabolic markers) into actionable protocols
Why small, consistent micro-habits compound into long-term neuroplastic change
Wearables & What Actually MattersThe most misunderstood wearable metrics
HRV, sleep architecture, and recovery as early indicators of cognitive health
How to avoid becoming obsessive with numbers while still using data intelligently
Dementia Prevention & Cognitive LongevityEvidence-based strategies inspired by the Lancet dementia prevention framework
Why metabolic health and inflammation play a critical role in brain aging
Prevention vs. reversal: when to start optimizing brain health
Biological Bottlenecks to Human PotentialStress dysregulation as a performance limiter
Sleep architecture and glymphatic clearance
Metabolic flexibility and mitochondrial function
Why emotional regulation remains foundational to cognitive performance
AI in Health: Hype vs. EvidenceWhat makes Brain.One’s system evidence-constrained
How AI can scale personalized health protocols
The future of data-driven behavioral optimization
🔑 Key TakeawayLasting change doesn’t require radical overhauls.
It requires precise, repeatable micro-adjustments — aligned with your biology.
Optimization is not about perfection or obsession.It’s about awareness, alignment, and consistency.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and here we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so you can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
When we launched this podcast seven years ago, it was driven by a question I had never been taught to ask—not in school,not in business,and not in life:
If results matter—and they matter now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make these results happen?
Most of us were taught what to do.Very few of us were taught how to think under pressure,how to regulate emotion,how to sustain motivation,or even how to produce consistent results without burning out.
That question led me into a deep exploration of the mind–brain–results connection—and how neuroscience applies to everyday decisions, conversations, and performance.
That’s why this podcast exists.
Each week, we bring you leading experts to break down complex science and translate it into practical strategies you can apply immediatelyEach week, we bring you world-class researchers, clinicians, and performance innovators to break down complex science — and turn it into strategies you can use immediately.
We’ve been reviewing past episodes for the past 2 seasons, but every now and then, when I see someone doing something innovative, I want to learn more.
And today’s guest sits right at the intersection of biology, AI, and human potential.
🎙 GUEST INTRO
For Episode 386, we’re joined by Thoryn Stephens, scientist, molecular biologist, data visionary, and Founder & CEO of Brain.One.
Brain.One is an AI-powered health optimization platform designed to transform scientific research into personalized, actionable protocols — using real-time physiological data from wearables like Apple Health, Oura, and Garmin.
Instead of generic wellness advice, Brain.One analyzes research literature and biometric inputs to build precision micro-habits — targeting sleep architecture, metabolic health, cognitive performance, stress regulation, and even dementia risk reduction.
Its protocols are used by high-performing athletes, executives, and longevity-focused individuals seeking not just better performance — but long-term brain resilience.
From insomnia reduction to high-altitude performance to evidence-based dementia prevention inspired by the Lancet 2020 framework, Brain.One is attempting something ambitious:
To make human optimization measurable, systematic, and scalable.
Today, we’ll explore:
Can AI truly personalize brain health?• What are the biological bottlenecks limiting human potential?• And what does prevention look like before decline begins? Let’s welcome Thoryn Stephens to the show.
🎙 EP 386 – Thoryn Stephens | Brain.One
OPENING
“Thoryn, welcome to the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. We focus on measurable results here— and you are talking to someone who has a wearable, and measures EVERYTHING and you’re building something that targets our brain optimization through AI and real-time physiology. I’m excited to explore how this actually works and dive into what you have created”
Q1 – The Origin Story
“What problem did you see in human performance or brain health that made you say — this can’t just be more information, it has to become a system and I’m going to build it?”
Follow-up:
Was it a gap between research and application?A frustration with generic wellness advice? Where did you first notice this? Q2 – From Potential to Protocol
“If we believe every human has unrealized capacity — what are the biological bottlenecks that prevent that capacity from expressing itself? What are MOST of us missing?
Is it inflammation?Poor sleep architecture?Dysregulated stress systems?Metabolic dysfunction? “Can microhabits truly rewire long-term outcomes — or are there foundational non-negotiables that we must master first?”
We have been focused on these 6 Health Staples (Movement, Sleep, Nutrition, Gut Health, Stress Regulation)
Q2B: What is your morning protocol?
Q3 – Dementia & Prevention (Make it Strategic)
“For someone in their 40s or 50s who wants to reduce dementia risk by 30–40%, what are the highest-leverage interventions today?”
Then:
What does the data say about metabolic health?How early should we intervene?Is brain decline reversible in early stages? Tie this to the Lancet 2020 dementia protocol directly.
Q4 – Wearables & Real Data
“Most high performers now track HRV, RHR, sleep stages, and blood biomarkers. What are the 3 data signals you believe matter most — and what do most people misunderstand about them?”
Follow with:
If HRV is low chronically — what does Brain.One do?If REM sleep is suppressed?If ApoB (heart disease) or fasting insulin is elevated? Q5 – The AI Engine
“There’s a lot of AI noise in health right now. What makes your AI system actually evidence-constrained rather than trend-driven?”
And:
How do you prevent protocol errors?How do you weight studies?How does the system evolve as new papers are published? Q6 – Influences
“Which scientific frameworks most shaped Brain.One — metabolic psychiatry? Longevity science? Systems biology?” What are you focused on helping your users to improve?
Q7 – The Audience Question
“Who is Brain.One most transformative for right now — elite athletes? Executives under chronic stress? Midlife adults worried about decline?”
Is it ready for educators and school systems?Is this preventive technology? Q8 – Conclusion
“If we fast-forward 10 years — what will we know about brain optimization that most people still underestimate today?”
“What’s the biggest mistake high achievers make when trying to optimize their brain?”
“Where does emotional regulation fit into your model? Can someone optimize cognition without first stabilizing their stress response system?”
Thank you Thoryn for taking the time to speak with me today to learn more about how we can dive deeper into our health with brain optimization. For people to follow you, are the best places LinkedIn and IG, as well as your website?
Thank you!
🎙 EP 386: Final ThoughtsThoryn Stephens challenged me to think differently about what it truly means to take ownership of our health.
For many of us, the journey begins with awareness.
For me, it started when I began tracking my recovery and strain with a wearable device. That data sparked deeper questions about my own protocols — how I sleep, how I recover, how I regulate stress, and how small daily behaviors compound over time.
I continue to wake around 4am, use infrared sauna as part of my recovery routine, practice meditation, incorporate red light therapy, and thoughtfully experiment with supplements. But what this conversation reinforced for me is something even deeper:
Optimization is not about obsession.It’s about alignment.
When I discovered Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness[i] meditation years ago, I realized that connection — to self and to others — is as essential as any biomarker we track. Numbers matter. But meaning matters more.
If you’re listening and wondering where to begin, the most powerful takeaway from today’s conversation is this:
Change doesn’t require an overhaul.It requires a micro-shift.
Drink more water.Improve sleep by 15 minutes.Take a daily walk.Reduce one inflammatory habit.
Small adjustments, repeated consistently, become transformation.
And equally important — if your pursuit of optimization begins to reduce your joy, pause. Recalibrate. Performance without well-being is not progress.
If you’d like to explore your own personalized protocol, visit Brain.One and join their waitlist. I’ll be sharing my experience once I receive my own AI-designed protocol based on my biomarkers.
Next week, we continue our Season 15 review — revisiting past conversations to understand how these foundational brain systems connect.
Because when the systems align, results follow.
See you next week.
RESOURCES:
The Universe Within Podcast EP 183 Interview with Thoryn Stephens on Plants, Medicine, AI, Consciousness, Biology and Machines https://open.spotify.com/episode/2txYOpzaRl6BQbxsJZ4U6o
Thoryn Stephens Interview with Longevity Leadership https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LoGJ1D0hax0
www.wavimed.com EEG brain insights
www.tassoinc.com Home Blood Testing
www.brainspan.com Blood biomarkers with a functional assessment
www.peptides.one
Lancet 2024 Dementia prevention, intervention, and care Published August 10th, 2024 https://www.thelancet.com/journals/lancet/article/PIIS0140-6736(24)01296-0/abstract
FOLLOW Thoryn Stephens
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/thoryn/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/ragearea
Website https://brain.one/
RESOURCES FROM INTERVIEW
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 250 “Success in Non-Linear: Using Neuroscience to Achieve Quantum Leaps the Kaizen Way” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-success-is-non-linear-using-neuroscience-to-achieve-quantum-leaps-the-kaizen-way/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 285 Revisiting Dr. Bruce Perry “Safety First: Why a Regulated Brain is the Key to Learning” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/safety-first-why-a-regulated-brain-is-the-key-to-learning/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 84 PART 3 “How a Spect Image Brain Scan Can Change Your Life” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/how-a-spect-scan-can-change-your-life-part-3-with-andrea-samadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 60 “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
In this episode Andrea Samadi revisits Season 15’s foundation with Dr. Bruce Perry to explore how safety, regulation, and patterned experience shape the brain’s capacity to learn and create. We examine why potential must be activated through repetition, rhythm, and low-threat environments, and how trauma, stress, or dysregulation block learning.
Takeaways include practical steps for educators, parents, and leaders: prioritize nervous-system safety before instruction, use micro-repetition to build skills, and employ storytelling to make scientific ideas stick.
This episode anchors Phase 1 of the season: regulation, rhythm, repetition, and relational safety as the prerequisites for sustainable performance and lasting change.
This week, Episode 385—based on our review of Episode 168 recorded in October 2021—we explore:
✔ 1. Genetic Potential vs. Developed CapacityWe are born with extraordinary biological potential.But experience determines which neural systems become functional.The brain builds what it repeatedly uses.
✔ 2. The Brain Is Use-DependentLanguage, emotional regulation, leadership skills, motor precision—all are wired through patterned, rhythmic repetition.
✔ 3. Trauma, Regulation & LearningA dysregulated nervous system cannot efficiently learn.Safety, rhythm, and relational connection come before strategy.
✔ 4. “What Happened to You?” vs. “What’s Wrong with You?”Shifting from judgment to curiosity changes how we approach:
Children
Students
Teams
Ourselves
✔ 5. Early Experience Shapes Long-Term ExpressionDevelopmental inputs—especially patterned, early ones—determine which capacities are strengthened.
✔ 6. Repetition Builds ConfidenceConfidence is not a personality trait.It is neural circuitry built through structured repetition in safe environments.
✔ 7. Story Makes Science StickFrom Dr. Perry’s experience writing with Oprah:You can’t tell everybody everything you know.Impact comes from:
One core idea
Wrapped in story
Delivered with restraint
✔ 8. Information Overload Weakens LearningDepth > VolumeClarity > DensityRetention > Impressive Data
✔ 9. Regulation Comes Before MotivationBefore goals.Before performance.Before achievement.The nervous system must feel safe.
✔ 10. Season 15’s Foundational QuestionIs the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and here we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so we can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
When we launched this podcast seven years ago, it was driven by a question I had never been taught to ask—not in school,not in business,and not in life:
If results matter—and they matter now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make these results happen?
Most of us were taught what to do.Very few of us were taught how to think under pressure,how to regulate emotion,how to sustain motivation,or even how to produce consistent results without burning out.
That question led me into a deep exploration of the mind–brain–results connection—and how neuroscience applies to everyday decisions, conversations, and performance.
That’s why this podcast exists.
Each week, we bring you leading experts to break down complex science and translate it into practical strategies you can apply immediately.
If you’ve been with us through Season 14, you may have felt something shift.
That season wasn’t about collecting ideas.
It was about integrating these ideas into our daily life, as we launched our review of past episodes.
Across conversations on neuroscience, social and emotional learning, sleep, stress, exercise, nutrition, and mindset frameworks—we heard from voices like Bob Proctor, José Silva, Dr. Church, Dr. John Medina, and others—one thing became clear:
These aren’t separate tools that we are covering in each episode.They’re parts of one operating system.
When the brain, body, and emotions are aligned, performance stops feeling forced—and starts to feel sustainable.
Season 14 showed us what alignment looks like in real life. We looked at goals and mental direction, rewiring the brain, future-ready learning and leadership, self-leadership, which ALL led us to inner alignment.
And now we move into Season 15 that is about understanding how that alignment is built—so we can build it ourselves, using predictable, science-backed principles.
Because alignment doesn’t happen all at once.It happens by using a sequence.
And when we understand the order of that sequence —we can replicate it.
By repeating this sequence over and over again, until magically (or predictably) we notice our results have changed.
So Season 15 we’ve organized as a review roadmap, where each episode explores one foundational brain system—and each phase builds on the one before it.
Season 15 Roadmap:
Phase 1 — Regulation & SafetyPhase 2 — Neurochemistry & MotivationPhase 3 — Movement, Learning & CognitionPhase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social IntelligencePhase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning PHASE 1: REGULATION & SAFETYStaples: Sleep + Stress RegulationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Anchor EpisodesEpisode 384 — Baland JalalHow learning begins: curiosity, sleep, imagination, creativity Bruce Perry“What happened to you?” — trauma, rhythm, relational safety Sui WongAutonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, brain resilienceRohan DixitHRV, real-time self-regulation, nervous system literacy Last week we began with Phase One: Regulation and Safety as we revisited Dr. Baland Jalal’s interview from June 2022.
EP 384 — Dr. Baland Jalal[i]Dr. Baland Jalal
This episode sits at the foundation of Season 15.
Dr. Baland Jalal is a Harvard neuroscientist whose work explores how sleep, imagination, and curiosity shape the brain’s capacity to learn and create.
What stood out to me then — and even more now — is that learning doesn’t begin with effort. It begins when the brain is rested, regulated, and free to explore possibility.
This conversation reminds us that creativity isn’t added later — it’s built into the brain when conditions are right.
It’s here we remember that before learning can happen,before curiosity can emerge,before motivation or growth is possible—the brain must feel safe.
And what better place to begin with safety and the brain, than with Dr. Bruce Perry, who we met October of 2021 on EP 168.[ii]
EP 385 — Dr. Bruce PerryDr. Bruce Perry (Episode 168 – October 2021)Dr. Bruce Perry, Senior Fellow of the Child Trauma Academy in Houston, Texas, and Adjunct Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Feinberg School of Medicine in Chicago, joined the podcast to help us better understand how traumatic experiences shape the developing brain.
At the time, I was deeply concerned about the generational impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. In one of Dr. Perry’s trainings, he referenced research conducted after Hurricane Katrina in 2005, which showed that families exposed to prolonged stress experienced increased rates of substance abuse — not only in those directly affected, but in the next generation as well.
As I began hearing reports of rising depression, anxiety, and substance use during the pandemic, I wondered:
What could we do now to reduce the long-term neurological and emotional impact on our children, our schools, and future generations?
Dr. Perry agreed to come on the show to share insights from his work and to discuss his book, co-authored with Oprah Winfrey:
What Happened to You: Conversations on Trauma, Resilience and Healing.[iii]
Dr. Bruce Perry challenges one of the most common questions we ask in education, leadership, and parenting.
Instead of asking, “What’s wrong with you?” he asks, “What happened to you?”
In this conversation, we explored how early experiences shape the brain, how trauma disrupts regulation, and why healing begins with rhythm, safety, and connection.
You can find a link to our full interview in the resource section in the show notes.
This episode anchors Season 15 by reminding us: a dysregulated brain cannot learn — no matter how good the strategy.
Let’s go to our first clip with Dr. Bruce Perry, and look deeper at how we are all born with potential, but our experience builds the rest.
🎥 VIDEO CLIP 1 We are born with potential, experience builds the rest— Dr. Bruce Perry“As a species, we carry within our collective DNA extraordinary potential — remarkable cognitive, motor, and social-emotional capabilities.
But no single individual receives or expresses the full range of that potential. Each of us is born with a portion of what is possible, and from that portion, only some capacities become functional.
What determines which abilities develop? Experience.
Developmental experiences — especially early patterned ones — shape which neural systems are built and strengthened.
For example, we’re speaking English right now, but we all had the biological potential to speak Russian. Because we were not exposed to those sounds and patterns early in life, that potential was never wired into functional capacity.
The same principle applies beyond language. I may not have the motor precision to manipulate a joystick like my 9-year-old grandson — not because I lack the biological capacity, but because I never built that system through repetition and experience.
Across motor, cognitive, and social-emotional domains, many human capabilities remain unexpressed — not absent, just undeveloped.”
🔑 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS CLIP We are born with vast genetic potential.As a species, our DNA carries extraordinary cognitive, motor, and social-emotional capacities. Not all potential becomes functional.We don’t automatically “get” every capability encoded in our biology. Experience determines expression.Early developmental experiences decide which neural networks are built and strengthened. The brain builds what it repeatedly uses.Language, coordination, emotional regulation — these are constructed through patterned exposure. Unexpressed potential isn’t absence — it’s underdevelopment.The capacity may exist, but without experience, it remains dormant. 🧠 WHAT THIS REALLY MEANSYou weren’t “bad at math.”You weren’t “not athletic.”You weren’t “not leadership material.”
You may simply not have had the patterned developmental inputs required to wire those systems. In plain language?
Skills grow where there is repetition, rhythm, and experience.
The brain is use-dependent.It builds what it practices.It strengthens what it repeats.
This research leads us back some of our earlier episodes 37[iv] and 38[v], but we will cover those later in our review.
🧠 TIPS TO PUT THESE IDEAS INTO ACTION1. No more labeling — start assessing exposure to these genetic capabilities.THINK: What experiences did I have — or not have — to build this?”
Instead of saying:
“I’m not good at this.”
Ask:
“Have I had enough patterned exposure to build this skill?”
It’s interesting when I talk to people about this podcast journey. It’s only been seven years, but we’ve gone deep into understanding the brain–body–emotion connection.
And I always remind people — we all begin somewhere.
When I go back to my very first interview with Dr. Ron Hall, I remember my audio wouldn’t work. We nearly couldn’t figure it out. It turned out to be a simple setting on my end — and this was before Zoom became part of everyone’s daily life.
At that time, I was also being introduced to experts like Horacio Sanchez, and I was still building my own understanding of the brain.
I wasn’t an expert.I was exposed.Repeatedly.
And over time, repetition turned into fluency.
That’s the point.
We can learn almost anything with focused effort and persistence — and it becomes easier when we love what we’re building.
Because the brain wires what it practices.And passion fuels repetition.
RhythmRepetitionEmotional safetyLow threat This is where your Regulation & Safety phase becomes critical.
A dysregulated brain — one that feels threatened, overwhelmed, or chronically stressed — cannot efficiently build new neural networks. It defaults to survival, not growth.
If we want to become excellent at anything — a sport, a podcast, leadership, communication — it requires consistent, patterned practice.
I can use this podcast as an example.
There were seasons when my corporate responsibilities consumed most of my attention. During those times, I wasn’t producing weekly episodes. And when I returned, I noticed something interesting:
The automaticity I had built through consistent repetition had faded slightly.
It didn’t disappear — but it needed rebuilding.
The ease.The rhythm.The flow.
That only returns through repetition.
And I know this is true in sports as well.
Athletes don’t rely on motivation.They rely on structured repetition in regulated environments.
Miss enough practice, and timing feels off.Return consistently, and the neural pathways strengthen again.
That’s how the brain works.
Not through pressure.Not through labeling.Through repetition.
Improve emotional regulation?Strengthen focus?Build confidence speaking? Start small.Short, repeated exposures beat intense, occasional effort.
One of main the reasons that I continue to produce these episodes is because I’ve seen what repetition does.
Over time, speaking consistently into a microphone has strengthened my ability to communicate clearly outside of this podcast. My confidence in meetings, interviews, and presentations has grown — not because I “became more confident” overnight, but because I built the neural circuitry for fluent expression through repetition.
Confidence wasn’t something I waited for.
If you go back to our early episodes, the first 50, you will see that confidence was not there from the beginning. It was something I wired.
That’s one of the unexpected benefits of this podcast.
The skills you build in one environment often transfer to others.
When you practice articulating ideas consistently, you strengthen:• Verbal fluency• Emotional regulation under pressure• Cognitive organization• Presence
That’s why I encourage anyone — if you feel called — to launch a podcast.
Not because you need an audience.
But because the process will build capacities in you that extend far beyond the microphone.
The brain generalizes repeated skill.
What you practice intentionally in one domain often strengthens performance in many others.
Don’t assume inability.Look at developmental history.Ask what patterned experiences may be missing. REMEMBER: Brains are built — not fixed.
That’s how you build:
Motor precisionDecision speedEmotional control under pressure “Potential lives in our biology. (Dr. Perry tells us we have tremendous potential in our DNA),Performance lives in our experiences.And the difference between the two… is how we develop them.”
🎥 VIDEO CLIP 2 “You Can’t Tell Everybody Everything You Know”In clip 2, I asked Dr. Perry what it was like writing a book with Oprah, and how he was able to mix in his neuroscientific parts, with her parts that were story-based.
Dr. Bruce Perry explained that one of Oprah Winfrey’s greatest strengths as a communicator is her ability to use stories to convey meaningful concepts. Rather than overwhelming people with facts and dense academic explanations, she draws out personal stories and identifies the single key idea people can remember and apply.
In contrast, academics are often trained to teach through a steady stream of concepts and data, occasionally adding a story. But what Perry learned from Oprah is that effective communication requires restraint. You can’t share everything you know. To truly impact people, you must focus on one core takeaway and resist the temptation to overload them with information.
🔑 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS CLIP1. Stories carry concepts farther than facts alone.Oprah’s strength, according to Dr. Perry, is her ability to:
Elicit powerful storiesIdentify the core concept within themHelp people walk away with one clear takeaway Stories anchor memory.
With maybe a small story inserted.
But information density does not equal impact.
Trying to share all your knowledge:
Overloads working memoryReduces retentionWeakens clarity Depth is more powerful than volume.
Select the core ideaWrap it in storyLeave space for integration Restraint is a skill.
🧠 WHAT THIS REALLY MEANSThe brain remembers emotionally relevant narratives.
Story activates:
EmotionImageryRelational circuitryMeaning-making networks Facts alone activate cognition.Stories activate the whole brain.
And learning sticks when multiple systems are engaged.
🧠 TIPS TO PUT THESE IDEAS INTO ACTION1. Teach One Core Idea at a TimeBefore speaking or writing, ask:What is the ONE concept I want them to walk away with?
Not three.Not ten.One.
Try:Story → Concept → Application
This mirrors how the brain encodes experience.
EducatorsLeadersExpertsPodcasters Clarity builds authority more than volume does.
People remember how something felt.They don’t remember slide 27 of your presentation.
Early on, we leaned heavier into:Research, frameworks, structure. But as I looked back at some of the video clips from our interviews, I knew that I had forgotten a lot of what we had covered over the years.
So we began our review episodes:
Season 14 showed us what alignment of the research looks like in real life. We looked at goals and mental direction, rewiring the brain, future-ready learning and leadership, self-leadership, which ALL led us to inner alignment.
And now we move into Season 15 that is about understanding how that alignment is built—so we can build it ourselves, using predictable, science-backed principles.
Because alignment doesn’t happen all at once.It happens by using a sequence.
And when we understand the order of that sequence —we can replicate it. What better way to replicate something, than with a story.
Dr. Baland Jalal taught us on our last episode how Thomas Edison used his sleep state to generate creative ideas for his work, with a story of how he used to fall asleep and let a spoon drop on a plate to wake him up right at this important creative time in between sleep and wakefulness.
That’s Oprah’s influence in action.
It’s also where I can see my own growth as a communicator with this podcast.
What about you, the listener? Where can you apply Oprah’s story telling concept to solidify ideas you want to bring to life?
“You can’t tell everybody everything you know.But you can help them remember what matters.”
EP 385 Review and ConclusionToday we were reminded of two foundational truths:
First — we are born with extraordinary potential.But experience builds expression.
Second — even the most powerful knowledge must be communicated in a way the brain can absorb.
Dr. Perry taught us that:• The brain is use-dependent.• Repetition wires capacity.• Safety precedes skill.
And from Oprah’s influence, we learned:• Story makes science stick.• Restraint builds clarity.• One idea remembered is better than ten forgotten.
This is Phase 1 work.
Regulation.Rhythm.Repetition.Relational safety.
Without those — learning doesn’t land.
The Deeper Season 15 Thread
Season 14 showed us what alignment looks like.
Season 15 is showing us how it’s built.
And today’s episode answers the first critical question in that sequence:
Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Because a dysregulated brain cannot:
Build new skillSustain attentionIntegrate complex ideasOr retain what’s being taught That’s why Regulation & Safety come first.
Not motivation.Not performance.Not goals.
Safety.
The Listener Reflection
So let me leave you with two questions:
Where in your life have you labeled yourself — instead of assessing exposure to develop more of your genetic capabilities?Where are you trying to communicate too much — instead of helping someone remember what matters? Remember:
Potential lives in our biology.Performance lives in our experiences.
And the difference between the twois development — built through repetition, regulation, and relationship.
If this episode resonated with you, revisit the clips.Share the story.Choose one idea to practice this week.
Because alignment isn’t accidental.
It’s sequential.
And we’re building it — one phase at a time.
I’ll see you next week as we continue Phase 1: Regulation & Safety with
Dr. Sui WongAutonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, brain resilience
RESOURCES:
Full Interview on YouTube from October 2021 with Dr. Bruce Perry https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ixOZFwTAtCQ
VIDEO CLIP 1 We are born with potential, experience builds the rest— Dr. Bruce Perry VIDEO CLIP 2 “You Can’t Tell Everybody Everything You Know”Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 168 with Dr. Bruce Perry and Steve Graner on “What We Should Know About What Happened to You” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-bruce-perry-and-steve-graner-from-the-neurosequential-network-on-what-we-should-all-know-about-what-happened-to-you/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 384 “How Learning Begins in the Brain: Sleep, Safety and Curiosity (Revisiting Dr. Baland Jalal) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/hypnagogic-genius-capture-your-best-ideas-at-the-edge-of-sleep/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 168 with Dr. Bruce Perry and Steve Graner on “What We Should Know About What Happened to You” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-bruce-perry-and-steve-graner-from-the-neurosequential-network-on-what-we-should-all-know-about-what-happened-to-you/
[iii] What Happened to You: Conversations on Trauma, Resilience and Healing https://www.amazon.com/What-Happened-You-Understanding-Resilience/dp/1250223180
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 37 with Dr. John Dunlosky on “Improving Student Success: Some Principles from Cognitive Science” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kent-states-dr-john-dunlosky-on-improving-student-success-some-principles-from-cognitive-science/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 38 with Todd Woodcroft on “The Daily Grind in the NHL” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-coach-to-the-winnipeg-jets-todd-woodcroft-on-the-daily-grind-in-the-nhl/
Andrea Samadi revisits a conversation with neuroscientist Dr. Baland Jalal about how curiosity launched his career and how transitional sleep states fuel creativity. The episode explores sleep paralysis research and the hypnagogic window—the moments before sleep and after waking when the brain makes unexpected connections.
This week, Episode 384—based on our review of Episode 224, recorded in June 2022—we’ll explore:
✔ Why learning, creativity, and curiosity depend on a regulated nervous system✔ How sleep—especially REM—creates the conditions for insight and problem-solving✔ What happens in the brain when focus shuts down and imagination turns on✔ Why safety, rhythm, and rest are prerequisites for learning—not rewards after it✔ How understanding sleep changes the way we approach performance, education, and growth
Listeners learn practical tips for capturing insights at the edge of sleep, setting intentions before bed, and protecting morning silence to preserve creative flashes. The episode emphasizes that learning and creativity emerge best when the nervous system feels safe and regulated.
This episode launches Season 15’s Phase 1 focus on regulation and safety, framing sleep, rhythm, and emotional regulation as the essential foundation for motivation, learning, and sustained performance.
Welcome back to Season 15 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and here we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience—so you can create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
When we launched this podcast seven years ago, it was driven by a question I had never been taught to ask—not in school,not in business,and not in life:
If results matter—and they matter now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make these results happen?
Most of us were taught what to do.Very few of us were taught how to think under pressure,how to regulate emotion,how to sustain motivation,or even how to produce consistent results without burning out.
That question led me into a deep exploration of the mind–brain–results connection—and how neuroscience applies to everyday decisions, conversations, and performance.
That’s why this podcast exists.
Each week, we bring you leading experts to break down complex science and translate it into practical strategies you can apply immediately.
If you’ve been with us through Season 14, you may have felt something shift.
That season wasn’t about collecting ideas.It was about integrating these ideas into our daily life.
Across conversations on neuroscience, social and emotional learning, sleep, stress, exercise, nutrition, and mindset frameworks—from voices like Bob Proctor, José Silva, Dr. Church, Dr. John Medina, and others—one thing became clear:
These aren’t separate tools.They’re parts of one operating system.
When the brain, body, and emotions are aligned, performance stops feeling forced—and starts to feel sustainable.
Season 14 showed us what alignment looks like in real life.
And now we move into Season 15 that is about understanding how that alignment is built—so we can build it ourselves, using predictable, science-backed principles.
Because alignment doesn’t happen all at once.It happens by using a sequence.
By repeating this sequence over and over again, until magically (or predictably) we notice our results have changed.
So this season, we’re revisiting past conversations—not to repeat them—but to understand how they fit together, so we can replicate them ourselves.
Because the brain doesn’t develop skills in isolation.Learning doesn’t happen in isolation.And neither does performance, resilience, or well-being.
The brain operates as a set of interconnected systems. When one system is out of balance, everything else is affected.
So Season 15 we’ve organized as a review roadmap, where each episode explores one foundational brain system—and each phase builds on the one before it.
Season 15 Roadmap:
Phase 1 — Regulation & SafetyPhase 2 — Neurochemistry & MotivationPhase 3 — Movement, Learning & CognitionPhase 4 — Perception, Emotion & Social IntelligencePhase 5 — Integration, Insight & Meaning Today we begin with Phase One: Regulation and Safety.
Because before learning can happen,before curiosity can emerge,before motivation or growth is possible—the brain must feel safe.
That’s where we are today as we embark on this journey together. I encourage us all to take notes, and apply what each phase is encouraging us to do. This is not just for you, the listener, I’m going right back myself, and revisiting each interview with a new lens.
PHASE 1: REGULATION & SAFETYStaples: Sleep + Stress RegulationCore Question: Is the nervous system safe enough to learn?
Anchor EpisodesEpisode 384 — Baland JalalHow learning begins: curiosity, sleep, imagination, creativity Bruce Perry“What happened to you?” — trauma, rhythm, relational safety Sui WongAutonomic balance, lifestyle medicine, brain resilienceRohan DixitHRV, real-time self-regulation, nervous system literacy EPISODE 384 — REVIEW OF EP 224 (JUNE 2022)
Revisiting Our Interview with Baland Jalal
Today’s Episode 384 we go back to Episode 224[i], recorded in June 2022, featuring Danish neuroscientist Dr. Baland Jalal—a researcher, author, and one of the world’s leading experts on sleep paralysis.
Dr. Jalal is a neuroscientist affiliated with Harvard University’s Department of Psychology and was previously a Visiting Researcher at Cambridge University Medical School, where he earned his PhD. His work has been featured in The New York Times, Washington Post, BBC, NBC News, The Guardian, Forbes, Reuters, PBS (NOVA), and many others. He also writes for TIME Magazine, Scientific American, Big Think, and The Boston Globe.
Since our original interview, I’ve watched Dr. Jalal’s influence expand globally. Most recently, he appeared on Jordan B. Peterson’s podcast[ii], discussing Dreams, Nightmares, and Neuroscience, and on Lewis Howes’ School of Greatness[iii], where he explored Dreams, Lucid Dreaming, and the Neuroscience of Consciousness—an episode that truly stretched Lewis’s thinking.
What stood out to me most—then and now—was Dr. Jalal’s transparency about learning.
At the beginning of his interview with Lewis Howes, Dr. Jalal shared how a single experience—his desire to understand his own episodes of sleep paralysis more than 20 years ago—sparked a lifelong curiosity. That curiosity led him to his local library in Copenhagen and ultimately transformed his entire career path in ways he could never have imagined as a young man spending time on the streets.
That honesty resonated deeply with me.
Before Google, I remember sitting in a local library in Arizona around that same time, trying to understand the mysteries of the world—from the Great Pyramid of Giza to Stonehenge—reading everything I could get my hands on. Like Dr. Jalal, I was curious about many things I didn’t understand, but my path didn’t start with neuroscience or learning science, which came later for me. We all begin somewhere.
Let’s go to our first clip from Dr. Baland Jalal, where he shares how his love of learning truly began.
🎥 VIDEO CLIP 1 — Where His Love of Learning Began
Before watching this clip, it’s important to listen with perspective. This is the same person who would later be described by the BBC and The Telegraph as “one of the world’s leading experts on sleep paralysis.” But that expertise didn’t begin with certainty—it began with curiosity.
Dr. Jalal said:
“I always hated books. I thought books were so boring. I’d rather hang out in the streets. Then I started to read and found how psychology and the brain were kind of interesting—why we do certain behaviors, why we think a certain way, and how the brain works. I started reading more and more and hanging out at the library instead of in the streets. I was kind of hiding it—I was supposed to be the cool kid. How do you walk with swag and have books? It didn’t fit, but I made it work. I realized that when you actually like the material and what you are doing, you can become really good at it.”
🔑 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS CLIP1. Curiosity Precedes ConfidenceExpertise rarely begins with certainty—it begins with a question. Dr. Jalal didn’t set out to become a neuroscientist; he set out to understand his own experiences with sleep paralysis. This mirrors what many of our experts have shared on this podcast. Doug Fisher, for example, once told me he enrolled in medical school classes simply to better understand how the brain learns. Curiosity comes first. As Dr. Jalal explains, the more you learn, the clearer your thinking becomes—and clarity builds confidence naturally.
Identity Shifts Are Often Private at FirstReal growth often begins quietly, long before others notice. Before the transformation becomes visible, it happens internally—sometimes even in secrecy. Dr. Jalal hid the books he was reading, unsure how his growing interest would be received. I remember doing the exact same thing when I first began studying the brain and learning. I questioned myself constantly: Who was I to explain a topic I hadn’t formally studied in university?Years later, I’ve read more books on neuroscience than I did during my entire university career. Growth doesn’t ask for permission—it asks for commitment.
Intrinsic Motivation Changes the BrainWhen learning is driven by genuine interest rather than obligation, engagement deepens, persistence increases, and mastery accelerates. Neuroscience consistently shows that motivation strengthens attention, memory, and long-term retention. I was first handed Brain Rules by John Medina in 2009—nearly a decade before I was ready to fully absorb it. My boss at the time thought I’d enjoy it. She had no idea that this one book (along with a few others) would eventually inspire me to study the brain deeply enough to launch this podcast.
You Don’t Need to Start “As an Expert”Dr. Jalal’s journey reminds us that passion often develops after exposure—not before it. I clearly remember the fear of making mistakes in our early podcast episodes. I didn’t want to admit I was still learning. What’s refreshing—and reassuring—is realizing that we all begin in the same place: with curiosity. It’s the willingness to keep learning that ultimately determines how far we go.
Environment Shapes TrajectoryA library, a book, a single moment—small environmental shifts can redirect an entire life. This idea continues to stand out to me. In 1999, during my first visit to New Orleans, I was riding a trolley from Jackson Square through the French Market when I noticed a young boy—maybe 15 years old—reading Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill. I’ll never forget the determination on his face. That was decades before I would cover this book on the podcast, but I’m certain that moment shaped his future in ways we’ll never fully see. Learning can take place anywhere when there’s a will behind your desire.
🧠 TIPS TO PUT THESE IDEAS INTO ACTION1. Follow the Question That Won’t Let You GoNotice the topic you keep returning to. That recurring curiosity is often your brain pointing you toward growth. For me, it started with the mysteries of the world. Neuroscience and learning came later—but we all start somewhere. Pay attention to what occupies your thoughts when you have some quiet time.
Create a Low-Pressure Learning SpaceGive yourself permission to learn privately—without posting online, performing, or proving anything to anyone. Learning takes time to organize internally. Journaling or keeping a dedicated notebook helps move ideas from your head onto paper, strengthening your understanding and reflection.
Replace “I’m Not Good at This” with “I’m Interested in This”Interest is a stronger predictor of success than talent. Motivation literally rewires attention and memory networks in the brain. I still remember opening How the Brain Learns by David Sousa, then closing it just as quickly thinking, this is way over my head. Give yourself time. Learning settles in layers.
Change One Environment VariableSpend time where learning naturally happens—libraries, podcasts, books, long-form conversations. Brains adapt to what they’re exposed to repeatedly. Keep your learning time consistent. Over time, as notebooks fill and ideas connect, you’ll be amazed how much this simple daily habit compounds.
Let Identity Catch Up LaterYou don’t need to call yourself a “scientist,” “leader,” or “expert” today. Keep learning—the identity will follow. I initially called myself a researcher. It took years before I felt comfortable adding “neuroscience researcher.” That word once felt intimidating. Now it fits—because the work came first.
I hope Dr. Jalal’s first clip has inspired you to notice what’s been quietly calling your attention—and to take the first step toward becoming an expert in that area by simply beginning.
🎥 VIDEO CLIP 2 — Hypnagogic Sleep, Insight, and Creativity
In our second video clip with Baland Jalal, he takes us into a stage of sleep I’ve been fascinated by since my 20s—hypnagogic sleep. This is the transitional brain state that occurs just before we drift off to sleep, or in those brief moments when we’ve just woken up.
We talk about this around the 30-minute mark in our interview, where I shared that years ago I asked a sleep expert why I was seeing what I can only describe as “flashes of insight” on the screen of my mind—right before falling asleep and again upon waking. That expert told me to study the term hypnagogic sleep.
Dr. Jalal took this idea a step further by explaining that this is not just a strange or fleeting state—but a highly creative brain state.
He explains that during REM sleep, certain neurotransmitters—such as noradrenaline, which helps keep us focused and goal-directed during waking life—are significantly reduced. With those “focus chemicals” turned down, the brain becomes far more open to connecting unrelated ideas, thinking expansively, and solving problems in novel ways.
Dr. Jalal even references Thomas Edison, who famously used this state intentionally. Edison would sit in a chair holding a spoon, with a metal plate underneath. As he drifted toward sleep, the moment he lost consciousness, the spoon would fall, wake him up, and allow him to capture ideas that surfaced in that brief window of awareness.
This hypnagogic state—those few seconds between waking and sleeping—is a sweet spot for creativity, insight, and innovation.
🔑 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM THIS CLIPHypnagogic Sleep Is a Gateway StateThe moments just before sleep and just after waking are neurologically unique. The brain is not fully awake or asleep, making it more flexible and imaginative.Reduced Focus Enables CreativityWhen neurotransmitters like noradrenaline decrease, the brain becomes less rigid and more associative—allowing ideas to connect in unexpected ways.Insight Often Comes When Control LoosensCreativity doesn’t always come from intense focus. Sometimes it emerges when the brain is allowed to wander without pressure.This State Can Be Accessed IntentionallyVisionaries like Thomas Edison didn’t wait for inspiration—they designed conditions to access it deliberately.Many “Aha” Moments Live HereThose flashes of insight you experience before sleep or upon waking are not random—they’re a byproduct of how the brain reorganizes information during this state. 🧠 TIPS TO PUT THESE IDEAS INTO ACTION1. Capture Ideas at the Edge of SleepKeep a notebook or voice memo next to your bed. If an idea surfaces just before sleep or immediately upon waking, capture it right away—don’t trust yourself to remember it later.
REMEMBER:“Ideas are like slippery fish. If you don’t gaff them on the end of a pen, they swim away quickly, never to be seen again.”— Earl Nightingale
Many ideas that arrive during this highly creative state won’t make sense in the moment. Write them down anyway. What feels fragmented today may reveal meaning weeks—or even months—later.
Set an Intention Before SleepBefore drifting off, gently focus on a question or problem you’d like insight on. Don’t force an answer. Simply invite your brain to explore it while you rest. Often, clarity emerges when effort steps aside.
Protect the Wake-Up WindowResist the urge to grab your phone the moment you wake up. Give yourself one or two quiet minutes to notice lingering images, ideas, or thoughts before your analytical mind takes over. This brief window can hold surprising insight.
Allow Unfocused Thinking TimeCreativity thrives when the brain isn’t under constant demand. Build in moments of mental looseness—walks, quiet reflection, stillness, or even stepping away for lunch.
I’ll never forget when I worked in the seminar industry. During our busiest selling days, my colleague Mark would insist we take a lunch break and go out to eat—often to the same sushi restaurant down the street. Every time we returned, without fail, there would be a new sale waiting on the fax machine (this was back when fax ruled). We became convinced that stepping away from the work was part of what allowed the result to arrive.
🔍 EP 384 — REVIEW & CONCLUSIONAs we wrap up Episode 384, revisiting our 2022 conversation with Baland Jalal, what stands out most to me is not just what we learned about sleep, dreams, or creativity—but how learning itself unfolds over time.
In our first clip, we saw how Dr. Jalal’s entire career began not with certainty or credentials, but with curiosity. A single question—Why is this happening to me?—led him from the streets of Copenhagen to the library, and eventually to becoming one of the world’s leading experts on sleep paralysis. His story is a reminder that expertise is not something you decide in advance; it’s something that emerges when curiosity is given space to grow.
In our second clip, we explored the hypnagogic state—that brief window between waking and sleeping where the brain loosens its grip on focus and control. In this state, insight becomes possible not because we try harder, but because we try less. Creativity, problem-solving, and expansive thinking emerge when the brain is allowed to wander, connect, and reorganize information in new ways.
Together, these clips tell a powerful story:
Learning begins with curiosityGrowth often happens quietly and privatelyCreativity emerges when we allow space instead of pressureAnd some of our most meaningful ideas arrive when we stop forcing them This is why conversations like this continue to matter years later. Not because the science has changed—but because we have.
If there’s one takeaway from today’s episode, it’s this:You don’t need to know where your curiosity will lead. You only need to honor it long enough to begin.
Whether your insights arrive in a library, during a walk, just before sleep, or in the quiet moments you usually rush past—pay attention. Write them down. Give them time.
Because learning doesn’t always announce itself loudly.Sometimes, it whispers—right before we fall asleep, or just as we wake up.
And that’s where the next chapter often begins.
As we close today’s episode, I want to leave you with one simple idea to carry forward.
Before the brain can learn,before curiosity can expand,before imagination or growth can take hold—the nervous system has to feel safe.
What Dr. Baland Jalal helped us see today is that sleep, rhythm, and regulation aren’t “nice to have.” They’re the entry point.
When the brain is rested and regulated, it becomes curious.When it isn’t, it stays in survival mode—no matter how motivated or capable we are.
This is where Phase One of Season 15 truly begins.
Because regulation isn’t about fixing what’s broken.It’s about creating the conditions where learning becomes possible.
Next week, in Episode 385, we’ll deepen this conversation with Dr. Bruce Perry—one of the world’s leading experts on trauma, brain development, and relational safety.
His work reminds us that when we ask “What’s wrong with you?” we miss the real question.
“What happened to you?”
We’ll explore how rhythm, relationships, and safety shape the developing brain—and why understanding this changes how we approach education, leadership, parenting, and performance.
So as you move into the coming week, notice this:
Where does your nervous system feel supported?And where might it still be asking for safety?
Because everything we’ll build in this season—motivation, learning, resilience, and insight—rests on this foundation.
I’ll see you next week for Episode 385.
RESOURCES:
Watch our full interview on YouTube here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nE15JIqy5rU
🎥 VIDEO CLIP 1 — Where His Love of Learning Began
https://www.youtube.com/shorts/pfKGZMZ2X5Q
🎥 VIDEO CLIP 2 — Hypnagogic Sleep, Insight, and Creativity
https://www.youtube.com/shorts/IA-_UAwewzg
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 224 with Dr. Baland Jalal on “Sleep Paralysis, Lucid Dreaming and Premonitions” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/harvard-neuroscientist-drbaland-jalalexplainssleepparalysislucid-dreaming-andpremonitionsexpandingour-awareness-into-the-mysteries-ofourbrainduring-sl/
[ii] The Jordan B Peterson Podcast with Dr. Baland Jalal https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=T_seRpqUJDo
[iii] Dr. Baland Jalal with Lewis Howes on The School of Greatness https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wp5izIYNZas
Episode 383 applies Napoleon Hill’s timeless principles to sales, showing how decision, persistence, and the mastermind turn inner preparation into consistent results.
Learn practical, neuroscience-backed actions to make clear decisions, sustain effort through resistance, and multiply success by aligning with the right people.
Welcome back to Season 15 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast — where we bridge the science behind social and emotional learning, emotional intelligence, and practical neuroscience to create measurable improvements in well-being, achievement, productivity, and results.
I’m Andrea Samadi.
And seven years ago, when we launched this podcast, it was driven by a question I had never been taught to ask — either in school, in business, or in life:
If productivity and results matter — and they matter now more than ever — how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to work with our brain instead of against it. We were taught what to do — but not how to think, decide, persist, or align with others in ways that produce consistent results.
That question pulled me into a decade-long exploration of the mind–brain–results connection — and how neuroscience can be applied to everyday decisions, conversations, and performance.
That’s why this podcast exists.
Each week, I bring you the world’s leading experts so we can break down complex science — and turn it into practical strategies you can apply immediately for predictable, science-backed outcomes.
And that brings us to today’s Episode 383 — where we are going back to reconnect to a powerful 6-part series we originally recorded in 2022 around a book that has shaped achievement for generations: Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill.
Connecting Back to Our 6-Part Think and Grow Rich Series[i]
We used that book as a framework to launch our year, back in 2022, walking chapter by chapter through the principles my mentor, Bob Proctor, studied for over 50 years of his life. Not casually. Not occasionally. But as a daily discipline for creating results — in business, health, relationships, and purpose.
That 6-part series was about the basics — the inner mechanics that govern all achievement. And those basics still matter just as much today.
What we’re doing now is not revisiting this material because it’s old.
We’re revisiting it because it’s timeless.
PART 3 — From Decision to MomentumDecision • Persistence • The Power of the Mastermind
In Part 3 today, of our Think and Grow Rich for Sales study, we move from inner preparation to outer execution.
Up to this point, the earlier chapters have shaped belief, certainty, vision, and authority. But results are not created by preparation alone. They are created when inner mastery is followed by decisive action, sustained effort, and collective intelligence.
This is where most people stall—and where sales mastery is forged.
DecisionWe begin with Decision, the moment where intention becomes irreversible.Indecision leaks certainty. Decision creates momentum.
Successful people decide quickly and change course slowly. In sales, this means committing to your value, your process, and your outcome before the conversation begins—so hesitation never enters the room.
PersistenceNext comes Persistence, the force that carries decisions through resistance, delay, and rejection. Persistence is not intensity—it is refusal to quit when progress is invisible.
In sales, persistence keeps conversations alive, turns “no” into information, and allows momentum to compound long after others have disengaged.
The Power of the MastermindFinally, we arrive at The Power of the Mastermind—where individual effort becomes exponential.
When two or more minds unite in harmony around a definite purpose, a third force emerges: clarity, creativity, and certainty launch beyond individual thinking. This chapter reveals why no great achievement—and no sustained sales success—is built alone.
Decision commits you.Persistence carries you.The Mastermind multiplies you.
Together, these three principles turn vision into execution and effort into inevitable results.EP 383 — Think and Grow Rich for Sales where we’re applying those same principles through a very specific lens — one I’ve wanted to explore for a long time.
Sales.
Not sales as tactics.Not sales as scripts.But sales as the external expression of inner mastery.
Because here’s the truth:
You don’t need to be in sales for these principles to work —but if you are in sales, they become a powerful advantage.
Why Part 3 MattersToday we’re covering Decision, Persistence, and The Power of the Mastermind — the principles that separate intention from execution.
Up until now in this series, (PART 1 and PART 2) we’ve been building the inner foundation:
ThoughtDesireFaithAutosuggestionSpecialized KnowledgeImaginationOrganized Planning Those chapters shape belief, certainty, authority, and vision.
But Part 3 is where things get real.
Because:
Decision is where hesitation ends.Persistence is where most people quit.The Mastermind is where momentum multiplies. This is the phase where inner mastery must turn into consistent action, even when results are delayed, resistance appears, or confidence wavers.
How the 6-Part Series Maps Directly to Sales MasteryEvery principle we covered in 2022 becomes a sales advantage when applied intentionally.
Each chapter:
Upgrades your inner stateShapes how you show up in conversationsInfluences the certainty others feel around youAnd determines whether opportunities compound… or stall That’s why this series is called:
Think and Grow Rich for SalesHow Inner Mastery Becomes Sales ResultsInspired by Think and Grow Rich — through a modern neuroscience + sales lens
So today, as we move into Decision, Persistence, and The Power of the Mastermind, ask yourself one question:
Where in your life — or your sales process — have you been preparing…but not fully deciding?
Because once a decision is made —and backed by persistence and you’ve got the right people to support you —everything begins to move.
Let’s begin PART 3.
Chapter VIII: DecisionCore IdeaDecision is the moment where intention becomes irreversible.Success is not delayed by lack of ability, knowledge, or opportunity—it is delayed by indecision. Those who succeed decide quickly, commit fully, and change course slowly.
In sales (and life), certainty follows decision, not the other way around.
Sales ApplicationDecide before the call who you are, what you stand for, and the value you bring. This starts with you on the inside, and reflects to others on the outside.Eliminate hesitation by committing to the outcome, not the comfortStop outsourcing decisions to opinions, objections, or fear of rejectionMake decisions promptly, then execute consistently without reopening the questionUnderstand that most stalled deals are not about price or timing—they’re about your certainty When you (as the leader) decide fully:
Your tone steadiesYour message sharpensYour presence communicates leadership Buyers feel that decisiveness immediately.
Listener TakeawayIndecision leaks certainty. Decision creates forward momentum.
You don’t get stuck because you chose the wrong path.You get stuck because you never fully chose one at all.
Once a decision is made—and all other options are removed—behavior aligns, confidence follows, and results begin to compound.
The Moment Where Commitment Creates Momentum
Napoleon Hill opens Chapter 8 on Decision with a striking conclusion drawn from an accurate analysis of over 25,000 men and women who had experienced failure:
“Lack of decision was near the head of the list of the 30 major causes of failure.”(CH 8, p. 157, Think and Grow Rich)
Hill is clear—this is not theory. It is fact. Those who succeed, he explains, “had the habit of reaching decisions promptly and of changing these decisions slowly, if and when they were changed.” (CH 8, p. 157)
In contrast, those who fail hesitate, (have you ever heard a LEADER say “I don’t know?) NEVER! They never second-guess, or remain trapped in indecision—and others often mistake their delay for being cautious.
Decision Is a Habit, Not a Moment
Hill points to Henry Ford as a living example of decisiveness in action. One of Ford’s most outstanding qualities, Hill writes, was “his habit of reaching decisions quickly and definitely, and changing them slowly.” (CH 8, p. 158)
This distinction matters. Successful people are not reckless—but once they decide, they commit. They do not constantly reopen the question. They move forward.
Hill challenges the reader directly:
“You have a brain and mind of your own. Use it, and reach your own decisions.”(CH 8, p. 159)
Indecision, he argues, is often the result of allowing the opinions of others to dilute our own thinking. The more people we consult, the more fragmented our certainty becomes.
Decision Requires Courage
Decision, by its nature, demands courage. Hill reminds us that “the great decisions which served as the foundation of civilization were reached by assuming great risks.” (CH 8, p. 160)
History is filled with individuals who stepped forward before there was certainty—people who acted without guarantees, yet changed the course of their lives and the world.
This truth resonated deeply with me years ago, before I made the decision to move from Toronto to the United States. Around that time, I purchased a poster that still hangs in my office today. It’s on the top of my bookshelf, to the right of my desk in my field of view. At the top of this picture is the word COURAGE, followed by a poem attributed to Johann Wolfgang von Goethe: The poster says-
*“The moment one definitely commits oneself, then Providence moves too.All sorts of things occur to help one that would never otherwise have occurred.A whole stream of events issues from the decision,raising in one’s favor all manner of unforeseen incidents and meetings and material assistance,which no man could have dreamed would have come his way. Whatever you can do or dream you can, begin it. Boldness has genius, power and magic in it. Begin it now.”
Make your decisions and NEVER look back.
Closing Thought — Chapter VIII: DecisionClarity does not come before the decision.Clarity comes because of the decision.
The moment you decide—fully, cleanly, and without retreat—your behavior changes, your energy stabilizes, and your certainty becomes visible to others. That certainty is what moves conversations forward, closes deals, and creates momentum.
Indecision keeps you negotiating with fear.Decision puts you back in leadership.
Once a decision is made, the path begins to reveal itself—and persistence becomes possible.
And that’s where we’re headed next.
Chapter IX: PersistenceThe Force That Turns Intention Into Inevitability
Core IdeaPersistence is the sustained application of will over time.It is not intensity. It is not motivation. It is refusal to quit when progress is invisible. This is where we need our belief, our faith and imagination to come into play.
Napoleon Hill describes persistence as “to character, what carbon is to steel.” (CH 9, p. 178, TAGR) Without it, even the strongest ideas collapse. With it, ordinary effort becomes extraordinary.
Those who succeed are often misunderstood—not because they are reckless, but because they are unwilling to stop. Hill writes that successful people are often seen as “cold-blooded or ruthless,” when in reality, “what they have is willpower, which they mix with persistence.” (CH 9, p. 175)
Persistence is the bridge between decision and the results that you attain.
Sales ApplicationIn sales, persistence is not pressure—it is professional resolve.
Persistence keeps you in the conversation after the first “no”It transforms rejection into information to uncover moreIt replaces emotional reaction with strategic and timely follow-upIt conditions you to ask better questions instead of walking away A persistent salesperson does not hear “no” as rejection—they hear it as:
“Not now”“Not this way”“Not with this information” So they ask:
What changed?What would need to be true for this to move forward?Is timing, budget, or authority the real obstacle? Persistence is what allows a salesperson to:
Maintain relationships when deals stallTo be able to re-enter conversations when conditions changeBe remembered when others disappear Without persistence, opportunities die quietly.With persistence, doors reopen.
Strengthening Your Persistence MusclePersistence is not a personality trait—it is a trained discipline.
One of the most powerful exercises I learned while working with Bob Proctor was designed specifically to build persistence into habit.
The assignment was simple:
Read Chapter 9 Persistence from Think and Grow Rich — every day, for 14 days in a row.Miss one day? You start over at Day 1.
Years later, in 2019, Paul Martinelli issued the same challenge to me. I thought it would be easy. It wasn’t.
Life intervenes.Schedules shift.Distractions will appear during your reading time.
One morning, as I was reading early in my office, one of my kids came in not feeling well. I put the book down to help her. The day began—and I missed the chapter.
What happened next mattered:I had to remove something else from my schedule to stay committed.
That’s the lesson.
Persistence isn’t tested when things are convenient.It’s tested when something reasonable tries to knock it off course.
Try this challenge yourself.Track every day.Notice what shows up to distract you.
You’ll learn more about yourself in those 14 days than you ever could have expected.
Listener TakeawayPersistence compounds quietly.
It doesn’t announce itself.It doesn’t feel dramatic.But over time, it becomes unbeatable.
Most people stop just before momentum begins.
Persistence is staying in motion long enough for the tide to turn.
When to Let GoPersistence is not stubbornness.
There are moments when walking away is appropriate—but only after your best effort has been applied.
My Dad used to say: “Andrea, what’s for you won’t go by you.”
I’ve found that to be true.
When persistence has been honored—when you’ve shown up fully, asked the hard questions, followed through consistently—clarity eventually arrives.
Sometimes the answer is not yet.Sometimes it’s not this.Sometimes it’s something better.
Force negates.Persistence clarifies.
Final Thought — Chapter IX: PersistencePersistence is not heroic in the moment.It is heroic in hindsight.
It is the quiet decision to show up again—to follow through again—to believe again—long after most people would have stopped.
Without persistence, talent fades.With persistence, effort compounds.
And once persistence is in place,the power of the Mastermind becomes unstoppable.
That’s where we go next.
Chapter X: The Power of the MastermindWhy Sales Is Never a Solo GameCollective intelligence multiplies results.
Core IdeaA Mastermind is not a meeting.It is not networking.It is not collaboration for convenience.
A Mastermind is the creation of a third force.
Napoleon Hill defines it clearly:
“No two minds ever come together without thereby creating a third, invisible, intangible force that may be likened to a third mind.”(CH 10, p. 195, Think and Grow Rich)
This chapter reveals that achievement accelerates when two or more minds unite in harmony around a definite purpose. What emerges is a form of collective intelligence—greater than any one individual’s thinking.
Hill calls this power:
“The Master Mind may be defined as coordinated knowledge and effort, in a spirit of harmony, between two or more people, for the attainment of a definite purpose.”(CH 10, p. 195)
This is where vision gains momentum—and plans finally move.
Sales ApplicationIn sales, the Mastermind is a force multiplier.
It sharpens thinking beyond individual blind spotsIt accelerates problem-solving when deals stallIt stabilizes certainty when confidence waversIt prevents isolation, which quietly erodes persistence Sales is often practiced alone—but mastery is built together.
High-performing sales professionals:
Test ideas with trusted thinking partnersDebrief losses without egoShare language, patterns, objections, and breakthroughsBorrow certainty when needed—and lend it when others falter When you bring your challenges into the right room, clarity emerges faster.
As Hill reminds us:
“Plans are inert and useless without sufficient power to translate them into action.”(CH 10, p. 193)
The Mastermind is that power.
Why the Mastermind WorksHill explains this principle through energy:
“The human mind is a form of energy.”(CH 10, p. 196)
When minds align, energy compounds.
I first felt this power in May of 2001, working in the seminar industry, listening to the late Doug Wead speak on what he called “The Third-Party Principle.” He described it as a triple-braided cord—a force formed when two or more people come together around a shared aim.
If you’ve ever been part of a true Mastermind, you know the feeling:
Ideas flow differentlyCertainty increasesProblems shrinkCreativity replaces competition You don’t leave the same way you arrived.
Listener TakeawayYou do not need to be the smartest person in the room.You need to be in the right room.
Progress accelerates when you stop trying to think your way forward alone.
One plus one does not equal two.In a Mastermind, one plus one equals three.
Have you ever felt this? The creation of a third mind, when speaking with two or more people? It’s a powerful experience.
How to Create Your Own MastermindWHO to Invite
People who share your values and beliefsPeople who think differently than youPeople who challenge assumptions without attacking identity Hill even notes:
“Some of the best sources for creating your own Mastermind are your own employees.”(CH 10, p. 200)
Seek harmony, not sameness.
WHEN to Meet
Commit to a consistent cadence (monthly or quarterly)Meet for at least one yearTreat it as non-negotiable Momentum requires continuity.
WHAT to NoticeOver time, you’ll observe:
A calm certainty replacing mental noiseCreativity emerging where frustration once livedNew pathways revealed where you saw roadblocks Others will see progress when you see obstacles.That’s the power.
Historical ProofHill reminds us:
“Henry Ford began his business career under the handicap of poverty, illiteracy, and ignorance…”(CH 10, p. 197)
Ford’s most rapid growth began when he aligned with Thomas Edison.
Modern examples echo the same truth:
Bill GatesSteve JobsJeff Bezos None built alone. All relied on thinking partners.
Final Thought — Chapter X: The Power of the MastermindNo great achievement is the result of isolated brilliance.
It is the result of aligned minds, sustained harmony, and shared purpose.
Decision commits you.Persistence carries you.But the Mastermind multiplies you.
When the right minds come together,progress no longer depends on force—it becomes inevitable.
And with that, the formula is complete.
🧠 ACTION FRAMEWORK: DECISION • PERSISTENCE • MASTERMIND WITH THE BRAIN IN MIND1️⃣ DECISION — Create Certainty Before ActionNeuroscience Insight:The brain seeks certainty. Indecision keeps the nervous system in a threat state. Decision stabilizes energy and frees cognitive bandwidth.
Action Steps for Sales People:
Before each sales call, meeting, or important conversation:Write down one clear outcome you are committed toDecide in advance how you will show up (calm, certain, curious) Remove “maybe” language from your self-talk:Replace “Let’s see how this goes” with “I will lead this conversation.” Once a decision is made, do not reopen it emotionally — execute and adjust only with data. Daily Practice (2 minutes):
“What am I deciding today that I’ve been postponing?” With time and practice, you will learn to make your own decisions quickly.
2️⃣ PERSISTENCE — Train Follow-Through, Not EmotionNeuroscience Insight:Persistence strengthens the prefrontal cortex and reduces emotional reactivity. It is a skill — not a personality trait.
Action Steps for Sales:
Track follow-ups instead of outcomesDecide in advance how many touchpoints you will commit to before disengagingTreat “no” as feedback, not failure: It’s not personal.Ask better questions instead of retreating 14-Day Persistence Drill (Bob Proctor Style):
Read Chapter 9 Persistence every day for 14 daysMiss one day? RestartNotice what interferes — that’s where growth lives Daily Question:
“What does staying in motion look like today?”
3️⃣ THE MASTERMIND — Borrow and Lend CertaintyNeuroscience Insight:Aligned thinking increases cognitive flexibility, reduces stress, and accelerates insight. Isolation weakens persistence.
Action Steps for Sales:
Identify 1–3 people you can think with, not perform forMeet once a month for one year — non-negotiableStructure meetings around:ChallengesQuestionsPattern recognition Share failures early — clarity accelerates faster there Weekly Question:
“Who helps me see what I can’t see alone?”
REVIEW & CONCLUSION — EP 383 (PART 3)As we wrap up Part 3 of our Think and Grow Rich for Sales study, it’s important to see what just happened — not just in this episode, but across the entire framework.
Because this was never a sales series about tactics.It was a mastery series about who you become before results show up.
Everything we’ve covered — from Thought to the Mastermind — follows one clear progression:
Inner state always precedes outer results.
🔹 CONNECTING ALL THE CHAPTERSIt began with Thought — because every result starts as a mental pattern.
Thought shaped Desire — a clear, emotionally charged aim that we have.
Desire required Faith — belief in yourself and in the outcome before evidence appeared.
Faith was reinforced through Autosuggestion — the language and inner dialogue that programs our certainty.
That certainty was anchored by Specialized Knowledge — not scattered information, but organized expertise.
Expertise activated Imagination — the ability to see outcomes before they exist.
Vision became real through Organized Planning — turning intention into structure.
But none of that produces results until something critical happens.
You decide.
As we close Part 3 — and this Think and Grow Rich for Sales study — I want to leave you with one final reminder:
Results don’t come from knowing more.
They come from deciding, persisting, and thinking with the right people long enough for momentum to form.
Decision commits you.Persistence carries you.And the Mastermind multiplies you.
These principles aren’t motivational — they’re neurological.They stabilize your nervous system.They sharpen your thinking.And they create certainty that others can feel.
🔹 WHY PART 3 IS THE TURNING POINT OF THIS ENTIRE STUDY?Decision is where preparation ends and commitment begins.
Persistence is what keeps that decision alive when feedback is delayed, resistance appears, or confidence wavers.
And The Mastermind ensures you never have to carry certainty alone.
This is the moment the inner world becomes visible.
This is where belief becomes behavior.Where confidence becomes tone.Where preparation becomes momentum.
Part 3 doesn’t add new ideas.It activates everything that came before it.
Thought creates direction.Desire gives it fuel.Faith stabilizes belief.Autosuggestion conditions certainty.Knowledge builds authority.Imagination reveals possibility before your eyes can see it.Planning creates structure.
Decision commits you.Persistence carries you.And the Mastermind multiplies you.
That’s the formula.
As we close Part 3, remember this:
You don’t need to be perfect.You don’t need to be fearless.You just need to decide — and stay in motion — with the right people beside you.
Preparation without decision stalls.Effort without persistence fades.And success without others rarely sustains.
This is sales mastery at its highest level:The transfer of certainty.
Thank you for walking through this 3 PART series with me.
I’ll see you next week — where we continue turning neuroscience into results as we continue our reviews of past interviews.
As we wrap up Part 3 of our review, remember:You don’t need to be perfect.You don’t need to be fearless.You just need to decide — and stay in motion — with the right people beside you.
Preparation without decision stalls.Effort without persistence fades.And success without others rarely sustains.
Thank you for walking through this series with me.I’ll see you in the next season — where we continue turning science into results.
RESOURCES
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 381 PART 1 “The Inner Foundation of Sales Mastery: Why Thought, Desire and Faith Create Results” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-for-sales-from-thought-to-close/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 382 PART 2 “Sales Mastery from the Inside Out: Autosuggestion, Authority, Imagination and Execution” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/auto-suggestion-to-authority-turning-inner-scripts-into-sales-wins/
REFERENCES
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
Season 14, Episode 382 reviews chapters 4–7 of Think and Grow Rich for Sales, showing how autosuggestion, specialized knowledge, imagination, and organized planning transform inner belief into consistent sales results.
This episode explains practical steps to program confidence, build authority, paint future outcomes for buyers, and design repeatable sales systems that create certainty and close deals more naturally.
Today EP 382 PART 2 of our Think and Grow Rich for Sales Series, we will cover:
✔ Chapter 4: Autosuggestion: How Your Inner Script Becomes Your Outer Results
Sales Application (Practical Use)Pre-call priming: Speak your outcome out loud before every call (“I bring clarity and certainty to this conversation.”)
Language audit: Eliminate soft phrases (“I think,” “hopefully,” “maybe”) from your sales vocabulary.
Repetition builds belief: Read your sales goals twice daily as if already achieved.
Emotion matters: Read goals with feeling—belief is emotional, not intellectual.
Interrupt negative mindsets: Replace “They won’t buy” with “I help people make confident decisions.”
Consistency over intensity: Daily repetition beats occasional motivation.
Key Insight: Belief is built deliberately, not accidentally. ✔ Chapter 5: Specialized Knowledge: From Information to Authority
5 Sales Application TipsOrganize your expertise into simple frameworks buyers can easily follow.
Know their world better than they do—pain points, language, pressures, timing.
Stop overloading: Say less, but say it with authority.
Borrow brilliance: Use mentors, subject experts, and masterminds to extend your knowledge.
Teach while you sell: Authority grows when you help buyers understand, not when you impress them.
Key Insight: You are not selling information. You are selling guidance.✔ Chapter 6: Imagination: Where Sales Innovation Is Born
7 Sales Application TipsPaint the “after” picture: Describe life, work, or outcomes post-solution.
Use sensory language: Help them see, feel, and experience the result.
Rehearse success aloud: Walk the buyer through implementation as if it’s already happening.
Normalize the decision: Familiarity reduces fear and resistance.
Tell transformation stories: Stories activate imagination faster than facts.
Slow the moment down: Imagination needs space—don’t rush the close.
Anchor certainty visually: “Imagine six months from now…” becomes a mental commitment.
Key Insight: People don’t buy solutions. They buy who they become after the solution.✔ Chapter 7: Organized Planning: Putting Desire Into Action
6 Sales Application TipsCreate a repeatable sales process you trust and follow consistently.
Plan the work—then work the plan, even when results lag.
Refine the plan, not the goal when setbacks occur.
Prepare for objections before they arise—confidence comes from readiness.
Track behaviors, not just outcomes (calls, follow-ups, conversations).
Use structure to eliminate emotion-based decisions during the sales cycle.
Key Insight: A plan creates certainty. Certainty creates momentum.Welcome back to our final series of SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
Connecting Back to Our 6-Part Think and Grow Rich Series (2022)
For today’s EP 382, we continue with PART 2 of our Review of Think and Grow Rich for Sales, connecting back to our 6-PART Series from 2022[i].
Back in 2022, we didn’t just read Think and Grow Rich—we lived inside it as we launched our year.
Over a 6-part series that began the beginning of January 2022, we walked through this book chapter by chapter, not as theory, but as a personal operating system for growth, performance, and results.
At the time, the focus of our 6 PART Series was broad. We covered:
Personal developmentMindset masteryVision, purpose, and belief We covered the BASICS of this book that my mentor, Bob Proctor studied for his entire lifetime (over 50 years) that can be applied to whatever it is that you want to create with our life. Today, we are going to look at this timeless piece of knowledge, through a new lens. What we’re covering today—PART 2 of our Study of Think and Grow Rich for Sales—is not new material.
It’s the application of this series, towards a specific discipline. You could apply this book to any discipline, but this one, I have wanted to cover for a very long time.
How the 6-Part Series Maps DIRECTLY to Sales Mastery
Here’s the reframe that matters:
Every principle we covered in 2022 becomes a sales advantage when applied correctly. Each of the 10 chapters explains how to further improve our inner state, and then we walk through how to make this change occur in our outer world, connecting each principal for the salesperson. And just a reminder that you don’t need to be in sales for these principles to work for us.
Think and Grow Rich for SalesHow Inner Mastery Becomes Sales ResultsInspired by Think and Grow RichThrough a modern neuroscience + sales lens
Chapter IV: AutosuggestionThe Inner Script Behind Every Sales CallCore Idea:Your subconscious mind is always selling—either for you or against you.
Sales Application:
Language patterns that leak doubtWhy we program confidence before the callWhy tone matters more than technique Listener Takeaway:
The buyer responds to your energy, not your words.
Chapter IV — AutosuggestionHow Your Inner Script Becomes Your Outer ResultsAutosuggestion is the bridge between what you think and what you experience.
I first learned this concept while working with Bob Proctor in the seminar industry, and it fundamentally changed the way I understand my own personal results—both in life and in sales.
At its core, autosuggestion is about creating order in the mind, (first) so your inner script consistently produces your outer results.
The visual model that explains this in one simple view is the stickperson diagram, originally developed by Dr. Thurman Fleet in 1934. You’ll see this image in the show notes, labeled A, B, and C. Here is what this diagram means.
The Three Parts of the MindIMAGE IDEA: From Dr. Thurman Fleet 1937 with his idea of Concept Therapy.
A — Conscious Mind (Thinking Mind)This is the part of your mind you use when you are actively thinking:
readingstudyinglearningsolving problemsconsciously making decisions This is where logic lives.
B — Non-Conscious Mind (Emotional Mind)This is the most powerful part of the mind—and the most misunderstood.
The non-conscious mind:
accepts whatever enters itdoes not judge truth from falsehoodoperates primarily through repetition and emotion This is why:
who you surround yourself with matterswhat you listen to matterswhat you repeatedly tell yourself matters Your non-conscious mind becomes the program that runs your behavior.
C — BodyThe body is the instrument of the mind.
Your body inherits what your mind expresses:
thoughts affect emotionsemotions affect physiologyphysiology affects behavior and results This is why mindset impacts:
healthenergyconfidenceperformance And why our thoughts, feelings and actions ultimately determine our results. They create our conditions, our circumstances and our environment.
Why Autosuggestion Matters (Real Life Example)Because I learned this before I had children, I became extremely intentional about what was playing in the background of our home.
News, negativity, and fear-based messaging go straight into the non-conscious mind—especially when the mind is in a submissive state, such as:
early childhood (when your mind is wide open)right before sleepalso while eatingwhen relaxed or emotionally open This state of mind doesn’t just affect children.It affects adults too.
What we repeatedly hear becomes how we feel—and eventually how we act.
This is why autosuggestion is not wishful thinking.It is mental conditioning.
Autosuggestion and Alignment (Praxis)When your thoughts, feelings and emotions are aligned, you enter a state called praxis—the point where belief and behavior match.
How do we enter this state?
By:
writing your goalsreading them aloudrepeating them twice daily you gradually impress belief onto the non-conscious mind.
Over time:
belief strengthensfaith developsbehavior shifts automatically Eventually, you don’t have to force confidence.It becomes natural.
Beyond the Five Senses: The Higher FacultiesBefore moving into Chapter V — Specialized Knowledge, it’s important to introduce one of the most overlooked ideas Napoleon Hill emphasized: It’s the 6 higher faculties of the mind.
If you revisit Episode #67[ii], I explain how living only through our five senses can limit results.
Our five senses are connected to the conscious mind.
But beyond them lie six higher faculties, including:
imaginationintuitionperceptionwillreasonmemory Hill believed intuition and imagination were so powerful that he devoted entire chapters to them.
These faculties allow us to:
access deeper insightperceive what others missgain a competitive advantage Intuition: A Sales SuperpowerIf I had to choose three higher faculties most useful in sales for us to develop, they would be:
intuitionperceptionwill Let’s focus on intuition.
Intuition is the mental tool that allows you to feel truth:
a gut sensean inner knowinga subtle emotional signal It develops with practice—and trust.
Putting Intuition Into Action (Sales)When you’re presenting to someone, intuition answers questions like:
Are they engaged, but holding a question?Do they need more information—or less?Is it time to continue… or time to ask for the decision? Highly intuitive sales professionals can sense:
certaintyhesitationtrustresistance —even without being in the same room with this person.
Sales at Its Highest LevelThis brings us back to Paul Martinelli’s reminder:
“Sales at its highest level is the transference of emotion.And the primary emotion is certainty.”
When intuition is developed, you know:
when certainty has been transferredwhen the buyer is readywhen the close is natural Eventually, as your higher faculties become conditioned through autosuggestion, you access them automatically—without effort or overthinking.
Closing Thought — Chapter IV: AutosuggestionAutosuggestion is not about forcing belief.It’s about training alignment.
When your thoughts, emotions, and actions match:
confidence becomes automaticintuition sharpensresults follow naturally Your inner script always becomes your outer results.
And that’s why autosuggestion is not optional.It’s foundational.
Chapter V: Specialized KnowledgeWhy Authority Always Outsells EnthusiasmCore Idea:Knowledge only becomes power when it’s organized and applied.
Sales Application:
Moving from “presenter” to trusted expertLeading the conversation instead of reactingWhy winging it destroys certainty Listener Takeaway:
Mastery creates calm authority.
Chapter V — Specialized KnowledgeWhy Expertise—Not Information—Creates Sales SuccessTo further refine what we want to achieve, Chapter 5 of Think and Grow Rich introduces a critical distinction:
not all knowledge is created equally.
Napoleon Hill explains that it is specialized knowledge—not general knowledge—that separates you from everyone else and makes you valuable.
Knowledge alone, Hill reminds us, is only potential power.
“Knowledge (general or specialized) must be organized and intelligently directed, and is only potential power. It becomes power only when, and if, it is organized into definite plans of action and directed to a definite end.”(Chapter V, p. 79, TAGR)
In other words:Information does nothing on its own. Application is everything.
Why This Matters (Education vs. Application)This becomes clear when we think about formal education.
Much of what we learn in school is general knowledge—useful only if we apply it in a specific way. Hill calls this the missing link in education:
“The failure of educational institutions is that it fails to teach students HOW TO ORGANIZE AND USE KNOWLEDGE after they acquire it.”(Chapter V, p. 80, TAGR)
This insight alone explains why so many intelligent people struggle to produce results—especially in sales.
They know a lot, but they haven’t organized that knowledge into a repeatable system of action.
Henry Ford and the Myth of ‘Not Being Educated’Henry Ford is Hill’s perfect example.
Ford famously said he had a row of buttons on his desk—buttons he could press to access any knowledge he needed. He didn’t need to personally possess all information. He needed to know:
where to get itwho to askhow to apply it Hill wrote:
“Any person is educated who knows where to get knowledge when needed, and how to organize that knowledge into definite plans of action.”(Chapter V, p. 81, TAGR)
Through his Master Mind, Ford had access to all the specialized knowledge required to become one of the wealthiest men in America.
This is a critical lesson for sales professionals:
You do not need to know everything.You need to know what matters most, and how to apply it.
Why Some Ideas Succeed and Others Don’tThis principle explains why some books—and businesses—succeed at extraordinary levels while others, though insightful, fall short.
Take Stephen Covey’s The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People.Its impact wasn’t just the ideas—it was the framework. Covey gave readers clear steps for how to apply each habit in real life.
Contrast that with Eckhart Tolle’s The Power of Now. An incredible book, (I love this book- I own it-and it’s on my bookshelf). It’s rich in insight—but for many readers, it’s difficult to apply without additional guidance or structure.
The difference is not wisdom.It’s organized, specialized knowledge.
“Knowledge is not power until it is organized into definite plans of action.”(Chapter V, p. 80, TAGR)
What ‘Educated’ Really MeansHill reminds us that education does not mean memorization or credentials.
The word educate comes from the Latin educo, meaning:
to draw outto develop from within An educated person is not someone with the most information—but someone who has developed the faculties of their mind to acquire, apply, and direct knowledge effectively.
This is where Specialized Knowledge intersects with:
imaginationintuitionperceptionwill —faculties we explored earlier in the series.
Chapter V Specialized Knowledge Applied to SalesIn sales, Specialized Knowledge looks like this:
Knowing your customer’s world, not just your productUnderstanding patterns in their world that match with yours, not scripts that lack meaningBeing able to simplify complexity for the buyerOrganizing your knowledge into a repeatable sales process This is what creates authority.
When something comes naturally to you—but amazes others—you are operating in specialized knowledge.
That’s where confidence comes from.That’s where trust is built.That’s where sales success compounds.
How to Use Specialized Knowledge to Reach New Heights (Sales Tips)1. Identify What You Do Naturally WellAsk yourself:
What do people come to me for?What feels obvious to me but confusing to others? That’s your starting point for specialization.
a processa checklista conversation flow Frameworks build confidence—for you and the buyer where you can point to them clearly where they are in the process, showing them how to move to where they want to go.
Ask:
Does this help me serve better?Does this help my buyer decide? 4. Use a Master MindNo top performer succeeds alone.
Surround yourself with:
mentorspeerscoaches Borrow knowledge, insight, and certainty with every action that you take.
Apply what you learn.Review results.Refine your approach.
This is how expertise is built.
Final Insight — Chapter V: Specialized KnowledgeSales success does not come from knowing more.
It comes from knowing what matters, organizing it into action, and applying it consistently.
When Specialized Knowledge is combined with Imagination, it creates something powerful:
A unique and successful business.
And this brings us naturally to the next chapters—where imagination, planning, and decision transform knowledge into results.
Chapter VI: ImaginationSelling the Future Before the Close Core Idea:People buy future identity, not features.
Sales Application:
Painting the “after” stateEmotional buy-in before logical justificationDon’t quit when you are at “3 Feet from Gold” (Chapter 1, TAGR, Page 5). Listener TakeawayPeople don’t buy solutions.They buy who they become after the solution.
And it is the salesperson’s role to activate the buyer’s imagination—to help them see themselves on the other side of the decision.
This brings us back to Paul Martinelli’s reminder:
“Sales at its highest level is the transference of emotion.And the primary emotion is certainty.”
Imagination is what creates that certainty.
Before a buyer can feel certain, they must first imagine the outcome:
life after their problem is solvedsuccess after the decision is madethemselves operating at a higher level When imagination is engaged, certainty follows.And when certainty is present, the decision becomes natural.
Can you see how all of these success principles tie into each other? Like the colors of the rainbow.
Chapter VI: ImaginationReview of Chapter VI — Our Imagination
“Imagination is everything,” according to American author and radio speaker Earl Nightingale, who devoted much of his work to human character development, motivation, and the pursuit of a meaningful life.
Every great invention is created in two places:first in the mind of the inventor,and then in the physical world when the idea is brought into form.
Our lives reflect how effectively we use our imagination. When we reach a plateau of success, it is not effort alone that takes us to the next level—it is imagination. Imagination allows us to see beyond our current circumstances and envision what is possible next.
This is why creating a crystal-clear vision is so important. When we write and read our vision twice a day, we intentionally activate our imagination. Writing and reading that vision in detail stimulates recognition centers in the brain. What may initially feel unrealistic or even like a “pipe dream” begins to feel familiar. Over time, the brain accepts it as something possible—something achievable. Eventually, what once felt distant becomes something you can see yourself doing. And then, one day, what you imagined becomes your reality.
When you look at the world through this lens, it’s remarkable to consider how much has changed in just the last 50 years—and how quickly that pace is accelerating. These new innovations began in someone’s mind first. The most recent leap forward is with artificial intelligence, but it follows the same pattern as every major breakthrough before it.
Someone first imagined a world where:
Amazon would dominate retail while owning almost no physical storesUber would transform transportation while owning almost no carsFacebook would scale globally while creating no contentAirbnb would become a hospitality giant while owning no real estateNetflix would redefine entertainment without being a TV channelBitcoin would create value without physical coins Each of these began as an idea before evidence—a vision before execution.
The same principle applies to our goals, our careers, and our success. Everything we create begins with imagination. When imagination is paired with belief, intention, and action, it becomes a powerful force that shapes not only individual outcomes, but the direction of the world itself.
Closing Thought — Chapter VI
Imagination is not fantasy.It is the starting point of all progress.
What you are able to imagine clearly todayis what you are capable of creating tomorrow.
How to Use Imagination for Sales SuccessTurning Possibility into Certainty1. Understand the Role of Imagination in SalesImagination is not fantasy.In sales, imagination is pre-decision certainty.
Before a buyer can decide, they must first:
see a different futurefeel themselves in itbelieve it is attainable Your job as the salesperson is to guide that mental rehearsal.
People don’t buy products.They buy the future version of themselves (with the certainty that you paint for them).
Before the call, ask yourself:
Who does my buyer become after the purchase?What changes in their day-to-day life?What problem is no longer taking up mental space?How you can support and guide them in this process. If you cannot imagine the outcome clearly, your buyer won’t either.
👉 Clarity in your imagination creates authority in your voice.
Instead of:
“This improves efficiency…” Use:
“Imagine opening your dashboard and already knowing exactly where to focus…” Instead of:
“This saves time…” Use:
“Picture finishing your day without feeling behind…” The brain responds to images and emotion FIRST before data.
It’s:
“What would it look like if XYZ occurs?” (solving their problem) Or:
“How would your role change if this new idea is properly implemented?” When the buyer answers, they are:
using their imaginationcreating emotional ownershipmoving closer to certainty They begin selling themselves.
When buyers hesitate, it’s usually because:
the future feels unclearthe risk feels undefined Your role is to make the future feel familiar before it happens.
Certainty is not pressure.Certainty is clarity.
That’s why:
your tone mattersyour confidence mattersyour belief in the outcome matters Buyers borrow certainty from you first—and imagination is how they feel it.
Ask yourself:
Who do I want to help today?What result do I want to create for them?Who do they become once this idea you are offering to them, works? Spend 2–3 minutes visualizing that outcome.
This conditions your mind to:
speak with claritylead with calm confidencenaturally guide decisions Final Insight — Imagination in SalesSales at its highest level is the transference of emotion.Imagination creates the picture.Certainty completes the transfer.
When you help buyers see themselves succeeding,the sale no longer feels like a risk.
It feels like the next logical step.
Asking for the close becomes easywhen the buyer is already living in their outcome.
Chapter VII: Organized PlanningTurning Vision Into a Sales ProcessCore Idea:Faith without structure creates chaos.
Sales Application:
Why preparation builds confidenceMapping the buyer journeyMaking follow-up feel natural, not forced Listener Takeaway:
Confidence comes from preparation.
Chapter VII — Organized PlanningPutting Desire Into ActionThis chapter holds some of the most timeless and practical secrets of success in Think and Grow Rich. Its relevance is so enduring that entire industries—and thousands of books—are devoted to the subject of organization, both personal and professional.
From productivity systems to shows like Tidying Up with Marie Kondo, we’re reminded that when disorder becomes order, energy is freed. Clarity replaces chaos. Momentum replaces stagnation.
Napoleon Hill introduces this chapter with a powerful reframe:
“If the plan you adopt does not work successfully, replace it with a new plan.”(Chapter VII, p. 117, TAGR)
And even more importantly:
“Temporary defeat should only mean one thing—the certain knowledge that there is something wrong with your plan.”
Failure, Hill teaches us, is not personal—it is instructional.
Thomas Edison famously failed over 10,000 times before perfecting the incandescent light bulb. He didn’t lack desire, faith, or imagination. What he refined—over and over—was his plan.
Why Organized Planning Matters in SalesIn sales, results don’t break down because of:
lack of motivationlack of intelligencelack of effort They break down because of lack of structure.
Hope is not a plan.Talent is not a plan.Even imagination must be organized to produce results.
Hill emphasizes this with a phrase worth memorizing:
“A quitter never wins, and a winner never quits.”
He even suggests writing it down and placing it where you will see it every morning and every night.
We’ll explore this topic more deeply in the chapter on Persistence.
Organized Planning and LeadershipIn this chapter, (Chapter 7) Hill outlines the 11 Major Attributes of Leadership. While all are important, several stand out as especially critical for sales success:
Unwavering Courage — rooted in self-knowledge and mastery of one’s occupationSelf-Control — because those who cannot control themselves cannot lead othersDefiniteness of Decision — wavering (or hesitation) creates doubt; clarity builds trustDefiniteness of Plans — “Plan the work and work the plan”The Habit of Doing More Than Paid For — leadership requires going beyond the minimumMastery of Detail — authority comes from knowing your domain deeply Notice how these traits all point to one thing:organized execution.
The Cost of DisorganizationHill also lists the 10 Major Causes of Failure in Leadership, and he places this one first:
“The inability to organize details.”(Chapter VII, p. 122, TAGR)
He’s clear: the successful leader must be the master of all details connected to their position.
In sales, this shows up everywhere:
disorganized pipelinesinconsistent follow-upunclear messagingreactive days instead of intentional ones And here’s the deeper truth:our ability to organize details at work often mirrors how we organize the rest of our life.
Your Environment Is Your Silent PlanOur environments either:
inspire usor expire us They either add energy or drain it.
You can often tell a lot about someone’s relationship with organization by:
their workspacetheir cartheir calendareven their closet This isn’t about judgment—it’s about awareness.
As the saying goes:
“How you do anything is how you do everything.”
Hill believed this so strongly that he left space in his list of causes of failure for you to add your own—reminding us that self-awareness is essential.
Know Thyself: The Foundation of Any PlanHill repeatedly returns to the ancient principle: Know thyself.
Our podcast launched with this idea in Episode #2[iii], and it remains one of our most popular themes—because self-awareness is the gateway to growth.
“You should know all of your weaknesses so that you may either bridge them or eliminate them entirely.”(Chapter VII, p. 144, TAGR)
Hill even provides a 28-question self-assessment to help identify faults and develop strengths.
As Jim Rohn famously said:
“The major value in life is not what you get. It’s what you become.”
Organized planning is how you become more.
How to Implement Chapter VII for Sales SuccessStep 1: Put Desire Into ActionWrite your sales goal clearly.Then ask: What does this require me to do daily, weekly, and monthly?
Desire without structure creates frustration, and moves us away from success.
Step 2: Create a Simple, Repeatable Sales ProcessDefine:
how you prospecthow you preparehow you follow uphow you close Confidence comes from knowing what happens next.
Step 3: Track the Right DetailsNot everything matters equally.
Decide:
which metrics truly move the needlewhich activities produce results Then measure these activities. Mastery of detail builds authority.
Step 4: Review and Adjust—Not QuitIf something isn’t working, don’t abandon the goal.
Adjust the plan.
Temporary defeat is feedback—not failure.
Step 5: Audit Your EnvironmentAsk:
Where is energy leaking from? (We all know the answer to this question).What distractions are costing focus?What needs to be simplified or removed? Organization is leverage.
Step 6: Do More Than RequiredExcellence compounds.
Small extra efforts—done consistently—separate top performers from the rest.
Final Thought — Chapter VII: Organized PlanningOrganized planning is where vision becomes execution.
It’s the bridge between:
imagination and resultsintention and impactdesire and achievement When your plan is clear, confidence rises.When confidence rises, leadership follows.
And in sales, leadership is what people buy.
REVIEW & CONCLUSION — EP 382 (PART 2)Think and Grow Rich for SalesChapters 4-7: Autosuggestion, Specialized Knowledge, Imagination & Organized Planning
This week on EP 382 — PART 2, we continued our review of Think and Grow Rich for Sales, covering four chapters that transform inner mastery into outer sales performance.
These chapters answer a critical question for sales professionals:
How do belief, knowledge, vision, and structure actually show up in results?
Chapter IV — Autosuggestion: Your Inner Script Becomes Your Outer ResultsAutosuggestion teaches us that sales performance is programmed before the call ever begins.
What we repeatedly tell ourselves—about our ability, our offer, our worth, and our prospects—becomes the script our behavior follows. The buyer does not respond primarily to our words. They respond to our energy, certainty, and emotional state.
When thoughts and emotions align, we enter a state of praxis—and our behavior becomes congruent, confident, and persuasive without force.
Autosuggestion is how belief is built deliberately, not accidentally.
Chapter V — Specialized Knowledge: From Information to AuthorityChapter 5 reminds us that knowledge alone is not power.
Knowledge becomes power only when it is:
organizedintelligently directedapplied toward a definite end In sales, this is the difference between:
knowing your productand being seen as a trusted guide or advisor Specialized knowledge allows you to simplify complexity, lead conversations, and create clarity for the buyer. And through the power of a Master Mind, you don’t need to know everything—you only need to know where to get what matters most.
This is where confidence stops being performative and becomes authentic.
Chapter VI — Imagination: Where Sales Innovation Is BornImagination is the workshop of the mind—and the gateway to certainty.
People don’t buy solutions.They buy who they become after the solution works.
Imagination allows the buyer to mentally rehearse success before the decision is made. When the outcome feels familiar, the risk dissolves.
This is why imagination makes the close easier:
the future feels clearthe outcome feels realcertainty is already present Sales at this level is no longer persuasion.It’s leadership through vision.
Chapter VII — Organized Planning: Putting Desire Into ActionOrganized Planning is where vision becomes execution.
Hope is not a plan.Motivation is not a plan.Imagination without structure leads to frustration.
This chapter teaches us that:
temporary defeat is feedbackfailure points to the plan, not the personconfidence comes from preparation In sales, organized planning creates:
consistencycalm authoritymomentum that compounds It is also where leadership is revealed—through decisiveness, mastery of detail, and the habit of doing more than what’s required.
How These Four Chapters Work TogetherThese chapters form a powerful sequence:
Autosuggestion programs beliefSpecialized Knowledge creates authorityImagination builds certaintyOrganized Planning turns vision into results Together, they explain why sales success is never accidental.
It is engineered—from the inside out.
Final ThoughtAs Paul Martinelli reminds us:
“Sales at its highest level is the transference of emotion.And the primary emotion is certainty.”
Autosuggestion builds belief.Knowledge creates trust.Imagination paints the future.Planning removes hesitation.
When certainty is present, asking for the close becomes easy—because the buyer is already living in the outcome.
Next week, we’ll continue forward into the chapters with PART 3 of our review, where decision, persistence, and the Master Mind turn momentum into inevitability.
Until then, remember:
Your inner world creates your outer results—and sales rewards those who can master both.
We will see you next week!
RESOURCES:
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190
PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #191
PART 2 on “Thinking Differently and Choosing Faith Over Fear” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-2-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever-by-thinking-differently-and-choosing-faith-over-fear/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193
PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #194
PART 4 on “Perfecting the Skills of Organized Planning, Decision-Making, and Persistence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-4-on-perfecting-the-skills-of-organized-planning-decision-making-and-persistence/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #195
PART 5 [xxviii] on “The Power of the Mastermind, Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation, and Linking ALL Parts of the Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
PART 6 “In Memory of the Legendary Bob Proctor: The Neuroscience Behind the 15 Success Principles in Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book”
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #67 “Expanding Your Awareness with a Deep Dive into Most Important Concepts Learned from Bob Proctor Seminars: https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #2 “Know Thyself” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-awareness-know-thyself/
Episode 381 reframes Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich for sales professionals, reviewing Chapters 1–3 to show how thought, desire, and faith create predictable sales results. Andrea Samadi connects these timeless principles to practical steps—how to set burning goals, build unwavering belief through repetition, and transfer certainty to buyers.
Listeners will get actionable frameworks (a five-step belief plan and the six steps to impress desire) and a clear roadmap for aligning mindset with sales execution, plus a preview of the next episode continuing the series.
Welcome back to our final series of SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
Connecting Back to Our 6-Part Think and Grow Rich Series (2022)
For today’s EP 381, we are connecting back to our 6-PART Series from 2022[i], where we covered the well-known book, Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill, to make 2022 our best year ever.
Today we will cover:
✔ Chapter 1: The Power of Thought: A 5 STEP Plan to Improve Sales (Outer World) by Improving Your Thoughts (Inner World)
✔ Chapter 2: Desire With a 6 STEP Plan to Achieve ANY Goal
✔ Chapter 3: Faith With 3 Ways to Build Unwavering Faith That Will Change Your Life
Back in 2022, we didn’t just read Think and Grow Rich—we lived inside it as we launched 2022.
Over a 6-part podcast series that began the beginning of January 2022, we walked through this book chapter by chapter, not as theory, but as a personal operating system for growth, performance, and results. This series will always be special for me, as I had heard that my mentor, who inspired me to study this book, Bob Proctor, became ill while I was writing the last episode in the series PART 6. He passed away before it was released, and I’ll always remember this episode series, connected to the many people, globally, that he inspired through his work.
At the time, the focus of our 6 PART Series was broad. We covered:
Personal developmentMindset masteryVision, purpose, and belief We covered the BASICS of this book that Bob Proctor studied for his entire lifetime (over 50 years) that can be applied to whatever it is that you want to create with your life. Today, we are going to look at this timeless piece of knowledge, through a new lens. What we’re covering today—Think and Grow Rich for Sales—is not new material.
It’s the application of this series, towards a specific discipline. You could apply this book to any discipline, but this one, I have wanted to cover for a very long time.
How the 6-Part Series Maps DIRECTLY to Sales Mastery
Here’s the reframe that matters:
Every principle we covered in 2022 becomes a sales advantage when applied correctly. In order for me to have gained this understanding, I have to give credit, where credit is due here.
I would not have been able to cover our 2022 series without following Paul Martinelli’s yearly reviews[ii] of this timeless Think and Grow Rich book that I started to follow in 2019, and continued every year until 2025 when he covered popular Science of Getting Rich book. It was through Paul’s explanations, and line by line interpretations, that I finally began to not only READ this book, (from start to finish) but started to INTEGRATE the concepts into my life. I highly encourage following his work, as he continues to host many free webinars, where he gives away knowledge, with no pressure at all to purchase anything from him.
I know why he does these webinars. It’s not only to help others, but something magical happens when you give back to others, without expecting anything in return. When we covered this 6 PART series, back in 2022, TEACHING these concepts, it took me to another level of understanding, where I realized that this book is not meant to be read just once, but read over and over again, every year, as we all work on whatever it is we are working on, or want to master. This is a living, breathing body of knowledge and is there for all of us, year after year, as we refine our own inner mastery, and move step by step closer to our goals.
Albert Einstein explained this concept well when he said that “if you can’t explain it to a six-year-old you don’t understand it yourself” and this is because teaching something will clearly show you where you have gaps in your own understanding.
I’ll never forget when I got to PART 6 of the book review, I noticed my book had no notes after around chapter 13. I began studying this book in my late 20s, and was very interested in the subconscious mind (chapter 12) but not at all interested in the brain (chapter 13) at this time, so I actually stopped reading the book here. I knew I never did finished reading this book (until I had to teach it) which explains a lot when it comes to the commitment to complete something. In order to teach something, we must first of all understand it ourselves. But when we LIVE it, and EMBODY what we are teaching (like Paul Martinelli has done) and what I am striving to do, it takes the words in each chapter to greater heights.
So with gratitude to Paul Martinelli, who has created a valuable Sales Training Program, based on this timeless book, here is my attempt at covering Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book, for the Sales Professional, and I couldn’t have produced this episode, without Paul’s teachings.
Let’s now look at the first 10 important chapters from Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich, through the lens of making our 2026 our Best Year ever, as well as to connect each principal for the salesperson. And you don’t need to be in sales for these principles to work for us.
Think and Grow Rich for SalesHow Inner Mastery Becomes Sales ResultsInspired by Think and Grow RichThrough a modern neuroscience + sales lens
Chapter I: The Power of Thought Applied to SalesWhy Sales Outcomes Begin in the Mind
Core Idea:Sales performance is a reflection of expectation and belief first, not effort alone.
What you think and believe about your ability, your product, and your outcome directly determines how you show up—and how others respond to you.
Sales Applications
Your internal dialogue sets your sales ceiling“Hoping” for results programs hesitation and inconsistencyExpectation + emotion = outcome Listener Takeaway
You don’t get the sale you want.You get the sale you expect—the one you truly believe you can achieve.
You get the sale you expect. The one you actually believe you can achieve.
REVIEW OF CHAPTER I — “The Power of Thought”
Edwin C. Barnes: The Man Who Thought Himself into Partnership with Thomas Edison
In Chapter I of Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill introduces us to Edwin C. Barnes, a man who achieved something extraordinary—not through money, connections, or credentials—but through the power of his thought.
Barnes held a single, unwavering vision:to work with Thomas Edison—not for him, but with him.
This was an audacious goal. Barnes did not know Edison personally. He lacked money, influence, and even the funds to comfortably pay for the train fare to New Jersey. Yet none of these obstacles altered his decision.
Hill explains that Barnes did not wish for this partnership.He decided it would happen.
When Edison later recalled their first meeting, he described Barnes standing before him looking like an ordinary tramp—but said there was something unmistakable in the expression of his face:
“There was something in the expression of his face which conveyed the impression that he was determined to get what he had come after.” (Chapter I, p. 2, TAGR)
Edison did not see wealth, polish, or preparation.He saw initiative, faith, and the will to win—and that was enough.
Barnes brought no money to the table.No résumé.No formal value proposition.
But he carried something far more powerful:a clear vision, unwavering belief, and a level of certainty that Edison could feel.
Hill later writes that Barnes’ “bulldog determination” and persistence with a single desire was destined to mow down all opposition and bring him the opportunity he sought.
Barnes did not retreat when months passed and nothing happened.He did not say, “What’s the use?”He did not downgrade his goal to something more “reasonable.”
He held the vision until reality caught up with it.
Why This Matters for Sales
To understand why Edison trusted Barnes, we must understand something critical:
Thought carries frequency.Belief has energy.Certainty is felt long before it is spoken.
Edison did not evaluate Barnes based on where he was.He responded to where Barnes knew he was going.
Barnes was already operating on the frequency of partnership—not employment. And Edison recognized it.
“When one is truly ready for a thing, it puts in its appearance.”(Chapter I, p. 3, TAGR)
Barnes was ready.
Putting Chapter I into Action for Sales
Look at the image in the show notes illustrating levels of frequency of thought—where the physical, intellectual, and spiritual worlds intersect like the colors of a rainbow.
Think of each level as a different radio station.
To hear the station you want, you must tune your mind to that frequency.
If you receive your 2026 sales goal and your immediate thought is: “There’s no way I can do this,”then that is the frequency you are broadcasting.
You are not tuned to the level where that goal exists.
You cannot reach a destination using the same level of thinking that created your current results. This is why Marshall Goldsmith’s principle holds true:
What got you here won’t get you there.[iii]
The Key to Chapter I: Unwavering Belief
Napoleon Hill makes this unmistakably clear:
“When a person really desires a thing so deeply that they are willing to stake their entire future on a single turn of the wheel to get it, they are sure to win.”(Chapter I, p. 2, TAGR)
Barnes staked his future on belief. Sales excellence requires the same commitment.
A 5-Step Sales Application Framework to Apply Chapter 1
STEP 1When your sales goal is set, ask yourself honestly:Do I believe I can achieve this?
STEP 2If belief is present, create a clear, actionable plan—and commit to following it consistently.
STEP 3If belief is not present, seek out someone who has already achieved the result.Borrow their certainty. Follow their guidance exactly.
STEP 4Once belief is established, take daily action.There is no wishing—only disciplined effort backed by belief.
STEP 5Monitor not just results, but your level of belief.When belief wavers, behavior follows suit.When behavior wavers, results disappear.
Final Thought for Chapter 1
Edwin C. Barnes did not succeed because he was lucky.He succeeded because he thought differently—and held that thought long enough for reality to align with it. He jumped to an entirely new frequency with this belief.
Sales mastery begins the same way.
Not with tactics.Not with scripts.But with the Power of Thought Backed by Belief.
Chapter II: DesireFrom Wanting Sales to Demanding ResultsCore Idea:Desire must be emotionally charged and specific.
Sales Application:
Turning vague quotas into emotional targetsWhy clarity eliminates hesitationSelling with intention vs need Listener Takeaway:
Vague goals create vague results.
REVIEW OF CHAPTER II: DESIRE — The Starting Point of All Achievement
Chapter II of Think and Grow Rich brings us to the engine behind every meaningful result: Desire.
Napoleon Hill makes this unmistakably clear:
“All achievement begins with an idea.”
But not every idea becomes reality.
Only ideas fueled by burning desire become reality.
Hill describes Edwin C. Barnes’ desire as something very specific:
“It was not a hope. It was not a wish.It was a pulsating desire which transcended everything else.It was definite.”(Chapter II, p. 19, TAGR)
Barnes did not hope to work with Thomas Edison.He did not wish it might happen someday.
He expected it.
At the time, there was no evidence this partnership would ever exist. Barnes and Edison were not in conversation. There were no guarantees. No proof. No visible path.
And yet Barnes committed to the idea anyway.
That’s the nature of true desire:It moves before evidence appears.
Going from where you are now to where you want to go is always a process—and at the beginning of that process, desire often feels irrational, private, even uncomfortable to say out loud.
That doesn’t make it wrong.It makes it powerful.
Why This Matters for Sales
In sales, desire drives behavior.
You don’t need to know how you’ll hit your goal at the beginning.You only need to know what you want and why you want it.
The “how” always reveals itself after this commitment.
This is something my mentor Bob Proctor emphasized constantly. When I moved from Canada to the United States in 2001, I had no clear roadmap. I didn’t know exactly how it would work.
But I had clarity of desire—and that was enough to begin.
The way was shown…Along with obstacles. Many of them.
That’s always how it works.
Obstacles are not signs you’re off track.They are part of the process.
Desire and Sales Frequency
What does DESIRE have to do with SALES SUCCESS?
Here’s the key sales translation:
Hesitation does not exist at the same frequency as certainty. It’s this certainty (or burning desire) that we will need.
When desire is weak:
You hesitateYou soften your languageYou sell with need instead of intention When desire is strong:
Clarity replaces doubtEnergy becomes steadyCertainty becomes transferable to those you are speaking to Ask yourself honestly:
Do I have the same burning desire in my sales goals that Edison saw in Barnes’ eyes?
Because others can feel it—just as easily as they can feel when it’s missing.
Desire radiates.Hesitation leaks.
And buyers will respond accordingly.
Burning the Ships
Hill offers one of the most powerful principles in the book in this chapter on Desire:
“Every person who wins in any undertaking must be willing to burn their ships and cut all sources of retreat.”(Chapter II, p. 21, TAGR)
Barnes did this when he traveled to New Jersey to meet Edison.
I did this when I left Toronto for the United States in 2001.There was no “going back if it didn’t work.”
Burning the ships forces alignment.
And this connects directly to a later chapter: Decision.
The Latin root of the word decision means “to cut.”When you decide, you cut off retreat.
You look at your sales goal and see no acceptable outcome other than its achievement.
That level of commitment changes how you show up every single day.
The Six Steps to Achieve Any Goal (Chapter II)
Next in this Chapter, Napoleon Hill outlines six steps designed to impress desire directly into the subconscious mind. Though written about money, (in the book) these steps apply to any goal, including sales.
These are the steps I personally keep visible—and that leaders like American Businessman Grant Cardone practice daily.
The Six Steps
Write a clear description of what you want.You must know exactly where you’re going. What is your sales goal?Decide what you’re willing to give in return.There is no such thing as something for nothing.You will give up something of lower value to gain something greater. (I never understood this until I watched others with their achievements. Sometimes it’s giving up time, or watching Netflix, or something like that. You give up something of a lower nature, to receive what it is that you want).Set a definite date.Desire without a timeline remains a wish.Create a clear action plan.Begin immediately—ready or not.Write the plan out in detail.Clarity strengthens commitment.Read it twice a day.As you read, see, feel, and believe yourself already in possession of the goal.(Chapter II, p. 23, TAGR) This sounds simple—but not easy.
Most people won’t do it consistently.That’s why most people won’t get these extraordinary results.
Listener Takeaway
Vague goals create vague results.
Sales success begins the moment desire becomes:
clearemotionally chargedand non-negotiable Final Thought — Chapter II: Desire
Desire is not motivation.It is not excitement.It is not ambition.
Desire is commitment before evidence appears.
When your desire is strong enough:
hesitation disappearsclarity sharpenscertainty becomes visible And when certainty is visible, others respond to it.
Sales does not reward the most talented.It rewards the most committed.
Everything that follows in Think and Grow Rich rests on this foundation.
If desire is weak, nothing else works.If desire is strong, the rest becomes possible.
Chapter III: FaithCertainty Is the Real CloseCore Idea:Faith is belief made visible through certainty.
Sales Application:
Why buyers borrow certainty from the salespersonConfidence vs arroganceHow belief softens objections Listener Takeaway:
Buyers don’t borrow certainty from products.They borrow it from you.
REVIEW OF CHAPTER III: FAITH
How Do We Develop Faith?
Napoleon Hill defines faith clearly and practically:
“Faith is a state of mind which may be induced, or created, by affirmations or repeated instructions, through the principle of autosuggestion.”(Chapter III, p. 46, TAGR)
Faith is not something you wait for.It is something you train.
We develop faith by following the six steps outlined in Chapter 2 of Think and Grow Rich: writing our goals and reading them aloud every day—twice a day—until the idea moves from the conscious mind into the non-conscious mind through autosuggestion.
This is a process.
If you have never read your goals out loud before, it may feel uncomfortable at first. When I started, I remember closing my office window, worried my neighbors might think I was crazy. In the beginning, the words can feel awkward and forced.
But with repetition, something changes.
Your words begin to flow more easily.Your tone becomes confident.And eventually, what once felt unnatural starts to feel true.
Our goals begin living with and through us.
Hill instructs us to read our goals:
“As if you were already in possession of them.”(Chapter III, p. 48, TAGR)
A simple way to do this is to begin with the statement:“I am so happy and grateful now that…”and then state your goal clearly—whether it’s a sales target or any other objective you are working toward.
Faith, Autosuggestion, and Something Bigger
This is often the point where people bring their own beliefs into the process.
If you believe—as I do—that there is something greater than yourself at work in the world, you will feel it here. Hill called it Infinite Intelligence. Others may call it God, Spirit, or Universal Intelligence.
Hill wrote:
“Faith is the element, the ‘chemical’ which, when mixed with prayer, gives one direct communication with Infinite Intelligence.”(Chapter III, p. 49, TAGR)
Regardless of what you call it, the experience is the same:faith grows when belief is repeatedly impressed upon the mind.
And this is critical:
We must have faith in our dreams, not in our doubts.
Faith Applied to Sales
In sales, faith shows up as certainty.
Buyers do not buy certainty from products.They borrow it from the salesperson.
This is where many people get confused.
Faith is not arrogance.Arrogance is loud and brittle.Faith is calm, grounded, and steady.
When you believe in:
yourselfthe value you bringand the outcome you’re guiding someone toward your certainty becomes transferable.
And when certainty is present, objections soften.
Not because you argue them away—but because belief replaces resistance.
How Faith Becomes Unwavering
To build unwavering faith, Hill’s principles point us to three realities:
You must move through the Terror Barrier of Fear.Faith grows when your conscious and non-conscious minds begin to align. Fear appears first—but it does not get the final word.Faith strengthens through repetition.Writing and repeating your goals daily through autosuggestion gradually reshapes belief.Faith grows fastest when focused on one clear idea.Pick one goal. Take action toward it. Each step builds self-confidence, self-awareness, and self-esteem. Over time, belief takes hold.
One day, you’ll look back at the early version of yourself—the one who hesitated, doubted, or felt unsure—and you’ll realize how far you’ve come. I talk about this idea often. It’s like adding red food color drops into a cup of water. In the beginning, it’s hard to see any change in the color of the water. But over time, with persistent action, the glass of water eventually changes color.
And you’ll look back and be grateful you moved forward past fear.
Listener Takeaway
Buyers don’t borrow certainty from products.They borrow it from you.
Final Thought — Chapter III: Faith
Faith is not pretending.It is not positive thinking.And it is not blind optimism.
Faith is certainty trained through repetition.
When belief becomes strong enough, it changes how you speak, how you act, and how others respond to you.
Sales closed do not happen at the end of the conversation.They happen the moment certainty is felt.
And certainty begins inside you.
REVIEW OF CHAPTERS I–III
The Foundation of Sales Mastery
To review and conclude this special review of Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich, through the lens of a salesperson, we covered the first three chapters of Think and Grow Rich that form a complete inner foundation. Together, they explain why sales success begins long before tactics, scripts, or strategies ever matter.
Before there is action, there is belief.Before belief, there is desire.And before desire, there is thought.
Napoleon Hill does not begin this book with techniques.He begins with identity and inner alignment.
For sales professionals, these chapters explain why results are not random—and why performance is always an inside-out process.
Chapter I — The Power of Thought
Why Sales Outcomes Begin in the Mind
Chapter I introduces the central premise:Thought is creative.
Through the story of Edwin C. Barnes, Hill shows us that success begins when a person decides what they want and holds that thought with unwavering persistence—long before evidence appears.
Barnes did not hope to work with Thomas Edison.He decided it would happen.
Despite having no money, no relationship, and no visible path, Barnes carried himself with such certainty that Edison felt it immediately. Edison did not respond to Barnes’ circumstances—he responded to Barnes’ state of mind.
Sales Application:Sales performance reflects what you expect, not what you wish for.
Your internal dialogue:
sets your confidence levelshapes your tonedetermines whether you lead or hesitate You don’t get the sale you want.You get the sale you expect—the one you truly believe is possible.
Chapter II — Desire
From Wanting Sales to Demanding Results
If thought sets direction, desire supplies the fuel.
In Chapter II, Hill makes a critical distinction:Desire is not hope.It is not wishing.It is not motivation.
True desire is emotionally charged, specific, and definite.
Barnes’ desire to work with Edison was not casual or negotiable. It was what Hill called a burning desire—so strong that Barnes was willing to stake his future on it.
Sales Application:Desire determines behavior.
When desire is vague:
goals feel optionalhesitation increasesselling comes from need When desire is clear and emotionally anchored:
confidence sharpensclarity replaces doubtcertainty becomes visible Vague goals create vague results.
Sales success accelerates the moment desire becomes non-negotiable.
Chapter III — Faith
Certainty Is the Real Close
Chapter III explains how desire becomes believable: through faith.
Hill defines faith not as blind belief, but as a trainable state of mind, developed through repetition and autosuggestion.
Faith is belief made visible through certainty.
By writing goals clearly and reading them aloud daily—as if already achieved—belief moves from the conscious mind into the non-conscious mind. Over time, certainty replaces doubt.
Sales Application:Buyers do not borrow certainty from products.They borrow it from the salesperson.
Faith shows up in sales as:
calm confidence (not arrogance)steady toneauthority without pressure When faith is present, objections soften—not because they’re argued away, but because certainty dissolves resistance.
How Chapters I–III Work Together
These chapters are not separate ideas.They form a sequence:
Thought sets directionDesire creates commitmentFaith produces certainty Without thought, there is no aim.Without desire, there is no momentum.Without faith, there is no follow-through.
Sales mastery begins here—not with what you say, but with who you are being when you say it.
Final Integrated Insight (Chapters I–III)
Sales does not reward effort alone.It rewards clarity, commitment, and certainty.
When:
your thoughts are alignedyour desire is definiteand your faith is trained your results begin to change—often before your strategy does.
Because at the highest level, sales is not a transaction.
It is the transference of emotion.And the primary emotion is certainty.
With gratitude to close out our review of Chapters 1-3 of Think and Grow Rich dedicated to the salesperson, we bring our credit to Paul Martinelli, who has helped me to understand not only the entire book, for our first review, but to now take this book, and apply it for success in the sales industry.
I hope you have enjoyed this angle of this timeless book, and we will see you in a few days for PART 2 of this review, where we will cover the next 3 chapters of Think and Grow Rich.
See you soon!
RESOURCES:
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190
PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #191
PART 2 on “Thinking Differently and Choosing Faith Over Fear” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-2-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever-by-thinking-differently-and-choosing-faith-over-fear/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193
PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #194
PART 4 on “Perfecting the Skills of Organized Planning, Decision-Making, and Persistence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-4-on-perfecting-the-skills-of-organized-planning-decision-making-and-persistence/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #195
PART 5 [xxviii] on “The Power of the Mastermind, Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation, and Linking ALL Parts of the Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
PART 6 “In Memory of the Legendary Bob Proctor: The Neuroscience Behind the 15 Success Principles in Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book”
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
REFERENCES
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[ii]Study Think and Grow Rich with Paul Martinelli https://yourempoweredlife.com/think-and-grow-rich/
[iii] What Got You Here, Won’t Get You There: How Successful People Become Even More Successful by Marshall Goldsmith, June 12, 2008 https://www.amazon.com/What-Got-Here-Wont-There/dp/1846681375
In this Season 14 review (Part 3) Andrea revisits key insights from Dr. Shane Creado on the critical link between sleep, concussions and performance. The episode explains how even mild or repeated head impacts and sleep deprivation damage the same brain regions that support learning, memory, decision-making and emotional regulation, and how one all‑nighter can reduce hippocampal learning capacity by around 40%.
Practical takeaways include treating sleep as neurological recovery (7–9 hours), protecting the brain after head jolts, avoiding late alcohol and screens, and prioritizing consistent sleep routines to restore learning, resilience and long‑term brain health for athletes, students and professionals.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
As we are nearing the end of Season 14 here, it has been about reflection as we have looked back and reviewed past interviews. Our goal has not been about nostalgia, or remembering these interviews, the goal has been about integrating what we have learned.
Taking what we know, aligning it with how the brain actually functions, and applying it consistently enough to change outcomes.
And if there’s one thing this season has reinforced, it’s this:
Sustainable success isn’t built on intensity or focus alone—it’s built on alignment.
As we move into what’s next, (Season 15) the focus shifts from understanding this alignment to bringing this alignment into a tangible, physical form, or embodiment.
Not more information—but better execution.
After hundreds of conversations with neuroscientists, educators, peak performers, and thought leaders, one truth keeps resurfacing—
lasting success is never about doing more.
It’s about alignment.
Alignment between how the brain actually works, how emotions drive behavior, and how daily habits compound over time.
Season 14 has been about stepping back—not to reminisce, but to integrate what we have learned into our current life.
I knew the minute that I was sent a couple of video clips from our past episodes, that I had forgotten about, that while I thought I had implemented the ideas from our past guests, I had some work to go myself.
For this reason, we spent Season 14 and will resume with Season 15 next January, reviewing past episodes, with the goal of noticing what we have now aligned, that’s bringing us results in our daily life.
Core Reflection
When we started this podcast 7 years ago, the goal was simple:
bridge neuroscience research with practical strategies people could actually use.
What I didn’t fully appreciate then—what only became clear through repetition, reflection, and real-life application—is that information alone doesn’t create change.
Understanding the brain doesn’t matter if we ignore what to do with the information we release each week:
improving our sleepreducing our stresspracticing emotional regulationwith consistencythat actually changes who we are at the core: our identity Season 14 has been about connecting those dots.
Listening again to conversations with voices like Dr. John Medina, Dawson Church, Bob Proctor, Dr. John Ratey, Friederike Fabritius, and so many others, one pattern became impossible to ignore:
The brain thrives on simplicity, repetition, and finding emotional safety to implement these concepts—not intensity or a quick fix.
We will take the time with each interview review to offer ways for all of us to implement the lessons learned, so that when we finish 2026, we will be able to look back, and see where our changes all began.
This week, we move onto PART 3 of our review of EP 72[i] with Shane Creado, MD and his book Peak Sleep Performance for Athletes recorded back in July of 2020.
✔ In PART 1[ii], we covered:
How strategic napping, morning brain habits, and even the Silva Method all work together to reset your brain, boost performance, and transform your health from the inside out.
✔ In PART 2[iii] we continued with our review, diving a bit deeper into sleep deprivation and its impact of performance (whether you are an athlete, or just someone looking to improve productivity).
✔ PART 3, we will go a bit deeper into the impacts of concussions and brain injuries on our sleep and performance.
Let’s go back to 2020 and revisit what Dr. Creado had to say about sleep in this last episode of this season.
VIDEO 1 – Click Here to Watch
In the first clip of this episode, with Dr. Creado, he dives into the connection with concussions and sleep. He says,
“Most people who have had a concussion end up with sleep problems. It makes a lot of sense when you think about the brain and how it regulates sleep and wakeful cycles and then it gets jarred. But what people don’t realize is that even a mild head injury can really damage your brain. Even if you’re not officially diagnosed with a concussion, you don’t have to lose consciousness to have a concussion. You don’t even need to have any symptoms to have your brain injured in some way. And then the little injuries along the way add up over time. So the brain is as soft as butter and in a hard, bony skull. Anything that jars it, even whiplash can cause your brain to be injured. And it accumulates over time. What’s interesting is that the same regions of the brain that are most damaged in head injuries are also damaged in sleep deprivation and also alcohol use. The frontal lobes, the temporal lobes and the parietal lobes at the top of the brain.”
🧠 5 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM DR. CREADO’S CLIPConcussions and sleep problems are tightly linkedSleep disturbances are one of the most common long-term consequences of concussion—because the brain directly regulates sleep-wake cycles. My daughter had a concussion through her sports a few years ago, and I did ask her if she felt like the concussion affected her sleep afterwards, and her response was reassuring. While it did impact her sleep at the time, once her brain had healed, she went back to sleep as usual, showing that our brain can be injured, and heal, which shows its true resiliency.You don’t need to lose consciousness to injure your brainMild head injuries, whiplash, or repeated small impacts can injure the brain—even without a formal concussion diagnosis or obvious symptoms. You do have to think back to any time where you think you had an incident where you brain was jarred, keeping in mind, that the consistency of our brain is like butter, in a hard skull, so any sort of jarring will likely have an impact.Brain injuries are cumulativeSmall, repeated “micro-injuries” add up over time, quietly impairing cognitive performance, emotional regulation, and recovery. You will know this once you have had one concussion, because doctors will always ask you “Is this your first concussion?” for this reason.The brain is physically vulnerableThe brain’s soft tissue sits inside a rigid skull—any jarring motion can cause damage, even outside of contact sports. The first person I learned about Traumatic Brain Injuries (TBIs) was from Dr. Daniel Amen, who specializes in transforming mental and physical health with his work at Amen Clinics. His website is full of tips for brain health, including his Concussion Rescue Program[iv] that has helped NFL Players, Championship Boxers, and Thousands of Every Day People. His treatment is centered around his clinics that are in various locations in the USA, (Chicago, Dallas Fort Worth, Los Angeles Metro Area, Miami/Ft. Lauderdale, New York Metro Area, Orange County, a NEW clinic now in Phoenix/Scottsdale Metro, and San Francisco Bay Area. The treatment plans are targeted for each person’s situation, and include Hyberbaric Oxygen Therapy (HBOT), Neurofeedback, Hormone Evaluation and Replacement and Targeted Neutroceuticals.Sleep deprivation damages the same brain regions as head injuryThe frontal, temporal, and parietal lobes—critical for:Decision-makingEmotional regulationMemoryFocus and awareness —are impaired by head injury, poor sleep, and alcohol use.
Sleep is not passive—it’s protective and reparativeQuality sleep is one of the primary tools the brain uses to heal, detoxify, and restore neural function. 🔑 WHY THIS MATTERS (BEYOND ATHLETES)
Dr. Creado’s insight applies to:
Students with repeated minor head injuries impacting sleep lossEducators & leaders under cognitive load and stressProfessionals relying on executive function and emotional controlAnyone who has experienced whiplash, falls, or repeated stress + poor sleep Sleep loss silently weakens the same systems we depend on for peak performance.
🛠 PRACTICAL TIPS TO IMPROVE BRAIN HEALTH & SLEEP
💤 1. Treat sleep as neurological recovery
Aim for 7–9 hours consistentlyPrioritize regular going to bed and wake times—even on weekends 🧠 2. Protect the frontal lobes
Avoid alcohol close to bedtime (it fragments REM & deep sleep)Reduce late-night decision-making and screen exposure 🚦 3. Respect “mild” injuries
After any head jolt or whiplash:Reduce cognitive loadAvoid intense workouts temporarilyIncrease sleep duration to increase repair 🌙 4. Optimize the sleep environment
Dark, cool, quiet roomNo screens 60 minutes before bedUse wind-down routines to cue the nervous system that you are preparing to go to sleep. 🔁 5. Stack recovery habits
Light morning movement + daylight exposureMagnesium or glycine (if appropriate) ( I do take Qualia Magnesium[v] before sleep every night and it improves the quality and duration of my sleep).Breathwork or parasympathetic activation before sleep 🧩 6. Think long-term brain health
Sleep debt + micro-injuries compound over yearsRecovery today protects cognition tomorrow VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
In the second video clip from Dr. Creado on this episode, he shares that “When College students and high school students are sleep deprived, their GPA plummets and they’re twice as likely in some cases to drop classes and quit. That’s a big thing. We know that certain brain regions are affected when you’re sleep deprived. For example, if you are sleep deprived, one all nighter can result in your hippocampus area in the temporal lobe (that helps with new learning), it essentially shuts down its functions, dropping by 40%. So, imagine having a 40% decline in learning. How are you going to go through school? That’s the difference between getting an A and flunking out. So, it does affect your ability to process, retain information, manipulate information, and if you’re irritable, frustrated, have short tolerance for doing things, how are you going to attempt a math problem? I hated maths (he says) I was terrible at it in high school and I realize looking back, besides the fact I was bad at it. It was sleep deprivation.”
🧠 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM DR. CREADO’S SECOND CLIPSleep deprivation directly lowers academic performanceWhen high school and college students are sleep deprived:GPA drops significantlyDrop-out and course-withdrawal rates increaseSleep loss isn’t just a “tired” problem—it’s an academic risk factor. One all-nighter can reduce learning capacity by ~40%A single night without sleep can reduce activity in the hippocampus (in the temporal lobe)—the brain’s center for new learning and memory formation—by up to 40%.This is the difference between excelling and failingCreado puts it plainly: That’s the difference between getting an A and flunking out.
Sleep loss blocks every step of learningWhen sleep deprived, students struggle to:Process new informationRetain what they learnManipulate and apply knowledge (problem-solving, math, reasoning) Emotional regulation collapses with sleep lossIrritability, frustration, and low tolerance rise sharply—making it far harder to persist through challenging tasks like math or complex thinking.Many “learning struggles” are actually sleep strugglesCreado’s reflection is powerful:What he once thought was being “bad at math” was largely chronic sleep deprivation impairing his brain’s ability to learn. 🎓 WHY THIS MATTERS FOR STUDENTS & EDUCATORSSleep deprivation:
Mimics learning disabilitiesUndermines motivation and confidenceDisproportionately affects adolescents whose brains biologically need more sleep This reframes sleep as an academic intervention, not a lifestyle choice.
🛠 PRACTICAL TIPS TO IMPROVE LEARNING & SLEEP💤 1. Protect sleep before learningAim for 8–10 hours for teens, 7–9 hours for college studentsAvoid all-nighters—they sabotage the hippocampus 🧠 2. Study smarter, not laterFront-load studying earlier in the eveningUse sleep to consolidate memory, not replace it 🌙 3. Reduce cognitive overload at nightNo screens 60–90 minutes before bedDim lights to support melatonin release ⏰ 4. Keep a consistent sleep scheduleSame bed/wake times—even on weekendsIrregular schedules disrupt memory formation ☀️ 5. Anchor mornings with lightMorning sunlight resets circadian rhythmImproves alertness and learning readiness 😤 6. Address irritability as a sleep signalShort fuse = brain running on emptyEmotional dysregulation often precedes academic decline 🧠 REVIEW AND CONCLUSION: WHAT BOTH CLIPS REVEAL TOGETHERWhen you place these two clips side by side, a clear neuroscience story emerges:
Focus and decision-makingEmotional regulationMemory and learningProblem-solving and persistence This means sleep deprivation isn’t just “being tired”—it’s functionally similar to brain injury.
One all-nighter can reduce hippocampal function by ~40% The hippocampus is essential for:
New learningMemory encodingAcademic performance A 40% drop in learning capacity is not subtle—it’s the difference between:
Understanding vs. confusionConfidence vs. frustrationProgress vs. withdrawal or quitting 3. Academic struggles are often neurological, not motivationalAcross both clips, we see that sleep deprivation:
Lowers GPAIncreases course dropoutsIncreases irritability and frustrationReduces tolerance for effortful tasks (like math or complex thinking) Many students labeled as:
“Unmotivated”“Bad at math”“Not academic” are actually sleep deprived brains trying to function at a deficit.
👉 Sleep is the brain’s primary repair mechanism
Quality, consistent sleep:
Restores learning circuitsSupports emotional regulationProtects long-term brain healthImproves performance across academics, sports, and life 🎯 CONCLUSION: THE BIG IDEA REVIEW & CONCLUSION – EPISODE 380Peak Sleep Performance: Sleep as Protection, Performance, and Prevention(Part 3 of our review of EP 72 with Dr. Shane Creado, MD)
You cannot separate sleep from performance, learning, or brain health.
Dr. Creado’s work reframes sleep as:
A neurological necessityAn academic interventionA protective factor against brain injuryA competitive advantage for athletes and students alike Whether we’re talking about:
A student pulling all-nightersAn athlete with repeated minor head impactsA professional operating on chronic sleep loss The message is the same:
Sleep is not optional. It is foundational.Protect sleep—and you protect:
LearningEmotional resilienceDecision-makingLong-term success Just to remind us of the 6 Health Staples we are covering:
1 SleepThe foundation of brain health, learning, emotional regulation, recovery, and performance.
2 ExerciseStrengthens the brain and body, improves mood, focus, and resilience—when paired with adequate sleep.
3 NutritionProvides the fuel and building blocks for cognition, memory, and sustained energy.
4 Stress ManagementSupports emotional regulation, impulse control, and the brain’s ability to adapt under pressure.
5 Recovery & DowntimeAllows the brain to repair, integrate learning, and heal from physical and cognitive load.
6 Environment & Daily RoutinesThe structure that makes healthy behaviors repeatable—sleep timing, light exposure, screen habits, and consistency.
When one health staple breaks down—especially sleep—the others lose their power.
And with that thought, we are coming close to completing Season 14—a season rooted in reflection. Our goal this year was to look back at past episodes and intentionally integrate these neuroscience and SEL concepts into our daily lives, not just understand them, but live them.
Season 15 will begin in January, where we’ll continue reviewing past episodes with a renewed focus—shifting insight into tangible, visible, daily results you can apply in real time.
But before the calendar turns, we have something special planned.
Over the holiday season, we’ll be releasing a book-based series I’ve been working on for quite some time—one I’ve wanted to explore for several years now. This upcoming series, Think and Grow Rich for Sales, offers a fresh and practical lens on a timeless classic.
And even if you’re not in the sales profession, I strongly encourage you to listen. The truth is—we are all selling every day. We sell ideas, influence, solutions, and ourselves. When you understand the science behind a successful sale, you’ll begin to see powerful shifts in your relationships, confidence, and productivity.
We’ll see you soon—sometime over the holiday season—with this new series. Until then, we hope you’re enjoying a season of rest, reflection, and connection.
Thank you, as always, for being part of this journey.
RESOURCES:
CLIP 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/PN9zq64EMfs
Clip 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/TleWTiyQW48
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #72 with Dr. Shane Creado on “Sleep Strategies that will Guarantee a Competitive Advantage.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-shane-creado-on-sleep-strategies-that-will-guarantee-a-competitive-advantage/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #378 PART 1 REVIEW with Dr. Shane Creado on “Unlocking Peak Performance With Strategic Napping: Science-Backed Tips” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlock-peak-performance-with-strategic-napping-%E2%80%94-science-backed-sleep-tips/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #379 PART 2 REVIEW with Dr. Shane Creado on “Optimizing Brain Health and Performance with The Silva Method” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/sleep-is-your-superpower-optimize-brain-health-performance/
[iv] https://www.amenclinics.com/services/concussion-rescue-program/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #351 with Dr. Gregory Kelly on “Unlocking the Secrets of Magnesium for Brain and Body Health” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-secrets-of-magnesium-for-brain-and-body-health/
Join Andrea Samadi as she reviews Dr. Shane Creado’s insights on why sleep is a core pillar of brain health, how chronic sleep deprivation harms reaction time, inflammation, pain perception, and why children pay the highest price.
Learn practical sleep strategies—consistent schedules, light management, wind-down routines—and how the Silva Method’s mind-training can deepen restorative sleep for athletes, high performers, and families.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
This week, we move onto PART 2 of our review of EP 72[i] with Shane Creado, MD and his book Peak Sleep Performance for Athletes recorded back in July of 2020.
In PART 1[ii], we covered:
How strategic napping, morning brain habits, and even the Silva Method all work together to reset your brain, boost performance, and transform your health from the inside out.
Today, PART 2 we will continue with our review, diving a bit deeper into sleep deprivation and its impact of performance (whether you are an athlete, or just someone looking to improve productivity).
PART 3, next week, we will go a bit deeper into the impacts of concussions and brain injuries on our sleep and performance.
Just a reminder: Dr. Creado is a double board-certified sleep medicine doctor and psychiatrist who practices functional sleep medicine, integrative psychiatry, and sports psychiatry. He brings all of these specialties together to uncover the underlying factors that sabotage our sleep and then treats them comprehensively, helping people to achieve their health and performance goals with sleep at the forefront
As we work through our reviews, we will spend a considerable amount of time on this important health staple that’s scientifically proven to boost our physical and mental health.
For today’s EP 379, and PART 2 of our review of our 2020 interview with Dr. Shane Creado, we will cover:
✔ Sleep as a core pillar of health according to Dr. Shane Creado, author of Peak Sleep Performance for Athletes.
✔ Sleep deprivation is a national crisis and kid’s pay the highest price.
✔ 7 Well-Known Tips for Improving Sleep
✔ Applying the Silva Method to Reset and Improve Our Sleep
✔ Important sleep tips for athletes and high performers
Let’s go back to 2020 and revisit what Dr. Creado had to say about sleep.
CLIP 1 — Why Sleep Is Non-Negotiable for Brain HealthShort Explanation:In Clip 1, Dr. Shane Creado explains that sleep is a foundational pillar of brain health, equal in importance to exercise and nutrition. He emphasizes that without optimizing sleep, it is impossible to truly optimize learning, emotional regulation, focus, or performance. Dr. Creado highlights that chronic sleep deprivation is widespread in the U.S., often unnoticed, and especially damaging for children—where lack of deep sleep suppresses growth hormone, increases obesity risk, and raises the likelihood of developing mental-health challenges later in life. His message is clear: when sleep improves, the entire “fabric” of life and health begins to change.
VIDEO 1 – Click Here to Watch
In our next video clip from Dr. Creado, I ask him to dive deeper into optimizing our brain health with a quote from his book that reads “your brain health and sports performance cannot be optimized unless your sleep is optimized. And once this is achieved your quality of life will skyrocket. When you sleep well, the fabric of your life will change. And when this happens, it will have a ripple effect.” This sounds like a simple concept, but for those of us who have been working on improving this pillar, we know it’s one of those concepts that easier said, than done. Let’s hear Dr. Creado’s thoughts on my question-
And Dr. Creado replied that “sleep is one of the pillars of brain health along with exercise and nutrition. And we need to make sure we’re getting the right amount of sleep. Most adults and most teenagers don’t know about this but a vast majority, 70 million Americans suffer from a sleep problem. And way more than those suffer from sleep deprivation, chronic sleep deprivation. If a child is deprived of sleep, their growth hormone levels will be suppressed because deep sleep is where growth hormone levels peak, so basically you are going to be stunting your growth.
Over 80% of kids who are sleep deprived go on to develop obesity. There’s a huge overlap between kids who are chronically sleep deprived who manifest mental health conditions later in life.”
🌙 KEY TAKEAWAYS FROM DR. CREADO’S CLIP
We will review these take-aways, (many that are well-known- as a reminder to close any gaps we might have with our sleep) and then we will add a new spin, as we tie the popular Silva Method into these tips, for ALL of us to take our sleep to new heights.
We just received our 2025 Spotify Wrapped stats, (this gives us insight into our listeners who tune in via Spotify over the past year) and The Silva Method, (from 2022) holds the top spot again for listeners for a 3rd year in a row.
This is important for me to notice what is important to YOU, the listener, so when appropriate, I will link the popular Silva Method, to our content.
Sleep is a Core Pillar of Brain HealthAlong with exercise and nutrition, sleep forms the foundation of cognitive health.Without optimized sleep, you cannot optimize brain function, learning, focus, emotional regulation, or performance. Sleep Deprivation Is a National Crisis70 million Americans suffer from a sleep disorder.Many more live in a state of chronic sleep deprivation without realizing it. It wasn’t until Dr. Creado looked at my brain scan from Amen Clinics just a few months AFTER this episode in 2020, and told me that I had the pattern of a sleep deprived brain, did I start to get serious about improving this important health staple.
Children Pay the Highest PriceKids deprived of deep sleep have suppressed growth hormone → which literally stunts physical growth.80% of sleep-deprived children develop obesity.Chronic sleep loss in childhood is strongly linked to later mental-health challenges. Sleep Changes the “Fabric of Your Life”When sleep improves, every system of the body and brain recalibrates.Relationships, mood, decision-making, energy, learning, and performance all rise. ✅ TIPS TO PUT THESE IDEAS INTO ACTION
Dim lightsLight stretchingHot showerReading4–7–8 breathingNo emotional conversations, no rumination 3. Protect Your Light EnvironmentLight controls melatonin.
Morning: Seek 5–10 minutes of natural sunlight.Night: Reduce screens or use night mode 1–2 hours before bed.Keep the bedroom dark, cool (65–67°F), and quiet. 4. Keep a Consistent Sleep/Wake ScheduleEven on weekends.This stabilizes your circadian rhythm and improves the quality of deep sleep.
This is my area of strength with sleep. I go to bed the same time every day (Monday-Sunday) and wake up the same time no matter what day of the week it is. On the rare days I stray from this routine, everything turns upside for me, so I work hard on keeping this consistency.
Growth hormoneMemory consolidationEmotional regulationCellular repair To increase deep sleep:
Exercise in the morning or early afternoonKeep caffeine cutoff at 2:00 p.m.Don’t eat heavy meals late at nightCool the room 6. Watch for Red Flags (Especially in Kids)Difficulty wakingMood swingsFalling asleep in classAttention problemsWeight gainFrequent illness These are often sleep issues in disguise.
What time did I go to bed?What disrupted my sleep?What will I change tomorrow? TAKING OUR SLEEP TO THE NEXT LEVEL WITH THE SILVA METHOD
Many of these TIPS we have heard already and the key is to keep track of where you are able to make improvements. Let’s add the popular Silva Method to our Sleep Reset Routine, and see how we can take our sleep even deeper.
The Silva Method was covered in our most downloaded 4 PART Series[iii] based on the work of Jose Silva, and this one Series was streamed 999% more than any other episode we have created in the 7 years we have been hosting this podcast.
🌙THE SILVA METHOD SLEEP RESET (2–3 Minutes)Neuroscience + Mind Training for Better Sleep🧠 1. Alpha Entry (3–2–1)Shift your brain from beta → alpha → theta for natural sleep pathways.
Close your eyes.
Slow breath in… slow breath out.
Count down:
3… “My body relaxes.”2… “My mind becomes calm.”1… “I enter my ideal level for sleep.” On “1,” imagine a warm wave of relaxation dropping you into Alpha. When I’m tired, and I lay down to go to sleep, after practicing this method for many years now, I can actually feel when I’ve hit that Alpha Sleep State. This is a magical place, and if you don’t do anything else with this state, it’s a great place to find a place of calm, before you drift off to sleep.
💬 2. Subconscious ProgrammingUse intention-based language to direct the mind:
“Tonight my brain resets. I will wake restored.”
(whatever it is you want to solve or work on)
Let this intention sink deeply into the subconscious.
🌫 3. Release & ClearUse the Silva Command Technique:
“I now release the day.All tension dissolves.Only calm remains.”
Picture the entire day evaporating like mist.
💤 4. Deep Sleep VisualizationGuide your brain toward deep, restorative sleep.
Visualize:
Your body sinking into the mattressYour breath becoming slow and rhythmicBrain waves shifting toward deep deltaCells repairing and your mind rebooting (from head to toe). Affirm:
“I sleep deeply.My brain resets.I wake renewed.”
See yourself waking:
CalmClearSharpEnergized Say:
“Calmness, Peace, Clarity, a Sharp and Energized Mind and Body is my reality.”
😴 6. Drift DeeperTake three slow breaths.With each exhale, whisper internally:
“Deeper…”“Deeper…”“Deeper…”
Let your body float down like warm sand — easing naturally into theta → delta for true restorative sleep. If you have not yet listened to our 4 PART Series on The Silva Method, and its benefits, I highly encourage you do this.
Deeper sleep is only one of the benefits of The Silva Method.
🌙 SILVA METHOD SLEEP RESET — FOR KIDSSince Dr. Creado mentioned that our children pay the highest price for sleep deprivation, I thought it would be important to cover how any of us can teach The Silva Method to our kids. ((I won’t read this out loud for this episode, but you can go to the show notes if you would like to apply this method to your children for their bedtime routine).
This is a reminder for all of us to not forget that Jose Silva created this method originally when he was working with radios and electronic circuitry to improve his children’s learning. I can only imagine how motivated he was, because when our children are little, most of us as parents would do anything to set our kids up for success. We read books, gain new ideas and theories and work on implementing them. Silva’s Mind Control Theory, is backed by science, and as Dr. Creado reminded us, it’s important for our children to get the right amount of sleep for their growth hormones, let alone their mental and physical health.
To Implement The Silva Method for Your Kids:
(A calm, magical bedtime routine you can read aloud)
(For younger kids: “Tonight I will sleep like a peaceful superhero.”)
“Close your eyes and take a slow breath.Now we’re going to do the magic countdown:
3 — My body gets soft like a teddy bear2 — My mind becomes calm and quiet1 — I’m in my cozy dream place” This moves them from beta → alpha, just like the adult version, but in child-safe imagery.
Kids respond beautifully to metaphors involving movement and release.
A safe, cozy placeSoft lightsWarm blanketsTheir favorite animal or character sitting beside themStars twinkling above Then say:
“Your brain and body are getting sleepy in the best way.”
“You’re safe.You’re loved.Your body knows exactly how to sleep deeply.Every minute you sleep, you grow stronger, smarter, and calmer.”
This is especially powerful for kids who struggle with anxiety or nighttime restlessness.
This anchors the beneficial outcome in their subconscious.
Do this 3 times.
Then repeat softly:
“Deeper…Deeper…Deeper…”
Their nervous system will naturally shift toward theta and then delta.
Try the Silva Method with your children and see how they respond. I didn’t practice this method with my kids when they were little, but I did give them an intention of health and well-being EVERY night, before they went to sleep.
Sometimes out loud, and sometimes I would just think this to send my kids off to sleep with good intentions. I would say “You will sleep well tonight, and wake up, and have an incredible day tomorrow. You will accomplish ALL of your goals and dreams, and live a happy and healthy life.”
I do believe the words we say out loud, and even think, can impact our results and if our children pay the highest price with their sleep, it’s worth trying something, especially when your children are young, to create the habit of drifting soundly off to sleep.
CLIP 2 — How Sleep Deprivation Increases Risk and InjuryShort Explanation:In Clip 2, Dr. Creado focuses on the real-world consequences of chronic sleep deprivation, particularly for athletes but applicable to everyone. He explains that a sleep-deprived brain operates on reduced capacity—reaction times slow, awareness drops, inflammation rises, stress hormones increase, and pain perception becomes amplified. This makes the brain more fragile and more vulnerable to injury. Even small sleep deficits can significantly increase risk, especially when reaction time and awareness are critical. Dr. Creado reframes sleep as protection: when sleep is inadequate, both performance and safety are compromised.
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
In our second video clip with Dr. Creado, he reminds us that “if you are sleep deprived, and you are an athlete for example, your brain is already running on fumes, basically, and your reaction times will be reduced if you are chronically sleep deprived. And I mean that depends on how much sleep each person needs. So if you are getting 7 hours at night, and you think you’re great, but your brain needs 9 hours of sleep, you’re still sleep deprived. So you’ll have more inflammation, less protective hormones, more stress hormones, lower pin tolerance. So if you perceive pain to be 5/10 if 10 is the worst pain that you could have, with sleep deprivation you’ll perceive your pain to be 8/9 out of 10.
All these factors are already there if someone is chronically sleep deprived. And then their reaction times are reduced, they don’t see the guy coming at them out of the corner of their eye, BOOM, they’re hit, so their brain is more vulnerable already, more fragile, so their symptoms will be more severe.”
✅ KEY POINTS FROM DR. CREADO (CLIP 2)1.Sleep deprivation slows brain reaction timeWhen you are chronically sleep deprived, your brain operates on reduced capacity. Reaction time, awareness, and peripheral vision are all impaired—raising the risk of injury, especially for athletes.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT
Track reaction-based mistakes (missed cues, slower responses) during training or workdays.Treat reaction errors as a sleep signal, not a skill problem.Adjust training intensity on low-sleep days; prioritize recovery over performance. 2. Sleep needs are individual—not universalFeeling “fine” on 7 hours does not mean your brain is fully rested. If your brain needs 9 hours, anything less is still sleep deprivation.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT
Identify your true sleep need by tracking:Energy levelsFocusMoodPain sensitivity Aim for the minimum hours where all four improve, not just “acceptable” sleep.Increase sleep in 15–30 minute increments over 7–10 days to find your optimal range. I notice that when I have heavier training days, (when I run for more than 7 miles in the mountains) or days that my stress levels come in higher than usual, that my Whoop tracker will tell me that I need more sleep to compensate for the extra stress or strain that day.
This was one of the most eye-opening concepts to me while tracking sleep. If you over train, it will show up eventually with injury, but also, as I started to track my blood results, inflammation from overtraining also showed up on a couple of my bio-markers.
DHEA Sulfate Reading
DHEA sulfate is an adrenal hormone that acts as our stress buffer. It balances cortisol and supports recovery. When DHEA-S is low, we worry about burnout. When it’s robust — even slightly elevated — it tells us the body is still adapting to sustained challenge.
An elevated DHEA-S on its own doesn’t mean something is wrong. It can reflect high engagement, purpose-driven work, and a nervous system that’s still compensating well. What matters is whether we pair that output with intentional down-regulation — because resilience isn’t about pushing harder, it’s about recovering smarter.”
This reading for me showed up in a blood test from May 2025 for me as “Out of Range.” I wondered, why is this test out of what is considered the “healthy range?” and this new feature on the Whoop app (that we will revisit on another episode) told me my blood test being out of range, was a reflection of chronic stress, or overtraining symptoms). Both of these factors impact my sleep need.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT
Protect sleep as an anti-inflammatory tool, not a luxury.Pair sleep with:Consistent sleep/wake timesReduced late-night screen exposureCalm pre-bed routines Think of sleep as your primary recovery supplement. 4. Sleep deprivation amplifies pain perceptionPain feels significantly worse when sleep deprived. A moderate pain stimulus can register as severe pain due to reduced pain tolerance.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT
If pain feels unusually intense, check sleep first before assuming injury progression.Prioritize sleep during injury recovery or high-stress periods.Avoid pushing through pain after poor sleep—this increases risk, not resilience. 5. A tired brain is more vulnerable to injurySlower reaction times mean missed visual cues. The already-fatigued brain is more fragile, leading to more severe symptoms when injury occurs.
TIP TO IMPLEMENT
On low-sleep days:Reduce exposure to high-risk situationsEmphasize form, awareness, and safety Coaches and leaders should screen for sleep, not just symptoms.Build sleep checks into return-to-play or high-performance decisions. 🧠 BIG PICTURE TAKEAWAYSleep deprivation doesn’t just make you tired—it:
Slows your brainAmplifies painIncreases inflammationWeakens reaction timeMakes injury more severe Sleep is protection. Sleep is performance. Sleep is prevention.
REVIEW & CONCLUSION – EPISODE 379Peak Sleep Performance: Sleep as Protection, Performance, and Prevention(Part 2 of our review of EP 72 with Dr. Shane Creado, MD)
In this episode, we returned to our 2020 interview with Dr. Shane Creado, a double board-certified sleep medicine physician and psychiatrist whose work sits at the intersection of functional sleep medicine, integrative psychiatry, and sports performance. His central message—now more relevant than ever—is clear:
You cannot optimize brain health, athletic performance, or quality of life unless sleep is optimized first.
In Part 1, EP 378, we explored how strategic napping, morning brain habits, and the Silva Method work together to reset the nervous system and support peak cognitive and physical performance.
In Part 2, this week’s episode, we went deeper—into why sleep is not just helpful, but protective, and why sleep deprivation has become one of the most urgent and under-recognized public-health crises of our time.
🧠 WHAT THIS EPISODE REINFORCEDDr. Creado reminded us that sleep sits alongside exercise and nutrition as a core pillar of brain health. When sleep breaks down, everything else follows—focus, learning, emotional regulation, reaction time, recovery, and resilience.
We also revisited the reality:
70 million Americans suffer from sleep disorders.Millions more are chronically sleep deprived without realizing it.Children pay the highest price, with sleep loss impacting growth hormone, metabolism, weight, and long-term mental health. Perhaps most powerfully, Dr. Creado explained that sleep deprivation doesn’t just make us tired—it:
Slows reaction timeIncreases inflammationAmplifies pain perceptionRaises injury riskMakes brain trauma more severe A tired brain is a vulnerable brain.
And this applies not only to elite athletes—but to students, parents, educators, leaders, and anyone living in a high-pressure, always-on world.
🌙 WHY THE SILVA METHOD BELONGS IN THIS CONVERSATIONAs we reviewed familiar sleep tips—consistent schedules, light management, wind-down routines—we added a powerful layer: mind training.
The overwhelming response to our Silva Method series (now our most-streamed content for the third year in a row) shows us something important:listeners want tools that help the brain shift states—quickly and intentionally.
The Silva Method does exactly that by:
Guiding the brain from beta → alpha → thetaActivating the parasympathetic nervous systemReducing stress hormonesPreparing the mind and body for deep, restorative sleep When paired with Dr. Creado’s science, the Silva Method becomes a bridge—connecting knowledge to action, and intention to biology.
Sleep becomes something we train, not something we hope for.
👶 WHY THIS MATTERS FOR KIDSOne of the most important takeaways from this episode is that children are the most vulnerable to sleep loss, and yet often the least protected from it.
Teaching kids:
How to calm their mindsHow to release the dayHow to visualize rest and safety is not just about sleep—it’s about self-regulation, emotional security, and long-term brain health.
Whether through the Silva Method or simple bedtime intention-setting, we are shaping the internal environment our children grow up in—night after night.
🧩 THE BIG PICTUREThis two-part review brings us back to a truth worth repeating:
Sleep is not a luxury.Sleep is not optional.Sleep is the foundation.
Sleep is:
Protection against injury and burnoutPerformance fuel for focus, learning, and resiliencePrevention against long-term physical and mental health challenges When sleep improves, the fabric of your life changes—and the ripple effects touch everything.
As we continue building our roadmap through the Top Health Staples, sleep remains the pillar that holds them all together.
If there’s one thing to take from Episode 379, it’s this:
You don’t need to do everything perfectly—you just need to start protecting your sleep.
And when science and mind training work together, better sleep becomes not just possible—but repeatable.
We will see you next time with PART 3 of our review with Dr. Shane Creado.
RESOURCES:
Clip 1: Chronic Sleep Deprivation: Why Sleep is Non-Negotiable
https://www.youtube.com/shorts/73LqJlL-Wx0
Clip 2: How Sleep Deprivation Increases Risk and Injury
https://www.youtube.com/shorts/CjQSm-O0tbU
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #72 with Dr. Shane Creado on “Sleep Strategies that will Guarantee a Competitive Advantage.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-shane-creado-on-sleep-strategies-that-will-guarantee-a-competitive-advantage/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #378 PART 1 REVIEW with Dr. Shane Creado on “Unlocking Peak Performance With Strategic Napping: Science-Backed Tips” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlock-peak-performance-with-strategic-napping-%E2%80%94-science-backed-sleep-tips/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
Episode 378 revisits Dr. Shane Creado’s science-driven advice on sleep, strategic napping, and why sleep is foundational for health, hormones, immunity, and performance. Learn practical nap protocols (10–20 minutes or 90-minute recovery naps), timing, environment tips, and how to protect your morning from cortisol-spiking habits like checking phones.
The episode also shows how combining a short nap with the Silva Method — setting an intention and entering alpha — can boost creativity, insight, and problem-solving. It concludes with actionable routines to improve sleep consistency, support shift workers, and make sleep a strategy for better productivity and well-being.
✔Learn practical nap protocols (10–20 minutes or 90-minute recovery naps), timing, environment tips, and how to protect your morning from cortisol-spiking habits like checking phones.✔The episode also shows how combining a short nap with the Silva Method — setting an intention and entering alpha — can boost creativity, insight, and problem-solving. ✔ It concludes with actionable routines to improve sleep consistency, support shift workers, and make sleep a strategy for better productivity and well-being.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
This week, in our review of EP 72 with Shane Creado, MD and his book Peak Sleep Performance for Athletes and will learn:
How strategic napping, morning brain habits, and even the Silva Method all work together to reset your brain, boost performance, and transform your health from the inside out.
Clip 1: The Science of Strategic NappingIn Clip 1, Dr. Shane Creado explains why every cell in the body follows its own circadian rhythm—and why humans were historically wired for polymodal sleep, with natural dips in alertness that make afternoon naps biologically appropriate.You’ll learn:
Why the “post-lunch crash” is actually a melatonin rise, not just fatigueWhy old advice to “avoid naps” is outdatedHow short, intentional naps can boost alertness, learning, mood, and performanceThe simple rules behind strategic napping: length, timing, and environmentThis clip lays the groundwork for using naps as a tool—not a crutch—for better brain function. Clip 2: Your Morning Cortisol Curve & Hidden Sleep DangersClip 2 shifts the focus to the first moments of your day.Dr. Creado warns that checking your phone the moment you wake up spikes cortisol and sends your brain into danger mode, increasing anxiety and disrupting emotional regulation for the entire day.You’ll also learn:
Why shift work fragments DNAWhy the WHO classifies shift work as a possible carcinogenHow sleep protects your hormones, immune system, gut health, and long-term agingThis clip reinforces that sleep is foundational biology, not optional or replaceable. How This All Connects to The Silva MethodWe close the episode by tying these insights back to our most-listened-to series—the Silva Method.Both Dr. Creado’s strategies and Silva’s techniques point to the same powerful truth:
When we intentionally shift the brain into restorative states—through sleep, strategic napping, or Alpha/Theta training—we unlock higher performance, creativity, intuition, and emotional stability.
You’ll see how:
Strategic naps naturally guide the brain into Alpha and Theta brainwave patternsMorning routines that protect your cortisol curve mimic Silva’s “mental housecleaning”Sleep resets the brain in the same way Silva exercises reset focus, clarity, and intuitionBoth methods teach us to work with the brain, not against it Together, the science of sleep and the mental training of Silva give you a complete framework for building peak performance from the inside out.
Episode 378: Featuring Dr. Shane Creado
(Integrating the Silva Method[i] for Increased Creativity-Nap Integration)
For today’s Episode 378, we continue with our review of past episodes as we make connections to prior learning with whatever it is that we are currently working on this year. I’ll create a roadmap at the end of this season so this pathway will make sense to us (I hope!) as we piece together important parts of our success puzzle and begin to bring them to life.
As we review these episodes, you’ll notice that around the time of the pandemic, around 2020, our interviews took a turn towards health and wellness, and to stay on track, I created a framework of our Top 5 Health Staples on Episode 87[ii], which eventually evolved into our Top 6 Health Staples when we added stress reduction to help us to boost our physical and mental health.
This week, we’re going back to one of my favorite interviews with the inspiring Dr. Shane Creado, who we first met on EP 72[iii] in July 2020 on the topic of “Sleep Strategies that Will Guarantee a Competitive Advantage.”
Dr. Creado is a double board-certified sleep medicine doctor and psychiatrist who practices functional sleep medicine, integrative psychiatry, and sports psychiatry. He brings all of these specialties together to uncover the underlying factors that sabotage our sleep and then treats them comprehensively, helping people to achieve their health and performance goals with sleep at the forefront.
To quickly review his background: Dr. Creado completed an undergraduate degree in physical therapy, went on to earn his MD, and then completed a fellowship in Sleep Medicine at the University of Wisconsin, recognizing the huge overlap between sleep and psychiatric issues. He believes in optimization, not normalization, and devotes his work to optimizing brain health in professional athletes, executives, and anyone interested in peak performance.
We did a deep dive into his book Peak Sleep Performance for Athletes: The Cutting-Edge Sleep Science That Will Guarantee a Competitive Advantage on EP 71[iv] so that, when he came on EP 72, we could maximize our time together, by asking the most practical questions to help all of us move the needle with our sleep.
How did I come across Dr. Creado? I first heard him on Dr. Daniel Amen’s Brain Warrior’s Way Podcast, since he worked closely with Dr. Amen at that time. At that point I was just beginning to learn how to track and improve my own sleep. This conversation with him actually happened about a year before our interview with Dr. Kristin Holmes,[v] VP of Performance Science at WHOOP, and before I began officially measuring my sleep data with a wearable device.
A few months after this interview, Dr. Creado reviewed my brain scan results from Dr. Amen’s Clinics and told me that my brain showed the same pattern as someone who was sleep deprived (which we shared on EP 84[vi]). That feedback sent me searching for what else I could do to improve this crucial health staple: sleep.
This episode opened the door for me to meet many other leaders in health and wellness and ultimately led to our deep dive into the six health staples that are scientifically proven to improve our mental and physical well-being.
This was all years before our popular series on The Silva Method[vii] (still our most-listened-to series on this podcast), where we covered how to improve our creativity and innovation with sleep, and also before our review of The Fisher Wallace Brain Stimulator[viii] that held the top spot for years (with the topic of improving sleep). But it all really began with conversations like this one—with Dr. Shane Creado—on achieving peak performance with our sleep.
So let’s go back to March 2020 and revisit what Dr. Creado had to say about sleep.
Clip 1: The Science of Strategic NappingVIDEO 1 – Click Here to Watch
Dr. Creado reminds us that every cell in our body has its own circadian rhythm. When we understand this, it becomes clear what we need to do to support healthy sleep.
He explains that historically, human sleep has been polymodal—people would sleep a few hours early in the night, wake for a bit, then sleep again in the early morning, and often nap in the afternoon. This pattern lines up with how melatonin behaves in the body: it rises at night, dips, and then shows a slight rise again in the afternoon.
So when you feel sleepy after lunch, it’s not just the food—it’s your melatonin rising and your brain asking for a recharge.
Key Takeaways from Dr. Shane CreadoDr. Creado challenges older sleep-hygiene advice that says to avoid naps altogether. In his words, that’s “pretty much wrong.” Naps can be incredibly helpful—as long as you’re strategic about them:
Know how long you’re going to napBe deliberate about when and where you do it These are the keys to strategic napping, which we’ll explore more as we revisit this powerful conversation. But first, let’s put strategic napping into action.
Put These Tips into Action1. Keep Your Nap Between 10–20 Minutes (Power Nap)Short naps prevent you from dropping into deep sleep.This helps you wake up refreshed—not groggy—and boosts alertness, memory, and mood.
recovering from sleep debtjet-laggedcoming off a night of fragmented sleep Avoid these longer naps late in the day.
Nap Before 3:00 PMAlign your nap with the natural melatonin rise that occurs in the early afternoon.This prevents nighttime sleep disruption and supports your circadian rhythm.
Create a Consistent Nap EnvironmentSet up conditions that your brain recognizes as “rest time”:
dark or dim lightingcomfortable temperature (lower temperatures are recommended)quiet or white noisereclining or lying down if possible Consistency trains the brain to drop into restorative rest efficiently.
Use a Caffeine Nap (If It Works for You)Drink a small amount of caffeine (like green tea or half a cup of coffee) immediately before a 10–20 minute nap. The caffeine kicks in right as you wake, giving you a double boost.
Set an AlarmHelps you avoid drifting into deep sleep and waking up groggy.This trains your brain to trust short naps and prevents oversleeping.
Observe Your Afternoon Melatonin DipIf you feel naturally sleepy between 1:00–3:00 PM, this is your biological nap window.Don’t fight it—leverage it (if you can).
Don’t Nap to Escape StressUse napping as a performance tool, not an emotional coping mechanism.If you’re lying down to escape anxiety, use breathwork or a 5-minute mindfulness break instead.
Track Your Sleep ResponseEveryone’s nap sensitivity is unique.Track how naps affect your:
nighttime sleepalertnessmoodwork performancetraining or athletic performance If you want to dive deep, measure it: WHOOP, Oura, or any wearable can help determine your best nap duration and timing.
PUTTING THESE TIPS INTO ACTION:By now, we’ve all heard that napping is not a sign of laziness—it’s a strategic tool for combating the sleep epidemic we’re facing. Sleep deprivation can impair the brain as much as being under the influence, which is why even short, well-timed naps can play a powerful role in restoring our cognitive performance, mood, and overall health.
I had to look to see what Matthew Walker[ix] (also known as the Sleep Diplomat) had to say about napping, compared to Dr. Creado’s view, since I was studying both at the same time.
If you look at this chart I’ve added in the show notes, you can see that Dr. Creado’s philosophy helps you to nap for performance; (which makes sense to me since Dr. Creado advises athletes) and Matthew Walker helps you to nap without harming your nighttime sleep. His advice also made sense to me as he advises the general population, and the statistics don’t lie. Most of us are sleep deprived.
Both sleep experts believe in the power of taking naps, and they both lean towards napping for less than 20 minutes for power napping that avoids grogginess. While not all work environments are built to support this research, that surrounds napping before 3pm, there are companies that are embracing this research, you can Nap on the Job at These 10 Companies[x]
GooglePricewaterhouseCoopersBen & Jerry’sCiscoPotatoZapposNikeUberWhite & CaseThrive Global If you like this option, you’re in good company. Many organizations are already embracing future-focused workspaces with this research in mind. Arianna Huffington, now the founder of Thrive Global, has been one of the loudest voices calling attention to the sleep-deprivation crisis. She wrote the best-selling book The Sleep Revolution[xi] to highlight the science behind sleep and why our culture must change.
Huffington points to research showing that naps boost the immune system, lower blood pressure, increase learning capacity, improve memory, and enhance our ability to perform complex tasks (Yahoo Finance). Companies adopting nap rooms and rest pods aren’t being trendy—they’re aligning their workplaces with well-established neuroscience and physiology.
And this brings us full circle, because Dr. Shane Creado was emphasizing these same science-backed principles long before workplace culture caught up, showing us exactly how sleep—and even strategic napping—can become a powerful tool for peak performance.
And here’s where today’s episode takes a powerful turn. We are going back to our MOST downloaded Series, The Silva Method, to now implement this method into Dr. Creado’s tip for napping, to increase our creativity, innovation and productivity.
How This All Connects to The Silva Method: The Silva Method & The 20-Minute NapWhere Creativity, Insight & Neuroscience Meet
Now that we know what to do from Dr. Creado’s research—use short, strategic naps to support performance—the next step is to take this deeper and connect it to the most transformative tool that we’ve covered in our 7 years of hosting this podcast: The Silva Method.
This is where the magic happens, as theory meets practice.
What José Silva taught decades ago about guiding the brain into the Alpha state (a mental state of calm wakefulness, that is distinct from the high-frequency beta waves of a busy, alert mind) aligns perfectly with what neuroscience shows happens in a 20-minute nap.
And it also explains why so many innovators—Einstein, Edison, Dalí, Tesla, Da Vinci—used structured micro-naps or “drifting states” to solve complex problems.
They weren’t just resting.They were deliberately entering the insight zone.
Edison used metal balls to wake himself the moment he crossed into Theta (the brain state of deep relaxation that’s a gateway to creativity, inspiration and new ideas). Dalí held a key over a plate for the same purpose. Einstein was known for multiple micro-naps throughout the day. Da Vinci mapped polyphasic sleep schedules to stay in that creative borderland between wake and sleep.
They had discovered what both neuroscience and the Silva Method confirm:
The moments between wakefulness and sleep—Alpha and early Theta—are the brain’s most fertile ground for new ideas.
**If you have not yet listened to the 4 PART SERIES on The Silva Method[xii], I highly encourage it as we do go into detail on HOW to start this practice, and learn how to train your brain to accomplish outstanding results that truly will shock you.
How This Works?The Silva Method adds conscious intention.Before entering the Alpha, State you plant a question, problem, or intention—something that you want to solve, or learn more about. Then during the nap-like drift, the brain naturally reorganizes information, makes connections, and surfaces insights.
When you return to Beta (full wakefulness), those insights often rise effortlessly. I’ve been doing this practice for 26+ years now, and I can tell you that it takes practice. In the beginning, I didn’t have control of what was showing up on the screen of my mind during these short naps, and I had a difficult time understanding what certain things (or insight that were flashing on the screen of my mind) really meant. This will take practice, but it’s well worth the time spent.
A 20-minute nap and The Silva Method are using the same brain states—one intentionally, one biologically. Combined, they become a powerful creativity tool.
Why This Works (Neuroscience + Silva)✔ The brain enters Alpha/Theta — insight frequencies✔ Cortisol drops — freeing cognitive resources✔ The Default Mode Network activates — your “creative network”✔ The nap resets your mental clarity✔ The Silva Method gives the mind a specific task (whatever it is you are looking to solve).
Together, they create a simple, natural protocol for breakthrough thinking.
How To Use The Silva Method with a 20-Minute Nap to Improve Creativity?Here’s a simple protocol that we can all use:
Set an intention“Show me a solution for ___.”“Give me a creative idea for ___.”Enter Alpha (Silva Method)Use the 3–2–1 countdown or your preferred Silva relaxation method.Drift for 15–20 minutesYou don’t need full sleep—just hover between wake and sleep.Wake & WriteCapture any images, ideas, feelings, or impressions immediately. This is truly one of the fastest ways to reset the brain, boost creativity, and spark intuition—because it aligns neuroscience with intention. The insights that you discover here are life-changing. Start writing down the ideas you “see” and “feel” and you will begin to find solutions to problems or ways forward in your daily life.
Clip 2: Your Morning Cortisol Curve & Hidden Sleep DangersVIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
Which brings us to our 2nd clip from Dr. Creado who reminds us about an important habit (that I have yet to master).
Dr. Creado explains the deeper biological consequences of poor sleep with a powerful reminder:
“If you immediately go to social media or your work emails as soon as you wake up, your cortisol levels are boosted even more. You go straight into danger mode and anxiety mode, and that’s how you start your day.”
He goes on to give an example many people don’t realize the seriousness of:
“Shift work actually causes fragmentation and breaks in your DNA. It sets people up for an increased risk of heart attacks and strokes. The World Health Organization has even designated shift work as a possible carcinogen—a cancer-causing behavior.”
Most people think a few hours of lost sleep just makes them groggy or irritable, but as Dr. Creado explains, the consequences go much deeper:
“This goes down to your very DNA. Sleep is your anchor. It can stave off aging. It can prevent obesity and inflammation. It can boost your immune system. It can delay menopause. It can upregulate testosterone and growth hormone levels, suppress stress hormones, and even regulate your gut flora.”
This section reinforces the core theme of your episode:sleep is foundational biology—not a luxury—and optimizing it has ripple effects across every major system of the body.
Key Takeaways from Dr. Shane Creado’s 2nd ClipAvoid social media and emails immediately upon waking.They spike cortisol and activate “danger mode,” increasing anxiety from the moment your day begins.Shift work is biologically damaging.It fragments DNA, increases risk of heart attacks and strokes, and is recognized by the WHO as a possible carcinogen.Sleep is not optional—it’s your biological anchor.It stabilizes your entire internal system, including mood, hormones, metabolism, and immunity.Poor sleep accelerates aging.Adequate sleep can slow (and even reverse) biological wear, protecting long-term health.Sleep regulates critical hormones.It boosts testosterone and growth hormone while reducing stress hormones like cortisol.Your gut depends on your sleep.Quality sleep helps maintain healthy gut flora, which influences everything from mood to inflammation to immunity. PUTTING THESE TIPS INTO ACTION:Here are simple, science-backed steps you can start today to optimize your sleep:
Protect the First 30 Minutes of Your MorningNo social mediaNo emailsNo newsUse this time for grounding: hydration, sunlight, breathwork, or light movement. Dr. Creado is far from the only expert emphasizing this point—best-selling author Brendon Burchard includes it as one of his core High Performance Habits, reminding us that how we start our morning sets the tone for our entire day.
If You’re a Shift Worker, Control What You CanKeep a consistent sleep–wake schedule when possibleUse blackout curtains and cool temperaturesNap strategically to offset circadian disruptionPrioritize sleep hygiene even more than daytime workers (This population is often overlooked. It came up with Dr. Creado, as well as with our interview with Kelly Roman how many people with shift work should be given extra support).
Build a Nighttime Routine That Signals “Safety” to the BrainDim lights 60–90 minutes before bedReduce screensUse calming cues: stretching, reading, warm shower, or meditationKeep a consistent bedtime
Sleep is the strategy that makes all your other strategies work better.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION — Episode 378 PART 1 of our REVIEW with Dr. Shane Creado
Key Insights From Video 1: Your Biology Wants You to NapDr. Creado reminded us that every cell in the body runs on its own circadian rhythm, and historically, humans slept in multiple phases—including early afternoon naps aligned with our melatonin’s natural rise. He challenged outdated sleep-hygiene rules that discouraged napping and instead showed us how strategic naps—short, intentional, and well-timed—can restore energy and boost performance.
We covered practical strategies for making napping work in real life, from 10–20 minute power naps to full 90-minute cycles when recovery is needed, emphasizing timing, environment, and consistency.
Napping for Performance vs. Protecting Nighttime SleepTo deepen this topic, we compared Dr. Creado’s approach with Matthew Walker’s. Both agree that short naps (under 20 minutes) offer the best everyday benefits, though their philosophies differ:
Creado teaches you to nap for performance, especially for athletes and high performers.Matthew Walker teaches you to nap without disrupting nighttime sleep, focusing on the general population. And while not all workplaces support napping, many leading companies now do—Google, Cisco, Zappos, Nike, Uber, PwC, and more—reflecting research championed by leaders like Arianna Huffington, who has long warned that sleep deprivation is a cultural crisis. Naps, she notes, improve immunity, blood pressure, learning, memory, and performance. Organizations adopting nap rooms aren’t following a trend—they’re following neuroscience.
Key Insights From Video 2: Protect Your Morning BrainIn our second clip, Dr. Creado warns about a habit many of us (including myself) struggle with: checking the phone immediately upon waking. This single behavior spikes cortisol and sends the brain into “danger mode,” setting the tone for an anxious, reactive day. He also described the biological risks of shift work—including DNA fragmentation and increased risk of heart attack and stroke—conditions serious enough that the WHO classifies shift work as a possible carcinogen.
His message was clear: Sleep is your anchor. It affects aging, inflammation, immunity, hormone balance, and even gut health. Dr. Creado reminded us that sleep isn’t a luxury—it’s foundational biology. When we optimize sleep, we improve every system in the body: our hormones, immunity, focus, mood, and even our longevity.
And when we take what he taught and combine it with the intentional practice of The Silva Method, we unlock something even more powerful. A simple 20-minute nap becomes more than rest—it becomes a doorway into the Alpha state where creativity, insight, and intuition live.
This is why so many innovators throughout history used micro-naps to solve problems. The Silva Method simply adds conscious intention. And when we pair intention with the brain’s natural rhythms, we create one of the most reliable pathways for breakthroughs.
And watch how your best most innovative and creative ideas begin to rise to the surface.
With that thought, we will close out this episode, and we will see you next week, with PART 2 of our interview review with Dr. Creado. We have only scratched the surface of our review of this important health staple of sleep. See you next week.
RESOURCES:Video Clip 1: The Science of Strategic Napping https://www.youtube.com/shorts/kfIwmZRF-pE
Video Clip 2: Protecting Your Morning Brain https://www.youtube.com/shorts/3xQbdEFfhh0
REFERENCES:[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #87 with Andrea Samadi on “The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies” https://www.achieveit360.com/the-top-5-brain-health-and-alzheimers-prevention-strategies-with-andrea-samadi/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #72 with Dr. Shane Creado on “Sleep Strategies that will Guarantee a Competitive Advantage.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-shane-creado-on-sleep-strategies-that-will-guarantee-a-competitive-advantage/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #71 with Dr. Shane Creado on “A Deep Dive into Dr. Creado’s Peak Sleep Performance for Athletes” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-regulation-and-sleep-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-shane-creados-peak-sleep-performance-for-athletes/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 134 with Dr. Kristin Holmes, VP of Performance Science from Whoop.com https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 84 “Andrea’s SPECT Image Brain Scan Results” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/how-a-spect-scan-can-change-your-life-part-3-with-andrea-samadi/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 120 “Andrea’s Personal Review of The Fisher Wallace Wearable Medical Device for Anxiety, Depression and Sleep/Stress Management”
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/personal-review-of-the-fisher-wallace-wearable-medical-device-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleepstress-management/
[ix] https://www.sleepdiplomat.com/
[x] https://finance.yahoo.com/news/nap-job-10-companies-100300632.html
[xi] https://www.amazon.com/Sleep-Revolution-Transforming-Your-Night/dp/110190402X
The Sleep Revolution, Published by Arianna Huffington April 4, 2017
[xii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
Andrea Samadi reflects on seven years hosting the Neuroscience Meets SEL podcast and celebrates reaching 500,000 downloads. She shares seven strategies—clarifying mission and vision, defining the audience, setting measurable goals, creating systems, staying mission-driven, building partnerships, and building momentum—and eight personal lessons learned, including the power of practice, research, adaptation, and praxis.
This episode offers practical, science-backed guidance for anyone looking to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, well-being, and long-term results.
On today's episode #377, we cover a break from our interviews, with a celebration episode!
✔ 7 Strategies that took our podcast from 0-500,000 downloads
(including clarifying our mission, vision, defining our audience, setting measurable goals, creating systems, staying mission-driven, and building partnerships).
✔ 8 Personal Lessons learned over the past 7 years
(including the power of spaced repetition, research, adaptation and praxis).
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
For today’s EP #377 we will take a break from our interview reviews, and look back over the past 7 years, and 14 Seasons, as we hit an important milestone in the podcasting world, our 500,000th download. I remember when we hit the 300,000th marker, back in March 2023[i] we reflected back on the lessons learned in our first 4 years of hosting this podcast. I remember looking at the next milestone of half a million, thinking it was such a distance from where we currently were. It just took 3 years to get here, and now we have our eye on the next 500,000 downloads, which from here, looks like a lifetime away.
As we reflect back over the past 7 years, many of our strategies remain the same as when we first began. Some strategies we did have to change. We reviewed some of these concepts on EP 279[ii] back in March 2023. As we review what got us here, I think that these strategies can be applied to anything we are doing, with a long-term vision.
7 STRATEGIES WE USED TO HIT THE 500K DOWNLOAD MILESTONE1. Know Your Mission (What You’re Doing)The mission of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast is to bridge the gap between neuroscience research and practical applications in education, business, and personal development.
The podcast shares insights, strategies, and best practices to enhance learning, performance, and well-being by integrating neuroscience (which we like to make simple) and connecting it to social and emotional skills (SEL).
Our goal is to provide valuable information listeners can apply in their work and personal lives to achieve peak performance and overall self-improvement, with a deeper understanding of how our brain works — something many of us were never taught in school.
When the mission is clear, anything outside of this mission — applying neuroscience made simple to our daily lives — wasn’t a match.
This clarity helps maintain focus and ensures that all efforts align with creating tangible, positive outcomes. It’s what keeps us consistent, translating complex scientific insights into actionable practices that lead to meaningful improvements in how we think, learn, and interact.
From the very beginning, each guest spoke on a topic aligned with current neuroscience research. Each season was shaped by a framework connecting the six social and emotional learning competencies with foundational brain concepts — what I called Neuroscience 101, based on what I learned while studying with neuroscience researcher Mark Waldman.[iii]
That’s how our seasons were created.
Make This Actionable:
Do you have a clearly defined Mission of WHAT you do?
This is probably the number one question I get asked when people hear that I host a podcast. They’ll say, “Why? What made you decide to do this? Why did you launch a podcast?”
It’s a long story (I’ll keep it short). When I purchased a website in January 2019, it came with a podcasting theme. The developer told me I could delete it, but I was already interviewing people for my work in schools — I just wasn’t releasing that content publicly.
A few months later, I wanted to present these ideas at a conference, but I was told I’d have to pay to present. That felt wrong — why pay to share the work I’d spent years developing? So, I decided instead to launch the podcast in June 2019.
From the beginning, the podcast was meant to be a give-back — a way for anyone to learn these ideas without paying for access. To this day, it remains ad-free for that reason.
My friend and long-time supporter, Greg Wolcott (Assistant Superintendent from Chicago, Illinois, Episode 7[iv]), reminded me how far the show has reached — now in over 190 countries — compared to the 50–100 people who might have attended that conference I wanted to present at.
I truly believe that what’s meant to happen will happen. As my dad would say in his Scottish accent:
“What’s for you, won’t go by you.”
So, with your vision, ask yourself:Do you know why you are doing what you do?
I often go back to Part 6[v] of our Think and Grow Rich book study, where I dedicated an episode to my mentor, Bob Proctor. He always reminded us that our mission — whatever we want to achieve — becomes possible only once we first of all believe it’s possible.
He’d say:
“What story do you want to tell? What scenes do you want to shoot? How do you want the movie to end? Be the director of your life.”
Once you can clearly see something on the screen of your mind, (Your Mission) the next step is to bring that vision into reality. (Your Vision). That’s exactly how this podcast began — with a clear mission and vision that led to action.
Make This Actionable:
Do you have a clearly written VISION of why you do what you do?
What exactly you’re creating (e.g., “a neuroscience and education podcast”).Who it’s for — your specific audience or community. I wanted our audience to reach outside of schools, into sports and the modern workplace. I remember a few people telling me to stick to one audience, and I just couldn’t do it. I had a broader vision. Ask yourself:
Who will benefit most from my message?What do they struggle with, and how can my work help? 💡 Example: “I want to create a podcast for leaders in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces, who want to understand brain science so they can teach and lead more effectively.”
I followed author, serial entrepreneur and podcaster Pat Flynn’s Podcast Cheat Sheet[vi] — it gave me everything I needed to know to start. My advice: find someone who’s already done what you want to do and follow their suggestions, exactly as they tell you.
Make This Actionable:
Do you have a step by step action plan of where you want to go, written by someone who has already done what you want to do?
What does success look like in 3 months? 6 months? 1 year?How will I measure progress (episodes published, audience growth, connections/partnerships, consistency)? 💡 Example: “Publish one episode per week for six months.”
That’s how we started. Over time, I increased my frequency — but even now, going into year 7, our main goal remains the same: keep publishing consistently.
Make This Actionable:
Do you have a tool that helps you to measure your goals and stay on track? I have always planned out the episode I’m releasing on a wall calendar, so that I can look at the month, and see if it’s possible to release one episode/week. As each week passes, I can check off the episode published, and stay on track.
Plan – Map out your first few episodes or actions (which is naming your podcast).Prepare – Set up the tools, workflow, and environment (with suggestions of recording devices).Produce – How to start creating with scripts, and record, even if it’s imperfect.Publish/Share – Get your work out into the world.Reflect/Adjust – Evaluate what’s working and refine. “Start before you’re ready.”Clarity grows through doing, not just thinking.
Make This Actionable:
This step you really just need to dive in and get started. Mistakes will happen along the way, and you can adjust as needed. Once you have created 50 episodes, you will next be able to focus on improving the next 50.
Revisit your “why” regularly.Keep your vision visible — a board, notebook, or written goals.Celebrate small wins often. Make This Actionable:
There was never a time that I wanted to stop the podcast, there were just times I had to put my work life first. The mission and vision were so strong that time away from the podcast made me see how much this weekly work meant to me on a personal level. The workflow of writing and recording episodes to fit my work schedule has helped me to keep the podcast going, during busy times. If my WHY was weak, I would have given up the first time I felt the pressure to continue was too much to handle. The personal rewards that I’ll cover at the end, are just too great to give up.
Connect with others who share your mission.Collaborate, get feedback, and learn from mentors.Build a community around your idea — to multiply your impact. Make This Actionable:
I started meeting with other leaders in my industry who shared a passion for podcasting, to collaborate and share ideas, strategies, what’s working, as well as what we think holds us back from pushing forward. Sometimes saying our fears or hesitations out loud can assist us to break through, and keep pushing, especially when we have colleagues that we respect, who can provide honest feedback for ways to push through these fears (whether they are real, or imagined). This has been one of the most empowering strategies that have kept me on track.
🎙Top Lessons I’ve Learned from Hosting This Podcast Since 2019Six of these are the same lessons that helped us reach our first 300K downloads — and the last one came as I reflected on the past seven years.
Lesson 1: Presentation Wins“If you want to improve your speaking or presenting skills, practice is the key.”
Interviewing and presenting have become true superpowers for me. During the first 50 episodes, I joked that I couldn’t breathe and ask questions at the same time. But after Episode 50, things began to click — I learned how to breathe, listen, and speak naturally.
That confidence now spills over into every area of my life. Presentations are smoother, my message is clearer, and I’ve learned to drop the fillers (“uh,” “um”) and focus on connection.
🗝 Key Takeaway:Repetition transforms fear into fluency.
Lesson 2: My Life and Health Have Improved“Every how-to episode became a personal challenge to live what I teach.”
As I wrote episodes about health, wellness, and productivity, I started applying the advice myself — from brain health strategies to daily exercise and nutrition habits.
Learning directly from top researchers and experts has changed my life, and my family’s too. After seven years, I feel sharper, healthier, and more intentional every single day.
🗝 Key Takeaway:Teaching others is one of the best ways to grow yourself.
Lesson 3: Seeing the Superpowers in Others“The most rewarding part of this journey has been recognizing the genius in others.”
Researching each guest’s story gives me a front-row seat to greatness. The more I learn about people’s work and resilience, the more inspired I become. It’s humbling and uplifting to help spotlight the superpowers that make each guest unique.
🗝 Key Takeaway:When you look for greatness in others, you’ll start to see it in yourself.
Lesson 4: Setting Up Interviews Efficiently“Respect your guest’s time first — the rest flows from there.”
A smooth setup builds trust. I’ve learned to schedule interviews around my guests’ availability and to think globally — whether they’re on the East Coast, West Coast, or overseas. A streamlined, respectful process sets the tone for a relaxed, authentic conversation.
🗝 Key Takeaway:Professionalism behind the scenes builds confidence on the mic.
Lesson 5: Research Thoroughly“Good preparation turns an interview into a conversation.”
Thorough research deepens connection. I now ask guests to share an outline of their work and guiding questions, then add my own spin. This saves time and ensures each episode has both structure and heart.
🗝 Key Takeaway:Preparation gives you the freedom to be fully present.
Lesson 6: Change It Up“Consistency doesn’t mean doing things the same way — it means staying true to your purpose.”
When time became limited, I adapted. Instead of stopping the podcast, I began revisiting and reviewing past episodes — discovering new insights in old conversations.
Now, with a library of 370+ episodes, we have enough content to review for the next two years, while still keeping things fresh and aligned with our mission.
🗝 Key Takeaway:Adaptation keeps passion alive.
Lesson 7: Praxis — Integrating Beliefs with Behavior“Clarity and creativity come when your habits match your values.”
Praxis means aligning what you believe with how you live. Over time, I began noticing how naturally I could connect new guests with past ones — as if all the pieces of the podcast were part of a larger story.
But this only happened when I was clear-headed, healthy, and grounded. The more I lived the lessons I was sharing, the more powerful and meaningful the content became.
🗝 Key Takeaway:Live your message — don’t just share it.
Lesson 8: Confidence“It’s freeing when you stop worrying what others think and just focus on your mission.”
The biggest personal win from hosting this podcast is the confidence I’ve built. I didn’t start with it — in fact, this podcast helped me develop it. Through seven years of showing up, I’ve learned that confidence is the result of spaced repetition — the quiet courage of doing something over and over again until it feels natural.
Now, I no longer worry about mistakes or external opinions. I trust the process, the mission, and the vision that started it all.
🗝 Key Takeaway:Confidence is earned through consistency.
✨ Looking AheadI can’t wait to see what new lessons unfold as we move toward our next milestone — from 500K downloads to one million.
If these lessons remind you of your own journey, remember this:
Every episode, every idea, and every challenge is a chance to become the person your mission needs you to be.
🎧 REVIEW AND CONCLUSIONAs we wrap up this special milestone episode, I can’t help but think back to June 2019 — when this entire journey began as a simple idea, driven by curiosity and purpose. What started as a “give-back” project has now grown into something far more meaningful: a community of listeners around the world, all striving to understand themselves and others a little better through the lens of neuroscience, social and emotional learning, and human potential.
Over seven years, one thing has become clear: growth happens when vision meets consistency.It’s not about the number of downloads or followers — it’s about impact. It’s about the lives touched, the ideas shared, and the ripple effects that come from living out your mission with clarity and passion.
The seven strategies we’ve covered — from defining your mission and vision, to setting goals, staying anchored, and building momentum — are universal. Whether you’re launching a podcast, leading a team, teaching a classroom, or chasing a personal goal, these principles hold true.And the eight lessons learned along the way remind us that progress is rarely linear, but it’s always worth it.
What I’ve learned most from this process is that when your why is strong enough, you’ll find the courage to keep going — even when the road feels long.
You’ll adapt, you’ll grow, and you’ll begin to see that every small step truly does matter.
As my mentor Bob Proctor reminded us, “Once you can see something on the screen of your mind, the next step is to take that vision from your imagination and make it your reality.”
Half a million downloads later, I can see how that vision became real — one episode, one guest, one idea at a time.
So, as we look ahead to the next milestone — one million downloads and beyond — I want to thank you, the listener, for being part of this journey. Whether you’ve been here since Episode 1 or just tuned in today, your support, curiosity, and commitment to growth make all the difference. I am grateful for each person who has tuned in to listen, and also those who have been a guest to help us to continue our growth by sharing your knowledge with us.
Let’s keep learning, growing, and applying these insights together — because the best part of this journey is knowing that we’re just getting started.
See you next week!
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #279 “Lessons Learned After Hitting the 3000K Unique Download mile Marker” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/lessons-learned-after-hitting-the-300000-unique-download-milestone-thank-you/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #279 “Lessons Learned After Hitting the 3000K Unique Download mile Marker” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/lessons-learned-after-hitting-the-300000-unique-download-milestone-thank-you/
[iii] https://www.markrobertwaldman.com/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 7 with Greg Wolcott on “Building Relationships in Today’s Classrooms” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/greg-wolcott-on-building-relationships-in-todays-classrooms/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 196 PART 6 “The Neuroscience Behind Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich “ https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
[vi] Pat Flynn’s Podcast Cheat Sheet https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fi/vna4z577ftx3lhlkk4s3h/The-Podcast-Cheat-Sheet-Version-4.pdf?rlkey=9haa15742fqyzs3h255zozlp3&st=65edupsi&dl=0
In this Season 14 review (episode 376) Andrea Samadi revisits highlights from her interview with Dr. John Ratey about the science of exercise, nutrition, and social connection for brain health and longevity.
The episode explains Peter Attia's rule for foundational fitness, warns against sugar dependence and fat phobia, and presents the three biggest levers for healthy aging: exercise, diet, and social connection, plus practical tips to track and apply these habits.
Takeaway: prioritize consistent movement, whole foods, and meaningful connection to boost mood, memory, and overall well-being.
On today's episode #376, we review PART 2 of our 2021 interview with Dr. John Ratey and will learn:
✔ 3 Science-backed keys to brain health: Exercise, Nutrition and Connection
✔ What is Attia's Rule that allows us to dive deep into diet and nutrition?
✔ Practical Tips for improving consistent movement, our diet and social connection to boost overall well-being and brain health.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
Episode 376: PART 2 Featuring Dr. John Ratey
For today’s Episode 376, we continue with PART 2 of our review with Dr. John Ratey, covering the first health staple that we know is scientifically proven to boost our physical and mental health: exercise. We first met Dr. Ratey on Episode 116[i] (back in March 2021) on his book “The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain.” Dr. Ratey is also an Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School and an internationally recognized expert in Neuropsychiatry.
Dr. Ratey has published over 60 peer-reviewed articles and 11 books in 17 languages.
You’ll notice that around the time of the pandemic, in 2020, our interviews took a turn towards health and wellness, and to stay on track, I created a framework of our Top 5 Health Staples on Episode 87[ii], which eventually evolved into our Top 6 Health Staples.
🎧 Listen to Episode 87:The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies[iii]
🌐 Learn more about Dr. Ratey:www.johnratey.com
We also did a Deep Dive into Dr. Ratey’s books
🎧 Listen to Episode 118[iv]:
A Deep Dive into Dr. Ratey’s books, Spark, Go Wild and Driven to Distraction.
Before we go into Dr. Ratey’s first clip, with the thoughts of debating diet plans or supplements, (a broad and deep topic) Dr. Peter Attia[v] the author of the book The Science and Art of Longevity suggests we first get our “exercise house in order.” He argues that until we can do the following, our time is better spent building foundational fitness. For those of us who want to dive into this topic, he asks us to do the following, which has been coined as: Attia’s Rule.
Dead hang for 1 minuteWall sit for 2 minutesDeadlift your body weight for 10 repsAchieve a VO₂ max at or above the 75th percentile As Dr. Attia explains, conversations about nutrition are premature until these core physical metrics are met. I keep these metrics in mind for myself as well as for those I’m seeking advice from (who haven’t written books, or done extensive research in this area).
I tested the criteria out myself back on EP 252[vi] “Using Neuroscience to Improve Fitness, Longevity and Overall Health” 3 years ago. Looking at these numbers now, my VO2 max is the same, I can still dead lift my body weight, and wall sit for 2 minutes, but dead hang for 1 minute, I’m not sure about. I’ll need to try this one to see if I can still do this. Can you do these items suggested by Peter Attia?
Peter Attia calls exercise the "single biggest elixir for brain health"[vii] because of its wide-ranging impact on numerous bodily systems, including glucose disposal, insulin sensitivity, and inflammation. While sleep and nutrition are also crucial, Attia argues that exercise's ability to positively affect so many systems makes it the most powerful single intervention. He suggests that just three hours of exercise a week is beneficial, with seven hours offering even greater rewards. It is surprising if you have the ability to track your workouts to know this number. Since I’m a huge fan of Dr. Attia’s work, and use exercise to stay on track with mental and physical health, I was surprised when I asked my Whoop device to see exactly how many hours/week I was actually logging on this important health staple.
I’m above what Dr. Attia suggests most weeks when I can fit it in. Do you know how many hours each week you spend exercising? Remember: it doesn’t have to be intense exercise to get your heart rate moving. A 30-minute walk really does move the needle for our health and wellness.
Certain wearable devices like Whoop can now measure your age, based on your activity level and certain algorithms. We will cover our interview with Whoop’s Kristin Holmes on a future review, but for now, measuring these metrics can show you in real time whether your activity is helping you to turn back the hands of time, or move it forward.
WHOOP Age, a metric provided by the WHOOP[viii] fitness tracker, is calculated based on a proprietary algorithm that takes into account various health and fitness data.
Data Considered:
Sleep duration and consistency Heart rate data (including time spent in different heart rate zones) Strength training activity Steps Resting heart rate VO2 Max (estimated) Lean body mass (if available) Algorithm:
The algorithm uses these data points to estimate a physiological age that reflects the user's overall health and fitness level. This number is based on research into healthy aging and mortality risk factors.
Just by watching these numbers, and making sure I’m getting enough sleep and exercise, I’ve been able to move my aging needle back 4.3 years younger.
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
Which takes us to our first clip, where Dr. Ratey covers the topic of fat phobia (related to our diet) in the United States. He says:
“In the U.S. we have what we call fat phobic. You know that fats were bad. Cholesterol, high cholesterol is killing us…that we should avoid fats and eat sugar or eat glucose and starch. And this has led to where we are at now where we have the obesity crisis and the diabetes type 2 crisis and heart disease and Alzheimers …it makes us less healthy to pack on all the glucose that we eat. We love it. We’re addicted to it and we have to bring that under control. And like your friend with the keto diet (Jason Wittrock from EP 94[ix]) that’s a radical departure from our current dietary preferences. Think about it…all of the quick foods. The foods that are so inviting (potato chips, Doritos, all that stuff is carbs.”
Dr. John Ratey on Fat, Sugar, and Modern Nutrition
In this first clip, Dr. Ratey discussed how, in the U.S., we’ve developed a fear of fats while embracing sugar and processed carbs.
“In the U.S., we have what we call ‘fat phobic.’ We thought fats were bad—cholesterol was killing us—and that we should avoid fats and eat glucose and starch. This has led to where we are now: obesity, type 2 diabetes, heart disease, and even Alzheimer’s.”
He emphasizes that our addiction to sugar and preference for quick, processed foods and snacks have contributed to today’s major health crises. Ratey calls for a radical shift in dietary habits—similar to what Jason Wittrock discussed in Episode 94[x] —with the focus of bringing our glucose intake under control.
🧠 Practical Tips to Apply Attia’s and Ratey’s Insights Get your “exercise house” in order.Before debating which diet is best, make sure you’re moving consistently. Test yourself on Dr. Attia’s Rule:Can you hang from a bar for 1 minute?Can you wall sit for 2 minutes?Can you deadlift your body weight for 10 reps?How’s your cardiovascular fitness (VO₂ max)?If not there yet—set small, measurable goals for each one and track your progress weekly. Rethink your relationship with sugar.Dr. Ratey reminded us that sugar is addictive and deeply embedded in modern diets. Start by:Replacing one processed snack a day with a whole-food option (like nuts, fruit, or yogurt).Using the “half rule”: fill only half your plate with carbs and balance the rest with protein and healthy fats. We covered this topic on EP 275[xi] “The Damaging Impacts of Sugar on the Brain and Body” where we learned that “sugar in the brain looks like Alzheimer’s in the brain” and I even wore a glucose monitor at the time of writing this episode.
Some other tips for evaluating your relationship with sugar:
LEARN WHAT FOODS ARE LOW-GLYCEMIC and replace what you used to eat (that spiked your blood sugar) with something else that doesn’t. I found some great resources for low glycemic foods from Dr. Daniel Amen.[xii]DISCOVER THE MEAL PLAN THAT MAKES YOU FEEL THE BEST: Our body is our biggest guide. Learn to tap into how you feel after you eat certain foods.READ LABELS Read Labels and Know How to Identify Sugar to Make Better Choices: It’s shocking how many foods have hidden sugars. Did you know “The average American consumes 150 lbs. of sugar a year” (Dr. Amen) This makes sense when there’s so many foods labeled as healthy, with hidden sugars added. Don’t fear healthy fats.Instead of avoiding fats altogether, focus on the quality:Add omega-3s (salmon, walnuts, flaxseeds).Use olive oil or avocado oil instead of processed vegetable oils.Include whole-fat versions of yogurt or dairy in moderation—they’re more satiating and help control sugar cravings. This one was eye-opening for me when I first started to follow Jason Wittrock in 2016, and watched what he was eating on a daily basis. I started to model his breakfast, lunches and dinners, and let go of my fear that eating foods that are high is fats (like avocado) would make me fat.
Prioritize consistency over perfection.Neither Attia nor Ratey promotes an all-or-nothing mindset. Aim for steady habits:Walk daily or get 30 minutes of moderate activity.Eat balanced meals most of the time—then enjoy treats guilt-free.Sleep, hydration, and stress management matter just as much as diet and exercise. Finding the balance is the key. Some days that I can’t fit exercise in, I can always find 30 minutes for a walk at some point.
Track your feedback loop.Notice how your body and brain respond when you move more and eat less sugar.Do you sleep better?Is your focus or mood improved?Are your energy levels steadier throughout the day?Your results—not diet trends—should guide your next steps. This is extremely noticeable for me. I just feel “right” when I’ve got this balanced, and “off” when I don’t. I know that our body is our greatest guide, and I’ve learned to listen to it.
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
In our second video clip, Dr. John Ratey highlights the top three factors that most impact healthy aging and brain longevity:
He shared “what to do as an anti-aging push, exercise is at the top, right beneath that is diet and right alongside that is being connected to others. Those are the three and there are other wellness levers (like sleep and being outside, being in nature) it’s great when you can do that. The whole science of wellness really took off in the 1990saround exercise and diet came along with it. Authors like Michael Pollen.”
🧬 Dr. Ratey’s Three Keys to Anti-Aging and Lifelong Wellness
Exercise – “At the top,” he says. Physical movement remains the strongest lever we have to slow aging, boost cognition, and protect the brain.Diet – Nutrition directly affects inflammation, metabolism, and mental sharpness.Connection with others – Social interaction and belonging help regulate stress hormones and keep the brain resilient. He also adds that other wellness levers—like sleep and time in nature—play important supporting roles. As Ratey explains, the science of wellness really began expanding in the 1990s, alongside the work of authors like Michael Pollan, who helped bridge the gap between nutrition, lifestyle, and health.
🌿 Practical Tips to Apply Dr. Ratey’s “Three Keys” Move every day—especially in ways you enjoy.Combine aerobic workouts (for heart health) with resistance training (for strength and metabolism).Even short bouts of walking—count. Eat “real food.”Follow Michael Pollan’s simple advice: “Eat food. Not too much. Mostly plants.”Choose whole, unprocessed foods over packaged or refined ones. Stay socially connected.Make time for meaningful conversations daily.Join a workout class, hobby group, or volunteer program—social + movement = double brain benefit.Andrew Huberman[xiii] suggests texting someone even a quick hello, every morning. Prioritize recovery (which is a whole other wellness staple we will cover later).Aim for 7–9 hours of sleep.Unplug regularly and spend time outdoors to lower cortisol and restore attention. Think of wellness as a system.None of these work in isolation—exercise supports sleep, which supports mood, which improves relationships. It’s all interconnected. VIDEO 3 Click Here to Watch
🧩 Dr. Ratey on Exercise and Social Connection
In this third clip, Dr. John Ratey explains another powerful benefit of physical activity — it actually makes us more social.
“Exercise makes us more social. Not only are we able to think better and manage our emotions better, but we are more social after we exercise for multiple reasons — because we get our brain queued up, we’re better attended, we are more motivated, and we also release the bonding hormone oxytocin. It’s a powerful hormone that helps us feel connected to others. If you’re connected and you’ve exercised, you have a powerful change in brain chemistry that helps you learn better — socially, cognitively, and emotionally.”
Dr. Ratey reminds us that movement primes the brain — it wakes up attention, improves mood, and releases hormones that encourage bonding and connection. This explains why workouts, group runs, or even walking meetings often lead to deeper conversations and stronger relationships.
💡 Practical Tips to Boost Connection Through Movement Move with others.Join a workout class, a hiking group, or a neighborhood walking club.Even a quick morning walk with a friend can spark connection and consistency. Use exercise as a social icebreaker.Invite a coworker for a “walk and talk” meeting.Suggest family bike rides or weekend hikes to replace screen time. Pay attention to your mood post-exercise.Notice how you feel more open, calm, or talkative after moving — that’s oxytocin at work.Use that window of connection to reach out, share gratitude, or strengthen relationships. Combine learning with movement.Listen to podcasts, audiobooks, or language lessons while walking — pairing physical activity with learning enhances memory and focus. Think “connection” as a core fitness goal.Just as you track steps or heart rate, track how often you connect meaningfully with others through movement. Social fitness matters as much as physical fitness. 🧠 REVIEW AND CONCLUSIONAs we wrap up this episode with Dr. John Ratey, we reviewed three important clips that highlight how exercise, nutrition, and social connection work together to support brain health and overall wellness.
🔹 Clip 1: Dr. Attia’s Rule and Our Relationship with FoodWe began with Dr. Peter Attia’s reminder that before debating diets or supplements, we should first get our exercise foundation in order—being able to dead hang for a minute, wall sit for two, deadlift our body weight for ten reps, and reach a VO₂ max in the 75th percentile.Then Dr. Ratey then explained how our society has become “fat phobic”—avoiding healthy fats while overconsuming sugar and refined carbs. This imbalance has led to rising rates of obesity, diabetes, heart disease, and Alzheimer’s. His message was clear: we must reduce our addiction to sugar and rebalance our nutrition toward whole, nutrient-dense foods.
🔹 Clip 2: The Three Keys to Anti-AgingNext, Dr. Ratey outlined what he calls the three biggest levers of healthy aging:
Exercise – the most powerful anti-aging tool we have.Diet – directly linked to brain and body health.Connection with others – essential for emotional and cognitive well-being.He also mentioned the importance of sleep and time in nature, reinforcing that true wellness is a system — all these areas support and amplify one another. 🔹 Clip 3: Exercise and Social ConnectionIn our final clip, Dr. Ratey explained how exercise makes us more social. Physical activity not only boosts focus and mood but also triggers the release of oxytocin, the bonding hormone that helps us feel connected to others. When we combine movement with social interaction—like exercising with friends or joining a group activity—we strengthen our brain chemistry for learning, empathy, and connection.
🌟 Final ThoughtsBoth Dr. Attia and Dr. Ratey remind us that health and brain performance begin with the basics—moving often, eating real food, resting deeply, and connecting meaningfully with others. Once these foundations are in place, the body and brain naturally function at their best.
The takeaway:
Move daily, eat mindfully, connect intentionally — and your brain will thank you.
With that, we will conclude PART 2 of our review of Dr. Ratey’s 2021 interview with a final thought from his book, Spark
“what makes aerobic exercise so powerful is that it’s our evolutionary method of generating that spark. It lights a fire on every level of your brain, from stoking up the neurons’ metabolic furnace, to forging the very structures that transmit information from one synapse to the next.”
“Exercise is the single best thing you can do for your brain in terms of mood, memory and learning. “ John Ratey.
See you the 2nd week of November for our next interview with Dr. Shane Creado and the power of our sleep.
RESOURCES:
Clip 1 Fat Phobia in the USA https://www.youtube.com/shorts/3oHXBdBAtRw
Clip 2 Dr. Ratey’s Three Keys to Anti-Aging and Lifelong Wellness
https://www.youtube.com/shorts/YQkVMt2Gs3M
Clip 3 Exercise and Social Connection https://www.youtube.com/shorts/bbB4NzsnyQ0
Original Interview https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZTa1zwpQcxQ
EP 277 “Transforming the Mind Using Athletics and Neuroscience”
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-transforming-the-mind-using-athletics-and-neuroscience-1678411797/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 116 with Best Selling Author Dr. John Ratey on “The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/best-selling-author-john-j-ratey-md-on-the-revolutionary-new-science-of-exercise-and-the-brain/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #87 with Andrea Samadi on “The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies” https://www.achieveit360.com/the-top-5-brain-health-and-alzheimers-prevention-strategies-with-andrea-samadi/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #87 with Andrea Samadi on “The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies” https://www.achieveit360.com/the-top-5-brain-health-and-alzheimers-prevention-strategies-with-andrea-samadi/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #118 with a Deep Dive into Dr. Ratey’s books. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/deep-dive-into-best-selling-author-john-j-rateys-books-spark-go-wild-and-driven-to-distraction/
[v] https://peterattiamd.com/
[vi] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-using-neuroscience-to-improve-fitness-longevity-and-overall-health/
[vii] Peter Attia on Exercise https://www.youtube.com/shorts/B8Jr8cV-22g
[viii] www.whoop.com
[ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #94 “Personal Trainer and Fitness Model Jason Wittrock on Health, Nutrition, Intermittent Fasting and the Ketogenic Diet” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/personal-trainer-and-fitness-model-jason-wittrock-on-health-nutrition-intermittent-fasting-and-the-ketogenic-diet/
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #94 “Personal Trainer and Fitness Model Jason Wittrock on Health, Nutrition, Intermittent Fasting and the Ketogenic Diet” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/personal-trainer-and-fitness-model-jason-wittrock-on-health-nutrition-intermittent-fasting-and-the-ketogenic-diet/
[xi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #275 The Damaging Impacts of Sugar on the Brain and Body https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-the-damaging-impacts-of-sugar-on-the-brain-and-body/
[xii] 4 Feel Better Food Strategies by Daniel Amen https://www.amenclinics.com/blog/4-feel-better-fast-food-strategies/#:~:text=Most%20vegetables%2C%20legumes%2C%20and%20fruits,blood%20sugar)%20are%20smart%20carbs.
[xiii] Dr. Andrew Huberman on the Benefits of Staying Connected https://www.youtube.com/shorts/ZFrl5XqyCfc
Season 14, episode 375 reviews episode 116 with Dr. John Ratey, exploring how exercise and lifestyle shape brain health and learning.
The episode highlights Naperville’s Zero Hour PE case study, explains how physical activity boosts attention and academic performance, and introduces BDNF (brain-derived neurotropic factor) as “miracle grow” for the brain.
Practical takeaways include exercising before challenging work or school, prioritizing low-glucose nutrition, using hormesis (fasting, intense exercise, sauna) to increase resilience, and improving sleep and stress management to support cognitive health.
On today's episode #375, we review our 2021 interview with Dr. John Ratey and will learn:
✔ How physical activity boosts attention and academic performance to improve results at school or in the workplace.
✔ What should we all understand about BDNF (brain-derived neurotropic factor) also known as “miracle grow” for the brain.
✔ How to build a faster, stronger, more resilient brain with exercise, nutrition, and with understanding hormesis.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
Episode 375: Featuring Dr. John Ratey
For today’s Episode 375, we continue with our review of past episodes as we make connections to prior learning with whatever it is that we are currently working on this year. I’ll create a roadmap at the end of this season so this pathway will make sense to us (I hope!) as we piece together important parts of our success puzzle and begin to bring them to life.
You’ll notice that around the time of the pandemic, in 2020, our interviews took a turn towards health and wellness, and to stay on track, I created a framework of our Top 5 Health Staples on Episode 87[i], which eventually evolved into our Top 6 Health Staples.
Today, we covering the first health staple of exercise, jumping to Episode 116[ii] on “The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain” with best-selling author Dr. John Ratey. Dr. Ratey is also an Associate Clinical Professor of Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School and an internationally recognized expert in Neuropsychiatry.
Dr. Ratey has published over 60 peer-reviewed articles and 11 books in 17 languages, including the groundbreaking ADHD “Driven to Distraction” series with Dr. Edward (Ned) Hallowell, MD. With the publication of “Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain,” Dr. Ratey established himself as one of the world’s foremost authorities on the brain-fitness connection.
His most recent book, “Go Wild,” explores how we can achieve optimal physical and mental health by getting in touch with our caveman roots and how we can “re-wild” our lives.
🎧 Listen to Episode 87:The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies[iii]
🌐 Learn more about Dr. Ratey:www.johnratey.com
We also did a Deep Dive into Dr. Ratey’s books
🎧 Listen to Episode 118[iv]:
A Deep Dive into Dr. Ratey’s books, Spark, Go Wild and Driven to Distraction.
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
The Power of Exercise to Prime the Brain for LearningIn our first video clip, reviewing our interview with Dr. Ratey he talks about the power of exercise to prime our brain for learning:
“You’re going to pay better attention if you exercise, because you turn on all the thinking parts of the brain. When you move, you’re turning on those thinking nerve cells, and especially your attention system. And that allows you to stay with an idea, to evaluate, to understand, to use your ideas, to scan your memory banks and also to keep in your seat while you are trying to parse through stuff that David Perlmutter wrote (he’s talking to me here). When you try to understand that, you need to have the sitting power and also the attention to go with it, so you can understand things.”
It was right here that I understood why I could not make connections with difficult material without exercising first. I’ve mentioned it often on past episodes, that exercise has to come before a difficult day, (for me) or I know I won’t be putting my best foot forward. This practice give me more capacity to handle life’s daily stressors.
I didn’t need to read Dr. Ratey’s Spark to know this—it’s just always been that way for me. Then I learned about his research and how he used this connection between exercise and learning with a school in Chicago called Naperville, which provides a powerful case study showing how aerobic activity can transform not only the body, but also the mind.
A Key Take-away from Dr. Ratey’s book Spark[v]The Impact of Physical Activity on (not only our ability to focus on difficult work) but his research showed the direct impact on Academic AchievementDr. John Ratey wrote the book Spark after he saw Naperville’s results in the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Study (TIMSS), where the school ranked #1 in science and #6 in math in the world. This success proved that Naperville had discovered something remarkable — the strong correlation between exercise and academic achievement.
Naperville provided a powerful case study demonstrating that “aerobic activity can transform not only the body, but also the mind.” (Spark, p.19)
What was being taught at Naperville that was so unique was not just a P.E. class — it was a lifestyle. They emphasized fitness instead of sports through a program called Zero Hour PE, which was “supported by emerging research showing that physical activity sparks biological changes that encourage brain cells to bind to one another. For the brain to learn, these connections must be made; they reflect the brain’s fundamental ability to adapt to challenges. The more neuroscientists discover about this process, the clearer it becomes that exercise provides an unparalleled stimulus, creating an environment in which the brain is ready, willing, and able to learn.” (Spark, p.10)
What I loved about what they discovered at Naperville with their Zero Hour PE program — which “prepared students to learn through vigorous exercise” (Spark, p.11) — was that they created lifelong habits around using exercise as a stress-management tool throughout college and beyond. A habit that I’ve personally adopted as my #1 stress management tool.
Making Connections to Past Episodes:
We can go back and look at our past episodes where we covered this important health staple, uncovering that exercise seems to be the solution for every single brain problem. I think that this is one of the most important staples (next to sleep), and the reason why I try to make it as non-negotiable. If we can incorporate even 30 minutes of brisk walking every day, we will be miles ahead with our brain health. It wasn’t until I started to measure my activity, that I started to see that 30 minutes of walking really did make a difference. I didn’t need to be running or working really hard (like I used to think I had to do) to notice a difference, but I did need to put in some effort to move the needle. The benefits of daily, consistent exercise “come directly from its ability to reduce insulin resistance, reduce inflammation, and stimulate the release of growth factors—chemicals in the brain that affect the health of brain cells, the growth of new blood vessels in the brain, and even the abundance and survival of new brain cells.”[vi]
If for some reason, this whole idea of exercising still doesn’t sound the least bit interesting to you, you might be surprised like I was, that household activities like vacuuming, or raking leaves, or anything that gets your heart rate up, like shoveling snow can also fall into the category of moderate exercise. The idea is whatever you choose, that it remains consistent, so it eventually becomes something you do habitually.
I was shocked to see that while recording these podcast episodes, my heart rate jumped up much higher than my typical resting heart rate, (going into zone 1 and zone 2) showing me that improving my heart muscle, can come in many different forms.
ALZHEIMER’S PREVENTION THOUGHT FOR DAILY EXERCISE:
Dr. Ratey mentioned board-certified neurologist, researcher and New York Times Best Selling author, Dr. David Perlmutter[vii] (who wrote the Foreword to his book Go Wild), in this first clip. Dr. Perlmutter, who created an important documentary called Alzheimer’s: The Science of Prevention Series[viii] in 2020, attests that if exercise reduces insulin resistance and inflammation, it would make sense that it also reduces the risk of Alzheimer’s. Studies show that “people who are physically active, have a lower risk of developing Alzheimer’s disease, and possibly have improved thinking.”[ix]
Practical Tips for Implementing Physical Activity into Your LifeWhether you’re an educator working in a classroom or an employee in the corporate world, this concept can easily be implemented to help you reach a state of heightened awareness before learning or before sitting to work for long periods.
We interviewed Paul Zientarski[x], who worked closely with Naperville’s study through his work in P.E. at the high school level. He has clear and practical ideas on how to implement a program like Naperville’s through his Learning Readiness PE Program for schools.
After seeing these results that we innately know are true, I would highly encourage us all to think of ways to encourage our students —employees — and ourselves to engage in aerobic activity before starting the day. Consider how you might integrate a movement-based program before class or work begins to boost focus, memory, and performance. I know that some days this just isn’t possible. Our schedules are tight, and time sometimes just doesn’t allow for this, but if we could find a way to start MOST days with movement, we will all notice the benefits.
It’s clear from Dr. Ratey’s research that “aerobic activity has a dramatic effect on adaptation, regulating systems that might be out of balance and optimizing those that are not — it’s an indispensable tool for anyone looking to improve learning, focus, and well-being.”
📘 Related Reading:Enhancing P.E. in Illinois: Naperville Central High School, September 2013 Case Studyhttps://iphionline.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/01/P.E._Case_Study_Naperville.pdf
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
Which brings us to Video Clip 2, where I asked Dr. John Ratey:
“How does nutrition and what we eat have such an impact on BDNF — brain-derived neurotrophic factor — that protein that is crucial for the survival, growth, and maintenance of neurons, particularly in the areas of the brain involved with learning, memory, and emotion?”
Dr. Ratey answered:
“Because it really does impact the development of our brain, and the feeding of our brain. What we do know is that high glucose levels are seen as toxic to the brain — they can injure our brain. The big thing they do is suppress the production of BDNF. High glucose levels will limit the production of this glorious compound — BDNF — which is really the master switch in terms of learning and healthy brain development. We now see it as an anti-depressant and an anti-anxiety agent.”
After this interview, I wanted to understand more about what BDNF[xi] actually was — especially when Dr. Ratey described it as “Miracle-Gro for the Brain.” He emphasized its importance for brain health, learning, physical and emotional well-being, so I dove deeper in Episode 114[xii], “Building a Faster, Stronger, More Resilient Brain by Understanding BDNF.”
On that episode, we learned that what we eat is not the only way to impact this important brain protein. We covered:
What is BDNF?Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor (BDNF) is a protein found in the brain and body that supports plastic changes related to learning, memory, and higher-level cognitive abilities.
This signaling protein is the reason you can sit at your desk with a heightened sense of focus after you exercise. As Dr. Ratey taught me, “movement places demands on the brain, just as it does on muscle, and so the brain releases BDNF, which triggers the growth of cells to meet the increased mental demands of movement.”
In short, the whole brain benefits from movement.
The Benefits of BDNF (with movement, and the increase of this protein)Supports learning, memory, and higher-level thinkingGrows new neurons and synapses while supporting existing onesIncreases neurogenesis[xiii] (the process of creating new neurons) and helps the brain heal after injury[xiv] What Else Should We Should Know About BDNFBDNF is reduced in the brains of people with Alzheimer’s[xv] and Parkinson’s disease[xvi], explaining memory decline and cognitive impairment.It influences how quickly we learn[xvii] — children have higher BDNF and greater neuroplasticity, which is why learning a second language or new skill is easier when we’re young. Practical Tips to Increase BDNF: Building a Faster, Stronger, More Resilient Brain Exercise and NutritionIn Go Wild, Dr. Ratey explains that researchers studying aging found that seniors who exercised had significantly larger hippocampal volumes — improving memory and preventing loss of gray matter (p.107).[xviii]This research shows that exercise and nutrition are essential for maintaining cognitive health at any age — another reason they’re at the core of our Top 6 Health Staples. Dr. Ratey reminded us in Clip 2 that “high glucose levels are toxic to the brain” and too much glucose can injure our brain.
Hormesis — Putting the Body Under StressFitness expert Thomas Delauer[xix] explains that fasting and the ketogenic diet can also boost BDNF. Whenever we put our body under stress — through fasting, intense exercise, or even exposure to heat in a sauna — BDNF levels increase.This process, called hormesis, means that mild stress actually strengthens the body and brain, improving resilience and resistance to disease (Ari Whitten). Controlling Stress and Improving SleepGetting enough sleep (7–8 hours) is one of our Top 5 Health Staples, and research links poor sleep, obesity, and insulin resistance to lower BDNF levels — the same conditions Dr. Perlmutter connects to Alzheimer’s disease. If you’re not getting enough sleep[xx] or are living under chronic stress, it will show up in your brain — and in your BDNF levels.
Remember“That which does not kill us, makes us stronger.” — Friedrich Nietzsche
Our bodies and brains are designed to release the chemicals that keep us healthy — but we must create the right environment for that to happen.
This conversation brings us full circle to the Top 5 (now 6) Health Staples we’ve discussed throughout this podcast. It’s a powerful reminder of why putting our health and well-being first isn’t optional — our lives literally depend on it.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSIONAs we wrap up Episode 375, our review of Episode 116 with Dr. John Ratey, we covered two important clips that highlight how movement, nutrition, and lifestyle choices directly shape our brain’s performance and overall well-being.
🎬 Clip 1: How Exercise Helps Keep Our AttentionDr. Ratey’s research shows that exercise primes the brain for learning, improving attention, focus, and mental endurance. Aerobic movement activates our thinking centers and enhances our ability to process and retain complex information.
Practical Tips for Implementing Exercise in Daily Life:
Whether you’re a teacher in the classroom or an employee in a corporate environment, build movement into your day — even brief aerobic bursts can help the brain stay focused and alert.Remember the example from Naperville’s Zero Hour PE Program — exercise before learning or work can boost academic and professional performance. 🎬 Clip 2: Building a Faster, Stronger, More Resilient BrainIn this clip, Dr. Ratey explained how nutrition, exercise, hormesis, stress reduction, and quality sleep all influence levels of BDNF (Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor) — what he calls “Miracle-Gro for the Brain.”
Practical Tips for Increasing BDNF:
Nutrition and Exercise: Prioritize whole, low-glucose foods and regular physical activity to enhance brain growth and protect against decline.Hormesis: Introduce mild stressors like fasting, intense workouts, or sauna sessions to boost resilience and upregulate BDNF.Stress Control and Quality Sleep: Manage stress effectively and aim for 7–8 hours of restorative sleep to maintain optimal brain function and mood stability. As we now move from our mind, to our brain, to our body in this roadmap for health and wellness, I hope you’ve enjoyed this quick review of the importance of exercise and nutrition in building a stronger, more resilient brain.
As we focus on finishing the last quarter of 2025, let’s continue to put these practices into action — fueling both our mental clarity and our physical vitality as we move forward together on this path toward optimal health and well-being.
Join me next week, for PART 2 of our review with Dr. Ratey, where we dive a bit deeper into his work, focused on anti-aging, and healthy living. See you next week.
RESOURCES:
Clip 1 Exercise and Attention https://www.youtube.com/shorts/TQqhgb7Ja2A
Clip 2 Exercise as an Anti-Depressant, Anti-Anxiety Agent https://www.youtube.com/shorts/62ilLE8Rr9I
Original Interview https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZTa1zwpQcxQ
REFERENCES
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #87 with Andrea Samadi on “The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies” https://www.achieveit360.com/the-top-5-brain-health-and-alzheimers-prevention-strategies-with-andrea-samadi/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 116 with Best Selling Author Dr. John Ratey on “The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/best-selling-author-john-j-ratey-md-on-the-revolutionary-new-science-of-exercise-and-the-brain/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #87 with Andrea Samadi on “The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies” https://www.achieveit360.com/the-top-5-brain-health-and-alzheimers-prevention-strategies-with-andrea-samadi/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #118 with a Deep Dive into Dr. Ratey’s books. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/deep-dive-into-best-selling-author-john-j-rateys-books-spark-go-wild-and-driven-to-distraction/
[v] Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain by John J. Ratey, MD (January 10, 2008) https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07D7GQ887/ref=dp-kindle-redirect?_encoding=UTF8&btkr=1
[vi] Regular exercise changes the brain to improve memory, thinking skills by Heidi Goodman, April 2014 https://www.health.harvard.edu/blog/regular-exercise-changes-brain-improve-memory-thinking-skills-201404097110
[vii] https://www.drperlmutter.com/about/bio/
[viii] Dr. David Perlmutter’s Science of Prevention Series https://www.drperlmutter.com/alzheimers-the-science-of-prevention-2020-air-dates/
[ix] Alzheimer’s Disease: Can Exercise Prevent Memory Loss April 2019 https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/alzheimers-disease/expert-answers/alzheimers-disease/faq-20057881
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 121 with Paul Zientarski on “Transforming Students Using Physical Education and Neuroscience” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/naperville-central-high-schools-paul-zeintarski-on-transforming-students-using-physical-education-and-neuroscience/
[xi] Understanding BDNF and its Importance to Brain Health Published on YouTube April 10, 2018 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YU9kviOMQy0
[xii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 114 “Building Faster, Stronger, More Resilient Brain by Understanding BDNF” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-building-a-faster-stronger-resilient-brain-by-understanding-brain-derived-neurotrophic-factor-bdnf/
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 141 “Neurogenesis: What Hurts or Helps Your Brain Cells https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-neurogenesis-what-hurts-or-helps-your-brain-cells/
[xiv] Therapeutic potential of BDNF Published Jan. 2017 by Mary Wurzelmann, Jennifer Romeika, Dong Sun https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28250730/
[xv] BDNF ameliorates learning deficits in a rat model of Alzheimer’s https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25849905/
[xvi] Relationship of circulatory BDNF with cognitive deficits in people with Parkinson’s disease https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26944151/
[xvii] Understanding BDNF and its Importance to Brain Health Published on YouTube April 10, 2018 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YU9kviOMQy0
[xviii] Go Wild: Eat Fat, Run Free, Be Social, and Follow Evolution’s Other Rules for Total Health and Well-Being by John J Ratey, MD and Richard Manning (June 3, 2014) https://www.amazon.com/Go-Wild-Free-Afflictions-Civilization-ebook/dp/B00FPQA66C
[xix] What is BDNF? It’s like fertilizer for the brain. Uploaded to YouTube May 14, 2019 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tvBlHgGL8ew
[xx] The Link Between Sleep, Stress and BDNF April 2017 by Karen Eckert, J Beck, S Brand, U Hemmeter, M Hatzinger, E Holsboer-Trachsler https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/abs/pii/S0924933817324033
Season 14 Episode 374 reviews neuroscientist Friederika Fabritius on the limits of willpower with tips from Dr. Andrew Huberman's research on how to strengthen the anterior mid-cingulate cortex through deliberate focus and challenging tasks. The episode also reviews the brain's reward system and practical strategies—like Dr. Anna Lembke's 30-day dopamine reset—to protect motivation and long-term self-control.
Practical takeaways include conserving willpower by simplifying choices, using meditation and focused exercises to build concentration, deliberately practicing difficult tasks to grow resilience, and rethinking how we reward children to avoid overstimulating their prefrontal cortex.
On today's episode #374, we’ll learn:
✔ Practical Tips for Building our Willpower/Resilience/Concentration
✔ The Importance of Understanding our Brain's Reward System for Ourselves and Our Children
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
For today’s Episode 374, we continue our journey into our mind (and brain) with PART 2 of our interview review with neuroscientist, Friederike Fabritius, who we covered on our last EP 373[i] and her book The Leading Brain: Neuroscience Hacks to Work Smarter, Better and Happier.
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
Today we’re reviewing a topic we’ve covered a few times on this podcast — willpower — that Friederike says “is limited and (that she) tries not to waste on people and processes that are just not worth it.”
She explains:
“To a certain degree, I try to simplify my life—I have five kids, a career, and I write books. So, in order to manage all of that, I say no to almost everything else. If I say yes to everything, by the end of the day I’m exhausted. If I then sit down at my desk to write, the result would be a disaster because my willpower is already depleted and I feel like collapsing on the couch. So, you need to be wise about not wasting your willpower on things that aren’t worth it.”
On Episode 294[ii], “Beyond Our 5 Senses: Understanding and Using the 6 Faculties of Our Mind,” we explored how to develop and use this important mental faculty. I find all six faculties of our mind fascinating—but the will is one of my favorites. It’s what I’m using right now, sitting at my desk on a Saturday, to stay focused long enough to write this episode.
YOUR WILL gives you the ability to concentrate. It helps you hold a thought on the screen of your mind, or choose thoughts of success over thoughts of failure. With a highly developed will, you can lock into a task, block out distractions, and accomplish what you set out to do.
We also looked at willpower in Episode 344[iii], “The Neuroscience of Resilience: Building Stronger Minds and Teams,” where we explored how grit and mental toughness relate to new research from Dr. Andrew Huberman. His work shows what happens in the brain when we develop strong willpower—the same kind of strength we need to overcome adversity or, as Friederike describes, to sit down and write a book after a long day. This discovery even made one of the world’s leading neuroscientists jump out of his chair—and I was right there with him in excitement.
I can still remember exactly where I was when I wrote my notes about this—on my cellphone notepad when I learned this brain fact.
Did you know there’s a part of the brain called the anterior mid-cingulate cortex? It’s not just one of the centers for willpower—scientists believe it may hold the secret to the will to live. (Dr. Andrew Huberman)[iv]
This region increases in size when we do things we don’t want to do—like adding exercise when we’d rather rest, or resisting foods we really enjoy. OR, think about the tasks in your day that you would rather skip over. When you do them anyway, you are strengthening and growing this part of your brain.
🔑 Key Points to Think About with Our Will PowerWillpower is Limited – Use It WiselyFriederike explains that willpower depletes throughout the day.Simplifying life and saying “no” to unnecessary things helps conserve mental energy for what truly matters.I always say to fiercely protect your energy and beware of what many would call energy leaks that directly impact our willpower. The Will Is One of the Six Faculties of the MindCovered originally in EP 294: “Beyond Our 5 Senses.”The will allows us to concentrate, choose thoughts of success, and block distractions or other limiting thoughts that might occasionally creep into our minds. The Neuroscience of Willpower Andrew Huberman’s research shows that developing willpower strengthens brain regions involved in resilience and grit.The anterior mid-cingulate cortex is linked to willpower and even the “will to live.”This brain area grows when we do things we don’t want to do (e.g., exercising or resisting temptation). Making it Personal Think about where YOU use your willpower to stay focused on a task.Like I explained how I have to use my own willpower to sit at my desk on a Saturday to write this episode.This demonstrates willpower in real time and makes the science relatable for all of us. 🧠 Practical Tips to Develop This Faculty of Our Mind: Our Willpower
Practice deliberate focus. Meditation strengthens your will, as does a simple candle-gazing exercise—staring at the flame of a candle, until you and the flame become one. I tried this in my late 20s, and after a few hours of focus, I could finally (in this exercise) feel my attention expand beyond distractions. Developing this faculty takes time and patience, but once you master it, you’ll know you can sit, focus, block out the outside world, and do anything.Do challenging, difficult things that you don’t want to do. Every time you push yourself through discomfort, you’re strengthening your anterior mid-cingulate cortex—and in turn, your will to actually live. This part of the brain is larger in athletes, and will increase in size with deliberate challenge. THINK ABOUT THIS:
Do you think you push through challenge, or often do things that are difficult EVERY day? Do you think you have a highly-developed willpower? If the answer is yes, keep working on it, because this part of the brain Dr. Huberman noted “will keep its size in those people who live a long time.”
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
In this second clip, Friederike explains why it’s so important to understand the reward system in our brain. She says, “With my kids, I don’t give them everything right away. It’s tempting, because you see their happy faces, but it’s best not to do that—it throws off the reward system in their brain. They need to work for things to work out.”
She said “with my kids, I don’t give them everything right away. It’s tempting, we live in a society where we could buy them a present every day. I could give them chocolate every day, it’s tempting because you see their happy faces but it’s best not to do that because it will throw off the reward system in their brain, and they will need to work for things to work out. If you give them everything you ruin their PFC (prefrontal cortex) and then later in life when you’re not there anymore, they will expect the same from their surroundings. And that’d difficult. You will not be there.”
Her comment reminded me of our interview with Stanford University’s Dr. Anna Lembke, author of Dopamine Nation on Episode 162[v], where she shared her 30-Day Dopamine Fast designed to help us reset the brain’s reward pathways—especially when, as Friederike mentioned, our prefrontal cortex has been “flooded with dopamine.”
When Friederike said this in the interview, it really hit home for me. None of us willingly want to flood our kids’ brains with dopamine — but without understanding how the brain’s reward system works, I realized I was doing exactly that with both of my kids at the time of this interview. Thank goodness there are simple and science-backed ways to reset the brain, like Dr. Anna Lembke’s 30-Day Dopamine Fast.
Dr. Lembke uses the acronym DOPAMINE to guide this reset:
D – Data: what are you using, how much, how often?O – Objectives: what does it do for you?P – Problems: what are the downsides?A – Abstinence: stop using it for a month and see what happens.M – Mindfulness: be prepared to feel worse before you feel better.I – Insight: notice what you learn when you stop.N – Next Steps: can you move forward without that behavior?E – Experiment: go back out into the world and see what works for you. I used to bribe my kids when they were little with small pieces of chocolate. If I needed them to get in the car quickly, I would say “get in the car and I will give you a chocolate” not realizing what I was doing to the reward system in their brain. When we know better, we can do better.
“As parents, Friederike reminds us that understanding that we can in fact flood our children’s brains with dopamine, without realizing it, brings us back to the importance of this understanding of the application of simple neuroscience in our daily lives.”
If there’s something you want to change in your life, try going without it for 30 days and observe what happens. As Dr. Lembke notes, even when moderation is possible, many people find it’s easier—and more freeing—to choose abstinence in the long run.
🧠 Key Points: Understanding the Reward System and Dopamine RegulationFriederike on the Reward System:Giving children everything they want can “throw off” their brain’s reward system.It’s important for kids to work for rewards to strengthen their prefrontal cortex (PFC) and build resilience. Connection to Dr. Anna Lembke’s Work (Dopamine Nation):Lembke’s 30-Day Dopamine Fast helps reset the brain’s reward pathways when overstimulated by constant pleasure or instant gratification.The goal is to restore balance in the brain’s dopamine system. The DOPAMINE Acronym:D – Data: What are you using, how much, how often?O – Objectives: What does it do for you?P – Problems: What are the downsides?A – Abstinence: Stop using it for a month and see what happens.M – Mindfulness: Be prepared to feel worse before you feel better.I – Insight: Notice what you learn when you stop.N – Next Steps: Can you move forward without that behavior?E – Experiment: Return to the world and see what works for you. Practical Takeaway:Try a 30-day break from something you rely on (social media, sugar, shopping, etc.) and observe how your brain and mood respond. Parenting Insight:Parents can unintentionally flood their children’s brains with dopamine through constant rewards or treats.Applying simple neuroscience helps promote patience, motivation, and long-term emotional regulation. REVIEW and CONCLUSION
As we wrap up Episode 374, and Part 2 of our review of Episode 27 with Friederike Fabritius, we covered two key areas of the brain that we can strengthen with awareness and practice.
🧠 Clip 1: The Neuroscience of WillpowerAndrew Huberman’s research shows that developing willpower strengthens brain regions involved in resilience and grit.The anterior mid-cingulate cortex is linked to willpower—and even the “will to live.”This brain area grows when we do things we don’t want to do, like exercising or resisting temptation. 2 Practical Tips to Develop Willpower:
Practice deliberate focus. Meditation strengthens your will, as does a simple candle-gazing exercise—staring at a flame until your attention and the flame become one.Do challenging things you don’t want to do. Every time you push through discomfort, you strengthen your anterior mid-cingulate cortex—and your will to live. 💡 Clip 2: Understanding the Reward System and Dopamine RegulationFriederike reminds us that giving children everything they want can “throw off” their brain’s reward system.Kids need to work for rewards to strengthen their prefrontal cortex and build resilience.This connects with Dr. Anna Lembke’s research from Dopamine Nation, where she outlines a 30-Day Dopamine Fast to reset the brain’s reward pathways when they’ve been overstimulated by constant pleasure or instant gratification. Practical Application:Try a 30-day break from something you rely on—like social media, sugar, or shopping—and observe how your brain and mood respond.
I hope these two review clips help us all re-think ways to strengthen our willpower and reset our brain’s reward system as we move into a strong final quarter of 2025.
I’ll see you next week as we revisit Dr. John Ratey’s work that focuses on exercise and our brain.
RESOURCES
Video Clip 1 on Will Power https://www.youtube.com/shorts/W6AKDbcII48
Video Clip 2 on our Dopamine Reward System https://www.youtube.com/shorts/c_0W-uesd6o
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 373 PART 1 with Friederike Fabritius on “Fun, Fear, Focus: Neuroscience Hacks for Peak Performance” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/fun-fear-focus-neuroscience-hacks-for-peak-performance/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 294 “Beyond Our 5 Senses: Understanding and Using the 6 Faculties of our Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 344 on “The Neuroscience of Resilience: Building Stronger Minds and Teams” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-resilience-building-stronger-minds-and-teams/
[iv] How to Build Willpower Dr. Andrew Huberman with David Goggins https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=84dYijIpWjQ
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 162 with Dr. Anna Lembke on her book “Dopamine Nation” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/medical-director-of-addictive-medicine-at-stanford-university-dr-anna-lembke-on-dopamine-nation-finding-balance-in-the-age-of-indulgence/
Andrea Samadi revisits her 2019 conversation with neuroleadership pioneer Friederike Fabritius to explore practical neuroscience strategies for better productivity, well-being, and workplace happiness.
On this episode, we’ll learn:
✔ Why only 20% of people feel passionate about their jobs, and what we can do to change that.
✔ How to use neuroscience to reach peak performance or flow with your work.
Neuroscientist and neuroleadership pioneer Friederike Fabritius shows us how three simple ingredients—FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS—can help us find flow and peak performance at work. We’ll also explore why men and women often respond differently to stress, how to identify your unique neurosignature, and practical ways to design a workplace (and a life) that helps your brain thrive
✔ Learn the three key ingredients for flow—fun, fear (challenge), and focus—how the stress–performance curve affects apathy and burnout.
✔ Why tailoring roles to individual neurosignatures (dopamine, serotonin, testosterone, estrogen) can unlock peak performance.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
For today’s Episode 373, we continue our journey into our mind with the next interview review. Just a reminder-this review series began back with Episode 366[i], where in Part 3 we discovered an important lesson: if we don’t like our results—or what we see on the outside—we need to shift our mindset and look within. True change always begins on the inside.
We moved onto EP 369[ii] we learned how to Rewire our Brain with Dr. Dawson Church and his Bliss Brain Meditations, and then EP 370[iii] with John Medina’s Brain Rules, where we reviewed how important this understanding of neuroscience is, especially connected to education, teaching and learning.
Next we went deeper into our mind and brain with EP 371 and 72 where we with clinical professor of psychiatry from UCLA’s School of Medicine, Dr. Daniel J Siegel and his Mindsight concept, which is the same idea as Theory of Mind, or seeing the mind in another. All of these episodes are helping us to further sharpen of minds and brains, and connect better with others, for improved productivity and success in our work and personal lives.
For today’s EP 373, we go back to EP 27[iv], recorded October 2019, with pioneer in neuroleadership, neuroscientist, Friederike Fabritius[v], from Germany. On this episode, we covered her book, The Leading Brain: Neuroscience Hacks to Work Smarter, Better and Happier.
Friederike returned again to the podcast, for EP 258[vi] recorded in November 2022 advancing our conversation with her next book, The Brain Friendly Workplace.
Both of these interviews covered important tips that I think we should all take into consideration to be happier, and therefore, more productive at work. Going along with our theme-that if we don’t like what’s going on outside of ourselves, let’s dive deeper into understanding how our brain and minds work.
Which brings us back to FRIEDERIKE FABRITIUS, MS, is a neuroscientist and pioneer in the field of neuroleadership. She trained at the Max Planck Institute for Brain Research and is an alumna of McKinsey & Company (helping organizations to create change). Friederike delivers brain-based leadership programs to Fortune 500 executives and organizations around the globe to transform how they think, innovate, and navigate change.
I’m always looking for productivity tips that we can all use, and it’s clear that stress in our workplaces is at an all-time high, globally. We know that “2/3 of people report being stressed at work, to the point they can’t sleep at night”[vii] and in our first clip, Friederike reports that “only 20% of people feel passionate about their jobs” and that “40% of people never experience FLOW in their jobs.” I think there has to be another way to find balance here.
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
Let’s listen to Friederike’s clip on:
Why FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS Matter for Flow & Peak Performance
“Only 20% of people feel passionate about their jobs. That’s insane. And 40% of people never experience FLOW in their jobs. And (she thinks) it can be that simple. That everyone can be happy at their jobs. All you need are three simple things. (Friederike calls them ) FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS. And it has to do with a certain mix of neurochemicals in our brain. When we are having fun at work (not the after work party kind of fun) where you have fun after the work is done. I’m thinking of having fun related to the task at hand. And when we are having fun, our brains release a neurochemical called dopamine. Dopamine is a real brain booster. It makes you think faster. It helps you to do everything a bit speedier and better, and makes us more creative.”
💡 Key Points from Video Clip 1
Only 20% of people feel passionate about their jobs (she reported) and about 40% never experience flow—that state of deep concentration where time disappears and performance peaks. Friederike suggests that reaching flow at work requires three key ingredients:
FUN → Dopamine from the brain released boosts creativity, speed, and sharper thinking.Not the after-work kind of fun, but enjoyment in the task itself.
THINK: Do I enjoy my daily tasks at work? YES- keep going! NO- then you’ve got something to think about
FEAR → A sense of challenge or pressure (like deadlines or high stakes) keeps you from slipping into apathy. You want to find the right balance for you, remembering that some people perform better with a sense of threat, while others, don’t do as well.
THINK, What side of the chart do you perform best with? Do you prefer less stress, or more to keep you motivated? Be sure you have strategies to either stay motivated, or to mitigate your stress.
FOCUS → Having time in your day for the concentration that directs your energy where it matters most, allowing you to reach peak performance in your day.
THINK: How do you block off time in your day to accomplish the work that requires your most intense focus?
The Stress vs. Performance CurveAnother important concept that goes along with creating flow in our work lives, is understanding the stress vs performance curve.
Think about a person with a low stress job (on the left-hand side of the graph). The job is easy for them, they have low stress, not much challenge in their day, and not very exciting, which can lead to apathy without this understanding of how to reach PEAK PERFORMANCE. If the job is too easy, without any threat/challenge/fear the person working in this job environment will be under challenged, and will join the 40% of the population who do not reach FLOW in their work day.
Then look at the right side of the graph, where a person’s job is on the higher end of the stress scale. Think of someone’s whose work day is filled with putting out fires, minute after minute, until they reach the end of the day, and are exhausted. There is high stress here, and lots of pressure. Think about extreme sports, investment bankers, or consultants, or those who are always running behind, without an end to their daily tasks. Instead of feeling apathy, like the person on the left side of the graph, this person feels anxiety that can lead to depression or burnout.
We ALL need to find our optimal stress point, so that our work challenges us just the right amount, leading us to that place of optimal workplace happiness where we can be a part of the 40% of the population who experience that FLOW state, or PEAK PERFORMANCE.
🔑 Practical Tips for Why FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS Matter for Flow & Peak Performance
The Stress vs. Performance CurveLow Stress (Left Side: Apathy)Tasks are too easy, repetitive, and uninspiring → boredom sets in. Without FUN/FEAR/FOCUS, you won’t reach flow.Tip: Tie your job tasks to your personal “why” and create deadlines to generate challenge.High Stress (Right Side: Anxiety)Overload, constant fire-fighting, and no room to breathe → burnout and exhaustion.Tip: Find ways to manage stress (recovery breaks, clear priorities, mindfulness) so that pressure fuels, not drains, you.Optimal Stress (Middle: Flow/Peak Performance)The sweet spot—where challenge meets skill. With the right mix of FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS, you engage deeply and perform at your best. THINK:
Do you prefer a low stress work environment, or high stress? Whatever you choose, be sure that you understand the best way for you to reach PEAK PERFORMANCE, and prevent apathy/boredom on the left side of the chart, or burnout, anxiety, depression on the right side.
I know I’m the happiest working with on the right side of the graph, where stress can be higher, and am always looking for new and healthy ways to better manage daily stress in my life, as well as those close to me. So far, the strategy that has had the most profound impact on my ability to bounce back after higher stress days, would be exercise and daily meditation.
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
Moving to our second clip where Friederike talks about how men and women’s brain’s react differently to stress.
She says “Men and women react differently to stress and to different situations. I think this is one of the reasons why there’s so few women in leadership positions. It’s because the stress point that men have combining testosterone and dopamine might be quite different for that of women who combine in her brain dopamine activity with estrogen activity. So people need different work environments to perform at their best. I’m always against coaching people and changing people. I think it’s a waste of time and energy. You should be thinking “What does this specific person need in order to reach peak performance and then you need to create and craft an environment that matches this person rather than trying to mold the person to the job, you should mold the job to the person.”
IMAGE CREDIT: Carolin Nischwitz
This is what Friederike covered in her second book, The Brain Friendly Workplace
That we covered on our 2nd interview[viii] where she asked us to identify our neurosignature, reminding us that women can have a testosterone neurosignature, and it would be this neurosignature that would be best for women in leadership positions.
Different Brains, Different Stress Points💡 Key Points from Video Clip 2
In her work, Friederike points out that men and women often respond differently to stress because of how neurochemicals interact:
Men → Testosterone + DopamineWomen → Estrogen + Dopamine This difference can influence how each person reaches peak performance, and it may also help explain why fewer women end up in leadership roles—because many workplaces are designed around stress points that better fit the male brain.
🔑 Practical Tips for Rethinking Leadership & Workplace DesignInstead of trying to “fix people” through coaching or molding them to fit a job, Friederike argues we should:
Identify each person’s neurosignature (the unique mix of brain chemistry and stress response).Shape the work environment to match the person, not the other way around. This is at the heart of her book, The Brain Friendly Workplace, where she challenges organizations to rethink success—not as conformity, but as creating conditions where every brain type can thrive.
REVIEW and CONCLUSION
As we wrap up Episode 373 and our review of EP 27 with Friderike Fabritius, we covered:
💡 Key Points from Video Clip 1 with Practical Tips
Why FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS Matter for Flow & Peak Performance
With The Stress vs. Performance Curve
Low Stress (Left Side: Apathy)Tasks are too easy, repetitive, and uninspiring → boredom sets in. Without FUN/FEAR/FOCUS, you won’t reach flow.Tip: Tie your job tasks to your personal “why” and create deadlines to generate challenge.High Stress (Right Side: Anxiety)Overload, constant fire-fighting, and no room to breathe → burnout and exhaustion.Tip: Find ways to manage stress (recovery breaks, clear priorities, mindfulness) so that pressure fuels, not drains, you.Optimal Stress (Middle: Flow/Peak Performance)The sweet spot—where challenge meets skill. With the right mix of FUN, FEAR, and FOCUS, you engage deeply and perform at your best. 💡 Key Points from Video Clip 2
Different Brains, Different Stress PointsMen → Testosterone + Dopamine
Women → Estrogen + Dopamine
These differences can influence how each person reaches peak performance, and it may also help explain why fewer women end up in leadership roles—because many workplaces are designed around stress points that better fit Testosterone Signature Brain, however, woman can also have Testosterone Neurosignature brain and end up in positions of leadership. I do encourage you to watch our second interview[ix], so that you can identify your own neurosignature.
🔑 Practical Tips for Rethinking Leadership & Workplace DesignInstead of trying to “fix people” through coaching or molding them to fit a job, Friederike argues we should:
Identify each person’s neurosignature (the unique mix of brain chemistry and stress response).Shape the work environment to match the person, not the other way around.Know the best self-care for YOU based on your neurosignature. This is at the heart of her book, The Brain Friendly Workplace, where she challenges organizations to rethink success—not as conformity, but as creating conditions where every brain type can thrive.
In chapter 1, she explains that “It’s All About Our Brains” and that “four powerful chemicals shape your personality: the neurotransmitters dopamine and serotonin, estrogen and testosterone. Together, they form four distinct systems that stimulate specific areas of your brain. These are your dopamine, serotonin, estrogen and testosterone brain systems” (Chapter 1, page 10, The Brain Friendly Workplace).
Dopamine: People high in dopamine are curious, energetic and future-oriented. Inventors and entrepreneurs tend to have this neurosignature. They get bored easily and are always looking for the next exciting, new project.
Serotonin: People high in serotonin are reliable, detail-oriented, cautious and loyal. They thrive on routine and structure and enjoy consistency and stability.
Testosterone: People high in testosterone are tough-minded, direct, and enjoy wielding power. They tend to be analytical and use systems thinking, which involves moving logically from one step to the next to solve a problem.
Estrogen: People high in estrogen are empathetic and good at building personal connections and community. Estrogen increases serotonin of the “cuddle hormone” oxytocin, which enhances feelings of bonding and trust. Think of Steve Wozniak, Apple’s co-founder. He exhibits the traits of a high estrogen neurosignature, who is also a lateral thinker (which involves prioritizing intuition and insight, making connections that others might miss).
(From Chapter 1 of the Brain Friendly Workplace).
If you resonated with one of the qualities of the neurosignature, I added some tips from Friederike’s blog for how to manage your stress, based on each neurosignature.
How to destress based on your neurosignature (written by Friederike Fabritius)[x] 𝗛𝗶𝗴𝗵 𝗘𝘀𝘁𝗿𝗼𝗴𝗲𝗻: Have that one close friend who you can call anytime and who is always there for you. Also, be aware of not overloading yourself too much so you can manage the stress.
𝗛𝗶𝗴𝗵 𝗧𝗲𝘀𝘁𝗼𝘀𝘁𝗲𝗿𝗼𝗻𝗲: Make sure you have the freedom to do what you want to do and are holding onto your autonomy to prevent burnout. To relieve stress, do something adventurous and challenging! Hike a high mountain or test a race car.
𝗛𝗶𝗴𝗵 𝗗𝗼𝗽𝗮𝗺𝗶𝗻𝗲: Make sure not to get bored! Try a new activity or hobby to engross yourself in. Sign up for that new Tabata class at the gym; explore something creative like bookmaking or wood-sculpting.
𝗛𝗶𝗴𝗵 𝗦𝗲𝗿𝗼𝘁𝗼𝗻𝗶𝗻: Plan it out and create a routine. By setting a plan and sticking to it, say every morning, you will feel less stressed. Also, be social! Try volunteering, joining a choir, or setting up a dinner date with friends.
By understanding your neurosignature, you can refine your life, both in and out of the office, for success.
I hope you found this review helpful for pinpointing the best work environment for your brain to reach PEAK performance, and we will see you in 2 weeks for PART 2 of this review.
See you October 12th.
RESOURCES:
Watch Full Interview 1 with Friederike Fabritius https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iHK3UG8-Or0
Clip 1 Fun, Fear, Focus PART 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/DZkTBIb-JNk
Clip 1B Fun, Fear, Focus, PART 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/rEnJXHJIgbg
Clip 2 Men vs Women https://www.youtube.com/shorts/S4Wxat_I2vU
Watch Full Interview 2 with Friederike Fabritius
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mmv9PmuioFs
THE BRAIN FRIENDLY WORKPLACE https://friederikefabritius.com/books/the-brain-friendly-workplace/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 366 REVIEW PART 1: Unlocking Your Potential: Refining Goals with Bob Proctor’s Wisdom https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-your-potential-redefining-goals-with-bob-proctors-wisdom/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 369 with Dr. Dawson Church https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bliss-brain-rewire-your-mind-in-minutes-a-day/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 370 with Dr. John Medina on “How Neuroscience Can Transform Classrooms” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-rules-revisited-how-neuroscience-can-transform-classrooms/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 27 with Friederike Fabritius on “The Recipe for Achieving Peak Performance” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/pioneer-in-the-field-of-neuroleadership-friederike-fabritius-on-the-recipe-for-achieving-peak-performance/
[v] https://friederikefabritius.com/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 258 with Neuroscientist Friederike Fabritius on “The Brain Friendly Workplace” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/neuroscientistwallstreet-journalbestselling-authorfriederike-fabritius-onhernew-bookthe-brainfriendly-workplacewhy-talented-peoplequitand-how-tomake/
[vii] Intro to The Brian Friendly Workplace Published on YouTube September 2022 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=La9yqt0v9f4
[viii] Watch Full Interview 2 with Friederike Fabritius
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mmv9PmuioFs
[ix] Watch Full Interview 2 with Friederike Fabritius
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mmv9PmuioFs
[x] https://friederikefabritius.com/blog/the-best-self-care-for-your-neurosignature-based-in-neuroscience/
In this episode review (Season 14, Ep. 372), Andrea revisits interviews with Dr. Dan Siegel to explore Mindsight—the focused attention that helps us see and reshape our own minds and connect with others. She breaks down how Mindsight underpins social and emotional intelligence and offers practical ways to develop it, including theory-of-mind practice, the Wheel of Awareness, and daily narrative reading.
This week, in our review of EP 28 with Daniel J. Siegel, MD and his book Mindsight, we learned:
✔ A deeper definition of Mindsight or seeing the mind in anotherMindsight, a term coined by Dr. Daniel J. Siegel, is the ability to perceive the mind within ourselves and others. It goes beyond simply observing behavior; it’s about sensing thoughts, feelings, intentions, and perspectives that aren’t immediately visible. This skill allows us to look beneath the surface of words and actions, to “see” the mind behind them, which leads to deeper empathy, better relationships, and stronger social intelligence.
✔ What is Theory of Mind and how can this skill help us to connect and understand others betterTheory of Mind (ToM) is closely related to Mindsight—it refers to our ability to attribute mental states (beliefs, desires, knowledge, intentions) to ourselves and to others. In simple terms, it’s recognizing that other people have thoughts and feelings that may be different from our own. This skill is essential for meaningful communication, conflict resolution, and collaboration, because it helps us predict how someone might react, understand why they feel a certain way, and respond with compassion rather than judgment.
✔ What is Theory of Mind and how can this skill help us to connect and understand others betterTheory of Mind (ToM) is closely related to Mindsight—it refers to our ability to attribute mental states (beliefs, desires, knowledge, intentions) to ourselves and to others. In simple terms, it’s recognizing that other people have thoughts and feelings that may be different from our own. This skill is essential for meaningful communication, conflict resolution, and collaboration, because it helps us predict how someone might react, understand why they feel a certain way, and respond with compassion rather than judgment.
✔ Practical tips to improve our Mindsight or Theory of Mind abilities
Pause and Reflect – Before reacting, ask yourself: What might this person be thinking or feeling right now?
Name Emotions – Practice labeling your own emotions and noticing them in others (“I feel frustrated” → “They might be anxious”).
Perspective-Taking Exercises – Put yourself in someone else’s shoes: If I were in their position, what would I be experiencing?
Read Fiction Regularly – Choose stories with complex characters and notice how your mind tracks their thoughts and motives.
Practice Curiosity in Conversations – Instead of assuming, ask open-ended questions to better understand another’s perspective.
Mindfulness Training – Strengthen your awareness of your inner world, which improves your ability to tune into the inner world of others.
The episode also emphasizes the importance of face-to-face relationships for learning and development, contrasts relational learning with screen-based approaches, and provides actionable tips educators and listeners can use to strengthen empathy, self-awareness, and relational skills.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
Which brings up to today’s episode #372, where we will take Dr. Dan Siegel’s concept of Mindsight, to the next level. On our last EP 371 with Dan Siegel, PART 1 of our review of a very early interview EP 28[i], recorded in November 2019, we covered the importance of:
Understanding and Applying Mindsight which is “the way we focus our attention on the internal world. It’s how we bring consciousness to our own thoughts and feelings, and how we attune to the inner world of someone else. Mindsight gives us insight into ourselves, and empathy for others.”
Mindsight is a concept Dr. Siegel felt to be critical for us to develop noting this skill to be “the basis for social and emotional development.” He notes, that it’s a teachable set of skills that we can teach in school, and once mastered is a truly transformational tool. In his book, Mindsight he explains this concept further:
“Mindsight is a kind of focused attention that allows us to see the internal workings of our own minds. (and we’ve been talking about how important it is to go within, for true change in our lives to occur). It helps us to be aware of our mental processes without being swept away by them, (which) enables us to get ourselves off the autopilot of ingrained behaviors and habitual responses, and moves us beyond the reactive emotional loops we all have a tendency to get trapped in. It lets us “name and tame” the emotions we are experiencing, rather than being overwhelmed by them. Consider the difference between saying “I am sad” and “I feel sad.” Similar as those two statements may seem, there is actually a profound difference between them. “I am sad” is a kind of self-definition, and a very limiting one. “I feel sad” suggests the ability to recognize and acknowledge a feeling, without being consumed by it. The focusing skills that are part of mindsight make it possible to see what is inside, to accept it, and in the accepting to let it go, and, finally, to transform it into a NEW reality.
You can also think of mindsight as a very special lens that gives us the capacity to perceive the mind with greater clarity than ever before. This lens is something that virtually everyone can develop, and once we have it we can dive deeply into the mental sea inside, exploring our own inner lives and those of others. A uniquely human ability, mindsight allows us to examine closely, in detail and in depth, the processes by which we think, feel, and behave. And it allows us to reshape and redirect our inner experiences so that we have more freedom of choice in our everyday actions, (giving us) more power to create the future, to become the author of our own story. Another way to put it is that mindsight is the basic skill that underlies everything we mean when we speak of having social and emotional intelligence.” (Dr. Daniel J Siegel, Mindsight, Location 105, Kindle Edition).
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
💡 Key Takeaways About Mindsight from Daniel J Siegel
Definition of Mindsight: Focused attention that helps us perceive the internal workings of our mind. Last week in PART 1[ii] of our review of Dr. Siegel, we looked at Mindsight as “the way we focus our attention on the internal world. It’s how we bring consciousness to our own thoughts and feelings, and then, how we attune to the inner world of someone else.”Benefits:Mindsight helps us to step out of autopilot and habitual emotional reactions.Encourages us to “name and tame” emotions instead of being consumed by them.Example: “I am sad” (self-definition) vs. “I feel sad” (acknowledgement without identity attachment).Creates clarity, self-awareness, and the ability to transform our thoughts, feelings and actions…which is why we can become the author of our own story. When we can do this, we can change our RESULTS and outer world. REMINDER: If we don’t like what’s happening in our external world—whether it’s in our job, relationships, results, or any area of life—we must first look inward. Our circumstances mirror the beliefs and thoughts we hold within.
Once we can master Mindsight (our inner world), we can with certainty watch our outer world transform.
This is a concept that Bob Proctor would teach in his seminars. He just labelled the terminology differently, but to me, this is where science connects to some of these age-old success principles that I watched transform the lives of thousands of people, when I worked with Proctor in the motivational speaking industry.
Mindsight as a Lens:
Helps us look inward with depth and precision.Allows reshaping and redirecting inner experiences → more freedom and choice.Empowers us to be the author of our own life story.Serves as the foundation of social and emotional intelligence.It allows us to be the Captain of our own ship, giving us the ability to make changes within, which creates change in our external world. Key Points from Video Clip with Dr. Siegel
Without Mindsight tools, we cannot develop true social skills.Relational intelligence: Ability to connect not just with people like us, but also with those unlike us (and with all living beings).Moves us from linear, self-focused thinking (“me, me, me”) to a systems perspective (who I am, that our identity, is a part of a larger whole).Inner aspect → emotional intelligence.Inter aspect → social intelligence (how we are connected to others)Both are part of Mindsight, a set of teachable skills that can be taught in schools. Practical Tip for Developing Mindsight
Learn Theory of Mind: Dan Siegel explained in our interview that Mindsight is the same thing as Theory of Mind (ToM). We first explored this concept back in Episode 46,[iii] “Developing and Using Theory of Mind in Your Daily Life.” If we want to strengthen our ability to see the mind of another—whether we call it Mindsight or ToM—I recommend reviewing that episode, where we cover how to use this skill in both the classroom and the workplace. In that discussion, I shared my own first experience of learning how to “read the mind of another” through their eyes, a skill my mother taught me in my twenties. Neuroscientist Dr. John Medina defines this capacity as “the ability to understand the intentions and motivations of someone else.” This ability can even be measured through a Theory of Mind test developed by Professor Simon Baron-Cohen (the cousin of the well-known actor and comedian Sasha Baron Cohen).
Theory of Mind is crucial for everyday social interactions. It allows us to analyze, judge, and infer other people’s behaviors. As an important social-cognitive skill, ToM gives us the ability to think about mental states—our own as well as those of others.
John Medina gave a powerful example of ToM in action in Episode 42[iv], when he described how Walt Disney, in sharing his vision for Disneyland with Art Linkletter, missed critical social cues. Had Disney recognized and responded differently to Linkletter’s perspective, the outcome of their interaction—and possibly their partnership—might have been very different.
If you are curious about your ToM score, you can take the test yourself[v] and then see if you can use these tips to improve your score, and with time and practice, improve your social interactions as you become more in tune with others. I scored 29/36 with this test in 2020, and got this exact same score again yesterday, 5 years later, which tells me that there are some facial expressions that I have not yet mastered, and that learning is an ongoing process.
READ NARRATIVE FICTION Dr. Medina shared the research, telling me that you can improve your ToM score by reading narrative fiction, 10-15 minutes a day, by authors who have won awards (so that you are reading well thought out sentences). He suggests to create book clubs and study literature as a group to continue to work on this skill that Dr. Siegel thinks is the basis of social and emotional learning.
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
💡 Key Takeaways About Mindsight from Daniel J Siegel
We learn in relationship
SUMMARY:
In the second video clip, I asked Dr. Siegel about the challenges technology poses for young children. He pointed me to the work of Patricia Kuhl and Andrew Meltzoff, who studied an educational video program that was marketed as a way to boost children’s learning. A major corporation later purchased the program, and research revealed that children who spent more time with the videos—at the expense of face-to-face interaction—actually learned less language. The takeaway wasn’t that the video itself was harmful, but that it displaced what truly fuels learning: relationships and human connection.
NOTE: I remember in the time frame that this educational video series was popular, I was a nanny, and many parents had asked me to sit with their infant and play this video series). I remember feeling badly that I was being paid to just sit there, and at the time I had a teaching degree, and could have used that time more wisely playing, or interacting with them more, building their experiences with someone new. Again, when we know better with the research, we can do better.
Practical Tip:
Revisit our first interview with Greg Wolcott, EP 7[vi] on Building Relationships in Today’s Schools.
Greg is the author of the book Significant 72: Unleashing the Power of Relationships in Today’s Schools and is on a serious mission to impact our schools with this movement. Greg currently serves as the Assistant Superintendent for Teaching and Learning in a suburb of Chicago as well as an adjunct professor. As an educator in the Chicago area for over 25 years, he is passionate about developing opportunities for all students to succeed as well as finding ways for all teachers and staff members to utilize their strengths to maximize learning. His “Significant 72” initiative has been implemented in over two hundred schools across the United States and Canada.
I first heard of Greg talking about this initiative on an SEL webinar, where he described what was so significant about 72 in our schools. This concept came about when Greg noticed that some students would return to school after 3 day weekends, and not knowing what many of our students face outside of school, they would spend extra time with students to re-build their relationships upon these returns. The results were significant enough for him to write a book about it, and create a program around this concept.
Like Dr. Siegel said in VIDEO CLIP 2, “we learn in relationship” not by sitting in front of videos, or technology, but by interacting with each other. Keep building strong relationships with as many face-to-face learning experiences as you can.
REVIEW and CONCLUSION
As we wrap up Episode 372, PART 2 of our review with Dr. Daniel J. Siegel, we looked at two powerful clips that brought Mindsight to life.
💡 Key Points from Video Clip 1 with Dr. Siegel
Without Mindsight tools, we cannot develop true social skills.Relational intelligence is the ability to connect not just with people like us, but with those unlike us—and with all living beings.Mindsight helps us move from linear, self-focused thinking (“me, me, me”) to a systems perspective where identity is part of a larger whole.The “inner aspect” connects to emotional intelligence.The “inter aspect” connects to social intelligence—how we are linked to others.Both inner and inter aspects are part of Mindsight, a set of teachable skills that can even be taught in schools. 🔑 Practical Tips for Developing Mindsight
Explore The Wheel of Awareness Meditation to strengthen your ability to see your own mind—and then the mind of others.Learn Theory of Mind: Take the ToM test, track your score, and apply practices to improve your awareness of others’ perspectives.Read Narrative Fiction daily (10–15 minutes, ideally from award-winning authors). Research shows this sharpens our ability to see both our own mind and the minds of others. 💡 Key Takeaways from Clip 2 with Dr. Siegel
We learn in relationship with others. 🔑 Practical Tips
Revisit EP 7 with Greg Wolcott on building relationships in today’s schools.Remember the early 2000s educational program study that proved learning occurs through interaction and relationships—not through isolated video learning. By practicing Mindsight—the ability to see our own mind and then the minds of others—we tap into what Richard Simon, Ph.D., editor of Psychotherapy Networker, said of Dr. Siegel:
“Unmatched by anyone in the field, Mindsight offers a fascinating synthesis…about the new brain science for understanding relationships and the process of human change.” (Mindsight, Location 10, Daniel J. Siegel).
Now that we’ve reviewed PART 1 and PART 2 of Dr. Siegel’s interview, focusing on how to understand and apply Mindsight in our daily lives, I realize we’ve only just begun to scratch the surface of his work. We’ll continue to deepen these ideas when we reach Joe Dispenza’s research—but for now, this is a powerful foundation of learning to apply Mindsight to our lives, and become the Captain of Our Own Ship.
We’ll see you next week as we continue to sharpen our understanding of our mind, and brain, with neuroleadership pioneer, Freiderike Fabritius.
RESOURCES
Video Clip 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Y6HhwNtkUW8
Video Clip 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/jmyzMPYRlnA
REFERENCES
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Dan Siegel on “Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Intelligence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #371 “Mindsight: Become the Captain of Your Own Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mindsight-become-the-captain-of-your-own-mind/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 46 “As Close to Mind Reading as Brain Science Gets: Developing and Using Theory of Mind in your Daily Life” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/as-close-to-mind-reading-as-brain-science-gets-developing-and-using-theory-of-mind-in-your-daily-life/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 42 with Dr. John Medina on “Implementing Brain Rules in Schools and Workplaces of the Future” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-john-medina-on-implementing-brain-rules-in-the-schools-and-workplaces-of-the-future/
[v] Theory of Mind Test NOTE: My score was 29/36 (in 2020 and 2025) http://socialintelligence.labinthewild.org/mite/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 7 with Greg Wolcott on “Building Relationships in Today’s Classrooms” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/greg-wolcott-on-building-relationships-in-todays-classrooms/
In this episode Andrea revisits her 2019 conversation with Dr. Daniel J. Siegel to explore Mindsight — his science-based approach to understanding the mind, integrating the brain, and cultivating empathy. Dr. Siegel explains the difference between mind and brain, the benefits of the Wheel of Awareness meditation, and how Mindsight can change brain structure and improve health.
Watch full interview here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d7pnea2Vbzc
Practical tips include daily Mindsight practice, naming emotions to build self-awareness, and simple emotional check-ins to make learning and relationships more meaningful.
This week, in our review of EP 28 with Daniel J. Siegel, MD and his book Mindsight, we learned:
✔ The Difference Between the Mind and the Brain.
✔ The Benefits of The Wheel of Awareness Meditation.
✔ How to Understand and Apply Mindsight that gives us insight into ourselves, and empathy for others.
✔ How Mindsight can change brain structure and improve health.
✔ In order to make teaching and learning more meaningful, what we are teaching must have an element of emotion.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
Episode 371:
For today’s Episode 371, we continue our journey into the mind with the next interview review. Just a reminder-this review series began back with Episode 366[i], where in Part 3 we discovered an important lesson: if we don’t like our results—or what we see on the outside—we need to shift our mindset and look within. True change always begins on the inside.
EP 369[ii] we learned how to Rewire our Brain with Dr. Dawson Church and his Bliss Brain Meditations, and then last week, EP 370[iii] with John Medina’s Brain Rules, we reviewed how important this understanding of neuroscience is, especially connected to education, teaching and learning.
Which brings us to today’s review, EP 371, where we revisit a very early episode with clinical professor of psychiatry from UCLA’s School of Medicine, Dr. Daniel J Siegel. He’s from EP 28[iv], that was recorded back in November of 2019. As we take this journey deeper into the mind, Dr. Dan Siegel offers the perfect place to begin, with his ability to bridge cutting-edge neuroscience and practical wisdom.
Dr. Dan Siegel, is well known for his books, trainings and courses that bridge cutting edge neuroscience with mindfulness and therapy. A reminder of his background-he’s a clinical professor of psychiatry at the UCLA School of Medicine and executive director of the Mindsight Institute[v] where you can find his courses, workshops, books and tools to help anyone understand and apply what can sometimes be complicated scientific concepts and make them easy to understand and applicable to our daily lives. At the end of the interview, I let Dr. Siegel know that I had been practicing his Wheel of Awareness Meditation, and ended up reviewing what I learned on EP 60[vi] where we explored the Science Behind a Meditation Practice.
You can watch the whole interview by clicking on the link in the resource section in the show notes, and learn all about Dr. Siegel’s work that encompasses schools, with resiliency, brain science and helping our next generation to understand how to apply these important strategies whether it’s in our classrooms, or workplaces of the future. Today we will continue to explore within, sharpen our mindset, and learn about what Dr. Siegel calls Mindsight.
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
In Clip 1, Dr. Siegel unpacks the concept of Mindsight and helps clarify the difference between the mind and the brain, when I asked him to explain this distinction. I knew this wasn’t an easy question—as I had already listened to him answer it many times over the years, and still wasn’t sure I fully grasped it. In fact, I even tried to tackle it myself back in Episode 23[vii], Understanding Your Brain and Mind for Increased Results. But revisiting this topic now, I can see this concept requires a much deeper reflection.
So, I asked Dr. Siegel if we could look at his definition of the mind—one he has been studying for years and that many in his scientific and educational circles agree on. He describes the mind as “an embodied and relational process—since it’s in the body and it’s in our relationships with one another—that regulates the flow of energy and information.” I wanted to hear him expand on this again, especially around why relationships are so critical for our health, our well-being, and for creating what he calls an integrated brain—which he equates with a healthy brain.
His answer helped me to understand the importance of implementing Mindsight into our daily life. He said:
“The word mind doesn’t actually have a formal definition—not in education, psychotherapy, or even in fields like psychology that study it directly. But if we look closely, the mind includes your subjective experience—that inner feeling of being alive. It also includes consciousness—the ability to know that you’re having that subjective experience. And beyond that, there’s information processing—which doesn’t always require consciousness and is essentially what school focuses on: learning to process information.
When you understand the mind as a self-organizing process—a complex system that regulates its own becoming—you begin to see the power of teaching about the mind itself. This is what we call Mindsight. And if we could bring this understanding into education, the outcomes for students would be profoundly different.”
Key Tip 1 with Dr. Dan Siegel
Understanding and Applying Mindsight which is “the way we focus our attention on the internal world. It’s how we bring consciousness to our own thoughts and feelings, and then next, how we attune to the inner world of someone else. Mindsight gives us insight into ourselves, and empathy for others.”
💡 If we could bring the concept of Mindsight—focusing attention on the internal world—into education, (or teaching and learning anything) the outcomes for our students would be profoundly different. They would not only learn academic content, (or whatever skill we are teaching) but also how to understand their own subjective experiences and expand their consciousness.
Just as we’ve seen that true change begins by going within, Dr. Siegel shows us that teaching and learning follow the same principle. Mindsight (going within to understand ourselves first, and then extending this understanding to others cultivating empathy) invites us to go deeper with ourselves through self-study, and Dr. Siegel reminds us that clarity emerges when we are willing to take that deeper dive.
He describes Mindsight[viii] as “the way we focus our attention on the internal world. It’s how we bring consciousness to our own thoughts and feelings, and how we attune to the inner world of someone else. Mindsight gives us insight into ourselves, and empathy for others.”
Importantly, Dr. Siegel explains that Mindsight is more than simply observing—it equips us with the tools to monitor our inner world with clarity and depth, and also to modify it with strength and intention. While mindfulness centers on awareness, Mindsight adds an empowering, action-oriented dimension: the ability to change the structure and function of the brain itself.
With Mindsight, we can literally alter the course of our lives by integrating areas of the brain that were previously disconnected. When we monitor our inner world, we can shift it from chaos toward harmony—moving our mind toward health. That’s the true power of Mindsight.
It’s a way of awakening the mind to the fact that you aren’t a PASSIVE participant of life, but you can become the ACTIVE participant, the Captain of your own ship, he says. This way, you become the author of your own story, of your life.
Which brings us back to EP 366, where we looked at the question “What do you REALLY want to do with your life.” Do you REALLY believe what you want is possible? Dan Siegel, with his research grounded in science, would say it most definitely is possible with the use of Mindsight.
I highly recommend Dr. Siegel’s book, Mindsight, that walks us step by step through how to implement this concept into our daily life. In the front of the book you can see some well-known author reviews, starting with:
“Mindsight is a seminal piece on bringing neuroscience to everyday life, helping us to understand what can go awry in the mind so that, armed with that knowledge, we will be better able to change. The book is a wonderful journey from the mind through the brain and the body and then back again. Dr. Daniel Siegel’s use of elaborate personal as well as patient stories makes us feel as though we are on a guided tour with a friendly group of fellow travelers.” —John J. Ratey, M.D., author of Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain, and co-author of Driven to Distraction
“Mindsight is a remarkable exploration into the synergistic workings of the mind and the brain. Using clinical vignettes as well as revelations about his own life, Dr. Siegel shows us how we can go from reactive impulsiveness to receptive awareness so that we can make valid choices, not blindly repeat maladaptive behaviors. It will be enormously useful for patients and their families, as well as mental health workers and the lay public at large.” —Clarice Kestenbaum, M.D., professor of clinical psychiatry, Columbia University
“This exciting book reveals the secrets of the mind that we have sought in Eastern and Western thought for two thousand years. How do we see the mind and learn to tame it for a happier and healthier life? Filled with engaging stories, Mindsight uses cutting-edge science and deep humanity to address the questions that we all have about the mystery in our skull.” —Natalie Goldberg, author Old Friend from Far Away and Writing Down the Bones
“In The Developing Mind, Daniel Siegel brilliantly revealed how relationships sculpt and are sculpted by the brain. Mindsight is the perfect follow-up, a daring plan of action for a wiser and kinder life that’s transformative yet easy to understand, and should appeal to specialists and laymen alike—in fact, to anyone who wants to enrich their life, their children’s lives, and society.” —Diane Ackerman, author of The Zookeeper’s Wife and A Natural History of the Senses
Tip #1 – Practical Application:👉 Begin by setting aside a few quiet minutes each day to practice this important skill that Dr. Siegel calls Mindsight. Are you aware of your own thoughts and feelings? Can you name the emotions that you feel? This will help you to understand your own inner world. Next, can you extend this concept to others? Are you aware of the thoughts and feelings of those around you? Can you tell how someone else is feeling?
Can you apply what you see with this practice that will increase insight into ourselves while also increasing our empathy for others? This is a good start for implementing Mindsight into our daily life. Dr. Siegel believes this will cause integration in the brain, and actually change its structure and function, leading us towards improved health and well-being.
DEEPER PRACTICE
If you want to take your Mindsight skills to the next level, I highly recommend Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation. You can listen to my review of this meditation on EP 60[ix] that I can tell you took some practice before I was able to explain what I felt during this meditation.
Dr. Siegel narrates us through each part of our body (improving our self-awareness) but in segment 4, he asks us to think about others, and extend our thoughts to them, which is the second part of Mindsight. This I think, was the most important part of the meditation, as I began to focus well-being and intention on not only myself, but those close to me, and then those in different parts of the world. This meditation has remained as one of my favorite practices. I had no idea that this practice was actually causing integration in my brain, and setting me up for improved health and well-being.
In his book, Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence, Dr. Siegel explains that there are research-based elements of mind training that should include 3 pillars: focused attention, open awareness and kind intentions towards others.[x] His Wheel of Awareness practice involves all 3 of these pillars and profound changes happen with the body when you do mind training. He also explains that a 3-pillar meditation practice (like his Wheel) changes the structure and function of the brain in these fascinating ways:
There’s an integration of structure and function of the brain (integration means well-being).There’s a reduction of the stress hormone cortisol.There’s an enhancement of immune function.Improvement in cardiovascular risk factors.Reduction in inflammation via epigenetic changes.An optimization of telomerase—which is fascinating as it repairs and maintains the ends of chromosomes and slows aging. Who wouldn’t want these benefits? The science is clear and proves that implementing a daily meditation practice improves your physical and mental health with many more benefits we will explore further.
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
In Clip 2, I asked Dr. Siegel about emotional intelligence, and he reminded me that “there isn’t an accepted definition of the word emotion.” In his book The Developing Mind (2nd Edition), he defines emotions as “a shift in integration.” While this may sound complex, he explains that this definition actually ties all the sciences of emotion together.
One key insight he shared is that emotions involve both the feeling of emotion and the construction of meaning. And if we want learning in schools to become more meaningful, then emotion must be at the center—because emotion and meaning are inseparable, both in the brain and in our relationships.
Key Point 2 with Dr. Dan Siegel💡 Emotions are not separate from meaning—they are woven from the same cloth. To make teaching and learning more meaningful, what we are teaching must have an element of emotion.
Reflection:I think this is such an important reminder—being in touch with our emotions matters whenever we want to make something meaningful and memorable. Whether it’s a classroom lesson, a presentation, or simply something we hope will stay with someone, emotion is the key to making it stick.
Tip #2 – Practical Application:👉 Begin class (or your workday) with an emotional check-in. Take one minute to name how you’re feeling, (even if you do this in your head yourself) and invite students (or colleagues) to do the same. This simple practice strengthens emotional awareness and ties the learning experience to meaning, making it more impactful.
Also, see if you can become an expert at feeling the emotions of others. Can you feel the shift in a room when emotions are stirred within the audience you are presenting to, or in a classroom? When you say something that hope to spark an emotional connection, watch for your audience to move in some way. Do they sit up straighter, or shift in their chairs? Do they move in any way? This is an important skill to notice and foster, and can become valuable when used at the right moment to make something stick.
Finally, do you model emotion regulation? We covered this on our last episode 370[xi] with Dr. Medina, who shared that “Children build resilience not in calm moments, but in how parents (or caregivers, or even teachers) respond when emotions run high. These moments define our parenting (and teaching) style and shape a child’s long-term emotional health.”
Once we understand how emotional brain works[xii] (how to calm our brain in seconds with this understanding) we can learn to better manage our own emotions, and stay self-regulated.
REVIEW and CONCLUSION
As we wrap up Episode 371, we reviewed 2 clips from our interview with Dr. Daniel Siegel and learned:
Key Tip 1 with Dr. Dan Siegel
Understanding and Applying Mindsight which is “the way we focus our attention on the internal world. It’s how we bring consciousness to our own thoughts and feelings, and how we attune to the inner world of someone else. Mindsight gives us insight into ourselves, and empathy for others.”
Once we understand our own internal world, Mindsight encourages us to turn our attention to the inner world of others—this is how we cultivate true empathy.
When we monitor our inner world, we can shift it from chaos toward harmony—moving our mind toward health. That’s the true power of Mindsight.
Mindsight also causes integration in the brain, and actually change its structure and function, leading us towards improved health and well-being.
It’s a way of awakening the mind to the fact that you aren’t a PASSIVE participant of life, but you can become the ACTIVE participant, the Captain of your own ship. This way, you become the author of your own story, of your life.
Tip #1 – Practical Application:👉 A way to begin this practice is to set aside a few quiet minutes each day to practice Mindsight. Are you aware of your own thoughts and feelings? Can you name the emotions that you feel? Next, extend this concept to others. Are you aware of the thoughts and feelings of those around you? With practice, you will strengthen your ability to feel empathy for others. This practice can be further strengthened by implementing Dr. Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation.
The goal: Once you understand your own inner world, it’s much easier to understand someone else’s. This is when we can show true empathy for one another. Once you have mastered this, you can go beyond Mindfulness, because Mindsight is not only about being in the present moment, but being able to modify what is happening in your present moment with this understanding.
Understanding and applying Dr. Siegel’s Mindsight brings us back to EP 366[xiii] we we started this review. If we don’t like what’s happening in our external world—whether it’s in our job, relationships, results, or any area of life—we must first look inward. Our circumstances mirror the beliefs and thoughts we hold within. As James Allen reminds us in As a Man Thinketh: our outer world is always a reflection of our inner state.
Key Point 2 – Dr. Dan Siegel💡 Emotions and meaning are inseparable—they are woven from the same cloth.To make learning memorable and impactful, teaching must engage the emotions of those we are teaching, alongside the content. Which means students must have an understanding of what their emotions are.
Practical Tip 2:👉 Encourage our students to name what they feel. Labeling emotions—like “I’m frustrated” or “I’m excited”—or “I’m feeling good here” and “not so good here” helps them to manage and understand those feelings, making learning more focused and meaningful. We will review this interview at a later date, but Yale Center for Emotional Intelligence Founder Marc Bracket and his book, Permission to Feel[xiv] can help us to further explore this area on understanding the emotions we feel.
👉If we ALL understand how our emotional brain works and how to calm it, with time and practice, this becomes a habit.
The goal: Once we understand our emotions, and how to improve our self-regulation, we can avoid upsets that happen when our emotions run hot. We next learn to co-regulate those around us, an important brain tip we learned from Dr. John Medina.
I hope that you found these 2 video clip reminders from Dr. Dan Siegel’s interview as helpful as I have. It always blows my mind when I revisit something old, and find immense value with something I might have missed, or not understood fully at the time. Implementing this skill Mindsight takes practice, and it’s something I’m still working on myself.
I’ll see you next week with PART 2 of our review with Dr. Dan Siegel.
RESOURCES:
Watch full interview here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d7pnea2Vbzc
Clip 1: Mindsight https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Tu9FOHiYUAU
Clip 2: Emotional Intelligence https://www.youtube.com/shorts/EiWh_FPkoxo
Video version of this episode https://youtu.be/HMvbAVajZUs
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 366 REVIEW PART 1: Unlocking Your Potential: Refining Goals with Bob Proctor’s Wisdom https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-your-potential-redefining-goals-with-bob-proctors-wisdom/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 369 with Dr. Dawson Church https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bliss-brain-rewire-your-mind-in-minutes-a-day/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 370 with Dr. John Medina on “How Neuroscience Can Transform Classrooms” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-rules-revisited-how-neuroscience-can-transform-classrooms/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Dan Siegel on “Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Intelligence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[v] https://mindsightinstitute.com/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 60 “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 23 “Understanding Your Brain and Mind for Increased Results” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-your-brain-and-mind-for-increased-results/
[viii] Dan Siegel on Mindsight https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKwQuGCPeFk
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 60 “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
[x] Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence by Daniel J Siegel, MD Published August 21, 2018 Tarcher Perigee
https://www.amazon.com/Aware-Practice-Presence-Groundbreaking-Meditation/dp/1101993049
[xi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 370 with our Review of Dr. John Medina’s EP 42. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-rules-revisited-how-neuroscience-can-transform-classrooms/
[xii] Self-Regulation Dan Siegel https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZcDLzppD4Jc
[xiii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 366 REVIEW PART 1: Unlocking Your Potential: Refining Goals with Bob Proctor’s Wisdom https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/raising-your-vibration-bob-proctor-s-guide-to-goal-creation/
[xiv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 22 with Marc Brakett https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/founding-director-of-the-yale-center-of-emotional-intelligence-on-his-new-book-permission-to-feel/
Episode 370 reviews Dr. John Medina's insights from Brain Rules and explores how neuroscience and social-emotional learning combine to improve teaching, learning, and well-being.
Key takeaways: teachers need basic neuroscience to support learning; the emotional stability of the home strongly shapes a child’s resilience and confidence; and children build resilience when adults co-regulate and model healthy emotion management during high-emotion moments.
This short review highlights practical steps for educators, parents, and leaders to apply brain-based strategies and SEL to boost student outcomes and lifelong skills.
EP 370 covers a review of Dr. John Medina's Brain Rules, from EP 42 (February 2020)
We learned:
✔ If education is about the brain, then teachers need to understand how the brain learns best.
✔ A child’s resilience and confidence are deeply tied to the emotional climate of the home.
✔ Children build resilience not in calm moments, but in how parents (or caregivers) respond when emotions run high.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
Episode 370: Brain Rules and the Future of Learning
For today’s Episode 370[i], we continue our journey into the mind with our next interview review—Dr. John Medina, author of the well-known book Brain Rules. We first featured Dr. Medina in EP 42, when we explored “Implementing Brain Rules in Schools and Workplaces of the Future.”
To remind you where we began with our interview review series: We opened with EP 366[ii], diving into speaker Bob Proctor’s timeless principles. Bob was the very first person—over 25 years ago—who challenged me with the question, “What do you really want to do with your life?” At the time, I didn’t have a clear answer. It’s taken well over 25 years now for this clarity to evolve.
Eventually, I realized what mattered most to me: and that was bringing social and emotional learning (SEL) skills into schools. I had already seen how these skills—once called “soft skills”—transformed the lives of 12 teenagers I worked with in the motivational speaking industry in the late 1990s. Later, I watched as SEL spread into schools across states and countries, until the research became undeniable.
A 2011 meta-analysis of 213 studies confirmed what I had seen firsthand a decade before this study was released: students who participated in SEL programs showed an 11-percentile-point increase in academic performance[iii] compared to control groups. That’s a significant improvement, demonstrating just how powerful SEL can be. Long before this research, I simply knew these skills could shape the future of the next generation.
This podcast itself was built around the six core SEL competencies—each explored in its own dedicated episode that you can find in our resource section in the show notes.
Then came the next step: adding the lens of neuroscience. I realized that everything we were studying in SEL connected back to how the brain works. My deep dive into what I called “Neuroscience 101” began when an educator handed me a stack of books that opened my eyes to the importance of brain science in education. From those early hand-drawn sketches grew the framework that still guides this podcast today—bridging SEL and neuroscience to make learning both practical and powerful.
Which brings us to today’s review: Episode 370, where we revisit Dr. John Medina. At the heart of this conversation is the very question that launched my journey years ago: What happens when we connect social and emotional learning with neuroscience? How can understanding the brain not only improve results and productivity, but also better equip our next generation of students in the classroom?
It was John Medina’s Brain Rules that first landed on my bookshelf back in 2009. And to be honest—it just sat there for a while. I wasn’t ready yet. As Dr. Medina himself has said, this kind of learning can’t be forced. You need a strong why to really dive into the mind–brain connection.
For me, that why came later, when I realized how deeply understanding the brain could impact learning, teaching, and even life itself. If you’re following along with this podcast, I imagine you’ve had a similar moment—when the connection between the brain and practical neuroscience suddenly made sense and became something worth pursuing.
I’m always curious about what that moment looks like for others—what it is that makes this topic click. For me, it became clear during my very first presentation on this subject in November 2017, at a conference for the York Region School District in Toronto. The topic I was in charge of presenting was Stress, Learning, and the Brain, and the room was so full it was standing room only. This was after just three years of studying the topic myself, and when I first opened up David Souza’s How the Brain Learns Series, I honestly thought this topic was over my head, and too difficult for me to understand, let alone having me teach it to others. But once there is a strong why, the way will be shown. And that day, when I saw how many people showed up to learn the topic, I knew this was the field I wanted to dedicate the rest of my life to—continuing to learn, and helping others understand and apply to their lives.
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
Now that you know where this mind-brain connection began for me, I hope you can gain clarity with why it’s so important to you. Important enough that you are tuning into this podcast to learn more.
Wouldn’t you know it—understanding this WHY with the brain-mind connection to thrive at home, work and school and with sport is exactly what Dr. John Medina said to me during our interview back in February 2020. If you click the link in the show notes, you can watch VIDEO 1, where he explains:
“I believe that the cognitive neurosciences should be at the table of education training. Before you get a Bachelor Degree in Education, you have to have a fair degree of neuroscience. And it’s a very specific slice—it’s the kind of neuroscience that says: this is what we know about how the brain learns. Because teachers are in charge of that. It blows me away sometimes—I look at the Colleges of Education: if you’re in the Geology Department, you study rocks. If you go to Medical School, you study humans. You could argue that the world of education is all about studying the brain. Where are the courses that say—‘This is how memory works. This is how we get someone to pay attention. This is what visual processing looks like.’”
Dr. Medina is 100% right. When I went through teacher training at The University of Toronto, courses like this weren’t offered.
Fast forward to today, and my daily work now focuses on supporting educators with the Science of Reading—a body of research that, much like SEL, took decades to gain traction but is finally reshaping classrooms and teacher training, impacting how we teach our next generation of students to read.
Of course, this knowledge can’t just be forced on us. It’s not easy material—it requires effort to learn. But if you’re listening to this podcast each week, it’s because you’re curious. You’re willing to dig into concepts that, until recently, were reserved for medical students.
That’s how Dr. Douglas Fisher gained his insights into how the brain learns best. As he told me in EP 161[iv], How Learning Works: Translating the Science of Learning into Strategies for Maximum Learning in Your Classroom, he actually sat in classes with medical students to develop a deeper understanding of brain-based learning—knowledge we were never given in traditional teacher training.
Key Point from Video Clip 1 from John Medina 💡 If education is about the brain, then teachers need to understand how the brain learns best.
Tip #1 – Practical Application:Look for opportunities—whether through professional learning, books, or resources like this podcast—to bridge the gap between neuroscience and classroom practice. Even small shifts, like applying what we know about memory or attention, can transform how students learn.
Don’t let the complexity of the human brain intimidate you, like it did me when I first saw Dr. David Souza’s books. Once you can make this mind-brain-learning connection, you’ll see that it was all worth the effort to learn and understand.
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
Moving on to our second interview clip (linked in the show notes), I asked Dr. Medina a powerful question: “How can we raise our children to be confident and resilient?”
His response was both profound and eye-opening: He said:
“I believe that the single greatest predictor of a child’s psychopathology or psychiatric condition is the emotional stability of the home in which they are raised. It automatically becomes an education issue, even if you don’t want it to be. Because I realize that the interpersonal dynamics inside some of these homes is usually nobody’s business—except when the kid gets nicked. And then it might be important to understand, and perhaps teach adults, how to be adults in front of their children. We know a fair amount about what it takes to create stable, emotional homes. Let’s say there’s a partner involved. The great work of John Gottman is so strong, he can actually predict divorce rates.”
Key Point from Video Clip 2 from John Medina:💡A child’s resilience and confidence are deeply tied to the emotional climate of the home. Stability in relationships, especially between parents or caregivers, creates the foundation for healthy development.
Practical Application:
For parents and caregivers: Focus on modeling emotional regulation and respectful communication at home. Children learn resilience not from being shielded from challenges, but by watching adults navigate them with stability.For educators: Understand that a student’s academic and social behavior often reflects what’s happening at home. Approaching challenges with empathy—and building strong, safe classroom relationships—can help buffer instability.For leaders and mentors: Whether in schools, workplaces, or communities, promoting emotional intelligence and modeling healthy relationships can positively influence not only children, but the adults raising them. VIDEO 3 Click Here to Watch
To go deeper into my question about raising emotionally resilient children, Dr. Medina pointed to the work of Diana Baumrind, whose research he described as “probably the most important work about how to raise a child that exists.” She showed that creating an emotionally stable environment can directly influence anxiety and depression rates in children.
Dr. Medina added that John Gottman—known for his research on marriage—also studied parenting. Both Baumrind and Gottman came to the same conclusion:
“All parenting rises and falls on the same battlefield, and that’s what you do when your child’s emotions run hot. What you do here puts you in a behavioral category—some kind of parenting style.”
Key Point from Video Clip 3 from John Medina:💡 Children build resilience not in calm moments, but in how parents (or caregivers) respond when emotions run high. These moments define parenting style and shape a child’s long-term emotional health.
Practical Application:
When your child is upset, instead of reacting with anger or dismissal, focus on co-regulation—help them name and navigate their feelings.Practice emotion coaching (a Gottman strategy): acknowledge the emotion, set boundaries if needed, and guide the child toward healthy expression.Remember: resilience grows when children see that emotions—even big ones—can be understood, managed, and resolved with stability. These strategies tie back into our 6 social and emotional learning solo episodes that I’ve linked in the show notes, as well as with Greg Wolcott from EP 7[v] on “Building Relationships in Today’s Classrooms” or Yale Center for Emotional Intelligence’s Founder Marc Brackett’s work from EP 19[vi] on his book Permission to Feel. As we continue with this review, I’m hoping that we strengthen the WHY behind our own work whether we are teachers in the classroom, coaches, or regular people like me who want take this mind-brain connection to improve our results to greater heights.
REVIEW and CONCLUSION
As we wrap up Episode 370, it’s clear that Dr. John Medina’s call to bring neuroscience to the table of education is more important now than ever. We began this journey with Bob Proctor’s timeless question, “What do you really want?”—and for me, that answer was always rooted in seeing social and emotional learning become a foundation in our schools. Over the years, research confirmed what I witnessed firsthand: SEL transforms lives. But when we add the powerful lens of neuroscience, we gain the practical tools to understand how the brain learns best—knowledge that can improve results, productivity, and most importantly, support our next generation of students.
In today’s EP we reviewed 3 VIDEO CLIPS
Key Point 1:💡 If education is about the brain, then teachers need to understand how the brain learns best.
Tip #1 – Practical Application:Look for opportunities—whether through professional learning, books, or resources like this podcast—to bridge the gap between neuroscience and classroom practice. Even small shifts, like applying what we know about memory or attention, can transform how students learn.
Key Point 2:A child’s resilience and confidence are deeply tied to the emotional climate of the home. Stability in relationships, especially between parents or caregivers, creates the foundation for healthy development.
Practical Application:
For parents and caregivers: Focus on modeling emotional regulation and respectful communication at home. Children learn resilience not from being shielded from challenges, but by watching adults navigate them with stability. Key Point 3:Children build resilience not in calm moments, but in how parents (or caregivers, or even teachers) respond when emotions run high. These moments define our parenting (and teaching) style and shape a child’s long-term emotional health.
Practical Application:
When your child is upset, instead of reacting with anger or dismissal, focus on co-regulation—help them name and navigate their feelings. This is especially important whether we are a parent, or working with students in the classroom. Dr. Medina’s Brain Rules was a pivotal book for me—it helped me understand how the brain learns best, while also reinforcing the importance of self-regulation. And as we explored last week with Dr. Dawson Church and his Bliss Brain meditations, self-regulation becomes much more accessible when we actively train our brain through practices like meditation.
Each of these interviews connects and builds on the other, guiding us step by step on this Journey of the Mind.
We’ll continue exploring this powerful intersection of social and emotional learning and neuroscience, bringing forward leading experts so that together we can learn and apply insights that were once reserved only for medical students. This is how we equip ourselves—and the next generation—to thrive not only in learning, but also in life.
With that thought, thank you for joining me for Episode 370. I’ll see you next week as we move on to our next expert interview review. Have a wonderful week ahead.
RESOURCES:
Watch FULL Interview with John Medina https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CFzg5nQnEMs
YouTube Short 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/dZg4PEAVcdE
YouTube Short 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/YHdLlHtjBfo
YouTube Short 3 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/vdiOCZWWvuc
Solo Episodes on the 6 SEL Competencies
Self-Awareness: Know Thyself https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-awareness-know-thyself/
Social-Awareness: How to Change Your Social Brain https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/social-awareness-looking-beyond-yourself-to-connect-with-others/
Developing Effective Relationships https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/how-to-build-and-sustain-effective-relationships/
Responsible Decision-Making https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/responsible-decision-making-begins-with-brain-health/
Self-Regulation: The Foundational Learning Skill for Future Success https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-regulation-the-foundational-learning-skill-for-future-success/
Coaching a Growth Mindset https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/coaching-a-growth-mindset-strategies-for-overcoming-obstacles-and-cognitive-biases/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 42 with Dr. John Medina on “Implementing Brain Rules in Schools and Workplaces of the Future” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-john-medina-on-implementing-brain-rules-in-the-schools-and-workplaces-of-the-future/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 366 REVIEW PART 1: Unlocking Your Potential: Refining Goals with Bob Proctor’s Wisdom https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-your-potential-redefining-goals-with-bob-proctors-wisdom/
[iii] www.casel.org
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE161 “How Learning Works: Translating the Science of Learning into Strategies for Maximum Learning in Your Classroom” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/johnalmarodedouglas-fisherand-nancyfreyon-how-learning-works-translatingthescience-oflearningintostrategiesformaximum-learning-inyourclassroom/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 7 with Greg Wolcott on “Building Relationships in Today’s Classrooms” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/greg-wolcott-on-building-relationships-in-todays-classrooms/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 19 with Marc Brackett on “Permission to Feel” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/founding-director-of-the-yale-center-of-emotional-intelligence-on-his-new-book-permission-to-feel/
In this episode Andrea Samadi revisits a popular interview with Dr. Dawson Church about his book Bliss Brain and the neuroscience of meditation. They explore how simple, evidence-based practices can quiet the brain's default mode, trigger blissful neurochemicals, and reshape stress and happiness networks.
Listeners learn why happiness must be trained, how meditation helps people live more in the present, and practical tips to start a daily meditation practice using guided tools like the free Bliss Brain meditations.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
For today’s Episode 369, we are moving forward on our journey of the mind, to our next interview review, with our goal of building off of our past reviews, and sharpening our saw for improved well-being, productivity and success in 2025 and beyond.
To review our last 3 episodes, with our interview with speaker Bob Proctor, we learned that “If we want to improve our RESULTS, we must focus on the six faculties of our mind—reason, intuition, perception, will, memory, and imagination.” “Devoting a year to developing each one would be time well invested, elevating us to greater heights and setting us apart from others.”
Next, we looked at how we need to become extremely clear with our vision of “what we really want” and keep in mind that….
Our External Environment Reflects Our Internal World
What exactly does this mean? It means that if we don’t like what’s happening in our external world—whether it’s in our job, relationships, results, or any area of our life—we must first look inward. Our circumstances mirror the beliefs and thoughts we hold within. As James Allen reminds us in As a Man Thinketh: our outer world is always a reflection of our inner state.
For today’s Episode 369, we’ll turn inward—sharpening our inner world so that we can transform the outer one.
Today we go back EP 98[i] our interview with Dr. Dawson Church, that was recorded back in December of 2020, where we looked at the science behind implementing meditation into your daily routine. This interview is currently our most watched YouTube interview with over 11K views.
This week, in our review of EP 98 with Dr. Dawson Church and his book Bliss Brain, we will explore how meditation can rewire the brain for happiness and presence.
We will learn:
✔ Since happiness didn’t evolve naturally, we must train our brain to achieve it.
✔ Our brains default to the past or future, constantly scanning for threats, instead of resting in the present moment.
✔ Extreme states of happiness are possible for all of us when we implement meditation consistently.
✔ How to commit to a daily meditation practice using the free meditations that come with Bliss Brain, or explore other guided programs until you find one that resonates with you
Just a reminder-Dr. Church is the author of the book called Bliss Brain: The Neuroscience of Remodeling Your Brain for Resilience, Creativity and Joy.[ii] He’s an award-winning science writer who blends cutting-edge neuroscience with the stories of people who’ve had firsthand experience of brain change. Neural plasticity—the discovery that the brain is capable of rewiring itself—is now widely understood. But what few people have grasped yet is how quickly this is happening, how extensive brain changes can be, and how much control each of us exerts over the process of our thinking.
It’s been almost 5 years since this interview, and it feels like yesterday to me. I remember at the time, one of my dogs was barking in the yard when the landscapers came, and I was worried it would distract our interview. It didn’t. I don’t even think Dr. Church could hear them. There were also two other things that stuck out in my head from this interview (other than the fact I was wearing glasses trying to prepare for Lasik surgery and couldn’t really see the questions) but I’ll also never forget that American entrepreneur and biohacker Dave Asprey, who’s well known for his interest in helping others achieve these elevated brain states, wrote the Foreword to his book.
I also won’t ever forget Chapter 1, of Bliss Brain, where Dr. Church shares how he and his wife lost their home and pets in the 2017 Santa Rose Fire, yet they chose to focus on gratitude and rebuilding their lives with joy. This story highlights his teaching that even trained minds struggle under pressure, but with meditation and practice, we can shift into a bliss or flow state. Church’s EcoMeditation method, (that he covers in his book) supported by science and praised by Dave Asprey in the Foreword, helps quiet the brain’s Default Mode Network[iii] and quickly releases calming, pleasurable chemicals—in as little as four minutes.
Dr. Church has a strong following, and there are many powerful testimonials at the start of his book. One we spoke about in our interview was from Toni Tombleson who wrote:
After a week of putting out a handful of mini-fires that often accompany the start of a new school year in my world, I can see why these lessons to handling both major life crises and everyday challenges, by learning to cultivate a “Bliss Brain” should remain a top priority for resilience, productivity, and well-being, for all of us.
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
Which brings me to Video Clip 1 of our review. Watch video clip 1 with the link in the show notes.
Historical Context:Dr. Church begins by reflecting on The Buddha, who over 2,000 years ago sought to relieve human suffering. He also reviews other spiritual teachers, including Plato, who grappled with the same question.
Biological Explanation:Dr. Church emphasizes that suffering is a biological problem, a feature of how the human brain evolved. How our lives have become easier than they were 2,000 years ago. He explained to me how people are 3x as wealthy now, than they were 40 years ago. In terms of longevity, our lifespans have doubled in the last century. There are many markers like this that show us that we live in a much more secure and safe world than we used to.
Key Point: While we live in a safer environment today, than 2,000 years ago, our brains were not designed for where we are today. We are not suffering he reminded me because we are bad people, we lack will, or haven’t read enough personal growth books…
“We simply didn’t evolve to be happy because there was no survival benefit in being happy.”
Tip #1:Since happiness didn’t evolve naturally, it’s something we must train our brain to achieve.
Practical Application:This is the basis of his book Bliss Brain, where he explains how meditation helps us train the brain to reach a bliss or flow state.
It’s in his book that we learn how to achieve this state that will change not only our brain, (our internal state) but our outer results in our everyday lives.
In Chapter 2, he shows us why most people find it so hard to meditate. The difficulty has nothing to do with willpower or intention. It’s simply due to the design of the human brain. When you understand this clearly, you’ll be equipped to work around it.
Chapter 3 describes the ecstatic states that you can achieve in meditation. He examines the regions of the brain that you activate, and what each one does. He also lists the extensive health and cognitive benefits that you get from activating each of those regions.
In Chapter 4 you’ll hear the story of his own personal failed meditation experiences. He learned many different styles of meditation, but could never establish a consistent practice. His breakthrough came from science. When he combined seven simple evidence-based practices together, found a formula that puts people into deep states automatically and involuntarily. No effort required. When he and his colleagues hook people up to EEGs and MRIs, they find that using these seven steps, even non-meditators get into profound states in less than 4 minutes. Sometimes in less than 50 seconds. Historically, the secrets of these states have been available to only about 1% of the population. Thanks to science, they’re now available to everyone.
Chapter 5 he goes into the seven neurochemicals of ecstasy. We learn how each one is like a drug that makes you feel good. But combine all seven together, and you have a potent formula that takes your brain into bliss. Meditation is the only way you get all seven at one time. The star of the show is a neurotransmitter called anandamide, aka “the bliss molecule.” When you trigger these ecstatic states daily, they change your brain.
Chapter 6 is about the extensive brain remodeling that occurs in seasoned meditators. Stress circuits shrink, while happiness networks grow. But you don’t need to be an adept to trigger this rewiring. It begins the very first week you meditate effectively.
Chapter 7 is about post-traumatic growth, and how the brains of meditators make them resilient to the inevitable upsets of life. Medical crises and financial disasters included. It provides practical examples of how meditation can make you resilient even during global upheavals like the coronavirus panic that was happening at the time of this interview. Whatever challenges confront us, we will be well equipped to handle large and small life challenges.
If we truly want to find happiness, then we will need to rewire our brain to accomplish these states.
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
Watch video clip 2 with the link in the show notes.
Question asked: “How can we learn to be more in the present moment, instead of somewhere else?”
Dr. Church’s explanation:
The brain is hardwired to identify threats for survival.Today, most of us don’t face immediate threats, but the brain’s Default Mode Network (DMN) keeps scanning for danger.Without real threats, it replays past negative experiences (even from years ago or childhood) and projects fear into the future (“what if it happens again?”).This keeps us stuck in the past and future, not the present moment. Monks & meditation:
Monks, after years of deep meditation, trained their brains differently.Brain scans showed structural changes—the brain literally began to shrink in areas related to stress and overthinking. Key Point:Our brains are not naturally wired to live in the present moment—they default to the past or future, scanning for threats.
Tip #2:Get serious about meditation. Example:
Australian astrophysicist & TV journalist Graham Phillips remodeled his brain in just 8 weeks of meditation practice. VIDEO 3 Click Here to Watch
Watch video clip 3 with the link in the show notes.
In this clip, Dr. Church explains how “meditation changes everything” and why “20 years ago, he decided to make this commitment to daily meditation” sharing how his whole world changed after this. These are noticeable changes that were behind his motivation to write this book, Bliss Brain, to show the world how they too can reach these states of extreme happiness. He told us to go back and study historical figures who were clearly in altered states of being, like the Italian Catholic Preacher, Saint Francis of Assisi, who appears in a blissed-out state as we see in a drawing, where it looks like he is communicating with God or something divine. This beautiful blissful state, that goes beyond happiness, is available to all of us.
We will cover more about the changes our brains undergo with meditation as we go back to review our interview #28 with clinical professor of psychiatry from the UCLA school of medicine, Dr. Dan Siegel[iv], on a later episode, but for now, we can conclude that we can in fact change our outside world, in a significant and powerful way, by dedicating ourselves to a daily meditation practice.
Key Point: We can ALL reach this state of extreme happiness by implementing a daily meditation practice.
Tip 3:
We can get started with our own meditation practice (if we are not currently implementing one) by using the FREE mediations that come along with the Bliss Brain Book
Or use whatever meditation program resonates with you.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSIONEpisode 369 Wrap-Up: Bliss Brain Review with Dr. Dawson ChurchThis week, in our review of EP 98 with Dr. Dawson Church and his book Bliss Brain, we explored how meditation can rewire the brain for happiness and presence.
Key Point from Clip 1:Although we live in a safer world than 2,000 years ago, our brains weren’t designed for today’s environment.
“We simply didn’t evolve to be happy because there was no survival benefit in being happy.”
Tip #1:Since happiness didn’t evolve naturally, we must train our brain to achieve it.
Key Point from Clip 2:Our brains default to the past or future, constantly scanning for threats, instead of resting in the present moment.
Tip #2:Commit to meditation—like astrophysicist and TV journalist Graham Phillips, who saw powerful changes after just 8 weeks of his daily practice that helped him to focus in the present moment.
Key Point from Clip 3:Extreme states of happiness are possible for all of us when we implement meditation consistently.
Tip #3:Start small. Use the free meditations that come with Bliss Brain, or explore other guided programs until you find one that resonates with you
I highly recommend watching the full interview with Dr. Church[v]—especially if you’ve struggled to stay consistent with your own practice. Even Dr. Church himself shares moments where he lost momentum, which is a reminder that this is a journey for all of us.
Personally, I’ve cycled through different meditation programs—starting with John Assaraf’s work, then moving on to Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness, using Dr. Church’s Bliss Brain meditations, and now practicing Dr. Joe Dispenza’s chakra-focused work. The program you choose matters less than your ability to make it a consistent daily practice—that’s when the real brain changes occur.
We’ll see you next week as we continue exploring the Journey of the Mind, working on connecting practical science to improve our inner and outer world.
See you next week!
RESOURCES:
VIDEO CLIP 1 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/DkeDGwbShwU
VIDEO CLIP 2 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/a5O3eI7qKro
VIDEO CLIP 3 https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Zatnfj4MPok
FREE ACCESS TO BLISS BRAIN RESOURCES, MEDITATIONS https://blissbrainbook.com/
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 98 “Dr. Dawson Church: The Science Behind Using a Meditation: Rewiring Your Brain for Happiness, Resilience, and Joy” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-dawson-church-on-the-science-behind-using-meditation-rewiring-your-brain-for-happiness-resilience-and-joy/
[ii] FREE ACCESS TO BLISS BRAIN RESOURCES, MEDITATIONS https://blissbrainbook.com/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 204 “The Neuroscience of Happiness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-of-happiness/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 28 with Dr. Daniel Siegel on “Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Intelligenvce” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[v] YouTube Interview with Andrea Samadi and Dr. Dawson Church https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bH8yVKHjFN4
In this Season 14 review (Episode 368), Andrea Samadi revisits key clips from her original interview with Bob Proctor (Episode 66), exploring how frequencies, imagination, and intuition shape our goals and results.
We will cover:
Tip #1: How to Understand Frequencies and Levels of Vibration
Tip #2: You’ve Got to Follow Your Heart
Tip #3: Your External Environment Reflects Your Internal Thoughts and Mental State
Three takeaways: use your imagination to move to the vibration of your goal; follow your heart as an inner compass; and remember your external environment reflects your internal thoughts and beliefs.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
For today’s Episode 368, we’re going back to Episode 66[i] for PART 3 of our review with the late Bob Proctor—the first person who challenged me to think.
We covered in PART 1 EP 366[ii]:
✔ Top Lesson from Episode 66 – Where we refined the question: “What do you really want to do with your life?” hoping that midway through 2025, we can refine our goals, and see if we are on track.
✔ Sage Advice Tip #1: “We have been given the mental faculties to create our own environment. “We explored how to go beyond our five senses and tap into the six higher faculties of our mind (further developing our reason, intuition, perception, will, memory and imagination.”
✔ Sage Advice Tip #2: “There’s only one mind.”We looked at how our actions matter because we are all deeply connected.
✔ Sage Advice Tip#3: “We are a soul—we don’t have one.”We reflected on the perfection within each of us, and how this perfection continually drives us toward bigger and better possibilities.
We covered in PART 2 EP 367[iii]:
Sage Tip #4: “If we want to improve our RESULTS, we must focus on the six faculties of our mind—reason, intuition, perception, will, memory, and imagination.”The key is to choose one of these faculties and dedicate time to studying and applying each one until you see real results from your deeper understanding.
Sage Tip #5: “Goals are not set to get; they are set to grow.” Reminding us that sometimes goals don’t unfold the way we expect, and that’s okay—as long as we keep moving forward and growing. To do this, we must keep studying, learning about ourselves, clarifying what we truly want, and seeking specialized knowledge in our field from those who have gone before us.
Today, EP 368, PART 3
VIDEO 1 Click Here to Watch
Watch video clip 1 with the link in the show notes.
Bob begins this clip by talking about The Law of Vibration and why it’s so important to understand how frequencies work. Many of us have heard of this law by now, especially since the movie, The Secret by Rhonda Byrne brought it into the mainstream. But my first introduction to understanding frequencies was back in the late 1990s, when I was teaching in the classroom and picked up Bob Proctor’s book You Were Born Rich.[iv]
I still remember hiding the book behind my binder during a staff meeting at the Toronto District School Board—I couldn’t put it down until I’d finished it. That book changed the way I looked at everything. Suddenly, I began to see new possibilities in areas where I might have once been closed off.
What captivated me wasn’t Chapter 1, Me and Money, or even Chapter 2, How Much is Enough. It wasn’t about money for me. What drew me in was Chapter 6—The Law of Vibration and Attraction. In that chapter, Bob shared what he had learned from the late Dr. Wernher von Braun, covering everything from science and religion, to the cosmos, to rates of vibration and frequency.
That chapter expanded my mind—it even touched on the connection between the brain and body, a topic that would fascinate me even more 25 years later. It also revealed how powerful positive thinking can be for our health and wellness, while introducing the foundational Laws of Success.
I wanted to learn more, so every time Bob held a seminar, I made sure to attend. From spending time in his offices, and sitting in these classes, I began to pick up how to promote these seminars to others, that started with bringing something new home to study each night.
Eventually, I started talking to seminar attendees on the phone, explaining Bob’s upcoming seminars. On these calls, I discovered what other people were studying. They would ask me, “Who else are you learning from?” and at first, I honestly didn’t know anyone else teaching this material. But I listened carefully, wrote down the names they mentioned, and searched for their books at the library—this was long before we could just go online and find everything instantly.
Sometimes people would drop off other programs for Bob to review. I remember one day, someone left a cassette tape set at the office and asked me to pass it along to him. Curious, I opened the package and saw the title: “Special Subjects Vol. 1”[v] by Abraham-Hicks, covering The Law of Attraction. I realized that, while not many people knew about this material, those who did were using it to achieve incredible things.
On the way to Bob’s house that evening, I couldn’t resist. I slipped one of the tapes into my car stereo and listened as I drove. When Bob opened the door, the first thing he asked me was, “Did you listen to one of them?” I was stunned—how could he possibly know? I admitted I had and said, “Yes, and the program is really good.” I wasn’t sure if I’d get in trouble for listening first, but instead, he later handed the tapes over to me to keep.
I must have listened to them more than 100 times. That program led me to Abraham-Hicks’ books, audio programs, and seminars—where I met people from all walks of life: pro athletes fine-tuning their mindset, business leaders sharpening their edge, and everyday people like me, hungry to learn and grow.
Those cassette tapes opened a door. Each word studied brought me back to that time when I was just beginning to understand this material—discovering a whole world of wisdom waiting to be explored. I will be sure to link other places you can go to learn this topic, if you would like to dive deeper.
What helped me the most, was when I saw an image describing these frequencies, or levels of vibration. We’ve looked at and explored this visual often on this podcast, that matches how Bob explains goals and frequency on the clip we selected. The image shows the Goal (target) at a higher level (the star), with lines representing different frequencies or levels of vibration. The word “DECISION” marks the point where you shift to a higher level to match the frequency of your goal.
We learned in this clip that “when we image a goal, what we’ve done is take our mind off on a trip. And we’ve gone to a new frequency, beyond where we are living.” We learned that it is our imagination that moves us out of our current state of awareness (or vibration) using the “screen of our mind”—the place where we see and create new possibilities before they exist physically. This “place” isn’t physical. It’s the inner screen of our mind, the same concept explained in The Silva Method[vi], where you consciously project images, ideas, and goals in mental pictures. That’s where creation begins—before it’s expressed in the outside world.
I’ve often wondered, “How exactly do we shift to a new level of vibration?” It’s not something that’s easy to explain until we’ve experienced it ourselves. Looking back, the path seems clear—just as Steve Jobs once said, “we can only connect the dots backwards.” But moving forward, the process feels less obvious.
We move to a new vibration when we’re in harmony with what we truly want. A powerful example of this is being in love—when we resonate deeply with someone, we’re on the same frequency. At times, this connection runs so deep that we can almost sense each other’s thoughts (a kind of telepathic communication). When we share the same frequency, it feels like magic unfolds.
The same principle applies to our goals. Once you’ve decided what you want—whether it’s a career change, a relationship, or a new opportunity—you must connect your heart to it. Feel the resonance, and then use your imagination to paint the picture on the screen of your mind. With practice, patience, and belief, you’ll one day look back and see there were no limits to what you could achieve. Until that moment comes, keep moving forward, keep growing, and keep reaching for the stars, moving up those levels of vibration or frequency.
Sage Tip #1: How to Understand Frequencies and Levels of Vibration
“When we image a goal (on the screen of our mind, something that we resonate with) we take our mind on a trip and what we’ve actually done is gone to a new frequency. We’ve used our imagination to get there.”If we can see it in our mind, with our imagination, we can hold it in our hand.
VIDEO 2 Click Here to Watch
Watch video clip 2 with the link in the show notes.
There were two important lessons from this clip.
Sage Tip #2: You’ve Got to Follow Your Heart.
According to Bob, listening to your "heart" means trusting your intuition and emotional mind to connect with the divine side of yourself. He explained that this "heart" is not the physical organ but the subjective, feeling side of your mind that holds your deepest desires.
I remember after the interview, (back in June 2020) I wrote this on my wall, (you’ve got to follow your heart) and have used this as a sense of guidance ever since. We learned in this clip that “if you follow your heart you’ll never make a mistake, for as long as you live.”
Do you listen to your heart? It’s this tip that brings us back to understanding frequencies, because when we are listening to our heart, we are paying attention to what we are in resonance with. Our deepest desires that will take us to whatever it is that we REALLY want to do with our life. All of these tips blend, and tie in together, like the colors of the rainbow.
Sage Tip #3: Your External Environment Reflects Your Internal Thoughts and Mental State
If we don’t like what’s happening in our external world—our job, our results, our relationships, or any part of our life we’ve created—we must first look within. Our outer circumstances mirror the thoughts and beliefs we hold inside.
In As a Man Thinketh, James Allen reminds us of the power of our mindset:
"Mind is the Master power that molds and makes,And Man is Mind, and evermore he takesThe tool of Thought, and, shaping what he wills,Brings forth a thousand joys, a thousand ills—(depending on what we are thinking).He thinks in secret, and it comes to pass:Environment is but his looking-glass."
The phrase “environment is but his looking-glass” means that your external environment is simply a reflection of your internal thoughts and mental state. The world you experience is showing you what’s happening in your mind.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSIONTo wrap up this week’s Episode 368, PART 3—where we revisited two powerful clips from Episode 66, our interview with Bob Proctor—where we explored three key takeaways:
Sage Tip #1: Understanding Frequencies and Levels of VibrationWe discovered that there are infinite levels of vibration, and when we align ourselves with the frequency of what we truly want, magic happens. This is how we become one with our goal. There are no limits—only the challenge of using our imagination to bridge the gap between where we are now and where we want to be.
Sage Tip #2: Follow Your HeartListening to your heart means trusting your intuition and emotional guidance to connect with the divine side of yourself. Your heart can serve as a powerful compass to guide you toward the right decisions and opportunities in life.
Sage Tip #3: Your External Environment Reflects Your Internal WorldIf we don’t like what’s happening in our external world—whether it’s in our job, relationships, results, or any area of life—we must first look inward. Our circumstances mirror the beliefs and thoughts we hold within. As James Allen reminds us in As a Man Thinketh: our outer world is always a reflection of our inner state.
With that thought, I will close out our 3 PART review of EP 66, and hope that calling out these tips that I thought were important will help us all to sharpen our saw, and find ways that we can all move confidently in the direction of whatever it is that we are working on this year, taking us to greater heights.
I’ll see you next week as we revisit EP 98[vii] with Dr. Dawson Church, an award-winning science writer who blends cutting-edge neuroscience with inspiring stories of people who have experienced brain change firsthand. Neural plasticity—the discovery that the brain is capable of rewiring itself—is now widely accepted. What’s less understood is just how rapidly these changes can occur, how profound they can be, and the degree of control each of us has over reshaping our thinking.
My goal is that we build on what we uncovered in our review of EP 66—refining the question of what it is we truly want—and then explore how to direct our thoughts inward to create lasting change with our goals and results.
RESOURCES:
How to Understand Frequencies, Vibration and The Law of Attraction with Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IVJpEkbf8zc
YouTube Short 1 Andrea Samadi and Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/shorts/oUZOe7SH0ng
YouTube Short 2 Andrea Samadi and Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/shorts/oUZOe7SH0ng
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 366 Redefining Goals with Bob Proctor-PART 1https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-your-potential-redefining-goals-with-bob-proctors-wisdom/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 367 Perfecting The 6 Faculties of the Mind-PART 2 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/reaching-your-full-potential-perfecting-the-6-faculties-of-your-mind-reasoning-intuition-perception-the-will-memory-and-imagination-part-2-review/
[iv] You Were Born Rich by Bob Proctor https://www.proctorgallagherinstitute.com/programs
[v] Special Subjects VOL 1 by Abraham Hicks https://www.abraham-hickslawofattraction.com/special-subjects-volume-one.html
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 1 of The Silva Mind Control Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast #98 with Dr. Dawson Church on the Science Behind Meditation https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-dawson-church-on-the-science-behind-using-meditation-rewiring-your-brain-for-happiness-resilience-and-joy/
Season 14, Episode 367 revisits Episode 66 with the late Bob Proctor, distilling two powerful clips about why people get stuck and how to move forward. Andrea Samadi connects Proctor’s timeless success principles — the six higher faculties of the mind (reason, intuition, perception, will, memory, imagination) and the idea that goals are set to grow — with modern neuroscience and practical steps for personal and professional growth.
Brief, actionable takeaways: choose one mental faculty to develop at a time, embrace growth-focused goals even when outcomes change, and seek specialized knowledge to organize and direct learning into deliberate plans of action.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago, launched this podcast with a question I had never truly asked myself before: (and that is) If productivity and results matter to us—and they do now more than ever—how exactly are we using our brain to make them happen?
Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to improve productivity, results, or well-being. About a decade ago, I became fascinated by the mind-brain-results connection—and how science can be applied to our everyday lives.
That’s why I’ve made it my mission to bring you the world’s top experts—so together, we can explore the intersection of science and social-emotional learning. We’ll break down complex ideas and turn them into practical strategies we can use every day for predictable, science-backed results.
As we kick off Season 14, I’ve been revisiting past episodes and reflecting on the incredible insights our guests have shared since we first launched in 2019. I mentioned last week that this reflection started when a young filmmaker, Vishal Sharma[i], reached out to me and offered to create YouTube Shorts[ii] from past interviews. When I saw his first example, something clicked. As I reviewed older episodes, I realized I had only scratched the surface of the lessons within each interview.
So as we dive into this review of past conversations, know that this review isn’t just for you—it’s for me as well. I’ve learned that slowing down helps us to uncover even more wisdom, and I’m excited for us to walk this path together.
For today’s Episode 367, we’re going back to Episode 66[iii] with the late Bob Proctor—the first person who challenged me to think. Last week we covered our first YouTube Short[iv] where we picked out three important nuggets of wisdom that I had missed until re-listening to this episode.
We covered in PART 1:
✔ Top Lesson from Episode 66 – Where we refined the question: “What do you really want to do with your life?” hoping that midway through 2025, we can refine our goals, and see if we are on track.
✔ Sage Advice Tip #1: “We have been given the mental faculties to create our own environment. “We explored how to go beyond our five senses and tap into the six higher faculties of our mind (further developing our reason, intuition, perception, will, memory and imagination.”
✔ Sage Advice Tip #2: “There’s only one mind.”We looked at how our actions matter because we are all deeply connected.
✔ Sage Advice Tip#3: “We are a soul—we don’t have one.”We reflected on the perfection within each of us, and how this perfection continually drives us toward bigger and better possibilities.
Today, we are going to cover 2 short video clips and dive into the wisdom contained within each, making the connections with each nugget of wisdom learned. And since I’m always looking to connect the science to our learning, there are some age-old success principles we will cover today, that are proven to work time and time again. While science doesn’t call out the success principles exactly as we will cover them today, Stanford University neuroscientist and tenured professor of neurobiology, Dr. Andrew Huberman does discuss “the science of imagination and its impact on creativity and learning” on his recent podcast episode “The Science of Creativity: How to Enhance Creative Innovation.”[v] Keep an open mind, as we discover how we can rise to new levels of success by applying the timeless principles we explored in Episode 66.
For today’s EP 367-PART 2 of our review of EP 66, we will cover:
Sage Tip #1: In the first clip we learned that “If we want to improve our RESULTS, we must focus on the six faculties of our mind—reason, intuition, perception, will, memory, and imagination.”
The key is to choose one of these faculties and dedicate time to studying and applying it until you see real results from your deeper understanding. You could even spend an entire year on just one faculty, and it would be time well invested.
Sage Tip #2: In the second clip we learned that “Goals are not set to get; they are set to grow.” Sometimes goals don’t unfold the way we expect, and that’s okay—as long as we keep moving forward and growing. To do this, we must keep studying, learning about ourselves, clarifying what we truly want, and seeking specialized knowledge in our field from those who have gone before us.
VIDEO 1 Watch by Clicking Here
Click on the link in the show notes to watch video clip 1 where I asked the question “what are some of the common reasons why people don’t reach their full potential” as I’ve always wondered why many of us get stuck. It really has boggled my mind over the years why there is such a puzzle around reaching high levels of success and achievement. Myself included.
Bob replied with “well, the answer to that is pretty obvious. We were not taught anything about ourselves” and he went right back to how we were never taught how to live beyond our five senses, and most of us haven’t fully developed the six faculties of our mind that we went into on EP 294[vi] and he said that we let the outside world control us. That rang true to me. It’s a rare individual who moves forward, towards their goals, past the many obstacles they face. Something always seems to get in the way, and delay progress, but those who achieve these high levels of success, have become masters at moving forward, despite what they face.
Sage Tip #1: If we want to improve our RESULTS, we are going to have to narrow in on the six faculties of our mind (our reason, intuition, perception, will, memory and imagination). You can review the 6 faculties on EP 294[vii] where we covered each faculty, with examples on how to develop them. We could spend years working on each faculty, to really sharpen the saw.
I remember when I first found a book on how to develop my intuition (one of the 6 faculties of the mind). It was my early days of living in the US (after moving from Toronto to Arizona in 2001, sometime after September 11th had happened) and I was cleaning someone’s house (after the work I was doing in the seminar industry came to a fast halt without the ability for people to travel by air) I found work that brought me more money than I imagined possible. It was a humbling time, that’s for sure. I noticed this book on a book shelf and asked the owner if I could read her book, and bring it back when I returned. I remember she looked at me and said “keep it!” and took it off her book shelf. I must have given that book to someone else to read, (following her example) but I still have the next one I bought after that, called Developing Intuition by Shakti Gawain.[viii] Take your time learning these six intellectual factors. Each one, will serve you well once you learn how to use them, and developing these faculties would be one of the main differentiators that Bob mentioned separated those who achieved their goals, from those who did not.
The biggest lesson I learned from diving into my intuitive factor (from reading these books) was learning to trust myself with the insights that would flash on the screen of my mind, (as learned from The Silva Method EP 261),[ix] or listening to my body with what neuroscience calls interoception and finally, applying this intuition to my work life, something that 20 years ago, was not a concept ever spoken about in our corporate workplaces. I’ll never forget when Greg Link, who took the 7 Habits Book to great heights with the Covey Organization, mentioned this book on Intuition, on EP 207[x] on “Unleashing Greatness with Neuroscience, Trust and the 7 Habits.” If Gawain’s book on Intuition was on Greg Link’s book shelf, I think that’s enough to say it comes highly recommended.
To sharpen your saw on these higher faculties, go back and review EP 274, and make it a mission to work on one faculty at a time, until you are using each one, effectively, in your daily life. This will be time well spent.
VIDEO 2 Watch by Clicking Here Click on the link in the show notes to watch video clip 2.
✔ Sage Advice Tip #2: In this clip we learned that “Goals are set not to get, they are set to grow. And sometimes if the goals don’t work, that’s ok. As long as you keep going, and growing. The main thing is that you keep growing, and become more of what you are designed to become. We have to keep doing greater good, and expand on what we are doing.” Then he went back to Thomas Troward’s quote that we covered last week, saying that “spirit is always for expansion and fuller expression” which explains that we will want to do bigger and better things all the time. To do this, he says, “we will need help, because specialized knowledge is so important.”
Keep Growing
There is a lot to think about with this tip. How do you keep growing? I think the answer to this is to keep studying and learning about yourself. I sometimes hear my kids say they want to do something (can we go to the mall) because they are bored, and I think, “why not read a book” and take your mind on a trip inside the pages of a book. I want to hand them Shakti Gawain’s book on Developing Intuition and tell them to come back to me in a year and tell me what they have learned, but in order to study and do the work needed, it has to come from within each person. You’ll agree with me if you have ever tried to force someone to read a book that you are enjoying. It’s much easier to transfer knowledge to others just by living by example. Do your own work. Keep studying, learning, growing, and when asked what you are reading, share what you are doing. You won’t be surprised when others come back and tell you that they have bought the book you are reading, and share with you what they have learned. Learning is contagious, but it must come from within each person, when they are ready.
Specialized Knowledge
We covered the importance of this topic on PART 3 of our Review of Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book back on EP 193[xi] as this book has a whole chapter dedicated to Specialized Knowledge. Just to review, and further hone in on what it is that we want, chapter 5 of Hill’s book reminds us that an understanding of specialized knowledge will separate you from everyone else, making you special with the knowledge you have acquired. In chapter 5 Hill teaches us that knowledge (general or specialized) must be “organized and intelligently directed” (CH 5, page 79, TAGR) “and is only potential power. It becomes power only when, and if it is organized into definite plans of action and directed to a definite end.”
While we are working on whatever it is that we want, and we are studying and learning, and growing as a result of this, we now add the understanding of asking others who have knowledge that we need (specialized knowledge) that we will take, organize it, and use it in pursuit of whatever it is we are working on.
REVIEW and CONCLUSION
To wrap up this week’s Episode 367—where we revisited two powerful clips from Episode 66, our interview with Bob Proctor—we explored:
Sage Tip #1: In the first clip we learned that “If we want to improve our RESULTS, we must focus on the six faculties of our mind—reason, intuition, perception, will, memory, and imagination.”
The key is to choose one of these faculties and dedicate time to studying and applying it until you see real results from your deeper understanding. You could even spend an entire year on just one faculty, and it would be time well invested.
Sage Tip #2: In the second clip we learned that “Goals are not set to get; they are set to grow.” Sometimes goals don’t unfold the way we expect, and that’s okay—as long as we keep moving forward and growing. To do this, we must keep studying, learning about ourselves, clarifying what we truly want, and seeking specialized knowledge in our field from those who have gone before us.
I hope that these tips that I wanted to revisit have helped you to continue to sharpen your saw, and bring you closer to whatever it is that you are working on this year. What I’m learning is that there isn’t an end to this process. We will always seek “fuller and greater expression” and to dedicate time to studying and learning about ourselves, we separating ourselves from those who struggle to reach their goals, to the ones who attain them, and then reach out to help others do the same.
With that thought, we will close out this episode and I’ll see you next week, for PART 3 of our review of EP 66.
If you want to learn more about how Bob Proctor created his legacy that include not only where he was successful, but where he struggled, you can watch the movie behind his legacy here https://www.bobproctorlegacy.com/
See you next week.
RESOURCES:
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #293 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-our-conscious-mind-and-the-five-senses/
[i] Vishal Sharma Instagram https://www.instagram.com/vishal_is_here03/
[ii] Andrea’s YouTube Shorts-created by Vishal Sharma https://www.youtube.com/@AndreaSamadi/shorts
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[iv] YouTube Short 1 with Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/shorts/_npFmt6zVE4
[v]The Science of Creativity: How to Enhance Creative Innovation Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KPlJcD-o-4Q
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #294 “Beyond Our Five Senses: Using the Six Faculties of Our Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #294 “Beyond Our Five Senses: Using the Six Faculties of Our Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
[viii] Developing Intuition: Practical Guidance for Daily Life by Shakti Gawain Published January 9, 2002 https://www.amazon.com/Developing-Intuition-Practical-Guidance-Daily/dp/1577311868
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE with Greg Link on 207 “Unleashing Greatness with Neuroscience, Trust and the 7 Habits” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/co-founder-of-coveylink-greg-link-on-unleashing-greatness-with-neuroscience-sel-trust-and-the-7-habits/
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 193 “Think and Grow Rich-PART 3” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot
Welcome to Season 14 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast! Join Andrea Samadi as she revisits past episodes to unearth profound insights from experts like Bob Proctor. As the podcast embarks on a journey of reflection, discover how to connect science with social and emotional learning for enhanced well-being, achievements, and productivity.
In this episode, Andrea dives into episode 66, exploring life-altering lessons with the legendary Bob Proctor, who challenged her with the pivotal question: What do you really want to do with your life? Through the lens of practical neuroscience, learn how to craft huge goals, venture beyond our senses, and tap into the higher faculties of mind to transform those dreams into reality.
Discover the essence of interconnectedness and the profound truth that we are souls, not just physical beings. This episode is a roadmap for anyone yearning to refine their goals and elevate their understanding to new heights. Don't miss this exploration of timeless wisdom that promises transformative growth.
In this first part of our series, we’ll explore:
How to ask the right questions to uncover your real desires.
Why you must go beyond your five senses and tap into your higher mental faculties—like imagination, intuition, and will—to create a life you love.
The mindset shift that transforms vague wishes into powerful, crystal-clear goals.
Bob’s wisdom wasn’t just theory—it was a challenge to think differently, act boldly, and believe in possibilities far beyond my comfort zone. And it all begins with one question:
“What do you really want?”
Watch our past interview here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QHWMCzfODU4
Watch our YouTube Short here https://www.youtube.com/shorts/_npFmt6zVE4
BE SURE TO SIGN UP TO SEE THE NEW MOVIE Bob Proctor's Legacy https://www.bobproctorlegacy.com/
On the EP 366, and PART 1 review of EP 66 we will cover:
✔ Top Lesson from Episode 66 – Refining the question: “What do you really want to do with your life?”
✔ Sage Advice #1: “We have been given the mental faculties to create our own environment.”We explored how to go beyond our five senses and tap into the six higher faculties of our mind.
✔ Sage Advice #2: “There’s only one mind.”We looked at how our actions matter because we are all deeply connected.
✔ Sage Advice #3: “We are a soul—we don’t have one.”We reflected on the perfection within each of us, and how it continually drives us toward bigger and better possibilities.
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience.
I’m Andrea Samadi, and seven years ago I started this podcast with one big question that I had never thought of in the past: If productivity and results matter to you—how exactly are you using your brain to make these results happen? Most of us were never taught how to apply neuroscience to boost our productivity, results, or well-being. That’s why I set out to bring you the world’s top experts—so we can learn the intersection of science, and social and emotional learning skills, putting what we learn into action every day, for predictable results.
As we kick off Season 14, I’ve been revisiting past episodes and reflecting on the incredible insights our guests have shared since we first launched in 2019. This reflection started when a young filmmaker, Vishal Sharma[i], reached out to me and offered to create YouTube Shorts[ii] from past interviews. When I saw his first example, something clicked. As I reviewed older episodes, I realized I had only scratched the surface of the lessons inside each interview.
I started re-listening—not just to refresh my memory, but to deepen my own understanding. And honestly, I was surprised at how many ideas I had missed or forgotten.
So as we dive into this review of past conversations, know that this isn’t just for you, the listener—it’s for me as well. I’ve learned that slowing down helps us uncover even more wisdom, and I’m excited for us to walk this path together.
For today’s Episode 366[iii], we’re going back to Episode 66 where my journey began, with the legendary Bob Proctor—the first person who truly challenged me to think. Back in the late 1990s, he asked me a simple but life-changing question: “What do you really want to do with your life?”
I remember being completely stumped. I didn’t have a clear, well-thought-out answer. But looking back, I’m grateful he asked—because that question launched me on the path to understanding the mind, the brain, psychology, and neuroscience. It’s been a journey that’s had plenty of twists and turns, and where everything began for me.
As we revisit past episodes like this one, my hope is that together, we can create a roadmap for success—one that helps you take the lessons you hear and actually apply them in your daily life.
So going back to EP 66, and our interview with Bob Proctor, I think back and remember that it was easy to book time on Bob’s calendar back then, because this interview was scheduled June 2020, right at the start of the pandemic. Prior to this time, it would have been very difficult to have made this interview happen.
I had written out some of the most important life lessons I had learned from Bob, prior to recording our interview, and while all the lessons are important, I am going to focus on the first one for this review.
I learned how to set huge goals—goals most people might call “crazy”—when Bob asked me, “What do you really want?” When I gave him my answer, I knew I could have done better. I didn’t have my life all thought out at the time. I didn’t know what the faculties of my mind were, nor had I spent any time developing my intuition, or imagination. He met me where I was, and explained that there were specific steps I needed to follow. It began with writing my goals on a card he gave me, and I did what he told me to do. I actually put some of the goals into visual pictures that I drew out to go along with each goal. He told me that if I followed all his suggestions and truly believed in what I was doing, I could achieve what I wanted. I believed him—and I followed through. Looking back at the list of goals I set back then, in my early days of self-discovery, most of these goals were eventually achieved, and this “writing of goals on a card” became a yearly ritual to help me to keep moving forward.
This was 26 years ago, and while that “goal-setting” activity was an important lesson to learn, as we are revisiting these episodes, and planning out the roadmap for this review, I’m personally revisiting this question now, and refining my vision for the next 1, 3, 5 and 10 years.
What about you, the listener? Wherever you are tuning in from, around the world. Do you have a clear written description of what it is that YOU want? If we never think about this important question, and clearly write it all out, I’m sure you will agree with me that life will pass by, and our results will stay exactly the same. So, as we walk through each interview together, digging into the lessons we might have missed, do this with your written vision of what it is that you want, right in front of you, to refine and improve along the way.
“What do you REALLY want?”[iv]
Now let’s visit some of the pieces of wisdom I missed in EP 66, by reviewing our YouTube Shorts and see if we can take our understanding to new heights.
VIDEO 1 Watch this YouTube Short
SAGE ADVICE 1 “We have been given the mental faculties to create our own environment.”
What exactly does this mean? In Episode 294, we explored these mental faculties in depth, revisiting the lessons Bob taught those 12 teenagers who forever changed the course of my life. That moment was the true starting point for me, and it began with this concept where I learned that if we can learn to live beyond our 5 senses (what we see, hear, smell, taste and touch” and begin to live through our higher faculties of mind (our reason, intuition, perception, will, memory, and imagination” we will take our results to unimaginable heights.
Much of creating what I truly wanted in those early days began with my imagination, one of our mental faculties. The vision I wrote down on paper back then wasn’t logical by any standard—but it was the understanding of these mental faculties that shaped my future. This is a good concept to revisit, to be sure that when setting goals, that we are tapping into these “higher faculties of our mind” and reaching for places, things, experiences that stretch us beyond what we know we are capable to achieving. These higher faculties are here to take us to these NEW heights that we can only see when we open up to the potential of new possibilities that we may never have thought of before.
REMEMBER: “Imagination is the most marvelous, miraculous, inconceivably powerful force the world has ever known.” Napoleon Hill
SAGE ADVICE 2
“There’s only one mind.”
When I first encountered this idea, it was in something I was reading that included a diagram—people connected like lightbulbs, all drawing from one main source. This can be seen as universal consciousness, or the collective consciousness, a reminder that we are all connected to each other and to the single intelligence behind all existence. It’s a profound concept, but to me it simply means this: what I do matters, because it affects the whole.
I believe our goal is to continually expand our awareness and deepen our consciousness—a feat that National Geographic describes as “the most astonishing act our big, complex, interconnected brains pull off, and scientists are only just beginning to understand” (The Brain, Julia Sklar).
SAGE ADVICE 3
“We are a soul, we don’t have one.” [v]
This concept suggests that “the essence of a person is their soul” rather than their physical body. We did touch on the mind/body/soul connection with Marie Gervais on EP 214[vi] and I will always work on seeing the “spirit” of a person, and look deeper, than just taking what I “see” at face value.
To better understand yourself and your goals, it makes sense to understand this concept that “we are a soul, we don’t have one.” There is “perfection” within each of us, and that perfection is seeking expression (with and through us). I could spend an hour talking about this one from Thomas Troward’s Dore Lectures of Mental Science where he explains that “My mind is A center of Divine operation. (think of a center of a basketball where there is power with movement, or so above/so below). The Divine operation is always for expansion and fuller expression, (we are always going to want more-if we are in sales, we will want more sales, if we are a runner, we will want to run faster. We will never be satisfied unless we are growing. We will always want to do what we do-better) and this means the production of something beyond what has gone before, (we have never done this thing YET) something entirely new, not included in past experience, though proceeding out of it by an orderly sequence of growth.” (this is HOW we move towards what we want, that thing that we imagined, something that takes us BEYOND where we have ever been…into a whole NEW place that in the beginning we could only see with our imagination, until one day…we are living this thing or live we imagined).
And with just diving into 3 tips of wisdom from EP 66, there is so much more still to cover.
REVIEW and CONCLUSION
To wrap up this week’s Episode 366—where we revisited a clip from Episode 66, our interview with Bob Proctor—we explored:
✔ Top Lesson from Episode 66 – Refining the question: “What do you really want to do with your life?”
✔ Sage Advice #1: “We have been given the mental faculties to create our own environment.”We explored how to go beyond our five senses and tap into the six higher faculties of our mind.
✔ Sage Advice #2: “There’s only one mind.”We looked at how our actions matter because we are all deeply connected.
✔ Sage Advice #3: “We are a soul—we don’t have one.”We reflected on the perfection within each of us, and how it continually drives us toward bigger and better possibilities.
With that, we will close out this episode. I hope that reviewing our past interviews helps you to refine your goals this year, and work towards whatever it is that YOU really want.
I’ll see you next week with PART 2 of our review of EP 66. There’s a lot still left to explore from this one.
Have a good week and don't forget to sign up to watch Bob Proctor's Legacy Movie https://www.bobproctorlegacy.com/ RELEASED August 10, 2025
RESOURCES
Vishal Sharma Videographer
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/vishal_is_here03/
My YouTube channel https://youtube.com/@vishalsharma00991?si=Tj4CFHAy5CYrGgYU
Our Conscious Mind and 5 Senses
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-our-conscious-mind-and-the-five-senses/
NEW MOVIE BOB PROCTOR'S LEGACY RELEASED AUG 10th 2025 https://www.bobproctorlegacy.com/
REFERENCES:
[i] Vishal Sharma Instagram https://www.instagram.com/vishal_is_here03/
[ii] Andrea’s YouTube Shorts-created by Vishal Sharma https://www.youtube.com/@AndreaSamadi/shorts
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[iv] What Do You Really Want? Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Gaf1uXjuPHc
[v] Bob Proctor We Are a Soul, We Don’t Have One https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aFyBf8GDs3Y
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #214 with Marie Gervais on The Spirit of Work https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/marie-gervais-phd-on-the-spirit-of-work-connecting-science-business-practices-and-sacred-texts-for-a-happier-and-more-productive-workplace/
In this enlightening episode, Andrea Samadi welcomes resiliency expert and author Horacio Sanchez to discuss his latest book, "Unlocking School Bias: Using Neuroscience to Improve Student Outcomes." Together, they delve into how educators can effectively address bias in their classrooms by exploring neuroscience-based strategies. Horacio shares the significance of understanding subconscious biases, such as confirmation bias and impact bias, and their influence on students' well-being and achievement. He emphasizes the role of educators in creating inclusive environments by being aware of their own biases and adopting practical strategies that foster positive student interactions. This episode provides invaluable insights for anyone looking to make impactful changes in educational settings.
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/V78873aZPBk
On today's EP365 "Unlocking School Bias" you will learn to explore your own and your students' biases and discover:
✔ The latest research from psychology, education, and neuroscience.
✔ Different types of biases, including confirmation bias and impact bias, and how they manifest themselves in everyday life.
✔Practical strategies for educators who are ready to change their and their students' actions.
✔How patterns in one’s environment create biases and affect the brain’s development
Welcome back to SEASON 14 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 7 years ago now, with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
Welcome back! It’s always good to take some time away, for travel and family time, and it feels incredible to routine back to recording and routine. Thank you for tuning back in after our summer break where I hope you have taken some time off to refresh, before diving back into the second half of 2025.
For today’s EP 365, we meet with someone who I first heard about on our very first interview, EP #3[i], with educator, Ron Hall, from Valley Day School, Pennsylvania on “Launching Your Neuroeducational Program.” Ron Hall mentioned it was today’s guest who opened his mind to connecting the brain to his classrooms, many years ago, and he has never looked back. Today, we welcome back resiliency expert, author Horacio Sanchez to the podcast for the 4th time. We met him first on EP 74[ii] on “How to Improve Brain Science to Improve School Climate”, EP 111[iii] on “Finding Solutions to the Poverty Problem: and again on EP 177[iv] where we gathered a team of experts to dive into the most significant insights they’ve noticed over the years in neuroscience.
When we first met Horacio, we focused on his book The Education Revolution [ii]published by Corwin Press, that addresses the decline in empathy, increase in obesity, and the impact of implicit bias on minority students. Our conversation turned to focus on the problems we were seeing in the world at that moment (July 2020) highlighting the need for racial change through an understanding of race and culture. I knew that Horacio was deep into his next book, The Poverty Problem: How Education Can Promote Resilience and Counter Poverty's Impact on Brain Development that we went deep into on EP 74.
Today we meet with Horacio Sanchez to review his latest book, Unlocking School Bias: Using Neuroscience to Improve Student Outcomes[v] that was released in February of this year, through Corwin Press.
His most recent book, Unlocking School Bias ends the confusion around bias and provides educators with research and strategies that enable them to effectively address bias in the classroom and school in appropriate and productive ways. Learn to explore your own and your students' biases and discover:
The latest research from psychology, education, and neuroscienceDifferent types of biases, including confirmation bias and impact bias, and how they manifest themselves in everyday lifePractical strategies for educators who are ready to change their and their students' actionsHow patterns in one’s environment create biases and affect the brain’s development Implicit bias occurs subconsciously and so quickly that the conscious brain is unaware that it happened. Yet, with mindful practice and reflection, we can rewrite the automated processes in our brains, stop our subconscious minds from determining our thoughts and behaviors, and help our students feel safe and successful in school.
Let’s meet Horacio Sanchez and explore our own biases first, and then see how this understanding can help us with our students in the classroom, or with the athletes we coach, or in our workplace.
Welcome back for the 4th time Horacio! It’s incredible to see you again. What have you been up to (other than traveling and working in schools?)
INTRO: Horacio, I know that implicit bias came up on our first interview, and I’ve had other guest speak about this topic, but I wonder what made you want to write this book about Unlocking School Bias?
Q1: After reading the Foreword by David Fink, where he mentioned that “he lived in a world where everyone around him constantly made assumptions about how people with dyslexia and adhd thought, felt and performed in school” and that “you can’t dodge these assumptions (that we know are biases). I started to see things differently, especially as you know the work I do day to day is around helping students who are struggling readers. I want to be sure that I am aware of my own biases.
With the insights from David’s Foreword, why is it so important (or critical) that we check ourselves every day to stop our subconscious mind from determining our thoughts and behaviors? How can we do this?
Q2: How do you see biases impacting student wellbeing and academic achievement?
Q3: This topic has become popular over the past few years. What are some common misconceptions about biases that are harmful?
Q4: What have you uncovered with the latest psychology, education and neuroscience research that can help us to break through the bias barrier? How can we use neuroscience to understand how our brains produce bias, predict when it’s probable, and prepare ourselves for appropriate responses?
Q5: Chapter 1 The Birth of Bias you cover the first year of life of a baby, and how “in-group bias is an unattended outcome of infant-mother attachment” as well as how a “fear of strangers” first occurs in the early years of life. How can this brain-science now help teachers in the classroom with their students? What about for those who work with athletes? Or the corporate space?
Q6: In Chapter 2 The Cup is Half Empty on the negativity bias, you cover in depth how “negativity bias is already present in the first year of life” and that “we are alerted to negative things in our environment faster than positive ones” and that “we remember negative experiences longer and more vividly.” This chapter was hard for me to read because I work hard to focus on the positive side of things every day, squashing the negatives, and wondered if brain science will go against all the hard work that I put into this. What does neuroscience say about the negativity bias, and how can we use this understanding to improve results in our schools, sports and workplaces?
Q6B: The part of this chapter on change interested me, as I do come across your example from the book on change in my day to day experience. What can we do to help us through change, knowing how hard it is for the human brain?
Q7: In Chapter 3, Believe it or Not on Confirmation Bias, you cover how “our brain is programmed to see things in the environment that support existing beliefs” and that “research shows that teachers’ beliefs about students might be the strongest predictor of outcomes.” This reminded me of what David Fink wrote about in the Foreword, that was behind the reason for why he has devoted his life to “addressing the biases that stunt student achievement and well-being.” How can we combat confirmation bias and update our belief system?
Q8: Horacio, I love the work of Julie Porter, who created the graphic that accompanies your book. She explains each chapter, with an explanation of each bias, as well as strategies that educators can use. Since I’m always looking to extend the learning to our sports environments and workplaces, is there anything we should do different in our sports environments or workplaces as we are navigating these biases?
Q9: As I was reading your book, and thinking of these subconscious biases that we all have, it made me think of something that came up in my brain scan evaluation with Dr. Shane Creado, after we recorded EP #84.[vi] Dr. Creado asked me if I had ever done any shadow work. At the time I hadn’t and I didn’t even know what it was. I thought it must have been important, so I’ve since started to look at Carl Jung’s work, and I wonder, how are our subconscious biases similar to our shadow-sides, or the hidden parts of ourselves that we can explore to improve our self-awareness?
Q10: What are some final thoughts of what we can do with the “200 milliseconds where our subconscious mind has shaped our perceptions and influenced our behaviors?” What can we do to lessen the impact of implicit biases and create schools, sports or work environments where we can all flourish?”
Horacio, I want to thank you very much for coming back to the podcast for a 4th time. What’s next on the horizon for you? We need to have you back for a 5th time, which will be a record for us on the podcast, beating out all guests.
For people who want to follow your work, or reach out to you, is the best place still https://www.resiliencyinc.com/?
CONNECT WITH HORACIO SANCHEZ
Linkedin https://www.linkedin.com/in/hsanchezceo/
X/Twitter https://twitter.com/ResiliencyInc
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/resiliencyinc/
EMAIL: reiliency1@gmail.com
Horacio Sanchez, a national speaker and author, is an educational consultant to many organizations focused on improving formal education. He is recognized as one of the nation’s leading authorities on resiliency and applied neuroscience. His expertise helps schools overcome the impact of poverty, improve school climate, engage in brain-based instruction, and address issues related to implicit bias. He is the author of the best-selling books The Education Revolution and The Poverty Problem.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #3 with Ron Hall https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/interview-with-ron-hall-valley-day-school-on-launching-your-neuroeducational-program/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #74 with Horacio Sanchez on “How to Apply Brain Science to Improve Instruction and School Climate” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/leading-brain-science-and-resiliency-expert-horatio-sanchez-on-how-to-apply-brain-science-to-improve-instruction-and-school-climate/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #111 with Horacio Sanchez on “Finding Solutions to the Poverty Problem” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/resiliency-expert-and-author-horacio-sanchez-on-finding-solutions-to-the-poverty-problem/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #177 with Horacio Sanchez, Dr. Jon Lieff, Howard Rankin and Tom Beakbane https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/firstpanel-interview-with-horaciosanchez-jon-lieff-md-howardrankin-phd-and-tombeakbaneon-the-most-significantinsight-from-neurosciencethatcould-tra/
[v] Unlocking School Bias: Using Neuroscience to Improve Student Outcomes by Horacio Sanchez published February 2025 https://www.corwin.com/books/unlocking-bias-292586?srsltid=AfmBOooya2rHddToUePQdt9hl23xILDh-IfZIS4HTCriszgDNGwbjjBD
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #84 on “PART 3: Andrea’s Brain Scan Results” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/how-a-spect-scan-can-change-your-life-part-3-with-andrea-samadi/
In Episode 364 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, host Andrea Samadi welcomes Dr. Robert Melillo, a pioneer in developmental neurology. Dr. Melillo, co-founder of Brain Balance Achievement Centers and an acclaimed author, discusses his groundbreaking work on conditions like ADHD, autism, dyslexia, and more.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=87wpX05ZOaQ
This episode delves into Dr. Melillo's innovative Brain Balance Program, which uses neuroscience-based exercises to address functional connectivity in the brain without medication. Dr. Melillo shares insights from his book "Disconnected Kids," now in its third edition, and explores the significance of primitive reflexes in childhood brain development.
Dr. Melillo explains how identifying and nurturing the unique gifts within children can help them overcome neurological challenges and thrive. He also highlights his journey and the mentors who shaped it, along with a glimpse into his personalized program offerings based in New York and online.
Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 7 years ago now, with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
For today’s episode #364, we meet with Dr. Robert Melillo[i], a leading expert in developmental neurological conditions such as ADHD, autism, OCD, tics, dyslexia, anxiety, and depression in both children and adults. He is the co-founder of Brain Balance Achievement Centers, the developer of the Melillo Method®, and he runs the Melillo Center for Developing Minds in NY. His book, Disconnected Kids: The Groundbreaking Brain Balance Program® for Children with Autism, ADHD, Dyslexia, and Other Neurological Disorders[ii], is now in its Third Edition, endorsed by Daniel Goleman, author of Emotional Intelligence, who calls his book “a visionary new approach,”
For today’s episode #364, we meet with Dr. Robert Melillo, where we looked at:
✔ His book that's now in its 3rd Edition, Disconnected Kids: The Groundbreaking Brain Balance Program®
✔ Dr. Robert Melillo's Center for Developing Minds in New York and how they have been helping thousands of families around the world.
✔ What are milestones we can look for if we think our child or student has a vulnerability.
✔ Where to begin with The Melillo Method.
Disconnected Kids is a comprehensive at-home guide to his Brain Balance program, which involves no medication or medical interventions but focuses instead on movement and sensory exercises that stimulate proper brain development. This updated and revised edition also features new exercises and the latest research findings on how the retention of primitive reflexes—the involuntary movements babies are born with that typically are replaced with intentional movements by their first birthday—plays an integral role in the development of neurological issues. Through the exercises in this book, these reflexes can be diminished, making brain balance easier to attain. Disconnected Kids helps readers guide children susceptible to a brain imbalance to overcome challenges and allow their true gifted selves to shine.
Let’s meet Dr. Robert Melillo, and learn together about his new visionary approach to help ALL children uncover their authentic gifts, and shine.
Welcome Dr. Melillo. Thank you for joining us today on the podcast. Have we reached you in New York today? It’s it a sunny day there today?
INTRO: For sure, we do need to get up early here before the weather hits those high numbers!
Before we get into your books, achievement centers and the methods you have created to help children with developmental neurological conditions, can we start with when it was that you first became interested in looking for solutions for children with neurological conditions? Where did your interest in brain disorders begin, what role did Denise Festa have on your journey and how did this lead to your Brain Balance Program where you have helped (by now) well over 50,000 young children around the world?
Q1: There is nothing like watching your own child struggle (whether its academically, socially or emotionally). I was drawn to this work in the late 1990s when you were first discovering your Brain Balance Program (working as a classroom teacher years before having my own children) when I wanted to help children with social and emotional learning. It was at this time that many educators were starting to connect the dots with the importance of understanding how our brain works while learning to read, or do math, or learn a new language. I just wonder, where did your children end up career wise? That really did give me chills! This is the whole reason why I do this podcast. We can see a child in school and they might be struggling in the traditional classroom with the fact that they must sit and learn. And you talk about the vulnerabilities there. And there’s these unique gifts that we know our children all have (we just need to help bring them out in our kids or students).
Q2: Dr. Melillo, I’ve got to say that I’m beyond impressed with your approach to helping children, and families. I’m going to guess that the passion that comes through in your work is because the results you have seen are profound. It took me 5 seconds to see something different behind your work with an intro video you created for your book, Disconnected Kids[iii], which is where you suggest families begin when they have a child they want to assess to see if there is an imbalance somewhere. If a parent has a child at home and they are struggling somewhere, (academically, socially or they have been diagnosed with a brain disorder and are not making progress) where do you recommend we begin? At what age do most families seek you out for help, and what is the pathway you suggest in this process to figuring out how to help parents to understand what might be happening in your child’s brain, that causes them to seem disconnected?
Q3: You say in your book “to change aberrant behaviors, you have to change the brain; otherwise you are just managing the symptoms.” Is this what led you to create your Brain Balance Program, and what does this program entail?
Q4: What milestones should we be aware of?
Q4B: Have you ever come across the work of Glen Doman[iv]?
Q5: So to wrap this all up, we become aware as parents or teachers of these important developmental milestones, and if we notice deficiencies in these milestones, we can purchase your book, Disconnected Kids in it’s 3rd Edition now, we can come and visit your centers in New York, we can take some online courses to learn more, someone could also work with you via virtual training. Can you share where we should start if we want to learn more about your programs and services?
Q6: Dr. Melillo, for people who would like to work with you, even virtually, is the best way to click the inquiry button on your website? What can someone expect wtih your virtual program? https://www.drrobertmelillo.com/virtual-programs/
Q7: What online course have your created, and who would benefit from them? https://www.drrobertmelillo.com/courses/
Q8: Have I missed anything important?
Dr. Melillo, I want to thank you for joining me today on the podcast, and sharing your work with our listeners. This is important work you are doing, and I’m grateful to have had the chance to meet you, and share the vision for where you will take the Melillo Method, that has already been helping thousands of children globally. For people who might notice some vulnerabilities, or milestones that they are concerned about, what would you suggest?
CONNECT with Dr. Robert Melillo
Website: https://www.drrobertmelillo.com/
Melillo Method Everything Brain Podcast https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/melillo-method-podcast-everything-brain/id1739403876
REFERENCES:
[i] https://www.drrobertmelillo.com/
[ii] https://www.drrobertmelillo.com/books-products/
[iii] Video Intro to Disconnected Kids book https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIWkYTe-_LQ
[iv] Glen Doman https://iahp.org/
In this enlightening episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, we delve into groundbreaking territory with Dr. Fred Jordan, CEO and co-founder of Alt Vision and FinalSpark, as he joins us from Switzerland. Dr. Jordan introduces us to a revolutionary emerging technology where living neurons—nature's own processors—are set to transform the landscape of technology and artificial intelligence.
Explore how bioprocessors, derived from human stem cells using advanced lab techniques, could potentially outperform traditional semiconductor devices by significantly reducing power consumption, particularly in AI computations. Understand the implications of such innovations and the ethical considerations they entail, as we navigate a future where biocomputers might fundamentally alter our technological capabilities.
Join us in opening our minds to the possibilities of neuroscience-driven tech advancements, as we discuss the practical applications and visionary future that Dr. Jordan and his team are shaping, inviting curiosity and critical thinking into our evolving technological world.
Watch our Interview on YouTube here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8D3eKkd3L4w
For today’s episode #363, we meet with Dr Fred Jordan, where we looked at:
✔ What is the biocomputer?
✔ What does this NEW innovative technology, make obsolete, from our past?
✔ What are the benefits of a biocomputer, and how exactly does it work?
✔ What is the vision of FinalSpark, and how can this change the future of AI?
Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 7 years ago now, with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
For today’s episode #363, we meet with the CEO and Co-Founder of AlpVision and FinalSpark, Dr. Fred Jordan who will be joining us all the way from Switzerland. I met Dr. Jordan through LinkedIn, where he introduced his work to me, and my attention was caught. When I asked him what he does in his lab at FinalSpark, he wrote back to me that his lab has developed an emerging technology that would redefine the status quo in technology and in the ways that people work. Of course I asked him if he could explain this to me, and he wrote back that “we use living neurons, the building blocks in the brain, for processing information” and sent me the link to his website[i] where there is a live camera view of living neurons placed on electrodes, and you can see the signal from them.
He went on to explain that neurons in the brain communicate using electrical and chemical stimulations and that his lab was focused on building a new generation of bioprocessors.
At this point, I am sure he would know that I’m interested to learn more, mostly to understand what exactly does this mean? I wonder:
Does Dr. Jordan mean that his lab is building a computer processor out of living neurons (cells from our brain)?How do they do this?What are the advantages of a bioprocessor vs using transistors (that are semiconductor devices used to amplify or switch electrical signals and power)?How does this connect to AI?What does his lab envision for the future? I have a lot of questions for Dr. Jordan, and I am coming from the point of view that I really want to learn and understand what his lab has created. I want to be able to explain his idea to our audience in a way that we can all come away with some new knowledge and understanding about the future, and how keeping an open mind while learning can set us apart from others, and even give us a razor’s edge advantage in whatever work we are doing in the world.
Let’s meet Dr. Fred Jordan, and together, learn about the work they are doing at FinalSpark in Switzerland, and see if it can expand of thinking, and take us to new heights with the new awareness we will gain today.
INTRO Q: Welcome Dr. Fred Jordan. Thank you for reaching out to me, and opening up my mind to something that while writing these questions, I still didn’t completely understand. Can you explain what exactly is a biocomputer and why would anyone want to have a computer that uses living neurons instead of transistors to process information?
Q1: As someone who loves entrepreneurship, or those people in the world who create new ideas that change the world, can you tell me how where this idea began?
Q2: I did listen to one of your podcast episodes[ii] about “The Future of AI: How Biocomputers Will Change Everything” so I could wrap my head around what you do at FinalSpark, and it brought me to something I heard longevity researcher Dr. David Sinclair say that I will never forget. He said “we can make a mouse in a lab out of stem cells.” Can you explain where these neurons come that you are using come from and also help me to understand what Dr. Sinclair meant when he said they can make a mouse out of stem cells?
Q3: For someone who doesn’t have a formal background in science, but I want to learn difficult concepts, and be able to explain them to others, can you explain how these living neurons work?
Q4: What is the advantage of using a biocomputer and what problems does this solve?
They consume 1 million X less than digital computers, quantum computers still in R&D stage
Q5: What industries will be changed with the biocomputer? (semi-conductor industry) or what other applications can you think of that this type of computer can have (maybe medical applications)?
Q6: What types of feedback are you hearing about the biocomputer? Do people think it’s acceptable to use living neurons for computation?
Q7: Who are the leaders in this type of research? What other countries do you know of, where labs are working on this type of computer?
Q8: What Universities have approached you to learn more about this neuro-platform?
Q9: What is your vision for FinalSpark, and how do you think this will change the future workforce?
Q10: This topic made me think and I found it difficult to grasp, but am very interested in learning more about how this concept could change everything that we know about the way we work and use computers. What would you say to me to show me that having an open mind will set me apart from others, or give me an advantage maybe in the future?
Q11: Is there anything I have missed, or anything important that our listeners should know about?
Dr. Jordan, I want to thank you for taking the time to speak with me about what you have created at FinalSpark. I’m very interested in NEW ideas, especially those that will change the way we operate and live our lives, exponentially. I remember hearing a quote from Gordon Moore, Intel’s co-founder and the author of Moore’s law many years ago in reference to the fact that “the number of transistors in an integrated circuit doubles roughly every 2 years” and this trend has driven the exponential growth of computing power and efficiency , leading to faster processors and smaller devices. He said “frankly, I didn’t expect to be so precise” with his prediction. What do you think when you have the power of the biocomputer, and George Moore’s quote, of the potential of what you have created at FinalSpark?
For people to connect with you and learn more, what is the best way?
CONNECT with Dr. Fred Jordan
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/fred-jordan-anticounterfeiting-brandprotection-authentication/
REFERENCES:
[i] https://finalspark.com/live/
[ii] Dr. Fred Jordan on the Future of AI: How Bio-Computers Will Change Everything https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/season-5-ep1-dr-fred-jordan-co-founder-of-finalspark/id1756198461?i=1000686503506
Welcome to Season 13 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, where we delve into the fascinating intersection of brain science, emotional intelligence, and educational training for enhanced well-being and performance. This episode features Sifu Boggie, also known as Paul Brighton, who brings over 40 years of expertise in qigong, a discipline involving breath work and self-healing techniques. As stress and anxiety reach unprecedented levels worldwide, Sifu Boggie shares how qi-gong can help alleviate ailments like chronic pain, migraines, and even mental health issues.
Join host Andrea Samadi in an enlightening discussion about the role of mindfulness and meditation in managing stress and maintaining mental peace. Sifu Boggie, introduced to martial arts at the age of 12, guides listeners through practical exercises for achieving emotional and physical balance, including breathing techniques and posture corrections that can be easily integrated into daily life. Discover how understanding and altering your energy can bring about transformational changes, fostering a stronger connection between mind and body.
For today’s episode #362, our next guest caught my eye as I noticed that my stress levels have reached some high numbers recently, with the data I see from my Whoop wearable device.
Watch our interview here https://youtu.be/lYexvaGU8M0
For today’s episode #362, we meet with Sifu Boggie, where we looked at:
✔ How Paul Brighton (Sifu Boggie) discovered this pathway from Chaos to Calm, when he was 12 years old.
✔ What classes does he teach, and how does he know how to help someone, or guide them towards improved health?
✔ How would Sifu help me with persistent neck pain?
✔ How can we learn to open our minds to learn deeper truths, that can help propel us forward?
While my average daily stress has decreased by 12% over the past 6 months (Whoop measurements) with the average amount of daily stress I’m facing dropping from close to 4 hours/day to 3 hours and 25 minutes, I know I still occasionally see days where daily stress hits well over 6 hours/day. I know there’s got to be something ELSE I can be doing to mitigate this stress, since I know that dis-ease in the body, leads straight to disease.
It’s clear that globally, we have reached unpresented times with anxiety, stress and depression. I can’t be the only one who wonders what ELSE can I be doing.
We know that:
1 in 5 Americans suffers from a mental illness (NIMH).Anxiety disorders are the highest reported mental health issue in the US with 42.5 million Americans claiming to suffer from this illness. (Mental Health America).Mental illnesses start showing symptoms by age 14 (National Alliance on Mental Illness),About 1 in 4 American adults suffers from a diagnosable mental disorder in a given year, and one in 10 will suffer from a depressive illness, such as major depression or bipolar disorder (Johns Hopkins).10.7% of the world suffers from some form of mental illness. (Our World in Data). STATISTICS FROM https://www.thezebra.com/resources/research/mental-health-statistics/
While looking at my own stress one day, I received an introduction to our next guest, who will share the knowledge he has gathered over the past 40 years, where he has learned how to help others help themselves with ailments like... Anxiety, Stress, Chronic Pain, Depression, Fibromyalgia, Crohn’s Disease, Migraines, ME, MS, Arthritis, poor circulation, back problems and so much more.
He does this by teaching us Qi Gong (Breath work exercises) and self-healing techniques that will help you to maintain your body, mind and consciousness.
Without further ado, let's meet Sifu Boggie (Paul Brighton) from the UK (where I was born) and see what he can teach us with his wisdom and knowledge from being immersed in this work, since he was 12 years old.
Welcome Sifu Boggie! Thank you for coming on the podcast today! Where exactly have I reached you today? (I was born in Worthing, Sussex).
INTRO: Sifu, I listened to some of your past podcast episodes, and I enjoyed learning through your experiences. I do want to start by going back in time to when you were age 12, and met someone who saw that you were talented, when you felt like you didn’t belong. Can you start with explaining how you found this pathway to help others understand themselves better at a young age?
Q1: What does your name mean and how does it tie into our podcast where we work on learning strategies to be the best versions of ourselves?
Q2: I can see your talent and what makes you truly unique and I’m jumping at the chance to speak with you, to ask you questions for your perspective, but what has been your experience having a talent that takes ancient practices that can hold the secret for healing modern ailments? Can you break down WHAT exactly it is that you do in your classes, and how each class is tied to support a specific ailment of injury?
Qi Class: Qigong for Health, Fitness and Well-being, what ever your ailment or injury There is a Qigong for it...
Jing Class: Neigong ( Qigong Yoga) great for Stretching the body, Strengthening the tendons and releasing trauma/ PTSD/ Depression...
Shen Class: Shengong ( Qigong Meditation) lots of different variations, especially "the Island" a Daoist Meditation to heal mind,body and Spirit plus other Energy Meditation styles...
Eastern Reiki Class: The Traditional Version of Reiki has Hatsurie Ho ( Japanese Qigong), Kotodama ( Japanese Mantra), and Reiju ( Empowerments) done as a Weekly Class so you build and grow the energy and Traditionally Symbols were not used.
DragonDog Shaman Reiki: A particular Version of Shun Qi Shen ( Chinese Reiki) based on the Daoist Shaman practice, this has 3 Classes... Theory, Practical and Lightcode...
Q2B: So if I have pain in my neck, that’s persistent and always there, how would you help me to eliminate this pain in my neck? I ask, as it’s been this way for me for over 20 years, and I’ve tried everything! Chiropractic work, massage, oils, saunas, and even hypnotherapy (which I would have to say is highly effective). What would you say to me about this persistent pain in my neck and how would YOU solve it?
Q3: I know a lot of this involves the mind. I heard you say something that made me think a bit, and I wonder if you can explain how you interpret when Hong-Kong, American martial arts and actor, the late Bruce Lee said “it’s like a finger pointing away to the moon” urging us to NOT concentrate on our finger, or we will miss “all that heavenly glory” and that we must NOT think, but learn to FEEL more. How does this quote tie in here? Learn to listen to our body and feel more, rather than get stuck focusing on (our finger) or whatever it is that hurts us in our body? What would you say here?
Q4: So here’s another quote I heard you say that I just love. I connected with it as I worked for 6 years in the motivational speaking industry and met some of the greats in this industry, right alongside those who had all risen to the top in their careers. Most that I met were open to learning NEW strategies and ideas for success, that took them to these great heights, and they didn’t have to be scientifically proven, they just had to work. You mentioned a quote by Rockefeller that said “millionaires don’t use astrology, billionaire do” suggesting that more successful individuals, particularly those at the highest wealth levels, may leverage astrology for strategic insights beyond simple fate beliefs. Can you explain how this quote ties into your work?
Q5: Before my next question, I would love it if you could give us your take on Energy 101 and what we should all know about energy fields, and frequencies? I’ve mentioned this concept on a few different episodes where I talk about how we are all spiritual beings, with an intellect, living in a physical body (EP 67[i]) and that we must change our frequency to move to different levels of vibration. How would YOU explain this image and concept?
Q6: Since we now can see how important energy is, in Arizona, where I live, we can find stores on reading our energy, our aura (I’ve done this recently) or classes on how to bend a spoon, psychokinesis and dowsing (all classes that I took the FIRST year I moved here over 24 years ago). Can you tell me what you learned from your work with Uri Geller years ago that might open our listener’s eyes to different techniques for success that you have seen either yourself or others use to give them a razor’s edge for success?
Q7: Ok, another quote here from Nikolas Tesla “magic is science not yet understood.” I’ve been working hard to make the connection with neuroscience and some of those age old success principles that I saw working in the seminar industry back in the late 1990s. Our most downloaded episode is a 4-part series on Applying The Silva Method[ii] for Increased Intuition, Creativity and Focus. My favorite quote from this series is that “once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” What kind of magic have you seen over the years with people you work with who have learned to train their mind (like Bruce Lee was so well known for?).
Q8: In the Silva Method, he has this activity where we learn how to see things on the “screen of our mind.” What have you learned from your study of ancient physicists about developing our minds, or our “third eye” and why is this advanced awareness important if we want to take better control our our health and wellness, as well as our success, in the future?
Q9: This has been a lot, and I could keep asking you questions, but I wonder, “where do we begin?” I didn’t know that Yin/Yang (dark/light) means Tai Chi or that Dao means “the path, or the way.” Can you highlight the best way forward for someone who notices they are off balance, like me, and how to get started on a better way forward?
Q10: Have I missed anything important?
Sifu, I want to thank you very much for meeting with me, to open my mind up further with your knowledge and wisdom that you have collected and implemented since you were a young boy. I’m grateful to have had this chance to speak with you. Where can people learn more about your classes and workshops?
CONNECT with SIFU BOGGIE
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/sifu.boggie/?hl=en
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/sifuboggie/
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/sifuBoggie
YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@SifuBoggie
Sifu's School https://shundao.uscreen.io/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #67 Expanding Your Awareness with a Deep Dive into Bob Proctor’s Most Powerful Seminars https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
Welcome to episode 361 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we reconnect with Dr. Sui Wong, a leading neuro-ophthalmologist, for an enlightening discussion on her new book, Sweet Spot for Brain Health: Why Blood Sugar Matters for a Clear, Fog-Free Brain. Join host Andrea Samadi as she dives deep into Dr. Wong's research that unveils the powerful link between our blood sugar levels and brain health.
Discover practical tips and a 12-week challenge designed to help maintain optimal brain function by stabilizing blood sugar. This episode sheds light on Dr. Wong's holistic approach to patient care and her dedication to sharing knowledge that empowers individuals to enhance their health and well-being through informed lifestyle choices.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/MoQT39pXHhE
Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
For today’s episode #361, we meet with a returning guest, Dr. Sui Wong, a Leading Neuro-Ophthalmologist, who we met on EP 343[i], last August where we looked at:
✔ Dr. Sui Wong's career path in medicine, that led her to write 4 books to help her patients (and the world) improve their brain health.
✔ How understanding our eye health can help us to prevent neurological disorders (like Alzheimer's Disease) in the future.
✔ What common neuro-ophthalmology cases she sees.
On today’s EP 361, we will dive deep into her NEW book, Sweet Spot for Brain Health: Why Blood Sugar Matters for a Clear, Fog-Free Brain.[ii]
✔ What is the brain-glucose connection?
✔ How does glucose impact cognitive performance?
✔ How can we better prepare to eat food that we know will spike our blood sugar levels?
✔ What health problems can too much sugar lead to?
✔ Helpful tools to create a brain-healthy diet.
✔ Supplements that are important for brain health and cognition.
Just a reminder:
Dr. Sui H. Wong, is a Neurologist and Neuro-Ophthalmologist based in London, United Kingdom. In addition to her clinical work as a medical doctor and physician, Dr. Wong is an active neuroscience researcher, who translates pertinent and clinically relevant questions into research, to improve person-centered patient outcomes. Additionally, she has the qualifications and experience to consider a broader spectrum of lifestyle-specific interventions. Dr. Wong’s holistic approach in empowering patients has been recognized with many awards, and this is just the beginning for her.
When I was introduced to Dr. Wong, an active neuroscience researcher with a mission of translating important clinically relevant questions into research for improved person-centred patient outcomes, I knew I had to speak with her. She is a widely-published author and researcher with over 110+ peer-reviewed publications in medical journals, chapters and conference abstracts, to date.
Let’s meet Dr. Sui Wong, for the second time on our podcast, and see what we can learn together about what she has uncovered with her research of the importance of understanding our blood sugar levels, for a fog-free brain.
Welcome Dr. Sui Wong! It’s wonderful to see you again. What’s been going on with you since we met last August?
Well, let’s get straight to your new book, Sweet Spot for Brain Health: Why Blood Sugar Matters for a Clear, Fog-Free Brain. I absolutely love this topic, and I’ve covered a few episodes where we looked at the impact of sugar on our health and wellness, with EP 275[iii] The Damaging Effects of Sugar on the Brain and Body. I’m open that while I will eat chocolate, (sparingly) I watch the sugar content in EVERYTHING I eat, because it just doesn’t make me feel good to have a sugar-rush to the brain. Besides chocolate, I’d say I live a sugar-free lifestyle, (since around 2005, so for the past 20 years) and it’s not something I even think about anymore. So when I see just how damaging sugar is to our health, I want to do what I can to help others to try this lifestyle, and see how they feel.
INTRO Q: What was it for you that made you want to cover this topic, even with tips for a 12-week challenge at the end of the book?
Q1: In the very beginning of your book, you ask the question “have you ever wondered about the hidden connection between what you eat and how your brain works” and I honestly had not, until I was at my foot doctor, telling him that my feet were going numb with exercise, and he had just written a book, called Sugar Crush: How to Reduce Inflammation, Reverse Nerve Damage and Reclaim Good Health[iv] and he handed me a piece of paper that would involve my pathway to a sugar-free diet.
When was it that you began to connect the dots with how our brains work, connected to sugar? What is the brain-glucose connection?
Q2: Just thinking back to my sugar-free diet, that began 20 years ago, my doctor had me stop eating high glucose fruits like pineapple, and replace them with low glycemic fruits. I remember us both laughing as we realized that bananas were not on the list, and I remember thinking “what can I eat?” and it was a massive mindset shift. You’ve broken your book into Themes and theme 1 that covers Chapters 1-4 covers how glucose helps your brain to work, as well as how your body breaks down food to give us energy.
Can you tell us what we should all know about glucose, how it impacts cognitive performance, and how we can balance the sugar we ingest so it’s not too much, or too little?
Q2B: Is the only way to REALLY know this, to measure what we eat with a blood glucose monitor to see how what we are eating impacts our blood sugar levels?
Q2C: How can we better prepare to eat foods we know will spike our blood sugar?
Q3: Then you cover Theme 2, in chapter 5, When Things Go Wrong with what happens when you blood sugar levels aren’t right. We all have heard this, but can you tell us the problems too much sugar can lead us to? (like diabetes, insulin resistance, deteriorating vascular health, in addition to the impact on our brain health and overall well-being)?
Q4: Then you cover Theme 3, what to do about it, in chapters 6-11 with practical tips to keep your blood sugar steady, and our brain in top shape.
It’s here that you cover diet, and this is a huge one, as many of us like eating, or cooking things in a certain way. I remember my doctor asking me to write down EVERYTHING I was eating, and what was in the sauces I was cooking things in. For example, I remember I liked this Fajita sauce, that was really high is sugar. So I had to find a replacement for it. Or learning what food were high glycemic.
Or don’t even get me started when I realized how bad alcohol is for the brain, especially when I had cut out so many things. I remember thinking “what is left for me to eat/drink” until I found replacements for everything that we know to be bad for the brain.
What are the most helpful tools you have found for getting our heads around a brain-healthy diet?
Q5: What natural remedies or supplements are important for brain health and cognition?
Q6: What is your goal for us with this book?
Q7: What are some challenges you see with people in your practice, or obstacles that get in the way?
Q8: What have I missed that’s important?
Dr. Sui Wong, I want to thank you for coming back on the podcast for a second time. It was wonderful to catch up, and learn more about ways to improve our brain health and cognition, by finding this Sweet Spot for Brain Health. I will link your information for people to learn more about you in the show notes. What is next for you?
FINAL THOUGHTS
I couldn’t end this episode without really thinking about this topic of the importance of finding our own “Sweet Spot for Brain Health.” I know that during the recording, I could think of a few ways that I can improve my own habits immediately, (like by making sure I am taking fish oil, and as well, will add some flax seed to my shakes or morning breakfast) or like Dr. Wong mentioned, to improve ourselves just a little bit, make a shift that’s only about 1-3% and we can make a significant change in our future health.
I hope you enjoyed this episode, and have written down some ideas to improve your health in ways that these small shifts will over time, help us all to keep our brains sharp, and fight off cognitive decline.
And with that thought, I’’ll close out this episode and will see you in May, with more interviews that will dive deeper into brain health and wellbeing.
RESOURCES AND CONNECT WITH DR. SUI WONG
Sweet Spot for Brain Health Book books2read.com/u/br2l8z
Thursday Tips-Bitesize brain health tips to thrive: bit.ly/drwongbrainhealth
Website for Dr. Wong’s books: https://www.drsuiwongmd.com/books
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/drsuiwong.neurologist/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/dr-sui-wong-neurologist/
Mindfulness for Brain Health (in paperback/ hardcover/ Kindle/ audiobook)https://books2read.com/u/4XNXAgBreak Free from Migraines Naturally (in paperback/ hardcover/ Kindle/ audiobook)https://books2read.com/u/bwgG5ZSleep Better to Thrive (in paperback/ Kindle/ audiobook)books2read.com/u/mv0XQ2Quit Ultra-Processed Foods Now (in paperback/ Kindle/ audiobook)https://books2read.com/u/m27M21
Email office@neuroeye.co.uk
RESOURCES
Freestyle Libre Patch https://www.freestyle.abbott/us-en/home.html
Attia’s Rule https://podclips.com/c/attias-rule-avoid-arguing-about-supplements-nutrition-until-you-can-deadlift-your-body-weight-for-10?ss=r&ss2=hubermanlab&d=2022-08-15&m=true
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #343 with Dr. Sui Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-brain-health-insights-from-a-leading-neuro-ophthalmologist/
[ii]Sweet Spot for Brain Health: Why Blood Sugar Matters for a Clear, Fog-Free Brain by Dr. Sui Wong, Published Nov 11, 2024 https://www.amazon.com/Sweet-Spot-Brain-Health-Well-being/dp/1917353855
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #275 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-the-damaging-impacts-of-sugar-on-the-brain-and-body/
[iv] Sugar Crush: How to Reduce Inflammation, Reverse Nerve Damage and Reclaim Good Health by Dr. Richard Jacoby (April 2014) https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00KPVB4OA/ref=dp-kindle-redirect?_encoding=UTF8&btkr=1
Welcome to Season 13 of Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning. Join Andrea Samadi as she wraps up a year-long exploration of Grant Bosnick's book on self-leadership, diving into the final chapters focused on the neuroscience of resilience, authenticity, and bias. Discover practical strategies and insights from the latest neuroscience research to enhance your self-awareness, build authentic relationships, and overcome biases for personal growth and improved well-being. Don't miss this final installment filled with expert knowledge and actionable steps to transform your daily life.
And we will now resume PART 4, the final part of our review, to sum up last year, 2024, and our entire year studying one book, Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year. We began with PART 1[ii] and the first 5 chapters of the book. PART 2[iii] we reviewed chapters 6-9 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, PART 3[iv], we reviewed chapters 10-13, and finally, today, we will finish with PART 4, Chapters 14-16.
((On today's EPISODE #360 PART 4 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we will cover)):
✔ EP 344 Chapter 14[v] “The Neuroscience of Resilience”
✔ EP 345 Chapter 15[vi] “Unlocking Authenticity: The Neuroscience of Relationships”
✔ EP 347 Chapter 16[vii] “The Science of Bias”
If you have not yet taken the leadership self-assessment, or if you would like to re-take it to see if the results are different for you than last year, you can click the link here to find the quick test.
I re-took the assessment for 2025, and did notice some similarities and some differences from last year. If you can, retake the assessment and see what you notice about yourself. I noticed that pathways 2 and 3 are my high areas of focus this year, and that I can drop pathway 6 from my focus. What about you? If you have a few minutes to spare, take this leadership self-assessment again, and see if you notice any changes in your areas of focus for 2025. This is an incredible way to remain laser focused on pathways that will move the needle of success for YOU this year.
EP 344 Chapter 14 “The Neuroscience of Resilience: Building Stronger Minds and Teams”
If you were to ask me which episode is my favorite out of the 16 chapters, I would have to say this topic is at the top of the list, even though this pathway came out as a 0% for me to focus on in 2025. It’s not because I’ll be brushing resilience under the rug this year, as it’s an area of focus I work on daily, without even thinking about it. Who doesn’t want to become more resilient, or understand how to build a stronger mind, and then translate this strength to others for predictable results in 2025?
What drew me to this episode was learning about the fascinating new neuroscience behind the part of our brain called the anterior mid cingulate cortex that becomes bigger when we use our will power to do those things we just don’t want to do. Scientists believe this ability to use our will power to do difficult things, which builds our resiliency, is what’s really behind the will to live. Stop and think for a minute here. Does this resonate with you? If you enjoy doing difficult things, and you would describe yourself as being “resilient” doesn’t it make your mind spin to think that you are actually building a bigger, and stronger brain with this trait? Dr. Amen from Amen Clinics does remind us that when it comes to our brain, that bigger is better and that “a larger, more active brain is associated with better cognitive performance and overall well-being.”[viii]
On this episode we also covered:
A review of EP 74 and 286 where we covered the Neuroscience of Resilience with Horacio Sanchez’s work reminding us that our protective or risk factors in our lifetime, will determine how resilient we will be throughout our life. While 25% of the population are naturally resilient, Horacio asserts that “if you have little risk, it takes less to be resilient. But—if you have a lot of risk, it takes a lot more protective factors to offset the scale.” Horacio has dedicated his life to helping our next generation become more resilient. If you love Horacio Sanchez’s work as much as I do, stay tuned, as we will be featuring him soon with his new book, Unlocking School Bias: Using Neuroscience to Improve Student Outcomes[ix]. Stay tuned for this episode that will be scheduled as soon as I finish reading his book.Next we looked at Grant Bosnick’s book, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership (Chapter 14) where he gave us the analogy of the donkey who fell into the well, and demonstrated resiliency when he used the dirt shoveled on him, to climb out. This example taught us that we all will have dirt shoveled on our backs in our life, and “that we can either get buried in the dirt or shake it off and take a step up. Each adversity we face is a stepping stone, and we can get out of the deepest wells by shaking off the dirt and taking a step up.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 160).Another analogy we learned was through the mother and daughter story, and that when adversity faces you, Bosnick asks us to reflect. “Are you the carrot that seems strong but with pain and adversity (wilted) and became soft, losing its strength? Are you the egg that starts with a soft heart, but hardens with the heat? Or are you like the coffee bean that actually changes the hot water, the very circumstance that (brought) the pain?” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 161). I’m hoping that we all desire to experience change with the adversity we face, like the coffee bean and use our difficult experiences in life to build a better, and stronger version of ourselves.After learning about building resiliency in ourselves, we learned about building resiliency within our teams, and looked at Patrick Lencioni’s The Five Dysfunctions of a Team. The absence of trust, fear of conflict, lack of commitment, avoidance of accountability, and inattention to results. Then we learned to turn this around, using the five functions of a high performing team: trust, absence of fear of conflict, commitment, accountability and attention to results.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 170).Finally, we looked at how we develop resiliency, using our Will Power from EP 294 where I shared an activity to strengthen this faculty of our mind either through meditation, or with an activity of staring at a candle flame, and with time, effort and sheer will power, blocking out everything else around you, until you and the candle flame become one. REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
EP 345 Chapter 15 on “Unlocking Authenticity: The Neuroscience of Relationships“ we covered:
✔ Author Mo Issa’s definition of authenticity from his book The Shift: How to Awaken the Aliveness from Within. We met Mo Issa on EP 346[x])
We learned that Mo believes that “true authenticity means being ourselves—not an imitation of what we think we should be or what others want us to be. We all have a unique gift, and we must find and nurture it.” (Mo Issa, The Shift).
✔ Andrea’s reflection from 2021 when Mo Issa asked her “what does authenticity mean to you?”
What’s authentic for me—it’s living life according to my values. Living who I am by design. If I’m not putting health first, (for myself and my family) or learning, growing, researching, and then disseminating/sharing what I’ve learned, I’m not living my true authentic self. It will hurt my productivity if I compromise who I am, at this granular level.
✔ We ask the reader to consider: What makes YOU authentic?
✔ How do you know when you are living a truly authentic life?
✔ Have you identified your unique gifts or talents that make you stand out from others?
✔ Do you know what might be holding you back from being truly authentic?
✔ The Neuroscience of Our Social Brain
“We have two systems in our brain: the X-system and the C-system. The X-system (or reflexive system) is automatic, responsive, like/dislike, reward/threat.
The C-system (or reflective system) is controlled, conscious, with executive function and executive control.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 186). Motivation and effort are required to engage this part of the brain.
The story of Phineas Gage who destroyed the C-system, in his brain and was operating on X-system only. In other words he had no control over his automatic, reflexive system, and his behavior became unbearable as a result.
The C-system, (that requires motivation and effort to activate) we learned, is important for self-reflection and understanding self/other. We know this part of our brain as the Default Mode Network[xvi], and the part of our brain where we take breaks for creativity, thinking and learning to occur.
“When the brain is at a resting state, this specific system kicks in, which is focused around social understanding (thinking about yourself, others’ thoughts, others’ actions etc.).” We learned to get into this resting state by “staring out of a window and do nothing (except reflecting on what else we can do to improve our relationships) and this knowledge that we uncover will help us to build more authentic relationships. We learned to slow down the conversation with people, truly listen to them empathetically and be fully present with them. This will build the relationship to be deeper…go slow with the conversation and communication in order to go fast with the depth of the relationship.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 186).
✔ 4 Steps to Building More Authentic Relationships
Think of a person in your business, or personal life, that you would like to build a more authentic relationship with.Get to know them on a deeper level. How would you describe them? Are they introverted/extroverted? How do they approach authenticity and relationships?Let your brain go into your Default Mode Network. Stare out of a window and think: what could you do to build a more authentic relationship with each of the people you are thinking of? How can you go slow with your conversation to go fast with the depth of the relationship?And finally, we looked at the quote from Mo Issa that suggests that once we have done the work ourselves, and know what makes us truly authentic, once we know our own unique gifts and talents, and we continue to nurture and grow them, next, we can look outward, and recognize the unique talents and gifts in others. REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
Finally, we covered EP 347 Chapter 16 “The Science of Bias“ where we
✔ Reviewed past episodes where we covered this topic of cognitive biases.
✔ Chapter 16 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership on The Neuroscience of Bias.
✔ A review of our two types of thinking (X-system=reflexive/automatic and C-system=reflective/intentional).
✔ 3 Steps to Understand and Manage our Biases from Grant Bosnick’s book:
Accept and admit we are all biased. It’s a natural part of being human. The exercise from Daniel Kahnaman’s book showed me how quickly I reverted back to system x, reflexive, automatic thinking. This self-awareness has helped me to consider where else I make quick judgments, without thinking reflectively.Label the Bias. While Bosnick covered three examples, similarity bias (making quick conclusions about people similar to you), urgency bias (where we put non-urgent tasks on hold to push through to do something that requires our immediate attention), or experience bias (where we believe our perception is the truth and that others who see things differently from us are wrong, knowing there are close to 200 different biases, it’s a start to be aware that our thinking could possibly be flawed.Mitigate the Bias. We aren’t going to solve all of our biases at once, but once we are aware that’s it’s human to have them, we can begin with looking at strategies to mitigate each. I’m looking forward to diving deeper into the neuroscience of Biases with Horacio Sanchez’s new book. Stay tuned for this interview coming this Spring.
✔ 4 Strategies for Mitigating our Biases
SLOW DOWN: Bosnick goes into detail on how to mitigate the top three biases that he listed. The strategy that he used was to step back, slow down and access your Systems 2 reflective thinking to see what you notice. The maze exercise showed me I could benefit from slowing down my thinking and not jump to conclusions.BE MINDFUL: When talking to others, work on “engaging our System 2 (reflective) thinking…the more mindful we are, the more we can engage our mental brakes, increase self-awareness, reduce emotional impulses, and reduce our susceptibility to unconscious bias.” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick, Page 212). Being mindful of others will help us to learn to appreciate different perspectives, as well, other people will connect more to us when they can sense we are thinking from their point of view.LEARN FROM OTHER PEOPLE: Talk to others so you can learn “how to get out of our own experience bias and appreciate other people’s perspectives. This will help us to get out of our autopilot, easy route thinking of the urgency bias to have deeper, more robust and deliberate thinking.” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick, Page 212).ASK FOR OUTSIDE OPINIONS: Find others you can brainstorm with to come up with fresh ideas to help you to think in a different way. Ask for feedback to gain a new perspective. This is just the beginning of this topic for us here on the podcast. While writing this episode, I had a message from our good friend Horacio Sanchez, third time returning guest from EP 111[vi] and we will have him back on for a 4th time, to dive deeper into this topic. REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
REVIEW and CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this week’s episode #360, PART 4, our final piece of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, where we covered a review of the final chapters of his book, with strategies that can help us to implement each concept, from chapters 14, 15, and 16.
EPISODE #360 PART 4 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we covered:
✔ EP 344 Chapter 14 “The Neuroscience of Resilience”
✔ EP 345 Chapter 15 “Unlocking Authenticity: The Neuroscience of Relationships”
✔ EP 347 Chapter 16 “The Science of Bias”
We will see you next time, with some returning guests, Dr. Sui Wong (coming up in April) and Horacio Sanchez. See you next time.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #355 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 1 (Grant Bosnick) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-self-leadership-with-neuroscience/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #356 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 2 (Grant Bosnick)https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-secrets-of-self-leadership-chapters-6-to-9-review/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #357 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 3 (Grant Bosnick) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-power-of-persuasion-time-management-and-change/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #344 “The Neuroscience of Resilience” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-resilience-building-stronger-minds-and-teams/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #345 “ Unlocking Authenticity” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-authenticity-the-neuroscience-of-relationships/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #347 “The Science of Bias” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-science-of-bias-mastering-self-leadership-and-cognitive-awareness/
[viii] https://www.amenclinics.com/conditions/brain-optimization-peak-performance/
[ix]Unlocking School Bias: Using Neuroscience to Improve Student Outcomes by Horacio Sanchez published Feb. 12th 2025 by Corwin Press https://www.corwin.com/books/unlocking-bias-292586
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #346 with “Mo Issa: The Midlife Shift: Discovering Authenticity and Vulnerability” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-midlife-shift-discovering-authenticity-and-vulnerability-with-mo-issa/
In this illuminating episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, host Andrea Samadi sits down with Dr. Shad Helmstetter, a best-selling author renowned for his work in personal growth and self-talk. Dr. Helmstetter shares his profound insights into the science of self-talk and neuroplasticity, revealing how the language we use with ourselves can radically transform our lives.
Watch our interview of YouTube here https://youtu.be/zaVGEjVj__Y
Listeners will discover how Dr. Helmstetter's research connects age-old principles of success with cutting-edge neuroscience. The episode delves into practical strategies for reprogramming the brain through positive self-talk, the significance of learning the language of success, and the steps anyone can take to improve their mindset.
Whether you're an educator, a parent, or simply someone seeking personal improvement, this episode offers valuable lessons on how to harness your inner dialogue for greater achievement, fulfillment, and happiness.
Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's EPISODE #359 we will cover:
✔ Dr. Shad Helmstetter's background that led him to create an APP that teaches how to reprogram the brain with positive self-talk
✔ Where our self-talk originated from, and how we can change it, rewire our brain, and put our lives on a trajectory for success.
✔ What is the language of success vs the language of those who are deemed to fall short of their goals?
✔ How can we teach this language to ourselves, our children, students or large groups, to permanently rewire their brain for success?
For today’s EP #359, we meet with the best-selling author of more than twenty books in the field of personal growth, Shad Helmstetter, Ph.D. What caught my attention with our next guest was NOT this huge list of books he has written, or that he had appeared on over 1200 radio and television programs, including repeat appearances on Oprah Winfrey, ABC, NBC, CBS, and CNN News, or even that his self-talk audio programs are listened to thousands of individuals and families worldwide. There was something else that set our next guest apart from the others.
What caught my attention was when I saw a passage in his book, The Power of Neuroplasticity, that described the EXACT mission or quest that I have been on, since looking back at the days I worked for motivational speaker Bob Proctor[i], and always wondered like our next guest “why do some people fail while others succeed?” I even wrote this question on the back of my first book, The Secret for Teens Revealed, and have been on a mission to connect science to these age-old principles that I have witnessed change many people’s lives.
We have covered Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich[ii] book on this podcast, as well as Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich[iii], and after looking at this question, I always came to the SAME conclusion. It HAS GOT to come down to the fact that successful people “think and act” in a certain way. So when I came across Shad Helmstetter, I wanted to learn what he has discovered that connects the age old books that we have covered on this podcast, to science. I wondered what he has discovered about “why are some people, day to day, happier, more productive, more fulfilled than others? What makes the difference? It is kismet, a kind of fate” he asks in his classic book, What to Say When You Talk to Yourself.
Or has he discovered something important about the way we talk to ourselves that could possibly change the course of our lives?
Let’s meet Shad Helmstetter, a pioneering dean in the field of self-talk, and see what we can learn from his decades of research, that could possibly take us to NEW heights in 2025 and beyond.
Welcome Dr. Helmstetter, it’s an honor to meet someone who has accomplished so much in a field that I’ve been immersed in since the late 1990s. Thank you for being here today.
INTRO Q: I’ve got to start how did you first get interested in self-talk and programming? Can you give us some background of where your career began?
Is there a difference in the brains of successful people compared to the brains of people who struggle or fail? I ask this question, as working in the seminar industry in the late 1990s, I saw all types of people, from all walks of life. I definitely noticed some people did things (took action) or showed me that they “thought” in a “certain way” that projected them on a pathway of success. What is the difference that you see?
1B: What are some words that can put us on a trajectory for success?
What are some of the areas of life that are directly affected by our self-talk and how the brain is wired? I can guess our careers, but what else would you say? How does social media shape our self-talk, and can we override that influence through conscious effort?
1C: How do you see neuroscience being integrated in our lives, and classrooms of the future? What is the best way to listen to self-talk, and how often should you listen to it?
2: We can go deep here, but beyond our life experiences, where would you say exactly our programming comes from?
2B: How do we stop doing something we might not even be aware of?
2C: The importance of who we surround ourselves with, and ways to impact larger groups of people with positive thinking.
Dr. Helmstetter, I want to thank you for taking the time to meet with me, and share your fascinating work that has been helping people globally for decades. For people to get started with your work, is the best place through your app? What are the best places for people to connect with you?
CONNECT with Shad Helmstetter
GET THE APP https://www.selftalkplus.com/
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/drshadhelmstetter/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/drshadhelmstetter/
Website https://shadhelmstetter.com/
RESOURCES
The Secret Words of Success: The Life-Changing Words Successful People Use Most Published by Shad Helmstetter PH.D. January 8th, 2020 https://www.amazon.com/Secret-Words-Success-Shad-Helmstetter/dp/1734498218
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #66 with the Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 1 of Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich Book Study https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 1 of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
Welcome to another enlightening episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast. In today's episode, we delve deep into the transformative world of practical neuroscience with our special guest, Craig Polsfuss, a pioneering psychologist and author. Polsfuss introduces us to his groundbreaking book, Reality Shattering Insights, and shares his unique journey of integrating psychology, spirituality, and brain science to enhance mental well-being, performance, and spiritual insight.
Join us as we explore how understanding and tapping into deeper consciousness can lead to life-changing insights and self-discovery. Learn to listen to your inner whispers and discover how to transform mental and emotional landscapes from within, moving from the intellect into the heart and beyond.
Watch interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/2Hu6_poYLn8
Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 7 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's EPISODE #358 we will cover:
✔ How licensed psychologist and former clinical social worker Craig Polsfuss, (among the pioneers of the Three Principles movement in the 1980s) bridged psychology, spirituality, and brain science to help people achieve mental well-being, top performance and spiritual insight.
✔ Uncover the formula to create your own Reality Shattering Insights.
✔ Learn how tap into a deeper consciousness that can lead to life-changing insights and self-discovery.
For today’s EP #358, we meet with a pioneering psychologist and author of the book published just last November, Reality-Shattering Insights[i], the first in a 4-book series entitled VoLT: The Vortex of Living Truth.
Today’s guest, Craig Polsfuss, a licensed psychologist and former clinical social worker, who pioneered the Three Principles movement in the 1980s after a powerful awakening. With nearly five decades of experience, he integrates psychology, spirituality, and brain science to help people achieve mental wellbeing, top performance, and spiritual insight.
The "reality-shattering insights" that he shares inside his book will open your eyes, if you are looking for answers, to questions you might not have even known that you were asking yourself.
Before we meet Craig Polsfuss, and begin our journey of self-discovery: A discovery that will take us from our head to our heart, and from our heart, into the depths of our soul.
I’ve got to say that this episode is not like ANY I have done before, as Craig covered questions I have had for a very long time. Questions that came up when I first studying Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich book, 25 years ago, that we covered on EP 315[ii] with a 7-PART series. This book was one of the seminars that I sold in the late 1990s when I worked with speaker Bob Proctor. I always wondered “what is that thinking stuff that Wattles describes in his syllabus?” If you signed up for this seminar, you would have been given this syllabus to take home with you laminated. I’ve got at least 10 of them still today in my office. Back then I had no idea what Wattles was describing. That stuff he says “permeates, penetrates, and fills the interspaces of the universe.” And that “a thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.” I always thought it was some sort of “intelligence” but it wasn’t until this past January, while studying this book series with Paul Martinelli, who also sold this seminar, and presented it years ago. I learned Paul’s point of view that Wattles is saying this “thinking stuff” is God. And he goes on to say that we might all have our own interpretation of what we call this, (some might call it God, others a Higher Power, and others something entirely different) but I think we can all agree that there is something much bigger than us in the world. Something that keeps us connected to others, and can help us.
I had to look to see what scientist Dr. Andrew Huberman would say on this topic and he goes on the record to say that he is “in absolute awe of Biology, believes in God” and elaborates by saying if you look at “the magnificence of biology, and the magnificence of nature (he says) it’s impossible for (him) to conceive it could have come about any other way.”[iii]
So coming back to this episode, if you have EVER wondered like me about this topic, I’m not trying to sell you in what I believe, but just asking you to keep an open mind as you listen.
This episode is about:
Learning how to Listen to the whispers of your deep knowing…It’s about how exactly to pay attention to what comes up when you listen to your breath.We will cover how to drop from your mind and move into your heart… And Just Listen.
This is where our next guest, author Craig Polsfuss explains is how you’ll uncover your true answer.
Just keep an open mind, and you’ll see the beauty that exists when we can open our hearts …Reality Shattering Insights.
INTRO: Welcome Craig, it’s wonderful to meet you today. Where have we reached you this early Monday morning? Are you in St. Paul, MN?
I’ve got to say that when I first saw your work, that I jumped a bit in my chair. Those who know me well, know I have quite a spiritual side, but we all see the world through different lenses. Can you first of all share where this journey (of the mind) began for you, bridging psychology, spirituality and brain science to bring you to where you are today?
Q1: You write about "reality-shattering insights" in your new book, and the "proven" human ability to completely transform in an instant.
Can you explain what you mean by “reality shattering insights?” and give some examples of people who have transformed their lives with these insights?
Q1B: What does a complete personal transformation actually look like, and is instant change truly possible?
Q2: I find this topic fascinating, and wrote about a book The Eureka Factor: Aha Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain (by John Kounios and Mark Beeman) on a recent EP330[iv].
Are Reality Shattering Insights like AHA Moments?
Q3: What neuroscience component did you discover that contributed to your own personal awakening? How have others taken advantage of this? Can you talk more about this and add some brain science insight?
Q3B: What about listeners who are tuning into this podcast episode, and they are curious to learn how to create “reality shattering insights” at will. What are the first steps to begin this transformative journey?
Q3C: What is the core formula or method for radical personal transformation?
Q3D: What are the different levels of personal and spiritual enlightenment?
Q4: What IS this infinite intelligence?
Q4: In your book, you mention it’s a journey from your “head to your heart” and from your “heart to your soul.” Can you explain this a bit more? How do we “feel” our “soul?”
Q5: How does co-creation work?
Q6: How does this connect to social and emotional learning?
Q7: Where do we go from here? For those who are interested in learning more, where should they begin?
Craig, I want to thank you for your time today, sharing your book, Reality Shattering Insights, and decades of research. For people who want to connect with you, what is the best way?
FOLLOW Craig Polsfuss
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/craigpolsfuss/
EMAIL Craig@Craigpolsfuss.com
RESOURCES:
Piezoelectricity: Why Hitting Crystals Makes Electricity https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wcJXA8IqYl8
REFERENCES
[i] Reality Shattering Insights by Craig Polsfuss published November 1, 2024 https://www.amazon.com/Reality-Shattering-Insights-Begin-Journey-ebook/dp/B0D92GMKGR/ref=cm_cr_arp_d_product_top?ie=UTF8
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 1 of Wallace D Wattles and The Science of Getting Rich: Prosperity Consciousness https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
[iii] Dr. Andrew Huberman’s Faith in God https://www.youtupsbe.com/watch?v=Z7GVf8nD7SQ
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-self-leadership-and-the-neuroscience-of-goals/
Welcome back to Season 13 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast! In this episode, we explore Part 3 of our review of Grant Bosnick's book on self-leadership, focusing on Chapters 10 to 13. Discover how the latest neuroscience research can enhance your skills in persuasion, time management, change, and agility.
Dive deep into the nuances of persuasion and influence, learn effective time management techniques, understand the brain's response to change, and enhance your mental and physical agility. Join us as we uncover insightful strategies to apply in your leadership journey.
And we will now resume PART 3 of our 4-PART review, to sum up last year, 2024, and our entire year studying one book, Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year. We began with PART 1[ii] and the first 5 chapters of the book. PART 2[iii] we reviewed chapters 6-9 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, and today, PART 3, today, we will review chapters 10-13. We will finish with PART 4, Chapters 14-16 after we release our FIRST interview of 2025, coming next weekend.
((On today's EPISODE #357 PART 3 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we will cover)):
✔ EP 336 Chapter 10[iv]“The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence”
✔ EP 337 Chapter 11[v] “The Neuroscience of Time Management”
✔ EP 339 Chapter 12[vi] “The Neuroscience of Change”
✔ EP 342 Chapter 13[vii] “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility”
If you have not yet taken the leadership self-assessment, or if you would like to re-take it to see if the results are different for you than last year, you can click the link here to find the quick test.
I re-took the assessment for 2025, and did notice some similarities and some differences. See what you notice about yourself. I noticed that pathways 2 and 3 are my high areas of focus this year, and that I can drop pathway 6 from my focus. What about you? If you have a few minutes to spare, take this leadership self-assessment again, and see if you notice any changes in your areas of focus for 2025. Did any of your pathways shift for you, since last year? This is an incredible way to be laser focused on pathways that will move the needle of success for YOU this year.
✔ EP 336 Chapter 10 “The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence”
On this episode, we looked at Jack Carew’s classic book from 1987 called You’ll Never Get No For an Answer that was covered on EP 176.[viii]
Carew looked at the unique strategies that American Author and Salesman Og Mandino encouraged us all to read to improve our communication and influence with others and I noticed that Strategy 2 was to stop looking out for number one and always look for how you can help others first.
So, after noticing this, I went straight to Chapter 10 of Grant Bosnick’s book, on “Persuade and Influence” to see what he had to say on this topic.
Right off the bat, in the opening of this chapter, Bosnick asks us to think about how we would persuade someone else to do something, like give you a pen you would like to have, for example, or ask for a promotion, or ask someone to do something you would like them to do.
Then he differentiates the word persuade that he says “we can think of as quick, more direct, more for short-term or immediate gain” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership) while influence he says “is softer, more subtle, much more for longer term and lasting gain.” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership)
Persuasion Bosnick says is “more tactical, whereas influence is strategic.” He gives us the history of persuasion, explaining its origin from the early Greek Philosophers, and that Aristotle wrote about three modes of persuasion: logos (that’s about logic and reason), pathos (that’s about emotion and inspiration) and ethos (that’s about the speaker’s own character and credibility).
Thinking of Jack Carew’s second tip in his book to improve our influence with others (by putting other people first) I think is a good example of a strategy that builds this concept for long-lasting gain (influence) versus persuading someone to give me something that I need for short-term, or immediate gain (like, to pass me their pen, so I can write down something important that I’ll need to remember). I want to build influence with others, that’s long-term, that I think includes logic and reason (logos), emotion and inspiration (pathos) and a person’s character and credibility (ethos). All 3 of the modes of persuasion, to me, make up longer term influence with someone.
We learned on this episode that “There are 6 short cuts to increase the chances that someone will be persuaded or even better, influenced by us” (Robert Cialdini)
We covered the first three is Robert Cialdini’s book:
Reciprocity: We are obliged to give back, if we have been given something. Use the neuroscience of influence and persuasion, and think of ways to help others first, instead of thinking what you can gain from other people, think of what you can give to them. Always be the first to give and take the time to make sure what you are giving is actually useful to that person. This way, what you will give will have meaning to that person.
Scarcity. If something is scarce, we want it more. Use this by highlighting the Benefits, Uniqueness and Possible sense of Loss. Take the time to find out how what you are offering to someone else, will help them. You will need to find out what they are looking for to do this, by asking questions, and listening. Then you can “frame what you are saying/offering, so others will find it to be valuable”[ix] especially if it is something that is difficult to come by, or scarce.
Authority. We are more likely to comply with a request if it is coming from a perceived authority/expert. Being introduced by others FIRST is a fast way to have others learn about your expertise, making you instantly more influential and persuasive, rather than you introducing yourself.
My take-away from this episode: If I want to improve my influence, it begins with understanding the wants and needs of others first (how can I help them) and then being able to say what I mean, and mean what I say. The words I speak do matter when I’m working on gaining influence. If I’m speaking with someone, and not being completely honest, or not meaning what I say, I know that this can be felt by the other person, and it will hurt my ability to gain trust, rapport and influence. Our brains really can detect “benefits and threats”[x] and I want to be sure that I’m drawing those I want to interact with towards me, not away from me.
Once I have gained influence with someone I am speaking with, then I can take my persuasion skills to the next level, and we can begin to work together on our common goals.
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
✔ EP 337 Chapter 11 “The Neuroscience Behind Effective Time Management”
This topic we covered early on our podcast, with a video from author Kent Healy, who wrote Success Principles for Teens[xi] that he co-authored with Jack Canfield.
Kent created a video for me (many years ago) that we used with students in the classroom, and I featured this video on EP 33[iv] of our podcast that was called “Time Management, the Greatest Asset We Have” and Kent gives a perspective to the amount of time we have, in a way that 15 years later, I’ve still not forgotten his words in this video recording. You can watch Kent’s explanation of “time management”[xii] with the visuals that he provided, reminding us that “we all have the same amount of time” and he even breaks it down and tells us how many seconds we have every day (84,600 seconds to be exact) every day. While ALL the experts agree that we can’t create more time, or change this number, some will say we can use our time to generate more of something else (like energy) but Kent’s message was about using this time (these 84,600 seconds we have each day wisely) and focus on what we can control, and that’s our personal growth.
He gives an example of adding just 15 extra minutes a day towards learning something new, and that adds up to 3.8 full days a year, and asks us to think of what value we put on 15 minutes of time. I loved Kent’s point of view, and always respect people who use their time wisely.
Then we looked at the Neuroscience of Time Management and learned that our chronotype “the natural inclination of your body to sleep at a certain time or what people understand as being an early bird versus a night owl”[xiii] should be factored into our Time Management Strategy.
We learned that “For those people who go to bed around 9:30pm-11:30pm and wake in the window of 6am-8am that there tends to be an increase in (dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrine, 0-8 hours after waking, which leads to increases in alertness, attention and focus that are great for analytical work, great for implementation of strategies that you already understand.” Dr. Andrew Huberman with Guest Dr. Adam Grant
As we are thinking about the best strategies to manage our activities, projects, the extra time that Kent Healy thinks should go to self-improvement, or even the roles we have in our personal and professional lives, in order to have access to this extra energy, and creative thinking, we will want to plan our “deep” work 0-8 hours after waking (if our chronotype is the wake up early type). So, be sure you understand your own chronotype, and factor the science into your time management strategy.
This made me think of Grant Bosnick’s Top Energy Drainers:
ProcrastinationSaying Yes to EverythingThe Perfectionist With this extra energy, and creative thinking, (from better managing our time) I suggested to put it all into creative prolific quality work (the perfectionist in me). I thought, why not use the extra energy to combat against procrastination, while protecting our time by saying no to everything, (at first). I know we can always come back to projects that you would like to do, that have meaning to you, but by truly managing our energy and activities, we are protecting this commodity that we all have in the same amounts: time.
This episode also make me think that those 84,600 seconds that Kent Healy reminded me that we all have each day, and how 15 minutes a day (that adds up to 3.8 days/year) can be used even more wisely with this understanding of The Neuroscience of Time Management.
Think About These Questions:
Do you value your time?
Do you value other people’s time?
Do you think 15 minutes of time really matters?
I will also add, have you ever thought of the impact of counting time, down to the amount of seconds that we have each day?
How important is 20 seconds of your time? OR, 20 seconds of someone else’s time?
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
EP 339 Chapter 12 “The Neuroscience of Change”
On this EP we looked at two examples of what happens to our brain when we see something our brain wasn’t expecting, like a breathtaking view, or when we land the promotion we worked so hard to achieve, Bosnick explains “we feel like we got a reward. It’s a rush. We get a sensation in our brain and a hit of the big neurochemicals” dopamine, serotonin, oxytocin, norephinephrine, adrenaline.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
However, on the other hand, when we see a bear in the woods, (or snake on the hiking trails), or we are overlooked for a promotion at work, our brain actually sees this “like it’s a threat. We feel tense, stressed, pressure…our body physically feels it.”
We learned that “Neuroscience has shown us, that the feeling we get from a social or emotional threat (like being passed over for the promotion) is the same as the feeling we get from a physical threat (like seeing a bear or a snake).
When we see how our brain interprets “everything and everyone we meet as either a reward or a threat” we can better understand “how our body reacts, (and) our brain and mind think, (leading) to the decisions, behaviors and actions we make.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
Next on this EP, we reviewed Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs that led to “Self-Determination Theory” around the year 2000 where researchers found that there were “three physiological needs: the need for Competence (feeling valued for our knowledge, skills and experience), the need for Relatedness (collaborating, connecting or serving others) and the need for Autonomy (being able to exercise self-regulation…to achieve our goals.” (Page 133, Ch 12, Bosnick).
We learned that when our ACRES are being met, (our autonomy, competence, relatedness, equity, and sureness) it will put us in a toward state and we will fully embrace everything ahead of us; (but) if our ACRES are threatened, it will put us in an “away state” and will then resist or block things ahead of us.
Looking at Bosnick’s ACRES example, we examined a work experience in our past, that we did not enjoy, to see where it went against the ACRES Model of Needs. With brain science in mind, we can gain more understanding of why we either enjoyed, or didn’t enjoy this experience. It all led back to how our brain either interprets the experience as a reward, or a threat.
We also looked at triggers to be aware of to mitigate threat, during times of change.
Finally, we looked at how to change our nervous system, to change our actions and behaviors, so we can leave behind a legacy (or fossil record as Dr. Huberman calls it) that we are proud of.
We learned that “Agitation and strain is the entry point to neuroplasticity” Dr. Huberman
This is when lasting CHANGE is happening at the brain level, and impacting our entire nervous system. So when we are working on something, (like trying to learn something new…like understanding the neuroscience of change for this episode) and that limbic friction feeling comes up, (and I’m annoyed or agitated) when something just doesn’t click. I now have a deeper understanding of what’s happening at the brain level after this EP. I will now push forward, stay positive and lean into the change that I know is happening in my brain, as I embrace the change that comes with doing difficult work.
The Neuroscience of Change is an exciting topic, and it’s only going to be strengthened with the next two topics, Agility and Resilience.
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
EP 342 Chapter 13 “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility”
Which leads us to the final EP of our review today. “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility”
Before I even review this EP, I thought of something I saw on Twitter/X this morning that caught my attention.
It was a post from Chris S Cornell whose handle is @BiggestComeback and he was talking about his first attempt to run a mile, with a kettlebell. He faced some criticism for this post, as some said it was “dangerous” but mentioned that he thought that “spending your life on the couch with a remote in one hand and a beer in the other is far more dangerous.”[xiv] (Chris Cornell)
While this pathway came out as a low priority for me last year, and this year, I have to say, it’s definitely NOT an area I leave off to the side. I’m always looking to see how I can push my mind or body, just a bit past where I’m comfortable, and when life is difficult, this is actually where I thrive. While I don’t think I could run a mile with a kettle bell, I did run 7 miles today with a 16 pound weighted vest. I really do believe in the mind/body connection and that by doing things that are difficult, we strengthen the brain. We did dive deeper into this concept on EP 344[xv] with “The Neuroscience of Resilience” that we will review next time, but we uncovered that by doing difficult things, we increase the size of a part of our brain called the anterior midcingulate cortex. (Dr. Andrew Huberman).
I do difficult things because I want to improve my mental and physical strength, and in turn, increase the size of this important part in my brain that Dr. Huberman says “is not just the seat of willpower…but scientists think it holds the secret in the will to live.”
If you are like me, and enjoy doing difficult things, you will enjoy when we looked at three terms from the book Antifragile by N Taleb[xvi] where the author says there are three types of systems, organizations or people.
The fragile: which is like an egg and breaks under stress. No one wants to be labeled as fragile.The robust: which is like a phoenix, when destroyed comes back exactly as it was before. This is a step in the right direction, but who wants to emerge from challenge the same as before?The antifragile: gets stronger from uncertainty—like the Hydra from the Greek myth where you cut off one head, two grows back in its place. It gets stronger from the sudden change. We learned that when we face challenges, changes and stressors, we want to become antifragile in the process so that we grow from adversity, and become stronger in the process.
While we did go deep into the stressors and triggers that can stop our course of action, Bosnick suggested that we rate our stressors (from a list he provided to jog our minds), on a scale of 1-5. Then he reminds us of the three types of people, showing us how we can and most definitely will grow from adversity, sustaining our peak performance, and finally what we want to take away from this chapter is how to “train our brain to be antifragile in order to be more agile in the moment when we face challenges or stressors.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 149)
I don’t think that running a mile with a kettle bell is for me (even if a part of me wonders how far I could go before I would lose the grip of something that heavy), I will continue to challenge my mind, as we learned from our most downloaded series, The Silva Method that “Once we learn to use our mind (to train it) it will do some astounding things, as you will soon see.”
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
REVIEW and CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this week’s episode #357 on PART 3 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we covered a review of the strategies that can help us to implement each concept, from chapters 10, 11, 12, and 13.
EPISODE #357 PART 3 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we will cover:
✔ EP 336 Chapter 10[xvii]“The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence”
✔ EP 337 Chapter 11[xviii] “The Neuroscience of Time Management”
✔ EP 339 Chapter 12[xix] “The Neuroscience of Change”
✔ EP 342 Chapter 13[xx] “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility”
We will see you next time, with our PART 4, our final part in this review.
Stay tuned as we launch our interview series, with NEW inspiring interviews with experts who are working deeply with the most current neuroscience research.
See you next week!
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #355 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 1 (Grant Bosnick) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-self-leadership-with-neuroscience/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #356 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 2 (Grant Bosnick)https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-secrets-of-self-leadership-chapters-6-to-9-review/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-science-of-persuasion-and-influence/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #337 “The Neuroscience of Time Management” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-time-the-neuroscience-behind-effective-time-management/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 339 “The Neuroscience of Change” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/embracing-change-the-neuroscience-behind-thriving-in-2024/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 342 “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-mental-and-physical-agility-strategies-for-self-leadership/
[viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #176 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-communication-why-our-brain-doesn-t-like-the-word-no/
[ix] The Neuroscience of Influence https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J-5CZ2AXT1o
[x] The Neuroscience of Influence Leadership Coaching by Dean Newlund https://mfileadership.com/2021/01/27/the-neuroscience-of-influence/
[xi] Success Principles for Teens by Jack Canfield and Kent Healy April 15, 2008 https://www.amazon.com/Success-Principles-Teens-Where-Want/dp/0757307272
[xii] Author Kent Healy on “Time Management: Our Greatest Asset” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w_ibHzu751I
[xiii] Chronotypes Definition https://www.sleepfoundation.org/how-sleep-works/chronotypes#:~:text=Chronotype%20is%20the%20natural%20inclination,bird%20versus%20a%20night%20owl.
[xiv] https://x.com/BiggestComeback/status/1895906308785615336
[xv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #344 “The Neuroscience of Resilience: Building Stronger Minds and Teams” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-resilience-building-stronger-minds-and-teams/
[xvi] Antifragile by Nassim Taleb Published Jan. 28, 2014 https://www.amazon.com/Antifragile-Things-That-Disorder-Incerto/dp/0812979680
[xvii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-the-science-of-persuasion-and-influence/
[xviii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #337 “The Neuroscience of Time Management” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-time-the-neuroscience-behind-effective-time-management/
[xix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 339 “The Neuroscience of Change” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/embracing-change-the-neuroscience-behind-thriving-in-2024/
[xx]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 342 “Mastering Mental and Physical Agility” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-mental-and-physical-agility-strategies-for-self-leadership/
Welcome to Part 2 of our in-depth review of Grant Bosnick's 'Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.' In this episode, we delve into the significance of hydration for brain health, discovering 'aha' moments through creative insights, and the influential power of expectations on our well-being and success. We also explore the neuroscience behind staying mentally strong and regulate emotions effectively through improved sleep patterns. Join us as we unravel these fascinating research-backed strategies to enhance your self-leadership skills.
Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
And we will now resume PART 2 of our 4-PART review, to sum up last year, 2024, and our entire year studying one book, Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year. Last week, we began with PART 1[ii] and the first 5 chapters of the book. Today we will review chapters 6-9 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.
((On today's EPISODE #356 PART 2 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we will cover)):
✔ EP 327 Chapter 6[iii] “The Hydrated Brain”
✔ EP 330 Chapter 7[iv]“Aha Moments, Creative Insights/the Brain”
✔ EP 333 Chapter 8[v] “Exploring the Power of Expectations”
✔ EP 335 Chapter 9[vi] “The Neuroscience Behind Staying Strong and Clear-Headed”
If you have not yet taken the leadership self-assessment, or if you would like to re-take it to see if the results are different for you than last year, you can click the link here to find the quick test.
Self-Assessment Results 2024 vs 2025
I re-took the assessment for 2025, and did notice some similarities and some differences. See what you notice about yourself. I noticed that pathways 2 and 3 are my high areas of focus this year, and that I can drop pathway 6 from my focus. What about you? If you have a few minutes to spare, take this leadership self-assessment again, and see if you notice any changes in yourself for 2025. Did any of your pathways of focus shift since last year?
REMEMBER: We are either moving forward into growth, or backwards to safety. (Abraham Maslow).
EP 327 Chapter 6 “The Hydrated Brain”
For this episode, I remember wondering how on the earth can we narrow the focus of this topic of health and wellness that Bosnick covers thoroughly in Chapter 6?
Dr. Peter Attia[vii], a Canadian-American physician, known for his medical practice that focuses on the science of longevity, says that “exercise might be the most potent “drug” we have for extending the quality and perhaps quantity of our years of life.”
He created a rule that he thought would help narrow this focus and it was called “Attia’s Rule”[viii] where he suggests that can’t even talk about this topic, unless you have reached a certain level of health yourself. I agree, as this is one area we have been focused on this podcast, and I notice that as I strengthen one area, I lose sight of another. It’s an ongoing quest for balance, and I wouldn’t say I’ve mastered the balance yet.
We dove deep into Attia’s Rule on our EP back in October 2022, “Using Neuroscience to Improve Fitness, Longevity and Overall Health.”[ix]
Dr. Attia says that nutrition and health arguments are a waste of your time until you’ve completed a certain set of criteria. He says don’t bother defending this topic unless you can:
Dead hang for a minute (try this! I honestly thought I was going to die when I did this 2 years ago). I’m not sure I could do it today with the signs of osteoporosis showing up in my fingers (and noticeable when I type).Wall sit for two minutes. (This wasn’t difficult for me the fact that I regularly hit the hiking trails).Have a VO2 max of at least 75th percentile for your age group. (Mine is showing 37 right now which was the same as it was in 2022. Interesting that I’m hiking less these days, but have kept the same VO2 max). I think it’s important to notice just how vast this topic of health and wellness really is.
We mentioned the Top 6 Health Staples[x] on our last episode, that we created back in 2020 when our podcast took a turn towards mental and physical health and wellness, (that we just can’t escape) and I wasn’t surprised to see Stanford Professor Dr. Andrew Huberman post on Twitter/X that he would like to see a Superbowl Commercial promoting healthy habits. The time for mental and physical health is here, and we cannot deny the connection between the two. We met Dr. Bruce Perry on EP 168[xi] where we dove into his famous book What Happened to You, that he co-authored with Oprah, and the last Kindle book I purchased was Gabor Mate’s When the Body Says No: The Hidden Costs of Stress[xii]
When I look back at why I chose to highlight “The Hydrated Brain” I honestly think it was because this topic is so vast.
Hydration is something that might be emphasized with athletes, but it wasn’t something anyone had emphasized with me (unless they were connected to the sports world).
To narrow this topic of health and wellness down a bit, did YOU know that keeping our brain hydrated helps us with:
Improving concentration and cognitionHelping to balance our mood and emotionsMaintaining a good memoryBoosting our brain’s reaction timeIncreasing blood flow and oxygen to the brainPreventing and relieving headachesReducing stress Grant Bosnick shared with us in this chapter:
“That our brain is 75% water and when our brain is functioning on a full reserve of water, we will be able to think faster, be more focused and experience greater clarity and creativity?” (Chapter 6, Bosnick).
Grant reminds us that “everyone is unique and needs different amounts of water per day (but suggests) an adequate intake for men is roughly around 3 liters (100 fluid ounces) a day, (and) for women it’s about 2.2 liters (74 fluid ounces) a day.
What do you think? Could you improve your water intake? Just by thinking about ways to improve our brain health, we will over time begin to move the needle in the direction of physical health and wellness, which was the concept that Grant wanted us to uncover in Chapter 6. This is just one small idea, (in this HUGE topic) but if we can tackle one idea at a time, we will move in the direction of health and wellness.
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
EP 330 Chapter 7 “Aha Moments, Creative Insights/the Brain”
This pathway #3 came out as MEDIUM importance (orange score) for me, alongside mindfulness and flow last year, but this year, this is my second highest pathway of focus. Look to see where pathway 3 showed up for you last year, and if it’s different for you this year.
What I loved about Grant Bosnick’s book is that he opens up chapter 7 with a story of how insight was used by an organization to help solve the problem with the high number of babies that were dying within a month of their birth, specifically in developing countries. This organization he wrote about, solved this specific problem using a thought process that took insight using “materials and human resources that could be used to address this issue” (Chapter 7, Bosnick) by building incubators made out of Toyota cars that were readily available in these developing areas.
Instead of using their analytical mind and thinking “how do we get more incubators to these areas” someone on their team used insight and creativity to come up with the best solution to use the resources they had readily available to them, locally.
So how do we think up these creative ideas? Grant asks us to ponder where we have our best ideas.
In the shower?While exercising?At your desk while doing work?Just before falling asleep or waking up?While walking or hiking?While taking with a friend? Grant suggests that few people will come back with “at their desk while working” since this type of creativity involves breaking away from the analytical, thinking mind, and tapping into our “nonconscious” (Chapter 7, Bosnick) part of our brain.
It was here I had to look deeper into how this type of thinking happens, and I found the fascinating book, The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain by John Kounios and Mark Beeman.
If you want to dive deeper into the science behind insight and creativity, I highly suggest reading this book. I wanted to know HOW to create these “AHA” Moments at will, not by chance and this is what these two cognitive neuroscientists who wrote this book, set out to do. Their goal of writing this book was to “explain how these Eureka experiences happen—and how to have more of them to enrich our lives and empower personal and professional success.” (The Eureka Factor).
In the very beginning pages of The Eureka Factor, we learn that “insight is creative” (Page 9, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman) and when the authors went on to define “what creativity is” they suggest to not define it (yet) since “everyone intuitively recognizes creativity when he or she sees it” (Page 9, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman).
I thought back to when we covered “Improving Creativity” on PART 4 of The Silva Method[xiii] on ((“Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces”)) and we tapped into Dr. Andrew Huberman’s research on creativity here. Dr. Huberman explains that “when we see something that’s truly creative, it reveals something to us about the natural world and about how our brains work….It must reveal something that surprises us” for it to be truly creative.
So, going back to The Eureka Factor, John Kounios suggests that “creative insight is not an exotic type of thought reserved for the few. In fact, (he says) it’s one of the few abilities that define our species….most humans—have insights. It’s a basic human ability.” (Page 11, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman).
While reading further into The Eureka Factor, I came across an image that helped to explain this idea so we can ALL improve our ability to generate new and creative insights that will empower our personal and professional lives.
IMAGE CREDIT: The Eureka Factor (Kounios, Beeman) Page 24
If someone were to ask me “Where do I begin to improve my ability to create NEW insights in my life?” I would say, start here:
STEP 1: Go somewhere quiet and think. We’ve mentioned a few times on this podcast that “Every man has the natural and inherent power to think what he wants to think, but it requires more effort to do so”[xiv] (Wallace D. Wattles). I recently heard Professor Hod Lipson[xv] from Columbia University, speaking about the future with AI, and while his whole presentation was forward-thinking, eye opening and brilliant, what caught my attention the most was when he mentioned that while working with students with AI and robotics, the hardest part for them was to come up with a name for their robot, because he said “it takes a lot of effort to be creative.” Take the time needed for this process.
STEP 2: You might think you are stuck, and like the image suggests in the show notes, you might see a brick wall in front of you, metaphorically speaking, but know that there is always a solution to every problem. You just haven’t figured it out yet. It’s here that I share ways I’ve moved past where I’m stuck, and that’s by using The Silva Method. I’m reminded daily that many of our current listeners found us from the first episode we did with this 4-part series that ended with an episode on “How to Be More Creative and Innovative”. When you feel stuck, take a break.
STEP 3: Keeping your mood positive, break away from where you feel stuck, and do something that makes you happy. It could be going for a walk, or a hike, or playing tennis like the image from The Eureka Factor. Just break away and divert your attention away from the problem. If you are in a meditative state, just be sure to have positive, elevated emotions flowing through you. Looking at the image in the show notes from The Eureka Factor, we see a person playing tennis. You can use whatever method you want here (The Silva Method of Meditation, your own mindfulness practice, going for a walk) or whatever it is for YOU where you access those feelings of calmness and peace.
STEP 4: Be open to new ideas that might pop into your head. Be prepared for ideas that might be completely opposite to how you were originally thinking of solving the problem. We are all different here. Think back to the beginning of this episode, when Grant Bosnick asked us to consider where our creative ideas flow into our minds. Mine come in that time just before I go to sleep, or just as I’m waking up. Others might come in the shower, or while exercising. Be open to NEW ideas coming into your mind, and be ready to write them down.
STEP 5: Know that there is much work going on from your unconscious mind. You’ll will become more self-aware in this process.
Grant Bosnick lists a few inventions that were developed this way, in chapter 7 on Insight, and I found an article that lists “Great Eureka Moments in History: From Issac Netwon to Sir Paul McCartney, (where) inspiration arrived suddenly”[xvi] to help these inventors move forward with their famous AHA Moments.
I personally think it’s amazing how we acquire wisdom. When we suddenly “see” something that escaped us for so long. I can only imagine the room from Grant Bosnick’s opening story when that one person said “why don’t we make incubators out of Toyota cars?” completely shifting what EVERYONE was thinking.
We ended this EP with one of my favorite poems from Stewart Edward White who explains how AHA Moments of Learning can change us forever. He writes:
“Curious how we acquire wisdom!Over and over again, the same truthis thrust under our very noses.We encounter it in action; we are admonished of it;we read it in the written word.We suffer the experience;we gradually assent to the advice;we approve, intellectually, the written word.But nothing happens inside us.Then, one day, some trivial experienceor word or encounter stops us short.A gleam of illumination penetrates thedepth of our consciousness.We see! Usually it is but a glimpse;but on rare occasions a brilliant flashreveals truth fully formed.And we marvel that this understandinghas escaped us so long.”
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
EP 333 Chapter 8 “Exploring the Power of Expectations” where we will dive into a topic that I mark as high importance in my life, right up with breathing. When I took my self-assessment last year, the topic of expectations showed up as low priority for me to focus. Not because it’s not important to me, but because I’ve already made this topic of high importance. Expectations came out for me in the RED category, with a low score of 8% (last year) along with goals and time management, that I also put high importance with on a daily basis.
This year, pathway 1 came out as an area of MEDIUM focus for me, and I can tell right now, that the area I need to work on is “time management.”
If you’ve taken the self-assessment, look to see if Expectations (in pathway 1) are of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
Before looking at Grant Bosnick’s thoughts about the topic of expectations, where he begins chapter 8 by asking us “what did you expect?” I had to do some research first, to see what is already out in the world, and there was a lot out there, on the science behind expectations.
DID YOU KNOW:
That when our expectations are met or exceeded, this “increases our dopamine levels, which leads to increased happiness and well-being, which helps maximize our performance by setting up the conditions of flow and insight, which leads to more productivity and increased confidence?” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick)
Conversely, did you know that “if our expectations are not met, that it dramatically decreases our dopamine levels, we feel disappointment and stress, resulting in poor performance and decreased confidence?” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85).
On the EP we went deep into the Science of Expectation, and we looked at a book by David Robson called The Expectation Effect where this author showed us how “our beliefs, in themselves, shape your health and well-being in profound ways, and that learning to reset our expectations (about these issues) can have truly remarkable effects on our health, happiness and productivity.” (David Robson)
SOME TIPS ON HOW TO USE THE NEUROSCIENCE OF EXPECTATIONS IN OUR DAILY LIFE:
KNOW EXACTLY WHAT I’M EXPECTING (of myself and others): Understanding the science, helps me to keep my expectations tied to myself, and not others, to avoid disappointment and stress. I expect to achieve my goals, (by putting in the necessary work) keep myself in good health (physical and mental) and will not just THINK about these expectations, but will do the hard work, take the action necessary to achieve them. This way, I’m not just “thinking” of what I expect to occur, I’m actually doing something with those thoughts. If I’m ever feeling “disappointed” with something in my life, a good question to ask is “what did you expect?” and see if I can backtrack to my thoughts. Was I using the science to flood my brain with dopamine, (with something within my control-that I could take action towards) or not. USE POSITIVE EXPECTATION TO BUILD RESILIENCE FOR A HEALTHIER VERSION OF MYSELF: Understanding the science behind our expectations, and especially David Robson’s work, where we learned that “people with a more positive attitude towards their later years are less likely to develop (certain age-related diseases)” (David Robson, The Expectation Effect) making a strong case for expecting exceptional mental and physical health in the future. Again, it goes without saying that we can’t just “think” ourselves into good health. We need to do the work here in order to expect results to occur. CONTINUE TO EXPECT GOOD THINGS (for myself and others) Knowing that “expectations and beliefs can influence—indeed are already influencing your life in many other surprising and powerful ways. (David Robson, The Expectation Effect) makes me believe in some of the rituals I’ve heard of over the years, like lucky charms. I learned from David Robson’s The Expectation Effect, that “superstitions and rituals can boost perseverance and performance across a whole range of cognitive tasks, and (that) the advantages are often considerable.” (Page 198, The Expectation Effect). Whether you are a professional athlete, singer, public speaker, or someone like me who just wants improved results, there is a science to having a lucky charm, or something that brings you the promise of success, to help you to create a feeling of control during those high stress times we all face. Don’t dismiss the power of a lucky rock with a goal written on it, or whatever it is that holds significance to you with your future goals, or something that has meaning to you, that you expect to occur in your future. REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
EP 335 Chapter 9 “The Neuroscience Behind Staying Strong and Clear-Headed” Chapter 9, covering “The Neuroscience of Emotion Regulation” which showed up on my leadership self-assessment (in pathway 4 last year AND again this year) as a low, RED score, of 20%. This is not because it’s not something I don’t need to pay attention to, this is something I pay attention to daily, right up there with physical health that’s also listed in Pathway Four of Grant’s Self-Leadership Map.
Look to see if Emotion Regulation (pathway 4) is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
EMOTION REGULATION AND SLEEP:
In a world where we are hit daily by external stimuli, how on the earth can we be proactive to stay mentally strong and clear-headed so we have improved executive control to manage our emotions and regulate them? This took me straight to the work of Dr. Andrew Huberman, and Dr. Matthew Walker who recorded an episode called “Improve Sleep to Boost Mood and Emotion Regulation.”[xvii] It was here where I learned just how important sleep is for keeping a strong, clear mind, so we can use this strength to acknowledge and regulate our emotions, like Bosnick suggested in chapter 9 of his book.
Dr. Walker, a professor of neuroscience and psychology at the University of California, Berkeley and the host of The Matt Walker Podcast, gave example after example that proved that when you’ve NOT had a good night’s sleep, things that wouldn’t bother you (when you’ve slept well), begin to aggravate, or grate on you more.
Here’s what I found to be remarkable on this topic, something I had not ever heard before.
DID YOU KNOW THAT “the greater amount of REM sleep you are getting, (where our dreams occur) the greater amount of emotional detox you will get the next day.” Matt Walker and Dr. Andrew Huberman.
Dr. Walker went on to explain that “the brain chemical noradrenaline (that’s responsible for our stress reaction) completely shuts off during REM sleep, and serotonin (that plays a role with our mood) decreases, while acetyl choline (that carries messages from our brain to our body through nerve cells) increases by up to 30% in some parts of the brain (and can be even more active than when we were awake). Dr. Walker concluded that the decrease of stress related brain chemicals is what makes “REM sleep was the perfect condition for overnight therapy.”
If we want to improve our emotion regulation, the science is pointing directly to improving our sleep.
On this episode, we dove deep into the 4 stages of sleep and suggestions to improve our sleep is something I’ve been working on for the past 5 years. There is a lot to this, and I’m still working on improving ALL the macroingredients of a good sleep (suggested by Dr. Walker), that include QQRT, or knowing the quantity (amount of sleep), quality (fragmented vs continuous), regularity (sleeping/waking around the same time) and timing (sleeping in alignment with my chronotype). Dr. Walker explains these areas with Dr. Huberman, and if you do wonder where you can improve, I highly suggest their 6-part series on sleep.
TIPS FOR IMPROVING EMOTION REGULATION BY IMPROVING OUR SLEEP:
Here are three tips that I took away from the neuroscience of self-regulation, that I’ve been working on, to see if improving my sleep in these areas, could possibly improve emotion regulation.
We all know the importance of knowing how much sleep we are getting to be well-rested the next day, (how many hours or the quantity) but it’s also important to keep an eye on the QUALITY or amount of DEEP RESTORATIVE sleep we are getting each night.
When I looked at the graphic I included when I wrote this EP back in June 2024, using the WHOOP wearable tracker, I can tell you that with focus and effort in this area, I’ve been able to improve the number of hours of restorative sleep I was getting last year, to this year, by 14%, hitting most nights with sufficient restorative sleep.
Do you know how many hours of restorative sleep you are getting each night?
Keeping an eye on how much REM sleep we getting, is my next tip, since we know it’s important for consolidating new memories, learning and motor skills. We also just learned that the more REM sleep we are getting, we can say we are getting some good overnight therapy, restoring ourselves mentally. You can find sleep trackers that can help you to measure and track these important ingredients of a good sleep for yourself, and see how much REM sleep you are getting each night, while keeping in mind that “the greater amount of REM sleep you are getting, the greater amount of emotional detox you will get the next day.” (Dr. Walker)
Remember, we are working on ways to help with our emotion regulation, and it seems to me, that an easy way to do this, would be to see how we can improve our REM sleep.
Dr. Huberman and Dr. Walker went into great detail about this concept[xviii] that I’ve actually witnessed first-hand. They described what happens in REM sleep to be like “Behavior-Desensitization” and I had the opportunity to see the stages of this process, done by someone skilled and trained in trauma and the brain, working with someone I know well, who has experiences significant trauma in their life, starting at an early age. Using a series of techniques, the trained therapist took the client safely from talking about a traumatic memory from their childhood, (with extreme emotion attached) to where they could say out loud that the memory had lost its emotional load and no longer gave them an emotional reaction. This is exactly what happens to our brain during REM sleep and why it’s mentally restorative.
Putting these tips all together, and knowing that improving the quality, and quantity of sleep is linked to improving emotion regulation, I’m working hard to improve restorative sleep and REM sleep, each month. It’s all just a balancing act, though, and working on one part of our health at a time.
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
REVIEW and CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this week’s episode #356 on PART 2 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we covered a review of the strategies that can help us to implement each concept, from chapters 6, 7, 8, and 9.
✔ EP 327 Chapter 6[xix] “The Hydrated Brain”
✔ EP 330 Chapter 7[xx]“Aha Moments, Creative Insights/the Brain”
✔ EP 333 Chapter 8[xxi] “Exploring the Power of Expectations”
✔ EP 335 Chapter 9[xxii] “The Neuroscience Behind Staying Strong and Clear-Headed”
While listening to each episode can be a helpful review, so can revisiting your leadership self-assessment to see what might have changed for you this year from last. I hope this review of chapters 6-9 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership have helped you to think of NEW ways of thinking and taking the necessary action, that will drive you towards whatever it is that you are working on this year.
With that thought, I do want to thank you for tuning in, and we will see you next time, with a review of the next 4 chapters.
See you next time.
ADDITIONAL RESOURCES
We were grateful to be featured as a Top 30 #neuroscience #podcast and Top 20 #sel podcast for 2025! https://podcast.feedspot.com/neuroscience_podcasts/ https://podcast.feedspot.com/social_emotional_learning_podcasts/ FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
Thank you to all who listen!REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #355 Mastering Self-Leadership REVIEW PART 1 (Grant Bosnick) https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-self-leadership-with-neuroscience/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #327 “The Hydrated Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/neuroscience-meets-social-and-emotional-learning-podcast-episode-327-recap/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “AHA Moments, Creative Insights and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-self-leadership-and-the-neuroscience-of-goals/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #333 “Exploring the Power of Expectations” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/exploring-the-power-of-expectations-in-episode-333/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #335 “The Neuroscience Behind Being Strong and Clear Headed” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-emotion-regulation-the-neuroscience-behind-staying-strong-and-clear-headed/
[vii] Peter Attia https://peterattiamd.com/
[viii] Attia’s Rule https://miloandthecalf.com/2023/02/08/the-attia-rule-some-tests-of-strength-for-longevity/#:~:text=Awhile%20back%20longevity%20expert%20Peter,a%20person%20fit%20for%20longevity.
[ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast “Using Neuroscience to Improve Fitness, Longevity and Overall Health.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-using-neuroscience-to-improve-fitness-longevity-and-overall-health/
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE Recorded for Podbean’s Wellness Week “The Top 5 Health Staples” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/
[xi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EP 168 “Dr. Bruce Perry and Steve Graner: What Happened to You?” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-bruce-perry-and-steve-graner-from-the-neurosequential-network-on-what-we-should-all-know-about-what-happened-to-you/
[xii] Gabor Mate When the Body Says No: Understanding the Stress-Disease Connection Published https://www.amazon.com/When-Body-Says-No-Hidden/dp/178504222X
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 264 “The Neuroscience Behind The Silva Method: Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 315 “Thinking and Acting in This Certain Way PART 2 Review of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich book https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
[xv] https://www.me.columbia.edu/faculty/hod-lipson
[xvi] “Great Eureka Moments in History: From Issac Netwon to Sir Paul McCartney, inspiration arrived suddenly” by Dan Falk, Published September 2, 2005 https://magazine.utoronto.ca/research-ideas/culture-society/great-eureka-moments-in-history-famous-inspirational-moments/
[xvii] Dr. Matt Walker: Improve Sleep to Boost Mood & Emotional Regulation | Huberman Lab Guest Series
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S_SrHS8FvMM
[xviii] Dr. Matt Walker: Improve Sleep to Boost Mood & Emotional Regulation | Huberman Lab Guest Series https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S_SrHS8FvMM
[xix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #327 “The Hydrated Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/neuroscience-meets-social-and-emotional-learning-podcast-episode-327-recap/
[xx] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “AHA Moments, Creative Insights and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-self-leadership-and-the-neuroscience-of-goals/
[xxi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #333 “Exploring the Power of Expectations” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/exploring-the-power-of-expectations-in-episode-333/
[xxii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #335 “The Neuroscience Behind Being Strong and Clear Headed” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mastering-emotion-regulation-the-neuroscience-behind-staying-strong-and-clear-headed/
Welcome back to Season 13 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. In this episode, join Andrea Samadi as we delve into practical neuroscience applications for self-leadership in 2025. Discover how to balance various aspects of life through insights from Grant "Upbeat" Bosnick's book, 'Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.'
We explore strategies from four key chapters, focusing on leveraging neuroscience to level up your goals, the inspiration behind motivation, the benefits of mindfulness, and the art of achieving flow states. Learn actionable steps for overcoming obstacles and using positive forces to drive personal growth.
Whether you're implementing new habits or seeking motivation, this episode serves as a guide to harnessing the full potential of your mind and achieving greater heights.
Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
Now, we are well into 2025, and if you are listening today, I want to congratulate you. Not everyone chooses to do the work that is needed for self-improvement. It’s something I’m dedicated to working on each year, and like you, those who tune in each week, implementing the ideas we write down in our notebooks, and even the ones we highlight in yellow, this is the hardest work in the room. I just want to recognize you for showing up here, and tuning in to grab some ideas, do this difficult work, and take the ideas that you learn from the research, and put them into action.
Like you, I am doing this as well. We interviewed Kristen Holmes, the VP of Performance Science from Whoop.com back in May 2021, on EP134[i] when I had first started using the wearable device to measure my sleep, strain and daily recovery. She told me something I already knew, and that was that my sleep needed work. She said it much sterner than this, but I heard it, loud and clear, especially since my brain scan from Amen Clinics, that we reviewed on EP 84[ii] came back and showed that I was sleep deprived. Changing behaviors, habits and daily routines, and changing the trajectory of our health is all possible, but actually sustaining the change—this is what I’m looking for. This is why I am doing these podcast episodes, and sharing what I’m learning along the way. It took me 4 years to finally improve my sleep, but to do this, I had to sacrifice something else important to me, and that was my early morning workouts. I’m sure if you are listening, you would understand and know exactly what I am saying here. While making improvements with one area of our life, we tend to do this at the expense of another area. I’m determined to prove that we can have it all, and hopefully, at the end of this review, we can all find a way towards improving the balance in the important areas of our lives.
REMEMBER: “Mastering others is strength; mastering oneself is true power” - Lao Tsu
Now wouldn’t it be great to have a tool (like a map) that tells us what is important to focus on each year, based on what we say is important to us in our work or personal lives?
Now sleep is not on the map we are covering today, as we will review the 19 chapters from Grant Bosnick’s book, but I would put sleep right at the top of the list, along with the Top Health Staples that we covered back on a bonus EP we did in 2022[iii] where we first covered the importance of daily exercise, good quality sleep, eating a healthy diet, understanding how to balance our gut-brain axis, how to listen to our hunger cues with intermittent fasting, and the importance of stress reduction (that I think we could cover more in depth this year).
((If you took the leadership self-assessment[iv] last year, go back and take it again, and see if any of the areas have changed for you.))
SELF-ASSESSMENT LINK HERE
And now we will begin PART 1 of our 4-PART review, to sum up last year, 2024, and our entire year studying one book, Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[v] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year.
Today we will review chapters 2-5 (the first chapter was an introduction to the book).
((On today's EPISODE #355 PART 1 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we will cover)):
✔ EP 323 Chapter 2[vi] “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your Goals”
✔ EP 324 Chapter 3[vii] “The Neuroscience of Inspiration”
✔ EP 325 Chapter 4[viii] “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness”
✔ EP 326 Chapter 5[ix] “The Neuroscience of Flow”
We will go through each of the 19 chapters, and cover the action steps in this review.
EP 323 Chapter 2[x] “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your Goals”What I loved the most about this chapter on goals, was learning about Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory that says “there is a force that drives us towards our goals.” (Chapter 2 on goals). The idea is that we learn to use this force to push us towards whatever it is that we want.
Here’s a REVIEW of 3 steps to implement Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory to push us towards our goals this year.
STEP 1 RECOGNIZE THE NEGATIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US AWAY FROM OUR GOALS: Know that whenever we are moving towards a goal, there will be a force that pushes us down from our current state of attaining that goal, (a negative force) and there’s also a force that helps us to change (a positive force). Identify the forces that are pushing you down as you move towards your desired end result.
In our schools: it could be limited time to study for a test. (as a negative force).
In our sports environments: it could be our competition, or whoever is at the top of the league.
Finally, in our workplaces: it could be a competitor charging lower pricing, and taking all the business in your area.
STEP 2 RECOGNIZE THE POSITIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US TOWARDS OUR GOALS: Recognize that just as there is a negative force pushing us down, there are also positive forces that pushes us up, and can assist us to change. It’s this force pushing us up that Grant talks about in his chapter on goals. He says that “the closer we get to our target (or perception of being closer to the target) the strength of the force increases.” (Page 20, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Leadership).
STEP 3 FIND THE MOMENTUM THAT TAKES YOU TO A NEW LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE:
It’s here in the diagram where I drew a RED arrow, showing a person moving from their current state, leveling up to a new, heightened level of performance, when there are MORE positive forces pushing us up, than negative pushing us down.
BEFORE we can get to our new heightened level of performance, we must overcome the forces against whatever it is we are moving towards, (like by overcoming our competition) and create as many positive forces to help us to move towards our NEW end result.
Revisiting this concept this year, I suggest we all create a plan for how we will overcome our resistances, while building up positive forces for change (like through study, identifying ways to improve our mental and physical health so we can use these forces to push up against the negatives, or from understanding our “why” so this internal force drives us forward when times are difficult.
Another thought here, is to find ways to increase our capacity to handle stress. I recommend listening to EP 228[xi] where we reviewed “HRV (heart rate variability) The Most Important Biomarker for Tracking Health, Recovery and Resilience” as this episode gives examples of how to build more capacity to handle these day to day negative forces, and create healthy ways to push us towards our goals.
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
EP 324 Chapter 3[xii] “The Neuroscience of Inspiration”This chapter on inspiration and motivation came up as a high level of importance for me last year, and I’m always looking to deepen my understanding on where I find inspiration from, and why, with the idea that “what we find inspiring (people or things) produces oxytocin (that facilitates trust)in the brain while also producing dopamine the neurotransmitter that’s associated with motivation and reward.” There’s a lot at play when we find what motivates and inspires us day to day.
PUTTING THE NEUROSCIENCE OF INSPIRATION INTO PRACTICE:
WRITE: Write a list of:
Who inspires you, and why?Do you feel trust with this person that could be a performance multiplier? Think about this. Why, or why not?What inspires you, and why?Do you feel motivation from places that we know can rewire our brain and make new neural connections?THINK: Think of your brain being bombarded by oxytocin (the neurochemical that facilitates the feelings of trust) and then dopamine (the neurochemical associated with motivation and reward) and then the NEW neural pathways that are being rewired into your brain with whatever it is that you are drawing inspiration from.
LEARN: What does this mean to you? Does it help you to make sense of your world in a new way? Does this connection to science help to motivate you in a NEW way, perhaps pushing you past some of the obstacles that once held you back? Does this NEW understanding energize you in some new way, or give you more self-awareness towards your goals?
My goal with these bite-sized chapters connecting Neuroscience and Self-Leadership to our daily practice, is that we begin to see how simple it is to connect an understanding of how our brain works, to our best practices, that we tap into daily, taking us to new heights.
Applying the Neuroscience of Inspiration to my life, I can clearly see what’s most important to me, why I’m drawn to certain people or places, and how important it is for me to keep learning, and applying what we uncover together on these episodes.
EP 325 Chapter 4[xiii] “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness”I loved this episode because I learned something new, and made a deeper connection to our past episodes.
I learned:
That there is a concept called PQ Reps, coined by Positive Intelligence Founder, Shirzad Chamine who used fMRI scanners to discover that by doing these PQ Reps we can actually build our mental muscles by activating this PQ Region in the Brain. For those who have a mindfulness practice in place, putting PQ Reps into practice helps to reaffirm the benefits that come along with building your mental muscles, and for those who have found it difficult to begin a mindfulness practice, PQ Reps is a proven way to bridge the gap for you to begin.
HOW DO WE PRACTICE THESE IMPORTANT PQ REPS? By rubbing our finger and thumb together, and involving any of our 5 senses for 10 seconds. I suggest that we feel the touch of our fingers on each other. By doing this, we are shifting our attention to our body and focusing on the sensation. It is this activity, that build up the PQ Area of our brain, while the survival part goes quieter.
If you next listen to Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation[xiv] you will see how Dr. Siegel’s Mindfulness Practice is essentially teaching you to do PQ Reps involving every part of your body and feeling the sensations from your head to toe. Start small, practicing PQ Reps one day at a time, and eventually you will learn to focus your attention for longer periods of time, building your mental muscles and resilience in the process.
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
EP 326 Chapter 5[xv] “The Neuroscience of Flow”I learned that “when we are in flow, we are 5X more productive” and of course, who doesn’t want to be 5X more productive? We covered this topic back on EP 27[xvi] with Friederike Fabritius who first taught me the recipe for peak performance.
What I remember loving the most about Friederike’s first talk that I found back in 2017 that she did for high level executives in Barcelona, Spain, was that she accurately described what the psychologist, researcher and “father of flow” (known in his work environment as Mike C) that he devoted his entire lifetime to. And that is, what constitutes a happy life. “Mike C,” Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, (from Claremont Graduate University in CA) along with Professor Martin Seligman of the University of Pennsylvania (who we’ve mentioned before on this podcast “set out to develop a focus on happiness, well-being, and positivity with a goal to create a field focused on human well-being and the conditions that enable people to flourish and live satisfying lives.”[xvii]
Friederike explained this concept of “flow” or “peak performance” as an optimal state that occurs when our brain releases three chemicals: noradrenaline (released with a challenge), dopamine (released with anything that gives you pleasure), and acetylcholine (released when you have focused attention).
She reminded us about learning to find our “optimal level” of performance by knowing thyself. Some people she says, need challenge to perform optimally (I’m like this for sure), and other people, you must take the challenge or pressure away for them to perform at their best. One person performs better with an element of “threat” that they perceive as a “reward” and this motivates them, while another person shuts down with this “threat.” To reach peak performance levels with YOUR work, it helps to know how you reach your optimal levels best.
In Chapter 5, Grant gives us tips for getting into this flow state.
PICK A GOAL: Think of whatever it is you are working on a decide on the goal. Finish the presentation, or write the proposal or for me, finish writing this episode so I can record, edit and release it today.PRIME YOUR BRAIN FOR FLOW: Next he suggests bringing in mindfulness, that takes us back to our last episode where we learned about PQ reps. Use mindfulness to filter out your distractions and maintain control with your attention. I found it does help to let others around you know you’ve blocked off a time where you cannot be interrupted.THINK ABOUT THE BENEFIT OF THE GOAL: Why do you want to complete the thing you are working on. For me, with each podcast episode I write, record and release, it helps me to not only implement these new ideas into my own life, but I know I’m gaining skills that help me far beyond the content. Hosting this podcast, writing and recording these episodes, helps me to improve my presentation skills, communication, which improves my overall levels of confidence, let along what I’m gaining from implementing these ideas myself. I also hear from listeners like Tor Carberry from LinkedIn, who let me know he was looking forward to this episode. I don’t want to let others down, so this also motivates me to do my best work. What about you? What benefits do YOU receive from whatever it is that YOU are working on?
PUT YOURSELF ON THE EDGE: Ask yourself, is this challenging me? If it’s not, it might not get you into the flow state. If it is, then keep working, and see how far you can get. How long can you stretch your flow state. I’ve stretched my flow state this morning from the minute I sat down at my desk. There’s always lots of distractions, but with practice, it becomes easier to block them out, and keep moving forward, with your end goal in mind. There’s nothing like the feeling of knowing you gave something your full attention, and effort.
REVISIT THIS EPISODE TO REVIEW THIS CONCEPT IN DEPTH
REVIEW and CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this week’s episode #355 on PART 1 of our review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, we covered a review of the strategies that can help us to implement each concept, from chapter 2, 3, 4 and 5.
✔ EP 323 Chapter 2[xviii] “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your Goals”
✔ EP 324 Chapter 3[xix] “The Neuroscience of Inspiration”
✔ EP 325 Chapter 4[xx] “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness”
✔ EP 326 Chapter 5[xxi] “The Neuroscience of Flow”
While listening to each episode can be a helpful review, so can revisiting your leadership self-assessment to see what might have changed for you this year. I did notice the leadership self-assessment link was not working for me to retake it this year, so I have reached out to Grant Bosnick and will update it as soon as he shares it with me. LINK IS HERE
In the meantime, I hope this review of the first 5 chapters of his book have helped you to think of NEW ways of thinking that will drive you towards whatever it is that you are working on this year.
With that thought, I do want to thank you for tuning in, and we will see you next time, with a review of the next 5 chapters.
See you next time.
ADDITIONAL RESOURCES
We were grateful to be featured as a Top 30 #neuroscience #podcast and Top 20 #sel podcast for 2025! https://podcast.feedspot.com/neuroscience_podcasts/ https://podcast.feedspot.com/social_emotional_learning_podcasts/ FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #134 with Kristen Holmes from Whoop.com https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #84 “ How a Spect Image Brain Scan Can Change your Life PART 3” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/how-a-spect-scan-can-change-your-life-part-3-with-andrea-samadi/
[iii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/
[iv] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 on “The Neuroscience of Goals” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-season-11-of-the-neuroscience-meets-sel-podcast/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #324 “The Neuroscience of Inspiration” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-self-leadership-series/
[viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #325 “The Neuroscience of Flow” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-peak-performance-and-happiness/
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 on “The Neuroscience of Goals” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-season-11-of-the-neuroscience-meets-sel-podcast/
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #228 “HRV: The Most Important Biomarker for Tracking Health, Recovery and Resilience” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-review-of-heart-rate-variability-the-most-important-biomarker-for-tracking-health-recovery-and-resilience/
[xii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #324 “The Neuroscience of Inspiration” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-self-leadership-series/
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #325 “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insight-from-grant-bosnicks-tailored-approaches-to-self-leadership/
[xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #60 “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice with a Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
[xv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #326 “The Neuroscience of Flow” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-peak-performance-and-happiness/
[xvi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #27 with Friederike Fabritius on “The Recipe for Peak Performance” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/pioneer-in-the-field-of-neuroleadership-friederike-fabritius-on-the-recipe-for-achieving-peak-performance/
[xvii] https://www.cgu.edu/people/mihaly-csikszentmihalyi/
[xviii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 on “The Neuroscience of Goals” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-season-11-of-the-neuroscience-meets-sel-podcast/
[xix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #324 “The Neuroscience of Inspiration” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-self-leadership-series/
[xx]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #325 “The Neuroscience of Flow” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-peak-performance-and-happiness/
Welcome to Episode 354 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast! Join host Andrea Samadi as she concludes the 18-week self-leadership series with Grant Bosnick's revolutionary insights into the neuroscience of presence. Discover how your internal thoughts, external behaviors, and interactions shape your presence, and learn practical strategies to enhance your mindfulness and connection with others.
This episode dives into Dr. Dan Siegel's 'Wheel of Awareness' meditation, offering three actionable tips to strengthen your presence in daily life. Uncover how to elevate your relationships and productivity by integrating mindfulness practices into your routine.
Whether you're striving to be the most interesting or the most interested person in the room, this episode provides valuable guidance. Prepare to close the year with heightened awareness and step into 2025 with a new perspective on leadership and personal growth.
On today's episode #354 we continue with the final topic of our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year. Our final topic today, will be the neuroscience of presence, and then stay tuned for a review of the entire series to help us to move forward in 2025 with a new lens.
((On today's EPISODE #354 “The Neuroscience of Presence” we will cover)):
✔ Chapter 19 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership with the topic of presence.
✔ Grant Bosnick’s Presence Framework with examples of subtle and direct presence.
✔ The Neuroscience of Presence using Dr. Dan Siegel’s book Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence
✔ Three Tips to Develop More Presence in our Day to Day Life.
✔ Reflections for using Mindfulness and Meditation to Improve Our Presence.
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[ii], look to see if Presence (in Pathway 2), along with inspiration and motivation, persuade and influence, is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. I was not surprised to see this pathway is a high area of focus for me as I’m always looking for new ways to motivate, inspire and influence, and presence is something I know I need to work on daily, bringing my attention back to the present moment or you might catch me daydreaming. It made me laugh when Masati Sajady mentioned he noticed this with me, back on EP 348[iii] last year. Our presence is something that can be felt, that’s for sure. Now let’s take this deeper with Grant’s book.
Grant opens up chapter 19, his final chapter, by saying that presence “is a product of our internal thoughts, external behaviors and interactions with others. It’s something (he says) that we carry with us at all times, whether we’re walking into a meeting room (or walking anywhere I might add) or sitting at a bus stop.” (Ch 19, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 252).
I can demonstrate this one easily because we have all been there. I’ll never forget Dr. Dan Siegel, who we interviewed way back in our early days of this podcast, on EP 28[iv] talking about this topic, as he watched a mother with a young child walking, and the mother was on her cell phone, not present at all. He talked about the many opportunities for connection that were lost in this instance, and I never forgot it, as I’ve been guilty of doing exactly the same thing and potentially losing out on opportunities to make meaningful connections with others.
Or think about this. In a conversation, someone is talking to you, and you notice the void. They’ve left the conversation. They are standing right in front of you, they could be looking you straight in the face, but they are no longer present mentally. You don’t need to ask them where they have gone, you can just feel it, and they eventually come back, but you know they gave you half of their attention.
Has this ever happened to you? Of course, it has.
Bosnick says that our presence “can be direct or subtle presence; and it can be controlled or uncontrolled. With direct controlled presence, we can be the most interesting person in the room—being assertive, measured and engaging (he says). With subtle controlled presence, we can be the most interested person in the room—being observant, connected and attentive.” (Ch 19, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 252) and he says “both add value in different situations.”
Whether you're striving to be the most interesting or the most interested person in the room, this episode provides valuable guidance. Prepare to close the year with heightened awareness and step into 2025 with a new perspective on leadership and personal growth.
Bosnick says that our presence “can be direct or subtle presence; and it can be controlled or uncontrolled. With direct controlled presence, we can be the most interesting person in the room—being assertive, measured and engaging (he says). With subtle controlled presence, we can be the most interested person in the room—being observant, connected and attentive.” (Ch 19, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 252) and he says “both add value in different situations.”
IMAGE CREDIT: Chapter 19 Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership
When I think about the most interested person in the room, my mind goes to our company Zoom meetings, where there is one person, Nikki, who always has her camera on, and she is always listening to the conversation actively, showing she is truly interested. She’s an incredible role model for the rest of us, and I find her attention to be motivating.
This past Christmas holiday, we did a Secret Santa at our work, and Nikki was one of the organizers. I thought it would be fun to participate, so I signed up for this chance to get to know some of my work colleagues in a different way. When my box arrived at my house, and we all met on a call to open our gifts together, I was blown away with the items that were bought for me. The person who was my Secret Santa knew me well!
They found out I enjoy hiking in my spare time, and bought me some items that I can really use, when I’m out on the hiking trails. This person demonstrated they were “interested” in me, with a subtle presence, by being observant, connected and attentive. Wouldn’t you know it, that my Secret Santa was Nikki! And her presence made me want to do the same thing for others.
What about the most interesting person in the room? We all know this one. With direct, controlled presence, they become “assertive, measured and engaging” and it’s hard to take your eyes off of them. They are impossible to miss. I’m sure we can all close our eyes and think of an example of someone who uses their direct, controlled presence, really well.
No one wants to be “invisible” or on the other hand “overwhelming” so this idea of presence takes practice. Bosnick says that while “some people are naturally skilled at controlling and flexing between levels of presence (like my coworker Nikki), “most of us need to consciously work at it to bring it into our control and use it to our best advantage.” (Ch 19, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 253)
So how can we improve our presence? Let’s go straight to the expert on this topic, Dr. Dan Siegel, whose book, Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence,[v] dives deep into a meditation practice, called The Wheel of Awareness, that uses science and psychology to “strengthen your capacity for presence.” (Aware, Dan Siegel).
What is the Neuroscience of Presence?
This is what Dr. Dan Siegel helps us to understand in his book, Aware that outlines why the meditation he created (The Wheel of Awareness) begins with helping us to become more mindful, but the byproduct of this mindfulness, is that “people seem interested in exploring how they might cultivate more presence in their lives so they can be healthier, happier and kinder to themselves and others.” (Dr. Siegel, Aware). Of course at the end of our interview, 6 year ago now, Dr. Siegel asked me what I was learning from doing his Wheel of Awareness Meditation every day.
I shared what I learned in an extensive review of Dr. Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation, on EP 60[vi] “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice with a Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness.” It took me some time to uncover what I learned, but not only does this scientifically proven meditation change the structure and function of the brain in these fascinating ways:
There’s an integration of structure and function of the brain (integration means well-being).There’s a reduction of the stress hormone cortisol.There’s an enhancement of immune function.Improvement in cardiovascular risk factors.Reduction in inflammation via epigenetic changes.An optimization of telomerase—which is fascinating as it repairs and maintains the ends of chromosomes which slows aging. In addition to these brain changes, I noticed an increase of ability with my 5 senses, also, with increased sensations within my body, and most importantly, what Dr. Siegel was looking to see if I noticed, was that it helped to increase my connection to people around me, expanding my “presence” far outside of myself, and into the world around me.
If you type the word “presence” into Dr. Siegel’s book, Aware, you will find it’s listed 85 times. Within his Wheel of Awareness Meditation he shares “is about monitoring with stability whatever is arising as it arises (when you do this practice day after day). It’s this awareness that (he says) we are calling presence.” (Aware, Siegel, Page 29).
How to Develop More Presence in Our Lives?
“How can we become more mindful (or present) in our day-to-day living so that we are aware of what’s happening?” (whatever is arising day to day)? Dr. Dan Siegel suggests that we “do a regular practice that trains the mind…That training of the mind is sometimes called meditation. (Where he says) we learn to strengthen (our) focused attention.” (Aware, Dr. Siegel, Page 14).
Here are three tips to start to become more present (with whatever it is that arises) in our day to day life:
MEDITATE TO STRENGTHEN OUR MIND: Find a meditation where you must be active (not just sit, listen and drift off). It could be Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness[vii] or even our most downloaded episode series of all-time, The Silva Method.[viii] Find the best time of day to practice strengthening your mind, and stay consistent.NEXT PRACTICE BEING MINDFUL: Once we have strengthened our mind, now we’ve got to put this mental strength into practice. Like Nikki on Zoom calls, she increased her presence by being the most interested person in the room. Or what about when we are in a conversation with someone else, and our mind wanders. Are you able to mindfully bring it back? Dr. Siegel reminds us that “mental presence is a state of being awake and receptive to what is happening, as it is happening in the moment, within us, and between the world and us.” ( Aware, Siegel, Page 14).FINALLY, NOTICE WHAT HAPPENS WITH THIS INCREASED PRESENCE: As we work on strengthening our own presence in the world, and as we are observant, connected and attentive to others (or present) Dr. Siegel would say that we go from the state of “I” to a more integrated self that he calls “MWE.” This is where you/me connect together and like I noticed with the Wheel of Awareness practice, it increased the importance of expanding my presence outside of myself, to include others around me, in the world. When we can be truly present in our work or personal lives, we will begin to notice the connections around us, and how important they are. It takes some time though, to put this into practice, as we are bombarded with distractions daily, that take us away from this much-needed presence.
In chapter 19 of his book, Grant Bosnick asks us to reflect on his Presence Framework, image 19.1 and asks us:
Have you ever felt uncontrolled, direct presence where you might be overdoing it and unintentionally overwhelming others?How to use empathy and emotional intelligence to direct yourself back to being more mindful of how you are showing up to others.Think of someone who has controlled direct presence, making them the most interesting person in the room.Think of someone who has controlled subtle presence who appears to be the most interested person, on a consistent basis. Once you know which quadrant you typically show up in with Bosnick’s Presence Framework, you can begin the work to train your mind to become more present in your daily work and personal life. I guarantee this will help you to build stronger, more effective relationships with others. You will start seeing how your connections go from thinking about ME…to MWE (or you and me together).
To review and conclude this week’s episode #354 on “The Neuroscience of Presence” we covered:
✔ Chapter 19 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership with the topic of presence.
✔ Grant Bosnick’s Presence Framework with examples of subtle and direct presence.
✔ The Neuroscience of Presence using Dr. Dan Siegel’s book Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence
✔ Three Tips to Develop More Presence in our Day to Day Life.
✔ Reflections for using Mindfulness and Meditation to Improve Our Presence, and expand our connection with others in the world.
I hope this episode has been as helpful to you as it was for me. Being more present in my daily life (work and personal) is something that takes effort for me, even after implementing Dr. Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation. Distractions come fiercely, every second of the day and it takes a trained mind to divert our attention to what matters the most for us. This takes practice, and effort, but the results are well worth it.
With that thought, we will close out this episode, and next time, we will review ALL 19 chapters of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, in one place.
See you next time.
ADDITIONAL RESOURCES
We were grateful to be featured as a Top 30 #neuroscience #podcast and Top 20 #sel podcast for 2025! https://podcast.feedspot.com/neuroscience_podcasts/ https://podcast.feedspot.com/social_emotional_learning_podcasts/ FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #348 with Masati https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unveiling-exponential-intelligence-transform-your-life-by-shifting-frequencies/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Dan Siegel https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[v] Dr. Dan Siegel, Aware: The Science and Practice and Presence (Published August 21, 2018) https://drdansiegel.com/book/aware/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #60 “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice with a Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
[vii] https://www.drdansiegel.com/resources/wheel_of_awareness/
[viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #322 A Deep Dive into Applying The Silva Method for Improving Creativity, and Innovation https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/transforming-minds-and-paving-the-future/
Join Andrea Samadi in Episode 353 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast as we explore the intricacies of empathy, guided by Grant Bosnick's tailored approaches to self-leadership. Delve into the foundation of empathy as a vital leadership tool, capable of strengthening relationships and achieving better outcomes. Learn about the neuroscience behind empathy, focusing on the role of mirror neurons and the three different types of empathy: cognitive, emotional, and empathetic concern.
We also reflect on personal experiences where assumptions led to misunderstandings, highlighting the importance of seeing through another's eyes. Discover practical tips for deepening empathy, cultivating empathetic concern, and applying these insights both personally and professionally to make meaningful connections. This episode calls us to consciously choose empathy, fostering trust and compassion in our interactions. Prepare for our final chapter on the Neuroscience of Presence in the upcoming episodes as we continue to enhance our understanding and application of neuroscience in our daily lives.
Welcome back to SEASON 13 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's episode #353 we continue with the second last topic of our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year. Our final topic will be the neuroscience of presence, and then stay tuned for a review of the entire series to help us to move forward in 2025 with a new lens.
Now we have not yet covered empathy as an entire topic on this podcast, (yet) but we did mention it on EP 340[ii] with mediation expert John Ford on “Navigating Workplace Conflicts” with his “The Empathy Set”[iii] Card Program. I also included the topic of Empathy within the Character Education program I created for schools, so I know why Grant would think this topic to be important enough to include on his “roadmap” for success. When I looked back to what I had written over 15 years ago on empathy, I found an image that said “empathy is seeing with the eyes of another, listening with the ears of another, and feeling with the heart of another” which is right in line with how Grant Bosnick opens up Chapter 18 of his book. Grant reminds us that “empathy is the capacity to understand or feel what another person is experiencing from their frame of reference, the capacity to place ourselves in another person’s position, to put ourselves in their shoes, see it from their eyes, their perspective, their way of thinking and feeling.”.
((On today's EPISODE #353 “The Neuroscience of Empathy” we will cover)):
✔ A review of previous episodes where we covered empathy.
✔ The Neuroscience of Empathy
✔ Three Kinds of Empathy (Cognitive, Emotional and Empathetic Concern).
✔ Tips for becoming more empathetic in our daily life to deepen our relationships and improve our outcomes personally and professionally.
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[iv], look to see if Empathy (in Pathway 6, our final pathway in this book study) along with biases, relationships/authenticity and trust is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. I was not surprised to see this pathway is a high area of focus for me. I often think “I wonder what this person is thinking and feeling” and try to see a situation from their viewpoint. Do you do this? Think and feel from another person’s point of view? That’s the first step at putting empathy into action in our daily life. Now let’s take this deeper with Grant’s book.
In Chapter 18 of Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, he asks us to remember a time we felt conflict or tension with another person, and asks us to look at the problem from the other person’s perspective. I remember Dr. Maiysha Clairborne from EP 289[v] talking about the “3 Positions of Listening” where she informs us we can look at the conflict through our own eyes first, and then step out of our shoes, and into someone else’s (she calls this position 2 to see what they see, hear what they hear, and feel the feelings they might be feeling. And finally, the third position, which she says is the most valuable, is the observer position where you can go above and look down at the conflict, outside of each person involved, to see the entire dynamic, or bigger picture.
Grant talks about the importance of stepping into another person’s shoes, the minute we sense tension or frustration coming up with another person. Feeling empathy for others is an important leadership tool Grant reminds us, as it will help us to “build trust, develop relationship(s) and achieve better outcomes” but he cautions us against making assumptions that can influence our decisions and actions. (Chapter 18, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 235)
REFLECTION QUESTION:
Grant asks us to reflect on when we might have been wrong about the thoughts or motivations of another person, and what behavior did you take, intentionally, or unintentionally?
I always go back to an example that I would share in the classrooms, working with teens on this topic, as this has happened to all of us in some capacity.
I’m going back now to when I was in high school, (Don Mills Collegiate in Toronto, Canada) and I was walking along a pathway, outside of my school, and saw my good friend Yolanda (real name). I waved at Yolanda, and looked forward to catching up with her on our way to our classes, but Yolanda didn’t wave back to me. I went straight in my head to “hmmm…I wonder why Yolanda is angry with me” and I went another route, so we would miss each other and didn’t end up walking together. I had made the assumption that Yolanda was angry with me, and the action I took, was that I avoided her. I can think of countless other times in my life where I’ve made assumptions like this, and missed opportunities with friends.
At a later date, Yolanda asked me why I was avoiding her, ( I was surprised she noticed) and I told her about how I had waved and that she hadn’t waved back, and it was then that she told me she wasn’t wearing her glasses that day, and never saw me. In fact, she didn’t see anything at all that day (the chalkboards included)! I was disappointed that I had made this assumption, and it was a valuable lesson to see through Yolanda’s eyes, with how incorrect I was when I made this assumption.
The Neuroscience of Empathy
So how does empathy work in our brain? Grant reminds us of “the activation of mirror neurons in our brain which help to explain the process of empathy.” In our brain, “empathy is a spontaneous sharing of a person’s feelings or thoughts by witnessing and being affected by their emotional state” (Chapter 18, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 236) and that “we mirror or mimic the emotional response that we would expect to feel ourselves if we were in that same context.” I always think of those emotional Hallmark Card commercials that get me every time, or movies where I relate to the character, and wipe away tears, reminding myself “it’s just a movie.”
The movie Ghost with Whoopi Goldberg, comes to mind, with a memory I’ll never forget, from many years ago. As the movie ended, one of my friends wasn’t ready to leave the theater, and I remember him not wanting to talk about it, as he wiped tear away from his eyes, hoping none of us would notice. The movie had triggered his mirror neurons and like Grant Bosnick mentioned in his book, movies can do this to us! Grant gives us the origin of these mirror neurons by sharing that “they evolved in the human brain to facilitate and understand the actions we need to take in response to others as, at least in human history (he says) our survival would depend on it.” (Chapter 18, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 237). My friend didn’t want to “feel” what Patrick Swayze was feeling in the movie, Ghost, but his mirror neurons wouldn’t give him much choice.
I remember reading in National Geographic, about the origin of our “mirror neurons” and learned that “humans communicate through facial gestures. Control of these expressions lies in the brain stem and amygdala, beyond consciousness.”[vi] This makes sense to me, since when you try to control it, or not feel these emotions, (like my friend in the movie theater) it’s very difficult, and almost impossible. Do you relate to mirror neurons, and feeling empathy for others in this way?
Three Kinds of Empathy
Bosnick goes on to share that there are three kinds of empathy: cognitive empathy, emotional empathy and empathetic concern.
Cognitive Empathy is “taking another person’s perspective and understanding the situation as they see it” (Chapter 18, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 237) like we learned from Maiysha Clairborne with the three positions of listening. “Through their words and body language, we process it logically, taking their perspective, without experiencing it.” The mirror neurons do not fire here.
Emotional Empathy is “feeling someone’s pain or emotion by seeing it in them and simulating/sensing it in ourselves.” (Chapter 18, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 237). In this case, mirror neurons fire as we experience the situation like it were our own, like my friend in the movie theater.
Grant points out that “different parts of the brain are activated during emotional empathy and cognitive empathy. As a result, we process it differently within our brain. It has also shown (that we just mentioned from the quote from National Geographic) that we can control cognitive empathy much more than emotional empathy because it uses a logical part of our brain rather than an emotional center.” (Chapter 18, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 238). He does urge us to work on using both at the same time “to understand the other person’s perspective AND experience their emotions” to come at the most accurate conclusion to how they are thinking and feeling.
Grant pointed out that in the workplace, he usually defaults to using more cognitive empathy, and just by adding more emotional empathy, he is able to truly understand those he works with, and empathize with them on a deeper level.
Empathetic Concern is “the feeling that if I can do something that can help you, I will…when I see you are in trouble, I want to help you out…It is being genuinely concerned with others and experiencing other-oriented emotions to help them.” (Chapter 18, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 240). This is “when we express care, tenderness, compassion…about another person, supporting them, showing trust, allowing them space.” Bosnick says empathetic concern takes “emotional empathy” to a deeper level.
REFLECTION QUESTION:
When have you experienced empathetic concern? Think of one personal and one business example where you have genuinely felt concern for another person and wanted to help them.
Reflect on what how empathetic concern deepened the levels of trust, helped to develop a better relationship, with improved outcomes.
Bosnick warns us that “although empathy is a natural biological process within our brains, it is not automatic” and shares that “feeling empathy is a choice we make.” (Chapter 18, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 241). His book does dive deeper into situations where people may consciously, or unconsciously choose not to be empathetic with tips on how to develop habits for effective empathy that include listening to others, standing up for others, reading more books, and even how to raise empathetic children. You can dive deeper into the topic of empathy in chapter 18 of Grant’s book.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #353 on “The Neuroscience of Empathy” we covered:
✔ A review of previous episodes where we covered empathy (John Ford’s episode and also with Dr. Maiysha Clairborne) that are excellent to review.
✔ The Neuroscience of Empathy, our mirror neurons, and a warning to watch making assumptions in this process.
✔ Three Kinds of Empathy (Cognitive, Emotional and Empathetic Concern).
✔ Tips for becoming more empathetic in our daily life, and practice Empathetic Concern where we can, to deepen our relationships and improve our outcomes personally and professionally.
I hope this episode has provided you with a deeper understanding of ways to practice being more empathetic in your personal and work life. I know that the world can be a better place if we all can learn to think and feel from another person’s point of view, and finally, if we have solutions that can genuinely help others, to lean in and offer some ideas to support those that are close to you.
It can only work to bring you closer.
With that thought, we will close out this episode, and we will see you next time with our final chapter, The Neuroscience of Presence, before reviewing the entire book. Have a great week.
ADDITIONAL RESOURCES
We were grateful to be featured as a Top 30 #neuroscience #podcast and Top 20 #sel podcast for 2025! https://podcast.feedspot.com/neuroscience_podcasts/ https://podcast.feedspot.com/social_emotional_learning_podcasts/ FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #340 with John Ford https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/navigating-workplace-conflicts-insights-from-a-mediation-expert/
[iii] https://www.empathyset.com/about
[iv] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #289 with Dr. Maiysha Clairborne on “Getting to the Roots of our Doubts, Fears and Beliefs” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/maiysha-clairborne-md-on-what-holds-us-back-getting-to-the-root-of-our-doubts-fears-and-beliefs/
[vi] National Geographic “Your Brain: 100 Things You Never Knew” (4/19/19) https://www.amazon.com/National-Geographic-Your-Brain-Things/dp/B00AO70YGO
Welcome to the latest episode of our podcast series, where we delve into the fascinating topic of trust and its underpinning neuroscience. In episode 352, we revitalize our understanding of trust by revisiting our initial interview with Greg Link from episode 206 and exploring Grant Bosnick's insightful approaches.
We unpack the concept of trust as presented in Bosnick's book, emphasizing the five C's for strengthening trustworthiness: Character, Competency, Credibility, Consistency, and Care. Each of these pillars serves as a foundation for building reliable relationships both personally and professionally.
Further, we examine critical factors impacting trust, like responsiveness, authenticity, and empathy, shedding light on how these elements foster an environment of trust. This exploration is pivotal for anyone aiming to enhance their self-leadership skills and boost their interpersonal effectiveness.
Join us as we push the boundaries of self-leadership, preparing to soar to new heights in the upcoming year with insights that are not only transformative but also actionable.
On today's episode #352 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January 2024. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights this year. It’s honestly shocked me that this series took the entire year, and we still have 2 chapters left. The Neuroscience of Empathy and Presence, and then stay tuned for a review of the entire series to take us to new refined heights, in 2025.
((On today's EPISODE #352 “The Neuroscience of Trust” we will cover)):
✔ A review of our FIRST interview where we covered trust with Greg Link,EP 206[ii]
✔ Ch. 17 from Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership book on “The Neuroscience of Trust.”
✔ The 5 Cs to strengthen trustworthiness from Grant Bosnick’s work.
✔ Critical factors that impact trust.
Review of the Neuroscience of Trust
We first covered The Neuroscience of Trust on EPISODE #206, as I was preparing for an interview with Greg Link[i], the co-founder of the Covey Leadership Center. Greg was the one who orchestrated the strategy that led Dr. Stephen R. Covey’s book, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change, (1989)[ii] to become one of the two best-selling business books of the 20th century according to CEO Magazine, selling over 20 million copies in 38 languages. Greg created the marketing momentum that helped propel Covey Leadership Center from a start-up company to a $110-plus million-dollar enterprise with offices in 40 countries.
You can go back to episode #207[iii] to learn more from Greg Link’s incredible experience working with Dr. Covey, and with the fascinating individuals and companies around the world he reviewed with us, where we dove into the topic of “Unleashing Greatness with Neuroscience, SEL, Trust, and the 7 Habits.”
While researching Greg Link, who I met when he came to work in the seminar industry in 2002, I was reminded of a topic that he thought was so important that he wrote a book about it with Stephen M.R. Covey (the son of the late Stephen R. Covey) called Smart Trust: The Defining Skill That Transforms Managers into Leaders.[iii]
If you look up quotes from Stephen Covey on trust, you can see how important this skill or character trait was to him. He said, “trust is the glue to life” and “the one thing that affects everything else you’re doing. It’s a performance multiplier which takes your trajectory upwards, for every action you engage in, from strategy to execution.” It’s the “shortest route to results” (Robert Allen, author of Multiple Streams of Income). “Trust is the highest form of human motivation. It brings out the very best in people.” (Stephen Covey).
Greg Link confided in us in our interview, that it was when Dr. Stephen Covey extended trust towards him (to build his company) that his whole world shifted.
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[iv], look to see if Trust (in Pathway 6, our final pathway in this book study) along with biases, relationships/authenticity and empathy is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. I was not surprised to see this pathway is a high area of focus for me.
Moving on to chapter 17 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Bosnick opens the chapter by saying that “trust is like a bank account: we can increase it with deposits or reduce it with withdrawals.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 215). He elaborates by saying that “when we are kind and respectful to others, we make a deposit and increase the levels of trust; when we are unkind or disrespectful to others, by contrast, we make a withdrawal and lower the trust. When we keep promises, we make a deposit; when we break promises, we make a withdrawal. When we apologize, we make a deposit, when we are selfish, proud, or arrogant, we make a withdrawal.”
Every time we interact with someone, we have the opportunity to make a deposit, or a withdrawal, and if we make deposits and build this up over time, “we can have an abundance of trust.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 215) and Bosnick reminds us that this allows for when “we might have made a withdrawal, others can forgive us for this one time and still keep a high level of trust.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 215).
But he warns us that “if we make multiple withdrawals, these will accumulate and drive the level of trust down, which is harder to come back from. It can, in fact, go into a negative balance, where we may distrust that person, and then interpret all of their behavior in a negative light, from which they may never come back.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 215).
Bosnick does point out that “there is a strong correlation between trust and a person’s willingness to acknowledge their own mistakes, apologize for them and encourage other to acknowledge and learn from their mistakes.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 215).
What is the Neuroscience of Trust?
Bosnick points out that “when we trust and have trust with others, our brains release and build oxytocin: the neurochemical produced from the comfort of social trust either given or received…Oxytocin is produced in the human brain when we feel trust and trusted, and this molecule motivates reciprocation.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 219). Researchers found that this response signals that another person is safe, familiar and trustworthy, and can occur with strangers without face-to-face interactions.
In chart 17.1, Bosnick lists some behaviors that erode trust, like being inconsistent, lying or lacking transparency, lacking follow through, taking undue credit, passing blame, gossiping, not “walking the talk” or poor communication.
IMAGE CREDIT: Chapter 17 of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.
Have you ever met someone who eroded trust with you, using any of these examples? If you want to work on building rock-solid trust with others, (personally or professionally) here is what Bosnick suggests.
How to Be Trustworthy
Bosnick shares the 5 Cs to being Trustworthy.
Character: To be trustworthy, we need to be a person of integrity. Integrity is when our thoughts, feelings and actions line up, and it can be felt from others. We’ve talked about this concept before on this podcast and have called this PRAXIS. To be sure that your thoughts, feelings and actions line up, (or that you are walking your talk) a good measure would be to look at your results. Your conditions, circumstances and environment in your life are a direct reflection of the actions that you take day to day. If you don’t like the results you are attaining, (or your conditions/circumstances or your environment where you live) go back and look at your thoughts, feelings and actions, and see if you can uncover where it may be misaligned, and then correct where you are out of line. You might not think this is important, but it really is, as others will just “feel” something is off with you, until this alignment is corrected. Competency: What is your personal track record of success? Do you say what you are going to do, and then do what you say, successfully? Being honest with what we are capable of doing, increases our trustworthiness. This also goes for when we need additional help of support to complete whatever it is that we are working on. To work on strengthening this area, remember that it is not a weakness to ask for additional help when needed. Credibility: If we can “connect the dots between other people’s problems or situations” Bosnick says that this adds to our credibility, and this increases our trustworthiness. He says that to do this properly, we cannot “make assumptions and predetermine the solution before fully understanding their needs. We must listen to the core issues and provide solutions that meet their specific needs.” Our ability to listen deeply to others, therefore, improves our trustworthiness. Consistency: Do you do what you say you are going to do with consistency? This creates stability, puts others at ease and builds trust. Bosnick says that “we need to create stability in the situations we face and with the people we interact with. This stability helps people to feel at ease and know what to expect” and this in turn, increases our trustworthiness. Care: Do you care about the people you interact with? Do you show them that they matter, or that you appreciate them? Doing this demonstrates emotional intelligence, Bosnick says, and this “builds human connections and enhances our trustworthiness with the people we engage with.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 222). I can think of examples in each of these areas, but the one that impacts me the most, is the first one, our character. It’s how we behave when no one else is watching. When no one else is watching, are you of integrity with your thoughts, feelings and actions?
Then think about the others.
Are you credible? Do other people trust your abilities? Do you LISTEN deeply to others before offering solutions?
What about consistency? Do those that interact with you know where you stand so they can anticipate your actions? Do you create stability?
Or competency? Do we know our limits, and what we need for success to occur, and if in doubt, ask for help or support from others to hit our goals?
Activity:
Reflect on a person you work with where trust is important. Have you ever done something with this person that eroded the trust? How can you use the 5 Cs to build trust to a level where others trust in you without a shadow of a doubt?
Remember what Greg Link taught us. For others to see us as trustworthy, it helps when we extend trust in others. The first time I realized that trusting others was not easy for me, was when I was in an experiential seminar in 2004 that showed me just how much trust I had in other people. I had to climb up high, (in this activity) and free fall backwards, and trust that my team mates (who I didn’t know very well) would catch me, before I hit the ground. I remember looking at each of my teammates, and the big strong men, I trusted would catch me, (without a doubt) but the women, I wondered about. This was a huge lesson for me in self-awareness, as I’ve since learned to extend trust to the close women in my life, learning that strength comes in many different forms, but most importantly, it comes back to you, when it’s given.
Critical Factors That Impact Trust
To close out this chapter, Bosnick covers critical factors that impact trust in figure 17.3 that I’ve added to the show notes. He explains “the most critical factor to build and maintain trust was responsiveness.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 230) and that the size of the team matters.
IMAGE CREDIT: Chapter 17 of Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership
Bosnick listed survey results that showed “having a good team makeup who work well together and are responsive in their communication engenders trust. Unresponsive, new teams need to work together to build a bit of cohesion.”
Next he lists “authenticity and empathy” for building and maintaining trust which includes “showing genuine, positive regard for others, in our mind, intent and behavior.” It’s PRAXIS again. Our thoughts, feelings and actions show up whether we think others can “see” it or not. This comes through with our authenticity that we covered thoroughly on EP 346[v] “Discovering Authenticity and Vulnerability with Mo Issa.”
Another survey result he shared mentioned that “when people can bring their whole selves to work from a place of authenticity, while listening and providing their diverse point of views, it creates an environment of trust.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 230).
He adds that “communication plays a key role in building and maintaining trust. We need to be open and honest because secretiveness and withholding information leads to distrust.” (Chapter 17, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 230).
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #352 on “The Neuroscience of Trust” we covered:
✔ A review of our FIRST interview where we covered trust with Greg Link,EP 206[vi] a were reminded that when we extend trust to others, it will be extended back to us.
✔ Ch. 17 from Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership book on “The Neuroscience of Trust.”
The 5 Cs to strengthen trustworthiness from Grant Bosnick’s work (character, competency, credibility, consistency and care) with tips for us to strengthen each area.Critical factors that impact trust with responsiveness, authenticity and empathy being at the top of the list. I hope this episode has added some insight for you as we launch a New Year, and work on closing out this 19 chapter series. Stay tuned for our final 2 chapters (empathy-chapter 18 and presence-chapter 19) before reviewing the entire series. See you next time and Happy New Year!
REFERENCES
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #206 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-of-trust/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #207 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/co-founder-of-coveylink-greg-link-on-unleashing-greatness-with-neuroscience-sel-trust-and-the-7-habits/
[iv] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #346 Discovering Authenticity and Vulnerability with Mo Issa https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-midlife-shift-discovering-authenticity-and-vulnerability-with-mo-issa/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #206 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-of-trust/
Welcome to the latest episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, where we dive into the cutting-edge fusion of neuroscience and emotional intelligence training. Today, we are thrilled to host Dr. Gregory Kelly for the third time, exploring the science behind Qualia's newest supplement: Magnesium Plus. Join us as Dr. Kelly explains why magnesium is vital for our health, from its role in cellular function and stress management to its impact on aging and brain vitality. Discover the unique formulation of Qualia Magnesium Plus, and learn why it stands out in the crowded supplement market.
As our understanding of wellness evolves, so does our need for tools that address modern challenges. Whether you're dealing with stress, seeking better sleep, or wanting to enhance your cognitive functions, this episode offers insights into how magnesium can play a crucial role in your daily regimen. Don't miss this opportunity to learn from a leading expert in natural medicine and take a step towards better health and well-being.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/lzee8WNZwU4
On today's episode #351 we meet with a returning guest, for the third time, Dr. Gregory Kelly from EP 285[i] where we first met him and covered Qualia Senolytic (something I have been taking ever since that interview to optimize aging, supporting cellular function, and then again on EP 305[ii] where we covered Qualia Symbiotic to optimize digestion and mood.
On today's EPISODE #351 “Qualia Magnesium+ for Heart, Brain and Bone Health with Dr. Gergory Kelly” we will cover:
✔ Why magnesium is critical to every organ in the body (cellular function and stress management).
✔ The science behind Qualia's NEWEST supplement for brain health: Qualia Magnesium+
✔ Why THIS supplement stands out from other brands on the market.
Today we are covering their most recent product release, Qualia Magnesium+, that I have been taking for the past 2 weeks, so we can learn together WHY this specific product is unique and different from other brands of magnesium on the market, and what I have noticed since taking this supplement.
A bit about Dr. Kelly:
Gregory Kelly is Director of Product Development at Qualia Life Sciences, naturopathic physician (N.D.), and author of the book Shape Shift. He was the editor of the journal Alternative Medicine Review and has been an instructor at the University of Bridgeport in the College of Naturopathic Medicine, where he taught classes in Advanced Clinical Nutrition, Counseling Skills, and Doctor-Patient Relationships. Dr. Kelly has published hundreds of articles on natural medicine and nutrition, contributed three chapters to the Textbook of Natural Medicine, and has more than 30 journal articles indexed on Pubmed. His areas of expertise include nootropics, anti-aging and regenerative medicine, weight management, sleep and the chronobiology of performance and health.
Let’s meet Dr. Gregory Kelly and see what we can learn about the benefits of adding magnesium to our wellness protocol.
Welcome back Dr. Kelly, it’s awesome to see you again. How are things going?
Interview Questions
To open up here, I wonder if we could talk about magnesium, and why it’s critical to every organ in the human body?Magnesium impacts all 12 hallmarks of aging, tell us more about how low magnesium levels can accelerate the aging process.What is the link between magnesium levels and brain health? Can you share studies to support this?How long can we notice the benefits of taking magnesium? Andrea measured using her Whoop device, and noticed a spike around the beginning of December.What are some signs of low magnesium levels and why is it safe to say that deficiencies often go unnoticed? Magnesium Facts & Myths
At least half of Americans are deficient in magnesium and what contributes to the deficiency?
Why is a comprehensive approach to magnesium supplementation vital and what does that mean?Is there redundancy when it comes to magnesium supplementation?Outside of supplementation can you share lifestyle tips to help us maintain healthy magnesium levels? Qualia Magnesium:
Magnesium is a very saturated market, what makes Qualia Magnesium+ unique and innovative?Can you share some results from your pilot study?What’s next for Qualia? Social Media Handles
https://www.facebook.com/Qualialife
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/qualialife/?hl=en
Links for Show Notes:
Link: http://www.qualialife.com/andrea
Code: andrea
(listeners get an additional 15% off any Qualia order)
RESOURCES:
Magnesium Status Questionnaire https://ariya.health/wp-content/uploads/2023/06/Magnesium-Status-Questionnaire.pdf
REFERENCES:
[i] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-gregory-kelly-from-neurohacker-collective-on-how-to-beat-aging-and-stress-with-qualia-senolytics/
[ii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/returning-guest-dr-gregory-kelly-on-qualia-synbiotic-optimizing-digestion-and-mood-with-prebiotics-probiotics-and-postbiotics/
Welcome to Episode 350 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast! In this episode, Andrea Samadhi delves into an enlightening discussion with Dr. David Stephens, a clinical psychologist and neuropsychologist renowned for his expertise in brain function and mental health. Discover groundbreaking insights into how glucose can be a game-changer in restoring brain function, mental health, and overall productivity.
Dr. Stephens shares his compelling journey that led to the revelation of glucose as a crucial element in brain restoration. From understanding the perceptible differences between glucose and sugar to unraveling common myths about brain health, this conversation is packed with scientific insights that challenge traditional paradigms. You won't want to miss this fascinating exploration of how restoring glucose levels could revolutionize our mental, emotional, and spiritual well-being.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/T0R3uvBbHPE
Welcome back to SEASON 12 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today’s episode #350, we meet with Dr. David Stephens[i], a clinical psychologist, neuropsychologist, and consultant with extensive experience in brain function, restoration and mental health.
On today's EPISODE #350 “Unlocking Brain Health with Dr. David Stephens” we will cover:
✔ Groundbreaking insights into how glucose can be a game-changer in restoring brain function, mental health, and overall productivity.
✔ Dr. Stephens shares his compelling journey that led to the revelation of glucose as a crucial element in brain restoration.
✔ The perceptible differences between glucose and sugar
✔ Unravel common myths about brain health, while challenging traditional paradigms.
Some quick facts about Dr. Stephens. He was the
Former Director of Mental Health for three state prison systemsOverseen mental health services in jails throughout the USAcademic dean of an accredited graduate school of psychologyCorrectional and architectural neuroscience consultantProvides brain restoration services to individuals What drew me to Dr. Stephens is that our podcast took a turn towards health and wellness after the Pandemic, and a huge part of this direction has been focused on brain health. We have met many experts along the way who have shared tips and strategies to give us hope in our journey of life, but Dr. Stephens will take this hope to new heights if we can keep our minds open.
While the front page of his website features the headline “Humanity Restored” when I went to the research[ii] behind his work, I was taken back a bit. It was all about glucose and its restorative effects on the brain and body. Then I went to the peer reviewed studies[iii] to learn more, and realized that my understanding of glucose (what it is, how is glucose different from sugar (that I consider poison), and how can glucose be used to restore brain function)? All of my questions, I realized needed to be addressed before this interview. So, I watched some interviews Dr. Stephens had with other podcasters, and learned about “How to cure depression with glucose”[iv] and also where his work began where he connects hard science, and neuroscience, to spirituality.[v]
Let’s now meet Dr. David Stephens, where I will ask him to share his work and research that he has felt divinely inspired to share, and see if we can take this new knowledge and understanding, to break through our current paradigms, and move towards improved “physical, neurological, mental, emotional, and spiritual functions” (Stephens) of our brain health.
Welcome Dr. David Stephens, thank you for joining me today.
Dr. Stephens, before I even get into your research, your books, and your mission with your work, can we begin with where this journey began for you? I want to acknowledge how you feel that you were divinely guided with this work as I think that is important to address.
Q1: Can we talk about our brain, and the most important discovery you think has come about in recent years (that the brain must have fuel to function the way it does?) What is the science behind this important fuel for our body?
Q2: What about ketones as fuel for the brain? I ask this from understanding the keto diet (not saying it’s the best solution for everyone, but some people do well on it). Can we not just use ketones the same way you are saying we can use glucose?
Q3: What parts of the brain are fueled first, to last with this energy, and why should we understand this if we want to optimize our performance?
Q4: What are some problems that we know of, that result from low glucose or fuel to the brain?
Q5: Can we talk about how fuel to the brain can become limited. I think I heard you say that there are symptoms that can lead us to guess we could have limited glucose in our brain, especially if it’s causing all of these challenges for us, there has to be a cause behind this. Along with concussions that we see in the sports world, to merely bumping our heads? What should we know about injury and the correlation of our ability to provide enough fuel in our brain?
Q6: How do these concussions (or traumas, or high stress in our lives) translate to the brain and activate our sympathetic nervous system and put us into this state where we are in survival mode? A place that we know is not a good place for us to exist in?
Would you then say that all of the list of problems we spoke about, that are a result of low fuel to the brain, could also be attributed to the chemical process of concussions, or trauma, or high stress in our lives? I ask this as I have 2 daughters who are gymnasts. One has been diagnosed with a concussion, at the ER, and the other has hit her head enough times even though she has not been diagnosed. What should we be aware of about the origin of these mental/emotional/physical disorders that can be a result of a head injury?
Q7: How have we not heard of this solution for brain health yet? Is it because the research is so new?
Q8: At this point in writing these questions, I went to all the supplements I take for my brain health, to see if glucose was in them, and I couldn’t see any. Then I remembered when my youngest daughter was sick when she was first born, she picked up a virus and had to stay a week at Phoenix Children’s Hospital. I clearly remember them giving her a tube of something they said was sugar. Do you think this was glucose? She was too young to have any medicine. This was the only thing they gave her, and she recovered thank goodness, after a week in hospital before she was 3 months old.
Q9: I’ve actually done a few podcast episodes on “The Damaging Effects of Sugar on the Brain and Body”[vi] with research that came from my foot doctor, who had me change my diet in 2005, and my health turned around for the better. What should we understand about glucose, vs sucralose that is connected to weight gain and type 2 diabetes? What’s important about understanding our blood sugar vs glucose levels in the brain?
Q10: How do we treat low glucose then? Is it as simple as taking something over the counter for this? Do we need to have symptoms like you’ve mentioned to consider this treatment? Why would someone seek this out?
Q11: What have you seen from treating people with low glucose levels in the brain?
Q12: Is there anything important that I have missed?
Thank you very much for your time today, to help us to all understand how we can improve our life and results by understanding the importance of glucose and our brain. For people to learn more about your work, is your website the best way? https://restoredhumanity.com/
CONNECT with DR. STEPHENS
Email: DStephens@restoredhumanity.com
RESOURCES:
Sugar: The Bitter Truth https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dBnniua6-oM Published on YouTube 15 years ago.
REFERENCES:
[i] https://restoredhumanity.com/s/home.php
[ii] https://restoredhumanity.com/s/research.php
[iii] https://restoredhumanity.com/s/science.php
[iv] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J7sG-ePM6Hw
[v] https://restoredhumanity.com/s/seminar.php
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 275 “The Damaging Impacts of Sugar on the Brain and Body” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-the-damaging-impacts-of-sugar-on-the-brain-and-body/
Welcome to today's enlightening episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. Join host Andrea Samadhi as she explores the insights of Dr. Laura Gallaher, an organizational psychologist and executive coach. Dr. Gallaher shares her earlier days at NASA, revealing how she tackled the challenges following the Columbia shuttle disaster to reshape organizational culture and highlight the importance of psychological safety.
Through an engaging conversation, Dr. Gallaher discusses her personal journey towards radical self-acceptance and how it transforms career and personal relationships. Learn how leaders can foster vulnerability and courage to build more productive, aligned, and self-aware teams, and discover the contagious nature of authentic connections based on self-awareness and acceptance. Tune in for an inspiring discussion that blends neuroscience, psychology, and real-life experiences to encourage growth both at work and home.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/b0Pc6bKKWwM
On today's EPISODE #349 “Unlocking Radical Self-Acceptance with Dr. Laura Gallaher” we will cover:
✔ Where Dr. Gallaher's career began, leading her to work with NASA.
✔ How can radical self-acceptance transform our career, and personal lives.
✔ Uncover where YOU are on the self-acceptance quadrant, so you can blend science and psychology to take your results to new heights.
On today’s episode #349, we meet with Dr. Laura Gallaher, an Organizational Psychologist, Speaker, Facilitator, and Executive Coach. She is the founder and CEO of Gallaher Edge[i], which she started in 2013 where she works with busy executives to help you get your arms around the challenges in your organization. They work with you from the inside out, helping your executive team have conversations you didn’t even know you needed to have. They help to increase self-awareness, team alignment, and shared accountability until your organization runs like a well-oiled machine. Organizations (she asserts) are just people.
Her noteworthy career began after the Space Shuttle Columbia exploded upon re-entry in 2003. Following the tragedy, NASA hired Laura and a team of organizational psychologists to change the cultural influences that were deemed to play a role in the accident. She worked for 8 years to positively influence culture, develop leadership capacity, and improve organizational performance at Kennedy Space Center. She holds a Bachelor’s degree in Psychology, and a Masters and PhD in Organizational Psychology. Laura is a Licensed Human Element® Practitioner, a Certified Radical Collaboration Trainer, and a Certified Coach.
Let’s meet Dr. Laura Gallaher, and learn together where we could possibly take our personal and work environments to new heights.
Welcome Dr. Gallaher. Thank you for joining me today. Are you in Orlando now? I know that you have deep roots in the Phoenix area (and lots of places around the world).
INTRO Q: Dr. Gallaher, before asking you questions about your book, and your work, I have to say that there was something that drew me to you, before even looking at your bio. When you first meet someone, I think that what goes on inside us, (our mindset) shows on the outside, and I felt like you had a story to tell of where you began. When did you first learn about the importance of radical self acceptance, and how do you think that we can all use this skill in our personal and professional life?
Q1: While coming up for some questions for you, I watched your TED TALK “How to Feel at Home Anywhere”[ii] where you talk about the ability to discover your inner confidence, and your ability to cope with the world (so that literally any place in the world) can feel like home. What drew you to create this TED TALK?
Q2: It’s interesting to me that your topic was “How to Feel at Home Anywhere” because I’ve thought about this concept often. While I’ve not worked and travelled to the places and countries that you have (other than via Google Maps) I have noticed that I’ve always been comfortable walking into a gym. Now I stopped going to a gym around the time of the pandemic, but I can recall always feeling a sense of belonging, and just the place that would fill me up with those feel-good vibes, when I was on the road, and would walk into a gym. Can you share what’s important for us, as human beings, or the recipe that you’ve discovered, to feel comfortable…and make ANY place feel like home?
Q3: Can we go to the questions that I think can open the door and help all of us, whether we are an employee in a company, a part of a bigger whole, or a teacher in a school, or a member of a team, how can we take this concept of radical self-acceptance to take us to new heights?
Q4: We’ve been focused on taking our results to higher levels on this podcast. How important is what we think on the inside (our mindset with radical self-acceptance) to our results (on the outside)?
Q5: Why are you so passionate about radical self-acceptance? How did NASA help you to uncover the gaps of where you were (actually) and where you wanted to go?
Q6: What is psychological safety and how does it relate to how safe people feel to be vulnerable?
Q7: Have you ever had a 360 Evaluation at work? How about asking your children how you are showing up as a parent? What can you learn from honest feedback from others?
Q8: Dr. Gallaher helps Andrea to dig deeper into feedback that her children gave her. “What bugs me about you, is really about me.”[iii]
Q9: How can we take radical self-acceptance into the workplace?
Q10: Would you say the most critical leadership traits today would be vulnerability and courage?
Q11: What are some stress reduction secrets you can share with us?
Q12: How do we put this all together to become more self-aware?
Dr. Gallaher, I want to thank you for your time meeting with me today. For people who would like to connect with you, I will put your contact information in the show notes. Do you have any final or closing thoughts?
Take the Self-Acceptance Quiz Here https://www.gallaheredge.com/sa-quiz-lp
Andrea received the Pushing but Pressured quadrant that shows high on self-improvement, (which she would agree with) but low on self-acceptance (where she is right now) and she would agree this area could use some work.
Take the Self-Acceptance Quiz to see what quadrant you end up in, and see what you can learn about yourself.
CONNECT with DR. GALLAHER
Join her mailing list https://www.gallaheredge.com/leaders-journey-mailing-list
Website: https://drlauragallaher.com/
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/laura-gallaher-phd/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/drlauragallaher/
TED TALK Dr. Gallaher “How to feel at home anywhere” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RUxT8wuDsG4
The Missing Links: Launching a High Performing Company Culture Published2021 https://www.amazon.com/Missing-Links-Launching-Performing-Company/dp/1637350880
REFERENCES:
[i] Dr. Laura Gallaher https://drlauragallaher.com/
[ii] TED TALK Dr. Gallaher “How to feel at home anywhere” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RUxT8wuDsG4
[iii] https://blog.gallaheredge.com/what-bugs-me-about-you/
Welcome to Episode 348 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where host Andrea Samadi explores the intersection of neuroscience, emotional intelligence, and social learning. In this enlightening episode, Andrea introduces us to Masati, a visionary thought leader and the CEO and founder of Exponential Intelligence Science.
Masati delves into the transformative power of dimensional consciousness and frequency manipulation to eliminate human suffering and unlock human potential. With a unique blend of quantum physics and spiritual insight, Masati reveals how altering one's frequency can lead to profound changes in health, wealth, relationships, and spirituality.
Drawing from his extraordinary near-death experiences, Masati shares how these events propelled him to discover a methodology that helps individuals redesign their blueprints for a more fulfilling life. Andrea and Masati discuss the science behind accessing higher dimensions of consciousness, the importance of frequencies in shaping our reality, and practical steps to achieve exponential intelligence.
Join Andrea and Masati as they journey through the realms of quantum physics, altered states, and the profound impact of shifting frequencies on personal transformation. This episode is a must-listen for anyone seeking to elevate their life to new dimensions of success and fulfillment.
On today's episode #348, we meet with Masati on "Unveiling Exponential Intelligence."
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/cXH6-mDO3S0
We will cover:
✔ What is Exponential Intelligence Science and how can we use it to unlock our human potential?
✔ What is Masati's story? How did three near-death experiences lead him towards new abilities like reading frequencies?
✔ What can we learn by blended quantum science with spirituality?
Masati is a visionary thought leader and the CEO and Founder of Xponential Intelligence Science, a groundbreaking field dedicated to the study and application of Dimensional Consciousness for the advancement of humanity. With a profound focus on eliminating human suffering and awakening consciousness, Masati leverages his unique understanding of quantum physics, space-time, and the power of frequencies to guide individuals toward profound transformation. Masati, like many we have met on this podcast, believe that when you can learn how to change your frequency, you can change your life. Through XI, (that we will dive deep into today) Masati works on the core frequency level, helping to redesign and reprogram one's blueprint to materialize fast, tangible results in all areas of life, including health, wealth, relationships, and spirituality. When I first was introduced to Masati, I wondered “where has Masati gained his knowledge and understanding of these concepts we talk about often on the podcast, connecting science to the unknown spiritual world” and I understood the minute I saw his bio. After having experienced three near-death experiences, Masati emerged with extraordinary abilities and knowledge far ahead of our time. These experiences ignited his passion for exploring the deeper realms of human potential, leading him to develop Xponential Intelligence (XI), a transformative methodology that empowers individuals to achieve real-time life changes. If you’ve followed our podcast from the beginning, you will know that I first learned about ways to improve our life and results, through motivational speaker, Bob Proctor,[i] who was an expert at improving our thinking, to achieve new results, specifically with breaking through the paradigms that hold us back. He would always say “to reach new heights, you’ve got to go where you’ve never been…(and this starts) with your imagination first.” (Bob Proctor, The Paradigm Shift Seminar).
When I saw that over the past 14 years, Masati has shared his expertise with a global audience, reaching over 100 countries through his speaking engagements, podcasts, and personal sessions, and that his work has consistently led to life-altering results, with countless testimonials attesting to his ability to clear layers of distortions, awaken latent potential, and manifest abundance effortlessly, I knew I had to meet him. Let’s meet Masati, and learn together about what he means when he says “as you become more XI, or “exponentially intelligent.”
Welcome Masati, thank you for joining me on the podcast today. You’ve reached someone who could spend the next week asking you questions, so I’ve had to narrow them all down, so that those who have not yet met you, will know where to begin,
Intro Question: I’ve heard of people gaining different abilities after ONE near-death experience, and you’ve had THREE! Can you share what you noticed, how did you go from near death, to reading frequencies?[ii]
Q1: The only person I’ve studied, who truly did understand levels of frequency (he called them vibration) was motivational speaker, Bob Proctor. He’s not here anymore, but his teachings left an imprint on the world. He would describe the change in people that was possible over time (through study) by putting food coloring into water, and it’s hard to see the change in the beginning (a few drops don’t change the color of the water) but eventually, the water turns from clear, to red.
Can you explain how you can see a person’s ability (first of all) to change their frequency, I think faster than what doing the hard work that might take years? What do you see with a person (on a certain frequency) that can help them to switch to a better frequency, and have them stay there?
I ask this, because I definitely can see what I’ve always thought of as the potential in others. I just never thought of it as that person existing in another dimension when they jumped to a new level of vibration or frequency.
Q1B: Can we go into the different dimensions? I’m sure most of us here have heard of 3D (where we exist today in the physical world), 4D (I think is the dream world) and 5D (I think where our higher selves exist, in this loving world we go when pass over). Do I have this right? How would you describe the different dimensions in our universe?
Q1C: I’ve got to tell you about this thing I lost once. I never forgot it, as it was the “tool” I use daily, for guidance. When I first moved to Arizona, in early 2001, I attended many classes out here, learning how to use different tools for guidance in life, and one of those tools that I still use today, is a pendulum. I have 2 on my desk, and my favorite one is a rose quartz one. Well, one day, years ago, I lost my pendulum. Now this was something I used to use daily, and it was no where. I searched everywhere, and my good friend Sandy was at my house at the time, and we looked where I usually kept it. We looked through the pockets in my jeans, on the floor, on my dresser. It was no where. We found it in my jeans (that I had checked at least 10x) and she said to me “Andrea, it must have gone to a different dimension.” Can you explain this? What does science say about these “other dimensions?” I never forgot this experience, because it was NOT in my jeans!
Q2: Everyone is searching for the perfect way to stay young these days. There are creams, lotions, potions, and vitamins all geared towards this. Like you, I can see a marked difference in myself over the years. I saw a comparison you did of yourself where you look more youthful now, than you did years ago, and you attribute this to living life on a certain frequency now. I have actually mentioned this with certain guests on the podcast who have changed their lives radically. I mentioned it to a paranormal researcher, Ryan O’Neill, from EP 203[iii] who changed physically when his behavior matched his belief of himself. He agreed. Can you explain how we can physically change our appearance by the way we think, and using XI, create the best possible version of ourselves so when we look back at old photos of ourselves, we don’t even see ourselves as the same person?
Q3B: Mas, after running this podcast, since 2019, and it took a turn torwards health and wellness around the Pandemic time, in 2020, I couldn’t ignore it. I started interviewing people on brain health and this became the focus, in addition to our social and emotional side. Over the years, it’s easy to look at people and see who is “walking their talk” and who is not. It’s taken me some time to get better at walking my talk, but I’m closer now than I’ve ever been. Can you share what you see with “reading people’s frequencies” and when we clean up our own, how this affects how other people see us?
Q4: When you first put your work out into the world in a big way, and launched XI, can you explain how this felt, and how did you find your way to connecting the science to these age-old success principles? I ask this, because I’ve been working on EXACTLY the same concept here, with this podcast. Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning. Someone told me recently, that I don’t need to keep looking for the science. The science is evident with the results. What was your realization with connection science to your work that explains “this is why x happens?”
Q5: What basic principles of quantum mechanics do you think are important for all of us to understand?
Q6: Mas, I’m an open book. I wear my emotions on my sleeve, and think I’m easy to read. In the time we’ve spent here, what can you tell me about what you see with me? If I was to go to your website, and book a private session with you, how would that work? What can I expect from a public vs private session?
Q7: For those who want to learn more about your work, I have put all of your links to your social media, your website, and podcast below. To bring this all together, how would you explain how we can become more XI?
Mas, I want to thank you for joining me today, to share all the incredible, ground-breaking work you have done over the years to advance humanity. I’m grateful to have had this time with you. I know it’s only the beginning….there’s a lot more to learn, taking what our imagination can see to great heights.
Thank you for being here today.
Is your website thexicode.com the best place for people to find you?
References:
Dark Matter TV Series https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dark_Matter_(2024_TV_series)
How to Use a Pendulum: Answer Questions, Heal Body and Mind and More by Ronald Bonewitz Jan 1, 2016 https://www.amazon.com/How-Use-Pendulum-Dowsing-Divination/dp/1578635896
CONNECT with MASATI
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/ximasati/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/XImasati
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/ximasati/
Website https://thexicode.com/
Podcast https://thexicode.com/podcast
YouTube https://www.youtube.com/user/massajady
FREE Live Sessions with Mas https://www.youtube.com/user/massajady
ANDREA'S NOTES:
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #66 with the Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[ii] From Near Death to Reading Frequencies: Where it All Started https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b2H5Ig3BsMo
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #203 with Paranormal Researcher, Ryan O’Neill “On Making Your Vision a Reality” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we bridge the gap between neuroscience and emotional intelligence to enhance well-being and productivity. In this episode, host Andrea Samadhi continues the 18-week self-leadership series, focusing on the neuroscience of biases as explored in Grant Bosnick's book, "Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership."
Episode 347 delves into Chapter 16, examining cognitive biases through the lens of current neuroscience research. With insights from past episodes and experts like Jenny Woo and Howard Rankin, Andrea highlights the nearly 200 cognitive biases that influence our decision-making. The episode introduces Bosnick's strategies for identifying and managing these biases using Daniel Kahneman's dual-system theory of thinking.
Listeners will learn practical steps to recognize biases, categorize them, and apply thoughtful approaches to mitigate their effects. This exploration aims to enhance self-awareness and improve decision-making processes by leveraging both reflexive and reflective thinking systems.
Join us on this enlightening journey to understand the intricacies of human cognition and prepare for upcoming discussions, including the neuroscience of trust. This episode is a valuable resource for anyone seeking to refine their self-leadership skills and cognitive understanding.
On today's EPISODE #347 “The Neuroscience of Biases” we will cover:
✔ A review of past episodes where we covered biases.
✔ Chapter 16 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership on The Neuroscience of Bias.
✔ A review of our two types of thinking (X-system=reflexive/automatic and C-system=reflective/intentional).
✔ 3 Steps to Understand and Manage our Biases
✔ 4 Strategies for Mitigating our Biases
For Today, EPISODE #347, we are moving on to Chapter 16, reviewing “The Neuroscience Biases” that we first covered on EP 17[i] with Harvard Researcher, Jenny Woo. On this early episode on our podcast, I mentioned I had just learned that there “are almost 200 known cognitive biases and distortions that cause us to think and act irrationally.” (72 Amazing Brain Facts by Deane Alban). Then we explored cognitive biases even further with EP 146 with our FIRST interview with Howard Rankin, on “How Not to Think”[ii] where he explains why "the more we know, the more we realize we know nothing at all." (Howard Rankin).
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[iii], look to see if Biases (in Pathway 6, our final pathway in this book study) along with relationships/authenticity, trust and empathy is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. I was not surprised to see this pathway is a high area of focus for me. I remember being surprised at how many common problems occur with our human thinking process, and wondered how to be aware of all of these cognitive biases. Learning is a continual process, and awareness that our thinking contains these biases, is the first step towards improving our thinking process.
So what does Grant Bosnick have to say about biases in chapter 16 of his book, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership? He opens the chapter with an exercise that came from Daniel Kahneman’s book, Thinking Fast, and Slow[iv]a book that sold more than 2.6 million copies.
IMAGE CREDIT: (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick).
If you are listening to this episode, look at the image in the show notes, and don’t forget how you went on to solve this puzzle. Read the instructions and then solve the puzzle. It says “spot the error.”
We will come back to the solution at the end of this episode.
Bosnick next goes on to define what cognitive biases are, reminding us they are “mental shortcuts that allow us to quickly sort, categorize and make decisions on pieces of information in order to navigate the world in an efficient way. They can be positive, negative or neutral, although most of us probably associate them with the more negative side.” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick). Biases Bosnick says “can be conscious” like when you can relate to someone who is similar to you, or they can be “unconscious: we all have them and unknowingly use them to make judgements every day.” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick).
We did learn from Howard Rankin, that we need to be “careful about how we think” and Bosnick agrees, saying that biases can impact the quality of our thinking, judgements and decisions. (And Bosnick’s advice to us is that) in order to make better judgements and reduce bias, label the biases and mitigate them using appropriate mental and behavioral processes” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick) that we will examine today.
So What is the Neuroscience of Bias?
Bosnick brings us back to the two systems in our brain that we first saw on EP #345[v] “The Neuroscience of Relationships and Authenticity” where we looked at the neuroscience of our social brain with the famous story of Phineas Gage, Neuroscience’s Most Famous Patient. With this example, Bosnick tells us that “we have two systems in our brain: the X-system and the C-system. The X-system (or reflexive system) is automatic, responsive, like/dislike, reward/threat. Since this part of our brain is non-thinking, it’s not affected by our mental load.
The C-system (or reflective system) is controlled, conscious, with executive function and executive control.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 186). Motivation and effort are required to engage this part of the brain, and it can be affected by our mental load.
X-system (reflexive)=automatic
C-system (reflective) =we need motivation and effort to activate
Remember: Phineas Gage destroyed his C-system (system 2, reflective system) when the iron railroad rod went through his brain, (his controlled thinking was impacted) so he was left operating on X-system only. In other words, he had no control over his automatic, reflexive system, and his behavior became unbearable as a result. He treated everybody as an object for his own personal reward” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 186) without control.
So, going back to the neuroscience of bias, the X-System is where we think on auto-pilot (like Phineas Gage) and is “fast-thinking” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick, Page 193) and the C-System is “the more deliberate, slow-thinking, reflective system…and is much more demanging on our cognitive resources than the X-system.” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick, Page 193). Which means, it’s easy to go to automatic reflexive thinking, and much harder to think with our reflective, “high road” intentional and controlled thinking.” Bosnick reminds us that we can’t operate with System 2 all of the time, or we will burn out. We need some automatic thinking to navigate our world.
We all know this. We’ve heard of productivity hacks, like what Steve Jobs did to make life easier by wearing the same clothes all the time. He said this reduced his cognitive load by eliminating the small decisions he had to make. He was putting the load of this small task thinking on his X-reflexive system, to make more space for his C-Reflective system.
Now that we know how our brain operates, going back to these two systems of thinking, Bosnick asks us to think back to the problems he listed at the start of the chapter to see how we went about solving them. I gave one of the two examples of the maze, saying to “spot the error.”
How did YOU solve this puzzle? I’ll tell you what I did? I started looking at the maze, and was looking for where the maze had errors. I couldn’t see any, so figured there was more to what I was looking at than I was seeing. Bosnick shares that the error is in the center of the maze where the instructions say “find the the error.” So I learned that while writing this episode, I’m cognitively busy and reverted back to my X-reflexive system to scan the diagram, and see if I could find the most obvious, easy to spot error.
If I thought this way with this example, where else am I reverting back either consciously, or unconsciously to automatic thinking?
Bosnick’s chapter goes on to explore three out of the almost 200 known biases, and concludes his chapter on ways to manage these biases. He says that “biases are a natural part of the human condition. We cannot get rid of them. Therefore we need to understand them, and manage them.” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick, Page 193).
He suggests these 3 Steps for Understanding and Managing our Biases:
Accept and admit we are all biased. It’s a natural part of being human. The exercise from Daniel Kahnaman’s book showed me how quickly I reverted back to system x, reflexive, automatic thinking. This self-awareness has helped me to consider where else I make quick judgments, without thinking reflectively.Label the Bias. While Bosnick covered three examples, similarity bias (making quick conclusions about people similar to you), urgency bias (where we put non-urgent tasks on hold to push through to do something that requires our immediate attention), or experience bias (where we believe our perception is the truth and that others who see things differently from us are wrong, knowing there are close to 200 different biases, it’s a start to be aware that our thinking could possibly be flawed.Mitigate the Bias. We aren’t going to solve all of our biases at once, but once we are aware that’s it’s human to have them, we can begin with looking at strategies to mitigate each. 4 Strategies for Mitigating Biases:
SLOW DOWN: Bosnick goes into detail on how to mitigate the top three biases that he listed. The strategy that he used was to step back, slow down and access your Systems 2 reflective thinking to see what you notice. The maze exercise showed me I could benefit from slowing down my thinking and not jump to conclusions.BE MINDFUL: When talking to others, work on “engaging our System 2 thinking…the more mindful we are, the more we can engage our mental brakes, increase self-awareness, reduce emotional impulses, and reduce our susceptibility to unconscious bias.” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick, Page 212). Being mindful of others will help us to learn to appreciate different perspectives, as well, other people will connect more to us when they can sense we are thinking from their point of view.LEARN FROM OTHER PEOPLE: Talk to others so you can learn “how to get out of our own experience bias and appreciate other people’s perspectives. This will help us to get out of our autopilot, easy route thinking of the urgency bias to have deeper, more robust and deliberate thinking.” (Ch 16, Biases, Bosnick, Page 212).ASK FOR OUTSIDE OPINIONS: Find others you can brainstorm with to come up with fresh ideas to help you to think in a different way. Ask for feedback to gain a new perspective. This is just the beginning of this topic for us here on the podcast. While writing this episode, I had a message from our good friend Horacio Sanchez, third time returning guest from EP 111[vi] who let me know he is releasing a book on this exact topic, coming out March, 2025. We will have him back on for a 4th time, to dive deeper into this topic. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #347 on “The Neuroscience of Bias” we covered:
✔ A review of past episodes where we first talked about biases.
✔ Chapter 16 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership on The Neuroscience of Bias.
✔ A review of our two types of thinking (X-system=reflexive/automatic and C-system=reflective/intentional).
✔ 3 Steps to Understand and Manage our Biases
✔ 4 Strategies for Mitigating our Biases
This is just the beginning, knowing there are close to 200 known cognitive biases that cause us to think and act irrationally, I know that I’m looking forward to learning more on this topic from Horacio Sanchez, whose forthcoming book will cover this topic.
In the mean time, I’m working on ways to slow my thinking down, and hope that you have found it helpful to take a closer look at how we think.
With that thought, I’ll see you next time, with the Neuroscience of Trust.
Have a great week!
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #17 with Harvard Researcher, Jenny Woo https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/harvard-researcher-jenny-woo-on-the-latest-research-brain-facts-and-myths-growth-mindset-memory-and-cognitive-biases/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #146 with Howard Rankin on “How Not to Think” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expert-in-psychology-cognitive-neuroscience-and-neurotechnology-howard-rankin-phd-on-how-not-to-think/
[iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iv] Daniel Kahneman, Thinking Fast and Slow October 25, 2011
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #345 on “The Neuroscience of Relationships and Authenticity” #17https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/unlocking-authenticity-the-neuroscience-of-relationships/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #111 with Horacio Sanchez https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/resiliency-expert-and-author-horacio-sanchez-on-finding-solutions-to-the-poverty-problem/
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, where host Andrea Samadhi connects the dots between neuroscience and emotional intelligence for improved well-being and productivity. In this episode, we dive into a transformative journey with Mo Issa, an inspiring author known for his authentic writing and motivational talks.
Join Andrea as she reconnects with Mo, a long-time supporter of her work, to explore his latest book, The Midlife Shift. Mo shares his personal journey from living a life of success and prestige to finding deeper meaning and authenticity. Through candid conversations, Mo reveals how vulnerability and self-discovery have reshaped his life, offering invaluable insights for those seeking to live their true, authentic selves.
Discover how Mo's experiences with writing, running, and reflection have guided him towards a more fulfilling life. Learn about the importance of embracing vulnerability and simplifying life to enhance self-awareness and personal growth. Whether you're navigating midlife changes or seeking to deepen your self-awareness, this episode provides a profound exploration of living with authenticity and purpose.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/tr661XZK438
On today's EPISODE #346 “The Midlife Shift: Discovering Authenticity and Vulnerability with Mo Issa” we will cover:
✔ An overview of Mo Issa's forthcoming book: COMING NOV 12th, 2024 to Amazon
✔ Mo will share his personal journey from living a life of success and prestige to finding deeper meaning and authenticity.
✔ Mo reveals how vulnerability and self-discovery have reshaped his life, offering invaluable insights for those seeking to live their true, authentic selves.
✔ Andrea and Mo explore ways we can all dive deeper, embrace vulnerability and simplify life to enhance self-awareness and personal growth.
On today's episode #346 we meet with someone I’ve known over the years. It was about 10 years ago, that I was connected to our next guest through our mutual friend, motivational speaker, Bob Proctor. At the time, I had no idea how much of a supporter to my work, he would be over the years, and he’s one of the influencers who has helped me to discover, and live on my own authentic path. He was one of the first to use our curriculum for teenagers for a soccer school he ran in Accra, Ghana, and his belief and trust in me, helped me to see this in myself. We never forget those who have helped us along this journey called life, and I’m forever grateful to have met Mo Issa[i], when I was starting out on my journey of self-discovery, where I left the corporate world for a 10-year period, to make an impact in our schools.
Over the years I followed Mo’s work, specifically his writing, which until reading his book, that we will cover today, The Midlife Shift[ii], I had no idea how much Mo’s writing would inspire me, to keep going (learning and growing) on my own path. Right on the front page of his website, you can read his own words. He says “I am a writer who believes when we find ourselves stuck in life it is because we lack meaning and don’t feel challenged. (In his books, essays and podcasts, he encourages) making small changes to embrace self-discovery, simplify life, and focus on a deep sense of fulfillment.” (Mo Issa)
Let’s meet Mo Issa, an author of three books, who has spoken regularly at conferences and workshops, including TEDx Accra Conference[iii], someone who has read 50 books per year, for the past 10 years, and see what we can learn about living our true authentic life, and improve our own self-awareness in this discovery process.
Welcome Mo Issa!! It’s been a long time since we have spoken, thank you for coming on the podcast, and sharing your work with us. I can’t even tell you how much your writing specifically has helped me over the years. This is an important and special interview. Thank you for being here.
INTRO: For our audience who might not yet know your work, and what brought you to this place now where you started with weekly articles, to publishing three books, that to me can help us all on our own personal journey of “living our best life?” Where did this journey begin for you, leading to The Midlife Shift book that we are covering today?
Q1: Mo, I’m remembering what you said to me when we were first began planning this recording…you said to me “I’m so happy and inspired that you have the one thing that gets you up every morning.”
I did…and then routines changed with the move to a new location and this is the first recording I’ve done since the end of September. I had to take some time to get organized in my life outside this recording studio, so I wonder, for someone who has traveled and moved around a lot, how do you make sure you don’t lose that thing that inspires you every day?”
Q2: I don’t remember when I saw your TEDx Talk “Rich, Successful, Strong, Yet Empty” but I’m guessing it was around 2015. I knew you as a strong and serious business leader, who worked closely with Bob Proctor, and spent some of your time giving back to help young people learn these success principles that we just weren’t taught in school. I remember being surprised that you thought maybe you had been living life wrong. Can you take us back to how you were living life, and what did you discover was missing? How did you pinpoint it for you?
Q3: At what point did you question your identity (how the world saw you) vs the person who craved a less lavish lifestyle?
Q4: These are all really deep concepts, but you wrote about how “the inner journey is long and endless, but it’s a human one.” I could spend the whole time on just this concept. You also wrote about how “the unexamined life is not worth living.” Can you explain where your “journey of the mind” began, and where did it take you?
Q5: You also write about craving “creativity, presence, simplicity, vulnerability and authenticity.” Again, more deep concepts. I remember years ago you asked me to think about what authenticity meant to me, and I found the notes I wrote about this topic on my phone back in 2021. I wrote a whole bunch of paragraphs on this topic, but the main idea was “living who I am by design.” I know that when I’m not doing the things that make me feel alive, I’m not my best self. I wonder what was it about this topic of authenticity that drew you in?
Q6: When you wrote that writing helped you to “Express the depths of your soul and allowed your muted voice to speak, the better you connected with people around the world.”
This is deep! How can we all learn what’s within our soul FIRST, and then how can we become brave enough to “express the depths of our soul?” Where did you begin to take this journey?
Q7: We’ve taken a deep dive into creativity and our brain on this podcast with Jose Silva’s work, specifically in PART 4[iv] of this series. What about creativity? What do you do to become more creative?
Q8: I’ve spent most of the past week reading Chapter 4 of your book on “Unlocking the Power of Vulnerability” and related to the whole chapter. There’s times during interviews that I just can’t hold the tears in, and I’ve got better at just embracing it all, and not trying to hide my emotions. Can you share how it is coming from a strong male point of view, on not being afraid now to show your emotional side, and what this has done for you?
Q9: I wonder if we could talk about this one paragraph from chapter 4. You wrote:
“We all need to have that one thing at our core a vehicle for going deep into our essence, exploring the mysterious places of our hearts, venturing into our pasts and confronting painful moments stored away in our subconsciouses, which somehow in the writing process had bubbled to the surface”
How did writing, coined with running, help you to become more self-aware, see the real you and allow you to dive deep into the essence of yourself, exploring all of the mysteries in your heart?
Q10: What have I missed here? How would you summarize your mission with your work? How can people reach you?
Mo, I want to thank you for supporting my work all those years ago, when I was just starting out on my own path of self-discovery. I’m still looking for answers, and am grateful to have stayed connected over the years. I’ll be sure to share the best way for people to connect with you, and buy your book The MidLife Shift.
FOLLOW MO ISSA
Website: www.mo-issa.com
FINAL THOUGHTS
I knew this episode was important for me, as reading through Mo’s book, I could see where I knew I had more work to do. As I’m working on ways to become more vulnerable with my family, it really didn’t take much, and I can already see changes occurring.
Watch for The Midlife Shift to come out on Amazon November 12th, 2024, and I highly recommend reading each chapter, take notes at what resonates with you, and then look for the action steps you can personally take to gain more self-awareness in your own journey of the mind.
I’ll see you next episode as we continue back with our final chapters of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.
REFERENCES:
[i] https://www.mo-issa.com/about
[ii] The Midlife Shift: How I Left the Ratrace and Found Myself by Mo Issa https://www.mo-issa.com/book
[iii] Rich, successful, strong—yet empty. Mohammed Issa TEDx Accra https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XO801NKR0Cc
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 “The Neuroscience Behind the Silva Method: PART 4 Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Workplaces”
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast! In episode 345, we continue our 18-week self-leadership series based on Grant Bosnick's tailored approaches. This week, we dive into Chapter 15, exploring the neuroscience of relationships and authenticity.
We revisit key insights on relationship-building from past episodes and introduce the concept of authenticity, drawing on reflections from Andrea Samadi and insights from Mohamed Issa's forthcoming book. Learn what authenticity means, how it impacts our lives, and practical steps for fostering genuine connections with others.
Discover the balance between the reflexive and reflective systems in our brain, and how understanding these can enhance our social interactions. Reflect on your unique gifts and talents, and find out how to nurture them to build deeper, more authentic relationships.
Join us for an enlightening episode that blends neuroscience with practical advice, helping you to live a more authentic life and improve your personal and professional relationships.
On today's episode #345 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024.
On today's EPISODE #345 “The Neuroscience of Relationships and Authenticity” we will cover:
✔ A review of one of our FIRST interviews, with Greg Wolcott EP #7, July 2019 on his book Significant 72
✔ Ch. 15 from Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership book on “Relationships and Authenticity
✔ A review of Mo Issa’s definition of Authenticity from his book, The Shift: How to Awaken to the Aliveness Within
✔ The Neuroscience of Our Social Brain
✔ 4 Steps to Building More Authentic Relationships
For Today, EPISODE #345, we are moving on to Chapter 15, reviewing “The Neuroscience of Relationships and Authenticity.” We’ve covered relationships on this podcast, right back to the beginning, with Greg Wolcott EP #7, (July 2019) with his book Significant 72: Unleashing the Power of Relationships in Today’s Classrooms. Greg Wolcott, an Assistant Superintendent from Chicago, IL, has dedicated his life to this topic through his work at Signficant72.com.[iii] It’s here where you can learn more about Greg’s Relationship Mindset Movement, his book, tools, and resources to improve student-teacher relationships in the classroom. Relationships are also one of the six social and emotional competencies that we built our podcast framework upon, knowing how important relationship skills are for our well-being and future success. “Social relationships—both quantity and quality—affect mental health, health behavior, physical health, and (even our) mortality risk.”[iv]
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[v], look to see if Relationships and Authenticity (in Pathway 6, our final pathway in this book study) along with biases, trust and empathy is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year. I was not surprised to see this pathway is a high area of focus for me.
While we have covered relationship building often on this podcast, the one topic we have NOT covered yet is authenticity. This is interesting timing for me, as I’m currently reading a book by a good friend, Mohammed Issa[vi], where he covers the topic of authenticity, in depth. It’s the title of chapter 8 of his forthcoming book, The Midlife Shift[vii] (Reclaiming My Authenticity). I remember years before Mo wrote this book, I could tell he was thinking deeply about this topic. In 2021 he sent me a message, and asked me “what does living an authentic life mean to you?”
I take questions from Mo seriously over the years. I know he’s not messing around. I can go back to my notes from 2021 and I can see that I wrote a few pages of “what authenticity means to me.” These notes are important for today’s episode, and when we meet with Mo the middle of next month.
I wrote: Authenticity: is being genuine or real.
What’s authentic for me personally—it’s living life according to my values. And this takes ongoing refinement. I know what’s important and what drives me daily (health is at the top of my value chart, and I’d never compromise it—it’s first, what I focus on the minute I wake up, and close my eyes at the end of each day). Living life authentically for me, is putting health as my backbone of strength, which I’ve found helps me to skyrocket my personal and professional life. It’s been this way for me, for as long as I can remember.
Living an authentic original life: means living who I am by design.
After health, I prioritize what unique expressions I want in my life—growth/challenge (come next) and these things that I value make me authentic/and uniquely me. I have to fight for these values in my life—to go after them, and keep them at my forefront, because only I know what’s best for me here. If I’m not putting health first, (for myself and my family) or learning, growing, researching, and then disseminating/sharing what I’ve learned, I’m not living my true authentic self. It will hurt my productivity if I compromise who I am, at this granular level.
I took some time off from producing episodes earlier this year, and while it was great to have this extra time, I ended up using this time for things that didn’t truly make me happy at the soul level, like this work does.
What about you?
What does authenticity mean to you?How do you know when you are living a truly authentic life? It’s eye-opening once we know this about ourselves, so we can course correct, when we veer off this path of authenticity.Do you know what is special about you? What are your unique gift/talent that makes you stand out from others? A talent that you know deep inside that you must keep working and perfecting, as it’s this talent that awakens your aliveness? I love how Mo Issa defines authenticity, which shows up as a theme in all his books. After years of self-reflection, Mo believes that “true authenticity means being ourselves—not an imitation of what we think we should be or what others want us to be. We all have a unique gift, and we must find and nurture it.” (Mo Issa, The Shift).
Getting back to Chapter 15 of Grant Bosnick’s book; what does he have to say about being authentic? Bosnick says that before we can build authentic relationships with others, he has us consider what authenticity means to us first.
He says that being authentic is: “being real, being honest and true with yourself, being vulnerable, letting go of your own ego, looking not only at what you like about yourself, but also the “darker part that can be improved or changed (I’ve heard this called our “shadow work”) and having the courage, humility, and discipline to take a hard look in the mirror at who you are.” (Chapter 15, Relationships, Bosnick).
Bosnick covers what holds us back from being authentic and he lists: “fear of being vulnerable, fear of rejection, fear of judgment, fear of abandonment, competitiveness, insecurity, self-protection, jealousy, fear of not being good enough” well I pretty much resonated with the entire list. Some of his list more than others, but right up there, for me, would be “fear of not being good enough” which I’ve been working on for the past 25 years.
When I let go, finally, of caring what other people think of me, it was probably the most freeing experience I’ve ever felt. Sure, it’s nice to be liked by others, but also, to know that not everyone will connect with who I am, the authentic me, and to let go of caring about that, is freeing.
Being Authentic:
What does this mean to you? Do any of the items on Bosnick’s list keep you from being truly authentic? He asks us some reflection questions:
What might be holding you back from being truly authentic?What can you do, even small steps, to help you feel more comfortable with being who you are? Being truly authentic? Being Fake or Superficial
Bosnick goes on to describe why some people show up as fake or superficial. I always think of the character Eddie Haskel from the TV Show Leave it to Beaver when I’m thinking of a “fake” person. He was always trying to impress Mrs. Cleaver, and he came across as insincere. We can all spot people like this, and Bosnick reminds us of why people can come across this way. He says that “it’s in our comfort zone, we want to be liked, it’s easier, our ego gets in the way (and that change can be difficult) when we don’t have the courage, humility and discipline needed to take a hard look in the mirror at who we are.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 177).
What are some reasons for not being authentic?
Bosnick thinks “insecurity, jealousy, inner competitiveness, fear, self-protection” can keep us from not showing others our true selves, and in turn, we can appear fake or superficial. Brene Brown writes about The Power of Vulnerability[viii] as the “birthplace of joy, belonging, authenticity and love” in her 2012 book, with suggestions for how to prevent us from appearing fake in this process. Her book teaches us “how to practice courage, and accept imperfection, to embrace vulnerability and acknowledge our fears.”[ix] She dives into exploring the power of authenticity, of being true to our feelings, thoughts, and actions as the backbone to living an authentic life.
With this in mind, going back to Bosnick’s book, he mentions that he struggled with being vulnerable, with letting others see his true authentic self, and felt he needed to protect himself, but when he “let people see the real me. It was so rewarding and felt so good (and) freeing (so he then) decided to have the courage to be authentic and real.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 177) He was fully aware that some people might not like him, but he knew that was ok, as he knew he would build the right relationships, with those who did.
Reflection on Being Authentic
He then asks the reader to reflect:
What holds you back from truly being authentic?How can you become more comfortable with being authentic? I went back to Mo Issa’s definition that we covered in the beginning of this episode that “true authenticity means being ourselves—not an imitation of what we think we should be or what others want us to be. We all have a unique gift, and we must find and nurture it.” (Mo Issa, The Shift).
We will go deeper into Mo Issa’s work when we meet with him next month, but I think that this is what we are supposed to discover about ourselves (FIRST) through self-awareness, and only then, (once we are clear on who we are) can we build more authentic relationships with others.
To close out Bosnick’s chapter 15, on relationships and authenticity, he does cover being self-focused vs other-focused, valuing differences, overcoming our own egos, and putting other people first, which was the theme of Simon Sinek’s famous book, Leaders Eat Last.[x] Simon Sinek penned this book when he noticed that some teams trusted each other so deeply that they would literally put their lives on the line for each other. Other teams, no matter what incentives were offered, were doomed to infighting, fragmentation and failure. Why Sinek wondered? Well, the answer became clear during a conversation with a Marine Corps general who said "Officers eat last." Sinek watched as the most junior Marines ate first while the most senior Marines took their place at the back of the line. Great leaders sacrifice their own comfort--even their own survival--for the good of those in their care.
Bosnick calls this “other focused” and reminds us that “in order to build truly authentic relationships, we need to overcome our own ego and put others first.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 182). Bosnick does cover the different needs of extroverts and introverts, that we have covered on EP 186[xi] as well as different behavioral styles that can help us to learn how to better interact with other people who have different “styles” than we do.
The Neuroscience of Our Social Brain
To close out chapter 15, Bosnick goes into the Neuroscience of Our “Social Brain” and covers the story of the famous Phineas Gage, Neuroscience’s Most Famous Patient.[xii] Without going too deep into the neuroscience, Bosnick explains that “we have two systems in our brain: the X-system and the C-system. The X-system (or reflexive system) is automatic, responsive, like/dislike, reward/threat. Since this part of our brain is non-thinking, it’s not affected by our mental load.
The C-system (or reflective system) is controlled, conscious, with executive function and executive control.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 186). Motivation and effort are required to engage this part of the brain, and it can be affected by our mental load.
X-system (reflexive)=automatic
C-system (reflective) =we need motivation and effort to activate
The story of Phineas Gage goes like this: “in 1948 in the United States, (he) survived a blast while building a railroad, which shot a tamping iron through the front part of his brain. Remarkably, he survived. However, his behavior had changed. Where before, he was a mild-tempered, respecting person, his behavior was now to seek reward without consequences, operating only by habit, (and he turned) rude…He destroyed the C-system, (his controlled thinking) operating on X-system only. In other words, he had no control over his automatic, reflexive system, and his behavior became unbearable as a result. He treated everybody as an object for his own personal reward.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 186).
The C-system, (that requires motivation and effort to activate) Bosnick explains, is important for self-reflection and understanding self/other relations and occurs in the front (middle) part of our brain. We know this part of our brain as the Default Mode Network[xiii], and the part of our brain where we take breaks for creativity, thinking and learning to occur. He adds to our understanding here by saying that “when the brain is at a resting state, this specific system kicks in, which is focused around social understanding (thinking about yourself, others’ thoughts, others’ actions etc.).”
Bosnick reminds us to “stare out the window and do nothing and (says) your life will thank you, and it will help you to build more authentic relationships. This was the whole idea behind EP 48[xiv], on Using Brain Network Theory to Stay Productive During Times of Chaos.
Bosnick Reminds Us to Go Slow to Go Fast
I can’t even tell you how many times I have heard the phrase “go slow, to go fast” this week, and here it is at the end of chapter 15. Bosnick says that “in order to build truly authentic relationships with people, we need to go slow, to go fast.” He suggests that we “slow down the conversation with people, truly listen to them empathetically and be fully present with them. This will build the relationship to be deeper…go slow with the conversation and communication in order to go fast with the depth of the relationship.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 187).
Reflection Activity: Building More Authentic Relationships
Bosnick suggests the following reflection activity for building more authentic relationships.
Think of a person in your business, or personal life, that you would like to build a more authentic relationship with.How would you describe them? Are they introverted/extroverted? What are their behavior styles? How do they approach authenticity and relationships?Let your brain go into your Default Mode Network. Stare out of a window and think: what could you do to build a more authentic relationship with each of the people you are thinking of? How can you go slow to go fast?I will add one final step, that came from the quote from Mo Issa and suggest that once we have done the work ourselves, and know what makes us truly authentic, we know our own unique gifts and talents, and we continue to nurture and grow them, we can next look outward, and recognize the unique talents and gifts in others. We covered this practice extensively on EP 214 with Dr. Marie Gervais[xv], by learning to see the “spirit” in others. I’m confident that by practicing these steps, with each person we want to build a deeper, more authentic relationship with, (whether in our personal or professional lives) that we will notice strides of improvement, once we have identified and appreciated our own authenticity and uniqueness. Then, we can recognize it in others for the magic to occur.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #345 on “The Neuroscience of Relationships and Authenticity” we covered:
✔ Mo Issa’s definition of authenticity from his book The Shift: How to Awaken the Aliveness from Within
Mo believes that “true authenticity means being ourselves—not an imitation of what we think we should be or what others want us to be. We all have a unique gift, and we must find and nurture it.” (Mo Issa, The Shift).
✔ Andrea’s reflection from 2021 when Mo Issa asked her “what does authenticity mean to you?”
What’s authentic for me—it’s living life according to my values. Living who I am by design. If I’m not putting health first, (for myself and my family) or learning, growing, researching, and then disseminating/sharing what I’ve learned, I’m not living my true authentic self. It will hurt my productivity if I compromise who I am, at this granular level.
✔ We ask the reader to consider: What makes YOU authentic?
✔ How do you know when you are living a truly authentic life?
✔ Have you identified your unique gifts or talents that make you stand out from others?
✔ Do you know what might be holding you back from being truly authentic?
✔ The Neuroscience of Our Social Brain
“We have two systems in our brain: the X-system and the C-system. The X-system (or reflexive system) is automatic, responsive, like/dislike, reward/threat.
The C-system (or reflective system) is controlled, conscious, with executive function and executive control.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 186). Motivation and effort are required to engage this part of the brain.
The story of Phineas Gage who destroyed the C-system, in his brain and was operating on X-system only. In other words he had no control over his automatic, reflexive system, and his behavior became unbearable as a result.
The C-system, (that requires motivation and effort to activate) we learned, is important for self-reflection and understanding self/other. We know this part of our brain as the Default Mode Network[xvi], and the part of our brain where we take breaks for creativity, thinking and learning to occur.
“When the brain is at a resting state, this specific system kicks in, which is focused around social understanding (thinking about yourself, others’ thoughts, others’ actions etc.).” We learned to get into this resting state by “staring out of a window and do nothing (except reflecting on what else we can do to improve our relationships) and this knowledge that we uncover will help us to build more authentic relationships. We learned to slow down the conversation with people, truly listen to them empathetically and be fully present with them. This will build the relationship to be deeper…go slow with the conversation and communication in order to go fast with the depth of the relationship.” (Chapter 15, Bosnick, Page 186).
✔ 4 Steps to Building More Authentic Relationships
Think of a person in your business, or personal life, that you would like to build a more authentic relationship with.Get to know them on a deeper level. How would you describe them? Are they introverted/extroverted? How do they approach authenticity and relationships?Let your brain go into your Default Mode Network. Stare out of a window and think: what could you do to build a more authentic relationship with each of the people you are thinking of? How can you go slow with your conversation to go fast with the depth of the relationship? And finally, we looked at the quote from Mo Issa that suggests that once we have done the work ourselves, and know what makes us truly authentic, once we know our own unique gifts and talents, and we continue to nurture and grow them, next, we can look outward, and recognize the unique talents and gifts in others. I will close out this episode with a quote from Mo Issa’s second book, The Shift that says “we all have a primal need to belong—a human urge to be part of something larger than us. We fulfill that need when we connect authentically to exchange energy and feel seen, heard and valued.” (Mo Issa)
Let me know what you think. Did this episode help you to improve your authenticity, and deepen your relationships?
I know this episode will take time to practice and refine. It’s taken me my lifetime so far to fully embrace my unique talents and gifts, where I recognize my own authenticity. Now I’ve got the rest of my life to take this understanding and help me to build stronger, deeper relationships with others.
And with that thought, I’ll see you next time where we will cover chapter 16 from Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, on biases.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #7 with Greg Wolcott on “Building Relationships in Today’s Classrooms” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/greg-wolcott-on-building-relationships-in-todays-classrooms/
[iii] www.significant72.com
[iv] Social Relationships and Health: A Flashpoint for Health Policy Published August 4, 2011, by Debra Umberson and Jennifer Karas Montez https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3150158/
[v] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[vi] www.mo-issa.com
[vii] The Midlife Shift by Mo Issa https://www.mo-issa.com/book (COMING SOON).
[viii] The Power of Vulnerability by Brene Brown https://www.audible.com/pd/The-Power-of-Vulnerability-Audiobook/
[ix] The Power of Vulnerability by Brene Brown https://www.blinkist.com/en/books/the-power-of-vulnerability-en
[x] Leaders Eat Last by Simon Sinek 2014, https://www.amazon.com/Leaders-Eat-Last-Together-Others/dp/1591845327
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 186 on “Using Neuroscience to Understand the Introverted vs Extroverted Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-using-neuroscience-to-understand-the-introverted-and-extroverted-brain/
[xii]Phineas Gage, Neuroscience’s Most Famous Patient https://www.smithsonianmag.com/history/phineas-gage-neurosciences-most-famous-patient-11390067/
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #48 “Brain Network Theory” https://www.achieveit360.com/brain-network-theory-using-neuroscience-to-stay-productive-during-times-of-change-and-chaos/
[xiv] IBID
[xv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #214 on “The Spirit of Work: Connecting Science and Business Practices and Sacred Texts for a Happier and Healthier Workplace” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/marie-gervais-phd-on-the-spirit-of-work-connecting-science-business-practices-and-sacred-texts-for-a-happier-and-more-productive-workplace/
[xvi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #48 “Brain Network Theory” https://www.achieveit360.com/brain-network-theory-using-neuroscience-to-stay-productive-during-times-of-change-and-chaos/
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity, and results using practical neuroscience.
In Episode 344, we continue with our 18-week self-leadership series, diving into Chapter 14 of Grant Bosnick's book to explore the neuroscience of resiliency. We revisit past episodes with Horacio Sanchez to understand the factors that contribute to resilience and discuss the intriguing analogies presented by Bosnick, including the donkey in the well and the carrot, egg, and coffee bean story.
Learn how to build resilience within yourself and your teams by focusing on Patrick Lencioni's five functions of a high-performing team. Discover how developing willpower, a crucial faculty of the mind, can enhance your ability to overcome adversity. We also delve into new research on the anterior mid-cingulate cortex, a brain region associated with willpower and resilience.
Join us as we uncover strategies to harness resilience, strengthen our brains, and emerge stronger from life's challenges. Don't miss this insightful episode that equips you with the tools to face adversity head-on and lead with resilience.
On today's EPISODE #344 “The Neuroscience of Resilience: Building Stronger Minds and Teams” we will cover:
✔ A review of past EP 74 and EP 286 on “Building Resiliency, Grit and Mental Toughness”
✔ A review of Horacio Sanchez’s work on resiliency: protective vs risk factors.
✔ Ch. 14 from Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership book with 2 intriguing analogies presented by Bosnick, including the donkey in the well and the carrot, egg, and coffee bean story.
✔ Learn how to build resilience within yourself and your teams by focusing on Patrick Lencioni's five functions of a high-performing team. Discover how developing willpower, a crucial faculty of the mind, can enhance your ability to overcome adversity.
✔ Discover how developing willpower, a crucial faculty of the mind, can enhance your ability to overcome adversity.
✔ We also delve into new research on the anterior mid-cingulate cortex, a brain region associated with willpower and resilience.
For Today, EPISODE #344, we are moving on to Chapter 14, reviewing “The Neuroscience of Resiliency,” a topic we have covered a few times on this podcast, way back with Horacio Sanchez, who named his Educational Consulting Business Resiliency Inc. back on EP #74[i] and then we did a deep dive Brain Fact Friday on EP #286 “Building Resiliency, Grit and Mental Toughness.”[ii] On this episode we reviewed Horacio Sanchez’s definition of resiliency as “a collection of protective risk factors that you have in your life” and that there are some factors we are born with, and others come in through childhood, family, school, life events and social experiences.
Horacio reminds us that “if you have little risk, it takes less to be resilient. But—if you have a lot of risk, it takes a lot more protective factors to offset the scale.” This is why two people can possibly respond in two completely different ways after a traumatic experience. One person walks away, dusts themselves off, and recovers quickly, (they had more reservoirs of resilience to tap into) while the other has a completely different outcome, and needs more assistance to get back on track.
With resiliency, we can overcome adversity or difficulty and have good outcomes in our life, but you can see why not everyone is born with exactly the same protective factors needed, so we don’t all have the same levels of resiliency. Horacio mentioned that “25% of the population are naturally resilient” and his work focuses on instilling this trait in those who are not naturally resilient due to the number of risk factors associated to them. To this day, he continues with his mission, flying around the country, helping our next generation of students to become more resilient.
Resiliency came out as a low priority for me with the with 0% (Pathway 5) along with Change and Agility, and it makes more sense to me now that I understand the protective and risk factors that I faced growing up as a child, from my family, from school, life and social events. When I review the list, I can see that I was fortunate to have more protective factors, than risk.
IMAGE FROM EP 74 with Horacio Sanchez.
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[iii], look to see if Resilience (in Pathway 5) along with change and agility, is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
If you haven’t listened to EP 74, or 286, where we dove deeper into the building resiliency, grit and mental toughness, I highly encourage that you listen to both of these episodes, in addition to what we will uncover today on resiliency.
So what does Grant Bosnick have to say about building resilience in ourselves, and our teams in chapter 14 of his book? He opens up the chapter with a situation with a farmer and his donkey, who had fallen into a hole in the ground, (a well) and couldn’t get out. Finally, after trying to get the donkey out, he gave up, and decided to shovel dirt into the well, since the donkey was old, and not worth saving. At first Grant writes that the donkey cried with the dirt being shoveled onto him, until he eventually stopped and was quiet. When the farmer looked into the hole he was amazed at what he saw. With each shovel of dirt, the donkey would shake it off his back, and use the dirt to climb up higher, until he was able to easily step out of the hole and trot off happily.
What Grant is showing us at the start of this chapter is that we all will have dirt shoveled on our backs in our life, and “that we can either get buried in the dirt or shake it off and take a step up. Each adversity we face is a stepping stone, and we can get out of the deepest wells by shaking off the dirt and taking a step up.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 160).
There was another analogy in Grant’s book that I liked, about a carrot, an egg and a cup of coffee. The story went like this. There was a young woman who went to her mother one day, complaining the things were difficult for her with her life. Her mother took her into the kitchen and filled three pots with water, and placed them on the elements, bringing each one to a boil. One pot she placed carrots in, the second, an egg and the third one, coffee beans. After 20 minutes, she asked her daughter what she saw. Her mother’s explanation was eye-opening.
She explained to her daughter that “each of these objects faced the same adversity—boiling water. Each reacted differently. The carrot went in strong, hard and unrelenting. However, after being subjected to the boiling water, it was softer and became weak. The egg was fragile…but after being in the boiling water, it’s inside became hardened. The ground coffee beans were unique, however. (Bosnick writes that) after being in the boiling water, they changed the water…(and the mother asked her daughter) when adversity faces you, how do you respond? Are you a carrot, an egg or a coffee bean?” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 161).
Grant asks the reader of his book to think about this question. Which one would you pick? “Are you the carrot that seems strong but with pain and adversity (wilted) and became soft, losing its strength? Are you the egg that starts with a soft heart, but hardens with the heat? Or are you like the coffee bean that actually changes the hot water, the very circumstance that (brought) the pain?” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 161). I’m hoping that we all desire to experience change with the adversity we face.
Bosnick gives two real-life examples of famous people who took their pain, and changed for the better, because of it. Terry Fox, a distance runner from British Columbia, Canada was his first example and Kawhi (Ka-why) Leonard, a professional basketball player from the NBA. You can look up these stories, if you don’t know them already. Growing up in Canada, I remember Terry Fox’s story well. Terry Fox took the pain of a cancer diagnosis that led to one of his legs being amputated and replaced with an artificial leg, and rather than giving up, or becoming hard or soft, he changed the situation with his Marathon of Hope. It was “first held in 1981, and has now grown to involve millions of participants in over 60 countries and is now the world’s largest one-day fundraiser for cancer research, with over $750 million Canadian dollars raised in his name.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 162).
Bosnick reminds us that “resilience is not only about bouncing back from adversity, but rather it is about surviving and thriving through the stress caused by the adversity, and changing our situation to make it better.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 162).
Building Resilience in Ourselves and Then with Our Teams
After Bosnick focused on building resilience in ourselves, he went on to show how to build resilience in our teams, and he mentioned a book, that we have recently talked about with mediation expert John Ford, from EP 340.[iv] I love making connections with past episodes, and when I read Bosnick mention The Five Dysfunctions of a Team by Patrick Lencioni[v], I went straight back to that episode with John Ford. In chapter 14, Bosnick outlines “the five dysfunctions of teams: absence of trust, fear of conflict, lack of commitment, avoidance of accountability, and inattention to results. (Next he outlines) the five functions of a high performing team: trust, absence of fear of conflict, commitment, accountability and attention to results.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 170).
Bosnick writes that “when we feel accountable and have attention to results, we adopt a mindset or attitude of control, which enables us to take direct, hands-on action to transform changes, adversities and the problems that they may cause…If we believe that we can influence the outcome of an adverse situation, we are more apt to push ourselves to deal with it. If the opposite is true, we may question our ability to turn adversity around and stop trying.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 171).
When I think of a recent time that I faced adversity, and had to be resilient in the process, if I didn’t think it would be possible for me to be successful, there is no way I would have persevered. Each individual on a team must have this mindset, as they go through change and adversity. The focus must be on Lencioni’s work: “building a high functioning team—with trust, absence of fear of conflict, commitment, accountability and attention to results—(that) will lead to proactive behaviors and increase our own (personal) resilience and the resilience in our team.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 171).
Bosnick offers a reflection activity in Chapter 14 where he asks the reader to:
Think of an adverse situation that you are facing at the moment (could be in your work or personal life).Consider how this situation is making you feel. I’m going to add that if you feel like the situation is in control of you, then you are not going to win. You’ ve got to be confident that YOU are in control of whatever it is that you are going through.How can you adopt a more prosocial mindset to see the adversity as opportunity to make things better for yourself and others? Thinking of the carrots, the egg and the coffee bean. What will it take to get you to become the coffee bean?How can you help yourself and your team to be more high functioning? Thinking of Lencioni’s 5 Dysfunctions of a Team, how will you help your team to move towards trust, absence of fear of conflict, commitment, accountability and attention to results? Developing Our Will to Overcome Adversity:
What will it REALLY take for you to become more resilient and overcome adversity? It will take a highly developed Will Power. We have talked about how to develop this faculty of our mind on EP #294[vi] where we dove deep into the 6 Faculties of our Mind, with our Will Power being one of them. I do highly recommend listening to this episode if you want to review these important faculties.
Since I can always use a refresher myself, I’ll highlight what we covered on this important faculty that we will need to develop, to overcome adversity.
YOUR WILL: This is one of my favorite faculties. (out of the 6: along with our ability to reason, use our intuition, perception, memory and imagination). This one (The use of the Will) gives you the ability to concentrate. While sitting down to write this episode, I’ve gotten up from my desk a few times, but I’m determined to finish writing this, so I can record and release this today. That’s the will at work. You can also use the will to hold a thought on the screen of your mind, or choose thoughts of success, over thoughts of failure. OR-use the power of your Will to overcome the adversity you face, like Terry Fox, or Kawhi (Ka-why) Leonard. If you have a highly evolved will, you’ll lock into doing something, block out all distractions, and accomplish what you set out to do.
HOW TO DEVELOP THIS FACULTY TO OVERCOME CHALLENGE OR ADVERSITY?
Developing the will takes practice. Meditation can strengthen your will, but so can staring at a candle flame until you and the flame become one. I tried this activity in my late 20s, and remember it was a few hours of staring at this candle flame, before I was able to block out the distractions of the outside world, and the flame extended towards me. This faculty, like the others, takes time and practice, but once you’ve developed this faculty, you’ll know you have the ability to sit, focus, and do anything. An extension of this activity would be that once you and the flame have become one, try to change the color of the flame. In your head say “blue, blue, blue” and watch the color of the flame turn to blue. Pick a different color and see if you can quickly change the color of the flame from blue, to red, to orange, to whatever color you think of.” This activity will strengthen your will.
BRINGING IN THE NEUROSCIENCE:
It was here that I wondered what neuroscience has to say about this topic. We have covered The Neuroscience of Resiliency on past episodes, but we have not yet covered some new research that Dr. Andrew Huberman discovered this past year about what happens to our brain when we have a highly developed Will Power, that we will need to overcome adversity and challenge. This new research actually made famous scientist jump out of his chair.
DID YOU KNOW that there is a part of the brain called “the Anterior mid cingulate cortex. This area is not just one of the seats of willpower but scientists think it holds the secret in “the will to live?”[vii]
When I first heard about this part of the brain, I knew it was important for overcoming adversity, and helping us to become more resilient.
Scientists discovered that this part in the brain increases in size when we do something we don’t want do, like exercising when we would rather not, or diet or resist eating something we know is bad for us, when we would rather eat the old way.
Dr. Huberman shared on this eye-opening episode with his guest, David Goggins that “when people do anything that they don’t want to do, it’s not about adding more work, it’s about adding more work that you don’t want to do, this brain area gets bigger.” This part of the brain is larger in athletes, larger in people who overcome challenge, and as long as people continue to “do difficult things” this area of the brain keeps its size.
To me, this shows that building resilience in ourselves and our teams is not just good for whatever challenge we are looking to overcome, but we are building stronger, more resilient brains: specifically, stronger anterior mid cingulate cortexes.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #344 on “The Neuroscience Behind Building Resilience in Yourself and Your Teams” we covered:
A review of EP 74 and 286 where we covered the Neuroscience of Resilience with Horacio Sanchez’s work reminding us that our protective or risk factors in our lifetime, will determine how resilient we will be in our life. While 25% of the population are naturally resilient, Horacio asserts that “if you have little risk, it takes less to be resilient. But—if you have a lot of risk, it takes a lot more protective factors to offset the scale.” Horacio has dedicated his life to helping our next generation become more resilient.Next we looked at Grant Bosnick’s book, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership (Chapter 14) where he gave us the analogy of the donkey who fell into the well, and demonstrated resiliency when he used the dirt shoveled on him, to climb out. This example taught us that we all will have dirt shoveled on our backs in our life, and “that we can either get buried in the dirt or shake it off and take a step up. Each adversity we face is a stepping stone, and we can get out of the deepest wells by shaking off the dirt and taking a step up.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 160).Another analogy we learned was through the mother and daughter story, and that when adversity faces you, Bosnick asks us to reflect. “Are you the carrot that seems strong but with pain and adversity (wilted) and became soft, losing its strength? Are you the egg that starts with a soft heart, but hardens with the heat? Or are you like the coffee bean that actually changes the hot water, the very circumstance that (brought) the pain?” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 161). I’m hoping that we all desire to experience change with the adversity we face, like the coffee bean.After learning about building resiliency in ourselves, we learned about building resiliency within our teams, and looked at Patrick Lencioni’s The Five Dysfunctions of a Team. The absence of trust, fear of conflict, lack of commitment, avoidance of accountability, and inattention to results. Then we learned to turn this around, using the five functions of a high performing team: trust, absence of fear of conflict, commitment, accountability and attention to results.” (Chapter 14, Resilience, Bosnick, Page 170).Then we looked at how we develop resiliency, using our Will Power from EP 294 where I shared an activity to strengthen this faculty of our mind either through meditation, or with an activity of staring at a candle flame, and with time, effort and sheer will power, blocking out everything else around you, until you and the candle flame become one.Finally, we looked at the fascinating new neuroscience behind the part of our brain (the anterior mid cingulate cortex) that becomes bigger when we use our will power to do those things we don’t want to do. Scientists believe this ability to use our will power to do difficult things, which builds our resiliency, is what’s really behind the will to live. I hope you’ve found this episode on building resilience in yourself and your teams as valuable as I have, and that when challenge comes our way in the future, that we continue to lean into it, using every ounce of our will power, and become a coffee bean, emerging stronger than the challenge we faced, and knowing that this process is building a part of our brain (our anterior mid cingulate cortex) to be bigger, helping us to continue to do difficult things in our future.
With that thought, I’ll close out this episode and see you next time, with two interviews coming, to help us to continue to build stronger versions of ourselves this year. I’ll see you next week.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #74 with Horacio Sanchez on “How to Apply Brain Science to Improve Instruction and School Climate” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/leading-brain-science-and-resiliency-expert-horatio-sanchez-on-how-to-apply-brain-science-to-improve-instruction-and-school-climate/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #286 on “Building Resiliency, Grit and Mental Toughness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-building-resiliency-grit-and-mental-toughness/
[iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #340 “Navigating Workplace Conflicts: Insights from a Mediation Expert, John Ford” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/navigating-workplace-conflicts-insights-from-a-mediation-expert/
[v] The Five Dysfunctions of a Team by Patrick Lencioni Published April 11, 2002 https://www.amazon.com/Five-Dysfunctions-Team-Leadership-Fable/dp/0787960756
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #294 “Beyond Our 5 Senses: Using the 6 Faculties of our Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
[vii] How to Build Will Power Dr. Andrew Huberman with David Goggins https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=84dYijIpWjQ
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast! In episode #343, host Andrea Samadi interviews Dr. Sui Wong, a renowned neurologist and neuro-ophthalmologist based in London, UK. With over 110 peer-reviewed publications and extensive research in mindfulness-based cognitive therapy, Dr. Wong shares her holistic approach to improving brain health and patient outcomes.
Discover the science behind visual snow syndrome, the impact of lifestyle-specific interventions, and the connection between eye health and neurological disorders like Alzheimer's and Parkinson's. Dr. Wong also delves into the importance of mindfulness, nutrition, sleep, and a balanced lifestyle in enhancing overall well-being. Join us for an insightful conversation that bridges neuroscience with practical strategies for everyday life.
Don't miss this episode filled with valuable insights and actionable tips to help you thrive. Welcome, Dr. Sui Wong!
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/GwR82IYJTbE
EPISODE #343 with Dr. Sui Wong on “Unlocking Brain Health: Insights from a Leading Neuro-Ophlamologist we will cover:
✔ Dr. Sui Wong's career path in medicine, that led her to write 4 books to help her patients (and the world) improve their brain health.
✔ How understanding our eye health can help us to prevent neurological disorders (like Alzheimer's Disease) in the future.
✔ What we should all understand about our eye health for improved health and longevity.
✔ What common neuro-ophthalmology cases she sees.
✔ Why did she introduce Mindfulness into a study on Visual Snow Syndrome?
✔ What would Dr. Wong add to our list of Top 6 Health Staples?
✔ How to learn from Dr. Wong, and find her books.
On today's episode #343 we meet with Dr. Sui H. Wong, a Neurologist and Neuro-Ophthalmologist based in London, United Kingdom. In addition to her clinical work as a medical doctor and physician, Dr. Wong is an active neuroscience researcher, who translates pertinent and clinically relevant questions into research, to improve person-centred patient outcomes. Additionally, she has the qualifications and experience to consider a broader spectrum of lifestyle-specific interventions. Dr Wong’s holistic approach in empowering patients has been recognized with many awards, and this is just the beginning for her.
When I was introduced to Dr. Wong, an active neuroscience researcher with a mission of translating important clinically relevant questions into research for improved person-centred patient outcomes, I knew I had to speak with her. She is a widely published author and researcher with over 110+ peer-reviewed publications in medical journals, chapters and conference abstracts, to date.
I looked at the articles Dr. Wong has published, and one caught my eye. She’s done extensive research that you can find in Ophthalmology Journals, like a recent article that I’m going to paraphrase, but it was called Visual Snow Syndrome (which is a neurological condition where individuals see persistent flickering white, black, transparent or colored dots across the whole visual field) After Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy.[i] We have spent some time on this podcast walking through Pubmed.gov, and if you go there, and put Mindfulness into the search bar, you will come up with over 30,000 results.
Let’s meet Dr. Sui Wong, and see what we can learn from her decades of research and her thoughts on what lifestyle-specific interventions she recommends.
Welcome Dr. Wong, thank you for coming on the podcast today, and meeting me, all the way from the UK (where I was born)(Worthing, Sussex). Welcome.
Q1: Can you give us an overview of why you chose this path and ended up in Neuro-Ophthalmology with an explanation of what you do with your work?
Q2: How can understanding our eye health help us to prevent neurological disorders in the future? We’ve covered Alzheimer’s Prevention strategies and I wonder what you would with the importance of our brain health?
Q3: I listened to a recent podcast you did on Neuro Podcases and while I don’t have a case for you, I’ll tell you I had a scary eye experience years ago? It turned out to be an ocular migraine, but I seriously thought I was going blind. Before I spoke to my doctor, I had no idea what this was, and that it was nothing to worry about. What do you recommend we ALL learn and understand about our eye health for improved health and longevity?
Q3B: Is there a connection between migraines in our head, and our gut-brain axis?
Q4: What are some common neuro-ophthalmology cases you see?
Q5: I looked at your research and one of your publications drew my attention. It was the Visual Snow Syndrome study that improved with Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy. Since we talk about Mindfulness often on this podcast, can you share what this study revealed? What can we all take away from the power of Mindfulness?
Q6: What advice would you give us outside of this list that we’ve created from all our interviews, of the TOP 6 health staples to boost our physical, and mental heath, helping us to age gracefully, and how much of our health do you think has to do our brain health?
Q7: For people to reach you, what is the best way? What services do you provide?
Q8: Anything I have missed?
Dr. Wong, I want to thank you for your time, meeting with me today, and helping us to all make the connection with our brain health, and longevity.
RESOURCES AND CONNECT WITH DR. SUI WONG
Thursday Tips-Bitesize brain health tips to thrive: bit.ly/drwongbrainhealth
Website for Dr. Wong’s books: https://www.drsuiwongmd.com/books
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/drsuiwong.neurologist/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/dr-sui-wong-neurologist/
Mindfulness for Brain Health (in paperback/ hardcover/ Kindle/ audiobook)https://books2read.com/u/4XNXAgBreak Free from Migraines Naturally (in paperback/ hardcover/ Kindle/ audiobook)https://books2read.com/u/bwgG5ZSleep Better to Thrive (in paperback/ Kindle/ audiobook)books2read.com/u/mv0XQ2Quit Ultra-Processed Foods Now (in paperback/ Kindle/ audiobook)https://books2read.com/u/m27M21
Email office@neuroeye.co.uk
REFERENCES:
[i] Visual Snow Syndrome Improves with Modulation of Resting-State Functional MRI Connectivity After Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy published by Sui H Wong, et al, March 2024 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37967050/
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast! In episode 342, we continue our 18-week self-leadership series inspired by Grant Bosnick's book, diving deep into Chapter 13, which focuses on the neuroscience of agility.
Join Andrea Samadi as she explores how physical and mental agility play critical roles in our ability to handle sudden changes and stressors. Discover practical strategies to enhance your mental agility, build resilience, and thrive in the face of adversity.
This episode not only highlights the importance of maintaining physical fitness but also delves into the science behind mental flexibility. Learn how to identify and manage your stressors, strengthen your neural pathways, and become anti-fragile in both your personal and professional life.
Stay tuned for insights from neuroscientist Tara Swart and actionable tips to improve your brain's agility, ensuring you are better prepared to navigate life's challenges. Don't miss this enlightening episode and the upcoming interview with Dr. Sui Wong on resilience!
On today's episode #342 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024. So far, it’s taken us 8 months to cover the first 13 chapters thoroughly, and we still have 6 chapters to go. After this week on agility, we have chapter 14 on resilience, 15 on relationships and authenticity, 16 on biases, 17 on trust, 18 on empathy and the final chapter 19 (and one of my target areas to focus on this year), the topic of presence. When we finish each of these chapters, we will put them all together, with a review of each one, in one place. It really has surprised me that a thorough study of this book will take the entire year to complete.
On today's EPISODE #342 we will cover:
✔ The Neuroscience of Mental and Physical Agility
✔ An overview of our personal and professional stressors
✔ Why being antifragile can help us overcome life’s obstacles and challenges
✔ Characteristics of an Agile Brain
✔ 6 Pathways of an Agile Brain
✔ 4 STEPS to Developing an Agile Brain for Future Problem Solving Success
For Today, EPISODE #342, we are moving on to Chapter 13, covering “The Neuroscience of Agility” which came out as a low priority for me with the with 0% (Pathway 5) along with Change and Resilience. If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[ii], look to see if Agility (in Pathway 5) along with change and resilience, is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
I was surprised to see this topic showing up with a low priority, not because this topic is something that I don’t think about daily, but it was when I read the first few paragraphs of Grant Bosnick’s chapter 13, on Agility, where I was reminded that we are talking about physical agility, in addition to mental agility, and as I’m getting older, I notice this area requires extra effort to stay on top of. While the self-assessment says this is not an area of focus for me, it’s one of my TOP priorities at the moment.
Grant Bosnick opens up this chapter by talking about a basketball player who pivots by “maintaining one foot having contact with the ground without changing its position on the floor and utilizes the other foot to rotate their body to improve position while in possession of the basketball. In life and business, when we are faced with a change or challenge immediately in front of us (Bosnick says) it is the same.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership). He reminds us that “in basketball, to be agile and pivot, a player needs to be physically fit and have strong ankles, otherwise they may injure themselves in the moment of stopping suddenly.
Reading this paragraph took me back to my 20s when I was a teacher in Toronto. I loved basketball. So much so that I spent some of my weekends being trained as a basketball coach where I learned drills directly from one of the Toronto Raptor’s coaches themselves. I remember taking these drills to a boy’s PE class, and watched in amazement at the skill of these young men, playing a sport, where I honestly thought there were players in that PE class who should have gone pro. I watched them pivot, and move in ways that I knew I never could. One student worked with me after class, trying to teach me to walk and pass the ball through my legs at the same time, and after an hour, I just gave up. It took these young athletes many years of practice outside of their gym time to develop these skills. Thinking back now, to those days, a few decades later, I know that while I don’t have the same physical agility as I did years ago, and I definitely can’t walk and pass a basketball through my legs at the same time, I still put exercise at the top of my list, and know that when I put in the time here, this helps (not hurts) my ability to pivot maybe not like those basketball players, but enough to be prepared physically, to handle sudden change that inevitably will come my way in life. And while I know that we can’t all be at the same level physically, (depending on the amount of time we can dedicate here) we ALL have the same advantage when it comes to the ability to strengthen our mental agility.
This is where Grant Bosnick takes us in his book, reminding us that “in business or life, when we are faced with a challenge or a change that makes us stop suddenly in our course of action. At that moment, we need to have mental agility to be strong in that moment… (reminding us that) we all face stressors and challenges in life. We need to push through, adapt and thrive in the moment, so that we can pivot, see the opportunities and come out even stronger on the other side.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 145)
Stressors and Triggers
Bosnick covers “various stressors or triggers that may cause us to stop our course of action (with) ways to improve our mental agility and ability to pivot.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 145).
On Table 13.1 Bosnick lists common stressors in the workplace, in our personal lives and I think he’s got ALL of the stressors covered. I looked at what is currently stressing me out (in my work and personal life) and they are ALL on Bosnick’s list in some form. I think that it’s easy to get overwhelmed with work and personal stressors, that I even forgot about daily stressors like traffic, or road closures, not having enough time for the daily exercise, or things that are important to us, or those days where I fall short on sleep, and know I’ll pay for it somehow.
Bosnick does tie chapter 9 on emotion regulation into this chapter, with strategies to overcome our daily life stress, and when we look at the Neuroscience of Mental Agility next, we will connect emotion regulation with a strategy from Tara Swart, MD, PhD, a neuroscientist and author of The Source: The Secrets of the Universe, the Science of the Brain for improving and strengthening our neural pathways, to improve our brain agility (or mental agility).
Before we can strengthen our mental agility, it helps to know what is stressing us out. I was actually talking about this during the week with one of my good friends from high school. We throw ideas back and forth, and I mentioned that as certain stressors were piling up in my daily life, I was getting to the “end of my rope with them.” She gave me a good analogy, and shared that we can pile up all of our stressors on a book shelf, until we reach our breaking point, and the book shelf breaks. I think it’s good to be aware of our breaking points, and how much we can handle at once. Bosnick suggests an activity where we identify all of our stressors.
IDENTIFYING OUR STRESSORS
First, look at the stressors on Bosnick’s list, (Table 13.1) and see if you can identify what is stressing you out. I think these days we can also circle workload, and lack of time in our work day, and I’ve circled injury with my girls who are both facing injuries from competitive gymnastics at the moment. Look and see what your stressors are.Bosnick suggests next to uncover the magnitude of these stressors by rating them on a scale of 1-5. Here’s where our mental agility comes into play. Bosnick introduces three terms from the book Antifragile by N Taleb[iii] where there are three types of systems, organizations or people.
The fragile: which is like an egg and breaks under stress. No one wants to be labeled as fragile.The robust: which is like a phoenix, when destroyed comes back exactly as it was before. This is a step in the right direction, but who wants to emerge from challenge the same as before?The antifragile: gets stronger from uncertainty—like the Hydra from the Greek myth where you cut off one head, two grows back in its place. It gets stronger from the sudden change. When we face challenges, changes and stressors, we need to become antifragile in the process according to Grant Bosnick. He also mentions resilience that we will cover next in chapter 14, and have covered this topic often on this podcast[iv] with EP 135 “Using Recovery to Become Resilient to Physical, Mental and Emotional Stressors.” This episode came from some of the biggest AHA moment from EPISODE #134[v] with Kristen Holmes, the VP of Performance Science of WHOOP[i], a wearable personal fitness and health coach that measures sleep, strain, and recovery.
Bosnick, in chapter 13 cover specifically how to grow from adversity, sustaining our peak performance, and that what we want to take away from this chapter is how to “train our brain to be antifragile in order to be more agile in the moment when we face challenges or stressors.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 149)
HOW DO WE IMPROVE OUR PHYSICAL AND MENTAL AGILITY?
Bosnick does talk about the importance of maintaining “a healthy lifestyle, with proper amounts of sleep, food, water and physical fitness. This will increase your energy and mental alertness” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 151) so that when something comes our way, unexpectedly, we can be better prepared, or more agile which will help us to be “prepared to withstand the shock.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 150). He also talks about the importance of taking the time to rest and recover by going for a walk, practicing yoga, or meditating. We’ve gone deep into the Top 6 Health Staples Scientifically Proven to Boost Our Physical and Mental Health[vi] that will provide us with the mental strength “to withstand our stressors in the first place, just like a basketball player needs to have physical strength to withstand the sudden stop.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 150).
Bosnick also suggests “yet another way to improve our mental well-being and strength is to find meaning in what we do (and that) by aligning personal meaning and doing what matters most, we will create a focus and a source of energy that can help us cut through a lot of the chaos. We did cover this topic with Chapter 2 on Goals[vii] and Chapter 3 Inspiration and Motivation[viii].
Bosnick does cover more strategies in Chapter 13 including overshooting, mental self-talk, and the importance of anticipating the future with examples that I know we’ve mentioned before on this podcast, with neuroscientist Friederike Fabritius, who wrote about Wayne Gretsky’s ability to think ahead of the hockey puck. Bosnick shares that “Wayne Gretsky, the greatest ice hockey player in history, once said “I don’t go where the puck is; I go where the puck will be.” And this, Bosnick reminds us “is what we need to think in order to get through these stressors or obstacles and find the opportunities on the other side.” (Chapter 13, Bosnick, Page 156) anticipating and directing ourselves to where we want to be.
Bosnick has us think of ways that we can adapt and manage ourselves through change, urging us to overshoot to strengthen our mental muscles which can endure more than we think, with strategies that include learning to become more optimistic.
It was here that I wondered what else could we learn about the neuroscience of agility (specifically mental agility where we all have the same ability, since we all have a brain) and I wondered if there was a way that would allow us to use our brain to work FOR us, rather than against us, and the answer came when I found Tara Swart MD, PhD, a neuroscientist and author of The Source: The Secrets of the Universe, the Science of the Brain. The answer came to me with her definition of “Mental Agility.”
What Is Mental Agility?
Tara Swart opens up her book, The Source, with a paragraph written by Charles Haanel, from 1919, (you can tell from the language that this was written over 100 years ago) in her Epigraph that reads:
“Some men seem to attract success, power, wealth, attainment with very little conscious effort; while others conquer with great difficulty; still others fail altogether to reach their ambitions, desires and ideals. Why is this so? The cause cannot be physical…hence mind must be the creative force, must constitute the sole difference between men. It is mind which overcomes environment and every other obstacle...”
Tara Swart says that “Mental agility is the ability to switch between tasks and between different ways of thinking, such as logical, emotional, creative, intuitive, physical, or motivational.”
She says that mental agility “also enhances the way you respond to stress and your capacity to keep multiple options open, allowing you to make your thoughts and emotions work for you during challenging tactical or physical events.”
In many ways, mental agility boils down to being flexible and not so hard on yourself, whether life gets in the way of your goals (like with any of the stressors from Bosnick’s list) or you encounter personal slip-ups in your day to day life. We’ve all been there, but how we persevere through all of this is a sign of mental agility.
Tara Swart wrote this book to offer an up-to-date, scientifically backed method for retraining the brain to direct our actions and emotions to lead us towards our deepest dreams and goals. She shows us how to take control of our own brain, and this powerful understanding took her nine years of college, seven years of practicing psychiatry and ten years of being an executive coach to get to this point.
In chapter 5 of The Source, Swart lists an activity to help us to improve our Mental (Brain) Agility by learning to “nimbly switch between different ways of thinking.” (Chapter 5, The Source, Page 109).
Swart reminds us that we are all “perfectly capable to assessing more of our brain power more of the time. We don’t because we don’t realize how brilliant, flexible, and agile our brain can be.” (Chapter 5, The Source, Page 109).
DID YOU KNOW THAT “an agile brain is one where each of our neural pathways is adequately developed?”
An agile brain Swart says can:
Focus intensely and efficiently on one task at a timeThink in many different ways about the same situation or problemSwitch gradually between these different ways of thinkingFuse ideas from differing cognitive pathways to create integrated solutionsThink in a balanced way, rather than thinking rigidly (or logical) for example. What is Swart’s Whole-Brain Approach to Brain Agility?
(IMAGE CREDIT: Credit by Andrea Samadi from Chapter 3, Brain Agility, The Source, Tara Swart).
Swart lists 6 ways of thinking that correlate with a simplified version of that neural pathway in the brain.
HOW AGILE IS YOUR BRAIN?
Swart next suggests that we try this activity to see how agile (or balanced) our brain is to see where our strengths are, as well as areas for improvement.
STEP 1: Draw a circle in a notebook, and give yourself 100% to start of with in the center with “Your Source”
STEP 2: Draw the arms for each of the 6 areas that correlate with brain agility. Emotions, Physicality, Intuition, Motivation, Logic and Creativity.
STEP 3: Call to mind one of your stressors (personal, or work) and rate how much of your brain power went towards each area.
STEP 4: Look to see how effectively you draw from your brain’s resources during times of stress. Did you allocate more energy to certain areas, and less to others?
Swart reminds us that we don’t need to have balance in all areas, but it’s important to “feel strong enough in all the pathways, as well as knowing what your key strengths are.” (Ch 3, The Source, Page 115).
EXAMPLE:
From Andrea: You can see my example in the show notes with a sports injury with both my children that is definitely one of my stressors.
INTUITION 50%
While dealing with anything stressful, I notice that I go straight to my intuition first. Before was even told about each of my daughter’s injuries, I could tell by looking at their facial expressions, and body language that the injuries were important for me to take seriously.
PHYSICALITY 20%
Once I have the intuitive feeling, next I’ll feel something in the pit of my stomach that tells me (to go straight to the ER) or whether we can wait the injury out with some time.
EMOTIONS 10%
While I’m always working on mastering my emotions, it’s impossible for me to hide what I’m feeling. When I’m serious, you will see it on my face.
CREATIVITY 10%
Next I’m thinking of ways to solve the problem, (the injury) and what we will need to do for a speedy recovery.
MOTIVATION 5%
This pathways keeps me focused on the end result
LOGIC 5%
I don’t need to get x-rays or wait for a doctor to tell me the results. While I know that my husband would lean this way first, I rely on different pathways in the brain while under pressure.
If you can take ONE of your stressors, and do this activity, you will learn what pathways in your brain are your strengths. Most people, Swart says have 2 or 3 pathways that they favor, 2 they draw on while under pressure and 2 they don’t use much, if at all.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #342 on “The Neuroscience of Agility” we looked at Chapter 13 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership uncovering our top work, personal and everyday life stressors.
Next, we rated our stressors on a scale of 1-5 to uncover the magnitude of what stresses us out on a daily basis.
We looked at three terms from the book Antifragile by N Taleb[ix] where there are three types of systems, organizations or people.
The fragile: which is like an egg and breaks under stress. No one wants to be labeled as fragile.The robust: which is like a phoenix, when destroyed comes back exactly as it was before. This is a step in the right direction, but who wants to emerge from challenge the same as before?The antifragile: gets stronger from uncertainty—like the Hydra from the Greek myth where you cut off one head, two grows back in its place. It gets stronger from the sudden change. We learned that when we face challenges, changes and stressors, we want to become antifragile in the process so that we grow from adversity, and become stronger in the process.
Finally, we looked at Mental Agility, with Tara Swart’s whole-brain approach from her book, The Source, by taking one of our stressors, and rating how much of our brain power we use while problem solving. I highly encourage this activity to notice which pathways you favor during problem solving, which ones you go to while under pressure and which ones you don’t use at all.
The goal with this episode was to show us that while physical agility is important, it’s our mental agility that some, like Charles Haanel, from 1919, believe “overcomes environment and every other obstacle.”
While I will always keep the TOP 6 health staples at the top of my mind to improve my physical agility, I’ll end this episode with a quote from our ALL-TIME most listened to episode from November 2022 on “Applying the Silva Method for Improved Creativity, Intuition and Focus”[x] that has now over 9K downloads.
I hope you have found some valuable insights in this episode, and we will see you next week, with an interview with neuroscientist Dr. Sui Wong, and then chapter 14 on resilience.
See you next week.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iii] Antifragile by Nassim Taleb Published Jan. 28, 2014 https://www.amazon.com/Antifragile-Things-That-Disorder-Incerto/dp/0812979680
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #135 “Using Recovery to Become Resilient to Physical, Mental and Emotional Stressors” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-using-recovery-to-become-resilient-to-physical-mental-and-emotional-stressors/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #134 with Kristen Holmes, VP of Performance Science of WHOOP.com on “Unlocking a Better You: Measuring Sleep, Recovery and Strain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE “Top 5 Health Staples” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Our 2024 Goals” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-season-11-of-the-neuroscience-meets-sel-podcast/
[viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #324 on “The Neuroscience of Inspiration and Motivation” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-self-leadership-series/
[ix] Antifragile by Nassim Taleb Published Jan. 28, 2014 https://www.amazon.com/Antifragile-Things-That-Disorder-Incerto/dp/0812979680
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 1 “Applying the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast! In this enlightening episode, we delve into the intersection of neuroscience, corporate innovation, and soul health with Pam Buchanan, founder of QuantumSense. Pam shares her journey from the high-paced boardrooms of Silicon Valley to exploring the concept of soul health, which she believes is crucial for achieving true well-being and productivity.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/4SNJuB3hfEg
Throughout her career, Pam has been at the forefront of innovation, from introducing mutual funds to the banking industry to working alongside visionaries like Elon Musk and Mark Zuckerberg at NASDAQ. Now, through QuantumSense, she aims to bring the concept of soul health to the masses, offering programs that help reduce anxiety, increase energy, and boost overall life satisfaction.
Join us as we explore how practical neuroscience can be integrated with soul health to create a paradigm shift in the workplace and beyond. Pam shares actionable insights and tools that you can start using today to improve your energy levels and overall well-being. Don't miss this thought-provoking discussion that could redefine how you approach your mental, physical, and soul health.
For more information, visit our website and stay tuned for more episodes that bridge the gap between science and practical application.
EPISODE #341 with Pam Buchanan on “Unlocking the Power of Soul Health” we will cover:
✔ How practical neuroscience can be integrated with soul health to create a paradigm shift in the workplace and beyond.
✔ Actionable tools you can start using today to improve your energy levels and overall well-being.
✔ Ideas to BEGIN thinking about soul health, in addition to our physical and mental health.
On today's episode #341, we welcome Pam Buchanan, founder of Quantum Sense, a consulting agency for the new paradigm, something we talk about often on this podcast.
After Pam took an introspective look at how she was able to perform throughout her career – which required her to be able to keep up with the pace of Silicon Valley – she accredited her successes to more than physical and mental health. She began what would be over a decade of research and self-examination to eventually define this as Soul Health. Throughout her personal and professional life, Pam has a long-history of being at the forefront of innovation. She was among the first to bring mutual funds to the banking industry in the 80s, and she identified unicorn startups to take to the public markets.Prior to starting Quantum Sense, Pam served as a Managing Director at Nasdaq for 15 years and was responsible for identifying, building, and maintaining relationships with pre-IPO, companies, founders, c-level executives, venture capital and private equity firms. It is in this role where she was in the boardrooms and minds of some of the world’s greatest innovators including Elon Musk and Mark Zuckerberg. Pam understands how the corporate mindset has evolved over the past few decades and is ready to lead the next evolution through Soul Health. Now, as the Founder of Quantum Sense, Pam is drawing from her wide-ranging experience and ability to distill and convey complex concepts to bring Soul Health to the masses. She has developed programs and services designed for companies proven to help their employees reduce anxiety, increase energy, create focus, boost creativity and ultimately improve their overall satisfaction in the office and life.
If you look at the direction our podcast is taking, you will see that while I’m always looking for ways to connect the most current brain research to improve our productivity and results, I am also extremely wide open to what else is out there. What else could we all be thinking, and doing, that might be a paradigm shift from our old ways of thinking in the workplace, but ways that will be necessary for us to ALL reach these higher levels of achievement. Ways to understand and improve our own Soul Health.
Let’s meet Pam Buchanan, and learn more about the fascinating intersection she has discovered with neuroscience and corporate innovation, through the lens of Soul Heath.
Welcome Pam! You have no idea just how timely it is that we are meeting. I have been diving into this topic, after being interviewed recently on some other podcasts that focus on this topic, and this is an area of interest for me right now. Welcome, and it’s an honor to have you on the podcast today.
Q1: When I looked at your background, which is impressive, but it also reminded me of my Mom, who spent years in the financial industry (life insurance) when her heart was in education. She made money, but ultimately, not living her soul purpose for her career led her to many health issues (like Cancer) over the years. It was impossible for me to miss that there was something off with the daily stress she had to led to her health issues. Can you share what led you to go from the fast-paced boardroom, working with some of the world’s greatest innovators like Elon Musk and Mark Zuckerberg, to helping others to improve their Soul Health? Where did this shift begin for you?
Q2: It’s interesting to me that you’ve attributed your past success to more than just physical and mental health. I relate to this, as I’m interested in both of those areas (and the Top Health Staples[i] that drive our performance) but there is a side of me that is the driver behind all the success that I’ve seen over the years, and it’s the spiritual side of me. Or like you say, our Soul Health. What was it for you that helped you to notice the importance of your soul health, and unlocking the depths of your soul’s energy? How did you begin to introduce Soul Health to the corporate world?
Q3: In your decade of research, I wonder who did you study to learn more about this important area of yourself?
Q4: Reducing anxiety, increasing energy, boosting creativity, these are all areas I’m exploring at the moment. Finding NEW tools to do this so that I’m refreshed at the end of a work day, instead of drained. What have you learned that can help us all to embrace our soul/spiritual side, and this new paradigm of work/life balance?
Q4B: What tools are you using? (I’ve recently had my aura read, and it picked up where my energy levels are operating…not far off from what I know about myself from the usual DISC or Myers Briggs Assessments. It picked out my mental state in my working environment and how I’m coming across to others.
Q5: I know that there have been leaps forward in advancements in the workplace, where meditation and mindfulness are now common areas to reduce stress, whereas 10 years ago, these topics were left out of the Corporate World. What are you seeing with your work? Where are we now with talking about this side of ourselves in the workplace? What is the future of soul health to you?
Q5B: Where should we all begin to improve our soul health?
Q6: What services do you provide and how can people learn more about your work?
Q7: What have I missed? Is there anything else that’s important that you would like to share?
Pam, I want to thank you for joining me on the podcast. You’ve added credibility to an area that I know doesn’t need it, but your background and experience could help others bridge the gap into looking at this side of their health. Their Soul Health.
For people to learn more about you, what is the best place?
CONNECT WITH PAM BUCHANAN
Website: https://thequantumsense.com/ and www.senseforward.co
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/pam-buchanan/
pam@thequantumsense.com
RESOURCES:
The Consciousness of the Way with San Qing (Podcast Andrea mentions at 7:35) https://www.instagram.com/theway_126/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning EP 307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov “Bridging the Spiritual World with Rigorous Scientific Method” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
Sylvia Brown Secret Societies and How They Affect Our Lives Today January 1, 2009 https://www.amazon.com/Secret-Societies-Affect-Lives-Today/dp/1401916767
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning EP 207 with Greg Link “Unleashing Greatness with Neuroscience, SEL, Trust and the 7 Habits” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/co-founder-of-coveylink-greg-link-on-unleashing-greatness-with-neuroscience-sel-trust-and-the-7-habits/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Bonus Episode on The Top 5 Health Staples https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast! In episode number 340, host Andrea Samadi speaks with John Ford, an experienced workplace mediator and author of "Peace at Work: The HR Manager's Guide to Workplace Mediation." With a wealth of expertise in conflict resolution, emotional intelligence, and soft skills training, John shares his journey from practicing law to becoming a mediator. He discusses the importance of trust, effective communication, and addressing conflict head-on in both personal and professional settings. Discover practical tools like talking sticks and empathy cards, and learn how to apply neuroscience and emotional intelligence to navigate conflicts and improve workplace dynamics. Don't miss this insightful conversation that bridges the gap between science and everyday application!
Watch our interview here https://youtu.be/NShwQio_QAk
EPISODE #340 with John Ford on “Peace at Work: Connecting Emotional Intelligence to Conflict Resolution” we will cover:
✔ The importance of acquiring Emotional Intelligence Skills for conflict resolution in our workplaces of the future.
✔ The influencers who inspired John Ford's work (Daniel Goleman, John Gottman, Ken Cloke and many more.
✔ Tools and resources to support Conflict Resolution in our workplaces.
On today's episode #340, we welcome John Ford[i] BA. LLB (UCT) Founder, Author of Peace at Work: the HR Manager’s Guide to Workplace Mediation, who is an experienced workplace mediator and works as a Conflict Resolution Coach and Workplace Mediator. He’s also a past president of the Association for Dispute Resolution of Northern California and served as managing editor for Mediate.com for over 10 years. Currently, he teaches negotiation and mediation through UC Law SF (formerly UC Hastings).
When I saw the work John has been doing, providing soft skills training on communication, conflict resolution, emotional intelligence, assertion, negotiation, mediation, dealing with difficult behavior, customer service, nonverbal communication, de-escalation, stress management, diversity and inclusion, I knew I had to have him on the podcast. I saw the importance of teaching our next generation of students these important social and emotional learning skills over 25 years ago, working with 12 teenagers, who turned their results in school, sports and their personal lives around, in a matter of weeks. I had to learn more about John Ford’s pathway that took him from practicing law, to working on workplace mediation, training others in these important emotional intelligence training skills.
Let’s meet John Ford, and see what we can learn from his vast experience with conflict resolution to see how he gains trust, with a calming effect in the most difficult and tense situations.
Welcome John, thank you for meeting with me today. Where have we reached you today? (I’m located in Arizona).
Q1: John, can you share what inspired you to transition from practicing law to focusing on workplace mediation and soft-skills training?
Q2: Can you also explain how your work was influenced by all of these researchers and influencers that our listeners would know well. Like Daniel Goleman, the author of Emotional Intelligence, neuroscientist Antonio Damasio, John Gottman’s evidence-based research as well as Paul Ekman’s work on facial expressions.
Q3: What are some other books that you can point us to improve these important skills, books, like Difficult Conversations (Douglas Stone, Bruce Patton and Sheila Hein), or Nonviolent Communication to help us to improve how to better communicate our feelings in our work and personal lives?
Q4: I see you have created tools to help express our feelings without using blame (which we all know takes us down a pathway to more conflict). I don’t remember how long along it was that I learned to take “you made me feel” out of my vocabulary, since no one can make me feel anything. It was a good lesson to keep in mind that only I control my feelings. Could you explain how The Empathy Set[ii] and The Talking Sticks work and the benefits they bring to users?
Q5: In your opinion, what are the most common challenges organizations face when dealing with workplace conflicts?
Q6: What advice would you give to someone who wants to start incorporating empathy and effective communication strategies into their professional or personal life?
Final Thoughts: Can you share a success story that highlights the impact of your products or training programs on a team or organization?
John, I want to thank you very much for meeting with me today. For people to learn more about you, what is the best place?
CONNECT with JOHN FORD
John Ford
www.johnford.com
www.empathyset.com
www.empathysetapp.com
john@johnford.com
REFERENCES:
[i] https://www.johnford.com/johnford
[ii] https://www.empathyset.com/
In episode 339, we delve into Chapter 12 of Grant's latest book, exploring the cutting-edge neuroscience of change. Building on seven months of in-depth discussions, this episode aims to equip you with the knowledge to thrive in 2024 by understanding how our brain interprets change as either a reward or a threat.
We'll revisit key episodes that have previously tackled the concept of change, including insights from futurist Chris Marshall and renowned neuroscientists. Discover how your brain's response to social and emotional threats can be as powerful as its response to physical dangers, and learn practical strategies to navigate these challenges.
Gain a deeper understanding of Maslow's hierarchy of needs and its evolution into self-determination theory. Explore Bosnick's ACRES model—Autonomy, Competence, Relatedness, Equity, and Sureness—to see how meeting these needs can help you embrace change and achieve your goals.
Join us as we unpack Dr. Huberman's insights on how to harness neuroplasticity to create lasting behavioral changes. Learn how to manage the agitation and strain that come with pushing past your comfort zone, and find out how to build a positive change network to support your journey.
Whether you're looking to enhance your agility, resilience, or overall well-being, this episode offers valuable tools and reflections to help you navigate and embrace change with confidence.
Welcome back to SEASON 12 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's episode #339 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) tied to the most current neuroscience research, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024. So far, it’s taken us 7 months to cover the first 12 chapters thoroughly, and we still have 7 chapters to go. After this week on change, we have chapter 13 on agility, 14 on resilience, 15 on relationships and authenticity, 16 on biases, 17 on trust, 18 on empathy and the final chapter 19 (and one of my target areas to focus on this year), the topic of presence. When we finish each of these chapters, we will put them all together, with a review of each one, in one place.
On today's EPISODE #339 we will cover:
✔ The Neuroscience of Change
✔ How our brains sense rewards versus threats
✔ How social and emotional threats are the same as physical threats
✔ Review of Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs
✔ Review of Self Determination Theory
✔ Triggers to watch for during times of change.
✔ How to Change Our Nervous System to change our actions and behaviors, and leave behind a legacy we are proud of.
For Today, EPISODE #339, we are moving on to Chapter 12, covering “The Neuroscience of Change” which came out as a low priority with 0% (Pathway 5) along with Agility and Resilience. I wasn’t surprised to see this topic showing up with a low priority for me this year, mostly because I love change, and am constantly looking for new ways to do things. If I am doing the same things over and over again, I can tend to get bored, so it’s important to find new angles, and challenges, daily to inspire the most creativity.
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[ii], look to see if Change (in Pathway 5) along with agility and resilience, is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
We’ve covered the topic of “change” in many different places on this podcast, most recently on EP 296,[iii] with Futurist Chris Marshall on his book “Decoding Change”, EP 244 “Using Neuroscience to Change our Perceptions”[iv], or EP 209 on “Using Neuroscience to Impact Change”[v] where we looked at a quote from the great, late Sir Ken’s famous TED TALK, Do Schools Kill Creativity, where he reminded us that “If you’re not prepared to be wrong, (by not fearing change and making mistakes along the way) you’ll never come up with anything original.” Think about this for a moment. Think of the times in your life where you embraced change. Would you agree with me that embracing change helps us to have more guts and perhaps stretch more in the future? It helps us to build our future confidence levels. There are many different ways to change our brain, like we found out with Dr. Michael Rousell on EP 159[vi] who taught us “How the Power of Surprise Can Secretly Change the Brain.”
So what does Grant Bosnick say about The Neuroscience of Change in Chapter 12 of his book, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership? He opens up the chapter with examples of change, asking how we feel when:
Example 1: We are in nature and come across a “breathtaking view” (how do we feel) I love seeing water (rivers, lakes or waterfalls in nature). How about you? What do you enjoy seeing/feeling in nature?Or, think of this—we are in nature, and we see a large bear in front of us (how do we feel seeing a large bear compared to the first example of the beautiful river or waterfall)? I’ve never seen a bear, but we do see rattlesnakes often on the hiking trails with the same effect as a bear! If a rattlesnake doesn’t kill you with their venom, they could very possibly bankrupt you, due to the high cost associated with treating snake bites.[vii] Think about how seeing a bear or a snake in nature, makes you feel now? The first example is obviously peaceful, and the second quite stressful.Example 2: We are working hard, and go for our dream position at work, and we are thrilled that we actually land the promotion! (How do we feel) This feels incredible!Or, you don’t get the promotion, someone else gets it (how do we feel then)? Deflated is a word that comes to mind. With both of these examples, the breathtaking view, or when we land the promotion we worked so hard to achieve, Bosnick explains “we feel like we got a reward. It’s a rush. We get a sensation in our brain and a hit of the big neurochemicals” dopamine, serotonin, oxytocin, norephinephrine, adrenaline.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
But with the bear in the woods, (or snake on the hiking trails), or being overlooked for the promotion our brain actually sees this “like it’s a threat. We feel tense, stressed, pressure…our body physically feels it.”
Then Bosnick said something that caught my attention that showed me the difference between these two examples. Bosnick says that “Neuroscience has shown us, that the feeling we get from a social or emotional threat (like being passed over for the promotion) is the same as the feeling we get from a physical threat, (like seeing the bear of the snake) and that the negative (threat) response is stronger than the positive (reward) response.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership). This explains to me why social and emotional threats can have a long-lasting impact on us and deflated just doesn’t cover it. If we let these threats impact us, they do have the ability to zap our future confidence levels.
When we see how our brain interprets “everything and everyone we meet as either a reward or a threat” we can better understand “how our body reacts, (and) our brain and mind think, (leading) to the decisions, behaviors and actions we make.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership). It’s here that Bosnick reviews the five levels of Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs, where the bottom two are our physiological needs (food, water, shelter) then safety needs (health, emotional security, financial security) that we need first for survival. The top three are our psychological needs, social belonging (friendships and love), the need for self-esteem (confidence, recognition and respect) that leads us to the top, with self-actualization (where we pursue our goals and seek happiness).
Bosnick talks about how Maslow’s model evolved into “Self-Determination Theory” around the year 2000 where researchers found that there were “three physiological needs: the need for Competence (feeling valued for our knowledge, skills and experience), the need for Relatedness (collaborating, connecting or serving others) and the need for Autonomy (being able to exercise self-regulation…to achieve our goals.” (Page 133, Ch 12, Bosnick).
Bosnick expands on this, calling it ACRES, A=autonomy or the feeling of control or choice), C=competence (feeling valued and respected for our contribution), R=relatedness (a need to belong and be accepted, to also have social connections), E=equity (perceiving actions as fair) and S=sureness (the ability to predict what’s going to happen moment to moment). (Page 133, Ch 12, Bosnick). Bosnick tells us that “if all of our ACRES are being met, it will put us in a toward state and we will fully embrace everything ahead of us; (but) if our ACRES are threatened, it will put us in an “away state” and will then resist or block things ahead of us.
IMAGE CREDIT: Figure 12.1 ACRES Example Grant Bosnick
Bosnick shows us the ACRES example in his life, showing the reward and threats he felt with a work situation.
Understanding our basic human needs, and how they have evolved over the years, helps us to understand why we resist change, whether it’s intentional, or from a subconscious point of view.
Remembering that Our brain is tied into “everything that we do, and everything that we are.” (Dr. Daniel Amen)
I can look at Bosnick’s ACRES example, and clearly think of a work experience I did not enjoy, as it went against the ACRES Model of Needs. With brain science in mind, I can gain more understanding of why I didn’t enjoy this experience, helping me to seek out a NEW work experience, where the ACRES were all met.
When I think of that work experience I did not enjoy, ALL five of the ACRES examples were not met, so I felt the negative threat response in my brain, activated daily, didn’t notice any positive reward responses, and even though I felt like I was consciously making an effort, my brain kicked into the “fight of flight response” just like my body was preparing for a threat (like the bear in the woods, or snake on the hiking trail). At the end of each day, I felt threatened and not rewarded.
Can you think of when you have felt the ACRES Model working for you (where you feel rewarded) or against you (where you feel threat) while going through change?
Bosnick next explains how open-minded or close-minded we are to change, in his figure 12.2 with an image that was created by Michael Mahoney[viii] the author of The Human Change Process book, who addresses why change is so difficult for people, and how to lean into change, and maximize your chances for success.
“The open-minded/closed minded dimension relates to the degree of mental openness to the environment and our level of curiosity. Open- minded represents the level of reward that we perceive and close-minded represents the level of threat that we perceive. With a passive mindset, we will either subtly support or oppose the change; with an active mindset, we will either overtly support or overtly reject the change.” (Page 137, Ch 12, Bosnick).
We did dive into the emotion of curiosity on our interview with the co-author of the famous book The Archeology of Mind, Lucy Biven on EP 270[ix] where we looked at Jaak Panksepp’s research, and again with Gabrielle Usatynski on EP #282[x] “How to Use Jaak Panksepp’s 7 Core Emotions to Transform Your Family, Career and Life.” With this look at effective neuroscience, it makes sense to set out with a “seeking” or curious mindset, while approaching change, to be as open as we all can to what we might learn in the process, while being mindful of what makes you close-minded. Bosnick points out that it’s normal to go back and forth between these two states, but just to be mindful of what shuts you down, or puts you in the threat response. We want to be in the “Bring Change On” quadrant from figure 12.2 but what do we do if something is “triggering” us as a threat response?
Bosnick lists a few triggers we can be mindful of watching during times of change. Some included:
History of this particular type of change: Think about how have you been in the past with the change you are experiencing now? Remember that past behavior can help you to predict future behavior.Beware of the fear of loss that Bosnick says creates insecurity and unsureness.Beware of the fear of the unknown.Lacking a plan.Fear of giving up our freedom. If you are going through a change right now, look at the change response quadrant figure 12.2 and see where you would place yourself. Are you clearly in the Bring it On Quadrant, or are you going back and forth between being open-minded (and ready for change) or close-minded (and unsure of yourself).
Look at the list of triggers and see if any of these are causing you to experience a threat response in your brain.
What I love about Bosnick’s book, is how many reflection activities he has, in addition to the Companion Workbook that goes along with this text. Bosnick suggests to “build a positive change network” so you don’t need to face change on your own. He suggests adding in new social connections to increase the positive rewards in your life, and minimize the threat responses you might face.
What Else Does Neuroscience Say About Change?
Can we really change our nervous system—specifically our actions and behaviors that will lead us to NEW conditions, circumstances and environments in our life?Can we with focus, and with the use of our will, become more open-minded to change in our life? After learning about how our brain either feels threatened or rewarded during times of change, I wondered what Dr. Andrew Huberman would suggest and I found an episode he did back in 2021 on “How Your Brain Works and Changes”[xi] that gave me some insight into how I can change my actions and behaviors to be more open-minded, getting me to that “Bring it on” Quadrant, so that I’ll see the change I’m experiencing as a reward, instead of a threat.
I think this is brilliant! Using our understanding of practical Neuroscience to actually change our brain, and lean into change, with an open-minded, active mindset, keeping our brain primed for rewards, and aware of how to mitigate threats.
Dr. Huberman suggests that in order to change our actions and behavior towards something, we must first of all understand how this part of our brain works in our nervous system. He dives into an hour long explanation you can watch, but I will give you the short-cut version.
He explains that our nervous system consists of these five things:
We experience sensation (we have neurons that see color, feel sensations, taste, smell). We can’t change our sensory receptors.We experience perception (our ability to take what we are sensing or paying attention to) and focus on it. He says we can put a spotlight on something we want to pay attention to, for example.Then we have our feelings/emotions (like happiness, sadness, boredom, frustration) and he reviews how neuroscientists, psychologists, and philosophers argue (like crazy) about this topic, and how emotions/feelings work. Dr. Huberman says that it all goes back to understanding that there are certain neuromodulators that have a profound impact on our emotional state. Dopamine (involved with motivation and reward, and important with things outside of ourselves, things we want to pursue) and serotonin tends to help us to feel good with what we have. Dr. Huberman reminds us that “feelings and emotions are contextual” and that while showing joy/sadness can be appropriate in some cultures, it can also be inappropriate in others. While he says, there are no “happiness” or “sadness” circuits in our brain, but it is fair to say that “certain chemicals, and certain brain circuits tend to be active when we are in a happy/focused state, certain brain circuits tend to be active when we are also in a non-focused, or lazy state” (Dr. Huberman) It makes sense to me here to do our best to lean into the happy focused state as often as we can, knowing we could use the happiness brain chemicals in our pursuit of new things.Then our thoughts: that are like our perceptions, but they draw on “not just what’s happening in the present, but also things we remember from the past, and things we anticipate in the future…and our thoughts can be controlled in a deliberate way” (Dr. Huberman). We have spent a considerable amount of time on this podcast talking about how important our thoughts are, with ways to lean into positive thinking, and put a hard STOP on the negative thoughts that come our way.Then finally our actions and behaviors that Dr. Huberman considers to be the most important part to our nervous system. Our actions and behaviors he says are the only things that will create any “fossil record” of our existence. Or I say, they will be what will determine our legacy, or the impact we want to have on the outside world. When we die, our body disintegrates. The sensations, perceptions, feelings and emotions, or thoughts we had in our lifetime “none of these are carried forward” except the ones that we convert into actions (like writing, or actually doing something with the things we THINK about. Our legacy, or “fossil record” is through the ACTION we take in our life. IMAGE CREDIT: Hand drawn from Andrea's notes from Dr. Andrew Huberman's Solo EP Jan 3, 2001 "How Your Brain Works"
At this point, I can draw back on MANY episodes where we have focused on taking action (rather than just thinking of what we want to do) but we are focused on the Neuroscience of Change right now. How can we stay open-minded to bring on change in 2024 and keep moving forward?
Dr. Huberman has us reflect back on what builds our Nervous System (our sensations, our perceptions, feelings and emotions, our thoughts) and they ALL lead to this one last part, our ability to TAKE ACTION.
He says that we do “have the ability to change our nervous system” and this is when we “deliberately put our focus on something that we want to do.” This is where the work comes in here. When we want to “learn something new, CHANGE something (like a behavior) and he gives the example of learning to resist speaking, or force yourself to be quiet where we want to actively suppress our behavior and CHANGE our BEHAVIOR or ACTIONS.
When are suppressing a circuit in our brain, (using our forebrain that is fully developed by age 22) to do something different (that’s challenging to us) norepinephrine (adrenaline) is released and it will create a feeling of challenge or agitation as you engage these neurocircuits to push yourself past this threshold of where you normally don’t go. In the situation where we are learning to not speak, and withhold something we really want to say, we are putting self-regulation into action. “You will feel limbic friction that comes from this top-down processing.” (Dr. Huberman).
Think about any time you have tried to take a new action or behavior. You’ll feel annoyed (which is really the adrenaline that’s released from your brain).
“Agitation and strain is the entry point to neuroplasticity” Dr. Huberman
If we can push past this agitation and strain, we will be changing our brain, our actual nervous system, as we create a NEW change of behavior in our life.
This brings me to a quote by Peter Senge where he says that “people don’t resist change. They resist being changed.” That feeling of agitation will come up during change, and when the change is your choice…or something that you really want to do, you will push past the threshold to overcome the change.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #339 on “The Neuroscience of Change” we looked at two examples of what happens to our brain when we see something our brain wasn’t expecting, like the breathtaking view, or when we land the promotion we worked so hard to achieve, Bosnick explains “we feel like we got a reward. It’s a rush. We get a sensation in our brain and a hit of the big neurochemicals” dopamine, serotonin, oxytocin, norephinephrine, adrenaline.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
But when we see a bear in the woods, (or snake on the hiking trails), or we are overlooked for a promotion at work, our brain actually sees this “like it’s a threat. We feel tense, stressed, pressure…our body physically feels it.”
We learned that “Neuroscience has shown us, that the feeling we get from a social or emotional threat (like being passed over for the promotion) is the same as the feeling we get from a physical threat (like seeing a bear or a snake).
When we see how our brain interprets “everything and everyone we meet as either a reward or a threat” we can better understand “how our body reacts, (and) our brain and mind think, (leading) to the decisions, behaviors and actions we make.” (Page 132, Ch 12, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
Next we reviewed Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs that led to “Self-Determination Theory” around the year 2000 where researchers found that there were “three physiological needs: the need for Competence (feeling valued for our knowledge, skills and experience), the need for Relatedness (collaborating, connecting or serving others) and the need for Autonomy (being able to exercise self-regulation…to achieve our goals.” (Page 133, Ch 12, Bosnick).
We learned that when our ACRES are being met, (our autonomy, competence, relatedness, equity, and sureness) it will put us in a toward state and we will fully embrace everything ahead of us; (but) if our ACRES are threatened, it will put us in an “away state” and will then resist or block things ahead of us.
Looking at Bosnick’s ACRES example, we thought about work experience we did not enjoy, to see where it went against the ACRES Model of Needs. With brain science in mind, we can gain more understanding of why we either enjoyed, or didn’t enjoy this experience. It all led back to how our brain either interprets the experience as a reward, or a threat.
We looked at triggers to be aware of to mitigate threat, during times of change.
Finally, we looked at how to change our nervous system, to change our actions and behaviors, so we can leave behind a legacy (or fossil record as Dr. Huberman calls it) that we are proud of.
We learned that “Agitation and strain is the entry point to neuroplasticity” Dr. Huberman
This is when lasting CHANGE is happening at the brain level, and impacting our entire nervous system. So when I’m working on something, (like trying to learn something new…like understanding the neuroscience of change for this episode) and that limbic friction feeling comes up, (and I’m annoyed or agitated) I now have a deeper understanding of what’s happening at the brain level. I will now push forward, stay positive and lean into the change that I know is happening in my brain, as I embrace the change and say “Bring it on!”
The Neuroscience of Change is an exciting topic, and it’s only going to be strengthened with the next two topics, Agility and Resilience.
To close, I’ll revisit the quote from the great Sir Ken[xii], who’s vision for creativity in our schools and workplaces of the future, is something that left a lasting impression on me. If we are afraid of change, of failing and doing something wrong, we will never come up with anything original.
I hope this episode has inspired you, like it has me, to lean into change, with brain science in mind, and keep working on the legacy or fossil record that you want to leave on the world.
I’ll see you next time.
REVIEW OF OUR MAP (This is chapter 12/19)
In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, (after I was inspired to cover Grant’s book after our interview the end of January) we are covering:
✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick’s award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals.
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #296 with Chris Marshall on “Decoding Change” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/futurist-and-behavioral-scientist-chris-marshall-on-decoding-change/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #244 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-using-neuroscience-to-change-our-perception/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #209 “Using Neuroscience to Impact Change” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/using-neuroscience-to-impact-change/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #159 “Using the Power of Surprise to Change Your Beliefs” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-michael-rousell-on-the-power-of-surprise-how-your-brain-secretly-changes-your-beliefs/
[vii] Rattlesnake Bites in Pima County Pose Costly Consequences Bri Pacelli April 2, 2024 https://www.kgun9.com/news/community-inspired-journalism/midtown-news/rattlesnake-bites-in-pima-county-pose-costly-consequences
[viii] Human Change Processes by Michael Mahoney https://www.amazon.com/Human-Change-Processes-Foundations-Psychotherapy/dp/0465031188
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #270 “A short-Cut to Understanding Affective Neuroscience” with Lucy Biven https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/lucy-biven/
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #282 “How to Use Jaak Panksepp’s 7 Core Emotions to Transform Your Family, Career and Life” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/gabrielle-usatynski-on-how-to-use-jaak-panksepp-s-7-core-emotions-to-transform-your-relationships-family-career-and-life/
[xi] How Your Brain Works and Changes by Dr. Andrew Huberman 2021 https://open.spotify.com/episode/6wuY0R571xaBTbNOX4yuqY
[xii] Do Schools Kill Creativity? Sir Ken Robinson TED Talk https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iG9CE55wbtY
Welcome back to Season 12 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, where we connect science-based evidence with practical applications for improved well-being, achievement, and productivity. I'm Andrea Samadi, your host, and today we're diving into episode number 337, continuing our 18-week self-leadership series based on Grant Bosnick's tailored approaches to self-leadership.
In this episode, we explore chapter 11 of Grant's book, focusing on the neuroscience of time management. Discover how understanding your chronotypes and managing your energy can lead to better productivity and creativity. We'll share insights from Kent Healy's perspective on time management and highlight practical strategies from renowned experts like Stephen Covey and Brendon Burchard.
Learn how to prioritize tasks, avoid common time traps, and use your peak energy periods for deep work. Whether you're an early bird or a night owl, this episode provides valuable tips to make the most out of your 84,600 seconds each day.
Join us as we uncover the science behind effective time management and how it can transform your personal and professional life. Don't miss out on these powerful insights to help you reach greater heights in 2024.
Welcome back to SEASON 12 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 6 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's episode #337 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024.
On today's EPISODE #337 we will cover:
✔ How did Kent Healy, Bob Proctor and Earl Nightingale change Andrea’s thinking on how to manage time?
✔ What is Grant Bosnick’s view on how to manage time?
✔ What is The Neuroscience of Time Management?
✔ How will YOU manage your time, with brain science in mind?
For Today, EPISODE #337, we are moving on to Chapter 11, covering “The Neuroscience of Time Management” which came out as a low, or RED priority for me at 8%, and again, not because this topic isn’t important for me, but I’ve already put strategies for time management into place, so this is not an area I need to focus on this year. It’s interesting to see how each of these lessons play out in our daily life, putting theory into practice. This morning I had to chance to see why this topic showed up as low importance for me to work on this year. I had slotted on my calendar to write this episode, (a Saturday), I started my day at 4am (with early meditation, then some time in the sauna) before hitting the hiking trails for what I call a long 7-mile hike, that I do only if I am fully rested, to guarantee a good day of focused writing. While driving back from this this hike, I had a call from a good friend I had not seen in quite a few years, who wanted to see if we could meet for coffee. I know the time required to write, record and edit this episode, so I told her this was my priority for the weekend, and that I could let her know if I finish earlier. Otherwise, we could plan to meet another time, even though I know it would be great to see this friend. This weekend was not the right time.
So before we even start looking into the Neuroscience Behind Time Management that this topic is important to me. Vitally important. Not just for managing my own time, but also valuing the time of others as well.
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[ii], look to see if Time Management is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
We covered this topic on the podcast in our early days, with someone I came across about 15 years ago, before publishing my first book, on success strategies for teenagers. I wanted to find other success books were out there, and I came across Kent Healy’s Success Principles for Teens[iii] that he co-authored with Jack Canfield.
At that time, I was working with success principals (character and leadership) with students in the classroom and reached out to Kent for some thoughts on something to help inspire our next generation to think bigger, (like I knew he did) and reach for greater heights. Kent created a video for me that we used with students and I featured this video on EP 33[iv] of our podcast that was called “Time Management, the Greatest Asset We Have.” Kent gives a perspective to the amount of time we have, in a way that 15 years later, I’ve still not forgotten his words in this video recording. You can watch Kent’s explanation of “time management”[v] here, with the visuals that he provided, reminding us that “we all have the same amount of time” and he even breaks it down and tells us how many seconds we have every day (84,600 seconds to be exact). While ALL the experts agree that we can’t create more time, or change this number, some will say we can use our time to generate more of something else (like energy) but Kent’s message was about using this time (these 84,600 seconds we have each day wisely) and focus on what we can control, and that’s our personal growth.
He gives an example of adding just 15 extra minutes a day towards learning something new, and that adds up to 3.8 full days a year, and asks us to think of what value we put on 15 minutes of time.
After thinking about Kent Healy’s message on time, my mind went back to when I heard over and over again, the words from Earl Nightingale, through Bob Proctor, who often would quote Earl’s thoughts on time management. Proctor would quote Earl and say “Time cannot be managed! Nobody masters time management. I merely manage activity.”[vi] Which led me to think about the blocks of time (my activity) that I have on my calendar, and the early morning blocks are non-negotiable. Also, my work hours (whether it’s working on the podcast on the weekend), or my full time work (weekdays) my calendar is blocked off, and the time here in non-negotiable.
Kent Healy’s message about paying attention to what I do with even 15 minutes of time, mixed with Earl Nightingale’s message of managing activities (or blocking out what’s important for us to accomplish each day) is engrained so deeply into my daily habits that I have a deep respect for my time, and other people’s.
Think About These Questions:
Do you value your time?
Do you value other people’s time?
Do you think 15 minutes of time really matters?
Let’s see what Grant Bosnick thinks about Time Management in Chapter 11 of his book. He opens up the chapter by asking us to define what it means to “manage time” and says “it’s more about managing our energy through time.” (Ch 11, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
HOW GRANT BOSNICK MANAGES HIS TIME:
Bosnick does mention Stephen Covey’s The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People that we looked at on EP #207 with our interview with Greg Link, who took The 7 Habits Book to incredible heights, saying that Covey’s work influenced his approach to thinking about time. Bosnick created something he calls his 7 Roles Planning Sheet where breaks down his task list into several different roles we might have in our life (like competent salesperson, collaborative team member, parent, etc). I like how his planner breaks down the different roles we all have, so we can separate our work roles and personal life roles, with the next steps (or goals) to move each of these roles forward.
IMAGE CREDIT: Grant Bosnick Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership Chapter 11
I’ve seen the author of the book, High Performance Habits, Brendon Burchard[vii], create something that also helps break down our long task lists, using different projects with his 1- Page Productivity Planner that I’ve put a link to in the show notes.
I’ve personally used this planner for years to keep track of the steps in certain projects, keeping them all separate. Like writing a new book, or building a new website, with the steps needed in order to move each project forward.
IMAGE CREDIT: Brendon Burchard’s 1 Page Productivity Planner[viii]
The part I liked the most on this planner, was the PEOPLE section, where you keep track of important people you reached out to (helping you move each project forward) to those who you were waiting to hear back from. EVERY important person I have ever met with (over the years) was written on this list, until I crossed them off and had finished what I needed to accomplish with them.
Bosnick also covered a concept that Stephen Covey is known for creating where we pinpoint on a graph what is urgent and important to cover immediately. We covered this graph, and Stephen Covey’s 7 Habits on EP 68[ix] “The Neuroscience of Personal Change.” The urgent and important quadrant, or quadrant 1, is for tasks and responsibilities that are critical and require immediate attention. These activities are often time-sensitive and necessary for your existence, such as pressing problems, deadline-driven projects, or last-minute preparations. This concept came from Covey’s Habit #3 Put First Things First: Plan Weekly and Act Daily.
Stephen Covey built his whole career around the 4-quadrant chart called the Urgent and Important Matrix[x] where our attention goes to Quadrant 1 with Urgent and Important Tasks completed first and Quadrant 4, Distractions last. I’ve put the chart in the show notes for anyone who wants to see all of the quadrants.
Quadrant 1 - Crises - URGENT and IMPORTANT
Quadrant 2 - Goals and Planning - NON-URGENT and IMPORTANT
Quadrant 3 - Interruptions - URGENT and NOT IMPORTANT
Quadrant 4 - Distractions - NOT URGENT and NOT IMPORTANT
Whatever method you use to manage your long task list, Bosnick mentions it helps to “see all of the tasks and micro-tasks that need to be done” in one place, and I’d have to agree that it helps to have something printed off where you can see everything that’s important for you to accomplish, in one view.
Bosnick does cover our Circadian Rhythms of Life, and “when we are at our peak energy and peak mental alertness: early morning, late morning, after lunch, evening, nighttime.” (Ch 11, Bosnick) so that we schedule our tasks that require the most cognitive function, in the times we are the most alert, and administrative tasks where less cognitive function in required, around this. This is something I know we are all aware of, but here’s the kicker. What if you had a call from someone you wanted to see, to go meet them for coffee, during the time of day that you know you were the most productive.
Would you meet them, or get your work done first, and then find the time to meet with them? I think the answer to this question is obvious, that high performers, who value their most productive time blocks of their day, would always complete their work first.
I love the section in Bosnick’s book about “Time Traps and How to Overcome Them” as we all could use a refresher on ways to avoid those things that “drain our energy and time.” (Bosnick, Ch 11)
Bosnick’s Top Energy Drainers:
ProcrastinationSaying Yes to EverythingThe Perfectionist There are more, but these ones just made me smile. They’ve come up in ALL of the time management courses I’ve done over the years. It’s funny because over the years, I’ve learned to be a bit more flexible with life in general, but with time management, I refuse the bend the rules.
For procrastination: I say “do it now, or it will never be completed.”
For Saying Yes to everything: I say “no to everything FIRST with the contingency that I can get back to the person if something changes.
For the Perfectionist: I understand this one. When I’m interviewing someone, I want what I put out to the world to be perfect, as it usually represents that person’s life’s work. I will put the time needed to be sure I’m proud of the work I’m doing. Brendon Burchard calls this “Prolific Quality Output”[xi] and this is a High-Performance Habit that helps you to focus on the outputs that matter.
Ask yourself:
What are the outputs that matter the most for your personal or professional career?
For me and this podcast, it’s producing high quality, well-researched episodes, that make a difference for others who listen. In my professional life, everything I say during a presentation matters. I don’t want anything less than perfection, so I’d put the time in to make sure I’m always delivering Prolific Quality Output.
Bosnick suggests “setting your highest priority and focus around this” (Ch 11) and I don’t think there is anything wrong with reaching for the highest standard you can, without burning yourself out.
What does Neuroscience Say About Time Management?
I tuned into Dr. Andrew Huberman’s Episode on “Tools for Better Productivity and Time Management”[xii] and this episode was in agreement with Grant Bosnick’s idea of being aware of our chronotypes. Dr. Huberman mentioned that “For those people who go to bed around 9:30pm-11:30pm and wake in the window of 6am-8am that there tends to be an increase in catecholamines (dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrine, 0-8 hours after waking, which generally speaking leads to increases in alertness, attention and focus that are great for analytical work, great for implementation of strategies that you already understand.”
Dr. Huberman and his guest, Dr. Adam Grant discussed how many people do not take advantage of these brain chemicals that they also said “provides extra energy and leads to more divergent thinking” as many people will use this important block of time to knock out their emails, or have non-productive conversations with their coworkers-and miss this opportunity.
The Neuroscience of Time Management shows me that understanding my chronotype is a crucial component to whether I will be making use of my time and brain chemistry at the specific time of day when I will have access to extra energy and more divergent thinking that involves creativity that generates new and original solutions to problems.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #337 on “The Neuroscience of Time Management”
DID YOU KNOW:
That our chronotype “the natural inclination of your body to sleep at a certain time or what people understand as being an early bird versus a night owl”[xiii] should be factored into our Time Management Strategy?
“For those people who go to bed around 9:30pm-11:30pm and wake in the window of 6am-8am that there tends to be an increase in (dopamine, norepinephrine, epinephrine, 0-8 hours after waking, which leads to increases in alertness, attention and focus that are great for analytical work, great for implementation of strategies that you already understand.” Dr. Andrew Huberman with Guest Dr. Adam Grant
As we are thinking about the best strategies to manage our activities, projects, or even the roles we have in our personal and professional lives, in order to have access to this extra energy, and divergent, creative thinking, we will want to plan our “deep” work 0-8 hours after waking.
This made me think of Grant Bosnick’s Top Energy Drainers:
ProcrastinationSaying Yes to EverythingThe Perfectionist With this extra energy, and creative thinking, I would put it all into creative prolific quality work (the perfectionist in me) and use the extra energy to combat against procrastination, while protecting my time by saying no to everything, (at first). I know I can always come back to projects that I would like to do, that have meaning to me, but by truly managing my energy and activities, I am protecting this commodity that we all have: time.
What about you? Will you change anything you are doing now, with this understanding of WHEN you might be the most alert, creative and have the most energy in your day?
This did make me think that the 84,600 seconds that Kent Healy reminded me that we all have each day, and how 15 minutes a day (that adds up to 3.8 days/year) can be used even more wisely with this understanding of The Neuroscience of Time Management.
IMAGE CREDIT: KENT HEALY on Time Management
I’ll close out this episode with a quote from Benjamin Franklin where he reminds us that “lost time is never found again.”
I hope this episode has helped you to see the questions we asked at the start of this episode with a new light:
Do you value your time?
Do you value other people’s time?
Do you think 15 minutes of time really matters?
I will definitely continue to be mindful of other people’s time, and keep working on using my blocks of time in the early morning hours, when I’m most productive and creative.
With that thought, we will close out this episode, and I’ll see you next time for Chapter 12 of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership on The Neuroscience of Change.
REVIEW
In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, (after I was inspired to cover Grant’s book after our interview the end of January) we are covering:
✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick’s award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals.
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course.
RESOURCES:
Are you a morning lark, or a night owl? https://www.sleepwatchapp.com/blog/on-the-nature-of-larks-owls-in-their-modern-habitat/
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iii] Success Principles for Teens by Jack Canfield and Kent Healy April 15, 2008 https://www.amazon.com/Success-Principles-Teens-Where-Want/dp/0757307272
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #33 with Kent Healy on “Managing Our Time, Our Greatest Asset” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/author-kent-healy-on-managing-time-our-greatest-asset/
[v] Author Kent Healy on “Time Management: Our Greatest Asset” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w_ibHzu751I
[vi] How to Master Time Management by Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Yey59NOFNFY
[vii] https://brendon.com/
[viii] http://www.experimentswithsuccess.com/2014/09/darren-hardy-interviews-brendon-burchard/1-page-productivity-planner/
[ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #68 The Neuroscience of Personal Change https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-personal-change/
[x] The Urgent and Important Matrix https://www.thecoachingtoolscompany.com/coaching-tools-101-what-is-the-urgent-important-matrix/
[xi] https://wakeupitsdayone.com/2018/07/16/increase-productivity-habit-4-of-high-performers/
[xii]“Tools for Better Productivity and Time Management” Dr. Andrew Huberman with Dr. Adam Grant https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W8B0KWmv_-Q
[xiii] Chronotypes Definition https://www.sleepfoundation.org/how-sleep-works/chronotypes#:~:text=Chronotype%20is%20the%20natural%20inclination,bird%20versus%20a%20night%20owl.
In this episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, host Andrea Samadi revisits a profound interview with Dr. Wallace J. Nichols, the author of the best-selling book "Blue Mind." Dr. Nichols delves into the fascinating connection between our brains and water, inspired by his extensive research and personal experiences.
Andrea reflects on Dr. Nichols' groundbreaking work, which explores how being near, in, on, or underwater can enhance our happiness, health, and overall well-being. This episode covers the origins of the Blue Mind theory, its scientific backing, and practical ways to apply it in daily life to combat stress, anxiety, and burnout.
As we honor Dr. Nichols' legacy, Andrea encourages listeners to practice Blue Mind, understand their personal connection to water, and extend this healing practice to others. Tune in to discover how the magical and mysterious connection to water can transform our lives.
On today's episode #338 we will revisit a previous interview #297[i] from last summer to remember the author of the best-selling book, Blue Mind, Dr. Wallace J. Nichols, who made such an impact on the world with his Blue Mind Movement, and is no longer with us today. While this is a difficult episode to write, I know it’s an important one as I could use the tips I know we are going to cover myself at the moment. I’m also sure there are others in the world who could benefit from revisiting the surprising science that shows how being near, in, on, or under water can make you happier, healthier more connected and better at what you do. I could have left this episode until a later date, even closed to World Blue Mind Day coming up July 23rd (later this month) as I stared at a blank document and the words just wouldn’t come out. Then when I finally did start writing, last month, the document was erased, so it just must not have been the right words. Or maybe this episode was meant to be written near the ocean as I’m sitting next to the Gulf of Mexico, while writing this. Or maybe even written from the point of view, of being under the water, looking around, and up, to “see” what can be felt deeply with this mysterious brain/mind connection.
Before sitting down to write this episode, I noticed sea turtles swimming around in the ocean, up close to us, and everyone mentioned how rare this was. I just kept thinking of Dr. Nichols telling me (in our interview this time last year) that he studied sea turtles for 30 years, and remembered him mentioning that he was hoping someone else more qualified (like Dr. Oliver Sachs) would write the book he wanted to write, connecting the deep mysterious ocean with the intricacies of our brain.
While revisiting our interview, I wondered:
What else could we learn from Dr. Nichols that we might have missed the first time? You know when you read a good book twice you always see something new. This is because you’ve changed since the first time, and you bring new experiences with you. I wonder what doors this second look would open for all of us?How can I improve my own Blue Mind Practice? Dr. Nichols mentioned that even if we are doing ok, practicing Blue Mind could still help us, but for those people who are in Red Mind (feeling anxious) this practice could save your life. It’s another tool to add to our tool kit to prevent us from reaching Grey Mind (or Burn out).How can revisiting this episode help others close to me (starting with my own family) helping them to practice Blue Mind in our daily lives? Also not being afraid of the hardest science in the room (our emotions) and keep talking openly about our feelings, and to not be afraid to reach out to others if we feel Red Mind or anxious thoughts.How can we highlight Dr. Nichols’ work so that we ALL can do what he suggests we do, by finding “our water, pay attention to how it feels and then take someone else with you” to experience the deep mysteries felt with this Blue Mind that’s backed by science. Knowing our first interview was an important one, I watched the YouTube[ii] version for the third time this week, writing more notes on top of previous notes, to see if I could dig deeper into the meaning of the words of wisdom covered in our first interview.
Let’s go back and revisit this important interview with marine biologist and author, Dr. Wallace J Nichols, to see if we can take our own practice of Blue Mind, to the next level.
We opened up our interview when I recalled standing next to the bluest water I have ever seen in Turks and Caicos, last summer, 2023, just prior to our interview. I remember our bags were packed, and we were just leaving our hotel to return home, when I was introduced to Dr. Nichols, (via email) after experiencing some of the most “magical” memories that our family has ever felt, near the water. Dr. Nichols recalls those turquoise waters, saying he “knew them well” and we would return home as a family, not knowing we would ALL need Dr. Nichols’ Blue Mind Theory later this summer ourselves. It’s all easy to see these things looking backwards, but the dots had not connected forward yet, like Steve Jobs’ famous Stanford Commencement Speech.[iii]
I knew this was an important interview. For myself, as well as for others.
INTRO: We open up this interview with my introduction about Dr. Nichols, and how the foreword to his book, Blue Mind, was written by Celine Cousteau, one of the daughters of the great Jacques Cousteau who wrestles with explaining the “awe and wonder” of our oceans and waterways. She says “should we leave it, or dive in and explain it?” Jacques Cousteau would dive in, so she decides to do the same and says “it’s about reconnecting our sense of self and soul with our waterways and oceans. It’s about finding creativity, clarity, and confidence in our deep Blue Minds.” (Celine Cousteau) Next, I ask Dr. Nichols to share some of the meaning behind Celine Cousteau’s words in the Foreword, and he shared that she connected her background in psychology to her words.
Then I ask Dr. Nichols about how he made the brain/water connection and I loved his answer. He was hoping that someone else would publish Blue Mind. He searched all over the place for this book, Your Brain on Water, and pitched this book idea to Dr. Oliver Sachs, and he was told over and over again, that this is your book to write.
I understood why he kept looking for this book, from my point of view. I’m a former teacher, from Toronto, trying to make sense of how our brain impacts our future results, specifically as it relates to learning. I remember writing the idea of this podcast down, connecting Neuroscience to Social and Emotional Learning and almost hid this idea from others in the beginning. I’m not a neuroscientist, or anything –ist. But there was a time when I was told, just like Dr. Nichols, “you need to make the neuroscience/education connection” (and was handed a ton of books to read). I remember thinking “this is too hard for me” but I did it anyway. I was determined to learn more about our brain and learning, and paid people smarter than me to explain the concepts I couldn’t grasp. Slowly but surely, I began to understand how our brain learns something new.
Which is why I was so impressed when Dr. Nichols “wrote the book” anyway, connecting the nervous system (that we are still making deeper discoveries with) to largely unexplored bodies of water, like the ocean. He connected top neuroscientists, to those who understood the mysteries within the depths of the ocean. He says himself that it took him some time, explaining to me that he’s a marine biologist, who studied sea turtles for 30 years, and I understood what he was saying. He noted “I’m not a neuropsychologist, I just came in the side door.” He did the work needed to “put this theory together, because he knew he had to do this. What he created continues to gain momentum over the years. He started a movement, The Blue Mind Movement, with this book that he knew he had to write, and proved that we ALL can make the brain/water connection to become happier, healthier, more connected, and better at what we do.
Q1: I was amazed at the research held in the pages of this book. I had to ask how he did it, and the answer just blew me away. Dr. Nichols talked about how they held Blue Mind Summits where they would connect the leading experts in neuroscience, (like neuroscientist Howard Fields) to those who used these principles in their lives around water, like pioneering top wave surfer, (Jeff Clark) or those who used this magical connection to water to overcome addiction. They were asked one question that they each would answer from their specific point of view. Like making the connection with dopamine (in our brain) and surfing, something that had never been done before.
This is where true learning begins, almost like connecting peanut butter to chocolate to create the Reece’s Peanut Butter Cup. Even though Dr. Nichols mentioned that no one would fund this idea, he just knew it had to be done, and he did it.
He mentions Dr. Dan Siegel[iv] often in Blue Mind, and looked for anyone we knew the science to help make this brain on water connection.
Sometimes I forget what questions I ask on interviews. The questions just come out of me and if you know me, I’m like this in real life. I remember someone saying that meeting me for the first time was like a job interview. I’m so curious, and I will just ask you so many questions, you’d leave our conversation wondering “why so many questions?!” I forgot that I mentioned my fascination with surfing at the north shore of Hawaii to Dr. Nichols until I re-watched our interview. Hollywood really does Blue Mind well, with all the movies, bringing water to life, and television has mastered this topic. Until this weekend, I had no idea that the American animated tv series Spongebob was created by a marine scientist educator an animator, and was the highest rated Nickelodeon Series, and the most profitable, generating over $13B in merchandising revenue.[v] So why did Hollywood[vi] film and television producers see something that didn’t reach those who protect our oceans? This is what motivated Dr. Nichols to keep talking to those who could help him to make this brain/water connection. Since writing Blue Mind, Dr. Nichols’ mentioned there were hundreds more organizations dedicated to saving our oceans, but more work needs to be done here. I do feel a responsibility to continue to spread Dr. Nichols’ work, and keep his Blue Mind Theory in the forefront of our minds.
And by question 2, I was already asking Dr. Nichols “why am I mesmerized by the ocean?” and sharing how I felt a connection to the Billabong Pipe Masters section of the North shore in Hawaii. He looked at me with deep understanding, and it was here that I knew he understood what I was feeling, as I was starting to understand his Blue Mind Theory. I just couldn’t put it into words. There is something magical about being around water, and I’ve felt it for years.
Q2: I asked Dr. Wallace “Why are many people fascinated with the ocean and the “secrets it holds?” and he reassured me this was common, and he hears this all the time. I thought that if I felt this way, how many others listening also feel this fascination? When he said that “many people feel this way” and that “we are not alone” I felt my emotions coming through. Finally, someone telling me what I feel around water is common. I felt understood at a whole new level. He said “maybe everyone feels this connection” and it might not always be the ocean. It can be a puddle, or even frozen water! Now Dr. Nichols is catching my attention, and I can’t look away. As he listed all the sources of Blue Mind, my awareness is expanding. I had no idea there were so many ways to connect to water, and his words and calm voice were transporting me to what he called “virtual water.”
Now that we know what Blue Mind is, (it’s a feeling of fascination that we might all feel around water) how do we apply it and make use of it in our lives to become happier, healthier, more connected, and better at what we do?
Dr. Nichols directs us to STEP 1 of this process where he says that we must first of all understand our own Blue Mind. I know that I am more creative around water. I know my kids have always loved swimming in the ocean, or swimming pools. What about you? How do you feel around water? Have you ever stood mesmerized looking at water, or ice, or fog, and wondered what was capturing your attention? I hope that you feel some sort of reassurance that this is something Dr. Nichols would hear all the time. Now what’s next? What do we DO with this Blue Mind Theory?
STEP 2: Mindfully practice Blue Mind in your life. When you are in what Dr. Nichols calls RED MIND (anxious or super stressed) go to the water, get in the water, float on the water, sit by the water, read your book by the water. Practice this evidence-based method that can help transform you to a better place and make this a part of your “emotional tool-kit.”
Dr. Nichols had a goal to make this common knowledge to transform well-being and wellness, while also transforming our ability to protect these waters.
Q2B: Then it happened, and I no longer am afraid to “feel” deep emotions. It happens ALL the time when I’m connecting with others at the heart level, during interviews, (or in life) and I know Dr. Nichols could see it, let alone “feel” it. My eyes started to tear up, and I had to ask “Why do some of us feel so emotional around the water?” I knew he understood what I was trying to ask him. I loved his answer. He said “when we are in the water, we’re vulnerable. Our armor fades away. We access connection, curiosity, compassion, to each other, ourselves and to the water.” He reminded me that “It’s a place for reflection. Deep reflection. Deep thought.” I love when I feel comfortable enough to be my whole self with someone else. It’s an incredible place to be. No need to pretend, or hide, or be someone I’m not. Just exist and be 100% myself. This is how I feel around water, and this inspires my writing, deeper thoughts, and a desire to connect and learn.
Dr. Nichols reminds us that “water soothes the soul” and this is written in the King James version of the Bible, Psalms 23, written 3,000 years ago. Having a bad day, (he says) get down to the water, it will soothe your soul. This is a deeply ancient concept and Dr. Nichols explains the scientific connection to “why” this happens, in his book. His research goes deep into the water/brain connection.
We make some of our best memories on the water, near the water, with the people we care about. This is true! In your mind, think about the photos you take. How many photos do you have of those you love, that have water associated with them? It doesn’t need to be the deep blue ocean. It was be frozen water (ice) or even fog.
We have our deepest thoughts around water. I know this is true for me! It doesn’t have to be the bluest ocean. Sometimes, on rare cooler days while hiking in the mountains, we can see fog, and it always stops me in my tracks. I never thought of this as Blue Mind until reflecting on Dr. Nichols’ words.
We have our nostalgia around water.
We learn a lot. We reflect a lot.
Our world is simplified around water. Our brain shifts to a different place. A place that Dr. Nichols refers to as Blue Mind.
All of this opens us up to emotions. Sad things. Happy things. We grieve at the water. Many of us cry in the shower but don’t forget that “water soothes the soul” (Psalms 23).
Q3: I wondered what Dr. Nichols discovered when he measured his brain in the water, and his response showed me how far technology has come. They went from their prototype cap, with wires, to now where he said we can measure our brain waves without wires while surfing, kayaking, floating or swimming. I still would like to try this.
If you want to do your own research, go to Google Scholar and type “blue mind, blue health or blue space” into the search bar, to learn more.
Q4: Dr. Nichols explains what happens to our brain while swimming, vs floating, when we are still. He shares that Dr. Feinstein would say our brains can go into delta waves (much deeper than theta) when we are floating).
Standing by a lake will give us this “meditative” state, but most people who have not done this before, might not stay there for 2 hours. Or they might think that mediation is boring. To overcome this, Dr. Nichols suggest, that you can put a fishing pole in their hand, and they might stick around the lake just a bit longer than usual.
Q5: How do we use BLUE MIND to become more self-aware? Dr. Nichols explains that when we are in a crisis of any kind RED MIND (feel anxious, urgency) our thinking narrows and we might feel panic which is useful at times, (it can help us) but it can also (when it’s triggered all the time) lead us to GREY MIND and will eventually burn us out.
So we must learn to rest, relax, breathe to gain perspective. Learn to pause to see things from a new angle. Take a more compassionate approach and you might appreciate the opponent better or learn to understand yourself better. This helps with problem solving and thinking.
IMAGINATION:
When you can’t get to the water, think about water with your own imagination. We don’t need to go to that turquoise water on the other side of the world. Blue scription is doing blue mind wherever you are.
I explained to Dr. Nichols during our interview that we had left the deep blue ocean. When we returned home, I completely forgot about ALL of the types of water we have available to us in Arizona, where we say we are land locked. Dr. Nichols opened up my mind, and uncovered a way for anyone to find water.
He would begin with…
WILD WATERS:
Start with wild waters
A river, lakes, oceans
DOMESTIC WATER:
Pool tub spa showers
Put a candle in bathroom
URBAN WATER:
Fountains to sit or walk by
VIRTUAL WATER:
Poetry songs recordings of water apps
Make your own recording of videos, of water to replay later.
Reminding us that we ALL have an abundance of water, even those of us who think we are land locked.
Q7: When I asked Dr. Nichols about our emotions, or why many people prefer to leave them out of the conversation, he reminds me that “our emotions are the hardest science in the room.” The Science of Emotion is rigorous and complex. He’s now fully aware that the science backs up our emotional side, and knows when this side is ignored, is usually from people who just are not aware of the vast amounts of science behind our emotions. His answer made me feel more comfortable with the fact I know I can “feel” deeply, and to not be afraid of this. I will just keep learning, to understand this difficult science, and am grateful I had this once in this lifetime opportunity to sit down and speak with Dr. Nichols, who opened my awareness up to a whole new level.
Q8: When I asked Dr. Nichols about what has impacted him the most over the years with his study, it was all about helping others. I know his work and Blue Mind Theory can save someone’s life, if you are struggling with a RED mind yourself, (to find peace) and once you’ve gone from RED MIND to BLUE MIND yourself, reach your hand out help others to get through their day.
Dr. Nichols reminds us that we ALL know someone who is sitting on their couch not sure what the point is, and urges us to go find them and get them to water (of some sort) wherever it is. Take them fishing, he says. Go find your water
Practice blue mind ourselves first, and then take someone else with you
Reminding us that water gives us peace of mind and heart.
At the end of this interview, I felt a deep connection to Dr. Nichols, so much so, that when I stopped recording, I couldn’t stop the tears. I felt his heart, and years of work with his Blue Mind Theory, and was moved to such a deep level. He understood what I was feeling, and I didn’t need to explain why I was crying. I’m sure it wasn’t the first time that he felt that someone “really connect” with his work.
Looking back now, I’m just grateful that I let him see the true authentic me. Not one that is guarded, or afraid. I had no armor on, was vulnerable just like while floating in water, and Dr. Nichols’ BLUE MIND THEORY message came through loud and clear.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this review of our interview EP297 with Dr. Nichols last summer, I remind us to revisit Blue Mind Theory, no just this month, but every month, making it a part of our emotional tool kit. Every July 23rd is World Blue Mind Day, and I am committed to sharing Dr. Nichols’ work with new reflections each year.
I ask you, the listener, how do you connect to Dr. Nichols’ BLUE MIND THEORY?
When you feel RED MIND, what strategies do you have to move you back to peace and calm of BLUE MIND? Have you tried using the water for this?
I encourage everyone to read Blue Mind, and keep looking at the science. Keep practicing Blue Mind Theory.
STEP 1: Understand your BLUE MIND (what is YOUR Connection to being on near or in water)?
STEP 2: Practice BLUE MIND and finally, grab someone’s hand, and take them with you to water (where ever that might be). Dr. Wallace suggested fishing. I love swimming. What’s your favorite way to practice Blue Mind Theory?
For those of you who feel a deep connection to Dr. Nichols’s work, like me, I wanted to let you know that there is a verified Go Fund Me Page to help Dr. Nichols’ Foundation continue to raise funds to continue to raise awareness around the world. The Dr. Wallace J Nichols memorial fund was established to continue the work of one of the world’s most important environmentalists and change makers.
https://www.gofundme.com/f/nichols-memorial-fund
I’ll close out this episode with a reminder from Dr. Nichols book to keep learning and perfecting whatever Blue Mind is to you, with his final thoughts in our interview.
Q8: Hear from Dr. Nichols himself about what’s impacted him the most about the mystery within the ocean. While I can’t ever call up Dr. Nichols, and ask him for another interview, which is the sad part of this episode, I do believe that his legacy is an important one, and I will continue to reference and practice his Blue Mind Theory in my own life, as well as make connections back to his work in the future, so his work continues forward, helping others around the World, to find peace with this surprising science that shows how being near. In, on, or under water can make you happier, healthier, more connected, and better at what you do.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Interview with Andrea Samadi and Dr. Wallace J Nichols “Blue Mind” EP #297 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/author-scientist-and-activistdrwallace-jnichols-on-blue-mind-the-surprising-science-that-shows-how-beingnear-inonor-underwatercanmakeyourhappier-h/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast YouTube Interview with Andrea Samadi and Dr. Wallace J Nichols “Blue Mind” EP #297 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wwx1jrHj33c&feature=youtu.be
[iii] Steve Jobs 2005 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UF8uR6Z6KLc
[iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Interview with Andrea Samadi and Dr. Dan Siegel EP #28 on “Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Intelligence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[v] Sponge BobTV Series https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SpongeBob_SquarePants
[vi] Chasing Mavericks 2012 https://www.imdb.com/title/tt1629757/
Welcome back to Season 11 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity, and results using practical neuroscience.
In today's episode, number 336, we continue our 18-week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick's tailored approaches to self-leadership. We delve into Chapter 10, exploring the neural science of persuasion and influence. This topic emerged as a key focus area for 2024, providing insights into why understanding persuasion and influence is essential for long-term success.
We revisit past episodes and notable works like Jack Carew's You'll Never Get No for an Answer and Mark Waldman's Words Can Change Your Brain. Learn about the three modes of persuasion—logos, pathos, and ethos—as well as practical strategies for improving your persuasive approach.
Discover how to apply six scientifically validated principles of persuasion by Dr. Robert Cialdini, focusing on reciprocity, scarcity, and authority. These principles can help you build lasting influence and effectively communicate your ideas.
Join us as we explore the difference between persuasion and influence and how to use these skills to achieve your goals while helping others. This episode is dedicated to Monica Gilfillan, a highly influential figure in education, whose support and inspiration remind us of the power of helping others first.
Don't miss out on these valuable insights to enhance your self-leadership journey. Subscribe, review, and rate our podcast to stay updated with new episodes!
On today's EPISODE #336 we will cover:
✔ The difference between persuasion and influence.
✔ Strategies to improve our persuasion muscles and ways to become more influential for longer lasting relationships and impact.
✔ 3 Tips to Put the Science of Persuasion and Influence into Practice in our Daily Lives.
✔ Dedicated to Monica Gilliflan, a highly influential figure in education, whose support and inspiration remind us of the power of helping others first.
On today's episode #336 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024.
For Today, EPISODE #336, we are moving on to Chapter 10, covering “The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence” which came as a surprise to me that Pathway Two, showed up as my highest area of focus for 2024. When I looked at the topics that are listed in this pathway, I can see why this area is a work in progress for me, and this self-assessment picked up that I need to make these 3 areas listed in this pathway, a priority in 2024. I’m paying attention to what neuroscience says about persuade and influence, in addition to inspiration, motivation that we covered on EP 324[ii] and presence, that’s the last chapter in this book, and I think the most important. (at least for me).
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[iii], look to see if Persuade and Influence is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
Thinking back on past episodes, I know we have not yet covered this topic entirely, except for the time I was asked to review Jack Carew’s classic book from 1987 called You’ll Never Get No For an Answer that was covered on EP176.[iv] We explored “Why Our Brains Don’t Like the Word No” and revisited Mark Waldman’s book from 2013 Words Can Change Your Brain where we were reminded that “Words can heal, or hurt—if you were in an fMRI scanner (that can take a video of the neural changes happening in your brain) (and you were told a firm NO! for something) we could record, in less than a second, a substantial increase of activity in your amygdala and the release of dozens of stress-producing hormones and neurotransmitters…that immediately interrupt the normal functioning of your brain, especially those that are involved with logic, reason, language processing, and communication. And the more you stay focused on negative words and thoughts, the more you can damage key structures that regulate your memory, feelings, and emotions. This may disrupt your sleep, your appetite, and the way your brain regulates happiness, longevity and health.”[v]
In this episode, we looked at 5/10 of Jack Carew’s unique strategies that American Author and Salesman Og Mandino encouraged us all to read to improve our communication and influence with others and I noticed that Strategy 2 was to stop looking out for number one and always look for how you can help others first.
So, after noticing this, I went straight to Chapter 10 of Grant Bosnick’s book, on “Persuade and Influence” to see what he had to say on this topic.
Right off the bat, in the opening of this chapter, Bosnick asks us to think about how we would persuade someone else to do something, like give you a pen you would like to have, for example, or ask for a promotion, or ask someone to buy something you are selling.
Then he differentiates the word persuade that he says “we can think of as quick, more direct, more for short-term or immediate gain” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership) while influence he says “is softer, more subtle, much more for longer term and lasting gain.” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership)
Persuasion Bosnick says is “more tactical, whereas influence is strategic.” He gives us the history of persuasion, explaining its origin from the early Greek Philosophers, and that Aristotle wrote about three modes of persuasion: logos (that’s about logic and reason), pathos (that’s about emotion and inspiration) and ethos (that’s about the speaker’s own character and credibility).
Thinking of Jack Carew’s second tip in his book to improve our influence with others (by putting other people first) I think is a good example of a strategy that builds this concept for long-lasting gain (influence) versus persuading someone to give me something that I need for short-term, or immediate gain (like, to pass me their pen, so I can write down something important that I’ll need to remember).
Bosnick provides a list of strategies to improve our persuasive approach, that includes giving people a sense of ownership, or automony to persuade them to take action with something, or by praising them, and making them feel good for taking action.
He offers an exercise to further build our persuasive skills by asking us to complete a sentence: I would like to persuade x to do the following.
Then he brings in Jack Carew’s strategy for becoming more influential and asks us to think about “what’s important to them: their goals, concerns, passions and values.” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 109).
Bosnick goes on to explain how to build influence and his exercise reminded me of a networking event I attended in 2014 called Ceospace.[vi] This was an organization where many leaders came up with an idea, and took their idea out into the world, with the help of a larger, more influential network. Author Adam Markel wrote that “it was one of the most magnificent places for entrepreneurs and business owners to come together to seek guidance, insights, inspiration, collaboration, and support.” It’s where Jack Canfield[vii] came up with the idea for his Chicken Soup for the Soul book series, where Lisa Nichols[viii] first began public speaking, and where countless thousands of others launched their ideas into the world.
The CEO of this organization passed away in 2020, and from what I can see, this organization didn’t thrive without his presence. This CEO, Berny Dohrman, had quite a life story. I felt a connection to Berny because of his passion to make an impact on our educational system. He wrote a book called Super Change[ix] that was about the tools and strategies needed to survive and thrive in an uncertain future.
What I think Berny Dohrmann had that was special, was that he used his influence, to create long lasting change in others. He did not persuade anyone to come to his events for short term results, but was able to influence others easily, with a vision for a better future. It all stemmed around his networking event, where participants would do speed rounds, to meet as many people as possible, asking the other person “What are you working on, and how can I help you.” At the end of the event, participants would have access to high level connections, all who were willing to share the strategies for success that worked for them. It was a brilliant idea, and I know this event took many leaders to new heights.
The Science of Persuasion and Influence
What was so special about how Berny Dohrmann influenced others? Why was Jack Carew’s book from the 1980s still being taught in sales training classes today? I had to look up the Science of Persuasion and Influence and found “6 Scientifically Validated Principles of Persuasion and Influence” that came from Dr. Robert Cialdini.[x] (Chald-ini) I picked the first three to highlight here.
Reciprocity. We are obliged to give if we have been given something. This was the whole idea behind Berny’s networking events. Participants didn’t ask for what they wanted FIRST, they offered to help someone else first, and after you had helped them, they would be more open to helping you. This was also Jack Carew’s second strategy. Stop looking out for number one. Always think of how you can help others first, and you will naturally draw them to want to help you back. Scarcity. If it's scarce, we want it more. Use this by highlighting the Benefits, Uniqueness and Possible Loss. Berny did this with his networking events by holding them twice a year. If you missed the event, you missed the chance to network with these brilliant minds. Jack Carew picked this as his 10th strategy for becoming more influential. He called his last chapter in the book “Become the Only Choice.” What if you missed the event that would change your future? Carew explains this concept like “the fear of loss.” No one want to miss an opportunity. There is a science to persuading and influencing others and it’s all about showing others how you (or what you offer) is unique and something that no one else (other than you) can offer. Authority. We are more likely to comply with a request if it is coming from a perceived authority/expert. Dr. Cialdini explains this one on the home page of his website, Influence at Work: Proven Science for Business Success. He says that “it’s important to signal to others what makes you credible before you attempt to influence them.”[xi] It’s better if you don’t do this yourself, and have someone else introduce you, with your credentials, first. This is what made Berny Dohrmann’s networking events successful as each participant was introduced to another person with their credentials and experience, that gave that person instant authority to help, or influence others. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #336 on Chapter 10 on “The Neuroscience of Persuading and Influencing”
DID YOU KNOW:
“There are 6 short cuts to increase the chances that someone will be persuaded?” (Robert Cialdini)
We covered the first three:
Reciprocity. We are obliged to give if we have been given something. Use the neuroscience of influence and persuasion, and think of ways to help others first, (just like Berny Dohrmann’s networking events), instead of thinking what you can gain from other people, think of what you can give to them. Always be the first to give and take the time to make sure what you are giving is personalized and useful to that person. This way, what you will give will have more meaning to that person. Scarcity. If it's scarce, we want it more. Use this by highlighting the Benefits, Uniqueness and Possible Loss. Take the time to find out how what you are offering to someone else, will help them. You will need to find out what they are looking for to do this, by asking questions, and listening. Then you can “frame what you are saying/offering, so others will find it to be valuable.”[xii] Authority. We are more likely to comply with a request if it is coming from a perceived authority/expert. Being introduced by others is a fast way to have others learn about your expertise, making you instantly more influential and persuasive. We looked at Chapter 10 from Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership where Bosnick explained the difference between the word persuade that he says “we can think of as quick, more direct, more for short-term or immediate gain” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership) while influence he says “is softer, more subtle, much more for longer term and lasting gain.” (Chapter 10, Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
We looked at a past episode on this topic, taking us back to Mark Waldman’s book from 2013 Words Can Change Your Brain reminding us to be careful of the words we choose to speak to others.
My take-away from this chapter: If I want to improve my influence, it begins with understanding the wants and needs of my audience first (how can I help them) and then being able to say what I mean, and mean what I say. The words I speak do matter when I’m working on gaining influence. If I’m speaking with someone, and not being completely honest, or not meaning what I say, I know that this can be felt by the other person, and it will hurt my ability to gain trust, rapport and influence. Our brains can detect “benefits and threats”[xiii] and I want to be sure that I’m drawing those I want to interact with towards me, not away from me.
Once I have gained influence with someone I am speaking with, then I can take my persuasion skills to the next level, and we can begin to work together on our common goals.
For example, if someone is asking me in a sales situation if I can offer them a discount. When I’ve build rapport and trust with this person, I can say “yes, I can give you 5% off this order, if you would be able to guarantee the order will come in by the end of this month.” We can begin to use our persuasion and influencing skills to not only give others what they need, but also negotiate with them, for what we need.
I hope this episode has helped to give you some ideas on ways to practice the neuroscience of persuading and influencing, to help others with their goals first, and then in turn, allow you to move yourself forward in this process, with these skills.
I also want to end this episode, with a mention to someone I ran into recently, who I had not seen about 10 years. I ran into Monica Gilfillan[xiv] an avid listener of this podcast, and I had no idea, until we spoke recently and she shared how these episodes were helping her with new ideas. This made me feel proud and grateful (coming from a peer) and did infuse me with some extra energy to keep going with these episodes. If there is someone I would list as highly influential, who knows how to persuade others, it’s Monica Gilfillan. Over the years, I noticed as I connected with a new person in the field of education, they were always connected to her. After she shared how the podcast was helping her, she went straight to ask me how she could help, and what I needed. We all need people in our network who are wired to help others, and I highly suggest connecting with Monica, especially if you are in the field of education. She is an influencer who everyone can benefit from knowing. I thought it was fitting to dedicate The Neuroscience of Persuasion and Influence to Monica Gilfillan and to thank her (and all of you who tune in) for listening.
CONNECT with Monica Gilfillan https://www.linkedin.com/in/monicagilfillan/
And with that, we will close out this episode. We’ll see you next with Chapter 11 on Time Management.
REVIEW
In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, (after I was inspired to cover Grant’s book after our interview the end of January) we are covering:
✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick’s award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals.
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #324 on “The Neuroscience of Inspiration and Motivation” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-self-leadership-series/
[iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #176 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-communication-why-our-brain-doesn-t-like-the-word-no/
[v] Words Can Change Your Brain by Andrew Newberg, MD and Mark Robert Waldman, Published July 30, 2013 https://www.amazon.com/s?k=words+can+change+your+brain&gclid=CjwKCAjwoP6LBhBlEiwAvCcthCiCJCWZ-n3nMbmllmxcYj7pY9p3EGBjIT1liFGTzVVBlYWdxCBg6hoC3DMQAvD_BwE&hvadid=241598338504&hvdev=c&hvlocphy=9030091&hvnetw=g&hvqmt=e&hvrand=2910883915011355196&hvtargid=kwd-36327312367&hydadcr=15527_10340956&tag=googhydr-20&ref=pd_sl_2ixec66yv3_e
[vi] https://ceospacemembers.com/
[vii] https://jackcanfield.com/
[viii] https://motivatingthemasses.com/
[ix] Super Change by Berny Dohrmann October 31, 2019 https://www.amazon.com/Super-Change-Survive-Thrive-Uncertain/dp/1949003906
[x] https://www.influenceatwork.com/7-principles-of-persuasion/
[xi] The Science of Persuasion https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cFdCzN7RYbw
[xii] The Neuroscience of Influence https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J-5CZ2AXT1o
[xiii] The Neuroscience of Influence Leadership Coaching by Dean Newlund https://mfileadership.com/2021/01/27/the-neuroscience-of-influence/
[xiv] Monica Gilfillan https://www.linkedin.com/in/monicagilfillan/
Welcome back to Season 11 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast! In episode 335, we delve into the neuroscience of emotion regulation, a crucial skill for personal and professional success. Host Andrea Samadi continues the 18-week self-leadership series inspired by Grant Bosnick’s book, focusing on strategies to enhance our ability to manage emotions effectively.
We explore practical tips from Bosnick, such as labeling emotions, creating distance from them, and reframing situations to view them more positively. Additionally, we highlight the importance of sleep for emotion regulation, drawing insights from experts like Dr. Andrew Huberman and Dr. Matthew Walker. Discover how improving your sleep quality can lead to better emotional control and overall well-being.
Join us as we connect the dots between neuroscience, sleep, and emotional intelligence to help you achieve greater heights in 2024 and beyond.
On today's episode #335 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024.
For Today, EPISODE #335, we are moving on to Chapter 9, covering “The Neuroscience of Emotion Regulation” which showed up on my leadership self-assessment as a low, RED score, of 20%, but again, not because it’s not something I don’t need to pay attention to, this is something I pay attention to daily, right up there with physical health that is listed in Pathway Four of Grant’s Self-Leadership Map.
If you’ve taken the leadership self-assessment[ii], look to see if Emotion Regulation is of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
Before looking at what Grant Bosnick has to say about Emotion Regulation in Chapter 9 of his book, I looked around to see what else I could find on this topic.
We actually have already covered this topic as one of the six social emotional learning competencies that we launched this podcast with, back in August, 2019[iii] and we called that episode “Self-Regulation: The Foundational Learning Skill for Future Success.” In this early episode, we defined self-regulation as “the ability to manage your emotions and behavior in accordance of the situation. It includes being able to resist highly emotional reactions to upsetting stimuli, to calm yourself down when you get upset, adjust to a change in expectations and (the ability) to handle frustration”[iv] In other words, it’s the ability to bounce back after a setback or disappointment, and the ability to stay in congruence with your inner value system.
HOW TO HELP OUR CHILDREN WITH EMOTION REGULATION:
We covered some tips on this early episode to help our children to practice this skill, and strengthen their “self-regulation” muscles, beginning with:
Naming the emotion they are experiencing at a given moment, with a strategy (like stopping to take some deep breaths when something frustrates or overwhelms them) so they can keep working, and move forward.Uncovering what motivates each of us to develop intrinsic motivation that can help propel us forward.Taking brain breaks, or “unfocused moments” that allow for the brain to solve problems during these resting states. WHAT GRANT BOSNICK SUGGESTS FOR EMOTION REGULATION:
Then we covered some tips to help us to continue to strengthen these self-regulation skills in the workplace, and I wondered what Grant Bosnick had to say in chapter 9 of his book on this topic. Within the second paragraph of this chapter, he explains the science behind emotion regulation when he outlines that “neuroscience has shown us that the exact same feelings we get from a physical threat also occur as social and emotional threats.” (Page 91, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick). This took me back to working with children with this foundational learning skill, that determines future success, and the whole idea that “social and emotional threats” can impact us (stop us in our tracks) exactly as if there was a actual physical threat (like coming face to face with a bear in the forest).
In Chapter 9, Grant explains some different ways to regulate our emotions, and he uses a graphic to demonstrate how to move forward, while regulating our emotions, instead of spiraling out of control, downwards, and it begins with where we focus our attention. If we focus on the emotional aspects, he tells us “it will drive us into a downward spiral” but if we learn to “focus on the nonemotional aspects, or distance ourselves (from whatever it is that is bothering us) this is the start to creating an upward spiral.” (Page 94, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick).
IMAGE CREDIT: Image 9.2 from Grant Bosnick's Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership
TIP 1: LEARN TO LABEL OUR EMOTIONS:
Bosnick agrees with the steps we created to build emotion regulation in our children, as he also mentions the importance of being able to name or label the emotion that you are having first.
TIP 2: DISTANCE YOURSELF FROM EMOTIONS THAT ARE BOTHERING YOU TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY RELIEF: Then he suggests to find ways to distance yourself from the emotion (he calls this attentional deployment) to give you temporary relief from the situation. He mentions seeing the issue through someone else’s eyes, and I remember Dr. Maiysha Clairborne sharing this strategy back on EP 289[v] when she explained the importance of stepping into someone else’s shoes when you are in conflict with them, to feel what they feel, and even stepping back and looking at the entire problem from above (outside of anyone’s shoes) to gain a new perspective.
TIP 3: REFRAME THE CONFLICT: Next Bosnick suggests “reappraisal or reframing” the conflict, by looking at it in a more positive way. He mentions that mindfulness can help us to “take a step back, lower anxiety, bring attention to the moment, become less judgmental about what is happening, help the brain to not attach meaning to the emotions and be open to new meaning and new connections.” (Page 97, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick). He suggests looking at the situation from someone else’s point of view to reframe it.
TIP 4: LEARN TO REGULATE OUR EMOTIONS BY FINDING STRATEGIES THAT KEEP US STRONG, AND CLEAR HEADED: It’s his last technique of “response modulation” that caught my attention the most, because we’ve all experienced this. Once we are hit with an emotion about something, he asks “is it better to suppress it, or acknowledge it?” (Page 99, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick). He says “when we feel strong, clear-headed and have executive control, it is better to acknowledge the emotion so we can regulate it.” (Page 100, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick).
EMOTION REGULATION AND SLEEP:
So in a world where we are hit daily by external stimuli, how on the earth can we be proactive to stay mentally strong and clear-headed so we have improved executive control to manage our emotions and regulate them? This took me straight to the work of Dr. Andrew Huberman, and Dr. Matthew Walker who recently recorded an episode called “Improve Sleep to Boost Mood and Emotion Regulation.” [vi] It was here where I learned just how important sleep is for keeping a strong, clear mind, so we can use this strength to acknowledge and regulate our emotions, like Bosnick suggested.
Dr. Walker, a professor of neuroscience and psychology at the University of California, Berkeley and the host of The Matt Walker Podcast, gave example after example that proved that when you’ve NOT had a good night’s sleep, things that wouldn’t bother you (when you’ve slept well), begin to aggravate, or grate on you more.
Here’s what I found to be remarkable on this topic, something I had not ever heard before.
DID YOU KNOW that "The greater amount of REM sleep you are getting (where our dreams occur), the greater amount of emotional detox you will get the next day?" (Dr. Matthew Walker).
Dr. Walker went on to explain that “the brain chemical noradrenaline (that’s responsible for our stress reaction) completely shuts off during REM sleep, and serotonin (that plays a role with our mood) decreases, while acetyl choline (that carries messages from our brain to our body through nerve cells) increases by up to 30% in some parts of the brain (and can be even more active than when we were awake). Dr. Walker concluded that the decrease of stress related brain chemicals is what makes “REM sleep was the perfect condition for overnight therapy.”
If we want to improve our emotion regulation, the science is pointing directly to improving our sleep.
Diving deep into the 4 stages of sleep and suggestions to improve our sleep is something I’ve been working on for the past 5 years. There is a lot to this, and I’m still working on improving ALL the macroingredients of a good sleep (suggested by Dr. Walker), that include QQRT, or knowing the quantity (amount of sleep), quality (fragmented vs continuous), regularity (sleeping/waking around the same time) and timing (sleeping in alignment with my chronotype). Dr. Walker dives deep into all these areas with Dr. Huberman, and if you do wonder where you can improve, I highly suggest their 6-part series on sleep.
TIPS FOR IMPROVING EMOTION REGULATION BY IMPROVING OUR SLEEP:
Here are three tips that I took away from the neuroscience of self-regulation, that I’ve been working on, to see if improving my sleep in these areas, could possibly improve emotion regulation.
KNOW HOW MUCH DEEP SLEEP WE ARE GETTING EACH NIGHT: We all know the importance of knowing how much sleep we are getting to be well-rested the next day, (how many hours or the quantity) but it’s also important to keep an eye on the QUALITY or amount of DEEP RESTORATIVE sleep we are getting each night. Most of us could all sleep a bit longer (or I’ll speak for myself here) because this is one area that’s hard to do living in Arizona. If I want to beat the summer heat, we need to wake up early to exercise before the heat advisory warnings go off around 8am, and this means that to get one benefit, (daily exercise) it comes at the cost of losing some sleep.
In addition to knowing I need to improve how long I’m sleeping, (and ways to offset waking up early for exercise) it’s also being sure that I’m getting quality sleep each night. This is my current area of focus that I’ve been tracking the past few months. You can see from the diagram in the show notes that there are some nights I went above my average of 2 hours 22 minutes of restorative sleep, measuring this using the Whoop wearable tracker, and other nights I was far below. When I looked at what was happening in my life on those days where restorative sleep was low, there wasn’t anything that stood out, other than when I began to pay attention to ALL areas of sleep (QQRT-quality, quantity, regularity and timing), restorative sleep improved. There are many type of trackers you can use to track restorative sleep. The tracker I use tells me how much deep sleep I’m getting (that’s physically restorative) and how much REM sleep (that’s mentally restorative).
KNOW HOW MUCH REM SLEEP WE ARE GETTING: Keeping an eye on how much REM sleep we getting, is my next tip, since we know it’s important for consolidating new memories, learning and motor skills. We also just learned that the more REM sleep we are getting, we can say we are getting some good overnight therapy, restoring ourselves mentally. You can find sleep trackers that can help you to measure and track these important ingredients of a good sleep for yourself, and see how much REM sleep you are getting each night, while keeping in mind that “the greater amount of REM sleep you are getting, the greater amount of emotional detox you will get the next day.” (Dr. Walker)
I noticed this number improved just by forcing myself to stay in bed a little bit longer, even if it was only waking up, and saying “try to go back to sleep for another 15 or 20 minutes” and this improved REM sleep, since the REM sleep rich phase is at the end of the night. You can see the purple areas on the graph of my REM sleep in the show notes, right at the end of my sleep. If I had not pushed to stay asleep till after 5:00am (my internal clock would have me getting up at 4am) then I would have missed out on some valuable REM sleep here. If you can measure this for yourself, you can find ways to increase this valuable sleep stage for yourself. I’ll also add that if you can remember your dreams, especially the ones just before you wake up, you can learn a lot about yourself, increasing your self-awareness.
Remember, we are working on ways to help with our emotion regulation, and it seems to me, that an easy way to do this, would be to see how we can improve our REM sleep.
APPLY THE SCIENCE OF SLEEP TO IMPROVE EMOTION REGULATION: Since “during REM sleep the stress chemicals are turned off” helping us to “strip away the emotion from the memory” we can take this understanding a step further, and see if we are able to solve any of our problems during sleep. Dr. Huberman and Dr. Walker went into great detail about this concept[vii] that I’ve actually witnessed it first-hand. They described what happens in REM sleep to be like “Behavior-Desensitization” and I had the opportunity to see the stages of this process, done by someone skilled and trained in trauma and the brain, working with someone I know well, who has experiences significant trauma in their life, starting at an early age. Using a series of techniques, the trained therapist took the client safely from talking about a traumatic memory from their childhood, (with exteme emotion attached) to where they could say out loud that the memory had lost its emotional load and no longer gave them an emotional reaction. This is exactly what happens to our brain during REM sleep and why it’s mentally restorative.
Putting these tips all together, and knowing that improving the quality, and quantity of sleep is linked to improving emotion regulation, I’m working hard to improve restorative sleep and REM sleep, each month. I hope these tips have given you some insight on NEW ways that sleep can improve our emotion regulation.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #335 on Chapter 9 on “The Neuroscience of Emotion Regulation”
We looked at where we covered self-regulation in our early days of this podcast back in August of 2019, with some tips for teaching this skill to our children or students. This skill is one of 6 social and emotional skills that are finally being taught in our schools today. This is a foundational skill for future success.
We looked at Grant Bosnick’s suggestion to regulate emotions in his book, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership with his chart that suggests:
TIP 1: Labelling our emotions, and looking for a way to distract/create distance from them to provide temporary relief. If we focus on the emotional aspects, he tells us “it will drive us into a downward spiral”
TIP 2: If we learn to “focus on the non-emotional aspects, or distance ourselves (from whatever it is that is bothering us) this is the start to creating an upward spiral.”
TIP 3: Reframing the emotion, or changing the way we think about it, by looking at the problem from a different perspective, can help to see it in a more positive way.
TIP 4: In Bosnick’s last technique of “response modulation” he mentioned that once we are hit with an emotion about something, he asks “is it better to suppress it, or acknowledge it?” (Page 99, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick). He says “when we feel strong, clear-headed and have executive control, it is better to acknowledge the emotion so we can regulate it.” (Page 100, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick).
CONNECTING THE SCIENCE OF SLEEP TO IMPROVE EMOTION REGULATION:
This led us to dive deeper into the neuroscience of emotion regulation with the work of Dr. Andrew Huberman and Dr. Matthew Walker, known as The Sleep Diplomat.
“Sleep moves the needle on almost every aspect of brain and body health” Matt Walker
Before listening to Dr. Walker’s most recent episode with Dr. Huberman, I had no idea that the research would point to a direct correlation with a good night’s sleep and our emotion regulation.
DID YOU KNOW that “The greater amount of REM sleep we are getting, the greater amount of emotional detox we will get the next day?” (Dr. Matthew Walker).
Grant Bosnick said that “when we feel strong, clear-headed and have executive control, it is better to acknowledge the emotion so we can regulate it.” (Page 100, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick).
It therefore makes sense to me that in order to strengthen emotion regulation, then we must therefore strengthen our sleep.
3 TIPS FOR IMPROVING EMOTION REGULATION BY MEASURING OUR SLEEP:
KNOW HOW MUCH DEEP SLEEP WE ARE GETTING EACH NIGHT KNOW HOW MUCH REM SLEEP WE ARE GETTING KNOW THAT INCREASING REM SLEEP= OVERNIGHT THERAPY Finally, how will we know if we are improving our emotion regulation by improving our sleep? Ask yourself how well you are doing with this. Remember: When we feel strong, clear-headed and have executive control, (it is better to acknowledge the emotion so) we will be able to better manage our emotions. (Page 100, Chapter 9, Emotional Regulation, Bosnick).
This is a work in progress for me, but without asking anyone else, I know that the research is accurate when it shows that
“sleep deprivation increases reactivity in the amygdala by 60%.”[viii]
To best way to improve reactivity in the amygdala, is by getting sufficient sleep. Improving all the ingredients of sleep (quality, quantity, regularity and timing).
I also know that when I’m getting a good night sleep, my senses are more activated, and I can see more beauty in the world, especially with others around me.
I’m more accepting of myself, and know that I’m stronger and more peaceful, which is what Grant Bosnick suggested for being able to improve this foundational success skill.
This translates to the work I’m doing, looking at the world through a different lens where life becomes more joyful, creating hope that anything is possible (for myself and others).
And all of this came from connecting the science behind a good night’s sleep to emotion regulation.
I hope this episode has given you some helpful ideas, and we will see you next time, as we move to chapter 10 of Grant Boswick’s book on the Science Behind Persuading and Influencing.
REVIEW
In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, (after I was inspired to cover Grant’s book after our interview the end of January) we are covering:
✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick’s award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals.
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #14 “Self-Regulation: The Foundational Skill for Future Success” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-regulation-the-foundational-learning-skill-for-future-success/
[iv] How Can We Help Our Kids with Self-Regulation https://childmind.org/article/can-help-kids-self-regulation/amp/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #289 with Dr. Maiysha Clairborne on “What Hold Us Back: Getting to the Roots of Our Doubts, Fears and Beliefs” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/maiysha-clairborne-md-on-what-holds-us-back-getting-to-the-root-of-our-doubts-fears-and-beliefs/
[vi] Dr. Matt Walker: Improve Sleep to Boost Mood & Emotional Regulation | Huberman Lab Guest Series
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S_SrHS8FvMM
[vii] Dr. Matt Walker: Improve Sleep to Boost Mood & Emotional Regulation | Huberman Lab Guest Series
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S_SrHS8FvMM
[viii] IBID
Welcome back to Season 11 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast! In Episode #334, host Andrea Samadi reconnects with Ike Diogu, a former Division I college athlete turned pro, whose impressive mental mindset left a lasting impact on her over 20 years ago.
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/hvBHF4ectQI
Discover the story of Ike's journey from Arizona State University to the NBA, and how his upbringing, influenced by a deep-thinking father and supportive siblings, shaped his mental toughness. Learn how Ike's coach, teammates, and personal values played a role in his success, both in the NBA and as a captain of the Nigerian national basketball team.
Andrea and Ike delve into the importance of mental preparation, goal setting, and the power of a supportive environment. Ike shares his experiences from the Rio 2016 Olympics and his ongoing passion for basketball and mentoring others. This episode is a testament to the power of social and emotional learning, and the impact of mental mindset on achieving extraordinary results.
Don't miss this inspiring conversation that highlights the intersection of neuroscience, emotional intelligence, and athletic excellence.
On today's episode #334 we meet with someone who caught my eye, over 20 years ago when I worked with athletes at Arizona State University. Sitting in front of Ike Diogu, years before his exciting career would unfold, I just knew he would be successful. I was in my late 20s, and hadn’t published my first book yet, The Secret for Teens Revealed, that was written with the purpose to help our next generation sharpen the skills that were integral for achieving goals (in school and sports). It designed to develop certain ways of behaving and more importantly, thinking, that would enable young people to achieve whatever it is that they want in life.
Working with elite College athletes at ASU, I thought would be a great place to test out the chapters of this book (Chapter 1- Developing a Winning Attitude, Chapter 2- Developing Your Mind, Chapter 4-Goal-Setting and Persistence, Chapter 5-Building Your Confidence Formula for Predictable Results for Success). You get the point here. So, one day, I asked Ike a series of questions to “feel out” where his mindset was, and I’m not kidding, he almost knocked me out of my chair.
Whatever I asked Ike, he had a well-thought out answer, that told me for certain that he didn’t need the book I wanted to publish. He had already learned these skills at a young age, that I knew would skyrocket his future success. I just remember thinking “where will Ike Diogu end up?” and while I didn’t follow his career over the years, I did see his photo on the wall one day, going down to the baggage claim at Arizona’s Sky Harbor Airport, and it was then that I thought back to the moment I knew this young man had everything he needed, for an exciting and successful life.
Of course I was going to look for him, and see if he would be open to coming on the podcast. We’ve learned about the Daily Grind in the NHL on EP #38[i], Accelerating Leadership in the NFL on EP #166[ii] but I knew I’ve always been missing the Mindset of the Athlete.
I’m honored, and so excited to connect back with Ike Diogu,[iii] who I’ve not seen face to face for over 20 years, and dive into “The Mindset of a Division 1 College Athlete Turned Pro.”
Welcome Ike!
Thank you for agreeing to meet up with me here, and filling me and our listeners in to what you’ve been up to the past 20 years!! I wonder, when I reached out to you, do you remember me from back at ASU? You wouldn’t know that that was my first official job in the US. I came from Toronto, Canada, with so many hopes and dreams for our next generation, and September 11th really made it difficult for me. Working with you gave me vision and hope during what I remember as my most difficult and challenging times in a new country. I used to look forward to those days at ASU, and knew you were helping me much more that I was helping you. It does come full circle sometimes when we get to tell those people who helped to motivate and inspire us. I’m so grateful to have had the chance to work with you back then.
INTRO Q: Before we get to where you went after I met you at ASU, can you just orient our listeners to your background BEFORE you went to College at ASU? Where did you grow up, and I’m looking for where did your winning mindset come from? Was it your Dad with a doctorate degree in Philosophy do you think? Who taught you these skills (they are called SEL skills now)--I knew they were important, (had this book written but not yet published) and they hadn’t yet made it into our schools yet?
Q1: I mentioned that you made a memorable impression on me all those years ago. It was your mental mindset that stood out to me. So much so, that when I saw your photo on the wall at the Phoenix airport, going down to the baggage claim, I completely freaked out and said to my husband “I knew Ike Diogu was going places! I just knew it!” I’ve kind of got a 6th sense for seeing talent, and while I like to see the talent in EVERYONE, I notice that not everyone uses the gifts they’ve been given, but you were in full use of them all when I met you. I had to watch an incredible interview you did on “Pioneering the Golden Age of Nigerian Basketball” from 3 years ago to get up to speed with where I last saw you, but can we start with something I saw somewhere that you said in that interview? You said “throughout all the adversity that I had throughout my professional career, I think the mental toughness (Coach Evans) instilled helped me get through some of the really tough times I faced.” I remember your Coach walking around at ASU…he had quite the presence. How did coach Evans help strengthen your mental toughness? I saw it as very strong already, back then. What did he teach you to set you up for success AFTER playing College Basketball?
Q2: I’ll credit the photos I’m using in this interview to the African in Sports interview you did 3 years ago. It did help me to accurately see where you went after ASU. I had no idea…I just knew you would do amazing things in the world. In this photo, the interviewer asked about your teammates at ASU and look at that smile. I knew ASU was special for you, but what do you think made it so special, enough that you would really have to think about leaving there, to go to the NBA?
Q3: Let’s go to when you were drafted to the NBA. You said yourself “I never would have imagined that I would have made the jump that I made.” I did…but 20 years ago, ( I saw you would have Quantum Leap success) I was just learning to trust things like heightened intuition that I never ignore anymore. Tell me about your mindset of “putting your name into the draft” and then playing at open gym in Garland, TX. In the back of your mind, what were you thinking?
Q4: So, back at ASU, I remember asking you questions about where your confidence levels were, or your attitude and mental mindset. Those are all pretty normal questions, but I knew they weren’t being taught in our schools. Now I’ve been researching the science behind high performance for 20 years, and working on bridging the gap with some things that might be considered spiritual in nature, but when I saw the #9 that you wore for when you were drafted into the NBA for the Golden State Warriors, I can’t help but ask “what does the number 9 mean to you? Anything? Or are you just assigned that number based on your pick? I ask this because the #9 is considered a lucky number in many cultures, and is associated with spiritual growth, selflessness and humanitarianism.
I had to look at the numbers you wore at ASU. #5-is known for freedom, curiosity and change, as well as a desire to have adventures and explore new possibilities (which I think is interesting that it’s here where you left College BB and leaped forward to the NBA). Does this mean anything to you?
Then #6 is associated with responsibility, service and nurturing, that I saw you brought to the Nigerian Team with your background in the NBA. But I also saw a photo of you on your IG page, in front of Garland High School, that has the slogan “Enter to Learn, Go Forth to Serve.” I’m guessing this was your High School. Do you think your natural ability or drive to serve others began here, or before this?
There isn’t any science to the numbers, but I did notice the well-known numerology meanings coincided with each team, staring with #9 and I was curious if any of the numbers have meaning to you.
Q5: So, now take us to Nigeria where I saw you were the Captain of your team. What did you teach your team that you learned from the NBA about preparing to go against your opponent?
Q6: I heard you say “In order to get to the next level that we want to go, you need to do X, Y, and Z” and I wonder what were some of the important strategies you taught them? What was X, Y and Z?
Q7: The Rio 2016 Olympics—What was that experience like?
Q8: Where are you now? Are you playing for Venezuela? What’s been your path since the Olympics? What is your vision for the next 5 years?
Ike, it’s been an honor to reconnect with you. I’m so grateful for this chance to have you on the podcast really just to let you know that you had these skills all along, and I hope other who tune in around the world can gain some inspiration and hope from your life experience. When I look back over the years, the people I’ve had on as guests have made an impact on me in some way (whether from their research in the scientific world, or in education, or those who just made me stop and think about how I can better serve the world). You definitely caught my attention 20 years ago, and watching the interview you did (African in Sports Interview)[iv] I was beyond moved from not only your mindset for excellence, but the desire to help others to reach their greatest heights. I look forward to following your work in the future, and know you will continue to stand out in your field.
Thanks for meeting with me today!
FINAL THOUGHTS
Some final thoughts. At the end of this interview, I thanked Ike for giving me such incredible hope at a time in my life when I didn’t have it all figured out. I remember having these huge visions for these important social and emotional learning skills that were not yet taught in our schools, and Ike’s grasp of these skills propelled me forward. This was years before we had the research behind these SEL Competencies that we now know skyrocket academic achievement, healthy relationships, mental wellness and so much more.[v] These SEL skills are integral in our classrooms today. I think it’s important to be open at all times to learn from others, as you never know what it is that might help you in the future, like Ike helped me to stay focused on this work. I do highly encourage watching the interview I mentioned, “Ike Diogu: Pioneering the Golden Age of Nigerian Basketball”[vi] if you want to learn all of the details of Ike’s Motivating Story “Diving into the Mindset of a D1 College Basketball Player, turned Pro.”
I’m grateful to have had the chance to reconnect with Ike, and do want to give a shout out to all the parents out there, like Ike’s Dad, who are raising their children to be mentally and physically strong. Also, the coaches, like coach Evans[vii], who took Ike to the heights he needed to be successful at the pro level, and taking his mental toughness to greater heights.
I believe we all have the ability to do just what Ike did, (maybe not with basketball, but I mean make Quantum Leaps with our results) and as Ike said himself, he “never would have imagined making the jump that (he) made.” But I did. I bet his Dad and family did as well. And Coach Evans did. Ike was surrounded by people who believed in him.
Which is a testament for all of us to keep learning, growing, and reaching for the next level in whatever it is that we want in our lives, and encourage others to do the same.
I’ll end with a quote from Thomas Edison:
See you next week as we continue with our Self-Leadership Series, and chapter 9, on Self-Regulation.
RESOURCES AND MORE ABOUT IKE DIOGU
Ike Diogu | Pioneering the Golden Age of Nigerian Basketball | AIS
https://www.youtube.com/watch?app=desktop&v=OHb6W9TKzcs
Ike Diogu on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/blackcaesar01/
REFERENCES:
[i] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-coach-to-the-winnipeg-jets-todd-woodcroft-on-the-daily-grind-in-the-nhl/
[ii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/vice-president-executive-producer-of-the-new-york-jets-chris-gargano-on-accelerating-leadership-for-maximum-impact-and-results/
[iii] Ike Diogu https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ike_Diogu
[iv]Ike Diogu | Pioneering the Golden Age of Nigerian Basketball | AIS
https://www.youtube.com/watch?app=desktop&v=OHb6W9TKzcs
[v] https://casel.org/
[vi] Ike Diogu | Pioneering the Golden Age of Nigerian Basketball | AIS
https://www.youtube.com/watch?app=desktop&v=OHb6W9TKzcs
[vii] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rob_Evans_(basketball)
Join us on episode 333 in the 11th season of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. Our mission, as always, is to equip you with actionable, scientifically supported methods to hone social-emotional learning skills, boost productivity and promote overall well-being. This episode continues our 18-week self-leadership series informed by Grant Bosnick's proven strategies. In this installment, we turn our attention to the crucial role of expectations in our lives.
Starting off the discussion in the engaging world of Grant Bosnick's book, we dissect the meaning and importance of expectations. We then explore the crucial aspects of emotion regulation, persuasive traits, effective time management, and the vast concept of change. This episode revisits key moments from our previous chapters, ranging from the neuroscience of goals to the significance of hydration on brain performance, AHA moments, creative insights, and more.
The highlight of the episode is an in-depth exploration of the science of expectations, underpinned by Grant Bosnick and David Robson's book, 'The Expectation Effect.' Here, we probe the profound influence of positive and negative expectations on our daily life, mindset, goal achievement, and even health. Inspired by teachings from luminary mentors like Bob Proctor, this illuminating exploration of expectations is designed to leave you with a fresh perspective.
Stories from an unforgettable seminar 20 years ago bring to life the immense power of expectations. Understanding the neuroscience connections, we further explore dopamine and its correlation with our level of expectations. Practical tips to apply these psychological insights in day-to-day life are provided as we take you on an intellectual journey from theory to practice.
Throughout the episode, you will discover how to better regulate your expectations to boost your happiness, productivity, and confidence. This intellectual journey will equip you with the tools to tap into the power of expectation and unlock a better version of yourself. Expect the best and join us to uncover the enormous potential within you.
Stay tuned for our next episode, 'The Neuroscience of Emotion Regulation', as we continue our intellectual journey.
Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's episode #333 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] the end of January. The goal was that each week, we focused on learning something new, (from Grant’s book) that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024. Today we cover Chapter 8, “The Neuroscience of Expectations” and l look at what Grant Bosnick covers on this topic, as well as a deeper dive into David Robson's book, The Expectation Effect.
We will cover:
✔ What is the meaning and importance of expectations?
✔ An unforgettable moment when Andrea first encountered the power behind our expectations.
✔ We will explore the science of expectations to boost your happiness, productivity, and confidence.
✔ 3 TIPS for applying The Neuroscience of Expectation to your daily life.
✔ Ideas to trouble-shoot applying this concept, along with belief, to achieve your goals and dreams.
I did need to take a short break from writing and recording since we last covered this book, the end of March, with new responsibilities in my work world. I’ve got my footing now, and missed researching, recording, and producing these episodes. The benefits that I personally receive from gathering this information, and sharing with it you, the listener, wherever you might be tuning in around the world, helps me in many different ways, but mostly, this work keeps me thinking, and making connections, neural connections, which we all know is important for cognition and learning. I did appreciate the notes from listeners of past episodes they have found helpful, and will continue to provide my best work here. We will resume the final 5 chapters of Grant’s book, based on Self-Leadership strategies, covering the topic of expectations today, then emotion regulation, persuade and influence, time management and ending the series with change.
Just a reminder that we left off with Chapter 7 on “AHA Moments and Creative Insight.[ii]” There is great power and immense self-awareness that comes along with mapping out a plan designed specifically for YOU and I do encourage everyone to take Grant Bosnick’s Leadership Self-Assessment[iii] so you can see the areas for you that score a high, medium or low level of importance for you to focus on this year.
REVIEW Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7
Before we cover Chapter 8 today on Expectations, let’s review where we left off, since this is a good reminder for me, to make the connections from these prior episodes.
It’s here I’m hoping we will take the information we are learning, (from Grant Bosnick’s book) connect the dots to form knowledge and then apply this knowledge to our daily life. This is where we go from theory to practice with this podcast and it’s the application of what we are learning that contains the magic.
REFLECT Back to Chapter 2 on The Neuroscience of Goals (and Kurt Lewin’s Force Field Theory): What are we doing to gain the momentum needed to reach NEW and HEIGHTENED levels of performance this year? How are we improving our mental and physical health to gain the momentum we talked about in this chapter? Just the fact that you are here listening to this episode, and I’m writing it, is a good indication we are all building this skill. What have you noticed with the momentum you’ve built with your goals this year? Are you on track? How can you narrow your focus more?
REFLECT Back to Chapter 3 on The Neuroscience of Inspiration: How are we using people or places that inspire us, to take our results to greater heights? Think about this as it relates to our physical and mental health. What else can we all do to take more action in this area? I recently connected with someone who caught my attention over 20 years ago, when I worked with athletes at ASU. I remember sitting in front of this one athlete, and just knew he was going somewhere. We are working on the details to have him on the podcast right now, but stay tuned for a future episode on “Diving into the Mindset of a D1 College Athlete, Turned Pro” with Nigerian-American professional basketball player, Ike Diogu. Who are what is inspiring you these days?
REFLECT Back to Chapter 4 on The Neuroscience of Mindfulness: Think about where we are in our Mindfulness Journey? Mindfulness, and breathing was listed often in Chapter 4 of Grant Bosnick’s book. How is mindfulness helping us with our physical health?
What’s interesting to me with this topic, is that the more I continue to study, and look to improve my own areas of weakness (right now I’m looking at how to optimize sleep which is currently my weakest link) and am diving deep into this topic with Dr. Matthew Walker’s most recent 6 PART podcast series with Dr. Andrew Huberman.[iv] Mindfulness is a topic that Dr. Walker lists as integral for improving sleep. I’m curious how you are implementing this skill to improve daily results.
REFLECT Back to Chapter 5 on The Neuroscience Behind Peak Performance: How are we practicing “getting into our flow?” When do we notice we are in flow the most? Is it during physical exercise, or meditation? Are we practicing this state to gain 5x more productivity this year? This is a hard one, as getting into this flow state requires practice for me. A month and a half away from this podcast, really did take me out of my flow state here. After recording an interview, and editing, I made many mistakes, or flat out forgot what to do next on the production side. I was rusty, and not in flow. I’d been producing episodes for 5 years, without taking a break, and this break revealed that the skills I’d developed need to be practiced. Use them, or lose them type of idea. This is exactly how my daughters explain what happens to them when they take time away from their sport with an injury. I learned that when we lose this flow, the best way to get it back is to get back to work, as best as we can. One step at a time. What about you? How are you using flow in your daily life?
REFLECT BACK to Chapter 6 on The Science Behind our Physical Health:
Where we narrowed our focus from a wide and complex field, to something we can implement immediately with “The Hydrated Brain for Improving Our Cognitive Performance.” Midway through the year, I’m thinking “How am I keeping my brain hydrated?” Do I know how much water I’m drinking every day? This is something I’ve put more emphasis on recently, as we have now introduced an Infrared Sauna to our daily routine, and this requires more water to help eliminate toxins. They recommend drinking 20 ounces of water before using the sauna, since sweating can cause dehydration, and drinking at least a liter (or four 8 ounce glasses of water) afterwards. I did think it was interesting that one of the products I’ve also been wearing since our interview last year with Dmitri Leonov, who taught us about the Taopatch[v] nanotechnology that also requires an increase in water intake to eliminate toxins. Do you know about how much water you are drinking every day?
REFLECT BACK to Chapter 7 on “AHA Moments, Creative Insight and The Brain” where we looked at the book, The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain by John Kounios and Mark Beeman. They wrote this book to “explain how these Eureka experiences happen—and how to have more of them to enrich our lives and empower personal and professional success.” (The Eureka Factor). We also went back to PART 4 of The Silva Method[vi] on “Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” where we tapped into (once again) to Dr. Andrew Huberman’s research on creativity here, thinking about how we can have more insight to solve problems in our personal and work lives. It’s definitely a balancing act, working on implementing ALL of these strategies for an improved 2024. Some of these I’ve got the hang of, and others (like sleep) are continual works of progress for me.
For Today, EPISODE #333, we are moving on to Chapter 8, covering “The Neuroscience Behind Expectations” where we will dive into a topic that I mark as high importance in my life, right up with breathing. When I took my self-assessment, the topic of expectations showed up as low priority for me to focus on this year. Not because it’s not important to me, but because I’ve already made this topic of high importance. Expectations came out for me in the RED category, with a low score of 8% along with goals and time management, that I also put high importance with on a daily basis.
If you’ve taken the self-assessment, look to see if Expectations are of a low, medium or high priority for you to focus on this year.
Before looking at Grant Bosnick’s thoughts about the topic of expectations, where he begins chapter 8 by asking us “what did you expect?” I had to do some research first, to see what is already out in the world, and there was a lot out there, on the science behind expectations.
I first looked at the definition. What does it mean when someone has expectations? Collins Dictionary defined this term to mean “your strong hopes or beliefs that something will happen or that you will get something that you want.”[vii]
When I typed “expectations” into Pubmed.gov (a free database of more than 37 million research articles) I saw over 95,000 entries for how expectations can help a person to improve their health and behavioral outcomes, and noticed topics like “unmet expectations[viii]” or even “how expectations modulate pain.”[ix]
Before going down the rabbit hole looking to understand the science behind expectations, I found a book called The Expectation Effect: How Your Mindset Can Change Your World[x] by David Robson that I highly recommend. He covers a “journey through cutting-edge science of how our mindset shapes every facet of our lives, revealing how your brain holds the keys to unlocking a better version of you.”
It was in the first few pages of Robson’s Expectation Effect where I began to piece together past podcast episodes where we’ve talked about how “expectation hooks us up to what we want.”
I saw the word “expectation” then BOOM, I could hear my mentor, Bob Proctor talking about this exact topic, back in the late 1990s. Who knew there was a science to this! We will get there, but here’s what I remembered learning on this topic, 20 years ago. When Proctor talked about the importance of “expecting” what it is that we want, I remember highlighting it at the top of my notebook with an ORANGE highlighter, and never thought I would years later share these notes with anyone, (sorry they aren’t neater) but look what I wrote. “Expectation hooks you up to what you want, and brings it to you.” Then further down the page, wrote “you can be hooked up to what you want (you’ve read Think and Grow Rich a billion times, and even listened to our 6 PART Series Think and Grow Rich Series,[xi] and you know EXACTLY what you want) but you DON’T EXPECT to ever get it, for some reason, that only you would be aware of. If you don’t expect it, you won’t bring it to you.
I remember Proctor explaining this concept with goals, and he said it could also work with something we expect that we don’t want, like a winter cold when we say something like, “Oh, I usually get a cold right before Thanksgiving, so let’s not meet up until after this time.” Have you ever had someone tell you they were expecting to become ill? My mind goes straight back to the orange highlighter, and how I knew it was important to highlight that what we “expect” to happen, is brought right to us.
Robson writes in his book that:
Now I really did believe in these concepts I learned back in those seminar days, (because I saw first-hand how many people achieved results from this way of thinking) but I’m sure many others thought these ideas were superstitious or something. Fast forward 20 years, and now, I see this exact concept written in the 2022 book by David Robson, called The Expectation Effect, illustrating that what scientists are learning about the connections between the human brain and performance, are nothing short of amazing! Many of us have heard of these concepts, we might have even written them down, and highlighted them in orange, but now, science reveals something new about how our brain responds to the things we “expect” to happen.
David Robson shows us in his book exactly “how those beliefs, in themselves, shape your health and well-being in profound ways, and that learning to reset our expectations (about these issues) can have truly remarkable effects on our health, happiness and productivity.” (David Robson, The Expectation Effect).
So, I’m reading David Robson’s book, excited to make a scientific connection to the word I highlighted in ORANGE in those seminar days, and here I come across the author warning us about New Age self-help books, like Rhonda Byrne’s The Secret, that Bob Proctor starred in, saying these concepts to be pseudoscience.
I will say that many people misunderstand The Secret and Proctor[xii] himself said “You can’t just THINK and GROW RICH, you’ve got to DO SOMETHING with those thoughts.” So with an open mind, let’s see what Grant Bosnick has to say about The Neuroscience of Expectations.
I did mention that Grant opens up chapter 8 by saying “What did you expect?” and he gives examples in the beginning of this chapter ways that expectations are created in our minds whether it’s with an expensive glass of wine we taste, that we “expect” to taste good based on its price, or even the credibility that we “expect” from doctors verses the doctor’s assistant.
What Grant Bosnich Says About The Science of Expectations:
Grants explains that “in neuroscience, dopamine is the neurochemical in our brain that makes us feel good and is associated with feelings of euphoria, bliss, motivation, concentration and reward. If we meet our expectations, then it generates a slight increase in dopamine, and a slight reward response. If we exceed our expectations, it generates a strong increase in dopamine, and a strong reward response. And if our expectations are unmet, it generates a large drop in dopamine, and a strong threat response.” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85).
Grant explains that when our expectations are met or exceeded, this “increases our dopamine levels, which leads to increased happiness and well-being, which helps maximize our performance by setting up the conditions of flow and insight, which leads to more productivity and increased confidence.” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85).
But here’s the kicker! Grant shares that “if our expectations are not met, (however) that it dramatically decreases our dopamine levels, we feel disappointment and stress, resulting in poor performance and decreased confidence.” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85).
Grant asks us some questions around what we expect of ourselves and others, and it’s here that I thought about how I have high expectations for myself, and the goals I’m working on, but I’ve noticed that in order to avoid disappointment, I work on not having expectations of others. Except of when I go to the doctor for something important, I except that he will look after whatever it is that I’m there for to the best of their ability. There is this one doctor that I drive over an hour to see him, because his services exceeded my expectations. His office experience was not the best, but when I get to see him, I have a high level of care, that I expect, and I’ll look past the poor experience in his offices, to get to the high level of care when I reach him.
Grant addresses this by saying that we can influence our own, and other people’s expectations by “delivering higher than expected” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 87) which is exactly what happened to me with that doctor. Grant explains the importance of “setting the expectation low, then delivering high” to avoid disappointment.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #333 on Chapter 8 on “The Neuroscience of Expectations”
DID YOU KNOW:
That when our expectations are met or exceeded, this “increases our dopamine levels, which leads to increased happiness and well-being, which helps maximize our performance by setting up the conditions of flow and insight, which leads to more productivity and increased confidence?” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick)
Conversely, did you know that “if our expectations are not met, that it dramatically decreases our dopamine levels, we feel disappointment and stress, resulting in poor performance and decreased confidence?” (Chapter 8, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, Page 84/85).
I go right back to Grant’s opening statement “What did you expect” and then my ORANGE highlighted notes from 20 years ago where I learned that “expectation hooks us up to what we want.”
HOW TO USE THE NEUROSCIENCE OF EXPECTATIONS IN OUR DAILY LIFE:
KNOW EXACTLY WHAT I’M EXPECTING (of myself and others): Understanding the science, helps me to keep my expectations tied to myself, and not others, to avoid disappointment and stress. I expect to achieve my goals, (by putting in the necessary work) keep myself in good health (physical and mental) and will not just THINK about these expectations, but will do the hard work, take the action necessary to achieve them. This way, I’m not just “thinking” of what I expect to occur, I’m actually doing something with those thoughts, like the quote from Bob Proctor from the beginning of this episode. If I’m ever feeling “disappointed” with something in my life, a good question to ask is “what did you expect?” and see if I can backtrack to my thoughts. Was I using the science to flood my brain with dopamine, (with something within my control-that I could take action towards) or not. USE A POSITIVE EXPECTATION TO BUILD RESILIENCE FOR A HEALTHIER VERSION OF ME: Understanding the science behind our expectations, and especially David Robson’s work, where I learned that “people with a more positive attitude towards their later years are less likely to develop hearing loss, frailty, and illness—and even Alzheimer’s disease—than people who associate aging with senility and disability” (David Robson, The Expectation Effect) marks a strong case for expecting exceptional mental and physical health in the future. Again, it goes without saying that we can’t just “think” ourselves into good health. We need to do the work here in order to expect results to occur.CONTINUE TO EXPECT GOOD THINGS (for myself and others) AND DON’T WORRY ABOUT SUPERSTITIONS LIKE CREATING MY OWN LUCKY CHARM. Knowing that “expectations and beliefs can influence—indeed are already influencing your life in many other surprising and powerful ways. (David Robson, The Expectation Effect) makes me believe in some of the rituals I’ve heard of over the years, like lucky charms. I learned from David Robson’s The Expectation Effect, that “superstitions and rituals can boost perseverance and performance across a whole range of cognitive tasks, and (that) the advantages are often considerable.” (Page 198, The Expectation Effect). Whether you are a professional athlete, singer, public speaker, or someone like me who just wants improved results in your life, there is a science to having a lucky charm, or something that brings you the promise of success, to help you to create a feeling of control during high stress. Don’t dismiss the power of a lucky rock with a goal written on it, or whatever it is that holds significance to you with your future goals, or something that has meaning to you, that you expect to occur in your future. FINAL THOUGHTS ON OUR EXPECTATIONS:
Some final thoughts, before closing out this episode, when we are working on our expectations, it’s highly important to be honest with whether you believe them to be possible, or not.
This is an important part of this. David Robson mentioned in his book, The Expectation Effect that:
THINK ABOUT HOW YOU RESPOND TO DIFFICULT LIFE CHALLENGES:
Imagine yourself going for a new position at work, and you are talking to your close family members about where you are in the interview process. They say to you “this sounds good, it looks like you are in the lead for this new position” and you reply “I’ll let know IF I get the job.” How you speak about your expectations (or as Robson said “our responses to difficult situations” (internally in your mind), or out loud to others, is extremely important. Keeping brain science in mind, the best way to talk about your expectations is with certainty and our reply with this brain science in mind could be along the lines of “I’ll let you know WHEN I get the new position” to keep the dopamine flowing to your brain. This response will help you to “feel good (and is associated) with feelings of euphoria, bliss, motivation, concentration and reward.” (Grant Bosnick). If for some reason, you don’t believe what you are expecting, or that the leap might be too far of a jump for you, you will feel what’s called cognitive dissonance, and you’ll need to do more internal work to get yourself to the place where you can think “truth rather than appearances”[xiii] and speak what you expect out loud, (or think it internally) and feel the alignment of this expectation in your life.
Only then will we get to this place where our expectations and beliefs can influence our life in many astonishing and powerful ways, leaving us mind-blown by our own potential for personal change.
We’ll see you next episode for The Neuroscience of Emotion Regulation.
REVIEW
In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, (after I was inspired to cover Grant’s book after our interview the end of January) we are covering:
✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick’s award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals.
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #330 “Aha Moments and Creative Insight” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-self-leadership-and-the-neuroscience-of-goals/
[iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iv] 6 PART Series on Improving Sleep with Dr. Walker and Dr. Huberman https://www.hubermanlab.com/episode/guest-series-dr-matthew-walker-the-biology-of-sleep-your-unique-sleep-needs
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #318 with Dmitri Leonov on “Understanding Nanotechnology for Health and Wellness of the Future” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dmitri-leonov-on-taopatch-understanding-nanotechnology-for-health-and-wellness-of-the-future/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 264 “The Neuroscience Behind The Silva Method: Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[vii] Expectations Definition https://www.collinsdictionary.com/dictionary/english/expectation#:~:text=Your%20expectations%20are%20your%20strong,get%20something%20that%20you%20want.
[viii] Unmet Expectations at Work at Age 62 and Depressive Symptioms https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/34173825/
[ix] How Do Expectations Modulate Pain? https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/37369088/
[x]The Expectation Effect: How Your Mindset Can Change Your World by David Robson Feb. 15, 2022 https://www.amazon.com/Expectation-Effect-Mindset-Change-World-ebook
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[xii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 PART 6 of our Think and Grow Rich Book Series https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
[xiii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #315 and PART 2 of our REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
In the 332nd episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, we have an informative discussion with the distinguished authors of the 'Wisest Learners' series, Dr. Wallace and Dr. Artyom. We delve deep into the intersection of neuroscience, social and emotional learning, and its implications for personal growth and productivity. Listeners will discover invaluable insights on learning strategies, the role of emotions in cognitive control, and how environmental regularities shape memory and attention.
See this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/lk7jJZDqrPo
Our conversation explores the significant developmental transitions children undergo around the age of 12 and the bewilderment many parents experience during this time. By discussing the principles laid out in their book, our guests illuminate the importance of a holistic approach to child development from an early age and its profound impact on academic performance and lifelong learning. Specific focus is given to the concept of 'automaticity', which simplifies complex cognitive functions in children.
Moving on to practical application, the discussion underscores the critical role of granting children autonomy in their learning journey. Real-life examples highlight how granting autonomy in choices, like book selection, can inculcate a lifelong love for reading and writing. However, an important balance is emphasized to avoid stifling a child's natural curiosity with excessive parental control.
A notable part of our conversation is an analogy comparing essential life skills to multivitamins, emphasizing the necessity for multiple principles in education rather than relying on single solutions. The role of parents in a child's education is underlined with varied involvement approaches and their effects. The interaction concludes with important practical suggestions for parents, emphasizing the importance of role-modelling and consistent communication with children.
This enlightening episode provides a unique fusion of theoretical understanding and practical guidance, making it essential listening for anyone seeking to better understand how to nurture resilient and joyful learners. Whether you're a parent, educator, or just interested in the fascinating world of cognitive neuroscience, buckle up for this insightful journey into the art and science of parenting based on neuroscience and social and emotional learning.
EPISODE #332 with Dr. Wallace Panlilio and Dr. Artyom Zinchenko “The Wisest Learners: Unleashing Neuroscience, Education, and Athletic Ability” we will cover:
✔ How a Cognitive Neuroscientist from Germany, met an experienced School Administrator in the Philippines, to create “The Wisest Learners” book series.
✔ How can we use an understanding of our brain, to bring the joy back into learning for our children and students?
✔ What KEY take-aways should we know about using our brain to be “wise” learners?
✔ How to apply these scientific principles in your school, workplace or sports environment to take your students/children to greater heights?
On today's episode #332, we meet Dr. Wallace Panlilio II and Dr. Artyom Zinchenko, the authors of the Wisest Learners[i] Book Series. Dr. Artyom Ph.D is an accomplished author and cognitive neuroscientist with extensive experience in the field. He earned his Doctorate in Cognitive Neuroscience from the Max Plank Institute for Cognitive Human and Brain Sciences in Germany and is now a researcher and a faculty member at LMU in Munich. He’s also a father of 2 children.
Dr. Wallace is an experienced educator and entrepreneur with a Ph.D. in Educational Psychology from the University of Philippines and has served as a headmaster (school administrator) for 14 years. He holds 2 master’s degrees in entrepreneurship and educational leadership and is always looking at ways to further optimize the results of the students in his schools.
Without further ado, let’s meet the authors of The Wisest Learners and see how they connect the most current brain research to the future success of our next generation.
Welcome Dr. Wallace Panlilio and Dr. Zinchenko. Where have we reached you today? Thank you for meeting with me to share the vision of your Wisest Learners Book Series to help parents and teachers Unlock the Secrets for our next generation, using the most current neuroscience research.
Before we get to the questions, I wonder if you could tell me more about who you are, and where this vision for youth began…especially as helping our youth has also been my life’s mission.
Can you describe the inspiration behind "The Wisest Learners: Parents Edition" and how did you intend this series to impact parents and educators?
Q1: How can we all use the principles from your book to help our children not just excel academically but also find joy in learning?
Q2: In a world filled with information, how does your holistic approach benefit parents/educators to nurture well-rounded learners who can thrive in diverse situations that we know (ad adults) they are going to face?
How does your research-based approach give your readers the confidence that the strategies you recommend are backed by science and can truly make a difference in their child’s education?
Could you discuss the long-term benefits of wise learning for children as they grow into adulthood, not just academically but in their careers and personal lives?
Q3: In terms of practical application, how can we begin implementing the book’s strategies with our everyday interactions with our children?
Can you share an anecdote from the book that illustrates the impact of unconventional connections in learning?
How does the book propose to challenge conventional wisdom in education and parenting?
The book discusses the integration of technology in learning. What are your views on balancing digital tools with traditional learning methods?
Q4: I’m interested in your forthcoming book, Wisest Learners to develop a child’s athletic potential. Can you tell me more about what you cover in this book?
Dr. Wallace, Dr. Artyom, I want to thank you both for your time and sharing your vision for your Wisest Learners Book series that I think is a critical tool for all of us to read, and implement.
For people to reach you, what is the best way? Through your website wisestlearners.com?
Q10: Finally, what is the one message you hope every reader takes away from “The Wisest Learners Series?
CONNECT WITH DR. WALLACE PANLILIO AND DR. ARTYOM ZINCHENKO
www.linkedin.com/in/artyom-zinchenko-417021170
www.linkedin.com/in/dr-wallace-panlilio-77490649/
Official Site: www.wisestlearners.com
Instagram: www.instagram.com/wisestlearners
Facebook: www.facebook.com/wisestlearners
LinkedIn: www.linkedin.com/company/wisest-learners
RESOURCES:
"Wisest Learners (Parent Edition): Unlock the Secrets to Your Child’s Academic Success" is a Mom’s Choice Awards Gold Recipient and a winner of the National Parenting Product Awards (NAPPA) 2024. This book is available on Amazon in both ebook and paperback formats. Simply search for "Wisest Learners Parent Edition" or use the links provided below.🔗 Ebook: www.amazon.com/dp/B0CMQ7V69H🔗 Paperback: www.amazon.com/dp/B0CRBBSXFZ2. "Wisest Learners (Teacher Edition): Unlock the Secrets to Your Students' Academic Resilience" is launched on Amazon in both ebook and paperback formats this month of May. Simply search for "Wisest Learners Teacher Edition" or use the links provided below.🔗 Ebook: www.amazon.com/dp/B0CW1JRPYM 🔗 Paperback: www.amazon.com/dp/B0CZKKVD5N You can also get more information about the program by visiting www.wisestlearners.com. REFERENCES:
[i] https://wisestlearners.com/
In this transformative episode, join us as we engage with renowned pediatric occupational therapist and founder of Zensational Kids, Allison Morgan. Learn how yoga and mindfulness integrated into her therapy sessions have improved her clients' physical, emotional, cognitive, and behavioral wellness. Discover her motivation for writing curriculums for pre-K through high school students and the unique challenges that come with it. Dive into the importance of balancing the human nervous system and its impact on children’s functionality.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/mtj4zuuirbc
Uncover our conversation concerning the urgent need for increased mental health and social-emotional learning programs in schools, especially in light of the post-pandemic stress faced by many students. Learn about Allison’s incredible journey as a pediatric occupational therapist and her vision to alleviate the struggles of today's students, teachers, and parents through innovative solutions.
Delve into the profound significance of social and emotional learning in an educational setting. Gather valuable insights on the teaching and learning dynamics and the vital role educators play in creating their classroom's atmosphere. Learn how to utilize mindfulness and self-awareness strategies to revolutionize the classroom environment and the importance of educators' mental and emotional well-being. Discover practical ways you can begin incorporating these strategies into your classroom or homeschooling routine today with our plethora of free resources.
Subscribe to Allison's free video program for more resources, empowering discussions, and actionable strategies for your personal and professional growth.
On today's episode #331, we have our final interview before the summer months. Today we will be meeting with Allison Morgan, the Founder of Zensational Kids.[i] She is a pediatric occupational therapist, author, international public speaker, and educational trainer driven to empower youth and the adults that care and serve them. She is passionate about training educators, parents, mental health professionals, and allied health professionals, giving them effective techniques to develop skills such as self-awareness, management skills, compassion, and resilience so they can model and authentically teach these skills to children.
EPISODE #331 with Allison Morgan on “Making the Neuroscience, Mindfulness and SEL Connection” we will cover:
✔ Where Allison made the Mind, Body, Neuroscience Connection with her work as a pediatric occupational therapist.
✔ Allison’s Vision for the Schools of the Future.
✔ Uncover the urgent need for increased mental health and social-emotional learning programs in schools.
✔ Learn how yoga and mindfulness integrated into her therapy sessions have improved her clients' physical, emotional, cognitive, and behavioral wellness.
✔ How to Access Allison’s work for a free to implement NEW strategies immediately.
Allison began integrating yoga and mindfulness into her therapy sessions with children in 2007. Discovering the multitude of physical, emotional, cognitive, and behavioral benefits these practices offered her occupational therapy clients and recognizing the need for more mental health and social-emotional learning programs in schools, Allison began writing curriculum and developing teacher training programs to help others share these practices. For those who have followed our work over the years, you’ll know that when I came across Allison, I was thinking I wish I had known Allison in 2014 when we launched our curriculum into the school market, and got to see first-hand just how difficult that would be.
She is the author of curriculums for pre-K through high school-age students: (which is not easy to be focused on both elementary and secondary students at the same time. They are both vastly different, requiring completely different strategies).
Young Explorers: Yoga and Mindfulness in Early Childhood EducationEDUCATE 2B: Mindfulness and Social-Emotional Learning for Educators and students in the K-5th grade ClassroomEVERYDAY Mindfulness: Techniques for Teens to Develop Compassion, Calm, Focus and Resilience I had to be sure to connect with Allison before we take a break from interviews prior to the summer months, because of the importance of addressing the stress our kids are facing in the classrooms, especially post pandemic. I look forward to meeting Allison, and sharing her knowledge and expertise that this podcast was built around. Let’s meet the CEO of Zensational Kids, Allison Morgan!
Welcome Allison, it’s wonderful to meet with you after our email exchanges. We do have a lot in common, don’t we? Gymnastics, SEL and Neuroscience! That’s quote the combo!
Can you walk us through your career as a pediatric occupational therapist, and orient us to your background?
Q1: I’ll never forget the moment I saw just how impactful these important SEL skills are for students (in school, sports and in life). It was like a brick hit me in the stomach. What was it for you that made you take notice of these important SEL skills, (That back in the day were called soft skills and not given the merit they deserve) for you to create your own curriculum for mental and emotional well-being in the classroom? What made you put your hat in this field?
Q1B: I loved to see Understanding the Brain AND Understanding the Nervous System in the beginning of your Educate 2B book. I can guess that it was your background as an occupational therapist that made you make the mind/brain/body connection, but tell me when this connection began for you?
Q2: Before you had your eye on releasing your own curriculum, especially on Mindfulness, did you look at what other Mindfulness Curriculum was out in our schools? What did you notice was missing perhaps from what you saw? When was it that you decided to put your work out into the world? How did you differentiate yourself? I ask this because I remember looking and seeing Goldie Hawn and Dr. Dan Siegel’s program[ii] that almost deterred me from trying.
Q3: When I was a teacher in the classroom in the late 1990s, we had zero training in working with behavioral students. It was the main reason I left the classroom. Now we look in our classrooms and especially since the Pandemic, we’ve got learning loss now to add to this equation. What should we know about the health and wellness of children today?
Q3B: What’s the difference between the feeling of anxiousness, and the feeling of excitement? How can we differentiate the two?
Q4: I love your worksheets that have PBIS (Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports) and RTI (Response to Intervention-that aims to identify and support struggling students early on)! As someone who has worked from the publishing side of education, I always saw a need to integrate SEL skills into our classroom, starting with the day to day work we are doing with our students.
How do you integrate this important information into the day-to-day workings of a classroom?
What is your philosophy/approach around the fact that we cannot support the well-being of students without first addressing the well-being of educators? I can go off on a tangent here with Dr. Bruce Perry’s work.
Q5: How are you identifying the major pain points that schools are facing right now (mental health, behavior, academic loss, teacher’s leaving at an extraordinary rate) and how shifting from typical top-down programs to bottom up approaches that will actually address most of their issues?
Q6: What’s the difference between a “curriculum” and the development of daily habits/practices to create internal mind/body change.
Q7: How have we adapted from requiring full-day and 3 day mindfulness trainings for educators to downloadable videos for direct student instruction where we lead all of the practices?
Q8: Where are you based out of, and what Districts are you currently working with? Any success stories to share?
Q9: What is your vision for your programs?
Q10: What have I missed?
Thank you, Allison, for reaching out to me, to share your vision for making a difference with mental health and resilience in our classrooms. This is important and critical work. If people want to learn more about you, is the best way through your website? https://zensationalkids.com/
RESOURCES:
Free Video Tools to Try https://zensationalkids.com/freestuff/
Best Practices for Yoga in School
REFERENCES
[i] https://zensationalkids.com/
[ii] https://www.kidstherapyfinder.com/videos/brain-health-goldie-hawn-and-dan-siegel-at-tedmed-2009-58
Welcome to Episode 330 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, a part of our 18-week series on self-leadership. Join host Andrea Samadi and author Grant Bosnick as they explore the neuroscience theory behind creating solid health habits, establishing goals, and increasing productivity for greater achievement and well-being.
Tap into the power of the AHA moment, and learn how to foster these spontaneous occurrences for instant performance improvement. Bosnick shares insights from his book "Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership" and offers strategies for organizations to solve problems creatively using innovative thought processes.
Uncover the crucial role physical and mental health play, particularly the significance of adequate hydration for brain health and daily water intake recommendations. Learn about the concept of neuroplasticity and see examples of creative problem solving applied in real-life situations.
Listen as we bring to light interesting perspectives from Professor Hod Lipson from Columbia University on AI and innovation, discuss the Silva Method, and recall our first series on creativity and innovation. Take inspiration from figures like Albert Einstein and learn about hypnosis from the work of Dr. David Spiegel. Cultivate self-awareness and personally tailored plans using our practical five-step method to foster more 'aha' moments. Experience the magic of wisdom acquisitions drawn from a poignant poem by Stuart Edward White.
Ready to supercharge your personal and professional growth? Listen to our exciting and educational podcast that delves deep into the interaction of neuroscience and social and emotional learning. Don't forget to subscribe for more insightful episodes.
On today's episode #330 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] a few weeks ago. Now that we have started this series, I hope you can see how practicing and strengthening the skills we are learning each week, is cumulative. Each week, we are learning something new, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024. We can even map out our “Journey of the Mind” as we go along the way.
REVIEW Chapters 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6
It’s here I’m hoping we will take the information we are learning, connect the dots to form knowledge and then apply this knowledge to our daily life. This is where we go from theory to practice with this podcast and it’s the application of what we are learning that contains the magic.
REFLECT Back to Chapter 2 on The Neuroscience of Goals (and Kurt Lewin’s Force Field Theory): What are you doing today to gain the momentum needed to reach NEW and HEIGHTENED levels of performance this year? How are you improving your mental and physical health to gain the momentum we talked about in this chapter?
REFLECT Back to Chapter 3 on The Neuroscience of Inspiration: How are you using people or places that inspire you, to take your results to greater heights? Think about this as it relates to your physical and mental health. What else can you do to take more action in this area?
REFLECT Back to Chapter 4 on The Neuroscience of Mindfulness: Where are you in your Mindfulness Journey? Mindfulness, and breathing was listed often in Chapter 4. How is mindfulness helping you with your physical health?
REFLECT Back to Chapter 5 on The Neuroscience Behind Peak Performance: How are you practicing “getting into flow?” When do you notice it the most? Is it during physical exercise, or meditation? Are you practicing this state to gain 5x more productivity in this state?
REFLECT BACK to Chapter 6 on The Science Behind our Physical Health:
Where we narrowed our focus from a wide and complex field, to something we can implement immediately with “The Hydrated Brain for Improving Our Cognitive Performance.” Are you keeping your brain hydrated? Do you know how much water you are drinking every day? Grant reminds us that “everyone is unique and needs different amounts of water per day (but suggests) an adequate intake for men is roughly around 3 liters (100 fluid ounces) a day, (and) for women it’s about 2.2 liters (74 fluid ounces) a day. This is one area I know I can do better with, especially living in the desert, I know I can improve this one with some focused effort.
We will cover the remaining 6 chapters (Agility, Resilience, Relationships and Authenticity, Biases, Trust and Presence) after we take a break for me to navigate a new work schedule in my personal life. As soon as I have my footing here, and Dr. Shane Creado from EP 72[ii] reminded me the other day of our brain’s neuroplasticity, so I should be able to find the balance in a few weeks, and once I’m in the groove, and I’ll be back to finish this series. In the meantime, this will be a perfect time to put some serious thought into where we began this year, and where we are going. Think about the areas where we know we can improve, and get to work on these areas.
I’ll be using this time to strengthen my own mindset and be sure I’m applying each of these episodes that guarantees the strongest version of myself this year.
REMINDER: In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, we are covering:
✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick’s award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals.
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course.
There is great power and self-awareness that comes along with mapping out a plan designed specifically for YOU and I do encourage everyone to take Grant Bosnick’s Leadership Self-Assessment[iii] so you can see the areas for you that score a high, medium of low level of importance for you to focus on this year.
For Today, EPISODE #330, we cover Chapter 7, “AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain” we will look at what Grant Bosnick covers on this topic, as well as a deeper dive into John Kounios and Mark Beeman’s fascinating book The Eureka Factor[iv] so we can all have a clear understanding of how these AHA Moments occur in the brain, and how exactly we can foster our own creative insights for unique and immediate improved performance.
✔ Tap into the power of the AHA moment, and learn how to foster these spontaneous occurrences for instant performance improvement.
✔ 5 Simple Steps for Illuminating our Personal and Professional Life with AHA Moments of Creativity.
✔ What Does Neuroscience Say About These AHA Moments of Creativity?
Today we dive into Chapter 7 of Grant Bosnick’s book as we cover “The Science Behind Insight” which came out as MEDIUM importance (orange score) for me, alongside mindfulness and flow. If you have taken the self-assessment, you’ll know it’s how you answer the questions, based on what’s of high priority for you, that determines the lessons that are important to begin now, or ones that you might think you have a handle on, so they show up as lower priority, or medium, like this topic did for for me. I do block out time every day for mindfulness, and am working on getting into “flow” with my work, but insight is a new skill for me. I’ve never sat down to see “what insight” will come into my mind today, as these types of moments happen spontaneously, like Alexis Samuels mentioned on EP 328[v] when he made the connection with financial literacy and gamification, in the shower.
What I loved about Grant Bosnick’s book Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership is that he opens up chapter 7 with a story of how insight was used by an organization to help solve the problem with the high number of babies that die within a month of their birth, specifically in developing countries. This organization solved this specific problem using a thought process that took insight using “materials and human resources that could be used to address this issue” (Chapter 7, Bosnick) by building incubators made out of Toyota cars that were readily available in these developing areas.
Instead of using their analytical mind and thinking “how do we get more incubators to these areas” someone on their team used insight and creativity to come up with the best solution.
So how do we think up these creative ideas? Grant asks us to ponder where we have our best ideas.
In the shower (like Alexis Samuels)?While exercising?At your desk while doing work?Just before falling asleep or waking up?While walking or hiking?While taking with a friend? Grant suggests that few people will come back with “at their desk while working” since this type of creativity involves breaking away from the analytical, thinking mind, and tapping into our “nonconscious” (Chapter 7, Bosnick) part of our brain.
It was here I had to look deeper into how this type of thinking happens, and I found the fascinating book, The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain by John Kounios and Mark Beeman that Alexis Samuels mentioned during our interview, and I mentioned I had just started to read it.
If you want to dive deeper into the science behind insight and creativity, I highly recommend this book. I wanted to know HOW to create these “AHA” Moments at will, not by chance and this is what these two cognitive neuroscientists who wrote this book, set out to do. Their goal of writing this book was to “explain how these Eureka experiences happen—and how to have more of them to enrich our lives and empower personal and professional success.” (The Eureka Factor).
In the very beginning pages of The Eureka Factor, we learn that “insight is creative” (Page 9, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman) and when the authors went on to define “what creativity is” they suggest to not define it (yet) since “everyone intuitively recognizes creativity when he or she sees it” (Page 9, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman).
I thought back to when we covered “Improving Creativity” on PART 4 of The Silva Method[vi] on “Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” and we tapped into Dr. Andrew Huberman’s research on creativity here. Dr. Huberman explains that “when we see something that’s truly creative, it reveals something to us about the natural world and about how our brains work….It must reveal something that surprises us” for it to be truly creative.
So, going back to The Eureka Factor, John Kounios suggests that “creative insight is not an exotic type of thought reserved for the few. In fact, (he says) it’s one of the few abilities that define our species….most humans—have insights. It’s a basic human ability.” (Page 11, The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman).
HOW CAN WE BE MORE CREATIVE TO HAVE MORE INSIGHT?
So now I want to know how we can we all have MORE insight to solve problems in our personal and work lives? How can we be more creative on purpose?
Grant Bosnick has an exercise in his book to help foster this ability, and it begins with quieting the mind, and letting it drift. Next, he suggests having a positive mood, and then be open to pattern completion, allowing new connections to form. Finally, he reminds us to NOT directly focus on the problem.
In The Eureka Factor, Kounios and Beeman cover this concept of “pattern completion” and explained that we be open to unique solutions to our problems, letting the brain do what it was designed to do. They reminded us with a few fascinating discoveries in health, as well as an Oscar Winning Character that was created while the film writer was at a baseball game, that sometimes the answer we are looking for is opposite to what we commonly think to be true.
I remember the advice that the Legendary speaker Bob Proctor[vii] would give to people every time they would have a problem they were looking to solve. He would say “go somewhere quiet and think” which covers Grant Bosnick’s first suggestion. I remember people coming to me when I worked with Proctor, saying “OK, I did that” I went somewhere quiet, and I’m still stuck” and I always wondered what else I could suggest to someone who really was stuck in this process. After reading Grant’s book, I can now connect the understanding of neuroscience to this equation. Having a positive mood is important, while you are quietly thinking, and also understanding that the brain doesn’t like incompleteness. When you are quiet, thinking of a solution, your brain will do the work to make the connections where you might never have thought before.
While reading The Eureka Factor, I came across an image that helped to explain this idea so we can ALL improve our ability to generate new and creative insights that will empower our personal and professional lives.
IMAGE CREDIT: The Eureka Factor (Kounios, Beeman) Page 24
If someone were to ask me “Where do I begin to improve my ability to create NEW insights in my life?” I would say, start here:
STEP 1: Go somewhere quiet and think. We’ve mentioned a few times on this podcast that “Every man has the natural and inherent power to think what he wants to think, but it requires more effort to do so”[viii] (Wallace D. Wattles). I recently heard Professor Hod Lipson[ix] from Columbia University, speaking about the future with AI, and while his whole presentation was forward-thinking, eye opening and brilliant, what caught my attention the most was when he mentioned that while working with students with AI and robotics, the hardest part for them was to come up with a name for their robot, because he said “it takes a lot of effort to be creative.” Take the time needed for this process.
STEP 2: You might think you are stuck, and might see a brick wall in front of you, metaphorically speaking, but know that there is always a solution to every problem. You just haven’t figured it out yet. It’s here that I share ways I’ve moved past where I’m stuck, and that’s by using The Silva Method. I’m reminded daily that many of our current listeners found us from the first episode we did in this 4-part series[x] that ended with an episode on “How to Be More Creative and Innovative”. I just heard from Fatima Kahedi this weekend that she found our podcast through Spotify, just by searching for The Silva Method.
Then, this weekend, I was listening to a recent episode Dr. Andrew Huberman did an “Ask Me Anything[xi]” Episode from Melbourne, Australia. On this episode he reminded us of the work of Dr. David Spiegl on Hypnosis[xii] saying that there is a simple way to tell if someone is hypnotizable or not. It has to do with what Dr. Spiegl called an “eye roll” at the beginning of the test where he asked Dr. Huberman to look up, and then close his eyes. If the whites of his eyes showed for a certain amount of time, as his eyes were closing, (which they did) he would score a 4/4 on this test and be highly hypnotizable.
I heard this and thought “That’s the Silva Method!” Jose Silva gets us to relax somewhere quiet by going to the alpha state (by counting backwards) and then by rolling our eyes upwards in our head while relaxed. It’s here he asks us to practice seeing things on the screen of our mind. Now that I’ve heard the science connected to this practice, I can see that by using The Silva Method, we are relaxing ourselves deeply enough to begin to “see” things more clearly. Or in essence, we are practicing self-hypnosis.
STEP 3: Keeping your mood positive, break away, and do something that makes you happy. It could be going for a walk, or a hike, or playing tennis like the image from The Eureka Factor. Just break away and divert your attention away from the problem. If you are in a meditative state, just be sure to have positive, elevated emotions flowing through you. Looking at the image in the show notes from The Eureka Factor, we see a person playing tennis. You can use whatever method you want here (The Silva Method of Meditation, your own mindfulness practice, going for a walk or hike) whatever it is for YOU where you feel calm, rested and at peace.
STEP 4: Be open to new ideas that might pop into your head. Be prepared for ideas that might be completely opposite to how you were originally thinking of solving the problem. We are all different here. Think back to the beginning of this episode, when Grant Bosnick asked us to consider where our creative ideas flow into our minds. Mine come in that time just before I go to sleep, or just before I wake up. Others might come in the shower, or while exercising. Be open to NEW ideas coming into your mind, and be ready to write them down.
STEP 5: Know that there is much work going on from your unconscious mind. You’ll will become more self-aware in this process.
Grant Bosnick lists a few inventions that were developed this way, in chapter 7 on Insight, and I found an article that lists “Great Eureka Moments in History: From Issac Netwon to Sir Paul McCartney, (where) inspiration arrived suddenly”[xiii] to help them with their famous AHA Moments.
DID YOU KNOW that when Albert Einstein created his masterwork on the theory of relativity that he was “taken aback” when his breakthrough came suddenly? His mind kept wandering as he pondered the thought “if a man falls freely, he would not feel his weight.” It was “by linking accelerated motion and gravity (where) Einstein eventually created his theory of relativity.” (Dan Falk)
John Kounios also lists some “concrete examples that illustrate the steps and features of the insight experience itself—in particular, their expanded perspective, sudden occurrence, reinterpretation of the familiar, awareness of the unforeseen relationships, subjective certainty, and emotional thrill.” (Page 18, The Eureka Factor).
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #330 on “The Neuroscience of Insight”
DID YOU KNOW that “the moment a solution pops into someone’s awareness as an insight, a sudden burst of high-frequency EEG activity known as “gamma waves” can be picked up by (EEG) electrodes just above the right ear?” (Page 70, The Eureka Factor).
“Gamma waves represent cognitive processing in the brain, such as paying attention to something or linking together different pieces of information.” (Page 70, The Eureka Factor).
John Kounios recalled in Chapter 5 of The Eureka Factor with excitement after years of work that they “had found a neural signature of the aha moment: a burst of activity in the brain’s right hemisphere. Almost literally (he says) this is the spark of insight” but he did add to this conclusion that “in the world outside the lab, insights may need to be evaluated, verified, refined and applied, and this requires contributions from the more analytic left hemisphere” (Page 82, The Eureka Factor).
Just like when Einstein came up with his famous AHA Moment of The Theory of Relativity, “it took him 8 years (using the analytical left hemisphere of his brain) to work through the mathematical details.”[xiv]
So while we need both the left and right hemispheres of our brain to come up with these insightful AHA moments, there was another important key finding that they discovered with a patient who had a stroke that damaged the right part of his brain more than the left. The stroke didn’t interfere with this particular patient’s ability to speak and understand the spoken language, but the patient himself knew he was missing something important. This discovery led to an important finding that takes place in the right hemisphere of the brain, and is important “for filling in the gaps to make sense of things” (page 75) and that is the ability to “read between the lines” (Page 76, The Eureka Factor).
Which is essentially what the brain is doing when it’s “filling in the gaps” and solving our problems with our AHA Moments.
We covered 5 STEPS for How to Have MORE AHA Moments to Enrich our Personal and Professional Lives:
STEP 1: RELAX: Go somewhere quiet and think.
STEP 2: LOOK PAST THE BRICK WALL: You might think you are stuck, and might see a brick wall in front of you, but know that there is always a solution to every problem. You just haven’t figured it out yet.
STEP 3: KEEP POSITIVE: Keeping your mood positive, break away, and do something that makes you happy. It could be going for a walk, or a hike, sit somewhere quiet and meditate, or play tennis like the image in the show notes illustrates from The Eureka Factor. Just break away and divert your attention away from the problem.
STEP 4: THE MAGIC HAPPENS HERE!
Be open to new ideas that might pop into your head. Be prepared for NEW ideas that might be completely opposite to how you were originally thinking.
If you decide to read The Eureka Factor, on top of the suggestions that Grant Bosnick suggests, you will learn how the left hemisphere of your brain and right must work together to “fill in the gaps.” This is where we open up our minds to NEW creative ideas.
This concept is exactly like when someone tells you a joke, or uses sarcasm, or irony. Our brain that doesn’t like “gaps or incompleteness” taps into the right hemisphere to interpret language in this way. This is a prime example that demonstrates just as our “ability to use language requires two intact hemispheres, so does effective, practical, creative performance” (Page 82, The Eureka Factor) and it’s within “the right hemisphere (of our brain that) where the spark that ignites the creative fire” begins. (Page 82, The Eureka Factor). The magic happens when we can relax, with a positive mindset, close our eyes, and see what messages come “in-between” the lines.
STEP 5: Know that there is much work going on from your unconscious mind. EPISODE #295 on “Unleashing the Power of our Subconscious Mind” is a good place to revisit as we peel back the layers and uncover who we truly are.
Self-awareness is at the root of this process.
To close out this episode, I’ll end with a poem that reminds me of how the AHA Moment is formed that we covered recently.[xv]
Isn’t it amazing how we acquire wisdom? When we suddenly “see” something that escaped us for so long.
Stewart Edward White explains how AHA Moments of Learning can change us, in his poem where he writes:
“Curious how we acquire wisdom!Over and over again, the same truthis thrust under our very noses.We encounter it in action; we are admonished of it;we read it in the written word.We suffer the experience;we gradually assent to the advice;we approve, intellectually, the written word.But nothing happens inside us.Then, one day, some trivial experienceor word or encounter stops us short.A gleam of illumination penetrates thedepth of our consciousness.We see! Usually it is but a glimpse;but on rare occasions a brilliant flashreveals truth fully formed.And we marvel that this understandinghas escaped us so long.”
I hope you’ve enjoyed a deeper dive into the Neuroscience of Insights. We have one last interview to release this weekend, and we’ll see you in a few weeks (once I’ve got my footing) when we return to finish our review of the final chapters of Grants Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #72 with De. Shane Creado on “Sleep Strategies That Will Guarantee a Competitive Advantage” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-shane-creado-on-sleep-strategies-that-will-guarantee-a-competitive-advantage/
[iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iv] The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight, and the Brain by John Kounios and Mark Beeman Published April 14, 2015 https://www.amazon.com/Eureka-Factor-Moments-Creative-Insight/dp/1400068541
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #328 with D. Alexis Samuels https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/exploring-neuroscience-and-gamification-in-financial-literacy-education-with-d-alexis-samuels/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 264 “The Neuroscience Behind The Silva Method: Improving Creativity and Innovation in our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 315 “Thinking and Acting in This Certain Way PART 2 Review of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich book https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
[ix] https://www.me.columbia.edu/faculty/hod-lipson
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 261 PART 1 of our Deep Dive into Applying The Silva Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[xi] Dr. Andrew Huberman “Ask Me Anything” Melbourne, Australia https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/live-event-q-a-dr-andrew-huberman-question-answer/id1545953110?i=1000650096634
[xii] Dr. Andrew Huberman is Hynpotized by Dr. Spiegl https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tlTzVB6TGT0
[xiii] “Great Eureka Moments in History: From Issac Netwon to Sir Paul McCartney, inspiration arrived suddenly” by Dan Falk, Published September 2, 2005 https://magazine.utoronto.ca/research-ideas/culture-society/great-eureka-moments-in-history-famous-inspirational-moments/
[xiv] IBID
[xv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 314 PART 1 of our Review of The Science of Getting Rich by Wallace D Wattles https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
Join us in the riveting Season 11 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast as we delve into the exciting world of neurotechnology. Our featured guest, Nolan Beise, is the CEO of Circl, a path-breaking Canadian neurotechnology company, whose pioneering strides in brain-computer interfaces and brainwave-sensing technology are reshaping our understanding of the human mind.
Raised in Toronto, Nolan’s academic pursuits led him from a secluded town in Northern Vancouver Island to become a top academic at the University of Toronto and later found companies like Suva Technology and Circl. In this episode, we discuss the scientific insights behind brain health, cognitive performance, and the possible applications of neurotech in various sectors from dementia care and first responder training to professional sports.
Watch our Interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/J78FZ9CTHTg
As mental health issues surge globally, innovative technological advances offer a new spotlight of hope. From detecting early signs of cognitive impairment to managing the brain's capacity for a 'mental garbage can', this episode touches upon personalized intervention strategies, monitoring brain health, and enhancing treatment efficacy. We also delve into the associated health risks that may arise from mental burnout, such as sleep disruption and reduced cognitive prowess.
With an aim to offer affordable and accessible brain health technology, Nolan envisions a future where tools akin to Fitbits for the brain can help people understand their brain's evolution and proactively tackle changes detrimental to their mental wellbeing. This episode is a must for anyone interested in exploring neuroscience, brain health, technology, and optimizing human potential.
EPISODE #329 with the CEO of Circl.com Nolan Beise, we will cover:
✔ Nolan Beise’s vision to help the world to improve their brain health and cognitive performance in the future.
✔ How his Circl Headset takes older brain scan tools to new heights with measuring our brain’s function as it relates to our health, detecting early signs of cognitive impairment.
✔ Why we should be paying attention to our brain health TODAY to prevent major neurodegenerative diseases in the future and the health risks associated with burnout.
✔ Where Nolan’s focus is with this headset today, and his vision for this device in the next 5-10 years.
Today, we meet with someone who is from my hometown, Toronto, Canada, but now is in Victoria, British Columbia. Our next guest, Nolan Beise is the CEO of Circl[i], a Canadian neurotechnology company pioneering brain-computer interfaces designed to understand the human mind by producing research-grade brainwave-sensing headbands and related software applications. Before Circl, Nolan founded Suva Technology, a company specializing in mobile EEG research software. He also brings a wealth of experience from his time as a Senior Advisor at Mitacs. In addition to these, Nolan holds a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of Toronto and a Bachelor of Science Degree in Biochemistry from the University of Victoria. With his extensive background in both science and business, Nolan is dedicated to advancing neurotechnology and shaping the future of brain-computer interfaces.
When I see someone like Nolan, dedicating his career to helping the world to improve brain performance using brain wave tracking technology that he has pioneered, I want to have a conversation with him. I have some questions for Nolan that I hope will spark some innovation in our thinking as it relates to the future of health and wellness. Let’s meet Nolan Beise and see what we can learn together about ways to improve our mind and brain health in the future.
Welcome Nolan! Was I correct that while you went to school at the University of Toronto, you are now in British Columbia?
INTRO: I went to Teacher’s College in Toronto, at U of T back in the late 1990s. I remember all of dreams I had back then, of how I would change the world. Can you share where your mindset was when you were a student, walking around those streets in downtown Toronto? What was your vision for the world back then?
Q1: I’ve said this over and over again on this podcast, where our goal is to connect the most current brain research to our daily life (whether we work in our local schools, sports environments or modern workplaces). Back in the day, no one EVER asked me “what are you doing for your brain health.” When did you FIRST start to consider the importance of your brain, and think that the world needs help with optimizing this important, yet complex organ?
Q2: What have you invented, how does it work?
Q2B: How are regular people using this headset that measures brain performance? I can guess there would be an interest from the sports world? How does tracking how our brain processes visual stimuli help us?
Q2C: How would the headset help our first responders?
Q3: I became interested in Alzheimer’s Prevention strategies around the time of the Pandemic, and have focused a few episodes on this topic. I even took my husband to Dr. Daniel Amen’s clinics[ii] to get our brain scanned to see if either of us showed signs of any disease, since I know that our brain health is what would drive our future success. Not everyone can get a SPECT image brain scan, (they are expensive and not covered by insurance). Tell me how most people gain access to your headset. I know your headset costs significantly less than a SPECT image brain scan for those who also want to look at their brain.
Q4: I saw that your company was founded recently, in 2021, consisting of a team of neuroscientists, mathematicians, engineers, and designers. Who is your team, and tell me about this award you won for creating such innovative technology?
Q5: Why did you want to create something that allows us to see our brain performance? What’s YOUR WHY behind your work?
Q6: What makes your headset stand out from the crowd? What are you hearing from those who use it?
Q7: Where would you like to see this technology go in the next 5-10 years?
Q8: What stumbling blocks do you face with your goals?
Q9: What have I missed that’s important?
Nolan, I want to thank you for taking the time to meet with me today. Who knows, we could have walked past each other in the streets of Toronto back in the day. You never know. I’ve always got my eyes wide open to learn more about what’s innovative in the world, and I look forward to seeing more from you in the future. For people to learn more about you, is the best place https://circlbrain.com/?
SOME FINAL THOUGHTS:
I learned so much for speaking with Nolan Beise! He emphasized that while people can go to his website and purchase a headset, that wasn’t his main motivation for meeting us today. His goal was just to let the world know about his vision, and let others know about him. I did connect him to Dr. Shane Creado, and think that when 2 powerful like minds come together, they form a third mind, with potential to take creativity and innovation to greater heights.
If you want to connect with Nolan, you can visit the Contact Us page of his website https://circlbrain.com/pages/contact
Most importantly today, I hope we all have a renewed vision for the importance of our brain health.
I’ll see you next week!
CONNECT WITH NOLAN BEISE
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/nolanbeise/
Website https://circlbrain.com/
Learn More About the Circl Headset https://circlbrain.com/products/circl-headset
REFERENCES:
[i] https://circlbrain.com/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EP #84 PART 3 “How a SPECT image Brain Scan Can Change Your Life” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/how-a-spect-scan-can-change-your-life-part-3-with-andrea-samadi/
Join us in episode 328 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast for an insightful discussion with D. Alexis Samuels, the founder of Brain Game Learning Systems, FineLitX, Global Corporation, and Prosperity Nation. Discover how he integrates neuroscience and gamification to educate and uplift underserved communities, with a special focus on financial literacy, socio-emotional learning, and legal and ethical understanding.
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/R8FUuCR403o
Alexis Samuels uses game-based learning systems rooted in neuroscience to make complex topics accessible and enjoyable. Here, you will learn how his innovative approaches are not only educating but altering behaviours and perspectives, instilling hope and inspiring success in individuals and communities. You will get a glimpse into the founder's journey, from his humble beginnings to his endeavours to tackle financial illiteracy and fear, and why he believes financial literacy is vital for mental well-being and socio-emotional learning.
We delve deep into the workings of Brain Game Learning Systems, FinLitX, and Prosperity Nation, explaining how concepts from neuroscience are incorporated into games and curriculum. Hear how the companies collaboratively tackle challenges of poverty, targeting school systems and non-profits alike, and partnering with institutions like Notre Dame University on groundbreaking research studies.
This episode provides a unique look into the link between neuroscience and financial literacy, shedding light on the role of dopamine in learning and the effectiveness of rewards and affirming feedback in education. As a major takeaway, experience how the combination of neuroscience, gamification and financial literacy can create compelling, immersive, and educationally-rich experiences, with potential to greatly impact cognitive and social development in societies.
We also talk about real-life applications of these techniques through a credit score-based game, showing how such innovative approaches can reduce fear and anxiety towards adult responsibilities, and spark much-needed conversations. Get ready to transform the way you view education, financial literacy, and neuroscience, and begin to see the game-changing potential when these fields intersect.
Lastly, we touch on the broader societal relevance of neuroscience today, underlining its potential for personal improvement and the urgent need for more active discussions to raise awareness. Join us in unpacking how neuroscience can hold the key to unlocking a world of possibilities in cognitive and social development.
EPISODE #328 with D. Alexis Samuels on “Making the Neuroscience and Money Connection for our Next Generation” we will cover:
✔ Discover how Alexis integrates neuroscience and gamification to educate and uplift underserved communities, with a special focus on financial literacy, socio-emotional learning, and legal and ethical understanding.
✔ Learn about his game-based learning systems rooted in neuroscience to make complex topics accessible and enjoyable.
✔ What BIG NAMES have taken notice of Alexis Samuels and his work on ending generational poverty?
✔ Learn how his innovative approaches are not only educating but altering behaviours and perspectives, instilling hope and inspiring success in individuals and communities.
✔ Look closer into the link between neuroscience and financial literacy, shedding light on the role of dopamine in learning and the effectiveness of rewards and affirming feedback in education.
✔ How you can get involved with D. Alexis Samuels to help him reach more people with his noble mission
On today's episode #328 we meet with someone who caught my attention through LinkedIn. He sent me a direct message, like people do often (I do appreciate these messages), and he was letting me know he was enjoying the podcast, highlighting that his passion was to help bridge the gap with the latest discoveries in brain science and mental health interventions to underserved populations.
He went on to explain how he was doing this, and I was captivated. First because I still find it difficult to bridge this gap with science that we were not taught in schools, but come to find out it’s really important for us to understand. ALL of us, not just as teachers, educators and members of society, but this understanding is coming to be as close to what oxygen is for our survival. It’s of critical importance that we understand this organ that controls everything that we are, and everything that we do.
And I know what it takes for me to work on grasping this knowledge, breaking it down so that I understand these concepts first, and then work on a way to explain it to others, so we can all work on implementing these powerful ideas for change in our lives. I find this difficult work, but something I’m dedicated to doing, and then while talking with our next guest, I come to find out that he has created something to help us with this understanding-- a game, curated in neuroscience, that educates and addresses mental wellness in a way that we all can understand, using gamification. Our next guest has a vision of evening out the playing field, using neuroscience with a game, that teaches economic power, specifically towards our underserved populations.
I can’t wait to see what we can learn from our next guest, D. Alexis Samuels, the Founder of Brain Game Learning Systems, FinLitX (Fine-Lit-X) Global Corporation and Prosperity Nation to help us to all open our eyes to new ways we can bridge this gap with making neuroscience more applicable for all of us in our day to day lives, especially those in our underserved populations, who need it the most.
Welcome Alexis, it’s wonderful to meet you!
Let’s start from the beginning, Who is D. Alexis Samuels?You are the Founder of Brain Game Learning Systems, FinLitX Global Corporation, and Prosperity Nation. That’s a lot! What are these companies and what motivated you to found them?Have you worked with any science or research institutions?Tell me more about the societal issues that form your missions’ focus.Specifically, what aspects of neuroscience do you incorporate in your service, and what results have you achieved?Do you have case studies that demonstrate the effectiveness of introducing neuroscience in learning environments?What do you feel is the future of neuroscience adapted curriculum in general education?Others write books, but you create games. Is that intentional?Speaking of neuroscience, what’s next for D. Alexis Samuels?Where can we learn more about your games, online curriculum, and platform?If someone wanted to speak with you, partner or collaborate, how can they reach you? Thank you very much for reaching out to me. You did stand out from the crowd as you offered ways to make my understanding of this complex topic to greater heights. I’m grateful to have had this time with you.
CONNECT WITH Alexis Samuels
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/d-alexis-samuels/
Website https://finlitx.com/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/d.alexis.2330/?hl=en
Get on the Road to Prosperity Board Game https://youtu.be/2Dq88VoDlrk
REFERENCES
NBA Kenny Smith Endorsement https://youtu.be/YJjz7PsJvHk
John Kounios and Mark Beeman The Eureka Factor: AHA Moments, Creative Insight and the Brain Published 2015 https://www.amazon.com/Eureka-Factor-Moments-Creative-Insight/dp/1400068541
Join us as we revisit episode 327 of the "Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast", where we hone in on the critical relationship between hydration and brain health. Host Andrea Samadi delves into the sixth chapter of Grant Bosnick’s book during an 18-week self-leadership series, elucidating how focusing on our physical health can sharpen our cognitive performance. This episode is a paradigm shift, captivating listeners with the powerful impacts of nutrition and hydration on the brain. Andrea explores the benefits of water for our brain health and productivity, explaining how adequate hydration can improve concentration, cognition, mood and memory. The episode also explores other aspects of physical health like exercise, sleep and mindfulness, and how they contribute to overall wellness, well-being, achievement and productivity.
Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's episode #327 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] just a few weeks ago. Now that we have started this series, I hope you can see how practicing and strengthening the skills we are learning each week, is cumulative. Each week, we are learning something new, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024.
In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, we are covering:
✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick’s award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals.
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course.
There is great power and self-awareness that comes along with mapping out a plan designed specifically for YOU and I do encourage everyone to take Grant Bosnick’s Leadership Self-Assessment[ii] so you can see the areas for you that score a high, medium of low level of importance for you to focus on this year.
For Today, EPISODE #327, Chapter 6, “The Science Behind our Physical Health” we narrow our focus from a wide and complex topic to something we can implement immediately: Today we will consider “The Hydrated Brain for Improving Our Cognitive Performance”
✔ A Review of the Top Health Staples that we have covered on this podcast over the years, specifically since the Pandemic.
✔ How Dehydration Affects Our Cognitive Performance
✔ Tips Grant Bosnick Suggests for Keeping Our Brain Hydrated
✔ Focusing on One Area of Your Physical Health at a Time
Today we dive into Chapter 6 of Grant Bosnick’s book as we cover “The Science Behind Our Physical Health” which came out as LOW importance (red score) for me, alongside emotion regulation. If you have taken the self-assessment, you’ll know it’s how you answer the questions, based on what’s of high priority for you, that determines the lessons that are important to begin now, or ones that you might think you have a handle on, so they show up as lower priority like this topic did for for me. Not that physical health, or emotion regulation is of low priority for me, it’s quite the opposite, but I block out time in the day for both of these topics, and this time is non-negotiable.
I will say that while the broad term of physical health (that Grant covers in Pathway 4 of his book) is extremely important to me, it is a very complex topic and one we’ve been focused on since the pandemic geared us into looking closer at our physical and mental health.
We created the Top Health Staples[iii] That Are Scientifically Proven to Boost Our Physical and Mental Health where we’ve now added a 6th with stress reduction, for Podbean’s Wellness Week back in 2020, when I was asked to cover this topic. It was here where we shifted our attention to be equally as focused on the health of our mind (our mental health) in addition to our physical health. You can’t have one without the other.
When guests have approached me over the years to join us on the podcast, if they fall into these health staples with an angle I’ve not yet covered, it’s easy to say yes, so we can keep moving our physical and mental health forward. We are always looking for WHAT’S NEW and INNOVATIVE in this area.
How many times have we seen Dr. Gregory Kelly[iv] from Neurohacker.com who is focused on pioneering systems for human optimization and longevity? Twice so far and he’s on the schedule the middle of April to cover Qualia NAD+ where we will learn more about NAD+ that is often called the “aging” molecule due to its profound influence on how well (or how poorly) we will age.
We recently met Dimitri Leonov[v] with a new nanotechnology I’ve been wearing since our interview the end of this year, that’s been spotted on celebrities like Robert Downey Jr.
We are always looking for what’s new to take us to new heights with our physical and mental health, with some exciting and NEW innovators who we will be covering in the next few months.
So what does Grant Bosnick say about physical health is his book “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership?” He begins with the importance of looking at what we eat and asks “what is it doing to your brain?” (Chapter 6, Bosnick). What I like about Grant’s book, and why I wanted to cover EACH chapter over the next 18 weeks, is because it’s a paradigm shift for us to think about how ANYTHING we do impacts our brain.
THINK ABOUT THIS FOR A MINUTE:
25 years ago, when I was setting goals for my future, no one said to me “Hey Andrea, think about how your brain will tie into the goals you are setting” or “what foods are you eating for your brain health” or even “Did you know that exercise will build a stronger, more resilient brain?” I didn’t even begin to consider my brain until 2014 when Jeff Kleck, an Arizona School Administrator that we met on EP 246[vi] shared all his notes, books and resources with me, urging me that understanding how our brain operates, will be of critical importance in our future.
Boy was he ever right. I still keep in touch with him, and let him know all the time just how grateful I was for the time he spent explaining what he had learned about the brain with me.
Grants goes over foods that are important for our brain health and productivity, specifically foods that have a low glycemic index “which means they release energy slowly into the bloodstream.” (Chapter 6, Bosnick).
We’ve covered this topic on various episodes, specifically with “The Damaging Impacts of Sugar on the Brain and Body”[vii] and we’ve even used a glucose monitor to test what happens to our body with too much sugar, and how it can tank our overall health and productivity.
While reading this chapter, Grant echoed many of the experts I’m sure you’ve heard us mention, like Dr. Daniel and Tana Amen, from their Brain Warrior’s Way Podcast who reminded us to always make decisions with our brain in mind by thinking or saying out loud with everything that we do “Is this decision GOOD for my brain, or NOT” Dr. Amen said many things that caught my attention while listening to his podcast years ago, and I often took his words of wisdom and created graphics to keep his thoughts close. While talking about our daily habits and aging (which I know we all want to do gracefully) he reminded us that “your everyday habits and decisions are either boosting or stealing your brain’s reserve and are either accelerating the aging the process (which none of us want to do on purpose) or rejuvenating your brain.”
It was Dr. Amen[viii] who first caught my attention with the importance of loving my brain, this organ that controls everything that I am and everything that I do.
Finally, it was when Dr. Amen mentioned that “Your competitive advantage or disadvantage is the actual physical functioning of your brain.” (Dr. Amen from The Brain Warrior’s Way Podcast) This statement made me take a good look at whether I was boosting my brain reserve and rejuvenating the aging process, or accelerating it.
Grant covers many of the Top Health Staples in chapter 6, highlighting what many experts have been hitting home for us over the past few years, like the importance of sleep, taking power naps and adding in ideas for relaxation with mindfulness, and massage, but it was his focus on breathing that “helps with emotion regulation and memory recall” (Chapter 6, Bosnick) that caught my attention in Chapter 6.
I remember watching Stanford Professor Dr. Andrew Huberman demonstrate how to “Self-Regulate Your Brain in Less Than a Minute”[ix] on one of his podcast episodes and it was so impactful to me that I use his method all the time now. I love how Grant covers how to use pranayama breathing for “emotional recognition and memory” (Chapter 6, Bosnick) as well as for “increasing concentration.”
This topic of Physical Health is complex, and we can go into many different directions, which is why we created the Top 6 Health Staples to stay focused on moving the needle towards physical health with one idea at a time. I noticed that I would work on one area, like sleep for instance, and could see improvements here, but another area would suffer. It’s a balancing act for sure, requiring focused attention.
So today, to keep it simple, I want to focus on something that we might forget about our brain, and our physical health and that is that “our brain is 75% water. (And) When our brain is functioning on a full reserve of water, we will be able to think faster and be more focused and experience greater clarity and creativity.” (Chapter 6, Bosnick).
Grant reminds us in Chapter 6 of the importance of hydration, and says that “water is essential for delivering nutrients to our brain and for removing toxins. When our brain is fully hydrated, the exchange of nutrients and toxins will be more efficient—thus ensuring better concentration and mental alertness.”
Grant mentions that our brain is “75% water” (Chapter 6, Bosnick) and of the importance of hydration, and I remembered learning that “90 minutes of sweating can temporarily shrink the brain as much as one year of aging does.” From Deane Alban’s 72 Amazing Brain Facts. This brain fact brought home for me, just how important hydration is for our brain health.
You will need to read Chapter 6 of Grant’s book to receive all of his tips, but he does cover the many BENEFITS of drinking water.
He says that keeping our brain hydrated helps us with:
Improving concentration and cognitionHelping to balance our mood and emotionsMaintaining a good memoryBoosting our brain’s reaction timeIncreasing blood flow and oxygen to the brainPreventing and relieving headachesReducing stress REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #327 on Chapter 6 on Physcial Health, we narrow our focus to “Our Hydrated Brain.”
DID YOU KNOW:
“That our brain is 75% water and when our brain is functioning on a full reserve of water, we will be able to think faster, be more focused and experience greater clarity and creativity?” (Chapter 6, Bosnick).
Grant reminds us that “everyone is unique and needs different amounts of water per day (but suggests) an adequate intake for men is roughly around 3 liters (100 fluid ounces) a day, (and) for women it’s about 2.2 liters (74 fluid ounces) a day.
THINK ABOUT THIS?
Knowing how important water is for the brain, do you know how much water you drink? I’ve definitely started paying more attention to this, especially knowing how “sweating can temporarily shrink the brain.” I’ve been using an infrared sauna, and another health device that calls for an increase in water intake, and I can tell with 100% certainty that when I’m not drinking enough water, it shows up with my ability to think with clarity.
What do you think? Could you improve your water intake? Just by thinking about ways to improve our brain health, we will over time begin to move the needle in the direction of physical health and wellness, which was the concept that Grant wanted us to uncover in Chapter 6. I hope you learned something new, perhaps a new angle for your physical health, as you think about ways to stay hydrated as we all look for new ideas to improve our health in 2024.
REVIEW Chapters 2, 3, 4 and 5
It’s here I’m hoping we will take the information we are learning, connect the dots to form knowledge and then apply this knowledge to become wise. This is where we go from theory to practice with this podcast.
REFLECT Back to Chapter 2 on The Neuroscience of Goals (and Kurt Lewin’s Force Field Theory): What are you doing today to gain the momentum needed to reach NEW and HEIGHTENED levels of performance this year? How are you improving your mental and physical health to gain the momentum we talked about in this chapter?
REFLECT Back to Chapter 3 on The Neuroscience of Inspiration: How are you using people or places that inspire you, to take your results to greater heights? Think about this as it relates to your physical and mental health. What inspiration do you need to take more action in this area?
REFLECT Back to Chapter 4 on The Neuroscience of Mindfulness: Where are you in your Mindfulness Journey? Mindfulness, and breathing was listed often in Chapter 6. How is mindfulness helping you with your physical health?
REFLECT Back to Chapter 5 on The Neuroscience Behind Peak Performance: How are you practicing “getting into flow?” When do you notice it the most? Is it during physical exercise, or meditation? Are you practicing this state to gain 5x more productivity in this state?
I’ll close out this episode with a quote that I’m hoping will urge all of us to grab a glass of water as we THINK about how we will implement this powerful concept into our week.
Loren Eisley said “If there is Magic on this planet, it is contained in water” and I’ll have to agree. Grant taught us how drinking water helps us, improving our concentration, cognition, mood, emotions, memory, reaction time, increasing oxygen to our brain, preventing head aches and reducing stress.
So go grab a glass of water, and I’ll see you next week with Chapter 7 on Insight.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE Recorded for Podbean’s Wellness Week “The Top 5 Health Staples” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #285 with Dr. Gregory Kelly on “How to Beat Aging and Stress with Qualia Senolytics” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-gregory-kelly-from-neurohacker-collective-on-how-to-beat-aging-and-stress-with-qualia-senolytics/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #305 with Dr. Gregory Kelly on Qualia Synbiotics https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/returning-guest-dr-gregory-kelly-on-qualia-synbiotic-optimizing-digestion-and-mood-with-prebiotics-probiotics-and-postbiotics/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #318 with Dmitri Leonov on Taopatch, Nanotechnology for Health and Wellness of the Future https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dmitri-leonov-on-taopatch-understanding-nanotechnology-for-health-and-wellness-of-the-future/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #246 with Jeff Kleck on “Using Neuroscience to Inspire Thinkers in our Schools, Sports and the Workplace” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/jeff-kleck-on-using-neuroscience-to-inspire-thinkers-in-schools-sport-and-the-workplace/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #275 “The Damaging Impacts of Sugar on the Brain and Body” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-the-damaging-impacts-of-sugar-on-the-brain-and-body/
[viii] The Daniel Plan by Dr. Amen https://www.danielplan.com/change-your-brain-change-your-life-2/
[ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #273 On Self-Regulation https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-self-regulation-using-neuroscience-to-regulate-automatic-negative-thoughts-emotions-and-behaviors/
Click here for more episodes of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast
Welcome back to the 11th season of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast. In today's enlightening episode, we unfold the phenomenon of 'flow'—a state of profound immersion leading to peak performance. Our exploration is rooted in the teachings of Grant Bosnick and psychologist Mike Csikszentmihalyi, as we look at how strategies like rigorous self-awareness, customized planning, and potential improvement assessment contribute to achieving this state of blissful productivity.
We delve deeper into the neuroscience of flow by understanding the brain changes that occur during this state. This discussion is enriched with insights from neuroscientist Arne Dietrich. We learn about the shift from conscious to subconscious intrinsic system that results in heightened creativity and enhanced mood—making tasks appear effortless and enjoyable.
The episode also sheds light on the key neurochemicals responsible for inducing and sustaining the flow state - dopamine, noradrenaline, serotonin, and endorphins. This understanding paves the way to comprehend the ecstasy felt during flow, accompanied by an absence of pain and hunger, resulting in a beautifully enhanced mood.
Flow is reported to multiply productivity and happiness. It accelerates learning and creativity while improving problem-solving skills. We conclude the episode with practical tips to help you understand better, induce and maintain flow and thus multiply productivity, reach your goals, and experience profound joy in your efforts.
On today's episode #326 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321[i] just a few weeks ago. Now that we have started this series, I hope you can see how practicing and strengthening the skills we are learning each week, is cumulative. Each week, we are learning something new, that builds off the prior week, to help take us to greater heights in 2024.
In this 18-week Series that we began in the beginning of February, we are covering:
✔ Powerful tactics from this Grant Bosnick’s award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success by applying the neuroscience Grant has uncovered in each chapter.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals.
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels while we map out our journey over this 18-week course.
There is great power and self-awareness that comes along with mapping out a plan designed specifically for YOU and I encourage everyone to take Grant Bosnick’s Leadership Self-Assessment[ii] so you can see the areas for you that score a high, medium of low level of importance for you to focus on this year.
EPISODE #326, Chapter 5, “The Neuroscience of Flow” we will cover:
✔ A Review of Peak Performance and Using Flow for Increased Productivity in the Workplace with EP 27 with Friederike Fabritius.
✔ What is the Flow State?
✔ How to prepare for the Flow State.
✔ What does the Flow State feel like?
✔ Getting into Flow
✔ The Neuroscience of Flow
✔ The Benefits of Flow in the Workplace and Beyond
✔ 4 TIPS for Getting into the Flow State to Increase Productivity
Today we dive into Chapter 5 of Grant Bosnick’s book as we cover “The Neuroscience of Flow” which came out as MEDIUM importance (orange score) alongside the topics of Mindfulness[iii] that we covered last week.
Flashback to Friederike Fabritius on Peak Performance
What I loved about seeing this topic included in Grant’s 18 chapters was that I remember watching Pioneer in Neuorleadership, Friederike Fabritius presenting on “The Recipe of Peak Performance and Flow” that I shared on our first interview together back on EPISODE #27[iv] in October 2019. When I watch some of these earlier interviews I remember what life what like before I had invested in a high-tech recording system. You will hear some bugs that today, AI can erase, taking our peak performance to new heights. Talking about Peak Performance, these days, I record as usual, (using a Rodecaster Pro Recording System) and then after production, AI cleans up every recorded for me. It’s new, and still ironing out some bugs with it, but mind-boggling to see where we started out, and where we are today. We can always strive forward and improve where we were yesterday.
What I remember loving the most about Friederike’s first talk that I found back in 2017 that she did for high level executives in Barcelona, Spain, was that she accurately described what the psychologist, researcher and “father of flow”[v] (known in his work environment as Mike C) that he devoted his entire lifetime to. And that is, what constitutes a happy life. “Mike C,” Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi, (from Claremont Graduate University in CA) along with Professor Martin Seligman of the University of Pennsylvania (who we’ve mentioned before on this podcast “set out to develop a focus on happiness, well-being, and positivity with a goal to create a field focused on human well-being and the conditions that enable people to flourish and live satisfying lives.”[vi]
Friederike explained this concept of “flow” or “peak performance” as an optimal state that occurs when our brain releases three chemicals: noradrenaline (released with a challenge), dopamine (released with anything that gives you pleasure), and acetylcholine (released when you have focused attention).
She reminded us about learning to find our “optimal level” of performance by knowing thyself. Some people she says, need challenge to perform optimally (I’m like this for sure), and other people, you must take the challenge or pressure away for them to perform at their best. One person performs better with an element of “threat” that they perceive as a “reward” and this motivates them, while another person shuts down with this “threat.” To reach peak performance levels with YOUR work, it helps to know how you reach your optimal levels best.
Take This Understanding to Create Flow in the Workplace
How can we create this “flow state” with our work? If you are working in an environment that’s too easy, or not challenging, you will be under challenged, and reaching peak performance in this scenario is difficult as you will be bored. Or, be careful if you are in a workplace with too much challenge, where you are over aroused, constantly putting out fires, and under high stress or pressure, all the time. Over time, without balance, this person will burn out. At the brain level, their amygdala grows bigger, and they will begin to see threats where there are none. Friederike reminds us to find a workplace where we can reach optimal levels of challenge, (if you look at the image in the show notes, it’s at the peak of the curve). Boredom or too easy on the left of the curve, and stress/anxiety at the right of the curve, with optimal levels, or our sweet spot for peak performance at the top. It’s working here where we can access peak performance or flow where we are able to get into the zone with our work, and lose track of time. [vii]
(Image credit: Achieving a flow state)
You can see why it’s important to find your optimal level of performance for this magical brain state to occur.
THINK ABOUT THIS!
When have YOU accessed flow? What were you doing? Maybe you’ve lost track of time reading an enjoyable novel, or while writing, or running?
There are two activities where I’ve experienced this state: hiking in the mountains, or writing these podcast episodes. I can be running through the mountains, and hours can go by before I look at my watch and decide to turn back before darkness hits, or I run out of time, or I can sit down at my desk in the early morning, to write one of these episodes, and find myself still there, and the whole day has gone by. I can easily lose track of time in both these scenarios, and feel exactly what the research supports, that this state of mind “is accompanied with a sense of accomplishment, meaningfulness, and positive mood.”[viii]
So what does Grant Bosnick say about flow in his book “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership?” He mentions the “father of flow” in the second paragraph, and defines flow as “the mental state of being fully immersed in a feeling of energized focus, full involvement, and enjoyment in the process of an activity we are doing. In essence, it is characterized by complete absorption in what we do, performing at the edge of our capabilities, peak performance. In this state, it feels effortless, as if things are flowing together.” (Chapter 5, Bosnick).
Grant mentions that “we are in micro flow all the time. When we look for it, we can ride it into jacked flow. We can train ourselves into flow. And heighten our performance.” (Chapter 5, Bosnick).
Now we are talking. I’ve only noticed flow AFTER it has occurred, and have not been in the habit of training myself into flow, so this is going to be a new practice for me this year.
PREPARING FOR THE FLOW STATE:
Grant prepares us for flow, just like Friederike, who suggests that we find the right amount of challenge, and then says that “it’s something that we make happen; it is not something that happens to us.” (Chapter 5, Bosnick).
“Flow depends on our ability to control what happens in our consciousness moment by moment. Each of us has to achieve it on the basis of our own individual efforts and creativity. We are in control of consciousness when we have the ability to focus attention at will, to be oblivious to distractions, and to concentrate for as long as it takes to achieve a goal, and not longer.” (Chapter 5, Bosnick).
We have talked about ways to develop our higher faculties of our mind[ix], like our will, on recent episodes, which is one way to help us to focus our attention, moment by moment and block out distractions, and Grant brings us back to chapter 4 on Mindfulness that he mentions helps us to control our attention at will. See how all of these chapters work together? Developing Mindfulness, will help us to strengthen our ability to access the flow state.
HOW DOES THIS STATE FEEL?
Grant gives some examples from a dancer who describes flow as “your concentration is complete” or a rock climber who says “you are so involved in what you are doing that you aren’t thinking of yourself as separate from the immediate activity.” (Chapter 5, Bosnick). Grant shares that he feels this state while drumming, or designing a presentation saying that “his body and mind are one, working together.” (Chapter 5, Bosnick.
When I’m running in the mountains, in this state, it’s like me and the mountains are one. I don’t see what’s around me, just the small area of pathway right in front of me. Or when I’m writing at my desk, it’s just me, the keyboard and the computer screen. All sounds are blocked out, and it’s difficult to break me away from the desk, mid-thought. I have to finish writing, or the flow is gone, and my family knows when I’m in this state, and not to knock on the door, which will break this state of deep focused concentration.
GETTING INTO FLOW:
Grant has a reflection activity to help us to practice getting into this flow state. He suggests:
THINK: When have hours passed by without you realizing it?THINK: When did things just click into place and felt effortless?OBSERVE: Once you know what flow feels like for you, notice the type of activities you were doing to obtain this state in other areas of your life. The Neuroscience of Flow
DID YOU KNOW that in flow “as our attention heightens, the slower and energy-intensive extrinsic system (conscious processing) is traded off for the far faster and more efficient processing of the subconscious, intrinsic system?” (Chapter 5, Bosnick).
Grant quotes Arne Dietrich, a neuroscientist from the American University of Beirut who says “It’s an efficiency exchange of the energy in our brain—trading the energy we normally use for resource-intensive conscious thinking activity for (resource-efficient) heightened attention and awareness. The technical term for this exchange is transient hypofrontality.” (Chapter 5, Bosnick).
Grant also explains the changes in our brain waves. “When we are in flow, we transition from the faster-moving beta waves of normal waking consciousness to the slower, deeper alpha waves and even borderline theta waves. Alpha waves are like a day-dreaming mode…theta waves are the ones we experience during REM or just before we fall asleep, where ideas combine in amazing and unique ways.” (Chapter 5, Bosnick).
When I got to the part of this chapter where Grant wrote about the neurochemistry of flow, I stopped and remembered Friederike’s presentation from 2014 and the graphic I created with the three brain chemicals she listed that were important for getting into flow; noradrenaline, dopamine and aceylcholine.
Grant sited the research from Neuroscientists at Bonn University who determined 5 neurochemicals present during this flow state. They found that endorphins (that help with pain and stress relief), norepinephrine which is the same neurochemical Friederike mentioned, noradrenaline (not sure why scientists have two words that mean the same neurochemical…maybe they couldn’t agree on this name and so now we’ve got two words for the same thing (that’s released with a challenge), anandamide (that regulates pain, anxiety and hunger) and serotonin (that plays a key role in our mood) that are all present during the flow state. Understanding the functions of these neurochemicals helps me to understand why during this state of flow I don’t notice aches and pains I have, hunger and thirst disappears, and I’m happy for hours at a time.
WHAT ARE THE BENEFITS OF FLOW?
When you are in flow, I’d say it feels almost dream-like, or trance-like as our brain waves slow down, allowing us to access higher levels of creativity.
In Chapter 5, Grant points out that
“In a ten-year study at McKinsey, top executives reported being five times more productive in flow.”“Flow helps us to learn faster. Recent research says somewhere between 400% and 500% faster according to research by Advanced Brain Monitoring and DARPA, subjects had a 490% increase in skill acquisition in the state of flow.”“Flow enhances creativity and problem solving. The University of Sydney tested flows impact on creative problem-solving abilities…in a flow state, creative problem-solving increases by 430%”The father of flow, Mike C “Csikszentmihalyi also found, through his research, that the people on earth who have the most flow in their lives are the happiest people on Earth.”“When we are in flow we forget the unpleasant aspects of life.” I knew that the flow state was powerful, but until reading the research that Grant put into this chapter, I didn’t realize just how powerful the flow state really is. Now I’m thinking I want to use this state to make life more enjoyable and help me to develop new skills at a faster rate.
HOW TO GET INTO FLOW
You’ll have to read chapter 5 for all of Grant’s tips. I liked his tips on Getting into Flow Through Mental Stimulation, since this is what I’m doing while writing this episode. I’ve been sitting at my desk, writing this episode since early this morning, and I just looked at the time and it’s well into the afternoon. I’ve been in flow, writing for at least five hours.
How can I use Grant’s Tips to ride myself into what he calls “jacked flow” that will help me to 5x my productivity and accomplish more with less effort?
Grant suggests:
PICK A GOAL: Think of whatever it is you are working on a decide on the goal. Finish the presentation, or write the proposal or for me, finish writing this episode so I can record it tomorrow.PRIME YOUR BRAIN FOR FLOW: Next he suggests bringing in mindfulness, that takes us back to our last episode where we learned about PQ reps. Use mindfulness to filter out your distractions and maintain control with your attention. I found it does help to let others around you know you’ve blocked off a time where you cannot be interrupted.THINK ABOUT THE BENEFIT OF THE GOAL: Why do you want to complete the thing you are working on. For me, with each podcast episode I write, record and release, it helps me to not only implement these new ideas into my own life, but I know I’m gaining skills that help me far beyond the content. Hosting this podcast, writing and recording these episodes, helps me to improve my presentation skills, communication, which improves my overall levels of confidence, let along what I’m gaining from implementing these ideas myself. What benefits do YOU receive from whatever it is that YOU are working on?PUT YOURSELF ON THE EDGE: Ask yourself, is this challenging me? If it’s not, it might not get you into the flow state. If it is, then keep working, and see how far you can get. How long can you stretch your flow state. REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #326 on “The Neuroscience of Flow” we asked the question:
DID YOU KNOW THAT “When we are in flow, we transition from the faster-moving beta waves of normal waking consciousness to the slower, deeper alpha waves and even borderline theta waves” and “we are five times more productive in this state.” (Bosnick, Chapter 5).
We reviewed an early episode with Friederike Fabritius where she taught us about Peak Performance and How to Create Flow in the Workplace.
We dove deep into how to prepare for the flow state, what it feels like, urging us all to think about WHEN we access this state ourselves.
We looked into The Neuroscience of Flow, the neurochemicals that are present in our brain during flow, with some additional ones that were new for me.
We covered the benefits of flow, that opened my eyes to how important this brain state is for workplace productivity, creativity and innovation. The research from McKinsey mentioned productivity soared by 5x while using the flow state, making me decide it was time to work on inducing flow more often in my work week.
We ended with 4 STEPS to getting into “jacked flow” as Grant calls it, to give ourselves 5x more productivity, with less effort.
Grant tells us to:
PICK A GOAL: With what we want to accomplish is this state. PRIME YOUR BRAIN FOR FLOW: By using PQ reps from our episode on Mindfulness, and blocking out all distractions. KNOW THE BENEFIT OF THE GOAL: Which takes us back to the deeper meaning of “why” we do what we do. PUT YOURSELF ON THE EDGE: You must be challenging yourself. This made me think of something my mentor Bob Proctor would say all the time. He’d say “If you aren’t sitting on the edge, you’re taking up too much space” and I used to think about this. What exactly does he mean? Don’t slouch in our chairs? He meant always lean in, take on difficult, challenging work, or you are wasting valuable time. It’s here I want us to think back to where we began on the map of Grant’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership.
REVIEW Chapters 2, 3, 4
EPISODE #323, Chapter 2, “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your 2024 Goals”
✔ What is Kurt Lewin’s “Field Theory” and how can we use it to improve our performance towards our goals in 2024?
REFLECT: What are you doing today to gain the momentum needed to reach NEW and HEIGHTENED levels of performance?
EPISODE #324, Chapter 3, “The Neuroscience of Inspiration”
✔ Uncover WHO or WHAT inspires you.
✔ Learn what happens to our brain when we are inspired (by a person or a thing).
✔ Apply the Neuroscience of Inspiration to our life in 3 steps: WRITE, THINK and LEARN to Level Up Our Results in 2024.
REFLECT: How are you using people or places that inspire you, to take your results to greater heights?
EPISODE #325 Chapter 4 “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness”
✔ A review of our past episodes where we covered the topic of Mindfulness.
✔ Defining Mindfulness and where many people begin their practice.
✔ Putting Mindfulness into practice using PQ Reps, coined by Positive Intelligence Founder, Shirzad Chamine, to build our mental muscles over time.
✔ My challenge to you to keep working on Mindfulness for improved productivity in our personal and work lives.
REFLECT: Where are you in your Mindfulness Journey?
Which leads us to connect the dots to chapter 5 on The Neuroscience of Flow.
REFLECT: When do you experience this brain state, and how can you use it intentionally to reach 5x your usual levels of productivity in your work life?
With that thought, I’ll close out this episode, with a quote from the “Father of Flow” Mike C, who reminds us
The best moments usually occur when a person's body or mind is stretched to its limits in a voluntary effort to accomplish something difficult and worthwhile. Optimal experience is thus something that we make happen.
No one is going to do this work for us.
I’ll see you next week for our review of Chapter 6 on Physical Health.
See you next time.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #325 on “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insight-from-grant-bosnicks-tailored-approaches-to-self-leadership/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #27 with Friederike Fabritius on “The Recipe for Peak Performance” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/pioneer-in-the-field-of-neuroleadership-friederike-fabritius-on-the-recipe-for-achieving-peak-performance/
[v] https://www.cgu.edu/people/mihaly-csikszentmihalyi/
[vi] IBID
[vii] Achieving a flow state by Allaya Cooks-Campbell March 7, 2022 https://www.betterup.com/blog/flow-state
[viii] The Neuroscience of Flow: Involvement of the Locus Coeruleus Norepinephrine System by Dimitr van der Linden et al Published April 14, 2021 https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/psychology/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.645498/full
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #294 “Beyond our 5 Senses and Using the Six Higher Faculties of the Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
Dive into the deep corners of mindfulness and neuroscience in this captivating episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. Join us as we delve into Grant Bosnick's insightful book, 'Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership' while exploring the neuroscience of mindfulness. In episode 325, we introduce you to PQ Reps, a robust method to build mental muscles for better mental resilience and executive control over daily distractions.
Unpack how to effectively apply neuroscience to amp up your mindfulness practice and make noticeable progress over time. Learn about the impressive benefits of incorporating PQ Reps into your routine, from the perspective of Positive Intelligence founder Shirzad Chamine.
Enhance your understanding of concepts such as Lewin's field theory, the practice of setting concrete goals, and the neuroscience of inspiration. You will find out how to effectively use your mind to create your future by design instead of letting it happen by default.
Whether you're seeking to deepen your existing mindfulness practice or exploring ways to kick-start one, this episode offers practical guidance backed by science. Remember, every giant leap begins with a small step. Start today with the PQ Reps and set yourself up for a more mindful 2024.
In this 18-week Series, we will cover:
✔ Powerful tactics from this NEW award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels.
EPISODE #325 Chapter 4 “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness”
✔ A review of our past episodes where we covered the topic of Mindfulness.
✔ Defining Mindfulness and where many people begin their practice.
✔ Putting Mindfulness into practice using PQ Reps, coined by Positive Intelligence Founder, Shirzad Chamine, to build our mental muscles over time.
✔ My challenge to you to keep working on Mindfulness for improved productivity in our personal and work lives.
On today's episode #325 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321.[i] During this interview, I told Grant that his book contained a thorough and deep overview of the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership, and I felt like each of the 18 chapters could be covered in 18 weeks, for all of us to gain a better understanding of the application of the science he picked out for each chapter. So I decided to cover EACH chapter here, with a map towards our progress over the next 18 weeks, and to set our season theme to the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership that will be our focus until June of this year.
Today we will be looking at Chapter 4 of this book on “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness.” This is a topic that scored on the MEDIUM side of urgency for me, (ORANGE) on the Leadership Self-Assessment.[ii] I hope that you have taken your self-assessment[iii], so you can follow along with your most urgent to least urgent areas of importance with your year.
This area surprised me a bit, because I think Mindfulness is a huge part of my day. It’s something that I spend time doing every morning, or else it’s noticeable to me that I’ve missed it.
Then I looked back over all the episodes we covered starting with some of our early episodes when I was just learning the ropes with interviewing guests. We started covering mindfulness on EP #25[iv] with Mick Neustadt, a mindfulness expert, to EP #28[v] with Dr. Dan Siegel, the well-known clinical professor at the UCLA School of Medicine, on his concept of Mindsight that he said was the basis for social and emotional intelligence. Then on EP #60[vi], we covered Dr. Siegel’s’ Wheel of Awareness Meditation, and the insights I gained from practicing the 3 segments he has created over a two-month period, and then into Dr. Dawson Church’s Bliss Brain Meditations[vii] that still sits as our MOST watched YouTube interview[viii] from December 2020 on The Science Behind Using a Meditation Practice. It feels like yesterday, but it was 2 years ago that we met with psychologist Darshan Pindoria for EP 266 on “Bringing Mindfulness and Meditation to Our Daily Lives.”
So what does Grant Bosnick say about mindfulness in his book “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership?” He opens up chapter four by talking about the benefits of mindfulness to help us to gain more “executive control” over our daily distractions.
I like how he asks “What is Mindfulness?” and lists the many definitions on the topic that talk about this practice as a “mental state achieved by concentrating in the present moment” to “creating a feeling of calm” to “a moment-to-moment awareness of one’s experience without judgement.”
Then he did not miss the father of mindfulness, who we’ve quoted often on this podcast, especially after I took his Masterclass, Jon Kabat-Zinn who gently reminds us that mindfulness is “an awareness that arises from paying attention, on purpose, in the present moment and non-judgmentally.”
Bosnick shares that “it seems to be a mental state AND the practice of reaching that state” and he likens it to the Jedi’s Mind from the movie series Star Wars. He says “It’s like the force.” Now I think I saw Star Wars when I was a kid, and knew about “the force” but had to look up the meaning as it’s been a few years. Bosnick reminds us that in the original Star Wars, Obi-Wan Kenobi told Luke Skywalker “Well, the force is what gives a Jedi his power. It is an energy field created by all living things. It surrounds us and penetrates us: it binds the galaxy together.” (Ch 4, Bosnick).
Now for someone who hasn’t watched Star Wars since childhood, this sounds a lot to me like content we cover on this podcast, specifically our Science of Getting Rich Series[ix] where we talk about the fact that “there is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, permeates, penetrates and fills the interspaces of the universe.” (Wallace D. Wattles, SGR, The Syllabus). Or, our interview with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, from EP 307[x] where we learned about the energy field that surrounds our body.
Bosnick reminds us that the movie warned us to “Remember, a Jedi’s strength flows from the Force. But beware: Anger, fear, aggression—the Dark Side, are there” so we learn to keep our emotions in check, by practicing mindfulness.
PUTTING MINDFULNESS INTO PRACTICE: BUILDING OUR MENTAL RESILIENCE OVER TIME
Bosnick tells us that “in order for us to be mindful, to focus and keep focus, we need to have “executive control” over our attention.” (Ch 4, Bosnick) and I’ll add that we will all be at different levels of being able to “block out” our distractions. I remember the first time I laid down, and tried to listen to a guided meditation in the early days of learning this practice, and is all I could hear was my kids running around, when they were little. There was no chance I was going to be able to focus back then, but I just kept trying. I can say that one day, I noticed, that I could be sitting somewhere busy, like an airport, and am now able to block all outside distractions in order to go within. Wearing certain headphones has definitely helped with this. But this didn’t come easily to me. I hear many people say “yeah, I gave up trying to meditate, it just doesn’t work for me.”
Other than telling you to sit there and listen to whatever meditation program you connect with, and keep trying, I don’t have a strategy for HOW to build your mental muscles either, or how to build the resilience that comes over time, or how to take your meditation practice from the comfort of your home, where you begin, to your busy work day, when you need it the most.
But Grant Bosnick does and he introduces us to New York Times Best Selling Author, Shirzad Chamine’s strategy[xi] that guarantees we will quiet our mind over time.
Bringing in the science to Mindfulness, DID YOU KNOW there is a concept called PQ Reps, coined by Positive Intelligence Founder, Shirzad Chamine[xii] that builds our mental muscles over time? PQ Reps stand for “positive intelligence quotient repetitions” (Ch 4, Bosnick) “and they are small, laser-focused exercises that consciously and purposely deploy our attention to one specific sensation.” These exercises are a way to train your brain in the same way that you would if you were meditating, giving you all of the benefits we are talking about with this practice.
Shirzad Chamine discovered PQ Reps when he was looking for a way to build mental resilience for people who struggled to begin a mediation practice. Through fMRI scans, he could see that by activating a certain part of the brain, the PQ Area, in 10 second intervals, by taking your index finger and rubbing it on your thumb, while focusing on the sensation of this feeling, they could see that this PQ area in the brain was slightly activated, while the survival part of the brain was slightly quieter.[xiii]
HOW DO WE PRACTICE PQ REPS?
By rubbing your finger and your thumb together, involving your any of your 5 senses for 10 seconds. I suggest involve the sensation of touch, and notice what it feels like to touch the top of one finger on the ridges of the other. By doing this, you are shifting your attention to your body and focusing on the sensation.
It’s a lot like Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness practice that has you focused on one body part at a time (from head to toe) and feeling the sensation of your thoughts as it goes from one body part to the next. Who knew I was practicing PQ Reps while doing Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation and improving my mental fitness?
It really does help to understand the science behind developing a mindfulness practice, so you can continue to strengthen yours. Shrizad Chamine recommends that if we want to use PQ Reps to build up this part of our brain, that we should do this practice for 12 minutes/day or 136 reps/day. To put this into perspective, Dan Siegel’s Full Wheel of Awareness practice[xiv], is 37 minutes in length. Visiting his website that I’ve linked in the show notes, you can see this one, as well as a shorter one, and a NEW one on the Plane of Possibility.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #325 on “The Neuroscience of Mindfulness” we asked the question:
DID YOU KNOW there is a concept called PQ Reps, coined by Positive Intelligence Founder, Shirzad Chamine[xv] who used fMRI scanners to discover that by doing these PQ Reps we can actually build our mental muscles by activating this PQ Region in the Brain? For those who have a mindfulness practice in place, putting PQ Reps into practice helps to reaffirm the benefits that comes along with building your mental muscles, and for those who have found it difficult to begin a mindfulness practice, PQ Reps is a proven way to bridge the gap for you to begin.
HOW DO WE PRACTICE PQ REPS? By rubbing our finger and thumb together, and involving any of our 5 senses for 10 seconds. I suggest that we feel the touch of our fingers on each other. By doing this, we are shifting our attention to our body and focusing on the sensation. It is this activity, that build us the PQ Area of our brain, while the survival part goes quieter.
If you next listen to Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation you will see how Dr. Siegel’s Mindfulness Practice is essentially teaching you to do PQ Reps involving every part of your body and feeling the sensations from your head to toe. Start small, practicing PQ Reps one day at a time, and eventually you will learn to focus your attention for longer periods of time, building your mental muscles and resilience in the process.
With each lesson we cover in this review of Grant Bosnick’s Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, I’m hoping to show us how we can gain the momentum needed to activate Lewin’s Field Theory, (remember from Chapter 2 on goals, EP 323[xvi] that place where we gain momentum and suddenly, life becomes easier. The resistances fades away, and our goals or whatever it is we are working on, are not far off in the distance, but they are within our reach.
Then I’m hoping that we have a clear understanding of Chapter 3, EP 324[xvii] on The Neuroscience of Inspiration where we became clear with WHO or WHAT inspires us.
This is when we know we can use our MINDS and understanding of our BRAIN, to turn MIND into MATTER, and create our own futures by design, rather than let them happen by default. I suggest using the MAP that Bosnick created to check off when you think you have integrated each skills into your daily life.
In Chapter 2 on Goals, do you see how to gain the momentum needed for your success this year?In Chapter 3 on Inspiration, do you know WHO or WHAT inspires you, and are you using this knowledge for motivation?And now in Chapter 4 on Mindfulness, where are YOU in your mindfulness practice? Does this understanding of PQ Reps help you to build up the PQ area of your brain? Can you do a few reps in the day, until you build up to 12 minutes a day like recommended for this part of the brain to see the changes we all seek? I hope you have found this episode on Mindfulness helpful for sharpening your mindfulness practice, if you have one, or looking for alternative ways to build one, if you have found the process to be difficult. I can’t forget that I wondered how I could improve my own meditation practice early last year, so we dove deep into The Silva Method, covered in 4 PARTS, that we just reviewed on EP #322[xviii] as our most downloaded series in 2023.
The point of this episode today is that we learn to improve Mindfulness in our day to day life, not just for more “executive control” but to think beyond this.
Jose Silva reminds us that “Once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.”
Remember that some of the leading experts in the world have used Mindfulness (from The Silva Method) for outstanding results.
✔ A marketing company used it to create 18 new products.
✔ 14 Chicago White Socks players used it to boost their scores.
✔ Celebrities have used it and credit Jose Silva for improving their focus and creativity.
✔ Colleges and universities have used it to help students study less, but learn more.
If you are not using your mind to its fullest potential, don’t worry, awareness is the first step.
Start small today, and you’ll be miles ahead in 2024, than you’ve ever been!
I’ll end with a quote to highlight the self-awareness we will build once we’ve implemented this lesson into our daily life, since our goal with this 18-week series is to help each of us to become more self-aware.
“To know yourself, you must sacrifice the illusion that you already do.” — Vironika Tugaleva
And I’ll see you next week for an interview, and the week after that with Chapter 5 on Flow.
REVIEW Chapters 2, 3
EPISODE #323, Chapter 2, “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your 2024 Goals”
✔ What is Kurt Lewin’s “Field Theory” and how can we use it to improve our performance towards our goals in 2024?
✔ 3 STEPS for Applying Field Theory into our Daily Life to Reach Heightened Levels of Achievement in 2024.
EPISODE #324, Chapter 3, “The Neuroscience of Inspiration”
✔ Uncover WHO or WHAT inspires you.
✔ Learn what happens to our brain when we are inspired (by a person or a thing).
✔ Apply the Neuroscience of Inspiration to our life in 3 steps: WRITE, THINK and LEARN to Level Up Our Results in 2024.
RESOURCES and OTHER EPSIODES ON MINDFULNESS
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #154 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/author-and-film-producer-tom-cronin-on-the-portal-book-and-movie-how-meditation-can-save-the-world/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #170 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/cognitive-neuroscience-researcher-john-harmon-on-our-brain-and-mind-under-pressure/
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iii] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #25 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mindfulness-and-meditation-expert-mick-neustadt-on-how-meditation-and-mindfulness-changes-your-life-results-and-potential/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Dan Siegel https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #60 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #98 with Dr. Dawson Church https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-dawson-church-on-the-science-behind-using-meditation-rewiring-your-brain-for-happiness-resilience-and-joy/
[viii] Dr. Dawsom Church on “The Science Behind Using Meditation” https://youtu.be/bH8yVKHjFN4
[ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 The Science of Getting Rich Book Review on Prosperity Consciousness https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #307 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
[xi] Shirzad Chamine Quieting the Mind https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dDOqPrfNaq0
[xii] Shirzad Chamine https://www.positiveintelligence.com/about/
[xiii] Shirzad Chamine Quieting the Mind https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dDOqPrfNaq0
[xiv] https://drdansiegel.com/wheel-of-awareness/
[xv] Shirzad Chamine https://www.positiveintelligence.com/about/
[xvi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-season-11-of-the-neuroscience-meets-sel-podcast/
[xvii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #324 on “The Neuroscience of Inspiration” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-self-leadership-series/
[xviii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #322 with “Transforming Minds and Paving the Future: A Review of The Silva Method” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/transforming-minds-and-paving-the-future/
Welcome back to Season 11 of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast! Today we are diving into episode 324, where we continue our transformative 18-week Self-Leadership series. We explore the riveting application of practical neuroscience and uncover how it influences our daily life, productivity, and overall well-being.
In this episode, we delve into the third chapter of Grant 'Upbeat' Bosnick's book, focusing on the Neuroscience of Inspiration and Motivation – a topic that scored highest in my self-assessment. Grant emphasizes the importance of self-motivation and inspiration in propelling us towards our goals, and we explore how these elements chemically affect our brains.
Discover the powerful role inspiring stories and images play in our lives, producing neurochemical oxytocin (facilitating feelings of trust) and dopamine (associated with motivation and reward). Learn how the individuals, places, or things that inspire us can connect, rewire our brains and form new ideas through the process of neuroplasticity.
This episode aims to provide listeners with practical steps to integrate the neuroscience of inspiration into their lives. Identify the individuals and factors that inspire and motivate you, visualize the chemical reactions occurring in your brain during moments of inspiration, and finally, understand the implication of this knowledge on a deeper level.
Join us as we continue our journey of self-discovery, blending neuroscience with everyday practices to reach unparalleled heights in productivity and performance, creating a future by design, not default.
EPISODE #323, Chapter 2, “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your 2024 Goals”
✔ What is Kurt Lewin’s “Field Theory” and how can we use it to improve our performance towards our goals in 2024?
✔ 3 STEPS for Applying Field Theory into our Daily Life to Reach Heightened Levels of Achievement in 2024.
EPISODE #324, Chapter 3, “The Neuroscience of Inspiration”
✔ Uncover WHO or WHAT inspires you.
✔ Learn what happens to our brain when we are inspired (by a person or a thing).
✔ Apply the Neuroscience of Inspiration to our life in 3 steps: WRITE, THINK and LEARN to Level Up Our Results in 2024.
On today's episode #324 we continue with our 18-Week Self-Leadership Series based on Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321.[i] During this interview, I told Grant that his book contained a thorough and deep overview of the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership, and I felt like each of the 18 chapters could be covered in 18 weeks, so I decided to set our season theme to the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership that will be our focus until June of this year.
My goal with EACH of these next episodes, covered over the next 18 weeks, is that the application of the neuroscience within each lesson, will change us in some way, create new meaning, giving us NEW AHA Moments, open up NEW portals of creativity, that we can use to accelerate our results in 2024.
Before we do this, I highly encourage you to take your own Leadership Self-Assessment so you can see which chapters of Grant’s book come out for you as GREEN or important to focus on now, which chapters are ORANGE and not as important, and which ones for you, came out as RED, and lower priority. As we go through these lessons, just keep an open mind to what it is that you might learn from these three areas.
Take note of AHA Moments of learning- from each lesson.Did something jump out at you as important in an area that was of lower priority? (RED)Be sure to circle, or write out the NEW learnings from these lessons that you will put into action to improve your results this year. Remembering that it’s not just thinking in a certain way that will change our results, but we’ve also got to take action with what we learn. Whatever concepts we learn within each chapter, I hope that the science gives you something NEW to help you to THINK DIFFERENTLY this year, and move you to greater heights with more momentum like we learned from Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory last week.
For today’s episode #324, we will be looking at Chapter 3, “The Neuroscience of Inspiration and Motivation” which came out as my highest scoring area on the Self-Assessment Quiz.
Grant opens up Chapter 3 by saying “we cannot motivate others; we can only inspire them. Motivation comes from within. Inspiration can come from anywhere—within us, around us and through us.” (Ch 3, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
Next, he says that “inspiration is moving people, or being moved ourselves, to be excited about achieving something. It’s about seeing or doing things differently, or changing our thinking, feeling or who we are, now and for the future.” Ch 3, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
I’m looking at this chapter, as one of the positive forces that can help us to gain momentum towards our goals, thinking about Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory from our last EP 233.[ii] Using motivation (that comes from within) and inspiration to drive us towards our goals, I’m hoping this chapter will help us to uncover some new ideas that we can use to push us forward, and help us to gain that feeling of momentum as we are in pursuit of our goals. Grant asks us to think about what inspires you? People or things? I find inspiration in both and use ideas from other people to help me to write these episodes, while also can gain inspiration from nature, or being near beautiful places, and buildings.
Who inspires you?What inspires you? Next, think about why this person or thing inspires you. Does it give you more hope for the future, or help you to see things differently? What else comes to your mind when you think about people or places that inspire you?
The Neuroscience of Inspiration
DID YOU KNOW “that inspiring stories and images produce oxytocin in our brain? Oxytocin is the neurochemical that facilitates feelings of trust. Inspiration also produces dopamine in our brains (Ashby et al., 1999, Depue and Collings, 1999) which is a neurochemical associated with motivation and reward.” Ch 3, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
Think about this for a minute.
Those people who inspire us, we will tend to trust more, because of the neurochemical oxytocin that was released into our brain. We covered the Neuroscience of Trust on EP #206[iii] right before our interview with Greg Link, who wrote a book on this topic with Stephen M.R. Covey (the son of the late Dr. Stephen R. Covey) called Smart Trust: The Defining Skill That Transforms Managers into Leaders.[iv]Dr. Stephen Covey would say that “Trust in the highest form of human motivation. It brings out the very best in people. But it takes time and patience.”
We also learned that trust “frees up the brain for other activities like creativity, planning and decision-making”[v] which to me shows on a brain level why “the act of extending trust is an act of leadership.” (Stephen M.R. Covey).
Then we can look at inspiration that produces dopamine in our brain, and is associated with motivation and reward, so people and places that inspire us, can also motivate us, magnifying the trust we feel, and lead us forward.
AHA Moment of Learning!
Does the Neuroscience of Inspiration give you a whole new outlook on certain people and places in your life? Does it help you to understand yourself on a deeper level? Maybe you wondered “what about this person or place motivates me?” or “Why do I feel trust towards one person, and not another?” I do believe that trust is a feeling that can be felt, since everything going on inside is expressed on the outside. You can see and feel these vibrations and frequencies that we covered in depth with David Wong[vi], and frequencies don’t lie. I agree with Dr. Stephen Covey that this trust we feel through inspiration is “a performance multiplier which takes your trajectory upwards, for every action you engage in, from strategy to execution.”
I think it’s interesting to see how the chemicals in our brain draw us towards certain people or places, connected to whatever it is that inspires us.
Wait there’s more!
Grant goes on to explain that “the concept of neuroplasticity underpins inspiration” and that “Neuroplasticity is the brain’s ability to form new connections and reorganize itself as a result. Through inspiration, our brain is literally restructuring itself as we connect ideas together to form new ideas. The process of inspiration carves our new pathways inside the brain.” Ch 3, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
Our brains are literally being changed by people or places that inspire us. They are not only motivating us, but these people and things (like places, or artwork, or nature) rewire our brain, helping us to form new ideas. If you ask me, this is a key piece of information for us to understand if we want to be more innovative and creative this year, and take our results to new heights.
Grant’s book, and chapter 3, dives deeper into motivation and inspiration, and crosses into later chapters of the book, but for now, we will end here, as we take The Neuroscience of Inspiration, and see how we can apply it in our own life, to help us to overcome negative challenges, and create the momentum needed to reach heightened levels of performance towards our goals this year.
PUTTING THE NEUROSCIENCE OF INSPIRATION INTO PRACTICE:
WRITE: Write a list of:
Who inspires you, and why?Do you feel trust with this person that could be a performance multiplier? Think about this. Why, or why not?What inspires you, and why?Do you feel motivation from places that we know can rewire our brain and make new neural connections? THINK: Think of your brain being bombarded by oxytocin (the neurochemical that facilitates the feelings of trust) and then dopamine (the neurochemical associated with motivation and reward) and then the NEW neural pathways that are being rewired into your brain with whatever it is that you are drawing inspiration from.
LEARN: What does this mean to you? Does it help you to make sense of your world in a new way? Does this connection to science help to motivate you in a NEW way, perhaps pushing you past some of the obstacles that once held you back? Does this NEW understanding energize you in some way, or give you more self-awareness towards your goals?
My goal with these bite-sized chapters connecting Neuroscience and Self-Leadership to our daily practice, is that we begin to see how simple it is to connect an understanding of how our brain works, to our best practices, that we tap into daily, taking us to new heights.
Applying the Neuroscience of Inspiration to my life, I can clearly see what’s most important to me, why I’m drawn to certain people or places, and how important it is for me to keep learning, and applying what we uncover together on these episodes.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #324 on “The Neuroscience of Inspiration” we asked the question:
DID YOU KNOW: “that inspiring stories and images produce oxytocin in our brain? Oxytocin is the neurochemical that facilitates feelings of trust. Inspiration also produces dopamine in our brains which is a neurochemical associated with motivation and reward.” Ch 3, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership).
Next, we put The Neuroscience of Inspiration into action in our daily life with 3 steps:
STEP 1 WRITE: A list of who or what inspires you, and why.
STEP 2 THINK: Of what is happening to your brain when it’s being inspired (by a person or thing). It’s being bombarded by oxytocin, which is why you will feel trust, and dopamine is released which will motivate you in a new way.
STEP 3 LEARN: What does the Neuroscience of Inspiration mean to you? How can you use this understanding to help you to gain momentum towards your 2024 goals, and push you towards higher levels of achievement?
Once we have our list of who or what inspires us, and we can imagine the neural pathways in our brain making NEW connections, we just keep learning, growing and moving forward, with NEW momentum, in the direction of our goals. With each lesson we cover, I’m hoping to show us how we can gain the momentum needed to activate Lewin’s Field Theory, and suddenly, life becomes easy. The resistances fade away, and our goals or whatever it is we are working on, are not far off in the distance, but they are within our reach.
This is when we know we can use our MINDS and understanding of our BRAIN, to turn MIND into MATTER, and create our own futures by design, rather than let them happen by default.
I’ll end with a quote to highlight the self-awareness we will build once we’ve implemented this lesson into our daily life, since our goal with this 18-week series is to help each of us to become more self-aware.
“The first and best victory is to conquer self” – Plato
I hope the Neuroscience of Inspiration has helped you in some way, to move closer to whatever it is you are working on this year.
I’ll see you next week with Chapter 4 on Mindfulness.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #321 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-season-11-of-the-neuroscience-meets-sel-podcast/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #207 Brain Fact Friday on The Neuroscience of Trust https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-of-trust/
[iv] Smart Trust: The Defining Skill That Transforms Managers into Leaders by Stephen M.R. Covey and Greg Link Published September 3, 2013 https://www.amazon.com/Smart-Trust-Defining-Transforms-Managers/dp/1451652178
[v] The Neuroscience of Trust https://headheartbrain.com/brain-savvy-hr/the-neuroscience-oftrust/#:~:text=High%20levels%20of%20trust%20are,amygdala%20and%20trust%20decreases%20activation.
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #312 with David Wong on Mastering Your Frequency https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-frequency-expert-david-wong-on-master-your-frequency-and-take-control-of-your-personal-professional-life-and-health/
Welcome back to Season 11 of the "Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning" podcast. Our host, Andrea Samadi, an author and an educator, introduces a compelling 18-week series devoted to self-leadership, drawing on insights from Grant Bosnick's book on the subject. The series, framed through the lens of neuroscience and psychology, aims to empower listeners onto individual pathways of self-discovery. By building stronger and more resilient versions of oneself, we anticipate a transformation in well-being, achievement, productivity, and success. We lay the foundation of this self-discovery journey by looking within – nurturing self-awareness. It is a revisiting of ancient wisdom, as we echo Aristotle's words, "Knowing yourself is the beginning of all wisdom."
In conversation with Grant Bosnick, we ponder upon multiple facets of neuroscience and self-leadership. We hope this series evokes new revelations about our neural circuits, catalyzed by the application of neuroscience embedded in each lesson. Being self-aware, acknowledging and overcoming obstacles, and utilizing the forces that propel us, can transform our performance towards our goals in 2024. To fully grasp these concepts and apply them meaningfully, we highly recommend taking your own leadership self-assessment. Equipped with a nuanced understanding of personal strengths and areas of improvement, we hope to inspire a fresh, empowered approach to thinking and leading in 2024. Concluding with a powerful sentiment from Peter Drucker, "Being a self-leader is to serve as chief, captain, president, or CEO of one's own life"—we welcome you to join us in this journey of self-discovery and self-leadership, underpinned by the magnificent world of neuroscience.
On today's episode #323 we will begin our Self-Leadership Series based on Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick’s “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” that we first dove into with our interview on EP #321.[i] During this interview, I told Grant that his book contained a thorough and deep overview of the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership, that I felt like each of the 18 chapters could be covered in 18 weeks, so I decided to set our season theme to the Neuroscience of Self-Leadership that will be our focus until June of this year.
This series will help each of us on our pathways of self-discovery….to get to know ourselves on a deeper level as we build stronger more resilient versions of ourselves in 2024. Since we know that “Knowing yourself is the beginning of all wisdom” Aristotle
This is where our podcast began back on episode #2[ii] on Self-Awareness: Know Thyself where we covered 6 Steps for Becoming More Self-Aware back in July of 2019.
Remember:
Mastering others is strength; mastering oneself is true power” - Lao Tsu
While speaking with Grant Bosnick on our recent interview, I let him know that I took his Self-Assessment to leadership that I’ve linked in the resource section below, and that when I was given my results, I scored very low on some areas where I think I might have answered the questions thinking “I’ve got this” (in my head) until I actually read his book, and realized there was much more to some of these areas than I thought. So, for the next 18 weeks, we are going to work through the science in Grant’s book, and see if we can together, apply the research he’s uncovered in his timeless self-leadership principles, to learn something NEW with ourselves, building stronger, more improved 2.0 versions of ourselves with whatever it is we are working on this year.
I’m hoping that the science reveals something NEW that you might not have thought of in the past, like we mentioned on PART 4[iii] of our Review of The Silva Method, Dr. Andrew Huberman’s research taught us that “when we see something that’s truly creative, it reveals something to us about the natural world and about how our brains work. It must reveal something that surprises us” for it to be truly creative.
Dr. Huberman explains that “something pops out at us…we see something, feel, or experience something...this reveals something about our brain/our auditory system, creating NEW meaning for us.” AND “when we see, hear, feel or experience something that’s truly creative, the way our neural circuits function is changed. When our neural circuits are changed simply by what comes into our eyes, ears, or the way we experience our feelings, there’s a release of chemicals like dopamine that make us feel surprised, delighted or excited in anticipation that we will see it again.” (Dr. Huberman)
This is my goal with EACH of these next episodes, covered over the next 18 weeks, with the goal that the application of the neuroscience in each lesson, will change us in some way, create new meaning, giving us NEW AHA Moments, that we can use to accelerate our results in 2024.
Before we do this, I highly encourage you to take your own Leadership Self-Assessment so you can see which chapters of Grant’s book come out for you as GREEN or important to focus on now, which chapters are ORANGE and not as important, and which ones for you, came out as RED, and low priority.
Whatever concepts we learn with each chapter, I hope that the science gives you something NEW to help you to THINK DIFFERENTLY in 2024, and move you to greater heights this year. I’m currently in the middle of studying Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book, with Paul Martinelli who I’ve be studying this book every year with since 2019, and he is reminding us on a daily basis that in order to change our results, we must learn to think differently. We opened up our review of our 6 PART Series on Think and Grow Rich back in 2022[iv] with a quote from author Grant Cardone that said:
“In order to get to the next level of whatever you’re doing, you must think and act in a wildly different way than you previously have been. You cannot get to the next phase of a project without a grander mind-set, more acceleration, and extra horsepower.” Grant Cardone, author of the 10X Rule: The Only Difference Between Success and Failure[v]
This reminds me of Dr. Marshall Goldsmith, the World’s #1 Leadership Thinker, who wrote the foreword to Grant’s book, of his best-selling book, What Got You Here, Won’t Get You There.[vi] I hope this 18-week series will help us to all THINK and ACT differently in 2024, so we can all break through to new heights this year.
In this 18-week Series, we will cover:
✔ Powerful tactics from this NEW award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation and the impact of a self-assessment system.
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels.
For today’s episode #323, we will be looking at Chapter 2, “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your 2024 Goals”
✔ What is Kurt Lewin’s “Field Theory” and how can we use it to improve our performance towards our goals in 2024?
✔ 3 STEPS for Applying Field Theory into our Daily Life to Reach Heightened Levels of Achievement in 2024.
DID YOU KNOW: there is a force that drives us towards our goals?
On page 20 of Grant’s book, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, he mentions that “according to Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory[vii], a goal is embedded not only in the individual but also exists within the field around the individual. Between us and the target, there is a “drive force” or “drive field” and as we get closer to the target (or the perception of being closer), the strength of the force increases.”
When I read this part of the book, I almost fell off my chair. I’m always looking for ways to connect science to age-old principles, and Grant explained something we’ve been looking at the past year.
We know that our energy field matters whether by the thoughts we are thinking, or the actions that we are taking. We covered this in depth with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov’s EP 307[viii] where we bridged the spiritual world with rigorous scientific method. So how can we improve our performance towards a goal, using German-born American social psychologist, Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory[ix] that Grant Boswick wrote about in his chapter on Goals?
IMAGE: Hand drawn from Kurt Lewin’s Force Field Change Explanation[x]
I’ve got 3 STEPS to do this, that go along with an image I hand drew in the show notes.
STEP 1 RECOGNIZE THE NEGATIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US AWAY FROM OUR GOALS: Know that whenever we are moving towards a goal, there will be a force that pushes us down from our current state of attaining our goal, (a negative force) and there’s also a force that helps us to change (a positive force). Identify the forces that are pushing you down as you move towards your desired end result.
In our schools: it could be limited time to study for a test.
In our sports environments: it could be our competition, or whoever is at the top of the league.
Finally, in our workplaces: it could be a competitor charging lower pricing, and taking all the business in your area.
STEP 2 RECOGNIZE THE POSITIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US TOWARDS OUR GOALS: Recognize that just as there is a negative force pushing us down, there are also positive forces that pushes us up, and can assist us to change. It’s this force pushing us up that Grant talks about in his chapter on goals. He says that “the closer we get to our target (or perception of being closer to the target) the strength of the force increases.” (Page 20, Grant Bosnick, Tailored Approaches to Leadership).
STEP 3 FIND THE MOMENTUM THAT TAKES YOU TO A NEW LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE:
It’s here in the diagram where I drew a RED arrow, showing a person moving from their current state, leveling up to a new, heightened level of performance, when there are MORE positive forces pushing us up, than negative pushing us down.
BEFORE we can get to our new heightened level of performance, we must overcome the forces against whatever it is we are moving towards, (like by overcoming our competition) and create as many positive forces to help us to move towards our NEW end result.
Create a plan for how you will overcome your resistances, while building up positive forces for change (like through study, identifying ways you can improve your mental and physical health so you can use these forces to push up against the negatives, or from understanding your “why” so this internal force drives you when times are difficult.
PUT KURT LEWIN’S FIELD THEORY INTO ACTION INTO YOUR LIFE:
So how can we use Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory to improve our level of performance towards our goals in 2024? We can create our own, built in weapons that will reduce our known resistances (negative forces) and create new habits that will strengthen the positive forces.
Grant had us thinking about this “driving force” as we move towards our goals in Chapter 2 of his book. But right now, we are starting a new year, and many of us will be feeling the resistances that comes along with a New Year. What can we do to get to the point where Grant mentions this “powerful feeling” or excitement as our goals can be seen and felt on the horizon? How can we level ourselves up to the RED arrow I drew in the diagram?
If we want to DRIVE change in our organization, (in our schools, sports environments, or workplaces) then our driving force for change will need to be stronger than the resistance to change.
IMAGE CREDIT: Force Field Examples[xi]
TO APPLY KURT LEWIN’S FORCE FIELD THEORY:
Write out the negative forces that impact your work on a daily basis.Write out the positive forces you have in place.Are there MORE positive driving forces than negative?Where can YOU or YOUR organization improve? REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude this week’s episode #323 on “Using Neuroscience to Level Up Your 2024 Goals” we asked the question “DID YOU KNOW: there is a force that drives us towards our goals?” With this understanding we also looked at the forces that drive us away from our goals.
We broke down Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory into 3 steps.
STEP 1 RECOGNIZE THE NEGATIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US AWAY FROM OUR GOALS
Like our competition or whatever it is that’s causing us grief on a daily basis as we are working on our goals. Use the diagram in the show notes to list out what forces hold you back from your goals on a daily basis, so you can see them clearly.
STEP 2 RECOGNIZE THE POSITIVE FORCES THAT PUSH US TOWARDS OUR GOALS
Like knowing our “why” that Simon Sinek[xii] is famous for teaching, that will help us through difficult times, and then think about the weapons we will build into our day to improve our mental and physical health, giving us more capacity towards our goals. We created our TOP 5 Health Staples[xiii] to move us to heightened levels of performance on a Bonus Episode in 2022, and I’m always looking to improve these. While speaking with Dr. Gregory Kelly, I added a 6th Health Staple for Stress Reduction, and am always looking at what else I can add to build a stronger, more resilient version of myself.
STEP 3 FIND THE MOMENTUM THAT TAKES YOU TO A NEW LEVEL OF PERFORMANCE:
Once we are clear on the forces that are pushing against us, we can create our own WEAPONS to combat these resistances, helping us to gain that momentum that Grant Bosnick mentioned in his 2nd chapter on Goals.
Grant asks us in Chapter 2 to “think about a big goal that you had from the past. When you first started it, how much pull did you feel towards it? Then, as you got closer to achieving it, how much pull did you feel toward it? We can use this pull of “drive force” to propel us as we get (or perceive ourselves getting) closer to our goals. It’s a powerful feeling” Grant tells us.
I hope that by breaking down Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory, it helped to reveal something NEW for all of us that can help all of us to find that RED arrow of heightened achievement, that once we have arrived there, it will be easier for us to keep the momentum going with our 2024 goals.
I’ll end with a quote to highlight the self-awareness we will build with this lesson.
“Being a self-leader is to serve as chief, captain, president, or CEO of one’s own life” – Peter Drucker an Austrian American consultant and educator.
See you next week for Chapter 3 on Inspiration and Motivation.
RESOURCES:
Self-Assessment http://www.selfleadershipassessment.com
CONTACT
grant@grantbosnick.com
Website: https://grantbosnick.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/grantbosnick/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GrantBosnick
Learn more about The Tailored Approach to Leadership Book https://grantbosnick.com/books/
Signature Keynotes and Solutions https://grantbosnick.com/signature-solutions/
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #323 with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/insights-from-grant-upbeat-bosnick/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #2 Self-Awareness: Know Thyself https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-awareness-know-thyself/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 4 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 1 of our Think and Grow Rich Book Study https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[v] Grant Cardone, The 10XRule https://www.amazon.com/10X-Rule-Difference-Between-Success/dp/0470627603
[vi] Marshall Goldsmith https://marshallgoldsmith.com/book-page-what-got-you-here/
[vii] German American Psychologist Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory “Field theory and experiment in social psychology” American Journal of Sociology, 44 (6), 858-96, May 1939
[viii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
[ix] Kurt Lewin’s Field Theory https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HERRi8SktJo
[x] IBID
[xi] https://www.edrawsoft.com/force-field-analysis-examples.html
[xii] Simon Sinek https://simonsinek.com/books/start-with-why/
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE on “The Top 5 Health Staples” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/
In this masterly episode of the Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning podcast, host Andrea Samadi offers an enlightening retrospective view of the year 2023's most impactful episodes, focusing primarily on the critically-acclaimed four-part series about The Silva Method. Dive into the archives with Andrea as she revisits this profound exploration of the mind, emphasizing the power of a winning attitude, visualization, and the transformative potential of the Silva Method.
The episode is a treasure trove of wisdom, insights, and powerful takeaways, offering listeners a unique blend of personal anecdotes, philosophy, and neuroscience, revolving around the theme of harnessing the mind for unparalleled progress. Tune in and join Andrea on this enriching journey as she uncovers the timeless principles that define success and looks forward to exciting developments on the horizon.
Learn the secret techniques of diving into various states of human brain - beta, alpha, theta, delta. The discussion digs deeper into the art of mental screening, visualization and dynamic meditation. Listen on as the Silva Method unfold its potential in transforming everyday lives, envisioning a promising future, and maximizing one's innate creativity.
This episode also shares the effective use of Dr. Joe Dispenza's meditations for chakra-opening and energy field-expansion through the studies of Dr. Konstantin Korotkov in conflating spirituality and scientific practices. More importantly, listeners are encouraged to appreciate the power of dreams and REM sleep in unlocking the subconscious and boosting creativity and intuition for problem-solving.
Regardless of whether you are a first-time listener just joining us in 2024, or a dedicated follower since the podcast's inception, this episode promises an invigorating learning experience, highlighting the role of the Silva Method in personal growth, and its potential for turning life's stumbling blocks into stepping stones for a brighter future.
“Before you look at your future, reflect on your past.” (Sam Ade, author of the book Wisdom Untold[i]). (From top 10 2023)
On today's episode #322 REVIEW of the TOP 4 Episodes from 2023” we will cover:
✔ PART 1: PRACTICING THE 3 STEPS TO ACCESSING THE ALPHA STATE, USING YOUR MENTAL SCREEN FOR HEIGHTENED VISUALIZATION AND MAKING USE OF WHAT YOU SEE.
✔ PART 2: PRACTICE THE 3-SCENES TECHNIQUE WITH A PROBLEM YOU WANT TO SOLVE
✔ PART 3: TAKE THE DREAM WORLD SERIOUSLY AND SLEEP LONG ENOUGH TO LEARN FROM YOUR DREAMS.
✔ PART 4: USE YOUR IMAGINATION TO TAP INTO YOUR CREATIVE MIND.
Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's episode #322 we will be taking a close look at the Top episodes of last year as we reflect on our past year.
While we are now in the middle of Q1 of 2024, I still think it’s important to “study the past, to define the future” like Confucius said. While thinking about this episode, my good friend and paranormal researcher Ryan O’Neill who we met on EP 203[i] tagged an image he created for me on Facebook, from 11 years ago, and reminded me of this concept when he said “it’s good to look back to see how far you travel.”[ii]
Ryan’s post helped me to stop, reflect on the past 11 years, and see that progress forward happens one step at a time. Imagine yourself at the top of a spiral staircase, looking down, and you’ll see how far you’ve come. Or like Steve Jobs said in his famous speech, it’s much easier to connect the dots looking backwards.
The graphic Ryan O’Neill created 11 years ago talks about the importance of “always maintaining a winning attitude” and I can say it’s not always easy to do this, when times are difficult, (thinking of the stairs we must climb, the barriers or obstacles to break through on the way). We might trip, and it feels like we are going backwards, but maintaining a winning attitude along the way is one of those timeless principles that I know has shaped where I’ve ended up.
IMAGE: The beautiful Bramante Staircase[iii] from the Vatican Museum.
What about you, the listener? Take a look at the image in the show notes of the beautiful Bramante Staircase from the Vatican Museum. Imagine yourself at the top, and then reflect back on the past 10 or 11 years of your life, (like looking down a spiral staircase) and think about what do you notice. What timeless principles have kept you on track over the years? Looking backwards, what do you see? This episode is definitely written with you, the listener in mind. Looking back at the past year and the episodes that you were drawn to the most, at the end of 2023, I was initially surprised to see all 4-PARTS of The Silva Method hitting the top of the list. I wanted to Dive Deeper into The Silva Method to see how I could improve my own meditation practice, and I had no idea how impactful this episode series would be. It was actually a video series created by Spotify of my Year in Review that caught my eye.
It told me that:
PART 1 of The Silva Method was our most downloaded episode ever. I could see that with over 6,000 downloads.Spotify shared this episode was streamed 999% more than our average episode telling me that the topic of improving intuition, creativity and focus is of high interest to the world.That 95 % of our listeners discovered our podcast in 2023. Thank you for tuning in.And 46% of our listeners started listening to us with PART 1 of The Silva Method. Now I’m so glad that I took the time to study and learn The Silva Method alongside our new listeners. For this recap of our TOP episodes from 2023, I decided to review the Top 4 episodes from our Deep Dive into The Silva Method, since they were downloaded significantly more than others, and I’ve got to say that they are thorough, they require deep thought and effort for the results we are all seeking to be revealed. And only with the application of these episodes, we will learn to “use our mind in a special manner to do astounding things for us, as we’ll soon see.” (Jose Silva).
What we are talking about in this 4 PART SERIES is The Creative Process. The series was designed to walk us through the steps to take, to turn MIND into MATTER. I’m studying this concept deeply right now, this month with Paul Martinelli with his Think and Grow Rich book study, but this is essentially what this 4 PART series was about. We’ve all heard of MIND OVER MATTER, but this is not the same. We are not using force here to coerce others to do anything, or to use our will power to urge other people (or ourselves) to do something we want to occur. We are using our MIND (working from the inside-out, rather than using anything or anyone from the outside-in), allowing our MIND to work by DESIGN not DEFAULT. We are teaching ourselves to see the possibility that exists in the world, around us, and show us ALL that we can CREATE whatever it is that we want, using these timeless principles.
Before I go on, just look around you right now, and take inventory of what you see. I’m sitting at my desk, in my home office, writing this episode, and I see a few pens, a highlighter, some fancy water to help me to focus while writing, my Rodecaster Pro microphone and audio equipment to the right of my desk. Now look at what you see, and take inventory of where you are right now.
Now think, every single thing that you see, was created twice, as it was someone’s dream to create the things we see and use in our everyday world. Someone dreamed up the fancy water I’m drinking, or the yellow highlighter, or the high-tech mic that I record these episodes with.
My message here is “Don’t ever wonder if your idea will work, (there’s a market for everything in this world) and think of the opportunity that surrounds you, every day, and with the development of our MIND, we can say for certain that FAILURE is impossible.” We’ll cover this closer at the end, but what I’m saying here is not that things will go smoothly for you, with whatever it is that YOU want to create, and that by studying this 4-part series, you’ll be able to make all your dreams come true. This we know isn’t how the story goes. There will be ups and downs, twists and turns, and times you will feel defeated. But Napoleon Hill would say this is “temporary defeat” which is not at all a failure.
Before seeing the results from Spotify about this 4-PART Series, and even before I decided to cover The Silva Method, I had no idea just how deep the book and program would go, and mentioned that we’ll review the online course at a later time, but for now, this review will give us all plenty of new ideas for how to improve our visualization/mental screen method to help skyrocket our short term and long term goals for 2024, and solidify the fact that failure is impossible.
I’d love to hear from you what you have thought of this 4-part series, where we tied in the most current brain research to Jose Silva’s work, reminding me that “once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.”[iv]
On today’s episode #322, we’ll review the 4 parts of The Silva Method and see what else we can add to the strategies learned, keeping in mind that I’m learning and implementing these ideas alongside you, wherever you are listening in the world.
Before we look at The Silva Method, there’s something important to think about first, to orient this study in our current year. It’s now the beginning of February, and you’ve probably already got 2024 planned out already, but before we leap into the actions we are taking in this New Year, if you haven’t reflected on the wins you’ve attained in the past year, this is probably the most important step of closing out an old year, and moving into a new one, and it’s never too late for this reflection.
I learned this year-end ritual from Jim Bunch[v], who has been walking me through this year-end wrap up for the past 9 years at least, preparing those who tune in all over the world to his method, for a fresh mind moving into the New Year. We did cover his process of creating energy from your 9 environments on EPISODE #103[vi] that launched our year back in 2021, with “The Neuroscience of Leadership: 3 Ways to Reset, Recharge and Refuel Your Brain.”
On this episode recorded 3 years ago, we reviewed the process of self-reflection, to evaluate the areas of your life (your 9 environments) to notice where energy might be leaking, that you could direct somewhere else in the New Year.
This self-reflection activity is a good way to close out an old year, and move into a new one, as it allows you to put some thought into your WINS, and what worked well for you in the past year. He has a printable download that goes with this activity, and what’s interesting, is that without looking at your calendar, just by going off the top of your head, see if you can write out some of your wins. Without some deep reflection, you will notice that it’s EASY to see the things that went wrong last year (the losses) but to see the WINS, it takes serious thought, because of our built-in negativity bias, that Dr. Rick Hanson tells us to remember--“our brain is like Velcro for negative experiences (we are attracted to the negative experiences) but our positive experiences, slide off like Teflon.” We must be intentional about reflecting on the positives that we incurred, and integrate these wins into our identity, before moving into a New Year. Let the losses roll off us. This practice will guarantee that you are building a stronger, better, more resilient, and improved version of you, each year.
Now for the TOP 4/10 most listened to episodes of 2023-as voted by you, the listener!
This episode opened up with a quote that we went back to often in the year.
“Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method.
This episode launched a series taking us on a deep dive into the benefits of developing a meditation practice.
This was before we dove deep into Joe Dispenza’s meditations, and a good place to begin to look closer into the depths of our mind.
The goal of this series initially, was to help all of us to reduce stress with this deep mind practice, but also to see if we can learn something new, and refine our practice for those who work in our schools to improve learning, in our sports environments for improved focus and concentration towards a specific goal, and in the corporate workplace for ideas to improve creativity and focus. We began this series reviewing Jose Silva and Philip Miele’s The Silva Mind Control Method[i] that’s based on the Revolutionary Program by the Founder of the World’s Most Famous Mind Control Course.
On PART 1 of this book review covered:
✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method
✔ What this program has done for others (in business, the sports world, or just regular people looking to improve their life in some way).
✔ Ch 2- We met Jose Silva
✔ Ch 3- We looked at How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA,ALPHA,THETA,DELTA).
✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition.
✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization (how to access this screen) and finally
✔ How to Help Ourselves and Others With this Practice
How Do We Use the Silva Method to Access the Alpha State Where All the Magic Begins?
STEP 1: HOW TO ACCESS THE ALPHA STATE:
YOU CAN ACCES THE ALPHA STATE WHEN YOU FIRST WAKE UP, BEFORE BED, and ANY OTHER TIME YOU HAVE 15 MINUTES TO RELAX YOUR MIND. The Alpha State is the easiest state to access as we will already be in this state the first 5 minutes after we wake up.
Jose Silva suggests the 40 Day Technique to guarantee you are at the Alpha Level where you begin by counting backwards from 100 to 1 for 10 mornings, then you can count from 50-1 for the next 10 mornings, then from 20-1 for 10 mornings, and then 10-1 until you get to 5 to 1.
PUT THIS INTO PRACTICE: Begin using the 100-1 countdown at night, in the morning, or whenever you plan to access the alpha level to begin to improve your current practice.
In my first few days of practicing this method before sleep, and the first couple of nights, I fell asleep before I could get to 1. Keep trying. After 10 days, you can progress to the next step, until you are able to access the alpha state from counting from 5-1. Eventually you can access this state quickly, and even while walking around as Dr. Dispenza teaches us.
STEP 2: ONCE YOU REACH THE ALPHA STATE, THEN WHAT?
Next, you will learn to use a Mental Screen for Heightened Visualization
Once you have accessed the Alpha State, Silva reminds us: “right from the beginning, from the very moment you reach your meditative level (what he calls accessing the Alpha State), you must learn to practice visualization.
The better you learn to visualize, the more powerful will be your experience with Mind Control.”
There’s an important part to this visualization process that I have to add here. I actually started writing this review over the Christmas holiday break, and I’m always looking around for what I can “see” that will add to what I’m writing and then I saw it. In the lobby of a hotel I was staying in, I saw a sand timer sitting on the counter reminding me of this exact concept from a lesson that Brian Proctor shared with us on EP 292[viii]. I thought it was really weird to see a sand timer sitting in the middle of a hotel lobby, but when you pay attention to what you are seeing, there are messages everywhere.
Here’s what I saw with the sand timer that ties into this lesson. Let go of the past, (the sand that’s sitting in the bottom of the timer) it’s gone. Next, don’t worry about the future, it hasn’t happened yet, but what’s important is for us to do every day, is to stay focused on the present moment, just like what we learned from Dr. Joe Dispenza.
How do we learn to drop into the present moment? THE SILVA METHOD:
With the Silva Method. And we may all be at different stages of our journey here, and we’ll have all learned from many different teachers. But for this review, will we be putting Jose Silva’s Meditation INTO PRACTICE:
When you close your eyes, what do you see? Raise your eyes up a bit (about 20% upwards above the horizon of what you see). Is it black on your mental screen, or can you use your mind to “see” things? Begin with simple things like an orange or an apple. This takes time and practice. This mental screen will help you in many ways as we move through different lessons, and is important, but don’t be tied to what you think you should see. We are all at different stages of learning. I started seeing things on the screen of my mind starting in my late 20s, and things would flash sometimes when I was relaxed. I never did have control over what I was seeing. It just happened, and I would either know what I was seeing, or be wondering “what on the earth is that” and with time, effort and practice, I have gained more control over what I’m able to visualize, or “see” on this mental screen, so I can put it to better use.
Looking back at this step now, a year after putting it into practice, I noticed if I want to “see” something on the screen of my mind, it helped to say what I wanted to see in thought, and then patiently wait. When I’m relaxed, without trying to force anything, I could then “see” the world on this mental screen.
This is an extraordinary practice to experience. You can be in one part of the world, and running through the mountains in another, all on your mental screen. What you see and feel in your mind can be used to enhance whatever you are working on when you open your eyes, in the “real” world. Isn’t this astounding?
STEP 3: Now Utilize This Power
With time and practice, it will be this screen that you will learn to use, to help yourself and others. You begin with creating simple things, until you are ready to solve small problems in your daily life, from work, to health, and improve learning/creativity. This is the power of putting The Silva Method into practice and it just takes a bit of patience.
PUTTING PART 1 INTO PRACTICE:
Just begin here with playing around with what you can create on the screen of your mind in the Alpha State. If you do nothing else, other than these 3 steps, you will experience what William Wordsworth called “a happy stillness of mind.” (Page 27, The Silva Method).
Think of this as a journey within your mind.
Each day you will be getting better and better, mentally stronger, and remember the quote we opened this episode with?
“Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, you will soon see.” (Jose Silva)
TO REVIEW PART 1 of THE SILVA METHOD:
We covered:
✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method
✔ What this program has done for others.
✔ Ch 2- Meet Jose Silva and learned about his passion for helping others to improve their ability to learn.
✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA,ALPHA,THETA,DELTA).
✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition using the countdown Method.
✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization
✔ It Will Be This Screen That We Will Use to Help Yourself and Others in Future Chapters.
TO REVIEW PART 2 OF THE SILVA METHOD:
We covered:
✔ Ch 4- Dynamic Meditation
✔ The 4 Laws that must be in place BEFORE you visualize something.
✔ We Solved a Problem with 3 STEPS (Problem, Action, Solution) with ideas to use this method for schools, sports or the workplace.
✔ Ch 5- Improving Memory
✔ The 3 Finger Technique
If you want to review all of these topics, I’ll link each of these episodes in the show notes.
Chapter 3 on Dynamic Meditation involves “training your mind for organized, dynamic activities” that Jose Silva thinks is what our mind was designed for. He says “once you have reached the meditative level, to simply stay there and wait for something to happen is not enough. It is beautiful and calming and it does contribute to your good health, but these are modest accomplishments compared with what is possible.”
This is where The Silva program gets exciting as we step past passive meditation techniques, to use it dynamically to solve problems. Now we’ll see why it’s so important to perfect what we see on the Screen of our Mind, and why daily practice of these skills is crucial.
Let’s use our mind for something that’s useful for us—something of value. It all begins with our imagination, on this screen of our mind, but Silva says there are 4 important laws we must follow next.
The Silva Program says that --Whatever it is that you want, you must:
Law 1: You must desire that the event take place. (just like Napoloeon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book. His chapter 2 dove deep into the concept of Desire.
Law 2: You must believe the event can take place. We have covered the topic of belief so often on this podcast. When someone has the belief in what they are moving towards, this belief goes deep into their identity, and changes the person so much, that we could look at a photograph of that same person without the belief, and see a completely NEW and changed person, once the belief has been instilled deep within them.
Law 3: You must expect the event to take place. Expectation hooks you up to your source, and with action, faith develops as you draw yourself closer to whatever it is you are working on.
Law 4: You cannot create a problem.
How Do We Use the Silva Method to Solve a Problem We Are Facing?
STEP 1: PICK A PROBLEM YOU WANT TO SOLVE
Follow the steps that will get you into the Alpha Brain State, (counting backwards from 100-1) and then lift your eyes upwards, and with your mind, create a mental screen where you will re-create the problem you want to solve. Relive the problem by seeing it and feeling it.
For Schools: A problem could be a poor grade on a test, resulting in a low overall grade.
For Sports: The problem could be a losing streak, or poor performance leading to a loss.
For the Workplace: The problem could be a lack of sales in your organization, or poor performance somewhere.
Pick the problem you want to solve, and visualize it on the screen of your mind.
STEP 2: TAKE SOME SORT OF ACTION IN THE PRESENT MOMENT
Next, in you mind, you will gently push the problem scene off to the right which Silva explains in his book will represent the PAST. The past is now over, so push the problem aside. Just like the sand timer example in the hour glass from our episode with Brian Proctor. The past is now gone. We are now focused on the PRESENT moment.
To the left of the problem, (that represents the PRESENT MOMENT), create a NEW mental screen with the SOLUTION. Whatever you imagine will require ACTION showing you solving the problem.
Most of us don’t spend time thinking about the present moment or the future. We can easily get bogged down in what happened in the past. This is what I love about Silva’s Method. The past is over, moved off to the side and we now focus ONLY on the present (taking action to solve the problem) and the FUTURE, which will highlight the changed outcome.
For Schools: A solution could involve a student studying with more focus.
For Sports: A solution could involve practicing a skill that is known for needed improvement.
For the Workplace: A solution could involve presenting your product to a group of people who see its value, and decide they will purchase a large order.
STEP 3: THE SOLUTION
Finally, the action you have taken pays off, and you will envision the solution on the screen of your mind. Everything here is positive, and all of the feelings associated with the problem have been resolved. You celebrate the WIN here in as much detail as you can. What does this win feel like? Who’s there watching you? What do you hear? What do you see? Involve all of your senses.
For Schools: Picture the student celebrating when they see their efforts were rewarded with an A+ grade. This A+ will lead to many more, eventually allowing the student to receive an honor roll award at the end of the year.
For Sports: You’ll picture your team celebrating when the practice pays off with a WIN that eventually leads to a trophy or award at the end of the season.
For the Workplace: You’ll picture your team celebrating when they receive the large order that came from the hard work from the recent presentation. The team celebrates by hosting a lunch where all those involved are recognized for their efforts.
It’s here that you can look back to the past, like through the rear-view mirror we have in our car, and it should look different to you now that you’ve created a NEW future. You might still be able to “see” and remember things from those days when you had a problem to solve, but now, looking back, my hopes are that the vision of the future changes whatever it was that you didn’t like in the past. The past is over. Now we are living in the present moment, building a new future.
These are some examples of using The Silva Method to train our brain towards our desired outcome. Does it always work? No, Silva says, but with time and practice, we’ll start to see improvements that we might chalk up to be coincidences. He suggests stopping this practice altogether, and the coincidences will also stop. Start back up again, and they will reappear.
You’ll see…just practice this, and let me know what YOU see.
With practice, the results you will see will be more and more astounding.
This entire exercise, with practice, can be done with just 15 minute blocks of time, once you’ve got the hang of it.
In Part 3 we covered:
✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA, ALPHA, THETA, DELTA).
✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition.
✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization
✔ How to Help Yourself and Others Using a Mental Screen in Our Mind
Before writing this episode, I wondered how exactly could our mind be trained...
Was daily meditation not enough?If it was, how do I even know if I’m meditating the right way?What was I missing from my current practice?What can we learn from the years of research behind Jose Silva’s popular program that could help all of us to refine our current meditation practice? A year later, Dr. Joe Dispenza’s meditations helped me to understand why meditation helps to train our mind, especially with the concept that it opens up our chakras, and expands our energy field, allowing us to have more capacity. Our interview #307[xi] Dr. Konstantin Korotkov on “Bridging the Spiritual World with Rigorous Scientific Method” gave us the science behind this practice.
The quote I chose for PART 3 makes more sense to me today, with a year of practice behind me.
A genius is a man who has discovered how to increase the intensity of thought to a point when he can freely communicate with sources of knowledge not available through the ordinary rate of thought.” –Napoleon Hill, author of the Best Selling Classic Book, Think and Grow Rich.
This ability is available to all of us. Practice each of these parts of the Silva Method and take your time.
In PART 3, we were reminded that Jose Silva took the dream world very seriously, and he was interested in using dreams to solve problems. His programs teach us to first of all remember your dreams and suggests writing them down as soon as we wake up.
MAKE SURE YOU ARE SLEEPING LONG ENOUGH TO ACCESS YOUR REM SLEEP:
Author Stephanie Gailing reported in her Complete Book of Dreams[xii] that “since dreams that arrive in the early morning are thought to be more vivid and complex” to be sure you are sleeping long enough that you don’t miss out on this last REM stage of sleep. How would you know WHEN your REM sleep is? You can use a sleep tracker to measure this. You can see an example below where my sleep was logged with the wearable tracker called Whoop, showing my REM sleep as 53% than my 30-day average. Whoop reminded me that “REM sleep is key to processing new memories, learnings and motor skills.”
When I saw this, I immediately wrote down the dream that I had (that I could remember) to see what I could learn from this dream. We’ve covered dreams on this podcast with EPISODE #224[xiii] with Harvard Neuroscientist Dr. Baland Jalal on “Sleep Paralysis, Lucid Dreaming and Premonitions” or EPISODE #104[xiv] with Antonio Zadra and his book “When Brains Dream” and I even took a stab at explaining “Why Our Dreams Are So Weird, Highly Emotional and Often Forgotten” on EPISODE #226[xv] as I’ve personally been interested in deciphering the messages that come through in our dream state.
To find answers in your dreams, first of all, have the intention that you will remember them. Then pay to attention to:
-who was in my dream?
-what did they say?
-what can I learn from this?
Like Jose Silva, I take the dream world seriously and find tremendous value from consolidating new learnings and then being open to discovering valuable insights that could possibly help me, or others close to me.
TO PUT PART 3 INTO ACTION:
WRITE DOWN YOUR DREAMS as soon as you wake upTAKE THE DREAM WORLD SERIOUSLYMAKE SURE YOU ARE SLEEPING LONG ENOUGH TO ACCESS ALL OF YOUR REM SLEEPHAVE CONFIDENCE THAT YOU WILL REMEMBER YOUR DREAMSWRITE DOWN ANY INSIGHTS FROM YOUR DREAMS THAT COULD HELP YOU OR OTHERS CLOSE TO YOU.
For PART 4 we covered:
✔ Ch 8-Your Words Have Power
✔ Ch 9-The Power of Imagination
✔ Ch 10-Using Your Mind to Improve Your Health
✔ We will connect the most current neuroscience research to Jose Silva’s program, using Dr. Andrew Huberman's podcast on "The Science of Creativity"
✔ The 3 Parts to Your Creative Brain (Central Executive Network, Default Mode Network, Salience Network).
✔ 2 Types of Thinking Involved with Creativity (Divergent and Convergent)
✔ Putting Creativity to Practice with an example from our schools, sports and modern workplace environments.
with some clear examples and next steps for all of us to APPLY the Silva Method for improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus…right in time for a New Year.
This part opened up with the importance of the power of our imagination. This is really what Jose Silva is encouraging us to do with his Method. Open up our creative minds, through the use of our imagination, and CREATE.
We talked about it in the beginning of this review, that we ALL have the ability to create something new and that temporary defeat is not the same things as failure. If you are working on something, and it’s been a difficult treck from your starting point, to where you’d like to go, take a look back over the past 10 years, from where you are standing now (like you are at the top of a spiral staircase) and see how far you have come.
What you do with the Silva Method is up to you. You can practice and refine each part until you’re ready for more, and then look up The Silva Ultramind Program. This is when you’ll now be taking these concepts and bending your mind in ways I never could have imagined on my own. It’s here that I highly suggest looking into Mind Valley[xvii], where Vishen Lakhiani recreated Joe Silva’s program with The Silva Ultramind system. NOTE- I’m not affiliated with MindValley in any way. I’ve just taken this course to keep learning and applying The Silva Method.
You can look through the 30-day curriculum and see how this system was designed to help the learner to “develop their mind …”
I don’t think reviewing this course on this podcast in words could ever do it justice. You’ve just got to experience it for yourself and notice what you learn from the meditations tied to each of the lessons.
If you got to PART 4 of this program, and nothing creative is jumping out at you yet, keep going.
This is what I learned from Ultramind Program:
Day 1-5 the program helps you to develop and use the mental screen in your mind. I love the activity on Day 5, “projection into your home” because it taught me to become familiar with my own home, a place I see every day, in a whole new way, helping me to open my eyes to the beauty not just in front of me every day, but in the rest of the world.
Days 10-15 the program helps us to perfect the “3 scenes technique” and create whatever it is that our heart desires. We learn about psychometry, clairvoyance, clairaudience, and clairsentience.
That’s all it I’m going to say about this program other than how it’s something that has to be experienced.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude EP 322 and our review of the 4 PARTS of the Silva Method, I’ve got to say that the goal of this 4 PART review of Jose Silva’s Program, was to encourage all of us to see if we could learn something new, to take our results to new heights in 2024. Before I began this review, I had no idea just how deep the book and program would go, or how much our listeners would be drawn to these lessons.
If you are one of the 46% of our new listeners who found our podcast from PART 1 of The Silva Method, I want to welcome you, and thank you for tuning in this year.
Our past listeners will know that we cover topics to help us to take our results to new heights tying the most current neuroscience research to improve productivity and results in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces, and The Silva Method is about self-mastery, self-awareness and learning to look within for answers.
I’d love to know what you have learning from implementing The Silva Method in your life. Send me a message and let me know.
THEN PRACTICE: And keep refining each part.
PART 1: PRACTICING THE 3 STEPS TO ACCESSING THE ALPHA STATE, USING YOUR MENTAL SCREEN FOR HEIGHTENED VISUALIZATION AND MAKING USE OF WHAT YOU SEE.
PART 2: PRACTICE THE 3-SCENES TECHNIQUE WITH A PROBLEM YOU WANT TO SOLVE
PART 3: TAKE THE DREAM WORLD SERIOUSLY AND SLEEP LONG ENOUGH TO LEARN FROM YOUR DREAMS.
PART 4: USE YOUR IMAGINATION TO TAP INTO YOUR CREATIVE MIND.
Remember that if you do nothing else than practice the 3 steps in PART 1, you will be experiencing what William Wordsworth called “a happy stillness of mind.” (Page 27, The Silva Method). If you want to go beyond PART 4, look up MindValley’s Ultramind Course.
And with that, I’ll close out this episode, and encourage all of us to keep learning, growing and practicing what we are learning. Like the quote we used for PART 4 of this review from Dr. Andrew Huberman, “The ability to be creative resides in everybody.” Keep working on looking how you can “reveal something new to the world, something entertaining, thrilling or useful) that changes the way we access the world—acting as portals into the world and ourselves.” If you get stuck here, just look around you, at all the creative ideas you can see.
If you are still stuck, think about this. The oldest person alive today is 116 year old. Go back 116 years ago, and this is not far off from when The Wright Brothers discovered the ability to fly an airplane. (1903). Think of all the inventions made over the past 100 years, and then imagine someday, that something that YOU create, could possibly be sitting on my desk, used by the world like the fancy water I’m drinking, or the Rodecaster Pro microphone.
What will you create with The Silva Method?
If you are stuck in temporary defeat, find something that inspires you to get unstuck, and keep moving. I find inspiration and motivation in people who move quickly past difficult times and challenges, as well as in things. Look up some of the oldest Cathedrals in Europe and imagine the creativity behind these buildings. Then keep going.
Let me know what you create…and I’ll see you next week.
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
MEDITATION 1: How to Enter the Alpha Level of Mind, Step by Step Process, The Silva Method https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpMJWT6EsNs
MEDITATION 2: Jose Silva Method Alpha Exercises by Sommer Leigh Published on YouTube June 2022 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5SY0kajVITA
MEDITATION 3: 20 Minute Silva Centering Exercise with Vishen Lakhiani https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h_4GDXWBPCk
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #262 PART 2 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #263 PART 3 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-speed-learning-and-creative-sleep-part-3/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 4 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#203 with Ryan O’Neill https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/
[ii] Ryan O’Neill Facebook https://www.facebook.com/SuccessCoachRyan/posts/pfbid013GKasSayhQPi28Qui7rhUZiyFnvVdhHJgApfrHjANM6CXzFbkYCTYa12Z6PmTsXl?comment_id=697035065922357&reply_comment_id=7281858451877023¬if_id=1706773747021477¬if_t=comment_mention&ref=notif
[iii] https://www.cnn.com/style/article/spiral-staircases/index.html
[iv] Email Andrea Andrea@achieveit360.com
[v] https://jimbunch.com/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#103 The Neuroscience of Leadership: 3 Ways to Reset, Recharge and Refuel Your Brain for Our Best Year Ever https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-leadership-3-ways-to-reset-recharge-and-refuel-your-brain-for-your-best-year-ever/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #292 with Brian Proctor on “My Father Knew the Secret” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-proctor-on-my-father-knew-the-secretgrowing-up-with-bob-proctor/
[ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #262 PART 2 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus. https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #263 PART 3 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-speed-learning-and-creative-sleep-part-3/
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov on “Bridging the Spiritual World with Rigorous Scientific Method” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
[xii] Stephanie Gailing Complete Book of Dreams Published October 20, 2020 https://www.amazon.com/Complete-Book-Dreams-Illustrated-Encyclopedia/dp/1577152131
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #224 with Harvard Neuroscientist Dr. Baland Jalal who Explains “Sleep Paralysis, Lucid Dreaming and Premonitions: Expanding Our Awareness into the Mysteries of Our Brain During Sleep” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/harvard-neuroscientist-drbaland-jalalexplainssleepparalysislucid-dreaming-andpremonitionsexpandingour-awareness-into-the-mysteries-ofourbrainduring-sl/
[xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #104 with Antonio Zadra on “When Brains Dream” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/sleep-scientist-antonio-zadra-on-when-brains-dream-exploring-the-science-and-mystery-of-sleep/
[xv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#226 “Using Neuroscience to Explain Why Our Dreams Are So Weird, Highly Emotional and Often Forgotten” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-using-neuroscience-to-explain-why-our-dreams-are-so-weird-highly-emotional-and-often-forgotten/
[xvi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast PART 4 of Apply the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[xvii] www.mindvalley.com
Don't miss this comprehensive episode of the "Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning" podcast, where leadership guru and bestselling author, Grant 'Upbeat' Bosnick, discusses powerful tactics from his latest book for mastering self-awareness and personal transformation. Bosnick, recognized by reputable figures such as Scott Friedman and Marshall Goldsmith, presents his unique combination of neuroscience research and practical wisdom with a focus on self-improvement and growth.
Watch on YouTube here https://youtu.be/vGweJ0sCJ14
The episode dissects the concepts of his award-winning book "Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership," illustrating how change and improvement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives. Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success.
Explore practical strategies for habit formation, the significance of sequentially reading chapters, and the impact of a self-assessment system. Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals. Dive into the information-rich conversation that uncovers the art of learning and the fascinating intricacies of engaging the mind with real-time applications of knowledge. Ultimately, embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels.
Round-off this enlightening experience with the rich resources that Grant provides, from beautifully illustrated maps to enhance tracking of personal growth, to video series and companion workbooks designed for tailoring self-leadership strategies. So, ready yourself for a transformative journey of the mind into the world of self-leadership with this gripping episode.
On today's episode #321 with Guest: Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick “Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership: A Bite Size Approach Using Psychology and Neuroscience” we will cover:
✔ Powerful tactics from this NEW award-winning book that illustrates how change and achievement are truly achievable both from internal ('inside out') and external ('outside in') perspectives.
✔Listeners will grasp the immense power of self-leadership and its transformative effect on personal growth and success.
✔Explore practical strategies for habit formation, the significance of sequentially reading chapters, and the impact of a self-assessment system
✔Gain insights from Grant's expert advice on maintaining a balance between strengths and weaknesses while chasing after your goals
✔Embark on an intellectual journey that has the power to elevate personal achievement and self-awareness to uncharted levels.
✔Round-off this enlightening experience with the rich resources that Grant provides, from beautifully illustrated maps to enhance tracking of personal growth, to video series and companion workbooks designed for tailoring self-leadership strategies.
Another example that shows us that failure is not an option. Here’s what Scott Friedman, the author of Celebrate! Lessons Learned from the World’s Most Admired Organizations has to say about the book we are going to cover today:
Today’s episode really is going to be a journey of the mind…
Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's episode #321, we will be speaking with Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick[i], the Managing Director of YES (Your Empowering Solutions), author, consultant, keynote speaker and executive coach. He has worked with 100+ Fortune 500 and FTSE 100 companies to co-create people strategies to help organizations build a trusting, collaborative culture and develop leaders to transform their behavior to lead themselves, others and perform at a higher level. Originally from Toronto (where I grew up) and now based in Singapore, he has lived in Asia Pacific for over 20 years.
When Grant reached out to me, earlier this month, it was not WHAT he said to me that caught my eye, but HOW he said it. Maybe because I was in the middle of writing the final part of our Science of Getting Rich book study, that’s all about Thinking AND Acting in This Certain Way. Grant said that he uses “psychology and neuroscience, (and works) with Leaders and Teams in great organizations to go from human to superhuman, by tapping into the more resource-efficient parts of their brains, achieving more and being happier.”
This sounds exactly like what I am trying to do for our listeners on this podcast, helping us to build stronger 2.0 versions of ourselves, and if Grant has some knowledge about how to do this, I want to know what he suggests, especially after all the high-level companies he has been working with over the past 20 years.
I kept on reading what he had written in an email to me, and next I learned about his award-winning book, Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership, that was published last year by Routledge, with a Foreword by Marshall Goldsmith.
“Marshall Goldsmith[ii] wrote the Foreword to his book?” I’m reading with a different lens now. I don’t know anyone in the field of leadership/coaching who doesn’t know Marshall Goldsmith. He’s known as the “World’s #1 Leadership Thinker” with an unusual ability to help other people succeed. His mission in life to help successful leaders to get even better, so now I know the level that Grant Upbeat Bosnick has attained, before I’ve even read his book!
Let’s meet the author of Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership and see if we can learn how to use this book as our guide in 2024, to apply neuroscience and psychology is a whole NEW way, taking us to the high levels of achievement expected by those who work with him, and those who work with those who he learned from like Marshall Goldsmith and the late Dr. Covey.
Welcome Grant 'Upbeat' Bosnick! I’m looking forward to speaking with you today, and learning
Intro Q:
A book on leadership with a foreword written by Marshall Goldsmith! Before I ask you about your book, that’s masterfully written, I wonder how did you cross paths with Marshall Goldsmith, “World’s #1 Leadership Thinker” and how did he influence your work? The Foreword itself tells me about you before I’ve even read your book!
Q1: Then I read on to see all the others who have influenced you along the way, a couple of your influencers are mine (Dr. Stephen Covey) who we spoke about when we interviewed Greg Link, the co-founder of Covey Link, and Dr. Covey’s long-time business partner from EP 207[iii]
Can you share how Dr. Covey and others you mention have influenced your leadership journey?
((This book is dedicated to all those who have influenced me to navigate my self-leadership journey: Marshall Goldsmith, Dr. Stephen R. Covey, Ken Blanchard, people close to me, among others; and to all of you reading this, to chart and navigate your personal self-leadership journey. May you choose your own leadership venture and transform your self.))
Q2: There’s 18 chapters in the book, with each one exploring a different theme related to self-leadership and are written in such a way that we can read them in any order.
Q3: Can you explain how you picked the 18 leadership principles, and how do we now create change from the inside-out (using neuroscience/how our brain works) and outside-in (how we understand others and how others see us)?
How do you use practical activities, reflective questions personal anecdotes and Illustrations to help us to create change?
Q3B: How did you create a map for this self-leadership journey?
Q4: I think I’m answering my own questions here, but with the choose your own adventure theme, does it begin with the Self-Assessment[iv]?
Q4A: Before we look at the tailored approach that was designed for me, I wonder if you can tell me off the top of your head, what areas YOU are focused on this year, and why?
Q4B: Can we look at my Tailored Approach to Leadership to help others who listen, to know where they begin with their journey?
Based on how I filled out the self-assessment, it pinpointed to me that Pathways 1 (goals/time management), 4 (physical health/emotion regulation) and 5 (change/resilience) are my lowest priorities. I can tell you for sure these are carved into my daily habits (the highest importance for me with time management, health and pathway 5 seems to be hardwired into me, but these 3, I think I’ve got, so probably why they are showing up low.
Pathway 2 (inspiration/motivation/influence/presence) is a high priority (100%) especially with the podcast, always looking for WHAT’S NEW and innovative that I can share/learn from and help others with, and Pathway 6 (relationships/authenticity, biases, trust, empathy) I know is also a high priority for me, with wanting to keep learning, interviewing high level guests, and helping us to take our results to the highest levels possible.
Pathway 3, Mindfulness, Flow and Insight is of MEDIUM priority for me from the assessment. Like my low priority areas, I do think this one is important, and I also have time carved out daily for these, but I think the more interviews I’m doing, the more this leads to enhancing this area.
Q4C: Once someone completes the self-assessment, how do they know which of the 18 chapters they should begin with? Just from lining up the chapters? For me, I skip Ch 2 (goals), and go straight to Ch 3 (inspiration and motivation?)
Q4D: Before I even get to the book, how would you suggest I use this beautiful map you’ve drawn for me? It looks like the map outlines the book from Ch 1-18 starting with goals, and ending with resilience? I like checking off things I’ve worked on…how do YOU use this colorful map?
Q4E: I know I’m going to be focused on Pathway 2 (Motivation and Inspiration) but as I read Chapter 1 on goals, that was low priority for me, the science revealed something I’ve always wondered about. It was about the Force Field Driving Us according to Kurt Lewins Field Theory you mention in Chapter 2 on Goals. I’m always looking to connect science to some of the well-known books we’ve grown up studying (like Wallace D Wattles The Science of Getting Rich) who talks about taking action in our present environment. As you take this action, you begin to change and will outgrow your present environment, preparing you for the NEW environment you will be moving towards. Can you explain the science in the chapter on goals?
How do we now create change from the inside-out (using neuroscience/how our brain works) and outside-in (how we understand others and how others see us) within each chapter? Do you think it’s because you are making us think with the questions you ask us, and then point us in the direction of neuroscience? How do I know I’ve met with the change I set out to attain?
Q5: For those out there who want to discover their own tailored approaches to leadership, (for themselves or their teams) what is the best route for them to take?
Q6: Is there anything important Grant, that I’ve missed today? This book was much deeper than I realized when I started to see the neuroscience you’ve included, along with the activities included.
For those who want to reach you, is the best place your website? I’ve listed your email, website, LinkedIn and YouTube below for people to find you.
I want to thank you for the time you’ve taken to walk me through a very thorough Tailored Approaches to Self-Leadership that you’ve created in your book. I’m going to take the time to learn and implement each chapter, and am grateful to have had this opportunity to learn directly from you.
Grant ‘Upbeat’ Bosnick
CONTACT
grant@grantbosnick.com
Website: https://grantbosnick.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/grantbosnick/
YouTube: https://www.youtube.com/@GrantBosnick
Learn more about The Tailored Approach to Leadership Book https://grantbosnick.com/books/
Signature Keynotes and Solutions https://grantbosnick.com/signature-solutions/
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #68 “The Neuroscience of Personal Change with Stephen R. Covey’s The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-personal-change/
REFERENCES:
[i] http://grantbosnick.com/
[ii] https://marshallgoldsmith.com/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EP 207 with Greg Link https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/co-founder-of-coveylink-greg-link-on-unleashing-greatness-with-neuroscience-sel-trust-and-the-7-habits/
[iv] Self-Assessment for Grant Bosnick’s book https://www.selfleadershipassessment.com/
Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning and emotional intelligence training for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to help us to APPLY this research in our daily lives.
On today's episode #320 and PART 7 of our REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich, we will cover “How to Act in This Certain Way” with Chapters 11-17.
✔ Chapter 11: ACTING IN THE CERTAIN WAY A PERSON MUST ACT, AS WELL AS THINK
✔ CHAPTER 12: EFFECTIVE ACTION
Just as there is an effective and ineffective way to THINK, there is also an effective and ineffective way to ACT.
✔ CHAPTER 13: GETTING INTO THE RIGHT BUSINESS
✔ CHAPTER 14: THE IMPRESSION OF INCREASE
We covered Chapter 14 on The Impression of Increase on EP 316 in PART 3 of our review. We started this review with Chapters 4/14/7 in this order, because this was the order that was recommended to me to study this book for maximum results.
✔ CHAPTER 15: THE ADVANCING MAN
✔ CHAPTER 16: SOME CAUTIONS
BE CAREFUL WHAT YOU SPEAK ABOUTNEVER ALLOW YOURSELF TO FEEL DISAPPOINTEDKEEP STUDYING THIS BOOK ✔ CHAPTER 17: REVIEW
Putting PART 1 into ACTION: Finding the Joy in Lean or Difficult TimesPutting PART 2 into ACTION: Getting Comfortable with Money Putting PART 3 into ACTION: Living the Impression of IncreasePutting PART 4 into ACTION: Practicing Gratitude or Faith in Action Putting PART 5 into ACTION: Developing a Rock Solid Mental MindsetPutting PART 6 into ACTION: Uncovering What You Really WantPutting PART 7 into ACTION: Review each part and APPLY IT! Welcome back to PART 7, of our review of Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich. In this classic book on thinking, this book describes how each of us shapes the events around us, creating much of the positive riches in our own personal and professional lives. Rhonda Byrne, creator of the movie The Secret[i], said she stumbled across The Science of Getting Rich and has "never been the same." This was one of the first seminars I sold when I worked with Bob Proctor back in the late 1990s, and he mentioned to me in our interview on EP 66[ii] that his business took off after Rhonda Byrne’s The Secret took off. There is true magic within the words written within these pages, and like all of the books we dive deep into, it’s the application of what we read here that has the potential to change our life forever.
If you enjoyed our Deep Dive into Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich[iii] book, or the 4 Part Series of The Silva Method,[iv] (that I’m going to revisit after this study is complete) the concepts we will cover in this review go hand in hand with those Deep Dives. I’m currently studying Hill’s “Think and Grow Rich” with Paul Martinelli[v], who teaches this book like no one else and I’m constantly reminded of how important our ability to “think” really is. Napoleon Hill titled his book with four simple words. He picked “think and grow” as the first three, and we covered in this series the power of our thoughts. Now, we are learning through the words of Wallace D. Wattles, that once we know how to think and grow, we can next add the rich part, and he shows us there is a science to this.
I always add that it’s not just rich financially, but we grow rich in our knowledge, rich in our potential, and we need money to keep learning, and growing, so yes, rich financially.
Bringing us to Chapter 11: ACTING IN THE CERTAIN WAY
Have you noticed that up until now, we have been focused on THINKING in a CERTAIN way in this book study? Now we are at a pivotal part of the book where we must shift from thinking, to now ACTING IN A CERTAIN WAY.
This chapter caught me off guard while writing this review and was a huge AHA Moment of learning for me. I’ve been studying this book since June of 1999 when I attended my first live seminar with Bob Proctor on this book, and I sold this event over a span of 6 years, meaning that I had to convey to others what this seminar was about, in order for them to attend.
It hit me when I got to this chapter, on “Acting in the Certain Way”, that up until NOW, 25 years later, I realized I wasn’t thinking at all while reading, studying and learning this book. You know when you read something quickly, you can miss the meaning? Granted, this isn’t the easiest book to read, written in 1910 with abstract concepts on thinking in a certain way that I didn’t really understand. I thought this was ANOTHER chapter on “Thinking AND Acting” in this certain way and wondered why he wrote the book with ANOTHER chapter like Chapter 4, where he already covered “The First Principle in the Science of Getting Rich” that was about the power of our thoughts. I misread the title that says “Acting in This Certain Way” and I MISSED the point that Wattles was making. This is why it’s important to study these classic books on success, year after year, revealing new truths of understanding for us. Wattles spent the FIRST 10 chapters of the book talking about the importance of our thinking, and only now, at Chapter 11, did he approaching the Acting part of the syllabus.
Another part of this book that I missed is that Wattles repeats the syllabus over and over again the book, but he doesn’t read the whole syllabus at once. He adds the parts he is covering in each chapter, revealing a bit more of the syllabus for us, as we progress through the book. He only reveals the part of the syllabus on Acting in the Certain way at the END of this chapter when he adds the lines “That they may receive what he wants when it comes, a person must now ACT upon the people and things in his environment.” (Ch 11, SGR, Wattles).
A PERSON MUST ACT, AS WELL AS THINK:
Wattles opens up Chapter 11 by bridging the first 10 chapters we’ve just read when he says “Thought is the impelling force that causes the creative power to act; thinking in a Certain Way will bring riches to you, but you must not rely on thought alone, paying no attention to personal action.” (Ch 11, SGR, Wattles).
Once we perfect Thinking in This Certain Way, it’s time to move onto Acting in This Certain Way.
When I read the line “A person must act as well as think” (on line 10 of Chapter 11) I know it means taking action on whatever it was that we want, but I couldn’t help but think of Stella Adler’s The Art of Acting here, that we covered on EP 288[vi] last May. It was TODAY, January 15th, 2016, 8 years ago, that I attended my last live seminar with Proctor where I wrote about him talking on stage with Oscar Award Winner Phil Goldfine. Phil was a master at “Acting” in this Certain Way and I mean taking action, that would lead him to WHATEVER goal he had, whether it was what he did to become an Oscar Award winner, or the daily training he endured. In an article written about him in 2019, “Oscar and Emmy winner Phil Goldfine shares the five things you need to know to succeed in show business”[vii] his first tip is to take “Action, action, action….every day to get things done.”
It’s this chapter of the book that I think can change a person’s ENTIRE life, if they read this early in their lives. The action that we take, on a daily basis really matters.
There’s many layers of meaning in this chapter, and I hope to unravel them all in this review, tying together many of our recent episodes, like Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, that jumps out at me while reading this chapter.
On line 19 of Chapter 11, Wattles says “By thought you can cause the gold in the hearts of the mountains to be impelled towards you. But it will not mine itself, refine itself, coin itself into double eagles, and come rolling along the roads into your pockets.” Like Phil Goldfine said “It takes action, action, action.”
Next Wattles reviews ALL concepts in prior chapters by saying “You must give each person more in use value than he gives you in cash value (and that) you must use your faith and purpose to positively impress your vision upon the formless substance, which has the same desire for more life than you have. And, this vision, received from you, sets all the creative forces at work in and through their regular channels of action, but directed toward you…(and) All you have to do is retain your vision, stick to your purpose, and maintain your faith and gratitude.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles).
Then he says it.
“You must act in this certain way” and if you can hear what “this certain way” is especially for young adults, this concept is worth all the gold in the mountains that Wattles was describing.
I’m so grateful to have started to read this book in my late 20s, but I’m 52 now, and still “sharpening” these ideas.
Wattles gives us what I think is one of the “key secrets” to Thinking AND Acting in This Certain Way here when he says “By thought, the thing you want is brought to you. By action, you receive it.”
If I was to write ANYTHING down, or highlight anything, it’s where Wattles bridges the concept of Thinking and Acting in This Certain Way.
Next he warns us that “if you act in the present with your mind in the future, present action will be with a divided mind and it will not be effective. Put your whole mind into present action.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles).
Isn’t that what Dr. Joe Dispenza taught us with his “Predictable Timeline” where we must learn to focus on the present moment? Wattles describes this similarly, but adds an important angle by saying “You cannot act where you are not. You cannot act where you have been (the past), and you cannot act where you are going to be (in the future). You can only act where you are.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles).
IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Superhuman
This is what I think changed everything I do in all areas of my life. Even though I missed the title of Chapter 11, these next three words come into my head over and over again over the years. He says, “Do not dwell on whether yesterday’s work was well or poorly done. Do today’s work well. Do not try to do tomorrow’s work now, there will be plenty of time to do that when tomorrow comes.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles).
Then he reminds us “Do not wait for a change of environment before you act. Cause a change of environment through action.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles). Whenever you are unhappy in your present environment, Wattles suggests to “act on your present environment with all your heart and with all your strength and with all your mind. Hold the vision of yourself in the right business –with the purpose to get into it and the faith that you will get into it. But, act in your present business.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles).
I’ve been in exactly this spot, where I’ve known I’m in the wrong place of work, and the natural urge is to stop working hard, and focus on the place of work that you desire to be in, but Wattles would say this is not going to get you there according to his “Science.” He would suggest that you “hold the vision of yourself in the job you want, while you act with faith and purpose on the job you have, and you will certainly get the job you want.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles).
“You vision and faith will set the creative forces in motion to bring it towards you. And, your action will cause the forces in your own environment to move you towards the place you want.” (Chapter 11, SGR, Wattles).
As you take action in your present environment, you will begin to change, and will outgrow your present environment, preparing you for the NEW environment you will be moving towards. As you move towards it, it also begins to move towards you. How does this happen?
This is where Wattles timeless book, connects back to what we covered in such depth with Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich.
By “Thinking” and “Acting” in this certain way, we change our frequency or vibration, until we are on the same frequency as whatever it is that we want.
Wattles ends this chapter, by revealing the last part of the syllabus on Acting in the Certain way when he adds the lines “That he may receive what he wants when it comes, a person must ACT now upon the people and things in his present environment.” (Ch 11, SGR, Wattles).
Not past environment, and not future environment.
ACT NOW.
ACTIVITY TO PUT CHAPTER 11 into PRACTICE:
Write out in clear detail what it is that you WANT. I remember the first time I did this activity, I sketched a house that I wanted to live in (that looks a lot like the house I’m currently living in), and see if you can strengthen how you see what you want on the screen of your mind.
Next, write out some next steps, or actions you can take, to bring what you want closer to you.
This is where I always will say to “DREAM BIG” or be careful what you wish for, or dream about, because you may just end up one day living the dream in reality, that you shaped so carefully on the screen of your mind.
CHAPTER 12: EFFECTIVE ACTION
Just as there is an effective and ineffective way to THINK, there is also an effective and ineffective way to ACT.
What is effective action?
When we take any productivity course, we learn how to plan our day the night before, so we can make use of the time in our day. Time wasting is one of my biggest pet peeves. I don’t like wasting my time, or other people’s time and it’s probably because I can see how detrimental it can be for my own goals as well as other people’s.
Wattles believes in not just taking action in the present moment, but by making sure it’s EFFECTIVE action with EVERYTHING that you do. This is why I like interviewing others, especially those who are high performing, to see how they THINK and ACT, every day, to hit such high levels of achievement. While writing these episodes, I do like to go back and look at past interviews to see how connections can be made, and revisiting EP 38[viii] and EP 166[ix] makes sense here, to see how pro athletes and their coaches THINK and ACT in this certain way to attain such high levels of achievement. When you watch a professional at work, you’ll see it. They are involved in effective action.
Wattles brings our attention to the fact that every day is either a SUCCESS or a FAILURE and it matters what ACTION we take every day.
Funny thing, while writing this episode, my oldest daughter came to me with something I had to sign for her school work (high school level) with any suggestions I might have for her to improve on. She passed me this sheet of paper and said “just sign it and say you agree with it” and I read what she had written and she hasn’t even completed the sentences on the page she asked me to sign. She was not taking effective action, and was asking me to sign and say I was ok with her putting in half the effort. You’d better believe this led to a discussion on doing your best with EVERYTHING you do.
Taking EFFECTIVE ACTION is not just for our work, it’s for how we live our life. Do we make our bed with half the effort? Do we wash up half the dishes? Do we clean half of our house, or keep only half of the interiors of our cars clean?
If we can teach this concept to our children when they are young, they will be living one of the most important and timeless lessons I’ve seen in all my years studying the characteristics of high performers.
Wattles reminds us in this chapter that “the world is advanced only by those who more than fill their present places.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles) and that “every day is either a successful day or a day of failure.”
This sentence almost haunts me with my daily work when he says “if there is something that must be done today and you do NOT do it, you have failed insofar as that thing is concerned.” (Chapter 12, SGR Wattles).
Have you ever said you will do something, like go to the post office to mail something for an example, and the day gets away, and you have not done the things that you said you would do, Wattles would say that you have FAILED with that action. When you fail to take action, you mess up all of the future possibility associated with the action you were supposed to take.
He says “You cannot foresee the results of even the most trivial act. You do not know the workings of all forces that have been set moving on your behalf.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles).
THINK to all the times when massive change happened in your life. I bet it was because you were taking efficient action and it was not by chance or luck.
So, if I write down I’m going to the Post Office tomorrow, I will be haunted by Wattles words, until I have done what I said I was going to do.
“Do, every day, all that can be done that day.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles).
He does remind us that we are “not to overwork or to rush blindly into our business in the effort to do the greatest possible number of things in the shortest possible time.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles).
“Do every day, all that can be done today.” to live with EFFICIENT ACTION consistently every day.
But, if for some reason something does not get completed, it goes at the TOP of the list to be completed tomorrow and I remember “It’s not the number of things that I do, but the efficiency of each separate action that counts.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles).
He also says that “every action is either weak or strong. When every one is strong, you are activating in the certain way that will make you rich. Every act can be made strong by holding your vision while you are doing it and by putting the whole power of your faith and purpose in it.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles)
Aim to do everything with strength and he says that “every success (you encounter) opens up the way to other successes. Successful action is cumulative in its results.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles).
This is incentive enough to always do our very best.
“Do every day, all that you can do that day, and do each act in an efficient manner” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles) and you will find the right balance for you.
Wattles ends this chapter by slightly changing the closing statements on the syllabus to bring us to where we are now in our study, by reading the syllabus as we know it, and adding “He must form a clear mental picture of the thing he wants. And, he must do with faith and purpose all that can be done each day—doing each separate thing in an efficient manner.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles).
If you do what Wattles suggests here, and turn The Science of Getting Rich into a habit, I can guarantee that:
“When riches begin to come, they come so quickly, in such great abundance, that one wonders where they have been hiding all those lean years.” (Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill).
ACTIVITY TO PUT CHAPTER 12 into PRACTICE:
Write out the list of what you intend to accomplish the night before your work day, and while going about your day, ask yourself “did I execute that task with effective action?” Next to each of your daily tasks, put a check mark if you think you accomplished this. If not, work on doing all you can, effectively, every day, until you can honestly put a check mark next to everything that you do.
EXTEND THIS ACTIVITY
Once you have begun to execute every task effectively, and it becomes a habit, keep your eyes open for doors that open up to because of this. This is what I would like to know. If you have noticed that you were able to advance yourself forward in this way, using these principles, please send me a message.[x] I’m always looking for people who THINK and ACT in this Certain Way.
CHAPTER 13: GETTING INTO THE RIGHT BUSINESS
I always remember LOVING this chapter because it separates those who will work hard for what they want, from those who won’t.
Wattles says “success in any particular business depends for one thing upon you possessing in a well-developed state the faculties required in that business.” (Chapter 13, Wattles)
He reminds us that “Without good musical faculty no one can succeed as a teacher of music” and he goes on to explain that many people can be working in a certain field (he gives examples like blacksmiths and carpenters who have excellent mechanical ability) “but they do not get rich.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles).
It’s here that Wattles talks about the “various faculties of your mind” that are the “tools with which you must do the work which is to make you rich.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles). He says “it will be easier for you to success if you get into a business you are well-equipped with mental tools.”
He’s talking BEYOND our God-given talents and abilities. It will be with the use of our “mental tools” or the “Faculties of our Mind” that will bring us riches. We covered going beyond our five senses, developing the Six Higher Faculties of the Mind on EP 294.[xi]
Have you ever wondered “where am I best fitted?” in your career?
It’s here we must do some soul searching and answer the question we asked in PART 6 of this series.
What is YOUR desire that’s seeking expression with and through you?
This desire in you is “the urge of the Original Substance, containing all the possibilities of life.”
Listen to the quiet voice within you to know for certain that you are working in the right business because that “desire” seeking expression with and through you has tremendous power. “Where there is a strong desire to do a thing, it is proof that the power to do it is strong and only needs to be developed and applied in the right way.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles).
It’s this desire, with this power attached to it, that will keep you working and applying effort during difficult times.
He says “ Do not be afraid to make a sudden or radical change if the opportunity is presented and if you feel, after careful consideration, that it is the right opportunity” and don’t worry you will end up in the wrong place, or miss the boat for the right place, because “as you go on in the certain way, opportunities will come to you in increasing numbers.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles).
ACTIVITY TO PUT CHAPTER 13 into PRACTICE:
Chapter 13 ends with a reminder of the syllabus to “do all you can in a perfect manner every day, but do it without haste, worry, or fear. Go as fast as you can, but never in a hurry. When you see yourself hurrying, stop. Fix your attention on the mental image of what you want and begin to give thanks that you are getting it. This exercises of gratitude will never fail to strengthen your faith and renew your purpose.” (Chapter 13, SGR, Wattles).
He’s asking us in Chapter 13 to make sure we are living Chapters 4 (thinking in the certain way) 14 (the impression of increase) by reaching for more of what you want, and 7 (by connecting ourselves to our source with a deep feeling of gratitude).
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude PART 7 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, we covered:
Chapter 11: ACTING IN THE CERTAIN WAY
Where we looked at the importance of how “A person must act as well as think.” We spent some time on separating THINKING in a CERTAIN way (that Wattles covered in the first 10 chapters of the book) to “Acting in the Certain Way” that he covers in Chapters 11-17.
We did an activity at the end of this chapter where we sketched out what we WANT on the screen of our mind (Thinking in this Certain Way) with action steps to take by (Acting in this Certain Way) to bring whatever it is towards us.
CHAPTER 12: EFFECTIVE ACTION
Where Wattles reminded us to “Do, every day, all that can be done that day.” (Chapter 12, SGR, Wattles) and of the importance of being effective with our daily actions. The activity we did at the end of this chapter was for us to self-evaluate whether we think we were effective with our daily tasks by putting a check mark next to our daily tasks if we thought that we performed them effectively.
We extended this activity by making it a habit, to always execute our daily tasks effectively. Don’t do anything half-way. Do all that you can effectively, in one day, without rushing.
CHAPTER 13: GETTING INTO THE RIGHT BUSINESS
It’s here we revisit the question:
What is YOUR desire that’s seeking expression with and through you? And we make sure that we are doing everything we can every day, efficiently, while holding the image of what we want, and being grateful for every single good thing that comes our way.
While writing these steps, it feels a bit like juggling. We started this book study by juggling the concepts of chapters 4, 14 and 7, (and were urged to read these chapters for 90 days so we can solidify the ideas into our mind), and then we started to work through the chapters of the book with the first 10 chapters being about Thinking in a Certain Way, and the last 7 are about Acting in a Certain Way.
And if we can learn to juggle the chapters of this book, with accuracy, and not drop any concepts, we will meet with riches that will come so quickly and “in such great abundance, that (we will wonder) where they have been hiding all those lean years.” (Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill).
It’s here that I can go back to PART 5 of our review, where we started into the chapters of this book and I’ll read this again. At this point of our review, I look at what Wattles wrote here, and I don’t think he’s far off. He says:
We have learned specific ways to THINK and ACT, that make sense to me that when we sharpen about mental abilities, and follow the formula that Wattles suggests, that Failure of What You Want, is Impossible.
What do you think?
Do you think that there is a Science of Getting Rich?
CHAPTER 14: THE IMPRESSION OF INCREASE
We covered Chapter 14 on The Impression of Increase on EP 316[xii] in PART 3 of our review. We started this review with Chapters 4/14/7 in this order, because this was the order that was recommended to me to study this book for maximum results.
CHAPTER 15: THE ADVANCING MAN
I love this chapter! Especially when I see this in others. This is not as easy to see in ourselves, since it takes time for us to see our own advancements, until one day, we look back, and BAM, we see it. Then we wonder, “How on the earth did we get to where we ended up?” or as Hill says, that one day, when we least expect it “we will meet with riches that will come so quickly and in such great abundance, that (we will wonder) where they have been hiding all those lean years.” (Think and Grow Rich, Napoleon Hill).
Like Ryan O’Neill, from EP 203[xiii] who I watched over time, completely transform his career, reading this book. It’s actually Ryan’s copy of the book that I used in every graphic for each of these sessions.
Wattles says that “the advancing man who holds to a clear mental image of himself as successful and who obeys the laws of faith, purpose and gratitude—will cure every curable case he undertakes, no matter what remedies he many use.” (Chapter 15, SGR, Wattles).
CHAPTER 16: SOME CAUTIONS
This chapter is important to read to see what Wattles believes we should be “cautious” about.
BE CAREFUL WHAT YOU SPEAK ABOUT: I’ll never forget this line where he says “Never speak of times as being hard or of business conditions as being doubtful. Times may be hard and business doubtful for those on the competitive plane, but they can never be so for you. You can create what you want to create and you are above fear. When others are having hard times and poor business, you will find your greatest opportunities.” (Chapter 16, Wattles).
This one is essential for anyone and everyone to practice. I remember in my early days of sales, that when someone would ask “how’s business?” and it was difficult (it was never easy) I would say “BOOMING!” regardless of how it really was going. This is a habit that will get you through the rough snowstorms, and blizzards of life.
I remember this caution now without even trying. Things were not easy for me in my early days of living in the US, but I knew they would be what would give me my character, backbone and determination to get me through the difficult times that are a natural part of this thing called life. You’ll never hear me complaining of those days when money was tight, because looking back now, there was so much to be grateful for in those lean years.
NEVER ALLOW YOURSELF TO FEEL DISAPPOINTED: This one is valuable. You will save yourself so much heart ache if when something doesn’t work out the way you want, that you grab hold of the lessons learned and keep moving. Wattles suggests “You may expect to have a certain thing at a certain time and not get it at that time. This will seem to be a failure. But, if you hold to your faith, you will find that failure is only apparent. Go on in a certain way, and if you do not receive that thing, you will receive something so much better that you will see that the seeming failure was a prelude to a great success.” (Chapter 16, Wattles, SGR).
Practice this one. I can only say from experience that this one ALWAYS works. I rarely quote my Dad, but I will here. He used to always say “Andrea, what’s for you, won’t go by you” and this is true. You will never miss the boat for something that is meant for you. I’ve heard this said another way that if you miss the boat at some point, and the opportunity was meant for you, don’t worry, keep working, and the boat will come back for you, time and time again, until you jump on it.
STUDY THIS BOOK: He suggests to “make it your constant companion until you have mastered the ideas contained in it.” (Chapter 16, Wattles).
Isn’t this the truth. While you may come across some parts of the book that you disagree with, find out dated, or old fashioned, if you can get the main points of the book where he teaches us to THINK in a Certain way (Chapters 1-10) and then how to ACT in a Certain Way (Chapters 11-17) I’m certain your life will change.
When we can make these concepts a habit, we will certainly notice that money flows easily to us and like I mentioned in the beginning of this study, once we have mastered these principles ourselves, our next course of action it to go out and see how we can help others.
CHAPTER 17: REVIEW
Wattles writes his review of this book in just over 2 pages. For those people closest to me, they know that I have a really hard time saying anything I think is important, in just a few words.
To close out this book study, I can see that by far, the most important part of this review is The Syllabus. Maybe this is a lesson for me to learn. The Science of Getting Rich is ALL about the Syllabus. This whole book can be summed up in 5 paragraphs, not 17! I have this Syllabus laminated so I can pin it up on my office wall to be read next to my goals. It’s easy to look back now that we’ve reached the end of this study, and I can tell you that I sold this seminar without truly understanding the contents of this book, until now, 25 years later. I mentioned that I missed the fact that the first 10 chapters were about Thinking in this Certain Way, and the last 7 were about Acting in this Certain Way, and I wonder what else could I have missed, which is why Wattles suggests keeping this book as your Companion until you achieve the results you are looking for.
So, if I read the book, without completely understanding it, implementing SOME, not ALL of Wattles concepts, and STILL created everything I’ve ever wanted over the years, (all the goals I’ve ever written out I’ve attained so I keep adding new ones each year for continual growth) then I can say to you, the listener, to just read the book, begin your study, and let me know where it takes you. You don’t need to understand or implement EVERY chapter, but just begin. I know there is so much more for me to learn, but what a life we can create, when we think it’s IMPOSSIBLE to fail.
I just saw that Lewis Howes, the podcaster who runs The School of Greatness Podcast, just covered Rhonda Byrnes[xiv], who read this book, was never the same, and used the concepts she learned from this book to form the ideas you see in the movie, The Secret[xv]. If you want to hear Rhonda Byrne’s thoughts on this subject, I’ll link this episode with her and Lewis in the show notes. She has some incredible tools that can help people to create prosperity thinking, which I thought is the MOST important part of this book study.
To review and conclude this book study, I thought a good way to end this study would be with a practical real-life lesson learned attached to each of the 7 PARTS of this study, so we can begin to think about applying these concepts in our own daily lives.
Putting PART 1 into ACTION: Prosperity Consciousness
FINDING THE JOY IN LEAN OR DIFFICULT TIMES
“Money doesn’t bring you happiness, but happiness brings you money.” (Lewis Howes, The School of Greatness).
If any of you are listening to this series, and think you have a poverty mindset, join the club. This is where I was BEFORE studying this material, and it’s been a process for me along the way.
I told my story of running out of gas when I only had $16 in my bank account, but I knew in those early days (around 2001) how important prosperity thinking was and being truly happy, even in those lean times, since I was still selling this seminar back then.
I look back now to those early days, and those difficult times hold such joy for me. It sounds odd to say this, but they really do. I remember working as a nanny at one of Arizona’s most beautiful resorts, and I could hear the birds singing, while walking with someone’s youngster, trying to create mystery and intrigue for them walking through the resort. I knew all of the “secret” passageways and would take young kids through these passage ways telling them the stories that only the walls could tell. They listened to my stories, and scavenger hunts with their eyes open wide.
Prosperity thinking took me some time, but the key to all of it was to find the “joy” when times were difficult, and then be open to what I would discover. Where would these lean times lead me? While experiencing those moments of “joy” I know I felt it from the inside out, and gave my best to each family I worked and interacted with. At the end of providing the best service, giving them more in “use” value with each family, I often received very large tips. Back then, a large tip for me was over $100. I’ll never forget the families who gave back to me when I most needed this money, allowing me to remember when I was able to, I would do the same.
“Every person naturally wants to become all they are capable of becoming...Success in life is becoming what you want to be.” Wallace D. Wattles
Putting PART 2 into ACTION: The First Principle of the Science of Getting Rich: Getting Comfortable with Money
This is a hard one to do when money is lean. How do you hold it, feel it, and get comfortable with it, when you haven’t got it?
In this chapter, I showed a photo of Grant Cardone and his children playing a game where they were fishing for $100 bills. If you can play games with money, even Monopoly money, teaching our children what it looks and feels like to touch it, hand it out, have a lot of it, throw it up in the air, you will be teaching them to become comfortable with money.
Money is not to be feared. We can ALL earn it. It’s given to us in exchange for services rendered.
So how do I teach my children to become comfortable with money? When money was tight, (before I had my own kids) I showed children I worked with to see the natural beauty around them. We didn’t spend any money on our nature walks, talking of the past history of some of Arizona’s most precious landmarks, opening their eyes to ways they could create an innovate in their futures. These nature walks were behind the books I would write in the future.
Now I have my own children, and want to teach them to be comfortable with money, and not fear it, so once in a blue moon, I will say when I have set aside some extra money, we will go to the shopping mall, and find something that we REALLY love. The important part with this shopping spree is that we DO NOT look at the price on the label of what we find. This is difficult, because we WANT to, but I instruct them to pick something, and they must not know the price.
Not being afraid to spend money, if you have it, is important for getting comfortable with money. Also, not being afraid it will be spent, and you won’t
have any more. We were at the mall, and our oldest daughter needed a pair of sunglasses. She had a concussion in the summer, and she was still sensitive to sunlight, and needed a pair. Instead of looking at the $20 glasses in one of the stores, I said to her “why don’t you try on a pair of those sunglasses” as we walked passed some beautiful glasses all in cases. These were designer glasses and not something a teenager would usually buy, but for the point of learning this lesson (it was once in a blue moon) so she agreed to try on some glasses from this section she would normally not be looking in.
She found 2 pairs. One was much cheaper than the first pair. I told her to NOT look at the price, but she did, and then the sales clerk came by and spoiled my plan when she said “oh these ones are double the price of those.” I knew she loved the expensive pair. I could just tell.
When I asked her which pair she wanted, she picked the cheaper pair, and I asked her if she picked the cheaper pair to save us money, and she said “yes.” So, I said, “she would like this pair” and handed her the pair that was double the price. Now I can’t make this up, but this is the whole reason why it’s important to not look at pricing and pick what you love, if you have the money and not be afraid that you’ll spend it all, never to have any more again.
When the sales clerk rang up the expensive pair of glasses, she got this weird look on her face. She kept typing in numbers, and then she said “I don’t know what’s happening, but this pair, that should be double to price, is ringing up much less than the other pair you were looking at.” She knew what the price was, but there was a glitch in her system that she said would be more work to fix, so she charged us much less, for the expensive pair of glasses.
Putting PART 3 into ACTION: Living the Impression of Increase
So how do we take this concept and put it into action in our daily lives? It’s all about taking the focus off ourselves, and directing it towards others. Since all people seek this increase, if we become someone who inherently gives this to others, we will become in demand.
The example I wanted to share here is that we can all give increase to others, even if we are living in lean or difficult times ourselves, we just need to be aware, so we can act quickly.
This is where I’ve got to say that I am guilty of sometimes not being aware. Sometimes I’m standing in line at a grocery store, and just zoning out, thinking of all the things on my plate. Go back 20 years, when I was in my lean times, and I was exactly the same.
If we want to LIVE the impression of increase every day, we’ve got to be aware.
One day, I was standing in line to pay for groceries, and this was a time when I had to make the money I was earning stretch far. I was tired, and was not paying attention to the fact that the guy ahead of me was trying to buy diapers for his family. He was trying to pay with some sort of voucher that this store didn’t take. Now fast forward to when I had my kids, diapers were really expensive. This was something he needed, and I missed the opportunity to offer to help him. I had enough money that day to pay for my food and his diapers, but he was sent away. I remember trying to run after this young guy in the parking lot, to say I could help, but he was gone. Not a fun experience standing at the cash register and you can’t pay for something.
For this lesson, I would say, be aware of where you can help others, and if you can, lend a hand. I always regretted not paying attention, and missing an opportunity to help someone.
“Increase is what all men and women are seeking: it is the urge of the Formless Intelligence within them, seeking fuller expression…All human activities are based on this desire for increase; people are seeking more food, more clothes, better shelter, more luxury, more beauty, more knowledge, more pleasure—increase in something, more in life.” Wallace D. Wattles
Putting PART 4 into ACTION: GRATITUDE IS FAITH In ACTION
Read chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days, paying attention to each chapter and this alone will change your world.
I challenge YOU to read chapter 4/14/7 of this book for 90 days, and let me know what happens.
"Gratitude is an attitude that hooks us up to our source of supply. And the more grateful you are, the closer you become to the architect of the universe, to the spiritual core of your being." Bob Proctor on Chapter 7 of Wallace D. Wattles' SGR book.
Putting PART 5 into ACTION: DEVELOPING A ROCK SOLID MENTAL MINDSET
Reading chapters 1 (The Right to be Rich), 2 (There is a Science of Getting Rich), 3 (Is Opportunity Monopolized) and 5 (Increasing Life) we are working on our mental faculties.
The first part of this book, or Thinking in a Certain Way, takes time.
If you want to know how you are thinking, look at the results you are achieving. This is a clear sign.
If you like the results that someone else is achieving, ASK them, “What is your mental mindset as it relates to your work” and you’ll learn something new that you can apply to strengthen your own.
Rome wasn’t built in one day, and our mindset and ability to THINK in THIS CERTAIN WAY takes time and practice, but this is the foundation for what we are building here.
Putting PART 6 into ACTION: UNCOVERING WHAT YOU REALLY WANT.
"Never think or speak of what you want without feeling confident that it will arrive." Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich
In part 6 we are still working through how to THINK in This Certain Way covering Chapters 6 (How Riches Come to You), 8 (Thinking in the Certain Way), 9 (How to Use the Will) 10 (Further Use of the Will).
We looked at ideas for creating Multiple Sources of Income here, and ways to further strengthen our mental abilities by referring back to the Think and Grow Rich study, or The Silva Method.
This whole time we are letting the Syllabus sink into our daily life, and becoming familiar with Chapters 4, 14 and 7.
Putting PART 7 into ACTION:
Here we covered Chapters 11-17, the final chapters of the book that are focused around ACTING in THIS CERTAIN WAY.
We are reminded that “A person must act as well as think” and how important our daily actions are.
It’s here that productivity courses come to mind, to sharpen our daily routines.
Wattles believes in not just taking action in the present moment, but by making sure it’s EFFECTIVE action with EVERYTHING that you do.
FINAL THOUGHTS:
For a book that I was hesitant to cover, I’m so glad I did. It was a mindset shift for me to pick the Science of Getting Rich notes, study guides and worksheets out of the back of my closet, and begin this study the end of last year.
I hope that you’ve enjoyed looking at the deeper meaning behind the words of Wallace D. Wattles, with me, where he shows us that there is a Science of Getting Rich, and it’s all about Thinking AND Acting, in This Certain Way.
PART 1: Prosperity Consciousness
FINDING THE JOY IN LEAN OR DIFFICULT TIMES
What’s YOUR story for this example?
PART 2: The First Principle of the Science of Getting Rich: Getting Comfortable with Money
What’s YOUR story for this example? How have your worked on your own prosperity consciousness?
PART 3: Living the Impression of Increase
How do YOU live the impression of increase?
PART 4: GRATITUDE (FAITH In ACTION)
How do YOU put faith into action in your life?
PART 5: DEVELOPING A ROCK SOLID MENTAL MINDSET
How do YOU strengthen YOUR mental mindset?
PART 6: UNCOVERING WHAT YOU REALLY WANT
Are you aware of what is seeking expression with and through you? What are you doing to develop your talents and abilities? What multiple sources of income can you set up with these talents?
PART 7: REVIEW COMPLETE THESE 4 ACTION STEPS:
CLOSING ACTION STEPS:
I do encourage everyone to read Chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days as an action item to studying this book.Print a copy of the Syllabus, and put it somewhere you will be able to see it, and read it.Read the Syllabus every day, for 90 days, along with chapters 4/14/7.Finally, come up with your own examples that go with the 7 PARTS of the book. I had to THINK to create mine, and when you can see these principles in ACTION, along with a change in your THINKING, this is when the magic will happen. You will begin to ACT in this CERTAIN WAY. My goal for the END of this review, is to show that without a shadow of a doubt, we ALL have the ability to “Think and Grow Rich” like we learned from Napoleon Hill’s study (with our potential as well as our finances) and That there is a Science to Doing This, using Wallace D. Wattles principles. If we can do the hard work involved (using persistence like we did while reading chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days) sharpen our ability to think, make connections grow from what we’ve learned, and then finally, APPLY what we’ve learned, we will see that failure impossible.
We just need to keep “thinking and growing” and then “Acting in This Certain Way.”
RESOURCES:
How to Manifest and Attract Financial Abundance w/ Rhonda Byrne (Creator of "The Secret") Lewis Howes: The School of Greatness with Rhonda ByrneIn today's episode of The School of Greatness, we're diving into a topic that's close to my heart and likely yours too - the journey of manifesting money. I had the pleasure of sitting down with none other than Rhonda Byrne, the mastermind behind “The Secret.” Our conversation was nothing short of enlightening. As Rhonda shared her insights, I couldn't help but reflect on my own financial journey, from times of struggle to moments of abundance. This episode isn't just about money; it's about transforming your life through the principles that Rhonda and I have lived and tested. Whether you're just starting out or looking to deepen your understanding of financial abundance, this is a conversation you won't want to miss.
Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-school-of-greatness/id596047499?i=1000641351452
REFERENCES:
[i] Rhonda Byrne 2006 The Secret https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0846789/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 Think and Grow Rich Series https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 of The Silva Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[v] Join Paul Martinelli’s Study of Think and Grow Rich for FREE https://www.freeprogram.yourempoweredlife.com/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #288 on “What Does Acting Have to Do With Our Self-Belief and Identity?” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-what-does-acting-have-to-do-with-self-belief-and-our-identity/
[vii]“Oscar and Emmy winner Phil Goldfine shares the five things you need to know to succeed in show business” Feb. 25, 2019 by Yitzi Weiner https://medium.com/authority-magazine/oscar-and-emmy-winner-phil-goldfine-shares-the-five-things-you-need-to-know-to-succeed-in-show-b3152bbf985e
[viii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #38 with Todd Woodcroft https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-coach-to-the-winnipeg-jets-todd-woodcroft-on-the-daily-grind-in-the-nhl/
[ix]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #166 with Chris Gargano https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/vice-president-executive-producer-of-the-new-york-jets-chris-gargano-on-accelerating-leadership-for-maximum-impact-and-results/
[x] Andrea@Achieveit360.com
[xi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #294 on “Beyond Our Five Senses: Using the 6 Faculties of the Mind.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
[xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE 316 PART 3 REVIEW of The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-3-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-14-the-neuroscience-behind-the-impression-of-increase/
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #203 with Paranormal Researcher Ryan O’Neill https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/
[xiv] Lewis Howes with Rhonda Byrnes How to Manifest and Attract Financial Abundance w/ Rhonda Byrne (Creator of "The Secret")The School of Greatness
https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-school-of-greatness/id596047499?i=1000641351452
[xv] The Movie, The Secret https://www.thesecret.tv/
Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how our brain learns best.
On today's episode #319 we will cover:
Chapter 6: HOW RICHES COME TO YOU
✔ Where we learned to listen to the desire that’s seeking expression with and through you and think “how can you create something that give others more USE value than you are taking from them in cash value.”
✔ Ideas for creating Multiple Sources of Income in your life.
CHAPTER 8 THINKING IN THE CERTAIN WAY
✔ Where we learned "You must have a clear and definite mental picture of what you want. You cannot transmit an idea unless you have it yourself.” (Ch 8, SGR, Wattles).
✔ Reminders to go back and PRACTICE the skill of putting the image of what you want on the screen of your mind, by reviewing The Silva Method (our most downloaded series from 2023).
CHAPTER 9 HOW TO USE THE WILL
CHAPTER 10 FURTHER USE OF THE WILL
✔ Reminders to keep developing our WILL to eliminate doubts and fears, and stay focused on whatever it is that we are working towards.
Welcome back to PART 6 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich. In this classic book on thinking, this book describes how each of us shapes the events around us, creating much of the positive riches in our own personal and professional lives. Rhonda Byrne, creator of the movie The Secret[i], said she stumbled across The Science of Getting Rich and has "never been the same." This was one of the first seminars I sold when I worked with Bob Proctor back in the late 1990s, and he mentioned to me in our interview on EP 66[ii] that his business took off after Rhonda Byrne’s The Secret took off. There is true magic within the words written within these pages, and like all of the books we dive deep into, it’s the application of what we read here that has the potential to change our life forever.
If you enjoyed our Deep Dive into Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich[iii] book, or the 4 Part Series of The Silva Method,[iv] (that I’m going to revisit after this study is complete) the concepts we will cover in this review go hand in hand with those Deep Dives. I’m currently studying Hill’s “Think and Grow Rich” with Paul Martinelli[v], who teaches this book like no one else and I’m constantly reminded of how important our ability to “think” really is. Napoleon Hill titled his book with four simple words. He picked “think and grow” as the first three, and we covered in this series the power of our thoughts. Now, we are learning through the words of Wallace D. Wattles, that once we know how to think and grow, we can next add the rich part, and he shows us there is a science to this.
I always add that it’s not just rich financially, but we grow rich in our knowledge, rich in our potential, and we need money to keep learning, and growing, so yes, rich financially.
Bringing us to Chapter 6: HOW RICHES COME TO YOU
How do riches come to you? My goal for the END of this review, (after our next episode) is to show that without a shadow of a doubt, we ALL have the ability to “Think and Grow Rich” and That there is a Science to Doing This. If we can do the hard work involved (using persistence like while reading chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days) we will sharpen our ability to think, make connections and grow from what we’ve learned. Once we APPLY what we’ve learned, we will see that failure is not possible. We just need to keep “thinking and growing” and then “Acting in This Certain Way.”
Chapter 6 opens up with Wattles urging us to “Give people more in use value than cash value of the thing you take from them” explaining:
“The paper, ink and other material in this book may not be worth the money you pay for it, but if the ideas suggested by it bring you thousands of dollars, you have not been wronged by those who have sold it to you. They have given you great use value for small cash value” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles) “especially if the ideas in this book brings you thousands of dollars.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles).
So, while acting in this “Certain Way” that Wattles describes, now add, that you must give every others more in use value than you take from them in cash value. In doing so, you are adding to the life of the world.
This is why I give my best work away for free on this podcast. I’m putting this chapter into practice by giving more in “use value than I expect back in cash value.” This is also the value behind volunteering our time. Give more in use value to others, than we expect back in cash value.
This is the part in this book that dates it back to the early 1900s. He says next that:
“If you want a sewing machine (he would) suggest that before you impress the thought of a sewing machine in the thinking substance that you first make sure the image of the machine is clearly formed in your mind.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles). This to me is where this book aligns directly with what we learned from Think and Grow Rich, as well as The Silva Method.
“After you form the thought, you must have the most and unquestioning faith that the sewing machine is coming.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles).
This is important. How many times have you heard someone going for something they really want (a sewing machine in Wattles’ time or something else in our time- a new job, or something) and they speak about it showing they aren’t confident in their attainment of whatever it is they are going for.
Wattles says “NEVER think or speak of (what you want) without feeling confident that it will arrive.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles).
“It will be brought to you by the power of the supreme intelligence.” (Ch 6, SGR, Wattles) who insists that we must not “forget for a moment that the thinking substance is everything” (Ch 6, SGR) and that “you can have anything you want, as long as you use it for the advancement of your life and the lives of others.” (Ch 6, SGR).
Next, Wattles talks about a boy who said to him while sitting at a piano “I can feel the music in me but I can’t make my hands go right.”
He’s explaining the boys’ desire seeking expression with and through him. The boy knows and feels what he’s meant to do, but it’s going to take PRACTICE and the right mindset (Thinking in this certain way) to develop this talent in him that could by all means lead him to riches if he works diligently at his skill.
We asked this question at the end of our last EPISODE 319, PART 5[vi] of this review.
What is YOUR desire that’s seeking expression with and through you?
This desire in you is “the urge of the Original Substance, containing all the possibilities of life.” I’m not going to skip this part, or leave it out. I will say that Wattles is telling us that it is God who seeks expression with and through us.
So, it’s TRULY impossible to fail when you feel this desire within you. But it is up to each one of us to fully develop these God-given talents and abilities within us.
It’s in Chapter 6 that in the seminar industry, while studying this book, Bob Proctor would always teach the importance of having income from multiple sources, to create wealth. It’s not another job, but just adding another income stream to what you’ve already got. While working in the seminar industry I met many people from all walks of life, and they ALL understood this principle. I talked about what a paradigm shift this concept was for me when I first started to see different ways I could earn money, that were outside of working a job, that runs 9-5 hours on EP 67.[vii]
Putting Chapter 6 into Practice:
Listen to The Desire That’s Seeking Expression with and Through You and think “how can you create something that give others more USE value than you are taking from them in cash value.”
Multiples Sources of Income Ideas Using This Principle:
If you want to build income outside of what you do fulltime, Russell Brunson[viii], the co-founder and owner of Clickfunnels is a master as teaching The Value Ladder, that’s based on offering people products with high use value, and low cost, to bring them into your “funnel” and offer them more and more cost as they progress along the way. See if any of the ideas I’ve written below are of interest to YOU to create multiple sources of income over time.
Writing a Book: (is one way) to create another source of income, but anyone who has written a book will tell you that the book itself won’t make you a lot of money unless you sell thousands of copies. A book can lead you to earn income from other sources like speaking engagements, workshops and courses where you share your knowledge with others, and they would gratefully give you’re their money, to learn more. Looking at Brunsons Value Ladder, you can give away a book, or offer it for a low price (have you ever noticed some books are FREE, but you just need to pay for shipping)? This is a common strategy that can lead you into the author’s “funnel” where they will upsell you other programs and services.Online Courses: When I first started putting some of my old courses online, I was amazed when I would receive money into my bank account from people who purchased those courses. The more people want to learn what you are teaching, the more they will purchase the course you have created.Mastermind Groups: You can now take people who come your way from your training, and offer specialized training for smaller groups. The more people are interested in learning what you “know” they will be happy pay you to be “trained” by you in smaller groups.Monetizing YouTube: As more and more people want to learn from you, you will have more followers on social media. Once you have 1,000 followers on YouTube, you can begin to earn money for ads that show up during your videos. To earn a lot of money this way, you do need to have a lot (meaning thousands of views of your videos). This one took me some time to build, but since building this one since 2019, I now receive ad funds directly to my business bank account, allowing me to put those funds towards research and development. You can see the progression of our interviews since 2019[ix]Monetize a Podcast: I did try this one out, but stopped, as it’s important to me that I’m giving the best content I have, for free on this podcast. In the future, I’ll consider putting ads on this podcast (that make sense to my brand), but for now, I’m not using this option. It’s much like the money sent to you via YouTube.OTHER IDEAS: These ideas show that when you provide value (or something that’s greater in use value than what you pay for it) that can build you towards significant income over time. I’m sure there are many more ideas that you can come up with. Take out a piece of paper and draw a circle in the middle called MSIs (for multiple sources of income) and brainstorm how many ideas YOU can come up. Off the top of my head, I can think of one of my friends who was a child actor in the movie A Christmas Story. Every year, she receives a royalty check for appearing in that movie, with a speaking role. What other ideas can YOU think of? Find your MSIs, and get to work!
Then, Think and Grow…Rich.
CHAPTER 7 GRATITUDE
We covered this chapter on EP #317.[x]
CHAPTER 8 THINKING IN THE CERTAIN WAY
Wattles opens up this next chapter by telling us to “go back to chapter 6 and re-read the story of the man who formed the mental image of his house, and this is the initial step towards getting rich.” (Ch 8, SGR, Wattles). He affirms,
“You must have a clear and definite mental picture of what you want. You cannot transmit an idea unless you have it yourself.” (Ch 8, SGR, Wattles).
Which is Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich in action, and the whole concept behind The Silva Method.
Before this month ends, I’ll be covering a review of our Top 10 episodes of 2023 that had The Silva Method in the top 4 spots, just blowing my mind when I saw the numbers and how many people around the world were interested in learning The Silva Method.
I’ve not yet covered a review of The Silva Ultramind System, that’s a step beyond what we covered in that 4-part series but have to mention that there are parts of this program that will expand your thinking, specifically with your ability to create images on your mental screen. No one covers this program like Vishen Lakhiani from Mind Valley[xi].
It’s here I learned how to build my mental screen (day 3), solve problems on this screen (day 4), and day 5 I learned to walk through my home, (and anywhere else I’d love to see) through a unique process that projects my mind wherever I’d like to go.
Putting Chapter 8 into Practice:
RE-READ CHAPTER 6: Do what Wattles says and go back and re-read the story of the person in Chapter 6 who formed the mental image of building a house in his mind, before he moved towards what he wanted.LOOK AT THE SILVA ULTRA MIND SYSTEM: Look through the 30-day curriculum and see if you’d like to experience it. I’m not affiliated with Mind Valley, but after my friend Hans Ajay told me “this program would change me forever” I’ve got to agree. There’s nothing out there that I’ve seen so far that teaches Joe Silva’s Method, better than this program. PRACTICE! Pick a time of day that you will practice ‘building images” on the screen of your mind. Whether you use The Silva Method, and just plain old visualization, practicing this skill will help you to Think and Grow… Then it’s up to you to apply what you are learning to Grow Rich in potential and Grow Rich financially with your skills and talents.
This is a program you can study, and learn from, for many years to come.
CHAPTER 9 HOW TO USE THE WILL
CHAPTER 10 FURTHER USE OF THE WILL
I thought it was interesting that Wattles picked the use of the Will, for chapters 9 and again in 10, with further uses of The Will. This shows me that he recognized that we can work hard, visualizing what we want, and take action with our goals, Thinking and Acting, but if we don’t know how to execute the proper use of our will, we will struggle with doing things “The Certain Way” that he suggests.
The Will is one of our higher faculties that we covered on EP #294[xii] “Beyond Our Five Senses: Using the 6 Faculties of the Mind” and the Will, gives us the ability to concentrate. When reviewing the Will on this episode, I mentioned that meditation was one way to strengthen this faculty, along with an exercise of staring at a candle flame until you and the flame become one.
Wattles takes the use of the will a step further saying “it’s as wrong to coerce people by mental powers as it is by physical power” (Ch 9, SGR, Wattles) so you must only use your Will for yourself, and not to will others to do things for you. You must use your Will “to keep yourself thinking and acting in a certain way.”
“Use your mind to form a mental image of what you want and hold this vision with faith and purpose. Use your will to keep your mind working the right way.” (Ch 9, SGR, Wattles).
Also, use your Will to prevent yourself from thinking thoughts of doubt and disbelief as “doubt and disbelief is as certain to start a movement away from you as faith and purpose are to start one towards you.” (Ch 9, SGR, Wattles).
There are definitely some parts of this book, written in 1910 that you might disagree with, especially when it comes to not talking about poverty, or disease. For those involved heavily in charitable organizations, I do believe that we can all help support organizations, instead of doing what Wattles suggests, and that’s to not think about them at all. Or with health, I believe that studying and learning about health has helped me to become healthier, so some parts of this book, I just don’t agree with, but I can also see what Wattles was intending when he was writing this book.
In chapter 10, The further use of the will, Wattles expands on more uses of the Will to help us to “make the most of ourselves” which is my goal with this podcast.
He ends Chapter 10 by reading the syllabus again.
Remember:
“There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, penetrates, permeates and fills the interspaces of the universe.
A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.
You can form things in your thought, and by impressing your thought upon the formless substance, can cause the thing you think about to be created.”
“In order to do this, a person must pass from the competitive to the creative mind. They must form a clear mental picture in their thoughts with the fixed purpose to get what they want, and the unwavering faith that they will get what they want—closing their mind to all that may tend to dim their vision, or quench their faith. “
We now see that we must live and act in this Certain Way.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude PART 6 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, we covered:
Chapter 6: HOW RICHES COME TO YOU
Where we learned to listen to the desire that’s seeking expression with and through you and think “how can you create something that give others more USE value than you are taking from them in cash value.”
We brainstormed ideas for creating multiple sources of income in our life, so that money can begin to come our way even while we are sleeping at night.
We learned to THINK and GROW…first, preparing ourselves to be rich in potential and financially second.
CHAPTER 8 THINKING IN THE CERTAIN WAY
Remembering “You must have a clear and definite mental picture of what you want. You cannot transmit an idea unless you have it yourself.” (Ch 8, SGR, Wattles).
We talked about different programs we can use to further develop whatever it is that we imagine on the mental screen of our minds, (The Silva Ultra Mind Course) or by going back to read Chapter 6 on the importance of building the image of what we want on the screen of our minds first.
CHAPTER 9 HOW TO USE THE WILL
CHAPTER 10 FURTHER USE OF THE WILL
Finally, we looked at the importance of developing the higher faculty of our will, to prevent us from focusing on our doubts and fears, while keeping us focused on improving ourselves for the better,
I hope that by diving into the 17 Chapters of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, you are making connections with how you can do things in this Certain Way, building faith in the fact that
NOTHING IS IMPOSSIBLE when follow the principles Wattles outlines in this classic book on thinking.
See you next with the final chapters of this book, and conclusion of our DEEP Dive into The Science of Getting Rich.
REFERENCES:
[i] Rhonda Byrne 2006 The Secret https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0846789/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 Think and Grow Rich Series https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 of The Silva Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[v] Join Paul Martinelli’s Study of Think and Grow Rich for FREE https://www.freeprogram.yourempoweredlife.com/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #319 PART 5 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-5-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-revealing-the-secret-within-the-syllabus-chapters-1-2-3-and-5/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #67 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/
[viii] https://www.russellbrunson.com/
[ix] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Interviews https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLb5Z3cA_mnKhiYc5glhacO9k9WTrSgjzW
[x] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #317 PART 4 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-4-review-of-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-gratitude-through-the-eyes-of-wallace-d-wattles/
[xi] https://www.mindvalley.com/
[xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #294 on “Beyond Our Five Senses: Using the 6 Faculties of the Mind.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
PART 5 REVIEW of The Science of Getting Rich by Wallace D Wattles
Welcome back to PART 5 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich. In this classic book on thinking, this book describes how each of us shapes the events around us, creating much of the positive riches in our own lives.
Rhonda Byrne, creator of the movie The Secret[i], said she stumbled across The Science of Getting Rich and has "never been the same." This was one of the first seminars I sold when I worked with Bob Proctor back in the late 1990s, and he mentioned to me in our interview on EP 66[ii] that his business took off after Rhonda Byrne’s The Secret took off. There is true magic within the words written within these pages, and like all of the books we dive deep into, it’s the application of what we read here that has the potential to change our life forever.
It took me some time to review this book, honestly, because many of the concepts I didn’t fully understand myself. It’s taken me over 25 years to finally grasp the meaning behind the timeless concepts that Wattles wrote about in 1910, and writing this series has helped me to refine my own thinking, in addition to sharing what I’m learning here with you, wherever you might be listening in the world.
If you enjoyed our Deep Dive into Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich[iii] book, or the 4 Part Series of The Silva Method,[iv] the concepts we will cover in this review go hand in hand with those Deep Dives.
I read this review about this book and it caught my eye.
No student of thought should be without this historic book. Think about this for a minute.Read this book and do it exactly as written and you will see HOW failure is impossible. This is the PERFECT book and series to launch 2024 with.
On today's episode #319 we will cover:
✔ CHAPTER 1: THE RIGHT TO BE RICH
“There is nothing wrong with wanting more in life. No man is to be happy with little.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles)
✔ CHAPTER 2 THERE IS A SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH
With some thoughts on what the title of this book makes you think about.
✔ CHAPTER 3 IS OPPORTUNITY MONOPOLIZED?
What is it that YOU really want? Do you think you can achieve it?
✔ CHAPTER 4: THE FIRST PRINCIPLE OF THE SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH
We covered this chapter on EP 315 in PART 2[v] of this REVIEW where I challenged everyone to read chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days. Keep reading.
✔ CHAPTER 5: INCREASING LIFE
Why must we develop our Mind, Body and Spirit?
Welcome back to SEASON 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how our brain learns best.
At the end of each year, we review timeless and important books that were recommended to me when I worked in the motivational speaking industry in the late 1990s, and my goal is to see how science can inform us as we move towards our goals in 2024, (whether it with the interviews we will host) or by diving into what I saw working over and over again in the speaking industry, so we can all be the most improved, 2.0 version of ourselves.
This year, we are reviewing Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich book that was written in 1910. I’ve set the stage for the application of this book by asking us to begin or end our study by reading chapters 4/14/7 in this order for 90 days. The order is important. This is where our review began. If you can do this one activity, I promise you that the magical words that Wattles wrote on the pages of this book, will begin to have significant meaning to you.
In PART 1[vi] we saw the importance of opening up our minds to prosperity thinking, (that there is more than enough for all of us vs poverty consciousness that there is not enough) and PART 2[vii] we focused on the power of our thoughts, specifically with how to “think and act in this certain way” to achieve the results we are talking about here. We gave examples of two distinct types of thinkers, encouraging all of us to open the keyhole in the door (or kick down the door) and expand of level of awareness in this process. With PART 3[viii] of our review, we explored Chapter 14, on The Impression of Increase, with two suggestions for Acting in this Certain Way with everyone we interact with. Look to where you can give others genuine compliments, pointing out their accomplishments and efforts, and always look for where you can assist others with your resources. Then on PART 4, we covered Chapter 7 on Gratitude that connected us directly with our source of supply.
Let’s now dive into the rest of the chapters of this timeless book, keeping in mind where the heart of this book exists. We must understand the syllabus. I’ll read it here, and again at the end, and my hope is that the secret that Wattles intends us to “see” will reveal itself to you, and like Rhonda Byrnes, who read this book, and was never the same, I hope that something new is revealed to you, changing your thinking in some way, and helping you to see if you can do things in this Certain Way, that failure is impossible.
Remember: Getting Rich is the result of doing things in a certain way. We help ourselves first, then we look for ways to help others do the same.
Before we begin, do you have questions about this syllabus like I did when I first read this book? Here’s mine:
Q1: What is this thinking stuff from which all things are made that fills the inter spaces of the universe? Wattles says, it’s everywhere, but what is it?
My Answer: It is formless, supremely intelligent and permeates everything around us—including organic and inorganic things and the spaces between them. Wattles uses many terms interchangeably to describe this substance. After reading and studying this book for over 2 decades, I came to see this “thinking stuff” as my Source, which I call God. You might call it something else, but naming it while reading this book can help to see its power and why “a thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.” This essentially is what prayer is. “A person can form things in their thoughts (or like through prayer) and by impressing their thoughts upon the formless substance (your source of Supply or God), can cause the thing they think about to be created.” When you break this syllabus down a bit, it doesn’t seem so “far out there.”
I am certain that Wattles is describing the power of prayer.
To put the syllabus into practice, think about where you feel the most connected to this source. It is everywhere, but some of us might feel this connection in nature, like I’ve described while hiking in the mountains, near water (or the Ocean) like scientist and activist Dr. Wallace J Nichols talked about on EP 297[ix] this past summer. Wherever you feel the most connected, just trust that there is something bigger than you, that will help you to produce whatever it is that you “image” in your thoughts.
Let’s look at the remaining chapters of the book.
CHAPTER 1 THE RIGHT TO BE RICH
Wattles says that “No man can rise to his greatest possible height in talent or soul development (our fullest) potential without money.”
In the pages of my notebook, I wrote “thought always proceeds the action” or “what’s coming, we think about.”
I don’t need to look far to say this isn’t so, as we witness this with our two girls and competitive gymnastics. As with any sport or skill, it takes money to learn these skills, and it was a good year that our oldest daughter would ask to join the competitive team at her gym before we agreed to it. Later, she let me know that she used to watch YouTube videos of gymnasts training, and she knew this is what she wanted to do with all of her heart. There was much thought in her mind that happened a good year BEFORE she even tried out to be a part of this team.
The same goes with the material you are studying now. I watched people pay thousands of dollars to attend each seminar to learn this information from the best teachers in the world. Many who wanted to attend, couldn’t not pay the tuition. You can always read this book on your own, or watch videos to learn new skills, but to immerse yourself with the best teachers in the world, the easiest way is to pay for an exchange of their knowledge for your money.
“To unfold the soul and develop talent” we cannot do these things unless you have the money to pay for them.
Which leads me back to why I’m giving away everything I’ve learned over the years, for FREE, on this podcast. I know this is what I am meant to do. I was fortunate enough to learn directly from some of the best teachers in the world, and now, I am meant to give back in this way. For now, this podcast remains ad free for this reason. It has always been important to me that I put the best work I’ve got, out to the world, for free, because of the principles within the pages of this book. What I want for myself, I want for others.
When you find your place, you will know where you have room to give back. I do think that Wattles intends us to all get to this place where we shift our thinking from “what can I get” to “how can I help others” with my talents and abilities.
Part 1 of this series we spent on prosperity consciousness vs poverty for this reason. If you’re listening and are struggling with this concept, go back and listen to Part 1 where we dove into two ways of thinking about money.
This is an important lesson because we will need it to “reach our fullest mental, spiritual and physical unfoldment.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles).
“Success in life is becoming what you want to be” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles) so for my daughter who begged us to join competitive gymnastics, it was her desire seeking expression with and through her, (to do this sport) but it takes money to do this.
I think back to my early days, when I wanted to become a teacher it took money to pay for my teacher training. If you want to learn business strategies, same idea. Whatever we want, it begins with a desire in our thoughts, and what’s coming our way, we will think about, usually long before we take action towards it.
What about you? Whenever we have wanted to learn, grow and advance ourselves in our lives and careers, it takes money to do this.
Remember: “There is nothing wrong with wanting more in life. No man is to be happy with little.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles).
What do you think when you hear this? Do you agree with Wattles? Over the years I became more comfortable with “wanting more in life” and when I was living my most lean years, I made sure to spend my leisure time in places that made me “feel” the abundance that Wattles was describing when he said “there is nothing wrong with wanting.” I often sat writing in the lobby of the most beautiful resorts I could find to keep my thinking away from poverty and more towards prosperity thinking.
Wattles writes that “No man can rise to his greatest possible height in talent or soul development unless he has plenty of money; for to unfold the soul and to develop talent he must have many things to use, and he cannot have these things unless he has the money to buy them with.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles).
Like my daughter’s gymnastics training, or what we must do to pay for new skills we want to acquire.
Wattles writes that “Man’s right to life means his right to have free and unrestricted use of the things which may be necessary to his fullest mental, spiritual and physical unfoldment.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles).
“No man can be really happy or satisfied unless his body is living fully in every function, and unless the same is true of his mind and soul.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles).
Be sure to develop all three parts of us (our body, mind and soul).
“Wherever there is unexpressed possibility, or function not performed, there is unsatisfied desire. Desire is possibility seeking expression, or function seeking performance.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles).
Think about this for a minute. What is it in you that is “unexpressed possibility” that you could nurture and grow in 2024? For me, it’s clear and obvious. If I was unable to research, read books, and then work on integrating this new information in my life, and then share what I’m learning with you, I would not be truly happy. Hosting this podcast (is my desire seeking expression) is driven by an unrelentless desire for me to keep researching, learning, and sharing anything that can help us to all improve our productivity and results.
What about you? What is it that you must do? What is your desire that is “possibility seeking expression” in you? This is a good thing to know for ourselves, and then look at see if you can notice it in others.
Before moving to chapter 2, I think we have given some good examples as to why there is nothing wrong with wanting to have enough money to develop our body, mind and soul, to nurture our “desires” or our “possibility seeking expression” or “function seeking performance” so we can be truly happy ourselves, before we begin to think of how we can extend our hand outwards, to help others.
CHAPTER 2 THERE IS A SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH
Before we go any further, I wonder, what comes up for you when you saw the title of this book?
Do you think of the TV show Lifestyles of the Rich and the famous, like me?
The title of this book is one of the reasons I didn’t want to cover it on this podcast in the first place. While I see the importance of earning money, I’m not one to want to “be rich” and when multi-million-dollar yachts sail past me, they don’t catch my eye. I’ve never been drawn to anything excessive so covering a book about “getting rich” was not on the top of my list.
I can recognize others like me while I’m interviewing them. The inventor of GDV technology, Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, from EP 307[x] mentioned that while he enjoys inventing, he’s not as good with the business side of things. He writes in his books that when he went on some of his exciting trips around the world, he just took his sandals, and a hat to keep the sun off his face.
So, if you are like me, not very interested in “Getting Rich” and the title of this book deterred you a bit, just see if there is something we can learn together. It’s here my mentor, Bob Proctor, would send me back to PART 1[xi] of this series, and work on my prosperity thinking. He would remind me that “nobody can have all he wants without plenty of money.” (Chapter 1, SGR, Wattles).
And I would come back to Chapter 2 with an expanded and open mind. This Certain Way has to do with Prosperity Thinking vs Poverty.
REMEMBER: “There is a Science of getting rich, and it is an exact science, like algebra or arithmetic.” (Chapter 2, SGR, Wattles) and we have discovered that it’s about thinking and acting in a certain way.
“There are certain laws which govern the process of acquiring riches and when these laws are learned and obeyed by any man, he will get rich with mathematical certainty.” (Ch 2, SGR, Wattles). If you were to study this book through Bob Proctor’s Seminars, it’s here that he would cover the 7 Laws of the Universe, where he would say that doing things in this “certain way” would be according to these Natural Laws that Wattles mentions in Chapter 2.
We were not taught these laws in school, and I’m not going to cover them here, but I will say that “it doesn’t matter WHAT we’re doing, it matters HOW we are doing it.” We will cover “this certain way” in this book study, so at the end of these chapters, we will have a clear strategy on HOW to THINK AND ACT in this certain way, that Wattles describes and “those who do things in this Certain Way, whether on purpose or accidentally, get rich; while those who do not do things in this Certain Way, no matter how hard they work or how able they are, remain poor.”
And “nobody can have all he wants without plenty of money.” (Chapter 1, SGR, Wattles).
Here’s An Example:
Have you ever seen two businesses on the same side of the road, and one is thriving while the other is not? Wattles addresses this when he says that Getting Rich is “not a matter of environment” (Ch 2, SGR, Wattles) even though “some environments may be more favorable than others” but the success one person experiences is a result of “Doing Things in This Certain Way.”
Wattles also says that “the ability to do things in this certain way is not due solely to the possession of talent, for many people who have great talent, remain poor, while others who have very little talent get rich.” He says that “if you study people who have gotten rich, we find they are an average lot in all respects, having no greater talents and abilities than other men.” (Ch 2, SGR, Wattles). They got rich by “Doing Things in This Certain Way.”
We covered this concept in PART 1[xii] of this review, as “Doing Things in This Certain Way” begins with prosperity thinking versus poverty mindset.
Let’s keep going and see what else we can add to open up our understanding in this timeless book and of Doing Things in This Certain Way that Wattles describes.
CHAPTER 3 IS OPPORTUNITY MONOPOLIZED?
Chapter 3 is a good chapter for anyone who is worried that an opportunity that they really want, will pass them by.
Wattles explains that “No man is kept poor because opportunity has been taken away from him; because other people have monopolized the wealth, and have put a fence around it.” (Ch 3, SGR, Wattles).
This is where the “thinking stuff” comes into play. It matters what thoughts we think, and put out into the world.
When we think “oh, there’s no way I will ever do xyz” then that’s the message you’ve sent out to the formless substance. It might sound crazy, but just stay with me here. If Wallace D. Wattles wrote these principles in 1910, and they closely match Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich, and Jose Silva’s The Silva Method, then why not just test this out for yourself for some time.
The only thing we lack is awareness…and in order to open up our awareness, we must kick down the door, and look at the opportunity that’s available to all of us.
Wattles explains that “The visible supply is practically inexhaustible; and the invisible supply really IS inexhaustible. (Economics teaches us there is a limited supply but Wattles is telling us that human attention is the only thing that is scarce). Everything you see on earth is made of one substance, out of which all things proceed. New Forms are constantly being made, and older ones are dissolving; but all shapes are assumed by One Thing. There is no limit to the supply of the Formless Stuff, or Original Substance.” (Ch 3, SGR, Wattles).
Abundance is here, we just might not be able to “see” it if it’s on a different level of vibration than our current level of thinking.
This is where we come to understand that “the resources of the formless supply are at the command of any man or woman who will act and think in a certain way” then “the Secret to Life” (Ch 3, SGR, Wattles) is available to all of us.
Whatever it is that you desire, (that possibility that seeks expression with and through you) it is possible to achieve, with time, effort, hard work and focus. Like our daughters who begged us to join gymnastics, they were both willing to put in the hard work to develop the skills needed to push them both through difficult times to bring their visions into form) or for me, to know that I can never sit somewhere and not be reading a book, or writing an episode, that I’ll record and put out into the world. I’m willing to put in the time and effort to make sure these episodes are my best work, offering our listeners something unique, something they couldn’t just get from the internet, or from Google, which puts this show at the top of the charts (in Neuroscience[xiii] and SEL[xiv]) each year.
What is it for you? What is it that’s seeking expression through you? It might be a book you want to write, and you think, “Oh that book’s already been written” or you think someone else might be better at what you want to do. Until you step forward and try, you’ll be holding yourself back from expressing the possibility that wants to be expressed within you.
Remember: The invisible supply is inexhaustible. The supply will never run short. If you come to this chapter, and are aware of something that might be holding you back from something you desire, it’s here that you can look at your paradigms, or beliefs that we covered in depth of EP 67.[xv]
If you are with me here, and know what it is that is seeking expression with and through you, (whatever it is that you desire) and you are not worried that someone else will take your place, keep reading this book.
CHAPTER 4: THE FIRST PRINCIPLE OF THE SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH
We covered this chapter on EP 315 in PART 2[xvi] of this REVIEW where I challenged everyone to read chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days. Keep reading.
CHAPTER 5: INCREASING LIFE
Wattles explains that “Every living thing must continually seek for the enlargement of its life, because life, in the mere act of living, must increase itself.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles).
There is nothing wrong for wanting to be/do/have more in our lives.
Wattles says that “We want to get rich in order that you may eat, drink, and be merry when it’s time to do these things, see distant lands, feed your mind and develop your intellect; in order that you may love men and do kind things, and be able to play a good part in helping the world find truth.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles).
Brian Proctor talked about this concept on our interview EP 292[xvii] this past summer because this is one chapter that Bob Proctor lived every day. He gave the impression of increase to EVERYONE. I remember when I was moving from Toronto to the US in 2001, with barely any money in my pocket, but an incredible vision for where I was going, and Bob said to me “Andrea, are you flying first class to Arizona?” I almost fell off the chair I was sitting on. Of course, I wasn’t flying first class! It would be a few years before I sat in first class on an airplane, but Bob wanted me to see that sitting in first class was definitely an option. It was just an option that took me a few years to grasp.
Wattles says it this way.
“A seed, dropped into the ground, springs into activity, and in the act of living produces a hundred more seeds; life, by living, multiplies itself. It is forever Becoming More; it must do so, if it continues to be at all. Intelligence is under this same necessity for continuous increase. Every thought we think makes it necessary for us to think another thought; consciousness is continually expanding. Every fact we learn leads us to the learning of another fact; knowledge is continually increasing. Every talent we cultivate brings to the mind the desire to cultivate another talent; we are subject to the urge of life, seeking expression, which ever drives us on to know more, to do more, and to be more.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles).
It’s here that learning to live beyond our 5 senses, what our senses pick up, and develop the 6 faculties of our mind: our perception, reason, will, memory, imagination and intuition that we covered on EP 294[xviii] come into play. When Proctor asked me if I was flying first class to Arizona, he planted the seed in my mind that flying first class was a great way to travel. Proctor planted many seeds in my mind in the 6 years I worked in the seminar industry. Now, I feel like it’s my obligation to share what I learned, to help others.
Wattles reminds us to “make the most of yourself, for yourself, and for others; and you can help others more by making the most of yourself than in any other way” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles.)
You must live for yourself, (finding the right balance with just enough) for yourself first, and then help look for how you can help others.
If you come from the competitive mindset, (if you’ve been conditioned to either WIN or LOSE) this next concept might take some additional effort. Wattles reminds us to “get rid of the thought of competition. You are to create, not to compete for what is already created. You do not have to take anything away from from anyone.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles).
“Riches secured on the competitive plane are never satisfactory and permanent” Wattles says. They are yours today and another’s tomorrow.
Remember if you are to become rich in a scientific and certain way, you must rise entirely out of competitive thought. You must never think for a moment that the supply is limited. This will drop you into the competitive mind the moment you begin to think that all the money is being cornered and controlled by the bankers and others…Know that the money you need will come when you need it.
Live by this absolute truth.
“There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, penetrates, permeates and fills the interspaces of the universe.
A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.
You can form things in your thought, and by impressing your thought upon the formless substance, can cause the thing you think about to be created.”
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude PART 5 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, we covered:
CHAPTER 1: THE RIGHT TO BE RICH
“There is nothing wrong with wanting more in life. No man is to be happy with little.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles)
“To unfold the soul and develop talent” we cannot do these things unless you have the money to pay for them.” (Ch 1, SGR, Wattles)
Then we talked about how our desire is “possibility seeking expression” with and through us, and we can look within ourselves to discover what our true desires are that we must express.
My daughter, wanted to train in competitive gymnastics, which requires money “to unfold her soul and develop her talent.”
I know that to unfold my soul, I must spend my leisure time studying, learning, and then sharing what I am learning to help others.
Money is required for both of these examples.
What is YOUR desire that’s seeking expression with and through you?
CHAPTER 2 THERE IS A SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH
There is a Science of getting rich, and it is an exact science, like algebra or arithmetic.” (Chapter 2, SGR, Wattles) and we have discovered that it’s about thinking and acting in a certain way.
Wattles describes that “those who do things in this Certain Way, whether on purpose or accidentally, get rich; while those who do not do things in this Certain Way, no matter how hard they work or how able they are, remain poor.”
My goal with this review of Wattles’ SGR book is to show us that we ALL have the same ability, the ability to “think” and “act” in a certain way, (with prosperity thinking vs poverty thinking) and that once we have learned to think and act this way for ourselves, we can then turn our focus onto others and add tremendous value and abundance to someone else’s life.
CHAPTER 3 IS OPPORTUNITY MONOPOLIZED?
In this chapter, we come to understand that “the resources of the formless supply are at the command of any man or woman who will act and think in a certain way” and that “the Secret to Life” (Ch 3, SGR, Wattles) is available to all of us.
It’s here that we see that there is something that’s seeking expression with and through you, (whatever it is that you desire) and you are not worried that someone else will take your place. Nothing is impossible.
CHAPTER 4: THE FIRST PRINCIPLE OF THE SCIENCE OF GETTING RICH
We covered The First Principle of “thinking and acting in this certain way” on EP 315 in PART 2[xix] of this REVIEW where I challenged everyone to read chapters 4/14/7 for 90 days. When reading Chapter 4, every day, the words will begin to have meaning to you, and your thinking will change, I promise you.
In this chapter, I began to think:
What do I really want?How am I thinking?Thinking is difficult!And slowly, with time, I began to see that nothing is impossible. CHAPTER 5: INCREASING LIFE
We learned that it’s important to “make the most of yourself, for yourself, and for others; and you can help others more by making the most of yourself than in any other way” and that “we are impelled to know more, be more and do more.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles.)
We want to get rich in order that you may eat, drink, and be merry when it’s time to do these things, see distant lands, feed your mind and develop your intellect; in order that you may love men and do kind things, and be able to play a good part in helping the world find truth.” (Ch 5, SGR, Wattles).
There is nothing wrong with wanting to develop our mind/body and spirit. In doing so, we uncover whatever it is that’s seeking expression in ourselves, that we want to develop in ourselves. Once we have developed ourselves, we can figure out ways to help others to do the same.
Each chapter in The Science of Getting Rich helps to build our understanding of what it is that we are meant to do in this world, with an unwavering belief that we cannot fail. Once we have done this, we lend our hand to help others.
Remember:
“There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, penetrates, permeates and fills the interspaces of the universe.
A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.
You can form things in your thought, and by impressing your thought upon the formless substance, can cause the thing you think about to be created.”
“In order to do this, a person must pass from the competitive to the creative mind. They must form a clear mental picture in their thoughts with the fixed purpose to get what they want, and the unwavering faith that they will get what they want—closing their mind to all that may tend to dim their vision, or quench their faith. “
Can you see how Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich goes hand in hand with Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich and The Silva Method?
How NOTHING is impossible?
How we are the product of our thoughts. What we think, we become?
Next episode, we will cover chapters 6, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 that will lead us all to Chapters 13, 15, 16, 17 and the conclusion of this book review.
See you next time.
REFERENCES:
[i] Rhonda Byrne 2006 The Secret https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0846789/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 with The Legendary Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 Think and Grow Rich Series https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast PART 1 of The Silva Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[v] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
[viii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #316 PART 3 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-3-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-14-the-neuroscience-behind-the-impression-of-increase/
[ix]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #297 with Scientist and Activist Dr Wallace J Nichols on “Blue Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/author-scientist-and-activistdrwallace-jnichols-on-blue-mind-the-surprising-science-that-shows-how-beingnear-inonor-underwatercanmakeyourhappier-h/
[x] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
[xi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
[xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
[xiii] Top 17 Best Podcasts in Neuroscience in 2023 https://geniuslabgear.com/blogs/for-scientists/17-best-neuroscience-podcasts
[xiv] Top 20 Best SEL Podcasts in 2023 https://podcasts.feedspot.com/social_emotional_learning_podcasts/
[xv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #67 “Expanding Our Awareness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/
[xvi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
[xvii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #292 with Brian Proctor on “My Father Knew the Secret” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-proctor-on-my-father-knew-the-secretgrowing-up-with-bob-proctor/
[xviii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #294 “Beyond Our 5 Senses” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
[xix] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
Are wearable devices the future of health and wellness? Today’s episode we will take our first step towards a NEW technology, called TAOPATCH that’s been making inroads in the health and wellness industry over the years, and this is just the beginning.
Watch this interview here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cEquCWcnx9A
On today’s episode #318 we speak with the CEO of Taopatch USA, Dimiti Leonov.
We will cover:
✔ What is Taopatch nanotechnology and how can it impact our health and wellness in 2024?
✔ What systems in the body are impacted with Taopatch?
✔ How can wearing Taopatch impact our focus, emotions and even our spiritual side?
✔ What are world-class athletes saying about Taopatch?
✔ What does the most current research say about this nanotechnology?
✔ How can you try Taopatch?
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain.
On today’s episode #318, we have Dmitri Leonov, the founder of TAOPATCH USA[i]. Taopatch the nanotechnology device using light therapy with acupuncture. When I see a product that’s NEW, nicknamed The Human Upgrade Device, that addresses health and wellness, enhances physical performance, boosts energy levels, relieves pain, while being used by TOP WORLD-CLASS athletes and kept a secret for a competitive advantage, I want to know what it is.
Dmitri reached out to me and offered to share what’s they have discovered with the intersection of technology, wellness and spirituality and how they are combining traditional methods like acupuncture with modern technology like light therapy and nanotechnology. I can’t even tell you how much I’m interested in learning more, especially as I’m personally exploring NEW technologies on this podcast, so when something innovative comes my way, there’s no hesitation to make this interview happen.
Let’s meet the CEO of TAOPATCH USA, Dmitri Leonov, and see if he will reveal the secrets from the athletes he has seen using TAOPATCH as one of their best kept secrets in their careers, and what results they are attaining this this NEW Nanotechnology for health and wellness.
Welcome Dmitri Leonov. Where have we reached you today?
Dmitri, this whole podcast is designed to help all who tune in to find ways to improve ourselves (health, wellness, and even look at our spiritual side) so when I saw TAOPATCH, I knew I had to speak with you. Thanks so much for making this happen!
Before we get to this fascinating health and wellness product, I wonder with your background as an entrepreneur, what drew you towards TAOPATCH with your entrepreneurial past?
Q1: What is TAOPATCH, how does it work, where is it worn on the body, and who is using it for outstanding results?
Q2: What systems in the body are impacted with TAOPATCH?
Q3: How does it impact our emotions, focus and even our spirituality?
Q4: I’ve been using magnet therapy for years, and even some technology that added far infrared tech (Nikken products). I have seen the power from products like these over the years. What would you say is different, better or more advanced about TAOPATCH than magnet therapy that many of us would be aware of? What’s missing if I’m only using magnets?
Q4B: Can you explain what the material that TAOPATCH is made out of (Quantum Dots) and what did the recent Nobel Prize[ii] winners discover with this technology?
Q4C: I know this patch uses light therapy[iii], that on PUBMED has over 9K studies of this technology on our health and wellness. What are some of the benefits that a healthy athlete would notice using TAOPATCH? (vs maybe someone with a neurological disorder like Parkinson’s or MS).
Q5: Let’s talk about pain management and injury recovery. When we first corresponded, I told you I was not a stranger to taping things on my body, especially through this podcast. I’ve got a magnet taped on my shoulder and a new Qicoil Rife machine (using PEMF therapy) that I’ve just started using after I interviewed the founder, David Wong on EP 312.[iv] If I’ve got an area on my body that hurts, (let’s say muscles knots) will it stop the pain and help the injury to heal in or does it just mask the pain?
Q6: I’ve been trying wellness products on this podcast (ranging from the Fisher Wallace Brain stimulator, to the WHOOP wearable fitness tracker, to the Lief HRV device, (that taught me how to breath throughout my day) and most recently the QiCoil Rife Machine), and I use the device and after time, will record the results I’ve attained. I’d like to do something like this with TAOPATCH, since I already have something taped on by neck/upper back to relieve pain. I also am always looking for NEW ways to improve mental focus. I did fill out a questionnaire a few weeks ago, and was recommended I begin with the START PACK and THE EMOTION. What would you say to someone like me who is just starting out to learn more about TAOPATCH? How do we begin?>
Q6B: If I was to get 1 pack (3 patches) how long would this last me? How do you recommend the patches are used?
Q7: What else should we all know about this NEW and ADVANCED health and wellness technology? Is there anything important about the TAOPATCH that I’ve missed?
Dmitri, I want to thank you for your time meeting with me today.
For people to learn more about the TAOPATCH, is the best way to go to your website, see the testimonials, and then purchase directly from your website?
What is the best way to learn more, and follow you?
I will be looking into this for myself, and will record an update once I have tried it for some time.
Thank you!
FINAL THOUGHTS:
There’s always so much more than our eyes can see, or our ears can hear with each guest we interview. After this interview, Dmitri and I chatted about what they are developing NEXT and I’ve got to say, they are on the cutting edge of accessing information to help the world.
While I’m editing this episode, I’m also working on our TOP EPISODES from 2023 that included The Silva Method at the top, and in PART 4 of this series, we quoted Napoleon Hill who said “A genius is a man who has discovered how to increase the intensity of thought to a point where he can freely communicate with sources of knowledge not available through the ordinary rate of thought” The future is here, and this is being done to advance the world forward.
If you want to try Taopatch along with me, go to their website and you can browse through the testimonials, case studies and research. https://taopatch.co/pages/shop-your-taopatch
Be sure to use the CODE: NEUROSCIENCE at check out.
Since I’m currently using the Qualia Mind product for focus, I decided to begin with Taopatch start and see what I notice. Stay tuned for this update.
What I think is interesting is that as we are learning from each episode (together) the knowledge we are gaining is all connected. We just covered the importance of opening up our Heart Chakra with Dr. Joe Dispenza’s meditations, and now, we learn that the Taopatch Start product emits light the green light frequency, which is the color of the heart chakra.
Everything we are learning here is helping us to build a stronger, 2.0 version of ourselves, and knowledge really is power, when it’s put into use.
This is our last episode of Season 10 of the podcast and of 2023. I’ll see you next week as we come back with an overview of the TOP 10 episodes from 2023, as chosen by you, and PART 5 of our review of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich.
Have a safe and Happy New Year, and I’ll see you in 2024 with Season 11 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast.
CONNECT WITH DMITRY LEONOV
Website https://taopatch.co/
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/dmitrileonov/?originalSubdomain=de
RESOURCES:
Research https://taopatch.co/pages/research
Djokovic Wins French Open—After Claiming Nanotechnology TaoPatch on his chest Boosts On-Court Performance Article by Siladitya Ray Forbes Magazine Published June 11, 2023 https://www.forbes.com/sites/siladityaray/2023/06/11/djokovic-wins-french-open-after-claiming-nanotechnology-taopatch-on-his-chest-boosts-on-court-performance/?sh=31491bf7f7cd
Press Release Nobel Prize in Chemistry Awarded in October 2023 for the development of Quantum Dots https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/chemistry/2023/press-release/
REFERENCES:
[i] https://taopatch.co/
[ii] The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences Nobel Prize 2023 https://www.nobelprize.org/prizes/chemistry/2023/press-release/
[iii] https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/31574513/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #312 with David Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-frequency-expert-david-wong-on-master-your-frequency-and-take-control-of-your-personal-professional-life-and-health/
“Gratitude is an attitude that hooks us up to our source of supply. And the more grateful you are, the closer you become to your maker, to the architect of the universe, to the spiritual core of your being.” That’s from Bob Proctor, who writes that Chapter 7 on “Gratitude” from The Science of Getting Rich is “a phenomenal lesson.”
Welcome to our review of chapter 7 of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, published in 1910.
On today's episode #317 and PART 4 of our REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich, we will cover:
✔ REVIEW PART 1: Prosperity Thinking vs Poverty Thinking.✔ Why are our thoughts so important for our results?✔ Why are Chapters 4/14/7 important chapters for unlocking the "secrets" for wealth and abundance?✔ Why must we THINK and ACT in a Certain Way to achieve certain results in our life?✔ Why did Wallace D. Wattles see GRATITUDE as an important component for Wealth and Success in 1910?✔ 4 STEPS for practicing Gratitude in our Daily Life.
What’s UNIQUE with How to Think and Act in this Certain Way with Gratitude?
What’s new, different and unique about this chapter that unlocks the combination to wealth and abundance within the pages of this book, when we read chapters 4/14 and 7 in this order, for 90 days? It’s within this chapter, on Gratitude, a topic that many of us already know about but I’m going to suggest there’s a much deeper way to look at Gratitude, through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles. For today’s episode, I hope to tap us into how Wattles thought about Gratitude so we can see, feel and experience this word, gratitude, in a deeper, and more meaningful way.
We covered this topic already on EP 181 on “The Ingredients of an Effective Gratitude Practice” where we connected the most current brain research to this widely used success principle. But what we have NOT covered yet, is how on the earth did Wallace D. Wattles think of this practice as important and then tie it to wealth and abundance in 1910? What did he suggest that we have NOT discussed yet on this podcast? What have we missed, that’s REALLY important? This is the question I ask EVERYONE at the end of an interview. I don’t want to leave any stones unturned.
I’m going to suggest that what we have missed will be revealed when we put these three chapters together, bringing out the “secret within the syllabus of this book” where we learn to THINK AND ACT in this “certain way.” From experience, I can tell you if you follow this activity for 90 days, you will witness strange and marvelous things occur in your world, with constant regularity. You just need to READ and APPLY these 3 chapters, in this order practicing things in this CERTAIN WAY, as Wallace D. Wattles suggests. Then I’m hoping that this review will help you to shorten the time it takes you to experience these AHA moments of learning that took me over 25 years to finally understand and move you quicker towards whatever it is that you want. As I’m writing this episode, I’m STILL uncovering truths that have escaped me previously.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain
This brings us to chapter 7 of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, published in 1910 on “Gratitude.”
When I look in my notebook, the first line I highlighted was line 13 that reads “the whole process of mental adjustment and attunement can be summed up in one word, gratitude.”
Next, I highlighted
There’s a lot more than meets the eye when we read these two important sections of Chapter 7. We could spend the whole episode just talking about this word gratitude, through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles.
What does he mean by mental adjustment and attunement? I will explain this in a way I learned it from all the seminars where this point was hammered home. Let’s say we have a problem that’s weighing us down. It could be a work problem, a relationship problem, a financial problem, or anything that’s on our mind and really messing with us.
We all have been here, and we would have the tendency to want to focus on the problem right? Call up our friends and tell them about it, and say “Hey, what do you think about this?” looking for some sort of comradery from our peers.
Wattles would warn us against this and say that “the moment you permit your mind to dwell with dissatisfaction with things as they are, you begin to lose ground. You fix your mind upon the common, the ordinary, the poor, and the squalid and mean; and your mind takes the form of these things.”
Now reading this passage for 90 days, if you read it out loud, you won’t miss this part. When times are difficult, NEVER talk about them, as this gives them more energy and the problems you are having will grow. Wattles says you must get “involved with this process of mental adjustment” (where you learn to SWITCH your thinking from dwelling on what’s going wrong, to focusing everything you’ve got on what’s going right).
I mentioned this in PART 2[i] of this series that I’m fully aware that Wattles would not want me talking about the difficult times in my past when money was tight, as this would be letting my mind focus on the “common, and the poor” and he warns us against “dwelling on the inferior.” (Chapter 7, Gratitude, SGR). It matters what we think about, and if you think that your thoughts do not affect others, think again. Have you ever heard the idea “before you speak, I’ll hear you?” Our thoughts have a tremendous impact on others, especially those closest to us, so keep them positive and work on strategies to overcome negative thinking when you notice these thoughts creeping in. We dove deep into this on EP 273.[ii]
Over time, if you can develop a habit with this, it will make your life much easier. This is learning the process of “mental adjustment” and making it a habit. Then “attunement” will be to live your life “This Certain Way” where you “attune” yourself to whatever it is that you want. We’ve talked about this concept often on this podcast, where we acknowledge that we are Spiritual Beings, living in a Physical Body, with an Intellect, and everything that exists, is joined together (these levels of vibration) like the colors of the rainbow. Reaching our goals is about “attuning” to the level of vibration or frequency that they sit on.
Wattles mentions these laws starting in Chapter 2 of his book, so he is saying that once we have mentally adjusted our mind (away from what we don’t want, and towards what we do want) that we next need to “attune” ourselves to whatever it is that we want. How do we do this?
With Gratitude
When I ever hear, anyone mention they are grateful for something, it stops me in my tracks. It might sound like a trivial thing to say, but to me, especially after studying this chapter for over 25 years, it’s deeply meaningful.
Dr. Joe Dispenza knows the power of the words “Be grateful for it” as he’s put it in his Courageous Heart Meditation. We know the power of this meditation as he measures his seminar attendees BEFORE and AFTER listening to this, and it has a profound impact on a person’s state of well-being.
Gratitude and Being Grateful for something…is powerful.
Why? Because being grateful connects you directly to your source of supply. The more grateful you are, the closer you become to your maker, to the architect of the universe, to the spiritual core of your being.” (This is the quote we opened up this episode with from Bob Proctor).
Now we are talking. Real Gratitude can be felt, and I don’t know about you, but I’m drawn to those who have a grateful heart. You just want to be near people like this. So how do we become more grateful?
4 STEPS for Putting Gratitude into Practice
When times are difficult, whatever it might be (your health, your work, your relationship, or finances) the minute you find your mind dwelling on the negatives, and catch yourself from feeling sorry for yourself in some way, STOP right there, and practice these 3 steps.
STEP 1: PRACTICE MENTAL ADJUSTMENT
Think about what you are grateful for.
Put the focus on what’s working in your life, instead of what’s going wrong. This might take some time to get your mind past the negatives, but with time, it will become a habit. This is the “mental adjustment” part. I created notepads years ago that I would hand out whoever took my workshops so they could write out what they are grateful for on a list. I first saw this idea used in the seminars.[iii] You can also find Gratitude books, like Jack Canfield’s[iv] so you can create this habit and make it a part of your day. ONCE we’ve practiced, MENTAL ADJUSTMENT:
STEP 2: ATTUNE OURSELVES TO THE SPIRITUAL WORLD: Here is where we implement Gratitude through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles. We have already mentally adjusted our mind from thinking away from what we do not want, to what we DO want, and created our list of what we are grateful for. This itself (having a grateful heart) hooks us up to our source of supply. We have not ever mentioned God on this podcast (yet) but this is what I could call my maker, or the architect of the universe that Gratitude connects me to. You might call it something else, but it’s here that we acknowledge there’s something bigger than ourselves. Dr. Andrew Huberman recently said on a podcast with Lex Fridman that he has recently started to use prayer in the morning when “there’s something he cannot resolve on his own.” He acknowledges that “prayer is powerful” and “gets you outside of yourself” and that “there’s something bigger than me, bigger than nature, that I can’t understand or control to give over to it.”[v] (talking about his problems).
Wattles explains it this way when he says “First, you believe there is one Intelligent Substance, from which all things proceed; (what is this substance-call it what you will, I call it God) second, you believe this substance gives you everything you desire; and third, you relate yourself to it by a feeling of deep and profound gratitude.”
I don’t ever want to push my beliefs on others, but there are just some things that we cannot explain. I spend my spare time hiking in the mountains in Arizona, and I can’t put into words what I feel at certain parts of the hiking trail. There is a definite connection to the spiritual world, (that I feel) and I don’t know when I started doing this, but I throw out anything I want solved off the edge of the mountain, and wait to see what answers come to me.” Sounds incredibly strange, (to say this out loud, or maybe not if you do something similar) but when I heard that Stanford Professor Dr. Andrew Huberman uses prayer every morning, and then I made the connection that “a grateful heart” connects us to our source of supply, I started to see this practice as more magical than strange. I just cannot explain anything I see, or feel as I’m going outside of myself for answers or solutions, but it all begins with a grateful heart.
I just know that whatever it is that I see and feel, that when I say “thank you” after whatever it is that I’ve asked for, it feels like magic. I hear an imaginary “your welcome” as I know that I’m connected to the world is a way that I’ll never be able to explain with neuroscience.
STEP 3: GUARD OUR THINKING: “Do not permit your mind to dwell on the inferior” (Wattles, Chapter 7, Gratitude) but “surround yourself with the best to become the best.” It matters who you hang out with as the thoughts that you think, the words that you speak, all matter.
STEP 4: EXPECT GOOD THINGS TO HAPPEN
“The grateful mind continually expects good things, and expectation becomes faith. The reaction of gratitude upon one’s own mind produces faith. “It is necessary, then, to cultivate the habit of being grateful for every good thing that comes to you; and give thanks continuously.” (Chapter 7, Wattles, SGR).
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude PART 4 of our Deep Dive of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, we covered Chapter 7, on Gratitude.
REMEMBER:
PART 1[vi] of our review, we’ve seen the importance of opening up our minds to prosperity thinking, (that there is more than enough for all of us vs poverty consciousness that there is not enough) and PART 2[vii] we focused on the power of our thoughts, specifically with how to “think and act in this certain way” to achieve the results we are talking about here. We gave examples of two distinct types of thinkers, encouraging all of us to open the keyhole in the door (or kick in the door) and expand of level of awareness in this process. Last week with PART 3[viii] of our review, we explored Chapter 14, on The Impression of Increase, with two suggestions for Acting in this Certain Way with everyone we interact with. Finally, today, on PART 4, we covered Chapter 7 on Gratitude that connected us directly with our source of supply.
We looked at 4 STEPS to practicing Gratitude through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles:
STEP 1: PRACTICE MENTAL ADJUSTMENT
Think about what you are grateful for.
STEP 2: ATTUNE OURSELVES TO THE SPIRITUAL WORLD: Here is where we implement Gratitude through the eyes of Wallace D. Wattles. I’m starting to see the syllabus in a different way. What is this “thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which, in its original state, permeates, penetrates and fills the interspaces of the universe?” This is definitely something much bigger than myself.
STEP 3: GUARD OUR THINKING: Be careful at the urge to want to talk about our problems with others. “The grateful mind is constantly fixed on the best.” (Chapter 7, Wattles, SGR).
STEP 4: EXPECT GOOD THINGS TO HAPPEN since “a grateful mind continually expects good things, and expectation becomes faith.” (Chapter 7, Wattles, SGR).
If we were to read these 3 chapters, in this order, for 90 days, and implement these strategies, strange and marvelous things will occur and not only change YOUR life, but those around you.
I challenge you to read these 3 chapters, in this order, for 90 days, and let me know what you notice.
And with that, I’ll close out this episode and wish everyone Happy Holidays, wherever you tune in around the world. We will continue our review of this book in 2024, as well as will have an overview of the TOP 10 episodes from 2023. What surprised me when I looked at the past year (that The Silva Method, PARTS 1-4 were by far the most listened to episodes of the year. This shows me that you the listener, were interested in improving creativity, innovation and intuition, and gives me a roadmap for where to go as we move into Season 11 in 2024.
Happy Holidays!
REFERENCES:
Bob Proctor Fireside Chat on Think and Grow Rich Chapter 7 on Gratitude https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pMCavk4icgM
Supercharge your gratitude with Bob Proctor https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wcLwhWO1O6k
Gratitude to help you through difficult times with Bob Proctor
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IrF6m0hCvQE
Gratitude a Daily Journal by Jack Canfield Published Dec. 4, 2007 https://www.amazon.com/Gratitude-Daily-Journal-Jack-Canfield/dp/0757307108
Gratitude Worksheet https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fi/yrf55yv6q94hzbkyq67l3/PGI-Gratitude-Pad.pdf?rlkey=vfqbq5vykrikjznludkoe6qif&dl=0
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #273 on Self-Regulation: Using Neuroscience to Regulate Automatic Negative Thoughts, Emotions and Behaviors https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-self-regulation-using-neuroscience-to-regulate-automatic-negative-thoughts-emotions-and-behaviors/
[iii] Gratitude List https://www.dropbox.com/scl/fi/yrf55yv6q94hzbkyq67l3/PGI-Gratitude-Pad.pdf?rlkey=vfqbq5vykrikjznludkoe6qif&dl=0
[iv] Jack Canfield Gratitude: A Daily Journal https://www.amazon.com/Gratitude-Daily-Journal-Jack-Canfield/dp/0757307108
[v] Andrew Huberman on Prayer and Faith in God https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ivDqfmicrAI
[vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
[viii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #316 PART 3 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-3-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-14-the-neuroscience-behind-the-impression-of-increase/
“We don’t have to engage in grand, heroic actions to participate in the process of change. Small acts, when multiplied by millions, can transform the world.” Howard Zinn
On today's episode #316 and PART 3 of our REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich, we will cover:
✔ REVIEW PART 1: Prosperity Thinking vs Poverty Thinking.
✔ Why are our thoughts so important for our results?
✔ Why are Chapters 4/14/7 important chapters for unlocking the "secrets" for wealth and abundance?
✔ Why must we THINK and ACT in a Certain Way to achieve certain results in our life?
✔ What is the Impression of Increase?
✔ What does Neuroscience have to do with this age-old success principle?
✔ 2 TIPS for practicing The Impression of Increase with EVERYONE you interact with.
“Increase is what all men and women are seeking: it is the urge of the Formless Intelligence within them, seeking fuller expression…All human activities are based on this desire for increase; people are seeking more food, more clothes, better shelter, more luxury, more beauty, more knowledge, more pleasure—increase in something, more in life.” Wallace D. Wattles, The Science of Getting Rich
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain.
Which brings us to chapter 14 of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, published in 1910 on “The Impression of Increase.” This is one of my favorite chapters, and one I know that my mentor Bob Proctor LOVED practicing The Impression of Increase. Brian Proctor talked about this on our recent interview EP 292[i] this past summer. Brian covers this topic beautifully in his book, My Father Knew the Secret, in the 2nd last chapter on “Supporting Others.”
Bob Proctor would practice this principal from Chapter 14 and say to “leave everyone you meet with The Impression of Increase” and I remember when I first began to study this chapter, I wrote in BIG LETTERS at the top of the page to “take the focus off yourself and put it on other people.” Then I circled in the notes section “go out and LOOK for an opportunity to help others.”
Now this seems simple enough, right? We talked about the importance of understanding how Giver’s Gain in PART 1[ii] of this study.
While I can easily go off on tangents while writing these reviews, I want to stick to how Wallace D. Wattles wrote about this concept FIRST, and then add in ways that I’ve seen others implements this idea.
Wattles opens up Chapter 14 by saying “whether you change your vocation or not, you must direct your present actions to the business you are presently engaged” and he goes on to say that “you can get into the business you want by making constructive use of the business you are already established in—by doing your work in this certain way.”
The next few lines I highlighted. He says “And, in so far as your business consists in dealing with other people—whether directly, by telephone, or by letter (yes, this book was written in 1910!), the key thoughts to all your efforts must be to convey to their minds the impression of increase.” (Chapter 14, Wattles, SGR).
Remember there is an order to “unlocking the combination for success and wealth” in this book, and that’s to read Chapters 4/14 and 7 in this order for 90 days. I’m hoping to complete our review of these 3 chapters before the holidays here in the US, and will return in the New Year, adding in the final chapters of this book. If you’ve listened to PART 1[iii] of our review, you’ve seen the importance of opening up our minds to prosperity thinking, (that there is more than enough for all of us vs poverty consciousness that there is not enough) and PART 2[iv] we focused on the power of our thoughts, specifically with how to “think and act in this certain way” to achieve the results we are talking about here. We gave examples of two distinct types of thinkers, encouraging all of us to open the keyhole in the door (or kick in the door) and expand of level of awareness in this process. Today, in PART 3 of our review, we will explore Chapter 14, on The Impression of Increase, and PART 4, will cover Chapter 7 on Gratitude. If we ONLY read these 3 chapters for 90 days, I can guarantee you would see incredible change in your daily life. Doing things in this certain way will not only change your day to day life, but will put all of us ALL in the right mindset for an incredible 2024. In the New Year, we will add in the final chapters to bring the complete meaning of this book to life.
PUTTING THE IMPRESSION OF INCREASE INTO ACTION:
So how do we take this concept and put it into action in our daily lives? It’s all about taking the focus off ourselves, and directing it towards others. Since all people seek this increase, if we become someone who inherently gives this to others, we will become in demand.
Wattles tells us to “Convey the impression of advancement with everything you do, so that all people will receive the impression that you are an advancing person and that you advance all who deal with you. Also, give people who you meet socially the thought of increase.”
What if we are completely unhappy with where we are currently (our work or our lives in some way) and it’s REALLY difficult to look outside of ourselves and put the focus onto others?
Wattles says this is the key to this chapter when he opens Chapter 14 up by saying “whether you change your vocation or not, you must direct your present actions to the business you are presently engaged.” The opening to Chapter 14 has helped me through many difficult work and life challenges. It’s always easy when you are unhappy with something to think that somewhere else will be better, (it’s possible it might be, since we all seek increase so don’t ignore that feeling of wanting more in life) but to get to this increase, we’ve got to work very hard in our current situation to convey this impression of increase and this begins with having this mental attitude, or living The Impression of Increase.
“Do everything that we do with with the firm conviction that you are an advancing personality, and that you are giving advancement to everybody.” (Wattles, Chapter 14, SGR).
Do your daily work in this CERTAIN way, giving The Impression of Increase to others with everything that you do.
Don’t give up with what you are doing (even if you are tempted to) but find the energy to give and do more in your line of work, and watch what happens.
If you are a student, study with everything that you’ve got. Study your mind first, then look to see who else you can assist.
If you are an athlete, train to perfect your skills. Train your body first, then look to your teammates to see how you can assist them.
If you are in sales, work hard to sell more. Fill your own pipeline first, then look to see who else needs your help.
Build your own skills first, and I’ve got to tie in what Stanford Professor Dr. Andrew Huberman would say on this topic to tie in the science here. He would encourage us to face “the initial stage of hard work that involves agitation, stress and confusion”[v] in the beginning of reaching for a new goal. Ask anyone who has started from the beginning, this is exactly what they must go through to hit their targets. Think of an athlete here who must do the hard training day in and day out, to hit their goals. During this process, be sure that you are “willing to set your goals a bit above what you believe at this time, that you can accomplish” (Dr. Huberman).
Then take the focus off of yourself, and see who else you can help around you. That’s Living the Impression of Increase, starting with yourself first, and then helping others to do the same.
IMPRESSION OF INCREASE ACTIVITY: RAISING UP OTHERS AND CHANGING THE WORLD IN THE PROCESS:
Remember that it takes just small actions to make a huge impact in the world. We don’t need to give large gifts, (you can but it’s not the size of the deed that matters).
TRY THIS ACTIVITY: Write down the names of 3 people you know who could use your help in some way, and reach out to them for a brainstorming session to see who you know that could help them with where they are going.
Ask them: What do you need? How can I help you?Then think of who you know that can help them to get what they need. With every person we interact with think about how we can assist them in some way. How can we put The Impression of Increase into action?
OTHER IDEAS: I learned these from working with Bob Proctor for 6 years. He undeniably practiced this concept with EVERY PERSON he interacted with, and after watching him to do over the years, and reading this book, I noticed that I do make an effort to live The Impression of Increase.
Here’s 2 TIPS to keep at the forefront of your mind in every interaction you have with someone to put The Impression of Increase into practice.
Give others genuine compliments and point out their accomplishments and efforts. You have to mean this, it can’t be false compliments or it will be obvious that you are not being sincere. You must REALLY want to see someone advance, believe and know that they can, and when you tell them what you see, it will encourage them want to strive for more. This is helping others to realize the impression of increase in themselves. Bob Proctor did this with me on EP 66 in our interview. He congratulated me on putting these principles to work in my life, pointing out how far I had come using them. He was right, he watched me go from being a teacher in Toronto, to cleaning houses in the United States, to living the life I pretty much drew out on paper in the late 90s 25 years later through many twists and turns. But you know, when he said that, I didn’t really believe him, as I was far off from where I wanted to be at the time he said that. I remember thinking, ahh Bob, you have no idea, the work I’m trying to do in the schools isn’t where I want it to be, (this was in 2020 just before the grant funding would end for the work I was doing in schools for social and emotional learning) but I just smiled and said “thank you.” It took me some time to create PRAXIS with this idea, where I integrated my beliefs with my behavior, and I finally saw what he saw. It took me a few years AFTER he said that for me to believe what he saw, when I thought of how this podcast was able to carry the message for SEL into our schools, reaching more people that I could on my own. It’s all a process, but I never did forget that he saw more in me than I saw in myself first.Think of how we can help others with what we know with our resources: Remember how something small you can do can make a huge impact for someone else. Resources doesn’t always mean something we can buy. Offering someone your time, or lending your hand in some way can change the world if you practice this over and over again. At the end of our interview together, Proctor offered something to me that had a tremendous impact for me with this podcast. He offered to send our interview out to ALL of his listeners around the world through his database. I knew at the moment he said that that I would expand my reach with our message, with Proctor’s help. I knew how many countries his message was already reaching, and with his help, so would mine. That’s the impression of increase. Wattles would suggest to master this concept first, before going on to CHAPTER 12 on “Getting into the Right Business” which we will cover in the New Year. Mastering Chapters 4/14 and 7 are the keys to the combination lock of this book.
Why Does the Impression of Increase Work According to Neuroscience?
This is another age-old success principle that I’ve wondered about over the years. Why does this concept of “Doing Things in this Certain Way” bring results time and time again?
I had to look and see what Dr. Andrew Huberman says about this concept. Why would praising someone’s effort help to motivate them at the brain level? It all goes back to understanding the Dopamine System in the brain and what it really means.
Remember when I said that when Proctor first praised me for all the hard work and effort I’ve done over the years, I didn’t feel it. I said “thank you” but in my mind I was far off from the vision of where I wanted to be, so I almost felt like an imposter, saying “thank you” for something I had not really done. While I had a vision for making sure SEL went into all the schools in the World, it wasn’t my program that made it. But I was involved in this process with this podcast that many educators told me they listen to.
BELIEF is a process. One day, I looked back, and saw what Proctor saw. I mentioned this with a poem by Stewart Edward White who explains how AHA Moments of Learning can change us, in PART 1 of this series.
He wrote:
“Curious how we acquire wisdom!Over and over again, the same truthis thrust under our very noses.
(someone points out to you something you’ve accomplished-offering a compliment)
We encounter it in action; we are admonished of it;we read it in the written word.We suffer the experience;we gradually assent to the advice;
(and we say thank you, but we don’t REALLY see it)
we approve, intellectually, the written word. But nothing happens inside us.
(I felt like an imposter-Proctor’s got the wrong person. I’ll just smile and say thank you because he clearly thinks I’ve actually done something special here).
Then, one day, some trivial experienceor word or encounter stops us short. A gleam of illumination penetrates thedepth of our consciousness.We see! Usually it is but a glimpse;but on rare occasions a brilliant flashreveals truth fully formed.
(Like when I saw that it didn’t need to be my work that went into the schools, (the larger publishers did this heavy lifting) but as long as I was a part of the momentum of SEL[vi] and NS[vii] through this podcast, which sits at the top for those interested in learning more about SEL and Neuroscience, this was enough for me).
And we marvel that this understanding has escaped us so long.” I’m not sure why it took me so long to see this.
Do you know what I mean? Have you ever heard something you knew was important, (someone give you the impression of increase with a compliment) but it just didn’t click?” (The same truth is thrust under our very noses)…until “one day some trivial experience or word or encounter stops us short.” Why do we see something NEW in the words we’ve heard over and over again, and weren’t ready to hear them? What is it that makes us “finally see…a brilliant flash…revealing truth fully formed?” What is this concept? Why does this happen?
KEEP GOING WITH YOUR OWN INTERNAL SELF-REWARD SYSTEM:
It happens at the brain level, and has to do with our BELIEF first, and when the belief is there, and we can lean into what we are doing, we will “pass through the gate and get to the focus component.”[viii] (Dr. Andrew Huberman). Dr. Huberman reminds us that “Dopamine doesn’t just hit when we get a lot of likes on social media…the reward system is entirely internal. Dopamine comes from within” and “if we can reward the effort process” (create our own internal self-reward system where we acknowledge the hard work we’ve done to get to where we want to be) and think “I’m on the right path” and we “reward the effort process and feel joy” we will put ourselves on the right path to being more focused and productive with an “infinite amount of energy to pursue those goals.” (Dr. Huberman).
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude PART 3 of our Deep Dive of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, we covered Chapter 14, on The Impression of Increase.
REMEMBER:
I shared 2 tips for practicing The Impression of Increase with everyone we come into contact with:
Give others genuine compliments and point out their accomplishments and efforts. Think of how we can help others with what we know with our resources. If we can put this practice into our daily lives, and think of ways to help others, advancing others forward, this will help us to advance ourselves, in the process.
We tied in what happens at the brain level when someone compliments us on our hard work, and that belief in ourselves must be present in order for us to take this compliment to propel us forward, with our own dopamine system that’s released when “we achieve certain milestones, or believe we are on the right path, boosting our focus and attention.” (Dr. Huberman). We can also tie the idea of belief in ourselves back to our 6 PART[ix] Review of Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book where we opened up with a quote from Grant Cardone who reminds us:
“In order to get to the next level of whatever we’re doing, we must think and act in a wildly different way than we previously have been. We cannot get to the next phase of a project without a grander mind-set, more acceleration, and extra horsepower.” Grant Cardone, author of the 10X Rule: The Only Difference Between Success and Failure[x]
If we can FIRST learn a self-reward system with ourselves, or some sort of internal system that helps us to keep moving forward, with whatever it is we are doing or working on, this kickstarts our brain chemistry (dopamine) to work for us, and keep us going.
Then, we can encourage others to do the same, with this Impression of Increase Concept, and genuinely lift others up. With belief, each person you touch in this way, will move faster and with more energy towards their goals.
Imagine a world where EVERYONE supported each other in this way.
That’s the power of reading The Science of Getting Rich, for 90 days, starting with chapter 4 (where we are careful what we think, speak about and pray about), moving onto chapter 14 on The Impression of Increase that we have covered today, making sure we are an advancing person, with belief in what we are doing, encouraging this in every person we interact with, and ending with Chapter 7 on Gratitude that we will cover next week.
I’ll be away from the internet this holiday season, so we will be back in The New Year with the conclusion of this review of Wattles D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich.
Wishing all our listeners a Healthy, Prosperous and Safe New Year. I’ll see you next week for PART 4 of this series.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #292 with Brian Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-proctor-on-my-father-knew-the-secretgrowing-up-with-bob-proctor/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #314 PART 1 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-1-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-prosperity-consciousness/
[iii] IBID
[iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #315 PART 2 REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/part-2-review-of-wallace-d-wattles-the-science-of-getting-rich-on-chapter-4-thinking-and-acting-in-a-certain-way/
[v] Achieving Goals with Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Ae6DsJIz5xE
[vi] Top Social and Emotional Learning Podcasts in 2023 https://podcasts.feedspot.com/social_emotional_learning_podcasts/
[vii] Top Neuroscience Podcasts to Follow in 2023 https://podcasts.feedspot.com/neuroscience_podcasts/
[viii] How Rich People Think https://www.youtube.com/shorts/Ae6DsJIz5xE
[ix]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Think and Grow Rich Book Review PART 1/6 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[x] Grant Cardone, The 10XRule https://www.amazon.com/10X-Rule-Difference-Between-Success/dp/0470627603
“A man’s mind may be likened to a garden, which may be intelligently cultivated or allowed to run wild: but whether cultivated or neglected, it must, and will, bring forth. If no useful seeds are put into it, then an abundance of useless weed-seeds will fall therein, and will continue to produce their kind. Just as a gardener cultivates his plot, keeping it free from weeds, and growing flowers and fruits which he requires, so may a man tend the garden of his mind, weeding out all the wrong, useless, and impure thoughts, and cultivating toward perfection the flowers and fruits of right, useful and pure thoughts. By pursuing this process, a man sooner or later discovers that he is the master-gardener of his soul, the director of his life.” (James Allen, As a Man Thinketh, 1902).[i]
On today's episode #315 and PART 2 of our REVIEW of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich, we will cover:
✔ REVIEW PART 1: Prosperity Thinking vs Poverty Thinking.
✔ Why are our thoughts so important for our results?
✔ Why are Chapters 4/14/7 important chapters for unlocking the "secrets" for wealth and abundance?
✔ Why must we THINK and ACT in a Certain Way to achieve certain results in our life?
✔ A look at 2 types of thinking with famous examples.
✔ 3 STEPS for changing our Money Mindset.
Which brings us to chapter 4 of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, published in 1910.
“A man is but the product of his thoughts. What he thinks, he becomes.” Mahatma Ghandi (an Indian lawyer who inspired movements for civil rights and freedom across the world).
Bringing us to PART 2 of our Deep Dive into Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain.
On today’s episode #315 we launch into a Deep Dive of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich starting with Chapters 4/14/7. If you look at the image in the show notes, you will see a TABBED and very well-read Science of Getting Rich book. This was the book I sent to Paranormal Researcher, Ryan O’Neill from Scotland, UK over 10 years ago, instructing him to read this book, starting with Chapters 4/14/7[ii] for 90 days. He sent me this image of his book, all these years later, well-read and marked up, and his results (that we cover on our interview with Ryan on EP #203[iii]) are a byproduct of him doing things in this certain way, beginning with Chapter 4, The First Principle in the Science of Getting Rich that we will cover today. Next, we’ll move onto chapter 14 on The Impression of Increase that is by far my favorite chapter in this book. I love watching this principle in action in others, and then learning to practice this myself has been something that I think has given me some depth with my character over the years. We’ll move back to Chapter 7 on Gratitude, that ties all these chapters together, before reviewing the other chapters of this book, and coming up with some action steps for implementing these timeless principles in our own lives.
If you want a guide, I’ll link a YouTube audio version of these SPECIAL chapters 4/14/7) in the show notes for you and if you look in the comment section, someone knew the power of these chapters in this order revealing their awareness when they wrote “thanks for the combination to the safe.” It’s these three chapters that Bob Proctor would have EVERYONE study, in this order, and we would even form mastermind groups AFTER each seminar had concluded to ensure we read the book this way.
I’m still in contact with the two others I was assigned to meet with (back in 1999) and we would meet once a week, for 90 days, and read the chapters in this order. Chapters 4, 14 and 7. This practice bound us together for life. Whoever commented that this was “the combination to the safe” got it right. With deep understanding, we read these chapters, word for word, together, once a week, and then discussed how we were implementing the ideas into our life, or not. I remember I was in my late 20s, and I would read this book before the sun had come up, with the others in my group, (over the telephone) and this practice didn’t just set me up for that year, but it set me up to Think and Act in this Certain Way, for the rest of my life.
When I cover a book on the podcast, taking a Deep Dive like this, I’m doing so because I watched the contents of these book we cover change my own results, and hundreds of others around me, over the years. If you look at the Table of Contents FIRST. There are 17 simple and short chapters in this book that are all about breaking through the mental barriers of success, and that moving from the competitive mind, to the creative mind is integral to our success. How do we do this? We spent the whole Introduction (PART 1) explaining that we must first learn the principles for ourselves, and THEN we extend our hand out to help others. This is the whole idea of this book. It’s a simple formula for success, that begins when we “think and act in this certain way.”
What is that certain way? This is what we will be diving into with our study of each chapter.
Chapter 4: The First Principle in the Science of Getting Rich.
Remember this book is all about the syllabus, and how important our thinking is (because there is this thinking stuff from which all things are made…that’s everywhere and a thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought.”
This chapter is about the importance of how we think. If we are going to “think and act” in a certain way, at the most fundamental level, it matters how and what we think about.
This chapter opens up with line 1 saying “thought is the only power that can produce tangible riches from the formless substance.” We opened up this episode with James Allen’s take on this, where he said by thinking in this certain way, we become “the master-gardener of our soul, the director of our life.”
Therefore, THE FIRST PRINCIPLE in The Science of Getting Rich is that we must “think” in this certain way.
What is this certain way, you ask?
I’ve been thinking about this since I first heard this idea in 1999. I wanted to say “oh yeah, I think in this certain way” and let the high paying positions come to me! But this isn’t how it happened for me. It seemed like this principle took me the longest time to actually implement. Knowing and Doing…are poles apart.
Here’s some clear examples:
Person 1: Drives by a car dealership (I’m going to use this example because it was the first example I heard in 1999). This person looks at the cars on the lot and thinks “oh wow, I love that red car and I’d love to buy it” and they drive off, and start thinking of how they are going to save up to buy this red car they’ve just seen. They might create a plan, and come back and visit the lot, and sit in the car, and maybe even test drive the car. Got it? We see how PERSON 1 thinks.
Person 2: Drives by the car dealership and stops, takes out a notepad, and writes down some numbers. What’s he writing you ask? He’s taking note of how many cars fit on that specific lot, because he’s thinking “how can I buy this lot?” He writes down 50 cars, and he’s thinking about other ideas like, is there another lot nearby that I could buy if I eventually outgrow this lot? They write down some other things like “how much money can I also make from advertising” since there is a sign out front, and then they write down a number guessing at the cost of the land.
WHAT TYPE OF THINKER ARE YOU?
Can you see two distinct ways to think? How would YOU think if you drove past a car dealership today? Are you PERSON 1 or PERSON 2? I know without a shadow of a doubt that I’m PERSON 1 and to get the details for PERSON 2, I had to ask someone who thinks in this way.
Let me put some faces to two different types of thinkers who we’ve mentioned before on this podcast.
DID YOU KNOW THAT: Walt Disney (who is kind of like Person 2 in our car dealership example) took his good friend Art Linkletter[iv] (a Canadian born radio and television personality) who surely had vision but his vision was different than Art’s). Walt took Art to an open field near Orange County, California and pointed to the land and then told Linkletter of his vision for building a park for children. I talked about this with Dr. John Medina all the way back on EP #42[v] and I asked Dr. Medina about this and oddly enough, Dr. Medina said that he has a large poster of Walt Disney hanging up in his office. It was from a time when there was only one theme park (Disneyland which came first in Anaheim, CA in 1955). Disney World near Orlando hadn’t been built yet (it opened in 1971) and it was a photo of a big swamp with Cinderella’s Castle in the background. You see Walt Disney with an entrepreneurial grin, and the caption on the poster says “It’s kinda fun, to do the impossible.”
How Do You Change Your Way of Thinking?
Isn’t this the point of why we all listen to podcasts in the first place? We are looking for new ideas or ways of thinking. Something to give us a different result, when we do something in a different way. This is how we change our PARADIGMS and it takes time. This doesn’t happen overnight.
We also were not taught “how to think in this certain way” in school. We have to learn to live from “inside” our minds first, and I can tell you that I’ve been working on this way of thinking for over 25 years, and the more I learn, the more I realize I know so very little. It’s a lifetime process, and involves dedication, time, effort and hard work.
This is one of the main reasons why I host this podcast. Each week, as I release something that you the listener downloads, it also helps me and those close to me, since I’m getting a refresher as I’m writing each episode, and thinking of ways that we can ALL put what we are learning into practice.
This is also why I chose the 6 Social and Emotional Learning Competencies to focus on for this podcast.
It appears that Self-Awareness is the key to making any change in our lives. We’ve got to first of all “know thyself” before we can “change thyself.”
SELF-AWARENESS and THE 7 LEVELS OF AWARENESS
We covered this concept in depth in Sept. 2022 when we first started our review of our past episodes with the goal of building a stronger 2.0 version of ourselves. On EP #247 we dove deep into our interview with Greg Link, who intentionally created a legacy by reading a book a week. Since “95% of the decisions we make take place in the subconscious mind” (Deane Alban) it’s crucial for our future results that we keep tending to the “garden of our mind” with continual study. This practice will keep us moving up the 7 Level of Awareness. We all begin at the same level, but it’s our ability to “think” that moves us up these 7 Levels, away from following what everyone else is doing (STEP 2), to aspiration (STEP 3) where we “think” we are doing something (we aspire to BE/DO or HAVE more in our lives) but we must keep moving forward for REAL change to occur. At STEP 4 we step out and take action on idea (we actually DO something), which brings us to STEP 5 since we will need to apply DISCIPLINE to stay in the game. Over time, STEP 6 we gain experience, that eventually leads us to STEP 7 Mastery.
Going through these 7 Levels of Awareness requires that we THINK and ACT in a certain way, which is what Chapter 4 of The Science of Getting Rich is all about.
If you look at the graphic of these 7 Levels of Awareness, it was in Chapter 4 that Bob Proctor would cover these. At the very top of this worksheet is the quote “to look on the appearance of poverty will produce corresponding forms in your own mind.” (Wallace D. Wattles).
THINKING TRUTH REGARDLESS OF APPEARANCES
So to THINK and ACT in a CERTAIN way, requires that we “THINK truth regardless of appearances.” (page 58, Ch 4, Science of Getting Rich) Wallace Wattles tells us in this chapter. I could talk about this concept for weeks, because I have honestly been thinking about this since 1999.
We all have the ability to “think” we have already concluded, but some people “think” differently, or in a certain way, leading them to different results.
I told you that I was not always someone who had prosperity thinking. How could I when I was raised to be careful with money, since it was scarce, and had to stretch far. Thinking there is enough (or even abundance) was a complete stretch for me, but over time, and many years, my paradigms about money have changed.
HOW DO WE CHANGE OUR PROGRAMMING FROM POVERTY CONSCIOUSNESS TO PROSPERITY?
The key is in this chapter. We need to be able to “think truth” (that there is an abundance of what we need) “regardless of appearances” (or what we can see with our eyes). I remember reading this passage thousands of times in our study, in those early days, because this one took us all, a very long time to grasp.
My bank account is empty but you mean I should think there’s money in it?There’s no food in the fridge but you mean I should think food will come? They come when you learn to THINK AND ACT in this certain way. This isn’t easy. I know and I remember.
I remember when I first moved to the US (and I’m fully aware that we are not supposed to dwell on difficult times according to this book, but I will need to mention where I came from for you, the listener to understand). I came with an empty bank account, but a vision for what I would be doing. Of course the vision for what I wanted to do would take time, and we ALL start out in the same place which is LEVEL 1 on the 7 LEVELS of AWARENESS.
I remember running out of gas as my car was going up a hill, and I had to pray the car would start again as the road evened out so I could get to a gas station and fill up the car. I also remember that I had $20 in my bank account to spend on gas, so the idea of “thinking truth” that there was enough money to cover what I need was a far stretch. But I did it, because I had no other option.
I thought “truth regardless of appearance” and slowly, over time learned to THINK AND ACT in this certain way.
In those early days I worked as a nanny at local resorts in Arizona, and I remember walking around beautiful resorts would help my ability to “think” in this certain way. You can’t just “think” and not take action, so I worked hard, and looking back now, I had plenty of food in my fridge (always-it helped to shop at Costco where I could buy certain things in bulk), and was able to pay ALL of my bills. I used to line up the largest ones first in order on my desk, and when I had earned enough money to pay them, I moved onto the smaller, easier ones.
Eventually life became easier, as I worked Chapter 13, Getting into the Right Business, but I did it all one step at a time, and followed these principles, believing that if I were to THINK AND ACT in this certain way (which we know is prosperity thinking, that there would always be enough) and this required me to “think truth regardless of appearances” since I didn’t have money in my bank account at that time, but I’m sure we can all remember lean times like I’m talking about. We all experience them. I just want to show you how I turned it all around in my life, and it was a process, that occurred with time, but maybe if you are where I was right now, it might help you to think and act in a different way, to shorten the amount of time that you are here. The focus of this entire book is to expand our awareness, and open up the keyhole (or kick in the door) to reveal new possibilities on the other side.
PUTTING CHAPTER 4 INTO ACTION:
So how do we change our thinking and learn to “think truth (that there’s abundance) regardless of appearances (when there is not)?
I can only say that this chapter takes time. There is no way that anyone would have been able to convince me that my empty bank account would one day have plenty of money in it, (when I was down to my last $16 that would fill up my car with gas to get me home), or that I would have been able to see that paying my monthly bills (from working as a nanny) would be possible until I found a better way. I wouldn’t have believed it unless I had actually lived it.
Now, it’s important for me to share this knowledge, so that others can do the same. I learned from being a parent that this skill must be taught, and there is a fine line here as we do not want to raise our children to be pretentious, immodest or assuming in life. We want our children to be outward focused, humble, modest and polite.
It took me years to change my mindset (from poverty consciousness-that there is not enough to cover what I need to prosperity (that I have enough) expanding my level of awareness in this process.
So How Do We Change Our Money Mindset?
The late Doug Wead, presidential advisor, said it best when he said “We are not limited by money, but rather by the poverty of our own dreams.” Open up our minds to abundant thinking versus poverty. Here’s how I took the FIRST Principle in The Science of Getting Rich, and began to teach this to my own children.
The first time I heard one of my girls talking about money in terms of “what if we don’t have enough” I knew it was time to put some focus on the timeless principles in this book.
Here’s what I would suggest to expand anyone’s level of awareness around money.
STEP 1: Know money looks and feels like. When you can’t see or feel money, like when I only had $20 left in my bank account, it’s hard to imagine there being an abundance of it. This is something I notice happens EVERY TIME I play Monopoly. This game is really about prosperity thinking and putting it in action. No one wants to play this game with me because I win this game every time.
We must learn to Think and Act in a Certain way in REAL life, as well as in board games. It’s really the same idea. This again takes time and practice. None of these steps are going to quickly change your money mindset. Play Monopoly like you would play “your life” and watch what happens. You’ll have more money than you know what to do with, and then you can share your wealth with others. In the beginning of the game, we all start out with the same amount of money, but the decisions we make throughout the game will determine who is able to earn more, and eventually wins the game, as they create an abundance. At the beginning of a Monopoly game, I’ve trained myself “to think truth regardless of appearances” I can “see” a vision of all the property I will buy (Park Place and Boardwalk will win the game for you) by earning you the rent from everyone who lands on the spaces you will buy and own.
This concept became much more interesting when money became available in cryptocurrency, showing us that money can exist outside of physical bills or coins. We can NOW pay for things electronically, quickly sending money to people and vendors via systems like Zell, or PayPal. What we “think” of money in 2023 is much different than 50 years ago, but the concept is the same. It’s an exchange for service rendered, and once you know what it looks like (whether it’s physical bills, or a number in an account) it’s much easier to be able to see it in your possession.
STEP 2: Know how to earn money. I love the quote “never stand begging for that which you have the power to earn” by Miguel de Cervantes. When times were difficult in my 20s, I figured out how to earn the money I needed to live the life I wanted, from cleaning houses and working as a nanny. Using this experience, I now instill the idea of “working” for money with our children by giving them money for things they can do to help around the house, or with their skills and talents. If they can help me to solve a computer issue, or something technology based (where their level of thinking far surpasses mine) I will pay them for their knowledge. This teaches our next generation that when you take the time to study and learn something new, you can earn money for your knowledge. This job in the real world is called Being a Consultant, and can earn someone money in addition to whatever job they choose to spend their days doing. This is where the concept of earning income from multiple sources comes in, that we will cover in more depth in Chapter 6 How Riches Come to You.
This concept that money circulates helps anyone to see how they can work for it, and rightfully have it.
STEP 3: Know how to THINK TRUTH regardless of APPEARANCES. Remember that “every man has the natural and inherent power to think what he wants to think, but it requires far more effort to do so than it does to think the thoughts which are suggested by appearances.”
I don’t know WHEN this principle switched in my head, and I began living it, but I do remember it being “laborious” and it required “the expenditure of more power than any other work” (Wattles, Chapter 4) than I’ve ever had to perform. To think according to appearances is easy. My bank account has $20 left, my fridge is empty, or I have no sales in my pipeline. It’s easy to look at these things and think this is the way it’s going to be. OR, we can implement this first timeless principle and create something else (first of all on the screen of your mind) and then second with action that you will take.
Stop for a minute and look around. The clothes you are wearing were created in someone’s mind FIRST, before they created the pattern and manufactured them.
The car you are driving came first into the mind of Henry Ford, or if you are driving a Tesla, the mind of Elon Musk.
Once you’ve learned to do this, you can relate to Walt Disney’s entrepreneurial grin, as you begin to turn the impossible, into reality.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To review and conclude PART 2 of our Deep Dive of Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich, we covered Chapter 4, and the first principle of learning to think and act in a certain way, and that’s with prosperity thinking versus poverty thinking.
Since “thought is the only power that can produce tangible riches from the formless substance” it matters what we think about.
We looked at the importance of being able to Think Truth, regardless of appearance, even if this is the hardest work in the world. I gave the example of being able to think beyond what money I had in my bank account, and this concept can also be practiced with our health. Not at all to say we “think ” ourselves to health, but if we can learn to think and see ourselves as healthy, it’s the first step towards using our mind (instead of the outside world) to create and shape our results.
As we covered in PART 1 of our review, the message within the pages of The Science of Getting Rich is NOT to obtain money for ourselves, but to spend “money in meaningful ways—especially when it’s used to benefit others” (Chapter 1 Neurowisdom, Waldman and Manning) and this is known to increase our satisfaction in life.
As we are going through these chapters, my goal is to show us not how we can be good little go-getters, but how we use these principles to help ourselves first, and then, how to use them to benefit others.
This is the true meaning behind The Science of Getting Rich and we will go deeper into taking the focus off ourselves on our next episode with Chapter 14, The Impression of Increase.
Until then, I hope that you review how to change your money mindset, to improve your thinking first, and then help others you interact with.
STEP 1: Know money looks and feels like. It’s a different world in 2023 now that we have BitCoin and Cryptocurrency, but for this step, I like to grab a stack of bills (real or fake) and just know what it “feels like” to hold what I would consider to be “a lot” of money. The more I have practiced this concept, the easier it is for me to expand my thinking of what’s a lot of money to me. In my late 20s, when I was running out of gas, $20 was a lot of money. With experience, my number has changed, but this is the key, to always be opening up the doorway and expanding where our thinking currently sits. Whatever you think is “a lot of money” see how it feels to put that amount in your wallet. Carry it around for a while. Before you know it, your amount will change, and you’ll have expanded your thinking around money. I saw an incredible example of this on Instagram with Grant Cardone who was teaching his children this concept with a game where he blind-folded his kids who were fishing for hundred dollar bills in a money-mindset game. I know that whatever money was “raised” with this game went to charity, but I know it also would have changed the money mindset of those kids. They will never look at a $100 bill the same way after seeing many of them on the table. There was plenty of them, and enough for all of them to gather them up, and give back to others.
IMAGE CREDIT: Grant Cardone on Instagram
STEP 2: Know how to earn money. We will cover this one in more depth throughout this book study, but once we can see that money is an exchange for services rendered, we can open up to what services we can provide to help other people, that they would pay for. I remember paying a young high school kid (who was 17 at the time) how to code my first website. It was faster for me to work with him after school than it would have been for me to learn how to do this on my own, and this young man earned plenty of money with his knowledge and talents.
STEP 3: Know how to THINK TRUTH regardless of APPEARANCES. This is the hardest part of implementing this chapter, especially if you are where I was when my car ran out of gas. I had to go home, go to sleep and think “tomorrow is a new day” and that tomorrow I had the ability to create something new, something that only existed on the screen of my mind.
And when tomorrow came, I always found work that I could do, that filled my bank account back up, (one check at a time) and kept me going. I remember at this specific time I was working as a nanny at a local resort in Arizona, and this was the BEST place for me to work on improving my money consciousness. I would walk around the resort, and see abundance everywhere. I would think “one day, I will have my own family and I’ll bring them to a resort like this, and I’ll relax in the lawn chairs and think of ways I can give back to others once I’ve done it myself.” This didn’t happen right away. I had to master how to THINK TRUTH regardless of APPEARANCES first, and then had to get to work on what we will cover next week, The Impression of Increase.
The Science of Getting Rich is a process. It is scientific and mathematical. It matters what we THINK about.
With that thought, I’ll close out PART 2 of our Deep Dive of Chapter 4 of The Science of Getting Rich, and will see you next week, with Chapter 14 on The Impression of Increase.
REFERENCES:
[i] As a Man Thinketh, by James Allen, 1902 https://www.amazon.com/As-Man-Thinketh-James-Allen/dp/1503055361
[ii] The Science of Getting Rich Chapters 4/14/7 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EPBdjiFBrJg
[iii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #203 with Paranormal Researcher Ryan O’Neill https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/
[iv] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Art_Linkletter
[v] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #42 with Dr. John Medina https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-john-medina-on-implementing-brain-rules-in-the-schools-and-workplaces-of-the-future/
“A person’s right to life means his right to have the free and unrestricted use of all the things which may be necessary to his fullest mental, spiritual and physical unfolding —in other words, his right to be rich.”Wallace D. Wattles
On today's episode #314 we will cover:
✔ The hidden meaning behind Wallace D. Wattles' The Science of Getting Rich
✔ What is Prosperity Consciousness vs Poverty Consciousness, and how do YOU think?
✔ Why do Giver's Gain?
✔ How Can We Best Prepare to Learn the Timeless Principles in this book that was published in 1910?
“Wait a minute, are you telling me that we are going to cover the importance of developing a prosperity mindset on this podcast?” you ask? How is this related to neuroscience?
I’m going to say “yes, we are” and I’ll tie the importance of this to science with Mark Waldman and Chris Manning’s Book Neurowisdom: The New Brain Science of Money, Happiness and Success[i] that focuses on helping people create more “wealth” in their lives. This book opens up in Chapter 1 by asking us to choose if we would pick happiness or wealth, and they said that 90% of the people they surveyed over the past decade actually picked happiness over wealth (Chapter 1, Neurowisdom) but the book goes on to explain that the newest economic research disagrees with this. They found that it’s really the other way around. “Wealth predicts happiness, and the more you make, the happier you actually become.” (Chapter 1, Neurowisdom).
This is not the main reason why I finally decided to cover Wallace D. Wattles’ The Science of Getting Rich on this podcast, but if the research says that “our wealth predicts our happiness” I thought that there is never a better time than now, to cover the seminar I sold in the late 1990s, that transformed my thinking from poverty consciousness, to prosperity. Now this didn’t happen overnight, or immediately. I’m going to share my journey over the past 25 years, along with all of the notes I took studying while this book, watching my own paradigms change slowly, and then watching how other people around me would use what they were learning for improved results in their life. Here’s the important part that I don’t want any of us to miss. Once we have learned to successfully use the principles we will be studying in this book ourselves, we can then take the focus off ourselves, and look for ways to give back to others. You will see that there are many messages within the pages of this book, and this one, is what I think to be THE MOST IMPORTANT.
I’m hoping that studying these timeless principles in this manner will help you the listener to connect either to my way of thinking, (someone who was raised with one parent who might have instilled poverty consciousness in your mind-or said things to you like “money doesn’t grow on trees” over the years, or those people I’ll use as examples who grasped prosperity thinking with ease, so that you can take the principles and fine-tune your own way of thinking, and acting, to achieve the results I know are possible for all of us. Once we have applied them in our own life, it will be time to look outside of ourselves and give back.
The Shortest Summary of The Science of Getting Rich
What’s the message behind the Deep Dive we are going to take into Wallace D. Wattle’s classic book on thinking, the book that describes how each of us shapes the events around us, creating much of the positive riches in our own lives? The book that Rhonda Byrne, creator of The Secret, said she stumbled across and has "never been the same?" The book that was behind one of the seminars I sold in the late 1990s when I worked in the motivational speaking industry with Bob Proctor from EP #66[ii]. I did see an article written by John Rogers[iii] that summarized the book and he got it right.
He said “Here’s the shortest summary of The Science of Getting Rich you’ll ever read: Think and act creatively to add value to others.” I would agree, but might change it a bit to say that this book we will be covering this month is all about how to “think and act creatively in your life first, and then look outwards, and see how you can help others.”
It all begins with understanding the syllabus that echoes throughout ALL the chapters in the book about how getting rich is the result of doing things in a certain way.
If you look at the scroll in the show notes, of this important syllabus, this was handed out in every seminar Bob Proctor conducted of The Science of Getting Rich and I mentioned it when we covered PART 3[iv] of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work. Until this year, I would say that I had no idea what the syllabus meant. While I read it over and over again, from 1999 to this year, 2023, I couldn’t explain it to anyone, until I understood the Quantum World connecting Dr. Dispenza’s work and Dr. Dan Siegel’s, to the “thinking space” that Wallace Wattles describes.
Isn’t it amazing how we acquire wisdom? I can easily look at the syllabus now and connect it to the Quantum World (where all possibility exists), where time and space collapses and you can literally BECOME your dream. But it took me some time to gain this understanding. Stewart Edward White explains how AHA Moments of Learning can change us, in his poem where he shares:
“Curious how we acquire wisdom!Over and over again, the same truthis thrust under our very noses.We encounter it in action; we are admonished of it;we read it in the written word.We suffer the experience;we gradually assent to the advice;we approve, intellectually, the written word.But nothing happens inside us.Then, one day, some trivial experienceor word or encounter stops us short.A gleam of illumination penetrates thedepth of our consciousness.We see! Usually it is but a glimpse;but on rare occasions a brilliant flashreveals truth fully formed.And we marvel that this understandinghas escaped us so long.”
Do you know what I mean? Have you ever heard something you knew was important, but it just didn’t click? (The same truth is thrust under our very noses)…until “one day some trivial experience or word or encounter stops us short.” You’ve got to know what I’m talking about here. Why do we see something NEW in the words we’ve heard over and over again, and weren’t ready to hear them? What is it that makes us “finally see…a brilliant flash…revealing truth fully formed?” What is this concept? Why does this happen? Have you ever heard “when the student is ready, the teacher will appear?” Just be OPEN as we cover this book. You might hear something you’ve heard over and over again in the past, but you’ve missed its significance somehow. Something that can CHANGE your entire world, and then those around you, once you’ve grasped and implemented it.
I’m going to suggest it’s the understanding of this syllabus that holds the “secret” to implementing the principles outlined in The Science of Getting Rich. If we can understand this syllabus, enough that we can LIVE IT in our daily life, then strange and marvelous things will begin to occur in our lives, with constant regularity. It will only be when we are LIVING these words, or “doing things in a certain way” that we will know we’ve got the meaning of this book. And what’s crazy to me is that the meaning of this book has taken me 25 years to understand. I’m hoping that my AHA Moment will help YOU, where ever you are in the world, to “think” and “act” in this certain way, that Wallace D. Wattles wrote about in 1910.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain.
On today’s episode #314 we launch into a Deep Dive on Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich. This book was first published in 1910, and while you will notice some examples will date the book (like in Chapter 6 Wattles picks something he thinks we might all want in our lives) when he says “If you really want a sewing machine..” as an example. While I’m sure there is someone out there listening, who would LOVE a sewing machine, if this example from 1910 doesn’t resonate with you, then just pick something else that does to go in its place.
You can also scan The Table of Contents and pick out some other places his book is not with the times. Chapter 15 is called “The Advancing Man” and can be changed by thinking of this chapter as “The Advancing Person” to show that in modern times, men and women are equally advancing in their fields of work.
While some of the examples Wattles picks will date the book to 1910, the main principles he writes about are timeless. What’s interesting to me is that The Science of Getting Rich preceded similar success books such like Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill (1937) that we covered in January of 2022[v]. In the 100 years since its publication, The Science of Getting Rich has gone through many editions, and remains in print from more than one publisher.
For today’s deep dive, I’m not going to cover the book chapter by chapter. You can pick up the book and read it yourself, or you can listen to the entire book on YouTube. I’ll connect these tools in the resource section. You can even buy the audio program of the seminar I used to sell, which is Bob Proctor’s[vi] version of the book, through his company’s website.
Or you can Google the book and find the audio online, or some other people’s versions and summaries of what the book is about. All of these ideas will get you the main concepts of this book, but for this deep dive, I’m going to cover the book the way Bob Proctor suggested we read it because it matters “how” we read The Science of Getting Rich for the principles to jump out at us in a way that we will NOT miss them.
I don’t want the ideas in these pages to escape you, as they have tremendous power. Not just for you, but for everyone YOU connect with in your future once you have begun to implement these ideas, and you are operating in “this certain way.”
Today I’m not going to just read through the chapters, but I’ll share the notes, insights and Aha moments I learned from selling this seminar (the first one was Denver in June 1999) with ideas, thoughts and suggestions to implement the timeless concepts in this book, into ALL OUR daily lives, so that these Success Principles can have the most impact on you and those you’ll interact with in your lifetime.
Let’s Begin Our Journey into the Pages of Wallace D. Wattles: The Science of Getting Rich.
I want to begin with the title…because the title alone could deter some of you who might think I’m going to cover a book that’s about creating wealth so that we can go out and buy more things that will make us happy. This isn’t at all what the book is about, nor what Wattles intended, but without an explanation, I’m sure many people would bypass this book and miss his intention.
Let’s Go Back to Denver, CO June 5th, 1999
This was the FIRST time I ever took this seminar, and thinking back, it was just 2 months after the Columbine Tragedy that shook our schools in the US to the core. I remember at this time I had just left the classroom, and wanted to find ways to help our next generation of students to “think” and “create” so after I had helped the attendees find their seats, I joined a table, opened up the pages the notebook that I’d carry with me 25 years later, and I began to study this “little green book” called The Science of Getting Rich.
What’s Your Money Mindset? Prosperity or Poverty?
I remember before we even got to chapter 1 of the book, or any of the words Wallace Wattles wrote about, we spent the WHOLE first evening on our Money Mindset, making sure we knew the difference between a Prosperity Consciousness, versus Poverty Consciousness. If you go to Amazon and type “prosperity consciousness” into the search field, you will see book after book written on the importance of having a money mindset.
Now remember that many of our beliefs, biases and prejudices lie underneath the water in the iceberg analogy, so you might “think” you’ve got a prosperity consciousness, but deep down, under the water there, you’ve got someone else’s programming (like a well-meaning parent who told you hey, money doesn’t grow on trees) and it’s going to take you some time to change these paradigms before you’ll be able to see the results I’m promising are possible with this book.
It’s here we would cover the power of understanding our paradigms with Joel Barker’s famous quote. “To ignore the power of paradigms is to put yourself at risk when exploring the future. Your future will look much the same as the past until you understand the power of your paradigms and what it takes to change them.”
Sitting at the table at my FIRST SGR Seminar, in 1999, I knew I had a lot of work to do with my programming and thinking. The most money I had ever earned was my teaching salary, that was great money for someone in their early 20s just starting out, but here I began speaking and networking with others who had begun to put these principles into practice.
I met people from all over the world at this seminar, from all different walks of life, and I could tell that we were all at different levels of thinking when it came to our prosperity mindset. I met truck drivers, teachers like me, business owners, inventors, writers, athletes and even some well-known celebrities, and everyone I met spoke about how they had over time, learned to create multiple sources of income with their work. We will cover this more in depth later, but I started to notice my paradigms around earning money, and saw them changing with each person I met. I talked about some of the lessons I learned from others during these seminars on EP67.[vii]
Once you have thought hard about your own money mindset, you will either resonate with me (someone who knew in those early days that I didn’t have a prosperity mindset) or you’ll connect more to others I’ll speak about who very clearly did. We are ALL at different places, but just recognize where you are, BEFORE we read the chapters of this book.
WHY IS THIS IMPORTANT?
Easily put, it’s because Giver’s Gain. Our goal in life is to not be good little “go-getters” but see how we can go out and “give” back to others. We can’t give to others if we have nothing to give, so learning these principles for ourselves is the FIRST step towards being about to provide more for others in your life. I remember one of the first events I attended where we were to meet as many people in the room, and we were to ask everyone we met first “how can I help YOU” before even once thinking about what I needed for myself. It was a powerful concept that Dr. Ivan Misner[viii] talks about in his book Infinite Giving.
I wonder, do you have a limit to what you would give someone else? Where is your money mindset when it comes to what you would give freely and openly to someone else? I’m sure we have all been conditioned by now to buy a coffee for someone in line behind you, and might even dish out $20 or $30 to give back to someone else. But would you give someone something really big, like a car? Now I’m not talking to Oprah here, as I’m sure we have all heard that she often gives away big presents to people. What about someone regular, like you and me? Or someone who’s not a celebrity as we’ve already determined that two people can have completely different levels of thinking here.
WOULD YOU GIVE SOMEONE A CAR?
Just think about this for a minute. There’s someone I know who owns a lot of cars. It’s just his thing. He has always loved cars. He loves buying them, fixing them, and just seems to have an eye for this type of thing. One day I said to him “why do you need so many cars? Would you ever consider giving one away to your good friend who I know would love one of these cars?” He didn’t say no, but looked at me with a strange look. Almost like he heard me, but didn’t know what to say. We talked about it for a bit and he said he would keep his eye open for something his friend might like. I know it sounds strange, hey, would you give someone you know a car? But I asked the question, and that was all I needed to do.
A few months later, he came to me and said “hey, I entered a raffle, and the Grand Prize was a black Camaro Sports car.” I looked at him, and said “Don’t you already have a Camaro (in red)?” and he said “yes, it’s so weird, I won the exact same car I already own in black” and he showed me a photo of the car, and explained this wasn’t a scam, but he had won this car, with a cash value of $90,000. Then he said “When I entered the raffle, I said a prayer that if I won the car, I would give one of my cars that I don’t need to my good friend” (the one I had said would LOVE to have one of his cars). So he won the car, and was telling me that he was going to find a way to deliver one of his cars to his friend on Thanksgiving Day as a surprise.
He picked a black IROC car that had meaning to his friend, and here’s a photo of his friend with his new car over Thanksgiving weekend.
When you learn to “think and act” in a certain way, strange and marvelous things will occur in your life, with constant regularity. This is just one example of someone who implemented the principles of The Science of Getting Rich and was able to give back to someone else immediately.
Reminding us that:
“God’s gift to you is more talent and ability than you will ever use in one lifetime. Your gift to God is to develop and utilize as much of that talent and ability as you can, in this lifetime. Steve Bow”
Whether you believe in God or not, I’m going to share the principles Wallace D. Wattles teaches in his book, The Science of Getting Rich to show all of us that there is tremendous value in the pages of this book, and on our next episode, we will dive into Chapters 4, 14 and 7 (in that order) as we begin to implement the concepts in this classic book of “thinking” and “acting” in a certain way, that has the potential to change your life and those around you.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude Part 1 of Wallace D. Wattles The Science of Getting Rich, we have not even opened the pages of the book yet.
We have started with a thorough review of our mindset. Do we have a prosperity consciousness where we could conceive of giving something (like a car) to someone else, or do we live in a world of lack and limitation where we couldn’t possibility see how to do this?
My goal with this review of Wattles’ SGR book is to show us that we ALL have the same ability, the ability to “think” and “act” in a certain way, and that once we have learned to think and act this way for ourselves, we can then turn our focus onto others and add tremendous value and abundance to someone else’s life.
This is what I think is the SECRET message held within the pages of this book, and I look forward to unravelling more secrets to “thinking” and “acting” in this certain way as we make our way through this book.
REMEMBER: “There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which is its original state, permeates, penetrates and fills the interspaces of the universe. A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imagined by the thought. A person can form things in their thought, and by impressing their thoughts upon the formless substance, can cause the thing they think about to be created.” There was no accident that person won a car, after praying about it, with the goal of giving a gift to his friend. This happened exactly as Wattles describes it would in this book.
Remember: Be careful what you think about, speak about, and pray about. Your thoughts hold more power than you might think.
I’ll see you next week for PART 2 of this series.
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
YouTube Version of The Science of Getting Rich Audiobook https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VBGQERyTPWk
The Science of Getting Rich by Wallace D. Wattles https://www.amazon.com/Science-Getting-Rich-Wallace-Wattles/dp/1490471766
REFERENCES:
[i]Neurowisdom: The New Brain Science of Money, Happiness and Success by Mark Robert Waldman and Chris Manning Published Jan.17, 2017 https://www.amazon.com/NeuroWisdom-Brain-Science-Happiness-Success/dp/1682303055
[ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 with Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[iii] https://wealthcreationmastermind.com/blog/summary-the-science-of-getting-rich/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #310 PART 3 of our Review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s Work https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind-part-3-review-of-dr-joe-dispenza-s-work/
[v] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 Think and Grow Rich DEEP DIVE https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[vi] https://www.proctorgallagherinstitute.com/programs/science-of-getting-rich
[vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE 67 “Expanding our Awareness with a Deep Dive into Bob Proctor’s Most Powerful Seminars” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/
[viii] https://ivanmisner.com/tag/givers-gain/
“As the acceptance of expanded human potential gains mainstream momentum, the question has shifted from “What is possible in our lives?” to “How do we do it? How do we awaken our extraordinary potential in everyday life?” Welcome to PART 4 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work.
Review of Chapter 4 of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s Becoming Supernatural on The Blessing of the Energy Centers that requires us to now implement everything that we’ve learned in his book.
✔ The Power of Our Energy and Understanding Frequency.
✔ Using Our Mind to Imagine Our Energy and Thoughts
✔ Using our Focus and Concentration to Create Stronger More Powerful Thoughts
✔ How Energy Flows in Our Body: A Look at the 8 Chakras in Our Body
✔ Why We Want to Move Our Energy to the Top 4 Chakras in Our Body to CREATE NEW Ideas in Our Life.
✔ 5 Steps for Putting Dr. Dispenza’s Blessing of the Energy Centers Meditation into Practice.
Today we will continue our exploration of how exactly we live up to the full potential we all have within us, or like the name of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon.
Today as we cover PART 4 of this exploration we will identify clear strategies to awaken the extraordinary potential in each of us, and these will be evidence-based strategies, that are backed by science. We will do this by looking at CH 4 of Becoming Supernatural, a book that is the first-of-its-kind manual that does precisely this: it leads us on a step-by-step journey to achieving our greatest potential in body, health, relationships, and our life purpose and allows us to make that journey at our own pace. Today we will cover Chapter 4 of this book, called “Blessing of the Energy Centers” we will learn exactly HOW to use this powerful energy that we all have, to CREATE something new in our life, or to direct this energy towards healing our body, or tap into increased creativity using our intuitive factors. Today, we bring all PARTS of our study together, and make it all applicable. We will also connect the science to this practice, and places on past podcast episodes where we can strengthen our understanding of these concepts that are difficult to apply, since we were not taught about how to manage our energy in school, nor were we taught about how to harness the power of a meditation practice for healing our body, or creating new results.
But we will cover these fascinating topics on today’s episode.
I did want to mention how I love hearing from people from all over the world, with their experience of studying Dr. Dispenza’s work. For many who’ve been on this journey for years, this is just a review, and reminder of different ways we can all continue to build on the knowledge we’ve learned over the years. Even Dr. Dispenza himself has mentioned the immense learning that took place for him over the years, which is a good reminder for all of us that we are all on a journey, in this thing called life, and it takes time to unlock our greatest potential.
It Takes Time. Awareness. And Practice.
I do hope that our review today helps us to ALL unlock more of the mysteries within the unseen world, as we learn to put these concepts into practice into our daily lives. I’m sure we will return to this series in the future, but this is where we will start our journey today.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain.
For those tuning into this episode, and you’ve not listened to PART 1 EP 306[i] yet, PART 2 EP 310[ii] or PART 3 EP 311[iii] I do encourage you to begin there. You will learn the background of where I first learned about Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, and see how he fits into what we’ve been covering on the podcast the past 10 seasons.
For today’s episode #313 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 4 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work we will look at Chapter 4 of Becoming Supernatural, called “The Blessing of the Energy Centers” where we will now see how to put ALL of what we’ve learned into practice.
Understanding the Power of Our Energy
Understanding Frequency: What We Can See, And What We Cannot See
The first part of understanding and using the potential that we each have within us, is with understanding Electromagnetic Frequencies, since we are all made of “either light and information” (Ch 4 Becoming Supernatural) or “energy and consciousness.” (Ch4 Becoming Supernatural).
This was what our whole episode #312 with David Wong[iv] was about. He taught us of the importance of keeping our energy or frequency high at all times, with some ideas on how to raise our frequency and “tap into” higher levels for improved health, wealth and success.
When we think of the unlimited power or potential that each of us holds within us, it’s helpful to think of The Light Spectrum of Electromagnetic Frequencies that shows that there are some things (or frequencies) we can see, like visible light, and but others that we cannot see (like x-rays or even radio waves).
This diagram clearly shows that “there’s a sea of invisible frequencies” (Ch 4, Becoming Supernatural) that all carry “encoded information.”
Just because we cannot see a certain frequency, it doesn’t mean it isn’t there. We ALL have access to this unlimited potential, or sea of possibility that we’ve talked about throughout this series that we know science has proven is there. Our body is made up of light/information and energy/consciousness and we are all conscious beings with a body that sends/receives frequencies just like a radio. Just like how we tune into a certain radio station and hear our favorite songs on that station. When we want to listen to different music, we change the station and tap into a different frequency.
What Radio Station Are YOU Projecting Out to the World?
We’ve talked about this before on the podcast, that it’s important what we think and feel, because others can tap into our energy or frequency. You’ll agree with me that some people project positive energy or vibes, while others, it’s just the opposite.
Remember that “ALL frequencies carry information.”
(Ch 3, Becoming Supernatural).
Using Our Mind to Image Our Energy
As our energy increases (or the frequency speeds up) the wavelength decreases (look how the waves are closer together at the left of the diagram).
As our energy decreases (or frequency slows down) the wavelength increases or the waves get longer and longer, at the right of the diagram.
What does this mean? Think about it…lots of energy, lots of shorter waves, less energy, less and longer waves. This makes sense to me as we build momentum while working, our energy increases, and so do the waves we create. We can get into a rhythm where our energy carries us forward (whether we are physically tired or not) because we’ve built momentum with our energy versus when our energy slows down, it takes more time to build momentum.
How to Use Our Mind to Increase the Amplitude of The Frequency of Our Thoughts
I first attempted to explain this in my first book, The Secret for Teens Revealed (2008, Samadi, Page 75) on the Lessons on the Mind. You can see the image I drew in this book in the show notes. If I had my powerful strong thoughts on the left side, and the weaker, slower thoughts on the right side, it would match identically with Dr. Dispenza’s diagram in Chapter 4 of his book on Electromagnetic Frequencies.
What I wanted to show with this diagram, was that we can use the power of our mind, or our will, to increase the amplitude of each frequency to increases the power of our thoughts.
What does this mean? Just put some effort into our thinking, (which is hard work to actually think a focused thought) but with practice, we can change weak thoughts, and turn them into more powerful and effective thoughts.
IMAGE SOURCE: The Secret for Teens Revealed by Andrea Samadi (Page 75).
I heard this quote the other day, which brings this image and idea to life. Henry Ford says that “Thinking is hard work. That’s why there are so few people doing it.” This rings true to me, especially writing this series on Dr. Dispenza’s work. I had to THINK hard while reading each chapter, and then take what I was learning, and see HOW exactly does this apply to our life. Thinking is hard work, and exhausting. This 4-part series spans over a 3-month period for exactly this reason, and we are only taking a shallow dive with this. When we are really using our mind to THINK new thoughts, it will take a lot of our energy to do this. Be sure that while you are applying the ideas in this 4-part series that you are getting plenty of rest while consolidating these ideas.
Let’s go back to understanding frequencies. I think by now you’ll agree with me that we’ve painted a clear picture of different kinds of frequencies that exist in the world, and how we can tune into different frequencies just like tuning into different radio stations, with the suggestion to make our thoughts more powerful by using our will to concentrate, and increase the amplitude of thoughts.
How Do We Learn To “Tune” Into Different Frequencies?
This is where Dr. Dispenza launches us into the world of his meditations. We don’t need to use his, we have mentioned many different meditations that you can use, and I’m sure that you will have your favorite. I wouldn’t have even known about Dr. Dispenza’s meditations[v] if that person hadn’t have commented on our episode for raising our HRV levels, letting me know about Dr. Dispenza’s Courageous Heart Meditation.
Dr. Dispenza actually has a meditation called Blessing the Energy Centers[vi] that helps us to put this chapter into practice and there are 5 of them, starting with Level 1, and progressing through to Level 5. Before I explain what we will learn to do with this meditation, I’ve got to say that I loved to see how he mentioned this specific meditation will help us to improve our Convergent (narrow) and Divergent (going from narrow to more broad) Focus.
Convergent and Divergent Thinking Revisited
We dove deep into these two types of thinking on our 4th PART of The Silva Method.[vii] We covered this final part of creating something CREATIVE and INNOVATIVE by going back and forth between two types of thinking:
Divergent Thinking: Where we take a known object in the world, and expand upon this idea, the more ideas the better, wandering through your ideas that you already know (from your memory bank) with the hopes that the connections you make reveals something new.
Convergent Thinking: That’s the opposite of divergent thinking, but it’s where we use focus and persistence to narrow in on an idea helping us to make sense of it in the real world.
We used Dr. Andrew Huberman’s research in PART 4 of The Silva Method. If you want to dive deeper into Dr. Andrew Huberman’s thorough explanation of Creativity and the Brain[viii], he takes things much deeper than we cover. He doesn’t miss anything and even goes on to show us the parts of the brain that light up when we are involved in divergent vs convergent thinking, and the 2 types of meditation that are proven to improve each of these ways of thinking. He says that “open monitored meditation” (like just closing your eyes and paying attention to your thoughts without judgement) is well documented to improve our divergent thinking capability, and focused attention meditation (like staring at a flame of light) or Dr. Dispenza’s Blessing of the Energy Centers that we are covering today is another way to improve our convergent thinking capabilities.
Dr. Dispenza explains that his Blessing of the Energy Center Meditation, that takes us through each of our energy centers (or chakras) helps us to strengthen our divergent thinking ability (narrow focus) as we put our attention on each of the chakras in our body. Then we strengthen our convergent thinking ability when we take our focus off something narrow (our chakras) and expand our thinking into the Quantum World from something to no-thing which we know is a sea of possibility for us all to access, tapping into unlimited potential, creativity and innovation.
How Does Energy Flow in the Body?
We heard it from Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, from EP #307[ix] that in order to create balance in our body, he suggests that we learn how to balance our chakras.
Dr. Dispenza explains in Chapter 4 of Becoming Supernatural that we have 8 chakras, and the first 3 (root, sacral and solar plexus) are the energy centers we use when we are in survival mode. The goal of his Blessing of the Energy Center Meditation is to learn how to open up each chakra, creating balance in our body, and open ourselves up to new ideas, and creativity as we move through all of our chakras, to the last one above our head.
He reminds us to “not get stuck in the first 3 energy centers” (Ch 4, Becoming Supernatural) which reminded me of the famous and most misunderstand chapter from Napoleon Hill’s famous Think and Grow Rich book, that was about The Transmutation of Sex Energy[x]. If you read this chapter, and wondered “how do we transmute our energy from a lower form to a higher” this chapter explains it. As we work on opening each chakra, moving past the first 3, and up to opening the heart, we will begin to feel more gratitude, and move into creative thinking, tapping into our subconscious mind. We will now be creating a coherent heart and brain, aligning our chakras, and NOW…the magic happens.
This is the power behind Dr. Dispenza’s Blessing of the Heart Meditations and this understanding can help us to apply this powerful technique of “blessing our energy center” opening up our heart and tapping into our subconscious mind to CREATE new ideas or opportunities in our future with this meditation (if we choose it) or another one that you might know of, that also allows you to open up your chakras.
PUTTING THIS MEDITATION INTO PRACTICE:
STEP 1: LISTEN to Dr. Dispenza’s Blessing of the Energy Center[xi] and see how he takes us through each of the chakras.
STEP 2: Notice when you are using Convergent (narrow focus) vs Divergent (opening your focus to the world) during this practice.
STEP 3: Start your own meditation practice Blessing YOUR energy centers and see what you notice.
STEP 4: Notice when you are stuck in the first 3 energy centers in survival mode. Work on moving to the heart chakra, opening up to more love and gratitude, which will take you towards more creativity and innovation in your daily life. While I know I’m not the best artist, I think you’ll get the idea from the image I attempted to sketch out in the show notes. Our goal is to balance all 8 of our chakras, that will keep our energy field strong. If you see the image I drew on the right, this person is only operating from their first 3 chakras, and their energy field is diminished. When we are operating in survival mode it is very difficult to think, create and innovate.
STEP 5: Write down any new insights that you gain from this practice. Over time you will be tapping into your subconscious mind where you will have access to the Quantum World we have been studying in the first 3 PARTS of this book study. This is where we will go to create something NEW and exciting in our future, with the power of our own mind. We will become Supernatural, and prove that common people, can truly do the uncommon.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude episode #313 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 4 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, we covered Chapter 4 of his book, with 5 TIPS for putting the Blessing of the Energy Centers into practice.
This is our final look at Dr. Joe Dispenza’s book where you will see now why it’s a shallow dive, not a deep one. This is just the beginning, and requires work from all of us to see the results from doing things a certain way.
Just a reminder, in this 4 PART SERIES we covered
PART 1:
✔ Chapter 1: Opening the Door to the Supernatural with some thoughts for you to put this chapter into practice in your daily life.
Do you know what you REALLY want?Have you made a committed DECISION towards your goals?Have you let go of what others think of you, and surrendered to doing what it takes to achieve your goals? ✔ Chapter 2: The Present Moment, with some thoughts for you to put this chapter into practice in your daily life.
Are you aware of the energy that you broadcast out into the world? (If not, have you asked others for feedback on how you show up in the workplace or family life?)Are you doing everything possible to move the needle towards your goals (or whatever it is that you are working on)?Have you made space for unknown events to occur in your life to move you forward? IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Supernatural
While researching this book, we reached out to Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, for our insightful interview #307[xii] where we learned that we are “light beings, spiritual beings” and his advice to us was to be sure we find a way to balance the chakras in our body. His work with his GDV Technology that took Kirlian photography to new weights reminded me of what’s possible when we believe in ourselves, and use our mind to think creatively and then take action on the ideas that we create in our minds. There isn’t ANYTHING that we cannot accomplish. Or like the name of Dr. Dispenza’s book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People Are Doing the Uncommon.
PART 2:
✔ 3 Important Concepts in Dr. Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural that have the ability to change OUR life, when implemented.
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 1: Accessing the Present Moment
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 2: Mental Rehearsal: Priming Your Brain and Body for a New Future
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 3: Elevated Emotion
✔ What science has to say about these timeless success principles?
✔ Strategies to IMPLEMENT these principles into our daily life for improved results.
✔ How to use our emotions FOR us, rather than AGAINST us.
✔ Why we must continue to learn more about WHO WE ARE for improved results
✔ How METACOGNITION (and our awareness of how we think, act and feel) creates AHA Moments of Learning in our daily life.
PART 3:
Review Chapter 3 of Dr. Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural on Accessing The Quantum World for improved results in our personal, professional life, or with our health and wellness.
STEP 1: DROPPING INTO THE PRESENT MOMENT: OPENING THE DOORWAY TO THE QUANTUM WORLD
STEP 2: SETTING A CLEAR INTENTION OF WHAT YOU WANT TO CHANGE IN YOUR LIFE
STEP 3: HOW TO CHANGE YOUR ENERGY
STEP 4: UNCOVERING WHAT YOU LEARN in THE QUANTUM WORLD
STEP 5: RECORDING WHAT HAPPENS AND KEEP WORKING
PART 4:
Review of Chapter 4 of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s Becoming Supernatural on The Blessing of the Energy Centers that requires us to now implement everything that we’ve learned in his book.
✔ The Power of Our Energy and Understanding Frequency.
✔ Using Our Mind to Imagine Our Energy and Thoughts
✔ Using our Focus and Concentration to Create Stronger More Powerful Thoughts
✔ How Energy Flows in Our Body: A Look at the 8 Chakras in Our Body
✔ Why We Want to Move Our Energy to the Top 4 Chakras in Our Body to CREATE NEW Ideas in Our Life.
✔ 5 Steps for Putting Dr. Dispenza’s Blessing of the Energy Centers Meditation into Practice.
Now the work begins. Like I said when we first started this review, this is a shallow dive. The work begins now as we work on ourselves daily to keep our chakras aligned and balanced, and finding ways that we can move our energy from the lower parts of our body, up to our heart, throat, head and beyond, where we can tap into creative and innovative forces of energy to help us with whatever it is we are working on. Our health. Our Personal Lives. Our Professional Lives. Our Wealth.
I hope you can see how to awaken our extraordinary potential in our everyday life and that you can see how you can become Supernatural, and achieve things that are not commonly seen.
And with that, I’ll close out this episode. For those in the US celebrating Thanksgiving, Happy Thanksgiving and for the rest of our listeners, sending love and gratitude to you all for tuning in each week.
We’ll see you when we return in December.
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
Blessing the Energy Meditation https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uzBTu7R3TSU&t=11s
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #306 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 1 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 2 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind-part-2-review-of-dr-joe-dispenza-s-work/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 3 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind-part-3-review-of-dr-joe-dispenza-s-work/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE 312 with David Wong https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-frequency-expert-david-wong-on-master-your-frequency-and-take-control-of-your-personal-professional-life-and-health/
[v] https://drjoedispenza.com/shop/categories?shopSection=Meditations
[vi] https://drjoedispenza.com/shop/categories?shopSection=All%20Products&q=blessing%20
[vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 4 of The Silva Method on “Improving Creativity and Innovation in Our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[viii] Dr. Andrew Huberman, “The Science of Creativity: How to Enhance Creative Innovation.” https://hubermanlab.com/the-science-of-creativity-and-how-to-enhance-creative-innovation/
[ix] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
[x] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #195 PART 5 of Our Review of Think and Grow Rich “Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
[xi] Blessing of the Energy Center Meditation by Dr. Joe Dispenza https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uzBTu7R3TSU&t=11s
[xii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
"The practice of Qigong combines concentration, meditation, visualization, movement, and biofeedback to command the flow of Qi and direct it where it needs to go to enable the best form of balance and harmony. This balance can be achieved in various forms: cognitive, physical, spiritual, moral, medical, and more." David Wong, The Frequency Expert, from Life of Qi: The Science of Life Force, Qi Gong, and Frequency Healing Technology for Health, and Longevity.
Watch this interview on YouTube here: https://youtu.be/bHBkVEmUiQ0
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain.
On today's episode #312 with David Wong we will cover:
✔ The importance of keeping our energy/frequency high at all times, especially while interacting with others in our personal and professional lives.
✔ What led David Wong to create the Qi Coil Technology to help raise a person's frequency, and improve their life?
✔ What are some other ways we can raise our frequency?
✔ Is there really a frequency for health, wealth and success? How can we "tap into it?"
✔ Where to learn more about David Wong's work, and his vision to raise the frequency of the world.
For today’s episode #312 we will be meeting with David Wong[i], also known as "The Qi Master" is a world-renowned Qi (Chee) Energy and Life Force expert. He is a best-selling author, visionary inventor, inspirational speaker, martial artist, qi gong practitioner and entrepreneur. He founded Qi Life, a company that develops cutting-edge technologies for personal wellness.
His passion for helping others unlock their human potential through ancient wisdom and modern science was ignited after he successfully self-healed from an incurable digestive disease he had for 10 years by using frequency and energy devices.
We are meeting David Wong just at the right time on our podcast. We have just taken a shallow dive into Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, that’s focused on the importance of maintaining balance with our energy, understanding that can access a Quantum World where anything is possible (healing our body, or improving our personal and professional life).
David reached out to me via social media a few months ago, and I knew he was someone I needed to interview. I hadn’t read his book yet, or spent the time researching what he has accomplished in the field to help others unlock their highest potential. I just knew. We found a date and time that seemed far off in the future, and now we are here.
Just keep an open mind as we learn from David today. If you look at his website, you see testimonials of his work from doctors and healers from all over the world. He’s followed and supported by Vishen Lakhiani, the CEO of MindValley who reinvented Jose Silva’s Program, as well as Jim Kwik, the World’s #1 Brain Coach. I know there was a time that meditation in the workplace was not an accepted stress reduction strategy, and today most workplaces promotes advanced wellness strategies like this for their employees. With an open mind, we can now learn what else could possibly do to take our results to new heights.
Let’s meet David Wong, and see how his work can help us to change our life (our body/mind and spirit) improve our results, our health, and even our wealth.
David, it’s wonderful to meet you. I know in our correspondence you mentioned you are in Canada. I grew up in Toronto. What part of Canada are you in? I’m going to guess Vancouver, since I know you are an hour behind me in Arizona?
INTRO Q: Before I even get to the questions that I sent you, I’ve got to start with what happened with us tonight because I think it’s vitally important for the work that you do. We could probably spend all of our time together talking about this and we could learn so much from your wisdom here. So, from the point of view of someone whose work is centered around energy and frequency, I wonder if you can explain from your perspective what happened to us tonight starting from the minute you sent me the message saying we would need to reschedule our interview?
What did you “feel” over our messages through social media? Can energy REALLY be felt from a distance?What made you reschedule tonight with me instead of another day? Can our energy impact the way others interact with us?What can we learn from this experience as it relates to the energy we put out into the world? What should we ALL understand about the importance of keeping a positive mindset, even when you receive news that might be disappointing? Q1: So, I’ve got to start with your book, because it gives an overview of your life. Can you share what happened when you were 9 years old? How did this accident you have change you and put you on this life path you are on today?
Q2: I related to your experience you wrote about with church. Now my parents forced us to go to church. Every Sunday. My Mom taught Sunday school, and it was something I did because I know it’s what she wanted. My sister sang in the choir, and I played the bells, and loved performing and practicing. I just loved how going to church felt even though I was forced to go. Your connection to music and church made me remember how much peace I felt walking through the hallways there, and how renewed I felt for a long time after I returned. What do you think that was about? I know that you felt this energy with church and music also.
Q3: I’ve covered often how we are all connected to spirit, like the colors of the rainbow, and how often our goals are on different vibrations. Can you explain how you came to understand this concept? Vibrations and Frequency and how you came to be known as the Frequency Expert? Also, how would you define Quantum Physics?
Q4: Where did martial arts come into the picture for you? How did martial arts increase your mental strength and stamina?
Q5: How did you take everything you were doing/learning and use it for building wealth? This is an area I plan on covering this topic the end of the year.
Q5B: Can I “tap into” someone else’s frequency that I resonate with, and use it for improved results?
Q6: What have you invented/created to help others to do the same in their personal/professional life as well as with their health?
Where can people learn more about you? What you have created? Your meditations? Your philosophy?
David, I want to thank you very much for meeting with me tonight after a long day of training for you. If we both weren’t tuned into the importance of keeping our energy levels high, I’m sure we never would have recorded this interview. I think what you have created from ground up is inspiring. I 200% believe in what you are doing, in the tools you have created and the root of your work. This is just the beginning for me, but I’m grateful to have met you.
I think my next step is to learn more about what you have invented, and how it can help me, and others.
FINAL THOUGHTS
Before closing out this week’s episode, I did want to say that I knew David’s work was important, and I didn’t want to wait to reschedule our interview when I knew one of his trainings was running late. I was so grateful this worked out for myself as well as for those who tune in. I’m in the early stages of learning about David’s Qi Coils, but will invest in the starter coil, and will come back on to share what I notice. I don’t need him to convince me of the importance of keeping my frequency level high, it was the common thread of all of the seminars I sold in the late 1990s, in addition to magnets that were meant to keep us healthy. I actually still use this technology with strains, and injuries, and wonder how else I can improve my own mental/physical health and wellness.
If you are like me, and always want to learn more, I’d start with David’s book, and then look around his website. It was interesting for me to see how many people around the world he has been helping, as well as to see the CEO of MindValley, Vishen Lakhinani, following his work.
We’ll revisit David’s work after I’ve tested his Qi Coils, and other products and we’ll see you next week for PART 4 of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s Becoming Supernatural, that’s all about our energy centers in our body.
See you next week!
CONNECT WITH DAVID WONG:
LEARN MORE ABOUT THE QI COIL™
https://qilifestore.com/collections/qi-coils
Tik Tok https://www.tiktok.com/@qicoil
X https://twitter.com/QiLifeMastery
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/QiLifeMastery/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/davidwongmastery/?hl=en
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/davidwong/
LEARN MORE FROM DAVID WONG
Founder - Qi Life and Qi Life FoundationInventor of Qi Coil™ and QiEnergy.Ai
Starter Qi Coil https://qilifestore.com/collections/qi-coils/products/qi-coil-mini
FREE Luck Boost Frequency https://qilifestore.com/products/luck-boost-free?_pos=3&_sid=2a2b67b91&_ss=r
Webinars and Training https://qilifestore.com/pages/podcasts-webinars
Coaching Program https://www.qilifecoach.com/
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Learn more about David Wong https://stan.store/davidwong
“As the acceptance of expanded human potential gains mainstream momentum, the question has shifted from “What is possible in our lives?” to “How do we do it? How do we awaken our extraordinary potential in everyday life?” Welcome to PART 3 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work.
On today's EPISODE #311 on "Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind" and PART 3 of our Review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, we will:
Review Chapter 3 of Dr. Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural on Accessing The Quantum World for improved results in our personal, professional life, or with our health and wellness.
STEP 1: DROPPING INTO THE PRESENT MOMENT: OPENING THE DOORWAY TO THE QUANTUM WORLD
STEP 2: SETTING A CLEAR INTENTION OF WHAT YOU WANT TO CHANGE IN YOUR LIFE
STEP 3: HOW TO CHANGE YOUR ENERGY
STEP 4: UNCOVERING WHAT YOU LEARN in THE QUANTUM WORLD
STEP 5: RECORDING WHAT HAPPENS AND KEEP WORKING
✔ What science has to say about the Quantum World?
✔ Strategies on how to IMPLEMENT these 5 STEPS into our daily life for improved results (personally, professionally and with our health).
Today we will continue our exploration of how exactly we live up to the full potential we all have within us, or like the name of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon.
Today as we cover PART 3 of this exploration we will identify clear strategies to awaken the extraordinary potential in each of us, and these will be evidence-based strategies, that are backed by science. We will do this by looking at CH 3 of Becoming Supernatural, a book that is the first-of-its-kind manual that does precisely this: it leads us on a step-by-step journey to achieving our greatest potential in body, health, relationships, and our life purpose and allows us to make that journey at our own pace.
This book study has taken me some time to think, and consolidate what I’m learning since we released PART 1 the end of September. I needed this time to put Dr. Dispenza’s ideas and meditations into practice, and have spent the past month and a half, immersed in his teachings, filling in the gaps of understanding I’ve had since I first began studying human potential in the late 1990s. As mentioned in the first part of this study, this is a shallow dive, and it’s just the beginning. I do hope that our review today helps us to ALL unlock more of the mysteries within the unseen world, as we learn to put these concepts into practice into our daily lives. I’m sure we will return to this episode in the future, but this is where we will start our journey today. We’ll review what we learned in PART1 and PART 2, preparing us for this exciting journey of our mind, with PART 3 today, where we’ll put it all into action, with something we want to achieve in our own life.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain.
For those tuning into this episode, and you’ve not listened to PART 1 EP 306[i] yet, or PART 2 EP 310[ii] I do encourage you to begin there. You will learn the background of where I first learned about Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, and see how he fits into what we’ve been covering on the podcast the past 10 seasons.
For today’s episode #311 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 3 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work we’ll pick up where we left off with the importance of living in the present moment, mental rehearsal, and priming our brain AND body for a new future. We recall the importance of creating an elevated emotion that helps to develop a coherent heart, combined with a clear intention that develops a coherent brain, creating a magnetic field that projects beyond our body to be used for ourselves and others. And before you think I’m completely crazy, which I know is possible, as I’m reading what I’m writing, it does sound crazy, or a bit off the wall, but scientists like Dr. Konstantin Korotkov[iii] have been measuring these energy fields around the body with technology that can accurately pick up the physical health of our body and mind in an instant, pinpointing any areas of concern, and changing the way we approach our mental health and wellness in the future.
Next we will take all of this deep back knowledge and move into Chapter 3 of Becoming Supernatural, that he calls “Tuning into New Potentials in the Quantum” and see how we can all use it in our daily lives. I know we’ve talked about this Quantum World through Dr. Dispenza’s work that exists when “you take your attention off objects in your physical environment” and “take your attention off linear time (which has a past and a future) and “you are (now) in the present moment, in which all possibilities in the quantum field exist.” (Ch 3, Becoming Supernatural). I hand drew what this looks like with the “Predictable Timeline” from Chapter 2 of Becoming Superhuman to show the importance of being in the present moment for accessing something NEW we want to create in our life.
IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Superhuman
WHAT IS QUANTUM THEORY?
Before I even start to explain this, I’ve got to say that explaining this concept has been on my mind since first launching this podcast back in 2019. Over the years I’ve heard of this idea in many different ways, so when interviewing certain speakers, my goal was always to connect the science to this concept of “another world” where ALL possibilities exit that just seems flat out crazy. But I heard it over and over again. The same idea, explained slightly differently in different books, through different people, in a slightly different way. Each person added to my understanding, but it’s been a process for me to connect each person’s definition, and put it into practice in my own life.
What IS the Quantum World?
2018 Dr. Daniel Siegel Aware[iv]: The Science and Practice of Presence
I went a very long time not completely understanding this idea of Quantum Theory or The Quantum World that Dr. Dispenza writes about beautifully in Chapter 3. Dr. Dispenza became well known with a movie he produced, explaining this concept in a unique way, in the early 2000s but the movie was labelled as pseudoscience because I don’t think that the science had caught up to his level of thinking. I admire Dr. Dispenza for pushing past this time, as the science eventually caught up to him and then he met Dr. Korotkov and was finally able to measure what he knew to be true with GDV technology, and with other tools, that he talks about in his book.
But over the years I wondered “What is this Quantum World and how can I access it to create these unforeseen events in my own life?” Then I heard it from someone who I knew had the scientific background to bring credibility to this idea!
I was on a webinar with Dr. Dan Siegel in 2018, and I heard him explaining this concept I knew to be called The Quantum Field or Quantum Theory through his Wheel of Awareness Meditation[v]. Right then and there, I knew I had to interview Dr. Siegel and learn more about what he was saying. I’m beyond grateful he said yes as one of our early interviews, episode #28[vi]. He could have looked at our episode count and think we weren’t a popular enough show (as we were in the beginning stages with this podcast) but not Dan Siegel. He’s connected to this plane of consciousness and brings credibility to anyone who talks about it with his background, research and deep knowledge of looking at the world through a scientific lens. I think he knew on some level that his work would unlock something for more than just my level of thinking, (but for all those who would tune in over the years) as this is how this World (or Plane) of Possibility really works.
He says…
Dr. Siegel says that “physics has demonstrated that we have 2 realms in the physical universe—and this is not commonly known” when he explains what happens to us at different parts of his Wheel of Awareness practice. We did a deep dive into this meditation practice, as it was the first time I saw something designed to help us to access and navigate into this 2nd world, using our mind on EP 60[vii] on “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice: A Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation” where I focused on some of the benefits I noticed personally from practicing his meditation daily, like an increased focused attention, a stronger interoceptive sense, an increased connection to people around the world, and then I said “there is more we can say on this topic and that I know with time, practice and as my own awareness increases, I will have a deeper understanding of the Wheel of Awareness.”
I put an image of how Dr. Siegel would describe this State of Mind where we tap into this “other” plane of awareness, through meditation. I knew looking at this diagram in 2019 that Dr. Siegel was explaining something I was still trying to understand myself. During our interview, Dr. Siegel asked me “what have you noticed through practicing The Wheel of Awareness” and looking back now, I know what he was asking. He wrote his book Aware in 2018, a year before our interview. He wanted to know how aware I was. I answered from the point of view of someone who has been using his meditation, but with continued practice, this other world (a second world) opens up, and this is where the fun begins. My answer to him showed him I had not yet arrived at this new world of possibility.
When I interviewed my mentor, and speaker Bob Proctor, on EP 66[viii], and asked him if he knew of Dr. Dan Siegel’s work, I was trying to connect what I had heard Proctor say over and over again, to the world of science, but Proctor covered this answer by talking about how we all live in a physical body, and with the power of thought, we can “tap into” the spiritual world and create ideas (or beautiful castles) that he would almost pull from the sky. While watching Proctor speaking, I always wondered, where is his mind going? What is this “spiritual” world he is accessing, where anything we want is within our grasp? Proctor would ask you to tell him “what’s the MOST money you’ve ever earned in a year” to see how aware we were. He would say that there was no difference in earning $50,000/year vs $50 million, just the awareness of how to do it.
So since working with Proctor in the late 1990s, this question was always in the back of my mind. What is this world he’s going to where all possibilities exist? I could see him pulling ideas from the sky when he was speaking, and I knew it mattered what thoughts I was thinking, the actions I was taking. We heard about the principles from Napoleon Hill’s Classic Think and Grow Rich many times, especially this point that:
“Any idea that is held in the mind that is either feared or revered will, begin at once to clothe itself in the most convenient and appropriate physical forms available.” Andrew Carnegie
I knew it was important what we think and especially that we always keep a positive mindset but I couldn’t explain why this was true, scientifically to anyone, until I began to connect different people’s explanation of “Quantum Theory”, or “The Plane of Possibility”, or “The Sea of Potential” all in one place.
WHAT IS THIS OTHER REALM?
Every year, I like to pick a well-known, popular book, preferably one that I have studied for years, and have years of notes taken that I can share on the podcast, like we did with the popular Think and Grow Rich[ix] series, or the most popular Silva Method[x] series.
But I’ve held off covering the popular book The Science of Getting Rich by Wallace D. Wattles which was a seminar I sold in the late 1990s, because I knew I would have to explain Wattles’ version of Quantum Theory that’s in EVERY chapter of his book. Wattles’ Science of Getting Rich book directly focused on using this space to earn money, and his work goes like this. He says:
“There is a thinking stuff from which all things are made, and which in its original state, permeates, penetrates and fills the interspaces of the universe. A thought in this substance produces the thing that is imaged by the thought. A person can form things in their thought, and by impressing their thoughts upon the formless substance, can cause the thing they think about to be created.” (Wallace D. Wattles).
I’m not kidding, we used to read this passage at seminars, out loud, and I would be thinking “what the heck is he talking about? What is this thinking stuff from which ALL things are made?” I sold this seminar, and had no idea what the main point of it was about.
While picking books to cover, this one (with a whole briefcase of notes attached to it) was thrown back into the back of my closet. I thought “there is no way I was ever going to cover this concept on a podcast designed to connect the most current brain research to help us to all improve our lives, with evidence-based strategies” until I started to see this concept show up in the work of reputable scientists like we’ve seen with Dr. Siegel. I’ve always had these concepts in the back of my mind, (that I saw working over and over again the seminar industry) or over the years since this time, that I wanted to connect science to, (like Dr. Dispenza ended up doing so well) so that we could ALL advance ourselves forward personally and professionally. These were age-old principles that I knew to be true, (I saw them working over and over again) but I just couldn’t explain WHY they were true.
Until I read Chapter 3 of Dr. Dispenza’s Becoming Supernatural. It was within these pages that I learned that the best way to understand this “quantum” world was to experience it. We must now put chapters 1 and 2 into practice, and this takes time.
TUNING INTO NEW POTENTIALS IN THE QUANTUM
Dr. Dispenza reminds us to go back to the first two chapters where we practiced opening up to this idea of Becoming Supernatural, then learning to access the present moment, elevating our emotions, using mental rehearsal to prime our mind and body…and now we are ready to step into this Quantum World, where all possibilities exit, to create something new. An unknown event.
It’s here that we stay on the surface with our dive. If you want to go deeper, read Chapter 3 in detail. I’m not a neuroscientist, or scientist, so explaining the science behind this is not my strength. I just need to know it’s there. If you need more science before moving forward, it’s there in Chapter 3 of Dr. Dispenza’s book, as well, you can find it in Dr. Daniel Siegel’s book Aware.
But if you are like me, and just want to practice this now, let’s do it.
PUTTING CH 3 INTO PRACTICE:
ACCESSING THE QUANTUM WORLD
Let’s walk into the Quantum World together, and see HOW we can create an unknown event in our future. Something that you might want personally or professionally. Or even something with your health.
STEP 1: DROP INTO THE PRESENT MOMENT:
AND OPEN THE DOORWAY TO THE QUANTUM WORLD
Accessing the Quantum World begins the minute you STOP and get yourself into the present moment. You can do this sitting down, standing up, or any way you like, but just STOP. Accessing the present moment can occur from using Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation, or ANY of Dr. Dispenza’s. It’s also the whole point of Jose Silva’s Method, where he asks you to count backwards to access this world. Find what works best for you. I had to practice a few meditations over and over again in the early morning time before being able to access the present moment during the day when needed.
STEP 2: SET A CLEAR INTENTION
In order to use this Plane of Possibility to CREATE something NEW in your life, you first of all must know what it is that you want to create. If you aren’t sure what you want to change in your life (this might be clear to you, or it might not be) then I suggest going back to PART 1[xi] of our Think and Grow Rich book review where we looked at how to uncover what you REALLY want in your life.
I mentioned that when I was in my late 20s, and was asked “What do you REALLY want?” I didn’t have it all figured out back then. It’s taken me a lifetime to become crystal clear with what it is that I’m supposed to be doing with my time/work/career.
Take the time to figure out what it is that YOU really want, since you will trade your life for it.
STEP 3: CHANGE YOUR ENERGY:
ELEVATING YOUR EMOTIONS WITH YOUR CLEAR INTENTION
We went deep into this idea on our last episode, but this is important for being able to develop a coherent heart, and coherent brain. We know when our brain is working right, we work right. This is why we focus on health and wellness on this podcast. Everything ties in together. Dispenza now takes this idea to a new level. When we are under stress, we will not have a coherent brain. He explains this with a diagram in his book, but you’ll get the idea. In order to line up your heart and brain, you can do this by elevating your emotions.
This isn’t the first time I’ve heard of this concept. Paul Martinelli[xii] covered it in his Think and Grow Rich study when he added what he thought were two missing chapters to the book (Love and Forgiveness). He said “when you feel love, happiness, energy and clarity, you will feel your vibration shifting” which is another way of saying you are access a new level of creation, on a higher vibration. We covered this concept in depth on EP 67.[xiii]
Remember that we all have energy fields surrounding us, and this is one way to expand our energy field, helping us to “tune into” whatever it is that we want to create. The key to accessing whatever it is you want to create in this “World of Possibility” is to keep our energy level high throughout. During times of high stress, our energy field will start to shrink, so it’s important to stay rested, nourish our body and mind, and keep our balance (coherent brain and heart). Dr. Korotkov’s technology can measure this, and Dr. Dispenza has measured people’s energy fields for years. The only way I can put this idea into something visual is to think about this concept. Have you ever seen a bicycle that you must peddle in order for it to generate some other energy type (a light or a television or something?) This is the idea. In order to generate what you want in this unseen world, you must keep pedaling, keeping this energy field strong, healthy, and level of vibration high.
When I asked Bob Proctor about the quantum world that Dr. Dan Siegel talks about in our interview[xiv], where there is this plane of possibility where we can create anything, Bob answered with “I believe the physical realm that we live in and the spiritual world, are all connected, like the colors of the rainbow.” When we take an idea, it comes in from spirit, hits our intellectual mind, and it’s up to us whether we move it into form.
Have you ever had an idea that you thought was brilliant, and you never did anything with it, and then suddenly you see someone else has created it? That’s because there is only one mind, and that we can all tap into these ideas.
This is how ALL ideas happen. They start in the mind of the person who creates it, and then after dedicated work, they hit their target, and people watching might say “Oh wow, that person is so lucky” not realizing the work that went into the attainment of the goal. There are usually years of hard work, (pedaling the bicycle) with persistence, with failures, wrong turns, course corrections, but all starting with that clear vision or idea with an end goal or target.
STEP 4: BE OPEN TO WHAT YOU SEE, LEARN and UNCOVER in THE QUANTUM WORLD
This last step is where the magic happens. Just be open to what you could possibly create with this NEW energy. Be Patient. This Process Takes Time.
ACCESS THE PLANE OF POSSIBILITY
There is no right or wrong way to access this plane of possibility. Jose Silva’s program walks us through a specific method to use our mind for improving our health (or solve any problem) through a specific technique where we create three scenes.
You can see my notes walking through this process in the show notes. In the first scene, we think about the problem we want to solve, (I picked neck pain) the second, we take some sort of action towards solving the problem, (I picked using ice packs and a phrase I learned from hypnotherapy to help the pain to disappear, and then a symbol of the healing. For me all healing and progress takes place at a certain spot on this mountain I hike) and the with the third scene, we imagine our life with our problem solved. (I wrote how awesome it would feel to be free of this pain in my neck)! This is one example of using this Plane of Possibility to solve a problem you have.
For you:
What do YOU see when you access the plane of possibility?Do you need more help getting here? Try Dr. Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation, or ANY of Dr. Dispenza’s meditations.Are you beginning to gain some clarity towards whatever it is that you want to solve? (a personal problem, something with your work, or something with your health?) FIND YOUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS:
If you still need more help here, I highly suggest bringing a team together to help you. This is not a usual team, but a team you gather when you are in your Plane of Possibility. It can be anyone but they are the people you pick to help move your intention forward.
This concept might sound strange, but even people like Greg Link[xv], who was the mastermind behind the late Dr. Stephen Covey’s 7 Habits of Highly Effective People that sold over 40 million copies worldwide (surpassing the popular Think and Grow Rich book) in 40 languages used this particular strategy.
A book doesn’t sell 40 million copies without a unique strategy behind it, and I heard it loud and clear in our interview last Spring. Greg mentioned that he had a “board of directors” that he asked questions to. Now this is not your typical board of directors. These are brilliant minds that you bring into your Quantum World of Possibility, and ask for help when you become stuck, to give you ideas to move you forward somehow.
STEP 5: TAKE NOTE OF WHAT HAPPENS AND KEEP WORKING
Getting to the stage when you can at will, create something out of nothing, takes time, focus, practice and dedication. Until I saw Chapter 3 of Becoming Supernatural, I was doing these steps without really knowing what the Quantum World was. Sometimes I would create what I wanted, but I knew there was something I was missing. If I was missing something, and I’ve been studying this for almost 30 years now, I figured I might as well put this on the podcast, as others might also have questions around the creative process.
Sometimes you’ll notice you’ll be working, following these steps, and nothing happens and you might think “what a ridiculous idea this is” but when you get to this point, I suggest going back to the meditations (whether you pick Dr. Dispenza’s or Dr. Siegel’s, or someone else’s) and go back to STEP 1, practicing dropping into the present moment. When I’m stuck, I know this is the beginning step to return to.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude episode #311 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 3 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, we covered Chapter 3 of his book, and reviewed 5 IMPORTANT STEPS TO TAKE WHEN ACCESSING THE QUANTUM WORLD.
STEP 1: DROP INTO THE PRESENT MOMENT:
AND OPEN THE DOORWAY TO THE QUANTUM WORLD: Remember to keep an open mind here as the strategies we are covering, of Becoming Supernatural, and experiencing exceptional results, are not commonly known. Dr. Dan Siegel connects to the science to this plane of possibility in his book, Aware (2018) and says “physics has demonstrated that we have 2 realms in our physical universe—and this is not commonly known.”
STEP 2: SET A CLEAR INTENTION: Know what it is that you want to work on or solve. If you are not sure what this is, go back to PART 1 of our Think and Grow Rich book study where we cover this in depth.
STEP 3: CHANGE YOUR ENERGY:
ELEVATING YOUR EMOTIONS WITH YOUR CLEAR INTENTION: The key to accessing whatever it is you want to create in this “World of Possibility” is to keep our energy level high throughout. When we can feel love, joy, excitement or awe, we will be keeping our energy levels high. Remember the analogy of riding a bicycle that generates a television with the energy, signifying that in order to create something, we must keep our energy levels high.
STEP 4: BE OPEN TO WHAT YOU SEE, LEARN and UNCOVER:
What do you see in this Plane of Possibility?Do you need more help getting here? Take your time at this step. This is where you are using your mind to create whatever is that you want. If you need more time spent in daily meditation, take this time. If you need to journal or think about what you are learning here. Take this time.
STEP 5: TAKE NOTE OF WHAT HAPPENS AND KEEP WORKING
Once we can get to this place, (that Dan Siegel calls the Plane of Possibility, or Dr. Dispenza calls The Quantum World) from dropping into the present moment, we’ve mentally rehearsed the future we want to create, (or our intention) we’ve embraced emotions (like joy, peace, appreciation, awe and love) in our heart, and our heart and brain have now gained coherence, then we WATCH for it.
This is where it happens. WHAT you create here is entirely up to you.
We can ALL connect to this quantum field, where all possibility exists, where time and space collapses and we can literally BECOME our intention. Over time, and with practice, these steps become easier and easier, and we can work on ourselves to improve our personal lives, our health, our professional lives, and even expand our capacity to do this for others in the world.
I don’t know about you, but this is mind-boggling learning.
I’ll close with the quote I opened up our most downloaded episode with, The Silva Method, from Jose Silva who says that “once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method.
I’ll see you next week!
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #306 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 1 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” PART 2 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind-part-2-review-of-dr-joe-dispenza-s-work/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
[iv] Dr. Dan Siegel Aware: The Science and Practice of Presence August 21, 2018 https://www.amazon.com/Aware-Practice-Presence-Groundbreaking-Meditation/dp/1101993049
[v] https://www.drdansiegel.com/resources/wheel_of_awareness/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Dan Siegel on Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Intelligence https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #60 on “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice: A Deep Dive into Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
[viii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 The Legendary Bob Proctor on “Social and Emotional Learning: Where it All Started” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[ix] Think and Grow Rich Book Review: A 6 PART SERIES
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #191 PART 2 on “Thinking Differently and Choosing Faith Over Fear” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-2-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever-by-thinking-differently-and-choosing-faith-over-fear/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193 PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #194 PART 4 on “Perfecting the Skills of Organized Planning, Decision-Making, and Persistence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-4-on-perfecting-the-skills-of-organized-planning-decision-making-and-persistence/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #195 PART 5 on “The Power of the Mastermind, Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation, and Linking ALL Parts of the Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 PART 6 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
[x] The Silva Method Book Review: A 4 PART SERIES
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #262 PART 2 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #264 PART 3 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-speed-learning-and-creative-sleep-part-3/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #265 PART 4 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[xii] https://paulmartinelli.net/
[xiii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #67 on Expanding our Awareness https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/expanding-your-awareness-with-a-deep-dive-into-bob-proctors-most-powerful-seminars/
[xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Daniel Siegel on “Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Learning” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[xv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #207 with Greg Link, on Unleashing Gretness with Neuroscience, SEL, Trust and the 7 Habits” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/co-founder-of-coveylink-greg-link-on-unleashing-greatness-with-neuroscience-sel-trust-and-the-7-habits/
“As the acceptance of expanded human potential gains mainstream momentum, the question has shifted from “What is possible in our lives?” to “How do we do it? How do we awaken our extraordinary potential in everyday life?” Welcome to PART 2 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work.
On today's EPISODE #310 on "Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind" and PART 2 of our Review of Dr. Joe Dispenza's work, we will cover:
✔ 3 Important Concepts in Dr. Joe Dispenza's book, Becoming Supernatural that have the ability to change YOUR life, when implemented.
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 1: Accessing the Present Moment
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 2: Mental Rehearsal: Priming Your Brain and Body for a New Future
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 3: Elevated Emotion
✔ What science has to say about these timeless success principles?
✔ Strategies to IMPLEMENT these principles into our daily life for improved results.
✔ How to use our emotions FOR us, rather than AGAINST us.
✔ Why we must continue to learn more about WHO WE ARE for improved results
✔ How METACOGNITION (and our awareness of how we think, act and feel) creates AHA Moments of Learning in our daily life.
Today we will continue our exploration of how exactly we live up to the full potential we all have within us, or like the name of Joe Dispenza’s book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon.
Today as we cover PART 2 of this exploration we will identify clear strategies to awaken the extraordinary potential in each of us, and these will be evidence-based strtegies, that are proven with science. Becoming Supernatural, is the first-of-its-kind manual that does precisely this: it leads us on a step-by-step journey to achieving our greatest potential in body, health, relationships, and our life purpose and allows us to make that journey at our own pace.
We only cover ideas and concepts on this podcast that have the potential to change our lives, and I’m on a mission to connect the most current brain research to concepts that have been taught successfully to students for centuries, connecting the science to these age-old success principles.
This book study has taken me some time to think, and consolidate what I’m learning since we released PART 1 the end of September. I needed this time to put Dr. Dispenza’s ideas and meditations into practice, and have spent the past month immersed in his teachings. As mentioned in the first part of this study, this is a shallow dive, and is just the beginning. I do hope that our review today helps us to ALL unlock more of the mysteries within the unseen world, as we learn to put these concepts into practice in our daily life. I’m sure we will return to this episode in the future, but this is where we will start our journey today.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.
For those tuning into this episode, and you’ve not listened to EP 306[i] yet, I do encourage you to begin there. You will learn the background of where I first heard of Dr. Joe Dispenza, and how I was forbidden to cover his work on this podcast, since my neuroscience certification coach, researcher Mark Waldman, would consider his work pseudoscience.
We covered how even Dr. Joe Dispenza himself used to worry about what other people in the scientific community thought of him, until he stopped. He said this himself at the start of Becoming Supernatural[ii] reminding me of the importance of always being your true, authentic self, and NEVER worry about those who criticize your work. He said:
Until he saw how much of his “vital” energy he was wasting and went on to study with full force, a world that modern science hasn’t been able to explain, how regular “common” people, like you and me, are actually doing the “uncommon.”
Who is Dr. Dispenza?
He’s a doctor, a scientist, and a modern-day mystic who draws from diverse fields of rock-solid science, such as epigenetics, molecular biology, neurocardiology, and quantum physics, crossing the traditional boundaries that have separated scientific thinking and human experience in the past. In this process he opens the door to a new paradigm of empowerment—a new way of thinking and living based upon what we sense is possible in our lives, as well as what we accept as scientific fact.
In PART 1 of our review of Becoming Supernatural, I shared that I had my own questions about Dr. Dispenza’s work, especially after hearing about some of the results people were attaining during and after his seminars.
Over the years, I would stop and listen to Joe Dispenza’s work, remembering how he measured people’s brains BEFORE his events, and then AFTER, and while I would say that to all the questions I had about his work, I knew the answers were a solid “YES” I just wondered what the research said.
Can our current, present day thoughts impact our future?Can we impact our own health (and results for that matter) purely by what we think?Can my energy influence another person, and can someone else’s energy influence mine?Can someone’s energy be felt?Can our energy field be seen? “YES, was the answer to each question, but how” I always wondered.
While researching the tools that Dr. Dispenza used to measure participants’ brains at his seminars, I came across one tool he called Gas Discharge Visualization, that I had heard of from someone who works in Singapore, connected to Bruce Lipton Ph.D , who is a cell biologist and leading authority in epigenetics.[iii]
We’ll cover Bruce Lipton’s work at a later date, but it was this GDV tool that led me to the fascinating work of Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, that we covered on EP 307[iv], providing us with some answers to my questions of HOW and WHAT Dr. Dispenza was using to measure people’s brains with at his events.
As I said in PART 1 of this review of Dr. Dispenza’s work, this is a shallow dive, not a deep one, that will just begin to scratch the surface of what it means for us to become Superhuman, and stretch ourselves beyond where our minds may never have travelled to before. Dr. Dispenza has made scientific history[v] with his findings (measuring HRV, or the energy around people’s bodies) and his most recent breakthrough in scientific research includes his team’s research paper that shows Meditations Impact on Immunity.[vi] I want to focus today on this particular angle with this groundbreaking research because my work with neuroscience began looking at the impact of stress on our brain as it relates to learning. You can go through some of our earlier episodes with Dr. Bruce Perry, or Dr. Lori Desautels, but what I’m most interested in today, that you can see with the direction of our podcast episodes since the Pandemic, is what we can do to mitigate the impact of stress on our health, wellbeing and longevity, in addition to creating the highest performing, 2.0 versions of ourselves.
So for today’s episode #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 2 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, we will pick up where we left off with Chapter 2 of Becoming Supernatural and look at how exactly a stressful situation can hurt us (mentally, physically and emotionally) or NOT.
Chapter 2: The Present Moment
We know that the way a person thinks and feels creates a person’s state of well-being. We know this can be scientifically proven by Dr. Korotkov’s GDV technology just by measuring the energy field of our finger tips and he can with accuracy, tell us what’s going on inside that person’s body (emotionally, psychologically) and then determine our relationship with this inner state to the outer world. Or in other words, what we THINK, on the inside, will show up on the outside. Dr. Korotkov explained that even animals respond to our thoughts, and know when we are approachable, or not, the minute we walk in through the front door of our homes.
Why Do Our Emotions and Our Thoughts Matter?
What exactly is it that our pets are sensing? This is where the iceberg model comes back into play. We could be consciously walking through the doorway, with the 5% of what’s going on in our conscious mind radiating out to the world, but the 95% of what’s going on under the iceberg, our unconscious habits, hardwired attitudes, behaviors, beliefs, perceptions, all functioning automatically, and that’s what our pets are picking up.
We dove deep into our conscious mind and our five senses on EP 293[vii] (looking the 5% of ourselves that can be seen and felt with our senses, and then what’s beyond our five senses on EP #294[viii] looking into the faculties of our mind, and what’s beneath the surface of the iceberg, or what’s going on beyond our 5 senses.
The difficult part, or the part where most of us become stuck, is HOW on the earth do we see what’s happening in our subconscious mind, the part of us that’s controlling 95% of who we are and what we do, if it’s ALL under water, so to speak?
LISTEN HERE…THIS IS THE KEY TO THIS WHOLE EPISODE
Dr. Dispenza explains how an emotion hits our body (through our life situations-call whatever it may be), and causes some sort of emotional reaction. Maybe something happens to you in your personal life, and you hold negative emotions towards your ex-relationship, or it could be something in your work life, or it something random happens to you that changes your personality (puts you in a mood first, and over time changes your personality). He says that we must learn to “shorten the refractory period of an emotional reaction” which is really where the work starts.
What does this mean?
So something happens to us, (and it will, no one is immune from life’s situations unless we live and a cave) and we want to complain about it to everyone we know. We were wronged in some way. It feels horrible, trust me, I know!
BUT resist doing this. Since we know from Dr. Korotkov’s GDV tool, that our thoughts matter, we must be VERY careful about the thoughts we think. I’m not saying that we pretend something doesn’t bother us, but listen to what Dr. Dispenza says. We must learn to “shorten the refractory period of our emotional reactions” because otherwise, we will repeat that same story over and over again in our head, and every time we do this, we flood our body with the same chemicals that were flooding our body when this event occurred, and since our body “is the unconscious mind, and doesn’t know the difference between the experience that’s creating the emotion (from the past) and the emotion you are creating through thought alone (in the present)”[ix] so in order to change our FUTURE results, we must to break this hard-wired programming.
This is not easy, but it’s the SECRET to changing your results in the future. If we look at the image in the show notes that I hand drew from Chapter 2 of Becoming Supernatural, you will see that if we cannot change, and break our hard-wired programming, we will re-create our past experiences into our future, and prevent us from EVER hitting that unknown event (whatever it might be-a new job, or unexpected experience) or something that could possibly take us to new heights.
IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Superhuman
WHY IS CHANGE SO DIFFICULT?
It’s because it’s uncomfortable and unfamiliar. It’s always easy to blame someone else for your results, or a situation, but to take responsibility for it, let it go, and move forward, well that’s not as easy. We are working with the 95% of us that’s hidden under water here. These patterns and beliefs are hard-wired into our brain, so they are not easy to break.
HOW EXACTLY DO WE STOP OUR PATTERNS AND PAST BEHAVIORS?
We do this by staying in the present moment (which is the whole idea of Chapter 2) and STOP the thoughts and emotions that went along with whatever it was that happened to us. That emotional event that changed you somehow.
This will stop your pattern of thinking.
It’s here that I bring in a diagram on Metacognition that I created in 2014 adapted from Dr. Newberg and Mark Waldman’s “Spectrum of Human Consciousness Model.” When we become consciously aware of how we think, act and feel, this is Metacognition and where we create AHA Moments of learning in our lives.
Start at the bottom of the diagram:
Instinctive Learning: Do you know yourself? Are you aware of the thoughts, feelings and actions you are having that might be keeping you stuck somewhere? If you’ve never explored this area, Hazel Gale’s work from EP #308[x] is a good place to begin.Habitual Learning: Can you CHANGE the way you are used to thinking and feeling? Do something differently? Move forward instead of getting stuck?Intentional Learning: Can you set a goal to CHANGE something, and make this change stick? Instead of blaming someone for your results, take responsibility and move forward somehow?Creative Learning: Can you use meditation (which actually means to become familiar with thyself) to find some answers, learn something new, give you a new angle of outlook on your life?AHA Moment: What knowledge about yourself can you glean here? Did you see something NEW? Learn a new idea? Did you write it down and take action on it? Jack Canfield would call this taking “inspired” action. This is METACOGNITION and is the key to peeling back the onion layers of yourself, and help you to deepen your understanding of who you are.
PUTTING THIS INTO ACTION: Chapter 2 Living in the Present Moment
Remember it’s not going to be easy.
START WITH INSTINCTIVE LEARNING: THE FIRST STEP IN THE METACOGNITION DIAGRAM
KNOW THYSELF: What happened to you?
So something happened to us in our life (some sort of event) that caused an emotional reaction within us. This can be ANYTHING. If I think back to past guests, I know that my colleague Grace Reynolds[xi] experienced significant trauma in her life as a child (an event) that changed her life, until she did the hard work to heal herself from her traumatic life experiences. This is now her life’s work. I also can never forget Hans Appel[xii], a school counselor whose book, Award Winning Culture took off in schools across the country. I remember while reading Hans’ book, it was in the first few pages that he mentioned how he had a difficult childhood, and he talked about how the sound of his back door opening after school would make his skin crawl as he remembered the trauma that would occur for him in his life after school, urging him to spend more and more time at school, away from home. This is also now Hans’ life’s work to help others through traumatic events.
These are two extreme cases an event that caused trauma, but an event could be anything that takes you from a positive, creative state of being (where our immune system functions well) to a stressful state of being, that we know scientifically down regulates certain genes and creates disease in our body.
PRACTICE STAYING IN THE PRESENT MOMENT
This will prevent us from unconsciously slipping back into our OLD self. Dr. Dispenza does have meditations[xiii] that can assist with staying present, and with time, helping us to automatically live in the present moment, and shortening that “refractive period” of the emotional experiences that happen to us.
BEFORE I sent ANY of you to Dr. Dispenza’s website, I have to say that I first found out about his meditations by chance. After our episode of HRV[xiv], someone (a male) wrote to me on social media that he had raised his HRV significantly with Dr. Dispenza’s “Courageous Heart Meditation.” We will talk about the benefits of this meditation a bit later, but I have to tell you here that I looked up this meditation, and listened to it, and thought “there is NO way I could ever listen to that!” It was so far away from what I was used to with Vishen Lakiani’s calm and quiet voice, or Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness. This meditation opens up like a lion roaring, with this voice, (Joe Dispenza) yelling at me to “sit down, and open my heart.” The first time I listened to it, I turned it off after probably 30 seconds. This would not relax me, but stress me out. It wasn’t until I understood the purpose of the meditation and what it was actually designed for (to help men to open their hearts that I was finally open enough to begin listening to this meditation, and some others, every day, to finally see their benefits that has to do with developing a coherent heart and brain.
Go to Joe Dispenza’s website and check out his mediations for yourself. https://drjoedispenza.com/
Over time, and some introspection, I promise you will begin to see yourself in a whole new light which is the meaning behind the word “meditation” which means to “know thyself.”
This brings us to the next concept I think is important to note with Becoming Supernatural.
Chapter 2: Mental Rehearsal: Priming Your Body for a New Future
So what happens to the health of our body if we have an “event” in our life that causes us to have some sort of negative, emotional charge? Dr. Dispenza explains the need of “staying in the present moment” and recognizing when something could possibly impact our future (health or results) with his interview with Tom Bilyeu[xv].
If our thinking creates our environment (Bob Proctor would say “our thoughts, feelings and actions would determine our results or our conditions, circumstances and environments.”) then in order to change something we don’t like, we have to either change our thinking, or change our environment, to get new results.
Wayne Dyer would say “if you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change.”
MENTAL REHEARSAL:
There are many examples in Dr. Dispenza’s book of people who changed their health, purely by changing their thoughts. I’ve heard of many people over the years who have used “mental rehearsal” to heal their bodies and keep them strong in the future. My Mom shared with me that she did this when she was diagnosed with Uterine Cancer, we talked about this in our Review of The Silva Method, and I heard woman’s story[xvi] that I’ll link in the show notes that’s by far the most compelling story I’ve ever heard. She healed her body from watching Dr. Dispenza on Tom Bilyeu’s interview we mentioned above.
IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Superhuman
PUTTING THIS INTO PRACTICE:
I asked Dr. Korotkov at the end of EP 307 what he thinks we should all be doing, every day, to raise our own vibration/consciousness as well as the collective consciousness of those around the world, and I’ll never forget his answer. He said that we should find a way to balance our chakras, and said there are many meditations out there (Joe Dispenza, or search on the internet). This is the very first step towards balancing our mind, body and spirit and move towards to the many known benefits that daily meditation provides.
START WITH INSTINCTIVE LEARNING: THE FIRST STEP IN THE METACOGNTION DIAGRAM
Do you know yourself? When you are meditating are you learning something about yourself? Do you notice anything happening? Can you notice ANY benefits from your practice? This was the reason why I decided to cover The Silva Method[xvii] on our podcast, because I wanted to take my meditation practice to new heights.
Then learn from the work that Dr. Dispenza has done over the years. He reminds us:
Protect yourself from the harmful effects of stress on your body.
Imagine your energy field shrinking when you are living in survival mode, and find a way to the other side.
Meditation alone can be the answer to helping you back towards health. Since Dr. Dispenza has measured so many participants with the effects of his meditations, I would have to say that I highly recommend them, especially after noticing what they have done to help me personally while listening to them.
All Chapters: Elevated Emotion
This last concept I noticed the most after listening to Dr. Dispenza’s meditations for some time. He says that “they recorded amazing changes in HRV (heart rate variability) which is what that person told me on social media. Dispenza says “this is when we know a student is opening their heart and maintaining elevated emotions like gratitude, inspiration, joy, kindness, appreciation and compassion, which cause the heart to beat in a coherent fashion—that is with rhythm, order and balance.” This is the important part. I think we can all say it’s important to be happy, and joyful (rather than dwelling on the negative parts of our day) but it also “takes a clear intention, (a coherent brain) AND an elevated emotion (a coherent heart) to begin to change a person’s biology from living in the past to living in the future.” There is clear evidence that we are “bound by an invisible field of light” (Dispenza) and have tremendous power that can influence ourselves and others.
Dr. Dispenza was measuring the internal changes with his tools and this “feedback” was letting that person know they were on the right track and should keep doing what they were doing. We learned all about neurofeedback on our last episode with Dianne Kosto.
When you create heart coherence, your heart (he says) “creates a magnetic field that projects beyond your body.” What you DO with this energy is important. You can use it for yourself (whatever it is you are working on) or you can project it out in the world to help others.
PUTTING THIS INTO PRACTICE:
I wouldn’t go anywhere other than the Courageous Heart Meditation[xviii] to elevate your emotions. You can find this meditation on YouTube, but if you find the ads distracting, just buy it for $25 from Dr. Dispenza’s website. You’ll access 37 minutes of pure bliss every day, that will help you to tune into love, joy, kindness and compassion. You’ll change your world, as well as add to the collective consciousness of the rest of the world.
START WITH INSTINCTIVE LEARNING: THE FIRST STEP IN THE METACOGNITION DIAGRAM
Do you know yourself? As you begin to find ways to open your heart, just be open. I didn’t think it would be possible to open my heart up more but I was open to what I would notice, and I know since listening to this meditation my heart has now open up to a whole new level. Once we can get to this place, where we are in the present moment, we’ve mentally rehearsed the future we want to create, we’ve embraced emotions (like joy, peace, appreciation, and love) in our heart, our heart and brain now gain coherence, and this is where it happens, we can connect to the quantum field (where all possibility exists), where time and space collapses and you can literally BECOME your dream.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude episode #310 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” and PART 2 of our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, we covered 3 topics and used the METACOGNITION diagram as a guide to deepen our understanding of who we are in this process.
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 1: Was About Accessing the Present Moment
I said that this was the most important part of this episode. We learned how an emotion hits our body (through our life situations-call it whatever it may be), and this causes some sort of emotional reaction. Maybe something happens to you in your personal life, and you hold negative emotions towards your ex-relationship, or it could be something in your work life, or something random happens to you that changes your personality (puts you in a mood first, and over time changes your personality). We learned of the importance of shortening “the refractory period of an emotional reaction” which is really where the work starts.
If we don’t do this, holding in this negative emotion can impact our physical and mental health, and we know this to be scientifically true, with Dr. Korotkov’s GDV technology.
We learned how to protect ourselves from the harmful effects of stress on our body and imagining our energy field shrinking when we are living in survival mode. Meditation alone can be the answer to helping you back towards health and even Dr. Andrew Huberman[xix] talks about this important strategy from a purely scientific angle. We can go back to our early episode with Dr. Daniel Siegel[xx] where he talks about the healing benefits of his Wheel of Awareness Meditation that we also covered in depth on a later EP 60[xxi], The Science and Benefits Behind Dr. Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation. Just a reminder of some of the health benefits Dr. Siegel mentioned, they are RIGHT on track with Dr. Dispenza’s findings.
There’s an integration of structure and function of the brain (integration means well-being).There’s a reduction of the stress hormone cortisol.There’s an enhancement of immune function.Improvement in cardiovascular risk factors.Reduction in inflammation via epigenetic changes.An optimization of telomerase—which is fascinating as it repairs and maintains the ends of chromosomes and slows aging. I’ll leave it up to you with WHAT meditation tool you use, but I do highly encourage trying Dr. Dispenza’s meditations, in additions to the ones I talk about often on this podcast.
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 2: Mental Rehearsal: Priming Your Body for a New Future
We learned how to protect ourselves from the harmful effects of stress on our body with the importance of being able to use mental rehearsals by imagining our energy field shrinking when we are living in survival mode, and finding a way to the other side, creating a NEW future in our mind first.
We reviewed how meditation alone could be the answer to helping us back towards health, and creating a new future.
We don’t need to look far for the research behind this concept as it’s been used for decades in the sports industry. Dr. Andrew Huberman covered it on an episode called Science-Based Mental Training and Visualization for Improved Learning[xxii] as well as his episode on How to Learn Skills Faster[xxiii] that we have covered in the past.
IMPORTANT CONCEPT 3: Elevated Emotion
We learned from Dr. Dispenza, who is by far the leading expert on this concept, that a student who is opening their heart and maintaining elevated emotions like gratitude, inspiration, joy, kindness, appreciation and compassion, which causes the heart to beat in a coherent fashion creating order and balance” can take themselves to the quantum field, where ALL possibilities exist. Remember that diagram with the unforeseen event that happens in the future, it’s not happening by chance or luck.
I know we all know on some level that it’s important to be happy, and joyful (rather than dwelling on the negative parts of our day) but it also “takes a clear intention, (a coherent brain-or the idea that if our brain is working right, then we will work right) AND an elevated emotion (a coherent heart) to begin to change a person from living in the past to living in that place where ALL possibilities exist.
This is the way to create a beautiful future, and we can ALL do this, when we can learn to live these 3 important concepts on a daily basis.
This last one, the only way I know how to do this, or explain this with the highest level of confidence, is through Dr. Dispenza’s Courageous Heart Meditation. He explains How to Feel Elevated Emotions You’ve Never Felt Before[xxiv] by learning to set a clear intention (of what you want) with a heart centered emotion (gratitude, love, or joy) and know that you can CAUSE an effect in the FUTURE with the power of your intention, connected to the positive emotion you have created. I can say that nothing I have ever experienced is like the minute I turned on the Courageous Heart Meditation. I mentioned it wasn’t the first time I listened to it. It took me some time from reading Becoming Supernatural to trust that Dr. Dispenza has created something that I’ve never seen or felt before, and was open to trying it out. Learning what it feels like to have a coherent heart and brain. To feel his music pulsating through me as he reminds me to “sit down” and open my heart. The love I feel while listening to this meditation is beautiful as I learn to feel with an open heart, and trust/balance my heart and brain.
Only now, that I’ve truly started on the pathway to implementing these 3 important concepts in my daily life, am I confident that the future I envision on the screen of my mind is not only possible, but it’s probable, as I watch events occur daily that most people would say are impossible, or that they are happening by chance or luck.
We know this is not the case.
It starts with living in the present moment (not the past) or worrying about the future but just living, mentally rehearsing the future, with elevated emotion…
And then watch the magic happen.
With 100% certainty I can tell you if you can master these 3 principles on a daily basis, it will change your life, literally!
I’ll close with the quote I opened up our most downloaded episode with, The Silva Method, from Jose Silva that “once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method.
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
Being in the Present Moment Tools from Dr. Andrew Huberman https://dexa.ai/huberman?q=Present+Moment&type=example
Dr. Joe Dispenza’s Meditations https://drjoedispenza.com/meditations
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #306 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with Power of Our Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/decoding-our-thoughts-how-to-build-a-better-future-with-the-power-of-our-mind/
[ii] Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon by Dr. Joe Dispenza published March 5, 2019 https://www.google.com/search?gs_ssp=eJzj4tVP1zc0TKnILrcoq8owYPSSSkpNzs_NzEtXKC4tSC3KSywpLUrMUUjKz88GAEIPD3c&q=becoming+supernatural+book&oq=becooming+supernatueral+&aqs=chrome.1.69i57j46i13i433i512j0i13i512l7.7875j0j15&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8
[iii] Bruce Lipton https://www.brucelipton.com/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #307 “Dr. Konstantin Korotkov on Bridging the Spiritual World with Rigorous Scientfic Method” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-konstantinkorotkov-on-bridging-thespiritualworld-with-rigorousscientific-method-methodtappingintothe-powerof-our-thoughtsenergy-fieldsandlimitless/
[v] Becoming Supernatural Dr. Joe Dispenza https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y5ICgkDPTns
[vi] Dr. Dispenza’s Research Meditations Impact on Immunity Published August 2023 https://drjoedispenza.com/scientific-research
[vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISOD# #293 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-our-conscious-mind-and-the-five-senses/
[viii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISOD# #294 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/beyond-our-5-senses-understanding-and-using-the-six-higher-faculties-of-our-mind/
[ix] How to Brainwash Yourself for Success and Destroy Negative Thoughts with Dr. Joe Dispenza (Tom Bilyeu Interview) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=La9oLLoI5Rc&t=6s
[x] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-story-of-elite-fighter-hazel-gale-from-confident-champion-to-burnout-are-you-ready-to-rebuild-yourself-from-the-inside-out/
[xi]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISOD# #298 with Grace Reynolds https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/grace-reynolds-on-mindfulness-neurocoaching-the-quickest-and-easiest-path-to-post-traumatic-growth/
[xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EP #63 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/author-hans-appel-on-building-award-winning-culture-in-your-school-or-organization/
[xiii] Dr. Joe Dispenza Present Moment Meditation https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0-fXn1ot51s
[xiv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast on Heart Rate Variability The Most Important Biomarker for Tracking Health and Recovery https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-review-of-heart-rate-variability-the-most-important-biomarker-for-tracking-health-recovery-and-resilience/
[xv] How to Brainwash Yourself for Success and Destroy Negative Thoughts with Dr. Joe Dispenza (Tom Bilyeu Interview) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=La9oLLoI5Rc&t=6s
[xvi] Case Study of Becoming Supernatural https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K7wBJ7JIQKI
[xvii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast on The Silva Mind Control Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[xviii] The Courageous Heart Meditation https://drjoedispenza.com/product-details/The%20Courageous%20Heart
[xix] How to be in the moment with mindful meditation Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZrT17yQKhb4
[xx]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast with Dr. Daniel J Siegel https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[xxi]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Review of Dr. Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
[xxii]Science-Based Mental Training and Visualization for Improved Learning by Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0RYyQRQFgFk
[xxiii] How to Learn Skills Faster by Dr. Andrew Huberman https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xJ0IBzCjEPk
[xxiv]How to Feel Elevated Emotions You’ve Never Felt Before https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0kxmd7d6GPE
“Your brain is the organ of your personality, character and intelligence and is heavily involved in making you who you are.” Dr. Daniel Amen
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/H8miiiqugDs
On today's episode #309 with Dianne Kosto we will cover:
✔ What is neurofeedback, and how it can help someone struggling with anxiety, depression, brain fog, or mental health issues.
✔ Dianne Kosto's story "From Trauma to Triumph." What's the story of her son? What did she do to help him? Where is he TODAY?
✔ How does neurofeedback change the structure and function of the brain?
✔ Dianne's journey and when she first noticed the importance of a healthy brain, for a happy life.
✔ How to reach Dianne and her team to learn more.
So if we notice something is not right with our ability to think clearly (brain fog) or our decision-making ability, or our ability to focus and concentrate, it would make sense that we begin with looking at this organ that controls everything that we are, and everything that we do.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.
For today’s episode #309 we will be speaking with Dianne Kosto, the CEO and founder of Symmetry Neuro PT. Dianne is a Mom on a Mission to make neurofeedback (to help the brain learn to better regulate) accessible and easy, with a global vision for improving the lives and brains for families who have a member struggling with physical or emotional pain, that we all know disrupts everything in our day-to-day life.
I wanted to cover Dianne’s work on the podcast because while I have heard about neurofeedback as a brain-based therapy to improve brain function without medication, I don’t know much about it.
Let’s meet Dianne Kosto, and see what she has created with Symmetry PT to help all of us to live happier, and healthier lives, with our brain health and function in mind.
Welcome Dianne, it’s wonderful to meet you. Where are we reaching you today?
Q1: I want to dive right in here, as I think the company that you have founded solves a critical need in the world today. I don’t think I know anyone who has not seen the effects of high stress in our daily lives. Can you start out with why you founded Symmetry NeuroPathway Training?
What’s the story of your son? What did you notice he needed support with?What gaps did you see with our current healthcare system that caused you to take action?Where did you first begin to connect the brain to our mental health?What changed did you see with your son?HOW did these changes take place? Q2: For those of us who might have heard of this type of treatment, but like me, if I’ve not used something, it’s not easy to explain it. Can you give us an overview? What is Neurofeedback? (alters the structure and function and brain). EEG biofeedback?
Q3: How does neuroplasticity occur with neurofeedback? Why do think this brain-based therapy is so successful with making long-term changes in someone who might be struggling in some way?
Q4: What are some of the most common issues that are improved with neurofeedback?
Q5: The whole reason I do this podcast, connecting the brain to our schools, sports and workplaces, is that we were never taught about the importance of a healthy brain when we were growing up. When did you first notice that a healthy brain could change a person’s life? Dr. Daniel Amen “When your brain works right, you work right.”
Q6: Why does this work? Can you review the research? I also find this fascinating that when we can improve the structure and function of our brain, it changes our results significantly.
Q6B: How can we change our brain waves at will? We have explored this from meditation, but I wonder what you would say?
Q6C: Cats can change their brain waves? If cats can, why not humans? What happened with the NASA study? How did the cats change the structure and function of their brain?
Q7: How exactly do our brain waves work? We have covered brain waves on past episodes[i], working on ways to go from the BETA state, to ALPHA for more creativity. How does neurofeedback change our brain waves?
Q7B: What should we all understand about our brain waves? What impacts neurological dysregulation and changes brain wave patterns?
Q7C: How does Neuropathway Symmetry work? Does someone need to come into your offices for this? Is there any way to change the pattern in our brain remotely/from home?
Q8: Where would someone begin?
Q9: What results do people typically see?
Dianne, I want to thank you for sharing your story as a Mom on a mission to help others who might have a child, or another family member who is struggling somehow, and could be helped by Symmetry Neuro-PT. If someone wants to learn more, is the best way to schedule an appointment with your team?
Thank you for your time today, and for your vision to make this world a better place, by helping us to understand what’s available to help us to improve our self-regulation skills, and take control of our brain health. No one else will do this for us.
Get Dianne’s NEW book, From Trauma to Triumph: A Mom’s Mission with Neurofeedback here https://symmetryneuropt.com/from-trauma-to-triumph-a-moms-mission-with-neurofeedback/
SOME FINAL THOUGHTS:
I always miss something important in the interview process. Something about listening, and asking questions at the same time, I usually catch what I missed while editing, and I missed the MOST important part of this interview.
Dianne is a Mom on a mission for a reason. It started when he son was struggling, and his pathway wasn’t looking bright. Dianne did not leave any rocks unturned. She found a way that helped her son, find his way in life, and now she helps others to do the same.
What I missed is that Dianne’s son is now a US Army Special Forces Green Beret.
That’s why I do this podcast. We ALL have something important we are meant to do while we are here living life, on this place called earth. We will come up with challenges along the way, and some may take us off course. But there is a bright future for ALL of us. Everyone has the same opportunity to live a healthy and successful life, it’s just knowing the resources that are available to us, to help us when we become stuck, that will move the needle for us.
If you saw something in this interview that could help you, a family member, or someone you know, please do reach out to Dianne and book an appointment with her and her team to discuss your situation. I am not affiliated with her business, just here to share what she has created, with the hope that it unlocks someone else potential, someone who might have been stuck, to reach NEW heights.
And with that, I’ll close out this episode, and see you next week, for PART 2 of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s book review. See you next week.
FOLLOW DIANNE KOSTO CEO and FOUNDER of SYMMETRY Neuro-PT
https://linktr.ee/symmetryneuropt
Schedule an Appointment with Dianne’s Team https://go.oncehub.com/symmetry
Can Neurofeedback Help with Brain Fog? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WI-79DupIs0
Brain Fog Quiz https://symmetryneuropt.com/brain-fog/
Symmetry Website: https://symmetryneuropt.com/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/SymmetryNeuroPT
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/symmetryneuropt/
Twitter/X: https://twitter.com/SYMMETRYNeuroPT
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/company/symmetryneuropt/
Where to Begin to Integrate Neurofeedback into a Facility? https://symmetryneuropt.com/why-should-i-incorporate-neurofeedback-into-my-facility/
Blog https://symmetryneuropt.com/blog/
FREE Webinar to LEARN MORE https://www.facebook.com/watch/?v=1717895994980318
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
International Society for Neuroregulation and Research https://isnr.org/
Barry Sterman The Beginning of Neurofeedback https://braintrainuk.com/the-story-of-neurofeedback/
REFERENCES
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE 261 PART 1 of The Silva Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
Whenever elite fighter Hazel Gale entered the ring, she felt fear. Not just the rational fear of being knocked out. But something deeper as well. The fear that she didn't deserve success, and that she would let everyone - especially herself - down.
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/1VDpu_KfZwk
On today's episode #308 we will cover:
✔ The story of elite fighter, Hazel Gale, that took her from confident champion, to burnout.
✔ How she now helps others with what she discovered from her life's journey.
✔ What is the research-based BETWIXT (story-based wellness app) and how does it help take us to new heights?
✔ Where can we ALL begin in our own personal "Journey of Our Mind?"
✔ How can we identify behaviors that self-sabotage our results?
✔ What are some common "monsters" and what can we learn from them to take us to new heights (personally and professionally).
✔ Where can we begin our own transformational journey of The Mind?
While others saw a confident world champion athlete, Hazel was plagued by anxiety, self-doubt and depression. It was these things - the monsters of her mind - that she felt were her most dangerous opponents, and she waged a war. It was that hard-fought internal battle that ultimately led her to burn out.
Now the founder of the story-based wellness app, Betwixt[i], Hazel is pioneering a new approach to digital mental health that she calls mindful entertainment. A sought-after London therapist, Hazel has created a revolutionary system for overcoming fear, underperformance, and self-sabotage.
There is never a good time to confront the monsters that hold us back, but if we truly want to be our best selves, our highest performing, it begins with a deep level of self-awareness that our next guest has discovered through her own journey of life experience, and now helps others to do the same in the most captivating and unique way, that I’ve ever seen.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.
For today’s episode #308, we will be speaking with Hazel Gale, she’s a former kickboxer and boxer with multiple World, European and National titles. Her outward success, however, had a dark side: the stress of competition and relentless self-doubt drove her into an emotional and physical burnout that led to years of chronic illness.
Hazel’s eventual recovery inspired her to qualify as a therapist and coach, and for over a decade she worked with high-level athletes, business executives and others as a master practitioner of cognitive hypnotherapy – an evidence-based approach that combines elements of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) and traditional hypnotherapy with theories of modern neuroscience.
Hazel’s 2018 book "The Mind Monster Solution" was published internationally and became an Amazon bestseller in both mental health and psychology.
Currently, Hazel is the co-founder and the chief creative officer of Betwixt – an award-winning app that blends psychology with interactive storytelling to make wellness feel like an adventure instead of a chore. I downloaded this app, and was blown away with what she has created here. If you want to learn more about who you are, at the deepest levels, I highly recommend this app. I downloaded it for free, and was able to go through the first interactive story, and experience the app, before deciding to purchase it. You can continue your journey for free, or for $19.49 you gain lifetime access. I did purchase the app, as I liked what I saw, and am curious what else I will learn from Hazel’s “Journey of her Mind.”
So How Did I Meet this Inspiring Author, World Class Athlete and Wellness App Creator?
When I was introduced to Hazel, I was drawn to learn more from her story from the mental resilience side of her work. While we know that mental resilience is critical in the sports world, it’s equally as important in most people’s day to day life. Mental resilience is as crucial to my day as brushing my teeth, and when I’m struck with difficult situations, I feel like I have a lot of tools available already to me, just from hosting this podcast. We were introduced to the Fisher Wallace[ii] brain stimulator that was once our most listened to episode, that helps keep anxiety at bay, while also improving sleep. I’m clear about the benefits of daily exercise to combat stress, improve a student’s academic achievement and help keep our focus in the workplace from our interview with Dr. Ratey and his book, Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain[iii]. I’ve bought myself a Whoop device when I turned 50 to measure and track my sleep and recovery for our interview with Whoop’s VP of Performance Science, Kristen Holmes[iv], I’ve got a clear understanding of how to eat the right foods, and nourish my gut-brain axis after our recent interview with Neurohacker’s Dr. Kelly[v], and a few episodes where we’ve looked at building our mental resiliency with Horacio Sanchez[vi].
We’ve built a great list of tools and resources that go deep into combatting stress, as this has been one our main focal points for improving productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. While we did meet with Erika Ferszt and discussed work burnout, on EP 198[vii], but what were we missing I wondered when I saw her work?
Here’s what it was: I’ve never met with a world class athlete who had to rebuild themselves and overcome the physical and emotional burnout that led her body to break down in the first place. What she has done to rebuild herself shows the high level of mental and physical strength that she holds within herself, that can help anyone who needs to find a new pathway in life, towards health and wellness, with her model. She is the real deal. I only wish we could be in the same room with her for this interview, because she’s has some talents that she knows she has, that have taken her years to develop, but these talents are what she will help us all bring out in ourselves.
I do have some questions for Hazel, that I’d like to know myself around building up my own mental strength, and I hope you find this interview helpful with Hazel’s high level of understanding of what’s needed to create the mental mindset needed at the highest level of sport that we can transfer into our own personal life experience for heightened success. I know that this is just the beginning of the journey, but am grateful to have this chance to open up the doorway of possibility that maybe we could ALL be much more than we are today.
Let’s meet this elite world class athlete, Hazel Gale, and see what we can learn from her story that takes us from confident champion, to burnout, and see how we can all rebuild ourselves from the inside out.
Welcome Hazel Gale, thank you for joining us on the podcast today. Where exactly are you located in the UK?
Intro Q: Before creating your questions for today, I listened to the podcast episode you did with The Mind Muscle Project[viii] and at the end of this episode, you had me thinking about your book, (that we will get to) and what my monsters are (or subconscious programs that hold me back). I had no idea that I would be thinking and writing notes, and talking over with my husband about “who” I really am because I’ve been on this quest for over 25 years. Before we talk about this launching point--which is what I want us to uncover at the end, can you begin with an overview of your life, and what happened to get you to where you are today, with the focus on this story-based wellness app that you’ve created?
Q1: I have over 13 pages of notes from that podcast episode we mentioned. It’s all about your life’s journey. We all have a life and a journey, and it really is neat to connect all the dots as we look back, and think “Oh wow, if I didn’t do that, I’d never have ended up here!” Looking back now, what were some of those pivotal moments for you? What would you say would be that first AHA moment of “this is where it all began for you?”
Q2: While this was a “Moment of Truth” for you, when you fell in love with kickboxing, and it might have been the beginning, looking back now, and seeing where this moment took you, and how have you designed your app to help others to pause, think, and understand about their own personal “moments of truth” isn’t life an incredible journey? Your story is especially inspiring to share.
Q2B: How did you tie the most current research into your app?
Q3: Your love of kickboxing was almost the end of you. While I’m not a pro athlete I completely understood your need to train and the strength you received from it. My Whoop device measured me at Too Much Strain, Not Enough Sleep for a good year before I stopped overtraining. I’m sure I could dive deep into that part of me, (that I connect to with you) and maybe others who connect with your story, it’s a good place to look at. At what point did you REALLY understand the MIND, the importance of looking at the stuff that underneath the surface with the iceberg analogy, getting closer to the truth of who we really are, and then uncovering this with your app?
(STORY 1: The In-Between: The Ice World, Exploring the Change You Want to See, STORY 2: The Game of Trust: Exploring the Things You Love, Appreciate and Value, STORY 3: The Power of Flaw: Your Journey Awaits).
Q3B: Where does hypnotherapy come in for you to digging deeper into the depths of our mind?
Q4: What inspired you to write The Mind Monster Solution: How to Overcome Self-Sabotage and Reclaim Your Life[ix] I wondered want it is that you’d like to open up for others with your book and life’s journey?
Q5: As we are all thinking about our purpose in life, and using our strengths, and getting through difficult times, I think that a lot of this we’ve got to discover on our own? I was listening to a recent podcast episode of Dr. Andrew Huberman[x], on self-awareness it’s tied to our mental health, and I rarely sit down and actively think “hey, that thing that happened yesterday made me defensive” and then sit down and get to the root of it before I do anything else in my day. This rarely happens unless I’m about to interview someone like you, who has made me think a bit deeper than usual. What’s so important about knowing the Monsters in Our Mind that hold us back, and becoming more self-aware in this process? What are some common monsters?
Q6: This is the same question again, just asked after I saw the artwork you have at https://www.mindmonsters.online/ and I was trying to figure out mine, or what I would draw and it wasn’t that easy. How can we figure out quickly what our monsters are, so we can draw them out, know them, and become more self-aware in this process to create change?
Q7: You said something about that if “I am the common denominator” and I keep having this issue, then there MUST be something about ME here that I’ve got to understand. I think this would be an incredible book to write…The Common Denominator of Me or something. How do we bring these things to surface so we can “see” them, and create change?
Q8: What superpowers do you think you’ve developed from understanding yourself (listening to your body) at this deep level?
I recognized one of your talents, and it had to do with being able to read someone who was sitting in front you. What goes on inside us, shows up loud and clear on the outside. I have this superpower as well. Put me in front of anyone and I can “feel” what they really are thinking.,
Q9: I absolutely LOVED your Betwixt App for mental health. I downloaded the app, and did “The In-Between” The Ice World, and for someone who moved from Toronto to AZ over 22 years ago, because I can’t handle snow/ice or the cold. The app brought back the memories of the cold for me, in a way that made me wonder…what about the cold weather drives me bananas? What should we be paying attention to with this app? Who is the narrator supposed to be? They say “you humans fascinate me” Who is talking to me? How is this app designed to help us to grow/improve/change?
Q9B: I know there is research behind the stories. Can you explain this?
Q10: Is there anything important that I’ve missed? I wanted to have us end this interview with a deeper level of self-awareness, or at least some steps to get there.
Hazel, I want to thank you for taking the time to meet with me, and sharing your fascinating story of rebuilding yourself from the inside out, with our audience. I knew there was a lot for me to learn from you, when I heard your interview, and story of strength where you rebuilt yourself, and now help others do the same, I really wanted to meet you. If people want to reach you, what’s the best way? Other than downloading the app, are there other services you offer?
Thank you!!
SOME FINAL THOUGHTS
When I said “may the journey of our minds begin” I really meant it. This is really important work that we are covering here on the podcast. If we truly want to be improved versions of ourselves, it begins by looking within, finding our truths, learning, changing and growing. These types of changes don’t happen overnight.
Look at how Hazel had to learn about who she was at the very core with years of thought and introspection, and then she created the BETWIXT app to help others to do the same.
This is where it all begins. I am going to take some time to go through the APP, thinking about my own Journey of the Mind, and we will have Hazel back on the podcast to discuss what I learn, on a future episode.
Until then, as you listen to this episode, I hope that you started to think:
Who are you?How can you be an improved version of yourself?What are your monsters that could possibly lead you to self-sabotage?Could you possibly MAKE A CHANGE to change your own life? These are difficult questions. Like we noticed, it took Hazel years to uncover the answers for herself.
I noticed my WHOOP device saying “hey, you aren’t getting enough sleep, and your strain is too high” before I thought “maybe I should do something differently.” It’s pretty obvious now looking back I needed to create more balance with my daily activities, but I missed the daily message until I noticed my feet and legs were hurting, prompting me to make some changes.
I hope this episode has made you think more about who you are, in a deeper way than you would usually think, with some possible ways that you could me MORE than you are today for yourself and others.
And with that thought, I’ll see you next week with some NEW ideas to take our results to new heights.
CONNECT WITH HAZEL GALE
Website https://hazelgale.wixsite.com/hazel-gale
Buy Hazel’s Book on AMAZON https://www.amazon.com/Fight-Hazel-Gale/dp/147366246X/ref=sr_1_1?hvadid=604569085381&hvdev=c&hvlocphy=9030091&hvnetw=g&hvqmt=e&hvrand=17706718117481243741&hvtargid=kwd-757439751793&hydadcr=25775_13483905&keywords=the+mind+monster+solution&qid=1696379192&sr=8-1
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/hazel.gale.therapy/
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hazelgale/?originalSubdomain=uk
Medium https://hazelgale.medium.com/
Twitter https://twitter.com/HazelGale
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/hazelgalehypnotherapy/
Download the Betwixt App https://www.betwixt.life/
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Download the Betwixt App https://www.betwixt.life/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE on “My Personal Review of the Fisher Wallace Brain Stimulator” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/update-one-year-later-on-my-personal-review-of-the-fisher-wallace-wearable-sleep-device-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleep-management/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #116 with Dr. John Ratey https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/best-selling-author-john-j-ratey-md-on-the-revolutionary-new-science-of-exercise-and-the-brain/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #134 with Kristen Holmes VP of Performance Science from Whoop.com https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/
[v]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #305 with Dr. Gregory Kelly https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/returning-guest-dr-gregory-kelly-on-qualia-synbiotic-optimizing-digestion-and-mood-with-prebiotics-probiotics-and-postbiotics/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #111 with Horacio Sanchez https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/resiliency-expert-and-author-horacio-sanchez-on-finding-solutions-to-the-poverty-problem/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #198 with Erika Ferszt on Preventing Workplace Burnout https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mood-and-stress-expert-erika-ferszt-on-using-your-brain-to-prevent-workplace-burnout/
[viii] The Mind Muscle Podcast with Hazel Gale https://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/mind-muscle-project/930-tbt-hazel-gale-this-Uj-8PwxDV07/
[ix] The Mind Monster Solution by Hazel Gale https://hazelgale.wixsite.com/hazel-gale
[x] Dr. Andrew Huberman with Paul Conti on How to Understand and Assess Your Mental Health https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tLRCS48Ens4
“All you need is just a strong desire and you will bask in the sun in the courtyard of a French café, and in front of your eyes the icy peaks will be sparkling. You can reach this with the energy of your thoughts. “In a dream or what?” –reader asks in surprise. “No, in reality, and achievement of the desired depends on you only.” Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, The Energy of Consciousness.
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/nmvtN2uEvnE
On today's episode #307 with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, we will cover:
✔ A review of EPISODE #306 and why it's important that we understand how our thoughts CAN influence others.
✔ What is GDV (Gas Discharge Visualization) that takes the Kirlian Effect to new heights and how can this tool help us with our health, productivity and well-being?
✔ A look back at Russian Scientist Dr. Konstantin Korotkov's career, that led him to embrace the idea that we are spiritual beings, living a human experience first and foremost.
✔ An overview of the Bio-Well Congress Conference coming this November 10th-12 in Orlando, Florida. Who is attending and how is there work important in the world.
✔ How exactly does Dr. Korotkov's work bridge the unseen spiritual world, with the rigorous and rigid world of Science?
✔ How does mental telepathy work, and how can we use it?
✔ Some of the biggest mysteries of the world Dr. Korotkov has seen with his own eyes.
✔ How he suggests we can ALL raise the consciousness of the world and live happier, more productive lives.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.
For today’s episode #307, I’m beyond excited to have the opportunity to speak with Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, for many reasons that started when I found him as one of the inventors of GDV (gas discharge visualization) while researching Dr. Joe Dispenza for our last episode. I had no idea what a trip I would go on, reading his books, that took me all over the world, and into many different exciting, and mind-boggling directions. My questions for Dr. Korotkov started with the fact that we all have an energy field, we are all connected and “can influence each other.” Konstantin Korotkov calls this electrophonics and explains its origin that goes back to 1777 in Brazil and then Russia. While I had always wondered about the science behind this technology, I had no idea what else his work would open my mind to.
Here's a bit more about Dr. Korotkov’s background. He’s a doctor of Sciences and a Professor, working at the University of St. Petersburg, Russia. In over 40 years of scientific activity, he’s published more than 300 scientific articles, 12 books, (translated into many European languages), and he holds 9 patents. In his youth, he was actively engaged in mountaineering at the Championship level in the Soviet Union.
All his life, he’s had a passion for travel. In the last 25 years, he has been among those who have been designing devices for gas discharge visualization (GDV– development of Kirlian effect), which allows rapid analysis of the human health condition and, in many cases, identifies the hidden causes of diseases and specific systems while revealing organs that require special attention. This technology is widely used in the world today.
We briefly met Dr. Korotkov on our last episode, where I mentioned his hard work that has broken through many levels of achievements, and I can’t express enough just how lucky we are to have this opportunity to speak with him. I have been reading his books, to prepare for this interview, and the questions I originally wrote were scratched off the list, as I uncovered more and more about the work Dr. Korotkov has done, working to bridge the gap between the great mysteries of life that are in the unseen world, with the measurable world of science.
In our last episode, I put a video explanation from Dr. Korotkov in the show notes, where he explains the history of his invention (GDV) that began with what we know to be called Kurlian Photography, that was not embraced by the scientific community. I mentioned that I know this well, as this was one of the reasons my first book, The Secret for Teens Revealed[i] couldn’t be taught in our schools when I first began working with students with social and emotional learning and the importance of having a good attitude, that shows up on the outside. Jeff Kleck from EP 246[ii] circled Kirlian Photography in the second chapter of my book, and wrote “science can’t prove that!”
Well, with all due respect to those who think that are thoughts cannot influence our future, they can with GDV technology that we can find all over Pubmed articles, showing that we all have an energy field and we are all connected and “can influence each other.” Konstantin Korotkov calls this electrophonics. This advanced GDV Technology shows “that we have energy fields…it can show physical energy distribution, emotional energy distribution, psychological energy distribution, and our relationship of our inner state to the outer world.”[iii]
I have many questions, stemming from all of the books, and articles I have read highlighting Dr. Korotkov’s work, and look forward to uncovering some of the mysteries of the world with this fascinating scientist who while he does live in Russia, he’ll be turning in from France today. He might as well be sitting right next to me here, as I do believe, like he does, that we are all connected.
Let’s meet Dr. Konstantin Korotkov and dive into some of the most fascinating topics that will challenge us to “think” deeply, before we make assumptions with anything in our life.
Privyet Dr. Korotkov, and bonjour mon ami, it’s incredible to meet you today. Are you still in France today?
Thank you for taking the time for to dive into some of the questions I’ve spend many years wondering about. I’m can’t even tell you how excited to learn from you, and share your knowledge with others who tune into the podcast around the world.
I would usually open up with a question about where you are, and what work you are focused on, but after reading a few of your books to prepare for this interview, I don’t even know how to begin.
Can you take us back maybe through a timeline that explains where you started in your career, highlighting some of the mysteries of the world you have been looking to solve (from taking Kirlian photography to the next level to these trips to caves around the world). Can you orient us with how far you’ve come professionally, and what you are working on now?
Q1: For listeners who want to tap into your work right now, you let me know that you will be hosting the Bio-Well Congress in Orlando, Florida November 10-12th at the Orlando Hilton Hotel.
I’ve put a link to your conference in the show notes, and participants can attend virtually as well as in person in Orlando, Florida, but can you briefly explain what this event is, who should attend and what they will learn?
Q2: I’ve been looking for you for a long time. Someone who could help me to bridge the gap between the unknown maybe the world people would say is more spiritual (the dream it/believe it/achieve it) world…with a world where science must prove it before anyone will believe it.
However, it is impossible to deny that there are phenomena that lie beyond the modern scientific paradigm. The famous slogan: “It cannot be, because this can never be so” has been transformed into a slogan: “It cannot be because it conflicts with science” (Energy of Consciousness)
What made you interested to learn more about this topic you’ve written many books on, the Consciousness of Health or the energy of health?
Q2B: What about telepathy or using our energy fields to influence our outside world? I’ve always done this (call it prayer) with wanting to help/improve the world in some way, or send people around the world that are important to me “good thoughts” but how do you use this in your daily life Do we need to be connected somehow to those we connect with this way? Some sort of brain coherence?
Q2C: What about those people who we are not in resonance with? What happens here?
Q3: While I first discovered you through your work with GDV, (electrophonics you call it) I do have some questions around this, but while researching you further, and reading your books, I learned that there was much more to you than I first thought. It started when I googled your name and these images came up so I read your book about The Mysterious Mummies of Nazca leading me to think I could ask you a million questions and we’d not ever scratch the surface. But I have to ask-what was the purpose of that book and what do YOU think you discovered in Nazca?
Q4: I watched your podcast interview with Amrit Sandu[iv] where you explained the history/backstory of GDV. It was clear to me watching you speak that you are not on the business side of this invention, and you just want to help the world be a better place. I relate to this part of you (even though there’s got to be a business model behind a good idea to make it sustainable) I believe in doing good for the world. For all of us listening, what can we do to follow in your footsteps and raise the consciousness of the world a little bit more every day?
Q5: Is there anything I have missed that’s important?
Dr. Korotkov, I want to thank you for the time you have spent with me today. I will read ALL of your books, and am grateful to have found someone who is opening my eyes to bridging the gap between the unseen world, and what we are truly capable of, with science.
For people who want to learn more about you, what is the best place? http://www.bio-well.store/about/konstantin
Final Thoughts to Close Out This Interview with Dr. Korotkov
To close out this episode, I do need to go back to our study of The Silva Program[v], that we covered to help us to all take our meditation practices to new heights. This 4 part series is by far the most listened to episode we’ve covered here on the podcast.
If you’ve listened to it, you will recall that we open up with a quote from Jose Silva that reminds us “Once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.”
Dr. Korotkov’s work is a clear example of what’s possible when you take a belief in yourself, use your mind to think creatively, and then take action on the ideas we create in our minds, that there is nothing we cannot accomplish.
Once we learn to use our mind in this way, it is important that we continue to put goodness out into the world and help others with the power of positive intention.
This way, together, we really can change the world.
And with that thought, I will close out this episode.
I’ll see you next week with an interview with elite champion Hazel Gale, and then we will continue with our review of Dr. Joe Dispenza’s work, that really is the next step from here.
We can’t do this all at once, but one episode at a time, I do think that those of you who tune in regularly, will see that we are all connected to each other, and it matters what energy we are putting out into the world.
I hope this episode opened up your mind to how powerful each of us really is, and that once we believe in the power of our own mind, we can begin to enjoy life in a whole new way, far beyond what we may have imagined in the past.
I’ll see you next week!
RESOURCES AND FOLLOW DR. KOROTKOV
Bio-Well Mastermind Congress https://summit.gaiahealers.com/sales-page1679663859779 Nov 10-12 in Orlando, virtual or in person
Website: http://www.bio-well.store/about/konstantin
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/biowellworldwide/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/biowellcompany/
YouTube https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCkn4BbIHuAVJOB4ljEVT1yw
Publications https://iumab.club/gb/science/research
Dr. Rajan Narayanan Yoga Concepts for Global Application https://www.amazon.com/Yoga-Concepts-Global-Application-understanding/dp/B0C9SNKGBD
Dogs That Know When Their Owners Are Coming Home by Rupert Sheldrake https://www.amazon.com/Dogs-That-Their-Owners-Coming/dp/0307885968/ref=asc_df_0307885968/?tag=hyprod-20&linkCode=df0&hvadid=312130957577&hvpos=&hvnetw=g&hvrand=17987888797529566223&hvpone=&hvptwo=&hvqmt=&hvdev=c&hvdvcmdl=&hvlocint=&hvlocphy=9030091&hvtargid=pla-490435213827&psc=1
Lynne McTaggart The Power of Intention Interview with Amrit Sandhu https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gwA2Mt8q-rQ
Jaime Maussan Mexican Reporter https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jaime_Maussan
The Jaime Maussan Show https://www.imdb.com/title/tt2041823/
Nazca Desert Mystery https://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/video/nazca-desert-mystery/
In Search of Aliens: Nazca’s Ancient Geoglyphs https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g34lDUxodZo
What is Hiding Under the World Famous Nazca Lines in Peru? https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cWIYb5zd6p8
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] The Secret for Teens Revealed Published by Andrea Samadi 2009 https://www.amazon.com/Secret-Teens-Revealed-Teenagers-Leadership/dp/1604940336
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #246 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/jeff-kleck-on-using-neuroscience-to-inspire-thinkers-in-schools-sport-and-the-workplace/
[iii] What is Gas Discharge Visualization? Konstantin Korotkov Published in 2012 in YouTube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhBYqkos-Xk
[iv] Top Secret Russian Scientist Reveals Quantum Secrets, The Power of Intention https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GRM2ETh5kdo
[v] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #261 The Silva Program PART 1-4 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-speed-learning-and-creative-sleep-part-3/
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
“As the acceptance of expanded human potential gains mainstream momentum, the question has shifted from “What is possible in our lives?” to “How do we do it? How do we awaken our extraordinary potential in everyday life?” (Dr. Joe Dispenza).
Today we will look at these questions and take a shallow dive, not a deep one, as there are many layers to how exactly we live up to the full potential we all have within us, or like the name of Joe Dispenza’s book, Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon. Today we will begin this exploration and identify clear strategies to awaken the extraordinary potential in each of us.Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.
For today’s episode #306, we are going to look closely at the work of someone I have been forbidden by my mentor and neuroscience certification trainer, Mark Waldman, to EVER interview. When I first launched this podcast back in 2019, there were many reasons for WHY I wanted to bridge the gaps I saw in the field of education and the workplace, with practical neuroscience. To do this, I knew I needed training and obtained an Advanced Certification in Mindfulness-based Neurocoaching, where one of the MANY requirements for this Certification was that I had to show an application of practical neuroscience in the world, or just show that I was using what I was learning to help others. I told Mark Waldman about my podcast, and had him of for one of our early EP #30[i] in December of 2019 and shared with him my vision of who I would interview, and where I wanted to take this podcast. He told me he liked this idea, but since I was going to use this for his Certification requirement, he said “You must never interview anyone who covers pseudoscience” and said I must keep true evidence-based science (proven from articles on Pubmed) at the forefront. I thought, of course, why would I want to cover fake science and spread that into the world, and then he said it. “You must never interview Joe Dispenza!” And I thought “Oh no!” I love that guy. His name was written on my wall as a potential future guest and while I agreed at the time to keep the podcast focused on science, I never did cross Dr. Dispenza off my list.
I first heard about Joe Dispenza when I worked in the motivational speaking industry and while I knew about his seminars, how crazy the results were that people obtained, and some of the advanced technologies he used like epigenetics testing, brain mapping with EEGs and gas discharge visualization technology (GDV). I also knew that some people, including Mark Waldman, would consider Joe Dispenza’s work to be pseudoscience, but I always put the results first in my mind, and hoped that one day, science could help prove what he has been teaching for years.
Joe Dispenza says it himself in the first few pages of his book, Becoming Supernatural. He writes:
Dr. Dispenza let go of his critics and decided to move forward with wanting to share his message with the world. He believes in a world where possibility exists, and he will challenge our thinking using his own personal experience of transformation, through meditation and his ability to change his health (which really could be applied to any area of your life-change your results, finances, whatever it is you want to change) purely by changing our thoughts.
This was one of the first concepts Bob Proctor from EP 66[ii] taught in his seminars. We had to change our thinking first in order to change our future results. We had Adele Spraggon on EP #184[iii] where she teaches about the importance of paying attention to our feelings before we think and act with her concept she writes about in her Shift book, so we can begin to make our habits work for us, instead of against us.
So here are some questions I’ve been looking for an answer to since I launched this podcast 5 years ago. I wonder:
Can our current, present day thoughts impact our future?Can we impact our own health (and results for that matter) purely by what we think?Can my energy influence another person, and can someone else’s energy influence mine?Can someone’s energy be felt?Can our energy field be seen? This is what Joe Dispenza has been working on proving for years, and he’s been using the most forward thinking tools to do this, and one of them, GDV (gas discharge visualization) was developed by a brilliant Russian man, Konstantin Korotkov.[iv]
I put a video explanation from Physics Professor, Konstantin Korotkov in the show notes, where he explains the history of his invention (GDV) that began with what we know to be called Kurlian Photography, that was not embraced by the scientific community. I know this well, as this was one of the reasons my first book, The Secret for Teens Revealed[v] couldn’t be taught in our schools when I first began working with students. Jeff Kleck from EP 246[vi] circled Kirlian Photography in the second chapter of my book, and wrote “science can’t prove that!”
Well, with all due respect to those who think that are thoughts cannot influence our future, they can with GDV technology that we can find all over Pubmed articles, showing that we all have an energy field and we are all connected and “can influence each other.” Konstantin Korotkov calls this electrophonics and explains it’s origin that goes back to 1777 in Brazil and then Russia. I typed Gas Discharge Photography into Pubmed, and found hundreds of articles, including one that showed “Applications of GDV Imaging in Health and Disease”[vii] and in the Journal of Education, Health and Sport, found an article “The Parameters of GDV (biophotonics) correlated with parameters of acupuncture points, EEG, HRV and hormones.”[viii] This advanced GDV Technology shows “that we have energy fields…it can show physical energy distribution, emotional energy distribution, psychological energy distribution, and our relationship of our inner state to the outer world.”[ix]
Of course, I jumped at the chance to find Dr. Korotkov, and asked if he would come on the podcast, so I could ask him some questions, and dive deeper into understanding how our thoughts, and energy fields can influence ourselves, others, our mental and physical health, and our futures. Stay tuned, he has agreed to an interview. In the meantime, he did let me know that he will be hosting the Bio-Well Congress in Orlando, Florida November 10-12th at the Orlando Hilton Hotel.
So it looks like the answers to all the questions that I asked above, that I’ve wondered over the years, would be a solid, scientifically proven YES, to all of them, and Dr. Joe Dispenza has been teaching this for years.
Before I share why I wanted to cover this topic today, I’ve got to begin with the fact that we are all connected, and have an energy field. Dr. Korotkov has been searching for ways to bridge the gap from the unseen world of energy, with scientific principles, and says “there is clear evidence that we influence each other.”[x]
This is something I always felt, but never really understood. I noticed certain things when I was in my late 20s, and thought they would be too “woo woo” to share on the podcast, and this is definitely one of them. I began to notice some people would have brighter lights around them, and appeared to me to be Supernatural like Dr. Dispenza would say. I could pick out people in the seminar room when I worked with Bob Proctor who I could see had this bright light around them, and when this light was paired with a belief for what they were doing, was the recipe for them to achieve outstanding results in the world. It happened time and time again. I remember the first person I saw shining brighter than all of us sitting at a table, and it just made me wonder
What’s different about that person than the rest of us?How are they thinking and feeling?Why do I see and feel their energy? When I went to work with Proctor in the seminar industry, I had the opportunity to put these questions into practice, and became highly developed with this superpower.
When I see or feel this heightened sense of energy in people today, (this is not a common occurrence) but when I notice it, I’ll share it with them, at the risk of them thinking I’m completely crazy. The other day, my husband and I were out for dinner, and I saw it with the young woman who was serving us. She looked like she was in her 20s, or maybe early 30s, and she was hustling like I’ve never seen. Then I noticed this young woman was pregnant! When she was took our order she sat down next to me to catch her breath, and it was here that I told her “You know you’re special, right?” She said “what do you mean?” And I told her what I could see. She looked at me with some level of disbelief, but also another level that she knew what I was talking about. I told her to find my podcast, and listen to episode 66 so she could see where my path began, and she wrote it down, thanked me, and then told me to look up the book Becoming Supernatural.[xi]
While driving home that night I did, and discovered where Dr. Joe Dispenza’s path began.
So for today’s episode #306 “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” I dedicate this to the young woman who hustles every night. She knows who she is. When most of us were pregnant, we could barely stand on our feet. Not this woman. She knows how to create her future, and it starts with the belief she has in herself, and her dreams, that is strong enough that I could see it and feel it just merely by her sitting next to me. I hope she finds the path that’s meant for her, and lives every moment of peace, joy and abundance that she deserves for herself and her baby who’s on the way.
Then I also wish this for you, the listener. I hope you’ll look at Dr. Dispenza’s work, that’s backed by Dr. Korotkov’s GDV technology, and recognize how far they both have come to share these evidence-based ideas into the world and then see how YOU can use them to improve your own health, results and future, keeping in mind that:
Our current, present day thoughts can impact our future.We can impact our own health (and results for that matter) purely by what we think.Our energy can influence another person, and someone else’s energy can influence ours.Our energy be felt, and it also can be seen with devices that measure this information scientifically. Just like some other books we have looked at, I want to break down Dr. Dispenza’s Becoming Supernatural into a few episodes. On today’s episode, we will cover:
Chapter 1: Opening the Door to the Supernatural and Chapter 2 The Present Moment.
At the end we will look at specific strategies of where we can begin, so that we can build a solid belief in ourselves, and our future potential.
Chapter 1: Opening the Door to the Supernatural
This book opens up with a Foreword from Dr. Dawson Church, who we interviewed on EP #98[xii] who covered “The Science Behind Using Meditation.” Dr. Church’s interview[xiii] has now become our MOST watched YouTube interview, showing me that the world wants to understand how meditation can take us to new heights. I’ve also mentioned often that The Silva Method Series[xiv] is our most listened to podcast episode, all focused on using the power of our mind, to take us to new heights.
Dr. Church writes in his Foreword that “Joe stretches the horizons of possibility by extending the boundaries of the unknown.” (Becoming Supernatural) Joe Dispenza opens up this book with a fascinating story of how he knew he was wasting his time, energy and talent worrying about what other people thought of him, and how he took an accident he had on his bike, where he was told he would never walk again, and used the power of his own mind, through a guided meditation, to heal his body. “9.5 weeks after the accident, (he) got up, and walked back into (his) life—without having any body cast or surgeries” (Becoming Superhuman Ch 1).
What I noticed with this first chapter was that Dr. Dispenza took us back to when he didn’t have the belief in himself, or his own ideas. He was still worried about what other people thought of him. His belief happened over time, when he let go (surrendered) to what others thought of him, and moved forward, full force, with the belief in his own future potential.
He had to let go, or break free. I remember Proctor would say, “Make a committed decision” when doing something. Don’t ask others, “what do you think” and go in half way, you must DECIDE to move forward, with everything you’ve got. Then he’d remind us of the Latin Root of the word decide which a combination of two words. De=off and caedere= cut and he’d remind us when we decide something that we cut off all ties to any other option. Decide and move forward, never looking back.
When I was reading this chapter, it was very clear that Dr. Dispenza didn’t find it easy to heal his body. He explained how pain-stakingly difficult it was to replicate this meditative experience he had where he was able to “see” and “feel” things in this special state called hypnogogic sleep, in between sleep and wakefulness. I’m not sure where those of you who are listening are with your meditation practice as we are all at different levels, but I understood what Dr. Dispenza was saying. Sometimes you want to sit down and force something to happen, but that’s never how it works. You have to be completely relaxed, your body in a state of let go or surrender, and then the magic happens…
That’s exactly what Joe Dispenza did to open up the door to becoming Supernatural. Once he broke free and made a committed decision to teach this work, he described how he would live into his future potential by healing his own body first, and then showing others how to do the same with his seminars and workshops. He explained how he: “selected that intentional future and married it with the elevated emotion of what it would be like to be there in that future, in the present moment (his) body began to believe it was actually in that future experience. As (his) ability to observe (his) desired destiny (with intention) got sharper and sharper, (his) cells began to reorganize themselves. I began to signal new genes in new ways, and then (his) body really started getting better faster.” (Ch 1, Becoming Superhuman).
TO PUT THIS INTO ACTION: MAKE A COMMITTED DECISION
Have you made a committed decision to whatever it is that you want to do? Not one foot in, the other out, testing the ground? Are you fully committed like Dr. Dispenza was when he let go of worrying about what others thought of him?
REMEMBER:
“Until one is committed, there is hesitancy, the chance to draw back, always ineffectiveness… the moment one definitely commits oneself then Providence moves, too. All sorts of things occur to help one that would never otherwise have occurred… boldness has genius, power, and magic in it. Begin it now.” Johann Wolfgang von Goethe
Chapter 2: The Present Moment
The way a person thinks and feels creates a person’s state of well-being. We know this can be scientifically proven by Dr. Korotkov’s GDV technology just by measuring the energy field from our finger tips, he can with accuracy, tell us what’s going on inside that person’s body (emotionally, psychologically) and then determine our relationship with this inner state to the outer world. Or in other words, what we THINK, on the inside, will show up on the outside.
Dr. Dispenza says it this way explaining that “the familiar past will sooner or later become the predictable future.” (Ch 2, Becoming Supernatural).
I heard Proctor explain it another way by explaining that “our results were a compilation of our thoughts, feelings and actions” and he could look at someone, and determine their level of thinking, purely based on the results they were obtaining. Now the funny part about this, is that many teachers explain the same thing, just a slightly different way. To determine a person’s level of thinking, Proctor would ask them “what’s the most amount of money you’ve ever made in one year” because he would quickly be able to see that person’s level of awareness. He would say that there’s no difference in ability of someone who earns $50K/year to someone who earns $50 Million/year, except the level of awareness of how to do it.
Our thoughts, in the present moment, determine our current reality. If we don’t like the reality we are in, it starts with changing our thoughts. To do this, we’ve often got to get out of our own way, and start to study and understand how our thoughts, feelings and actions create the world we live in.
We’ve all heard that insanity is doing the same thing over and over again, and expecting a different result.
The same idea with our results. “If we keep the same routine as yesterday, it makes sense that your tomorrow is going to be a lot like your yesterday. Your future is just a rerun of your past. That’s because your yesterday is creating your tomorrow.” (Ch 2 Becoming Supernatural).
Whatever way we describe it, we will not be able to change our results in the future, unless we do something different in the NOW. We must be able to choose different thoughts (towards a new goal), feelings, and actions, to create a NEW, unknown event in our future. I’ve drawn out Dr. Dispenza’s Predictable Timeline from Chapter 2, that shows us how “the familiar past will sooner or later become the predictable future” (Dispenza) or that we will never be able to suddenly jump to a new salary for example, without first of all thinking/feeling/acting in an entirely NEW way in the present moment.
A NEW, unknown event, requires NEW thoughts/feelings/actions in the present moment. The ONLY way to change our future, is to change our current state of being.
IMAGE CREDIT: Andrea hand drew the image from Chapter 2 Becoming Supernatural
TO PUT THIS INTO ACTION: DO YOU KNOW WHAT ENERGY YOU ARE BROADCASING OUT TO THE WORLD?
This is where the hustling pregnant server comes to mind. She was working hard, doing her thing, and doing everything she knew how to do to change her future in some way. I’m not sure what her vision for her future really is, but I could clearly see and feel she was hustling to get somewhere, and I had no doubt in my mind that she would arrive, exactly where she wanted to go. She was broadcasting it out loudly and clearly to the world, and I know I’m not the only one who could see it.
What about you?
Are you doing everything you can in the present moment to create an unknown event in your future?
Are you keeping your thoughts positive, doing everything you know how to do, with your vision held on the screen of your mind?
If you’ve asked others for feedback on the actions you are taking, what do they say? Is there anything else you can do to improve?
In your heart you will know if you are giving your all from the minute you wake up, to the moment you close your eyes and go to sleep. This is the daily grind we talked about on EP 38[xv] that’s well known in the sports world. While working on a daily basis, and keeping our energy levels high, over time, with this effort, and being focused on what we are broadcasting out into the world, (making sure we are thinking/feeling/acting in a positive way) we will eventually create the space for an unknown, or unpredictable event that will take us to new heights of achievement.
It happens in the sales industry when you work really hard and get what we sometimes call a “blue-bird sale” where someone calls you and says “I have money to spend, and must spend it by the end of the day” and you never could have predicted this occurring, but you had the space for it, and you’re ready for it. Or you run into someone unexpectedly who connects you to someone else, who advances you in some way, to where you want to go. It’s an unknown event that many people would say “woah, how on the earth did that happen?” Dr. Dispenza and other teachers would say that it was created, predictably, by doing certain things, a certain way.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude today’s EP #306 on “Decoding Our Thoughts: How to Build a Better Future with the Power of Our Mind” we looked at the following questions:
Can our current, present day thoughts impact our future?Can we impact our own health (and results for that matter) purely by what we think?Can my energy influence another person, and can someone else’s energy influence mine?Can someone’s energy be felt?Can our energy field be seen? Then we:
✔ Were introduced to Dr. Joe Dispenza and his book Becoming Supernatural with a brief introduction to how I was forbidden to ever cover Dr. Dispenza’s work, and why I’m covering it today.
✔ Learned about the Russian Scientist Dr. Konstantin Korotkov, and his GDV invention (that he calls elecrophonic imaging) that measures our physical, emotional and psychological energy distribution that provides “clear evidence that we influence each other.” We will learn more about how this device maps our inner state of mind with our outer world and much more from Dr. Korotkov on our NEXT episode (first week in October).
✔ Looked at Becoming Supernatural Chapter 1: Opening the Door to the Supernatural with some thoughts for you to put this chapter into practice in your daily life.
Do you know what you REALLY want?Have you made a committed DECISION towards your goals?Have you let go of what others think of you, and surrendered to doing what it takes to achieve your goals? ✔ Looked at Becoming Supernatural Chapter 2: The Present Moment, with some thoughts for you to put this chapter into practice in your daily life.
Are we aware of the energy that you broadcast out into the world? (If not, have you asked others for feedback on how you show up in the workplace or family life?)Are we doing everything possible to move the needle towards your goals (or whatever it is that you are working on)?Have we made space for unknown events to occur in your life to move you forward? And with this introduction to Dr. Dispenza’s work, we will learn how the tools he has been using to gather the scientific evidence he needed to prove that our thoughts REALLY do matter for our health, results and future, were invented.
I’m hoping to have interviewed Dr. Korotkov by the first week in October, so we will miss a week while I’m traveling, next week, but looking forward to what we will uncover, and see you in October.
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #30 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/neuroscience-researcher-mark-robert-waldman-on-brain-network-theory-and-the-12-brain-based-experiential-living-principles/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #66 with Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #184 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/adele-spraggon-on-using-science-to-break-up-with-your-bad-habits-in-4-simple-steps/
[iv] What is Gas Discharge Visualization? Konstantin Korotkov Published in 2012 in YouTube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DhBYqkos-Xk
[v] The Secret for Teens Revealed Published by Andrea Samadi 2009 https://www.amazon.com/Secret-Teens-Revealed-Teenagers-Leadership/dp/1604940336
[vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #246 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/jeff-kleck-on-using-neuroscience-to-inspire-thinkers-in-schools-sport-and-the-workplace/
[vii] Applications of GDV Imaging in Health and Disease Published by Suman Bista et al Sept. 26, 2023 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/35648690/
[viii]The Parameters of GDV (biophotonics) correlated with parameters of acupuncture points, EEG, HRV and hormones Published by Valeriy Babelyuk et al Dec. 31, 2021 https://apcz.umk.pl/JEHS/article/view/36914
[ix] IBID
[x] IBID
[xi] Becoming Supernatural: How Common People are Doing the Uncommon by Dr. Joe Dispenza published March 5, 2019 https://www.google.com/search?gs_ssp=eJzj4tVP1zc0TKnILrcoq8owYPSSSkpNzs_NzEtXKC4tSC3KSywpLUrMUUjKz88GAEIPD3c&q=becoming+supernatural+book&oq=becooming+supernatueral+&aqs=chrome.1.69i57j46i13i433i512j0i13i512l7.7875j0j15&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8
[xii]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #98 with Dr. Dawson Church https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-dawson-church-on-the-science-behind-using-meditation-rewiring-your-brain-for-happiness-resilience-and-joy/
[xiii] YouTube interview with Andrea Samadi and Dr. Dawson Church https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bH8yVKHjFN4
[xiv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast on The Silva Mind Control Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[xv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #38 with Todd Woodcroft https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-coach-to-the-winnipeg-jets-todd-woodcroft-on-the-daily-grind-in-the-nhl/
“Unhealthy changes in the gut microbial ecosystem may manifest as poorer cognitive performance, impaired emotional regulation, negative moods states, and unhealthy stress response.”
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/8SFTPIuQ9To
This was posted three days ago from Neurohacker Collective saying that we are “just on the fringes of understanding the gut-brain connection and its impact on cognitive performance and emotional well-being” and I agree, that this topic is finally getting the attention it deserves. Sit back and enjoy today’s episode, and I hope you take away some tips that show you how to improve your gut-brain connection for improved mood and health, immediately!
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.
On today’s EP #305 we welcome back Dr. Gregory Kelly from EP #285[i] just this past April where he introduced us to Qualia Senolytic where we covered:
What is cellular senescence?What are the "Hallmarks of Aging" and why is cellular senescence an important hallmark?The difference between cellular senescence and autophagy (with a quick review of 9th grade science mitosis).Classical places where senescent cells take hold in the body.The science to support senolytics from Mayo Clinic and Scripps Institute.How do senolytics work?The correct way to dose senolytics.What makes Qualia Senolytic a groundbreaking supplement in the longevity space? This interview set the stage for what we will cover today, with a look at Qualia Synbiotic, a one-of-a-kind formula doesn't just promote healthy gut. It also helps support mood and brain performance by enhancing gut-brain connections that are also crucial for nearly every system in body. There’s never been one simple scoop of supplemental nutrition designed to support so many aspects of gut health, including the gut-brain axis*
First, a bit about Dr. Gregory Kelly:
On today’s episode, #305 we will cover:
What are keystone species and what role do they play in shaping our gut ecosystem?Probiotics, prebiotics, postbiotics, and synbiotics - what’s the difference?Breaking up some myths about probiotics, and prebioticsHow to fix gut imbalances and prevent dis-ease in our body?What we can notice with Qualia Synbiotic, this ultimate digestive health formula?Dr. Kelly’s favorite science-backed ingredients to support optimal digestion, immune function, and key aspects of the gut-brain connection.What Dr. Kelly thinks of neurogenesis/what’s exciting for him these days to think about in the field of health and wellness? Let’s welcome Dr. Gregory Kelly back to the podcast, from Neurohacker Collective!
Welcome back Dr. Gregory Kelly for the second time on the podcast!
I’ve got to say that when we opened up our last interview, I was a huge fan of Neurohacker Collective and what you’ve built over there bringing together all the top minds in health and wellness, but I had only tried your products for a few weeks when we met last.
It’s been 5 months now we’ve been using Qualia Senoltyics in our house hold (my husband and I) and what a difference, especially when it comes to being able to focus and work longer periods of time without losing mental clarity. I contribute that 100% of this to what you’ve created at Neurohacker.com Thank you!
I also want to thank you for coming back on the podcast and helping me to understand the science behind the advanced products you and your team have created for health, wellness and longevity. I’m sincerely grateful to have this opportunity to speak with you, and learn what’s new with Neurohacker Collective. Welcome Back!
INTRO: So, Dr. Kelly, in order to create interview questions for today, I did listen to the podcast episode introduction you did with The Neurohacker Science Team[ii] so I could understand the overview of what we would talk about today. I’m not a scientist, but love learning at the highest level possible and sharing these latest discoveries in science on the podcast. I released an episode last week to prepare our listeners for this one on a “Deeper Dive into Understanding the Gut-Brain Axis for Improving Our Mental and Physical Health”[iii] so we can take our understanding to new heights, and the biggest question I have before we even begin, is that I wonder what was it that made you create Qualia Synbiotic in the first place? Where did this vision for helping us to improve our digestion AND mood begin?
Q1: This I think is brilliant because once I understood your vision for creating a product that combines probiotics, prebiotics and postbiotics in one, I started to see how you were creating the next generation probiotic. What does synbiotic mean for our gut/brain and microbiome?
Q2: What should we know about the gut-brain ecosytem and how does it influence the choices of foods we gravitate towards? I know we’ve all heard that we are what we eat, and this changes how we feel idea. How does our gut react to what we eat, and then what does this do to our brain?
Q2B: If you are taking something like Qualia Synbiotic, do you need to do anything else?
Q3: Can you give some background into what happened this past Jan 2023 with the hallmarks of aging going from 9-12? What was missing, that’s there now?
Q3B: Why do we gravitate towards certain foods? Healthy vs. Not Healthy?
Q4: I’m sure most of our listeners know about probiotics and how they help our gut, but this is your area of expertise. Can you break up some myths about probiotics, and prebiotics? I’m definitely someone who has bought a probiotic for how many million CFUs are on the front of the container, making me think “the more the better.”
Q5: Now you’ve explained what probiotics/prebiotics are not, can you explain how they work together? How can someone who has an imbalance with their gut, fix this imbalance by restoring the gut ecosystem?
Q6: Most of us have never been taught this. I noticed this with the first shake I made and added your product and right on the front of the container, you’ve listed “optimized digestion.” Now we have a clearer picture of how this impacts our gut-brain axis. How would you describe this to someone completely new, who has never heard of this, and doesn’t have a scientific background?
Q7: What do people typically notice when they take this? What effects and benefits should I notice other than that I just feel happier and healthier? What ingredients do you think are causing us to “feel” better symbiotically?
Q8: If you were to put together the TOP QUALIA Products you hear impacting people the most, what would you say they are?
Q9: My final question is something not related specifically to your product, but a more overall question where I’d love to pick your brain on something that I’m stumped about. It’s about neurogenesis. Do you, Dr. Kelly, think we can create NEW brain cells through doing things like exercise, or do you think that this can only happen in the hippocampus of the brain? I’m curious because this is something that I can see many experts have a differing of opinion with. I wonder what you think?
Dr. Kelly, I want to thank you for coming back on the podcast a second time. My husband and I are huge fans of Qualia Senolytic. We both use the original product that was designed to eliminate senescent cells 2 days a month, and the Qualia Mind is something we both use to stay focused on our work. I use Qualia skin, as I’m getting older, always looking for what else I can do to not look my age. Now I’ve added Qualia Synbiotic and all of these together, I just feel happier, healthier, leading to increased productivity.
What I want to acknowledge you for is helping us to be proactive with our health and wellness with these advanced products that you’ve developed with your team, that not only help us to take care of our body, but also our mind that we know is connected. Thank you for coming back on the podcast and for explaining concepts that are complex in a way that we can understand and apply them, for improved health. I’ll be sure to link Qualia Synbiotic in the show notes, and look forward to what’s next on the horizon for you to create.
FINAL THOUGHTS
I never take for granted the opportunity I have as the host of this podcast, to get to learn first-hand from leading experts and innovators around the world, connecting to some of the top thought leaders in the field of neuroscience.
I don’t want to ever show up unprepared with any guest, as I want to take the messages we will uncover to higher levels than just what we could if I didn’t dig deep and put some thought into what I am going to ask our guests. I’ll always connect past episodes to current ones, as we are all connected, and ALL episodes are relevant for us to move forward with our levels of productivity and achievement. If you take one look at Dr. Kelly’s Neurohacker Collective team[iv], you will see what I mean. These are the leaders in the industry, who are moving the needle for the rest of the world.
Sometimes the AHA Moments of learning don’t show up right away. I need some time to think and process them, but on today’s episode, they came at the end, when Dr. Kelly was suggesting that we pick one product that seems to be calling to you. If you have issues with your gut, try Qualia Synbiotic and see if something shifts for you. If you need more focus during your day, Qualia Mind does it for me and locks me into being able to hold my focus for longer periods of my work day.
My FIRST AHA Moment of Learning: Do I fully understand what my eyes can see, my vision?
While explaining Qualia Vision, Dr. Kelly spoke about how many of us “don’t realize the work the visual system is doing in the background.” Our eyes are always working, seeing, and registering our environment. But If you know me, you’ll know that I’ve had very weak vision for years. I’ve always worn contact lenses, and they were able to get me through life, but I noticed that I was starting to miss some very important things by not being able to see clearly, or using my peripheral vision. Dr. Kelly mentioned this is what our eyes were designed to do, and after years of struggling, I finally had Lasik, (just a few weeks ago) and currently have vision far beyond perfect (20/20). I can see now with 20-10 vision and am just adjusting to this new world.
FOR YOU: Pick one area that you will look at yourself, and think, what will happen to the quality of my life if I improve this one area, and just start here. Is it your vision, like me, your digestion, clarity, sleep? Go to Neurohacker.com and just look at what they have, and try one thing. I’m not being paid to endorse them, I honestly believe them to be the highest-level supplements for improved health, longevity and wellness.
Second AHA Moment: Bridging Science with The Unknown
Dr. Kelly mentioned he felt it was kind of “woo woo” to mention, but he felt like his body would signal to him if he needed to take more digestion for his gut health. I didn’t think this was weird at all, as many neuroscientists talk about being in tune with our body as being interoceptive. Dr. Kelly said that some people he knows are highly visual and can see things clearly on the screen of their minds, while he cannot, but he feels highly developed with his interoceptive abilities.
If you’ve been following our podcast for some time, you will know that we covered The Silva Method[v] this past year, to help those of us who meditate, to take our visualization skills to higher levels. This 4- part series remains at the top of our all-time most listened to episodes, with almost 6K downloads. I’m always trying to bridge the gap with what we can prove with Science and what we cannot, and speaking with Dr. Kelly showed me that we ALL have Superpowers, that when developed, have the ability to take us to new heights. Like I quoted in our Silva Method series, “Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method.
FOR YOU: What’s YOUR superpower? Mine is definitely the ability to see things clearly on the screen of my mind. I’d like to have this level of clarity with my eyes open, and just a few weeks after fixing my eye-sight, can see a whole new world of possibility. Once you have figured out what YOUR Superpower is, take some time to work on strengthening it every day. From the interest in The Silva Method episode, I’m curious how many others are working on improving their visual systems through guided imagery and meditation.
I hope you have enjoyed this episode with Dr. Kelly, and learned as much as I did.
I’ll see you next week, and see what we will uncover then, to take our learning to new heights! Have a good weekend.
FOLLOW NEUROHACKER COLLECTIVE:
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/neurohacker/?hl=en
Twitter https://twitter.com/theneurohacker
Website https://neurohacker.com/
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
Qualia Synbiotic https://neurohacker.com/shop/qualia-synbiotic
10 Percent Human: How Your Body’s Microbes Hold the Key to Health and Happiness by Alanna Collen https://www.amazon.com/10-Human-Microbes-Health-Happiness-ebook/dp/B00Q33FYY0/ref=tmm_kin_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #285 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-gregory-kelly-from-neurohacker-collective-on-how-to-beat-aging-and-stress-with-qualia-senolytics/
[ii] The Fascinating Power of the Gut-Brain Axis with The Neurohacker Science Team https://neurohacker.com/synbiotic-neurohacker-science-team-gut-brain
[iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #304 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-review-on-a-deeper-dive-into-understanding-the-gut-brain-axis-for-improving-our-mental-and-physical-heath/
[iv] https://neurohacker.com/about
[v]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #261 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
“No magic fairy or superhero is going to arrive at your door with a kit to make you healthy now and forever. We will have to be proactive in taking care of our biology and our psychology.” That’s from Dr. Andrew Huberman, promoting Inside Tracker,[i] a personal health and data-driven wellness guide, designed to help us to live healthier, and longer.
While I don’t use Inside Tracker, I support Dr. Huberman’s work enough to put his link to this service below in the show notes because the time is NOW to look after our health and wellness at the highest level possible, and that means with ALL the tools that help us to take control of our own health. Guessing about our health, is a now thing of the past.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.
For today’s episode #304, and preparing for our interview next week with returning guest Dr. Gregory Kelly from NeuroHacker.com while also keeping with our Season Theme of Going Back to the Basics, we are going back to a series of episodes we did on “Boosting Our Immunity by Optimizing Our Gut Microbiome”[ii] that began with Dr. Vuyisich on EP #93[iii] back in October 2020, when our podcast took the turn towards health and wellness. This was the first time I became aware of how important it was to understand our gut microbiome for our health. Many things Dr. Vuyisich said in that interview stayed with me over the years, but one was something I couldn’t forget. He warned listeners that if they take away one thing from our interview that it be this. He said “today, we have 100% of the science and technology needed to prevent every chronic disease and every cancer.” (Momo Vuyisich).
REVIEWING THE GUT-BRAIN CONNECTION
Dr. Vuyishic’s episode (along with many of the other interviews we did at that time) helped me to create the vision for our Top Health Staples and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies[iv] that we covered on a BONUS EP 3 years ago. We started with five, and after reviewing them with the top experts in the health and wellness industry, over the years, we added a sixth.
What’s interesting while revisiting this episode we recorded 3 years ago with Dr. Vuyisich, is that I told him back then that while I understood the importance of taking probotics (friendly gut bacteria that keeps my digestion running well) to balance my gut microbiome, and I knew of the importance of prebiotics (or the superfoods that help them to flourish from Dr. Amen’s[v] work) giving me more energy and focus. But while watching Dr. Vuyisich’s interview again, I realized that 3 years later, I still don’t completely understand the gut-brain axis, and I know that I’m not as focused as I could be on optimizing my own gut microbiome.
This is also coming from someone who discovered during a regular colonoscopy screening that I’m high risk for colon cancer, so I go back for these checkups more often than most people. This brings me back to why I’m doing these podcast episodes in the first place. If I’m not implementing the ideas that I’m learning from each expert, there’s not much point in me preparing questions, conducting these interviews, highlighting their expert suggestions that we edit, and put out to the world. I realized how important reviewing these past episodes are, going back to the basics, for myself personally, to be sure I’m actually living the strategies these experts have suggested over the years.
On this interview with Dr. Vuyisich we reviewed the gut-brain connection, and how he overcame the debilitating symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis by fixing his own gut-brain axis, and then I shared how cutting out sugar years ago, helped me to completely reverse a fertility condition I was diagnosed with in my 20s, called PCOS. Since cutting out sugar worked so well for me, I thought that if everyone just cuts out sugar and adds fish oil to their diet that they also would be able to reverse this condition, but Dr. Vuyisich reminded me that everyone is different. We all must take control of our health, and understand what it is that moves the needle for us individually towards health and wellness, and in today’s episode this starts by understanding our own gut-brain axis.
HOW DR. VUYISICH REVERSED HIS OWN CHRONIC DISEASE
Dr. Vuyisich explained that when he was diagnosed with Rheumatoid Arthritis, he was told “you are going to suffer” but you can take these drugs that will slow down the disease and he decided to take his background as a microbiologist and biochemist to understand his own health, and after reversing his disease that he was told there was no cure, he created the company Viome.com to help others to do the same and prevent the frustration that comes along with first of all trying to figure out what is “off” when we don’t feel right, and then creating a scientifically proven solution with his products.
THE SECRET: IS THAT YOU ARE WHAT YOU EAT
It all begins with understanding our gut-brain connection.
He says “we don't know the secret to our diseases because chronic diseases are not genetic. They're mostly environmental, they're impacted by diet and lifestyle. So the microbiome plays a major role in whether that's oral microbiome, our gut microbiome, all of those microbiomes play a major role in our health. And then the nutrition plays a massive role in our health.”
HOW CAN THIS UNDERSTANDING REVERSE CHRONIC ILLNESS?
Dr. Vuyisich explained that his focus with Viome was that they studied how certain foods would trigger the immune system and cause what we know to be called Irritable Bowel Syndrome, as one example. He shared how the foods that were being ingested would produce biochemicals that would cause IBS symptoms, that next caused inflammation that led to other symptoms like depression and anxiety, and that every person is different, so at Viome a person is tested to first of all find out their food sensitivities that are the root cause of these other symptoms.
It’s such a frustrating journey, especially if you are on it yourself, to not be able to figure out why you don’t feel right. Dr. V didn’t feel well himself, leading him to look closer at the gut-brain connection, and I mentioned that I reversed a health condition by changing my diet, when I didn’t feel right, leading me to think that my solution would work for everyone, but he reminded me that we are all on our own health journey, and it begins by taking control of our own personal journey by looking for the root cause of whatever it is that’s causing the other symptoms we might be having. My symptoms were that my feet were going numb while exercising.
If you think about your overall health, can you use your self-awareness to pick out if there’s something you might eat (or drink) makes you feel off in some way. I’m very clear with what makes me feel off, and how when I stop these certain foods, I’m left feeling a heightened level of clarity from this decision. Can YOU think of anything you could change to give YOU more clarity? GETTING PAST THE FRUSTRATION: USING OUR “GUT”
While writing this episode, I thought of someone I know who travelled a bit this summer, and on one of those trips he felt off. He went to the doctor and was told “It sounds like IBS” and he was handed a list of foods to eat instead of his usual diet.
This just didn’t seem to be the right answer, so instead of going this route, he followed his “gut” instinct and went to a naturopathic doctor who said “before we jump to conclusions for saying you have IBS, let’s try one other thing” and he gave him an antibiotic and told him to try that, just in case he picked up a parasite while traveling. Sure enough, a week later, all of his symptoms were gone. He didn’t have IBS, and he could have spent so many frustrating hours changing his diet to figure this all out.
The key here is that what works for one person, might not be the answer for everyone, but it’s up to us to get to the root cause of the symptoms in our own health journey. We’ve got to listen to our intuition and self-awareness in our own journey and understand that we really are what we eat. The foods we eat can drastically impact how we feel.
PREPARING TO SPEAK WITH DR. GREGORY KELLY: I thought: What are probiotics, prebiotics and postbiotics?
While preparing our interview questions for returning guest Dr. Gregory Kelly, next week, I watched some of his recent interviews, specifically one he recently did about the Gut-Brain Connection[vi] and I realized I had some background work to do. In this interview he did, and preparing for ours next week where we will be talking about Qualia Synbiotic, which is the next generation of probiotics, he opens up his interview by explaining about probiotics (that most people know about since probiotics is the #1 category in the supplement industry--known as the friendly gut bacteria that keep my digestion running well to balance my gut microbiome, and prebiotics (there’s a growing awareness of). I first heard of prebiotics from Dr. Daniel Amen who shares that these are the energy superfoods that help our brain, and he interviewed Dr. Shawn Stevenson back in 2021 on his book Eat Smarter: Use the Power of Food to Reboot Your Metabolism, Upgrade Your Brain, and Transform Your Life. [vii] This book is eye-opening for anyone to read if you want to see his journey and pathway of healing where he realized at an early age how debilitating chronic conditions and illnesses can be. I picked up Dr. Stevenson’s book to see why Dr. Amen thought so highly of him, and I saw it right away. If ANYONE knows about prebiotics (or the best foods to eat) it’s this guy.
He talked about his childhood where he didn’t eat right due to his family situation, and how when he became an athlete later in life, his body eventually broke down from his prior years of poor nutrition, and he was FORCED to learn about the power of taking his own health into his own hands. He said:
Reading his book taught me many lessons, and opened my eyes to how I could eat better, and more variety of foods, because just like with exercise, variety is good for our gut. He’s got a NEW book coming out next month you can get on pre-order now, The Eat Smarter Family Cookbook: 100 Delicious Recipes to Transform your Health, Happiness and Connection.[viii]
So now I’m understanding probiotics, and prebiotics, but Dr. Kelly mentioned postbiotics, and until now, I hadn’t heard of this term.
I found some complex definitions, but to make it plain and simple: “probiotics consist of living microorganisms, while postbiotics are non-living, though still effective”[ix] and come from fermented foods like kimchi, kombucha, miso, kefir, and sourdough bread.
ANDREW HUBERMAN’S THOUGHTS ON “HOW TO ENHANCE YOUR GUT MICROBIOME FOR BRAIN AND OVERALL HEALTH.”[x]
As soon as I saw that postbiotics were fermented foods, I had to go back to Dr. Andrew Huberman’s work, because he covered this topic in a through 2 hour episode that explained how we get cues from our gut to our brain, how our gut controls our overall health, what is a healthy gut, and specific foods that enhance our microbiota diversity, including fermented foods. I’ll never forget this episode because now I’ve made the connection to what postbiotics are, as I recall him explaining how he’s added these foods into his own diet. He even focused on the phenomenon of “gut feelings” and how the gut communicates with the brain “through the peripheral nervous system.” (Huberman Lab EP 61, How to Enhance Your Gut Microbiome).
He says “our gut feelings are not mere metaphors. The gut houses neurons and communicates with our brain, influencing our thoughts and feelings” and that “by understanding our gut-brain axis, we open up to a new vista of potential interventions for conditions like anxiety, depression, autism, and even neurodegenerative diseases.”
This is fascinating to me!
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
Now I know I’m ready to speak with Dr. Kelly next week.
On today’s EPISODE #304 on “A Deeper Dive into Understanding Our Gut-Brain Axis for Improved Physical and Mental Health” we covered:
✔ The importance of taking control of our own health.
✔ The Gut-Brain Connection with Dr. Vuyusich and how we really are what we eat.
✔ How Dr. Vuyusich reversed his chronic illness by changing what he eats.
✔ What are probiotics, prebiotics and postbiotics?
✔ A look at Dr. Shawn Stephenson’s book Eat Smarter and NEW Cookbook coming our next month.
✔ What does Dr. Andrew Huberman say we should know about our gut-brain connection?
✔ How can we take better control of our own health and wellness with this understanding of the Gut-Brain Connection?
PUT THESE CONCEPTS INTO ACTION FOR A HEALTHIER FUTURE:
USE YOU OWN SELF-AWARENESS: Since we are all different, can you think of something that you eat that makes you feel “off” in some way? Maybe it creates mental fog, or something, just pay attention to WHAT it is, and see what happens if you eliminate that one thing.THINK THAT WE REALLY ARE WHAT WE EAT: By understanding that the foods we eat can either greatly influence the diversity and health of our gut microbiome, or completely throw it off into a state of imbalance, called dysbiosis, this can help us to make healthier food choices. While reading Dr. Shawn Stevenson’s book, I learned that eating the same foods over and over again doesn’t help me with the diversity needed for my gut microbiome. Switch up what I’m eating often and remember that “every cell in our body is made out of the food we eat, and more astonishingly, what we eat controls every action that our cells take.” (Shawn Stevenson).PREVENTING CHRONIC ILLNESS STARTS HERE: Research does show that “the gut microbiome might be a factor in neurodevelopmental disorders such as autism and neurodegenerative diseases like Alzheimer’s or Parkinson’s (Dr. Huberman EP 61) so If I really am on a mission to prevent chronic illness in myself, my family and others, understanding our gut-brain connection is the first step.KEEP LEARNING: As more research is made available, the gut-brain connection could be a key intervention for our mental and physical health. With that thought, I’ll close out this episode as I now feel ready to speak with Dr. Gregory Kelly next week on his one-of-a-kind formula, Neurohacker’s Qualia Synbiotic that he will explain supports our gut, brain and mood all at the same time, as ALL 3 probiotics, prebiotics and postbiotics have been added into this one formula to work symbiotically.
I can’t wait to share his thoughts on why this was such an important product to create, with his vision for health and wellness for the world and our future, since we all are very clear that the time is NOW to take control of our own mental and physical health.
I’ll see you next weekend!
RESOURCES:
EBOOK SCRIPT of INTERVIEW #93 with Dr. Momo Vuyisich https://designrr.site/?i=s91w&t=e54e64&page=32
Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Interview #93 with Dr. Momo Vuyisich https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-momo-vuyisich-on-improving-the-health-of-your-microbiome-preventing-and-reversing-chronic-disease/
The Gut-Brain Connection Published July 28, 2023 https://www.health.harvard.edu/diseases-and-conditions/the-gut-brain-connection
REFERENCES:
[i] Dr. Andrew Huberman’s link to Inside Tracker Offer https://info.insidetracker.com/huberman
[ii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-boosting-your-immunity-by-optimizing-your-gut-microbiome/
[iii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-momo-vuyisich-on-improving-the-health-of-your-microbiome-preventing-and-reversing-chronic-disease/
[iv] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/do-you-know-the-top-5-brain-health-and-alzheimers-prevention-strategies-with-andrea-samadi/
[v] Your Microbiome: The Role of Probiotics and Prebiotics with Shawn Stevenson Feb. 2 2021 https://www.amenclinics.com/podcast/your-microbiome-the-role-of-probiotics-and-prebiotics-with-shawn-stevenson/
[vi] The Fascinating Power of the Gut-Brain Axis with The Neurohacker Science Team https://neurohacker.com/synbiotic-neurohacker-science-team-gut-brain
[vii] Eat Smarter: Use the Power of Food to Reboot Your Metabolism, Upgrade Your Brain, and Transform Your Life by Shawn Stevenson published Dec 29,2020 https://www.amazon.com/Eat-Smarter-Metabolism-Upgrade-Transform-ebook/dp/B07W3M55SP
[viii] The Eat Smarter Family Cookbook: 100 Delicious Recipes to Transform your Health, Happiness and Connection.
https://www.amazon.com/Eat-Smarter-Family-Cookbook-Connection/dp/0316456462/ref=sr_1_4?hvadid=410046543007&hvdev=c&hvlocphy=9030091&hvnetw=g&hvqmt=e&hvrand=778391510745289787&hvtargid=kwd-1262709725&hydadcr=15490_11433041&keywords=eat+smarter&qid=1694212223&sr=8-4
[ix] Prebiotics vs Probiotics vs Postbiotics: What’s the Difference? By Keri Gans June 13, 2023 https://www.forbes.com/health/body/prebiotics-probiotics-postbiotics/#:~:text=ISAPP%20defines%20postbiotics%20as%20%E2%80%9Ca,%2Dliving%2C%20although%20still%20effective.
[x] Dr. Andrew Huberman on “How to Enhance Your Gut Microbiome for Brain and Overall Health” Huberman Lab Podcast #61 Published in 2022. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=15R2pMqU2ok
"Neuroplasticity knows no bounds; it is a lifelong journey of growth, learning, and personal transformation." – Dr. Andrew Huberman whose quote we ended our last EPISODE on a “Deeper Diver into Neuroplasticity.”
Making Me Wonder: What About Neurogenesis?
What’s the difference between Neuroplasticity, that we covered on EPISODE #302[i] (that knows no bounds) that’s defined as “the ability of the brain to form new connections and pathways and change how it’s circuits are wired; (as shown so well in the Sentis YouTube video that gives us a representation of these pathways visually, and what they look like in our brain when we create NEW pathways).[ii] This we KNOW we can do throughout our lifetime, (while) neurogenesis is the even more amazing ability for the brain to grow new neurons (Bergland, 2017).[iii] And on today’s episode #303, we will take a closer look at “What Exactly IS Neurogenesis and Why is it Controversial Among Neuroscientists.”[iv]
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we connect the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (that’s finally being taught in our schools today) and emotional intelligence training (used in our modern workplaces) for improved well-being, achievement, productivity and results—using what I saw as the missing link (since we weren’t taught this when we were growing up in school), the application of practical neuroscience. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast 5 years ago with the goal of bringing ALL the leading experts together (in one place) to uncover the most current research that would back up how the brain learns best, taking us ALL to new, and often unimaginable heights.
For today’s episode #303, and in keeping with our Season Theme of Going Back to the Basics, to take our learning to new heights, I’m going back to EPISODE #141[v] on “Neurogenesis: What Helps or Hurts our Brain Cells” because it became clear to me that while researching for our last episode that Neuroplasticity and Neurogenesis are closely connected, but the former is widely accepted, while the latter holds some controversy.
In our first episode on neurogenesis, we looked at:
✔ Tips for regrowing our brain cells (neurogenesis)
✔ A reminder of what prevents neurogenesis and hurts our brain and what we can do to help increase neurogenesis in our brain.
Dr. Andrew Huberman on Neurogenesis
While researching Dr. Huberman’s work last week on neuroplasticity, he mentioned that there was “bad news” with “neurogenesis” and that many people think that they can exercise and add “new neurons” in the brain and “that after age 14, the human nervous system adds few new neurons.”[vi] He said that “in rodents neurogenesis could occur but in humans it was less obvious” and “that while we can’t add new neurons, we can change our nervous system”[vii] and dives deeper into the definition of neuroplasticity and why this holds no bounds. Now I’m starting to see the controversy in this topic, as I went back to my first look at Neurogenesis.
Dr. David Perlmutter (a board-certified neurologist) on Neurogenesis and Dr. John Ratey, the author of Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain
To open up EP 141 from June 2021, I quoted Dr. David Perlmutter, a board-certified neurologist and six-time New York Times bestselling author who said “the best way to increase neurogenesis (regrow your brain cells) is “when your body produces more BDNF (brain-derived neurotrophic factor” (Dr. David Perlmutter) and we covered this topic deeply on EP 274[viii] “What New With BDNF: Building a Faster, Stronger and More Resilient Brain.” I even remember Dr. John Ratey[ix] the author of the book Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain said that BDNF was like “Miracle-Gro for the brain” (you can’t forget some of the things some people say over the years and he cites a paper where he talked about how brain cells “do grow back in the hippocampus (and that in the study he sited), they saw while looking at the brains of terminally ill patients who had donated their body to science (Cancer patients who had been injected with a dye that shows up in proliferating cells so that the spread of the disease could be tracked) found their hippocampi were packed with dye marker, proof that the neurons were dividing and propagating—a process called neurogenesis.”[x] (Page 48, Spark)
Dr. Ratey’s book Spark, talks about “how to kick-start neurogenesis” and where the research began, causing me to think back to Dr. Perlmutter’s website where he mentioned that BDNF causes neurogenesis or new cells to form in our brain. He cites the studies that show how “exercise training increases the size of the hippocampus and improves memory” exactly what Dr. Ratey saw that made such a huge difference with those students he worked with at Naperville High School.
Dr. Perlmutter’s video talks about the study that showed that after 1 year of aerobic exercise, “exercisers had a marked increase in BDNF, and they showed substantial improvement in memory function.”[xi]
Then I found another video I watched in our last episode from Sandrine Thuret called “It’s Possible to Grow New Brain Cells” where she said that “we produce 700 new neurons a day in the hippocampus”[xii]
Sandrine Thuret’s TED TALK lists many ways you can grow new brain cells (the highlighted words) with intermittent fasting, flavonoids (found in dark chocolate) and caffeine being a few evidence-based strategies. Conversely, she mentions a diet high in saturated fat, sugar or ethanol, will have a negative impact on neurogenesis. She even showed a study (from Praag, Kepermann and Gage) where rats who were runners shows an increase in neurogenesis vs the control group who were non-runners that Dr. Ratey talks about in his book Spark.
What Does This All Mean? Where’s the Controversy? Neuroplasticity vs Neurogenesis
To review and conclude this episode on “Diving Deeper into Neuroplasticity and Neurogenesis” I think we’ve got a clear picture of how neuroplasticity works from our last episode, (by making a conscious effort to build new neural pathways in our brain when we learn something new) but the topic of how we can grow new neurons seems to be where the controversy exists. It seems like this is only possible in the hippocampus but I still do wonder why a neurologist like Dr. Perlmutter says neurogenesis is possible through exercise[xiii], while another respected neuroscientist’s stance is that “in humans this is less obvious.”[xiv] This is where the deep learning comes into our study, and being open to what we might uncover here. If we aren’t continually questioning what we are learning, then we aren’t thinking at all.
Mark Waldman’s AHA Moment: What Neuroplasticity Is and Isn’t
While thinking about why neurogenesis is “less obvious” in humans, as it might be in rodents, like Sandrine Thuret’s TED TALK covered, and even Dr. Ratey took the same rodent study and made a comparison to the students at Naperville whose test scores improved after running. Then I remembered my mentor Mark Waldman made me think deeply about this when he wrote about “What Neuroplasticity Is and Isn’t”[xv] where he explained an article “Adult Neurogenesis in Humans”[xvi] that ended up being my AHA Moment of learning here.
He said to “imagine the brain as a city map, and instead of there being 214 streets in Manhattan, imagine that it had a million streets! No room for buildings, just streets winding and weaving east to west, north to south, up and down and diagonal, all woven together like a giant hairball. Each city is a brain function – vision, movement, memory, imagination, feelings, etc. – and the entire state of New York would have cities upon cities woven together on top and alongside each other. Those billions of roads have trillions of cul-de-sacs which are the synapses.
Can you visualize that? Below is an actual slice of a thousandth of a millimeter of mouse brain: Everything is jam packed but you the traveler can decide which road or neural pathway to take in order to reach a specific destination to help you perform some action of achieve a particular goal. The fastest your brain can process information is about 60 bits per second, and he guesses that any cognitive function would be traveling around 2,000 miles per hour down those roadways in your brain!
Now we can ACCURATELY visualize what plasticity looks like in the adult human brain a bit deeper than what we first looked at the Sentis YouTube with the connections in our brain this way. This was my FIRST look at neuroplasticity, and this video came out 10 years ago.
Look at the difference with this image that came from the research paper Mark Waldman read on “Adult Neurogenesis in Humans” that changed his thinking about neuroplasticity and neurogenesis.
He said “the roads/neurons don’t change but the tiny exits that lead you to another neuron can slowly move to a different synapse, similar to how switch-ways work on a railroad track. That’s where synaptic plasticity takes place and that’s what happens when you learn something new: You’re beginning to find new pathways that create different decisions and behaviors.
Waldman went on to point out some main take-aways from this Paper on Neuroplasticity but the ones I want to mention are that
La Rosa C, Parolisi R, Bonfanti L. Brain Structural Plasticity: From Adult Neurogenesis to Immature Neurons. Front Neurosci. 2020 Feb 4;14:75.
Review and Conclusion: Neuroplasticity vs Neurogenesis: Uncovering the Controversy
So now I’ve opened up a bit more as to “WHY” this topic holds controversy among neuroscientists, and I think while this is a good start at explaining how Neuroplasticity is different than Neurogenesis, I do want to leave this topic open, to come back to at a later date, and see what else we can add to our understanding
In the meantime, I’ll continue to read, learn and think of how this learning can apply to our daily life. While researching this topic, I found an article I like called What is Neuroplasticity[xviii] written just this past April 2023. It explains neuroplasticity thoroughly, and how it applies to learning, a growth mindset, and how it changes as we age. It covers neuroplasticity and how it can help with anxiety, which made me think back to when we changed our brain with Dr. Caroline Leaf’s 5 Step Process for Cleaning Up Our Mental Mess on EP #299.[xix] It even covers neuroplasticity exercises for treating chronic pain that took me back to our interview with Ashok Gupta[xx] a well-known brain-training neuroplasticity expert who taught us how to use our brain and mind to manage chronic pain and illness.
At the end of this article there are YouTube videos from many of the experts we’ve covered on this podcast like Dr. Daniel Amen, Dr. Joe Dispenza, and books from Dr. Caroline Leaf, and Norman Doidge.
But what was missing, was more about Neurogenesis and how we can change actually change our brain, not just re-wire the pathways in it, there were a bunch of quotes at the end of this article but they were all about neuroplasticity.
Neuroplasticity Quotes
Among other things, neuroplasticity means that emotions such as happiness and compassion can be cultivated in much the same way that a person can learn through repetition to play golf and basketball or master a musical instrument, and that such practice changes the activity and physical aspects of specific brain areas.--Andrew Weil
Because of the power of neuroplasticity, you can, in fact, reframe your world and rewire your brain so that you are more objective. You have the power to see things as they are so that you can respond thoughtfully, deliberately, and effectively to everything you experience.--Elizabeth Thornton
Any man could, if he were so inclined, be the sculptor of his own brain.--Santiago Ramón y Cajal
Meditation invokes that which is known in neuroscience as neuroplasticity; which is the loosening of the old nerve cells or hardwiring in the brain, to make space for the new to emerge.--Craig Krishna
Everything having to do with human training and education has to be re-examined in light of neuroplasticity.--Norman Doidge
Neurons that fire together wire together.--Donald O. Hebb (Dr. Huberman would say this came from Carla Shatz)
Brains are tricky and adaptable organs. For all the ‘neuroplasticity’ allowing our brains to reconfigure themselves to the biases of our computers, we are just as neuroplastic in our ability to eventually recover and adapt.--Douglas Rushkoff
Our brains renew themselves throughout life to an extent previously thought not possible.--Michael S. Gazzaniga
Our minds have the incredible capacity to both alter the strength of connections among neurons, essentially rewiring them, and create entirely new pathways. (It makes a computer, which cannot create new hardware when its system crashes, seem fixed and helpless).--Susannah Cahalan
Where are the quotes for Neurogenesis?
Like the quote I found from Dr. Perlmutter who said “We can regrow brain cells and retain this ability throughout our entire lifetime.”
Is this only possible in our hippocampus? Or will science someday reveal that adult neurogenesis is possible like what Mark Walman mentioned with stem-cell adult neurogenesis that he thinks is far in the future? Until we know for sure, I’m going to stick with doing what I know helps my brain according to Dr. Perlmutter’s work, and Sandrine Thuret’s TEDTALK where she says by doing certain things like the words she’s highlighted in her graphic, we can create neurogenesis that’s important for learning and memory, and I’ll avoid the non-highlighted words that she says prevents neurogenesis. And I’ll come back to this episode at a future date to see what else we can add to accelerate our understanding of “Neuroplasticity vs Neurogenesis.” With that thought, I hope this episode has made you think deeper about your brain, especially when it comes to making choices that we know can improve our ability to build a stronger, more resilient brain by doing what helps it (and our brain cells) instead of what hurts it, and I’ll see you next week.
REFERENCES:
[i] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-and-a-deeper-dive-into-applying-neuroplasticity-to-learn-something-new/
[ii] Neuroplasticity Published on YouTube November 6, 2012 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ELpfYCZa87g
[iii] What is Neuroplasticity: A Psychologist Explains [14+ Tools] by Courtney E Ackerman, MA, Published July 25, 2018, Scientifically reviewed by Melissa Madeson, Ph.D.
https://positivepsychology.com/neuroplasticity/#google_vignette
[iv] Adult Neurogenesis in Human: A Review of Basic Concepts, History, Current Research, and Clinical Implications Published May 1, 2019 by Ashutosh Kumar, MD. et al. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6659986/
[v] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-neurogenesis-what-hurts-or-helps-your-brain-cells/
[vi] Dr. Andrew Huberman Lab Podcast EPISODE #6 “How to Focus to Change Your Brain” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LG53Vxum0as
[vii] IBID
[viii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-what-s-new-with-bdnf-building-a-faster-stronger-more-resilient-brain/
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#116 with Dr. John Ratey on “The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/best-selling-author-john-j-ratey-md-on-the-revolutionary-new-science-of-exercise-and-the-brain/
[x] Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain by John J. Ratey, MD (January 10, 2008) https://www.amazon.com/dp/B07D7GQ887/ref=dp-kindle-redirect?_encoding=UTF8&btkr=1
[xi] https://www.drperlmutter.com/neurogenesis-re-grow-new-brain-cells-exercise/
[xii]Is It Possible to Grow New Brain Cells by Sandrine Thuret published Dec. 8th, 2017 https://capture.dropbox.com/W0af55YnE3LhDb0M
[xiii] https://www.drperlmutter.com/neurogenesis-re-grow-new-brain-cells-exercise/
[xiv] Dr. Andrew Huberman Lab Podcast EPISODE #6 “How to Focus to Change Your Brain” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LG53Vxum0as
[xv] Mark Waldman “What Neuroplasticity is and isn’t” Published on Facebook Nov. 10, 2020 https://www.facebook.com/photo?fbid=1300824310263746&set=a.112516002427922
[xvi] Adult Neurogenesis in Human: A Review of Basic Concepts, History, Current Research, and Clinical Implications Published May 1, 2019 by Ashutosh Kumar, MD. et al. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6659986/
[xvii] Dr. Andrew Huberman Lab Podcast EPISODE #6 “How to Focus to Change Your Brain” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LG53Vxum0as
[xviii] What is Neuroplasticity: A Psychologist Explains [14+ Tools] by Courtney E Ackerman, MA, Published July 25, 2018, Scientifically reviewed by Melissa Madeson, Ph.D.
https://positivepsychology.com/neuroplasticity/#google_vignette
[xix] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-a-deep-dive-into-dr-carolyn-leaf-s-5-scientifically-proven-steps-to-clean-up-our-mental-mess-so-we-can-help-our-children/
[xx] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/ashok-gupta-on-heath-and-happiness-getting-to-the-root-of-chronic-pain-and-illness-long-covid-fibromyalgia-chronic-fatigue-and-others/
“Who you are depends on where you’ve been. Your brain is a relentless shape-shifter, constantly rewriting its own circuitry—and because your experiences are unique, so are the vast, detailed patterns in your neural networks. Because they continue to change your whole life, your identity is a moving target: it never reaches an endpoint. That’s From Neuroscientist and Stanford Professor, David Eagleman’s, The Brain: The Story of You.
Now that REALLY made me STOP and THINK as I am about to write this next episode. I wonder:
What’s my identity-or what makes me-me, especially if it’s a moving target. I’m not just Andrea, the host of the Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast (imagining my brain, and all its neural networks that consist of ALL the years of experience that make me, who I am today) and each day, my experiences change who I am right down to the books I’m reading, what I’m studying and learning, the people around the world I interact with, making me the person I am today.Then I wonder, who are YOU listening to this podcast? What’s YOUR identity, wherever you are tuning in from around the world (and I imagine YOUR brain, and the neural networks you’ve created with YOUR own specific and unique life experiences.And if our identity (who we are at this point in time) is a moving target that never reaches an endpoint, can we then, create our own reality and future by continuing to re-wire our own circuitry with NEW information, and NEW ideas, that create NEW experiences that change who we could be in the future? Thus, changing our conditions, our circumstances, and our environment? That is the goal of this podcast, (to help all of us to re-wire our brains (with new information) that we’ll put into action (using the most current, evidence based research) taking our results to new heights. This is what keeps ME coming back time and time again to write new episodes. I’ve put an image in the show notes that came from my study with Mark Waldman on the Default Mode Network, showing exactly what our brain looks like when we are using our imagination network to take this information we are learning, and use it in a creative way. Our whole brain lights up, connecting all of our brain regions in this process.
With that thought, I want to welcome you back to our final episode of Season 9 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, (and while we know I’m not just) an author, or an educator with a passion for learning (I think after today’s episode, we will see that we are much more than our work and life experiences) and it’s this understanding that will encourage us all to continue re-wiring our brains, taking us to new, and often unimaginable heights.
I’m recording this episode the end of May 2023, and plan to take some time away from the recording studio (my office) this summer. We’ll be back with the start of Season 10 the end of June, as we move into the 5th year of this podcast, and our second half of “Going Back the Basics” where we’ll continue through our past episodes, to see what we can add to them, with new research and ideas to take our personal and professional results to these new heights.
As I started writing this episode that tied back into some of our Brain Fact Fridays on Learning, I couldn’t think of what to cover specifically, because learning is behind EVERY episode we produce. I wonder, as we move towards our 5th year, and a new season when we return, what else can we uncover when it comes to “learning” with our brain in mind. Or in other words, how can we take our “learning” to new heights, or look at learning through a new lens?
I glanced through some of the episodes we covered on how we learn (procedural vs declarative learning) on EP 131[i], neuroplasticity on EP 133[ii], spaced repetition, distance learning, the neuroscience of learning EP #167[iii], learning and how our emotions impact our memory EP #127[iv] , even the importance of learning skills with our non-dominant hand. While all of these topics are fascinating, I wondered what could we cover today that would take us deeper into the circuitry of our brain, and guarantee a shift of thinking for all of us, causing a lasting change with our results.
Then I remembered a documentary I watched YEARS ago, from a Neuroscientist at Stanford University, and Internationally best-selling author, David Eagleman, called The Brain: The Story of You[v]. I know it was in the early days of when I was trying to make sense of why this understanding of the brain would be important for us (specifically as it related to education) so I took clear and detailed notes, and found his documentary to be interesting because it was applicable to our daily life, and I remember it changed my way of thinking.
You can see the options for how to watch this documentary today, and also buy his book, The Brain: The Story of You[vi] on Amazon, which I did, even though I had detailed notes on each chapter.
What caught my attention with this documentary is that David Eagleman wanted to get away from a textbook inquiry of the brain, (which we all know can be confusing at times with the terminology, and also sometimes boring). Eagleman wanted to “illuminate a deeper level of inquiry” that dives into the question of “who am I” which he says “depends on where you’ve been” or the experiences we’ve had and that “because our experiences are unique, so are the vast, detailed patterns in our neural networks.” He goes on to say that “they continue to change your whole life (and that) your identity is a moving target: it never reaches an endpoint.”
So to close out Season 9 of our podcast, on “Diving Deeper into The Neuroscience of Learning: Unlocking the Mystery of Individuality and Uniqueness” we will look at our content, through David Eagleman’s lens, and see how we can rewire our brain, with new experiences, taking our identity to new heights, in this episode and beyond. I’m looking for sustainable, long-lasting change to occur for all of us.
On today’s episode #290 on “Diving Deeper into The Neuroscience of Learning” we will sharpen our focus of what our understanding of the brain REALLY means to us as we cover:
✔ Who Are We (Self-Awareness) as we move through life as an infant, teenager and into adulthood.
✔ Understanding our Identity (What Makes YOU-YOU) By Looking at Our Unique Experiences
✔ What Neuroplasticity Really Means for Us: How Can We Shape Our Brain for a Better Future?
✔ 3 Tips for Re-Wiring Our Brain to Change Our Identity
Who Am I? Chapter 1 of The Brain: The Story of You
We started this podcast covering self-awareness: know thyself, on EP #2[vii] where we covered six tips for being self-aware, and then I remember when we dove deeper with a graphic on the levels of consciousness, from EP 251[viii] where we looked at our levels of consciousness from low awareness, like when we are in a coma, under general anesthesia, moving up towards drowsiness or that state called hypnagogia (between wakefulness and sleep), right into our actual sleep, REM state, and dreams and finally into full consciousness. We explored full-consciousness and the question of “who am I” with Chantel Prat and her book, The Neuroscience of You, on EP #255.[ix]
But what does David Eagleman have to say about our consciousness and who we are? He says,
“It turns out your conscious mind-the part you think of as you—is really the smallest part of what’s happening in your brain, and usually the last one to find out any information.”
Which made me stop and think for a minute. I thought “wait, should I REALLY be using my conscious mind—the part I think is me-- to write this episode, “the smallest part of what’s happening in my brain?” according to Neuroscientist David Eagleman. I thought back to that image of our conscious mind as an iceberg, showing me that logical and critical thinking (that I’m using to write) consist of only 10% of my mental capacity, and that the other 90% that holds my beliefs, emotions, habits, values, long term memory, imagination and intuition are all in my subconscious mind.
What else can we do to tap into this other part of our brain to take our results to new heights? I have just started reading David Eagleman’s book, and he’s already started to challenge my thinking. He takes us back to when we were babies and born with a brain that “allows itself to be shaped by the details of life experience.” (Eagleman, The Brain, Ch. 1). What’s the secret behind “the flexibility of young brains” he asks us? He says, “it’s not about growing new cells, the secret lies in how those cells are connected.” (Eagleman, The Brain, Ch 1).
So now I’m thinking that who we are really IS based on our life experiences, that create these neural connections in our brain, and if we don’t like where we’ve ended up in life, or the circumstances we’ve created, then we can change our environment by doing something new.
But REMEMBER: To truly discover WHO we ARE, we’ve got to dive into the depths of our subconscious mind. Eagleman reminds us that “your actions, your beliefs and your biases are all driven by networks in your brain to which you have no conscious access.” That’s why it takes some time to peel back the layers of who we are, in our efforts to become the best version of ourselves.
PUT THIS INTO ACTION:
LEARN NEW THINGS AND YOU WILL RE-WIRE YOUR BRAIN
If the adult brain can change (neuroplasticity) then we can change our brain, and create improved versions of ourselves with our life experiences that does take time. Eagleman noted that when Albert Einstein’s brain was examined, it didn’t reveal why he was a genius, but it did show that “the brain area devoted to his left fingers had expanded—forming a giant fold in his cortex called the Omega sign, shaped like the Greek symbol” (Eagleman, The Brain, Ch 1). This Omega sign was also found in violin players, showing clearly how detailed movement can in fact change the brain.
LONDON CAB DRIVER’S PROVED THIS TO BE TRUE:
We’ve also mentioned on this podcast about how London Cab drivers changed their brains but David Eagleman went into detail of how these cabbies had to memorize London’s extensive roadways that “covers 25,000 individual streets, and 20,000 landmarks of interest (hotels, theaters, restaurants, embassies, police stations, sports facilities, and anywhere a passenger wants to go.” (Eagleman, The Brain, Ch 1).
When the brains of these cab drivers were studied, they found “visible differences: the posterior (back) part of the hippocampus had grown physically larger than those in the control group—presumably causing their increased spatial memory.” (Eagleman, The Brain, Ch 1).
Eagleman mentioned that “the longer the cabbie had been doing their job, the bigger the change in the brain region” suggesting the result came from the practice.
Now I’m thinking back to some early episodes where we covered the importance of “spaced repetition” or “daily practice” to yield new results over time.
So, if we want to re-wire our brain, or create a stronger 2.0 version of ourselves, here are 3 TIPS for implementing this concept.
IDEAS FOR IMPLEMENTING SOMETHING NEW INTO OUR LIFE TO RE-WIRE OUR BRAIN:
LISTEN: To new podcasts, take notes, and implement what you learn. I’m always discovering new podcasts, and just need to find the time for all of this new learning. I’m sure if you are listening to us here, that you have also found the benefit to learning through this medium.TRAVEL: Go somewhere you’ve never been before. This summer we are traveling to somewhere we’ve never been before. Instead of planning the same old summer vacation, this year, we will be going somewhere where the internet doesn’t work well, to create new life experiences for all of us. Pick a place you’ve never been before to open yourself and your brain to NEW life experiences.BE OPEN TO LEARNING SOMETHING NEW, EVEN SOMETHING WEIRD: Like with a new meditation or something. I can’t say enough about how much I learned from my review of Jose Silva’s The Silva Mind Control Method[x] that we covered earlier in the year. It looks like this episode was also a hit for those listening, with over 4K downloads the last time I looked. The book was eye-opening, but the online course completely blew my mind open with new ideas that I could spend the rest of my life practicing and implementing. As I read through some of the topics, I definitely can say they stretched my mind beyond where I have ever gone before. REVIEW AND CONCLUDE
To review and conclude this final episode of Season 9 on taking a “Diving Deeper into The Neuroscience of Learning” we covered:
✔ Who Are We (Self-Awareness) as we move through life as an infant, teenager and into adulthood.
✔ Understanding our Identity (What Makes YOU-YOU) By Looking at Our Unique Experiences
✔ What Neuroplasticity Really Means for Us: How Can We Shape Our Brain for a Better Future.
✔ 3 Tips for Re-Wiring Our Brain to Change Our Identity
As we looked into changing our identity, diving into our subconscious mind, we know that consciousness is something that neuroscientists continue to debate over, and this is a topic that you can see from the graphic I created, that I’m interested in studying, learning more here, and sharing what I learn with you on the podcast. As we continue to study, we will become more consciously aware of WHO WE ARE. Here is something profound that David Eagleman shared. He said:
Have you ever looked at someone’s work written on a wall like David Eagleman is recalling with Francis Crick’s work? I absolutely love seeing ideas written on walls, and my office is always full of thoughts, ideas and plans.
We can gain inspiration from each other’s ideas and plans. I think back to the movie “Good Will Hunting” where Matt Damon was solving math problems on the wall, while he was working as a caretaker at MIT, inspiring more than just the students who saw his work, but the teachers who wondered who this student was.
Our experiences can change our brain, and then when we share them with others, we can then go on to inspire others with our thoughts, ideas and knowledge.
But what has meaning for YOU, might mean something completely different to ME, and so the search for what we find “meaningful” continues.
To close out this episode I’ll end with the SAME quote we opened up with.
“Who you are depends on where you’ve been. Your brain is a relentless shape-shifter, constantly rewriting its own circuitry—and because your experiences are unique, so are the vast, detailed patterns in your neural networks. Because they continue to change your whole life, your identity is a moving target: it never reaches an endpoint.
Neuroscientist and Stanford Professor, David Eagleman’s, The Brain: The Story of You.
With that final thought, I encourage all of us to keep learning, and improving WHO we are as individuals, because this is only the beginning. When we next look at the impact we can have on others, bringing our unique neural networks together, we open up an entire new universe to explore.
I’ll see you the END of June for SEASON 10 of the podcast, and our 5th YEAR of The Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast. .
We will continue with our Theme of Going Back to The Basics with:
✔ What Can We Really Learn from Looking at Someone Else’s Brain? (Einstein, Walt Whitman, Parkinson’s, Alzheimer’s).
✔ Continue This NEW Learning to Build the Best 2.0 Version of Ourselves
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #131 on “understanding How We Learn: Declarative vs Procedural Systems” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-understanding-how-we-learn-declarative-vs-procedural-systems/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #133 on “Applying Neuroplasticity in Your School or Workplace” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-applying-neuroplasticity-to-your-school-or-workplace/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #167 on “The Neuroscience of Learning” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-of-learning/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #127 on “How Emotions Impact Learning, Memory and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-how-emotions-impact-learning-memory-and-the-brain/
[v] David Eagleman The Brain https://www.pbs.org/show/brain-david-eagleman/
[vi] The Brain: The Story of You by David Eagleman Published October 6, 2015 https://www.amazon.com/Brain-Story-You-David-Eagleman-ebook/dp/B0104EOGQ0/ref=tmm_kin_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=1684456595&sr=8-1
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #2 “Self-Awareness: Know Thyself” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-awareness-know-thyself/
[viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #251 on “Exploring Consciousness Using Neuroscience” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-exploring-consciousness-using-neuroscience-to-expand-our-awareness/
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #255 with Chantel Prat on “The Neuroscience of You.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/chantel-prat-phd-on-the-neuroscience-of-you-how-every-brain-is-wired-differently-and-how-to-understand-yours/
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 on PART 1 of The Silva Mind Control Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
“I think I have always been a healer first. It feels like my life’s assignment… my purpose. Each day, I endeavor to bring healing to everyone with whom I come in contact. I believe everyone has this capacity to bring healing for themselves and others. I’m here to wake them up to that capacity.” ~Dr. Maiysha
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aMv2HK7sxos
From Dr. Maiysha Clairborne’s TEDX.[i]
On this episode #289 we will cover:
✔ How hypnosis and timeline therapy can help us to eliminate blocks in our subconscious mind.
✔ What's a more effective way for changing our beliefs than repeating an affirmation.
✔ A simple and easy to use strategy to resolve conflict in the workplace.
✔ The three views of "perception" for improving relationships (home and workplace).
✔ How to uncover the root of our doubts and fears to blast through to new heights in our personal and professional lives.
✔ Why challenges our beliefs is important for growth.
✔ What to think about when "resistance" comes up in our life.
✔ The importance of celebrating our wins, but keeping our eye on our end-goal.
I want to welcome you back to Season 9 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast to share how the understanding of our complex brain transfers into our everyday life and results. Each concept we cover here I’m hoping will help you, wherever you might be listening to this podcast in the world, just as much as these ideas are helping me personally and professionally.
For today’s episode #289, we are meeting with Dr. Maiysha Clairborne, an author, TEDx Speaker, Podcast Host of the Black Mind Garden Podcast, a Master Practitioner of NLP and Hypnosis and Time Line Therapy.
I don’t think I need to explain why I wanted to speak with Dr. Clairborne when you click to the first page of her website, and she has the words EDUCATE, EMPOWER, ENRICH and ELEVATE in bold letters on the first page. She lives what she teaches, as these words come to my mind when I looked at her picture on the front of her press kit as I wondered where I would even begin with the questions I want to ask her. It was funny because she had some suggested topics included and I read through them, and thought “I want to know ALL of these topics!”
So that’s where we will begin. Let’s welcome Dr. Maiysha Clairborne, and see what we will learn together to elevate and empower us to new heights and leadership.
INTRO Q:
Welcome Dr. Maiysha Clairborne! Thank you for making my life so much easier as a podcast host. Preparing for this interview was easy with all of the information you’ve got out in the world. I wasn’t kidding when I said in the backstory that I want to know EVERYTHING you’ve suggested as questions for me.
Welcome!
Can you give us a bit of your background that takes us to where you are today? What inspired you to want to educate, empower, enrich and elevate others? This says a lot about who you are.
What about hypnosis and timeline therapy? I’m a full believer in hypnosis, but what is timeline therapy?
Q1: It’s been a few years since I’ve used them, but I did use an affirmation in my early 20s to help me to change my identity as a young woman, in business. Is there a better way? Tell me there is, because I didn’t like saying the same thing over and over again in front of the mirror until I finally believed it.
Q2: I love that you have some tips for improving our relationships in the workplace. What would you say would be some common workplace problems that you typically see, and how would you suggest solving them?
Q3: Can you explain your perception activity that you explain in your TEDx? I’ve always thought it to be important to use this faculty of mind, to see beyond what our 5 senses can see, and look at a situation you might be struggling with from someone else’s point of but you took this exercise to another level than I’ve ever seen before. When I’m in conflict with someone, I’ve always tried to step into their shoes, and see what they see, feel what they feel, but what are we missing if we only step into their shoes seeing their perspective and mine?
Q4: For those of us who just want to improve and be better versions of ourselves, what would you say about some of the doubts and fears that we might have that we might not even be aware of? How do we uncover the ROOT of our doubts and fears and discover what they are so we can move beyond them?
Q5: Belief change. This is a huge topic for me on this podcast. I talk about shifting our paradigms all the time, and I can tell you a few areas that I’m shocked where my beliefs have changed over the years, (specifically around diet and exercise). What do you think we should know about our beliefs?
Q5B: So when I’m resisting with something or someone says “try it this way” and I want to try something new, but their way is too far off from how I would be doing what I’m doing. How can we better navigate resistance so we can grow with new ideas?
Q6: Why do you think the goal-setting system is broken, (what part specifically) and what are better ways to set our goals?
Q7: Another incredible topic. How do you suggest creating the balance between celebrating your wins and staying focused? I know both are important.
Q8: What programs and services do you offer to help others?
Q9: Is there anything important that I’ve missed?
Dr. Clairborne, I want to thank you for taking the time to come on the podcast today, and sharing the years of knowledge, and tools to help empower us to improve ourselves at home and in our workplace. Is the best place for people to find you, your website?
FOLLOW Dr. Maiysha Clairborne
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/DrMaiysha/
Twitter https://twitter.com/DrMaiysha
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/DrMaiysha/
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/DrMaiysha/
Pinterest https://www.pinterest.com/drmaiysha/
Website https://mindremappingacademy.com/
Dr. Clairborne’s TEDX https://mindremappingacademy.com/dr-maiysha-tedx/
Podcast https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/dr-maiysha-clairborne-founder-of-the-mind-re/id1505231103?i=1000552438946
REFERENCES:
[i] https://mindremappingacademy.com/dr-maiysha-tedx/
“Reading is not for play. It is to gain knowledge” Stella Adler The Art of Acting[i] and she adds that “I, for instance, am very strict about what I eat and I’m equally strict about what I read.”
In keeping with our season theme of going back to the basics, and building the strongest 2.0 version of ourselves, I’m skipping to episode #199[ii] on “The Neuroscience of Self-Belief and Our Identity”[iii] from Feb 2022.
For those who are returning guests, welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. For those who haven’t met me yet, I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast to share how the understanding of our complex brain transfers into our everyday life and results.
On this episode #288 we will cover:
✔ A review of The Neuroscience of Self-Belief and Our Identity
✔ How Belief in Ourselves Develops and Changes Over Time
✔ Top 5 Lessons Learned from Stella Adler’s “The Art of Acting”
✔ Why Continual Study is Important
When I looked back to EP 199 on “The Neuroscience of Self-Belief and Our Identity” I noticed that we opened with a quote from the late Bob Proctor, and a meeting with my friend Patti, who worked closely with Bob’s seminars over the years. Patti and I met a few weeks after Bob moved from what he would say was the physical plane, to the spiritual, and we talked about some of the important lesson learned, and knowledge gained from those days working in the seminar industry, and how they’ve impacted our daily life since then.
Concepts based on our beliefs like:
“All things are possible if you believe.
“Our results are all based on our beliefs”
“If we don’t like what’s going on outside, we’ve got to go inside, and change our beliefs.”[ii] --Bob Proctor
These ideas were at the core of every seminar Proctor conducted, and he would travel the globe presenting these ideas in a way that would captivate and change the lives of his listeners globally.
Now I sold seminars for Bob from 1999 to 2002 and every time he would come up with a new seminar, people would say the same thing.
What’s new with this one? I’d explain that this new seminar had a different angle but some people would challenge this new angle and say, “that’s kind of what we learned in the last seminar” (belief in ourselves) to do xyz and the answer was yes… belief is behind everything we want to do… it’s at the heart of every seminar.
It’s also something that takes time to develop. I’ve heard it described in different ways. It’s like pouring a drop of red food coloring into a glass of water, and you stir it once, and the red coloring disappears. We’ve got to keep putting the red drops into the water, to notice the change in color. It’s not easy to notice at what point the color goes from clear to red, as this change takes time.
Just like the belief we must have in ourselves that develops over time.
It’s difficult to put belief into words, or know when we’ve got it, or not, but it can be seen easily by others. I saw it while interviewing Ryan O’Neill on EPISODE #203[iv] on “Making Your Vision a Reality” because I knew Ryan BEFORE he achieved the goals he had set for himself, and remember when they were just ideas, written down. Watching his success over the years has been nothing short of incredible, and the change shows up for Ryan on the outside. His knowledge, confidence, and success in his daily life, shows up clearly with his demeanor, as his work now is being showcased globally, on the Discovery Channel[v], and he himself agreed with me when I pointed this out to him. Over time, he could see it himself, but like the food color in the water, it is difficult to pinpoint the change as it’s occurring.
How do we change our belief and identity over time?Other than continual study, and learning that leads to growth, what else would the experts in the field of learning suggest? We can review the science behind self-belief, and where belief exists in the brain, by going back to EP 199 where we covered this, but today,
I’ve got to go back to the seminar industry, because so much of what yielded success in those early days, worked for some reason, (I can list so many who have surpassed their goals with these principles) so my goal today is to revisit these age-old strategies, that have been around for over 2,000 years.
Today’s episode takes us back to this one book that speaker Bob Proctor would talk about in every seminar, and even in his book, Change Your Paradigm, Change Your Life[vi]. If you’ve ever been to one of his events, you’ll know what I’m talking about. He would say “You know, you’ve got to read Stella Adler’s The Art of Acting” whether he was talking to a regular person, like you or me, or an Oscar Award Winner, like Phil Goldfine[vii], who listened to what Bob told him, then took the action that led to his Oscar Award in 2014. I remember Phil standing and holding this prestigious award at the last seminar I attended in January 2016, explaining that it all started when Bob told him to write down his goals, and he did, and the next thing I knew, here he was, standing up and holding his Oscar, while the audience just listened to how simple it was for him to achieve it.
Phil Goldfine would tell you it was just his belief that did it, and he went on to use the same principles to achieve something next with swimming, something he had yet to perfect, that I’m sure he has achieved by now. It took me two seconds to find an interview from 2019 with Phil Goldfine that showed me he DID in fact hit his swimming goal, and many others that he declared back in 2016 when he showed us his Oscar. What he said got him there was “action”[viii] and that’s one of the secrets within the pages of that book that Proctor recommended we read every seminar, The Art of Acting.
Stella Adler's technique, called “Method Acting” is founded on an actor's ability to imagine a character's world. Now it’s all starting to make sense to me why Proctor would love this book, and talk about it so much, as he would hold his hand out and get us to all look up into the air, and “build our castles in the sky.” He was trying to get us to “imagine” the world we wanted to build. It’s called “Method Acting” and now I can see exactly how acting is connected to self-belief, building our identity, and goal-achievement.
Stella Adler was the only American artist to study with Konstantin Stanislavski, a prominent figure in Russian theatre and her technique encouraged actors to expand their understanding of the world, in order to create compelling performances.
You know, what we don’t understand, or we don’t connect with, we tend to ignore, and that’s what I did when Bob talked about acting. I remember thinking, oh shoot, here he goes again about that acting book, as he would stand on stage, and explain how Laurence Olivier could transform his character, and move his audience, using something called “Method Acting.”
Now I’m not at all into movies, and not usually star stuck by actors or fame as I’ve met many from this industry along the way, and I marvel at how they do what they do, but I’m most interested in the journey that got them to where they are today. I met film Director David Webb[ix], while he was shooting the horror film Taking Lives, with Angelina Jolie, Colin Farrell[x], while he was filming A Home at the End of the World, and they were both “out of character” and relaxing, just chatting to me about what they were working on. Then, I sat at a lunch table next to Stephen Spielberg[xi], and listened to what his day to day conversations, which was nothing out of the ordinary, but when I met Sean Penn, I KNEW he was an actor. Sean was in a swimming pool, with sunglasses on, and introduced himself to me as “hey, I’m the make-up guy” with an accent anyone from the 1980s could place, and I just laughed, knowing full well that he was playing the character of Jeff Spicoli, from Fast Times at Ridgemont High, just to see my reaction. I glanced over at his wife, Robin Penn at the time, and just laughed. This was no make-up artist. He was Jeff Spicoli, and we all knew it. He was “Method Acting” and it’s taken me almost 20 years to learn about this method.
This weekend I finally read the book that Bob Proctor would recommend in every seminar, Stella Adler’s “The Art of Acting.”
I never understood what an acting book would have to do with setting and achieving goals, so I brushed it off, and never read it. What a huge mistake. Just a glance at the table of contents and the lights went on (pun intended).
Stella Adler was teaching acting in a way that Proctor taught us success principles in the seminar world. “You’ll never be great unless you aim high” or “ideas are difficult because they are on paper, but read them several times slowly, the ideas will become yours and you’ll be able to give them back.” Stella Adler
Bob’s practices were right in line with Stella’s. He used to have us focus on a sentence, word by word, until we integrated the idea into our daily life (Thomas Troward as an example).
So what does acting, a profession that’s almost 2,000 years old, have to do with goal-setting and achievement?[xii] I didn’t see it either, until I actually read “The Art of Acting” and started to put the pieces together. There is a connection between reaching those high levels of achievement, that leads to a change in self-belief, and it begins with an understanding of “the stage” that Stella Adler outlines in her book.
I found an article written by Amy Beilharz, that outlined the Top 4 tips from this book, that translates to our everyday life, called “What Do the Oscars and Your Success Have in Common.”[xiii] She talks about “acting” as “doing” describing the lessons she learned in the book.
This book is something you just have to read, and you’ll see what I mean as you will see something in yourself, that you might not have seen before. She outlines 22 lessons, that were her classes, and begins with a powerful story from Laurence Olivier. I heard this story over and over again from Proctor, and I used to zone out because I just didn’t see what was so profound about some actor on stage, but after reading these pages, I began to connect the dots.
Proctor tells it better, but the main idea is that Laurence Olivier played Othello in a way that one night, blew the entire audience away. At the end of the show, everyone asked him “how did you do it” and he said “I don’t know” because he really didn’t understand what he did. He later discussed on interviews that he had massive anxiety about this, as he didn’t know how to replicate what he had done, and worried he’d never be able to do it again.
I KNOW WHAT HE DID.
And it took me back to PART 5[xiv] of our Think and Grow Rich book study, where we learned about how to transmute our energy from one form into another.
It’s one of the “Secrets” is in the pages of Stella Adler’s “The Art of Acting” that explains why Laurence Olivier moved his audience.
He became someone else while he was on stage in a way that no one had seen before.
Like Sean Penn who became Spicoli, he became Othello in a way that hit the audience from the spiritual, intellectual and physical mind, and it was masterful. It was unforgettable. I bet it took the breath away from those watching. It shocked Laurence Olivier just as much as it shocked his audience.
You’ll know what I mean when you think of an artist that hits you to the core on all 3 levels (spiritual/soul, intellectual/ mind, and physically as you can feel the performance).
I can name a few artists I’ve seen who can do this. Think about this for a minute? Can you?
Who moves you to the core when you watch them perform, that you can barely speak? You're captivated. That’s Stella Adler’s “The Art of Acting”
And it takes the belief of the artist FIRST.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review this week’s Brain Fact Friday, we went back to EP199 on “The Neuroscience of Self-Belief and Our Identity”[xv] that took us back to improving our self-awareness that we covered on EPISODE #2[xvi] of our podcast back in July of 2019. We looked at where self-belief and our identity exist in the brain and we pondered:
Where does self-belief come from?How does it get instilled in us?How can we inspire it in others? Then we looked at Stella Adler’s “The Art of Acting” to see what acting has to do with self-belief, our identity, goal-setting, and goal-achieving.
There were many timeless lessons in the pages of her book, and I do hope that you will read this book yourself, but here are the ones the stood out the most to me.
ACTING IS DOING: (Class 3) She says that “you learn acting by acting” and isn’t that true, that we learn when we take action. But Stella Adler was very strict with the actions that she takes. She said it in the beginning that she is strict about what she eats, and equally as strict about what she reads. She was also very strict about how someone stands, walks and presents themselves saying “if your body is not in good shape, your acting cannot be in good shape.” (p18).THE ACTOR NEEDS TO BE STRONG: (Class 4) where she reminds us again of the importance of health and sitting upright, not looking like we have “broken bodies that turn inward.” I can just imagine her yelling out “sit up straight” to her students, as I remember that was the key to projecting our voice when I was in choir in 5th We were taught to breathe from our diaphragms and she explains this with the importance of projecting our voice. And to build our voice she suggests “to read an editorial aloud every day.” First, read it with a normal voice, and then your voice should get “bigger and bigger, stronger and stronger.” (p55). I can tell you for sure that recording solo podcast episodes has helped me to build my voice. I know I speak much differently into the microphone, than I do if I’m talking to someone in person, or even on the phone. My WHOOP device logs my heart rate that goes well into the target heart rate zone every time I record my voice, and over time, I do see this practice has helped me to improve my speaking and presentation skills. I know there’s ALWAYS room for improvement here, but that’s what Stella wants us to remember.DEVELOPING THE IMAGINATION: (Class 5) Stella reviews the importance of health again here, and how “we are instruments of our bodies, and have to keep them in optimal condition.” (Page 63). We’ve focused entire episodes to the theme of health (mental and physical) on this podcast, as I also believe that without our health, we are at a disadvantage, but she connects this to our ability to create something in our minds. Stella teaches her students how to “live imaginatively” building images on the screen of our mind first saying that “anything that goes through your imagination has a right to live.” (Page 66). She has many exercises in this class to build up your imagination faculty so you can “bring aliveness” to your acting, which is much different than just acting “the facts.” She says that “you must give back life and not death.”YOU MUST DRESS THE PART: (Class 16) This chapter we heard over and over again in the seminars, as Proctor lived it himself. It was rare to see him wearing jeans, even when I had to drop something off at his house, he would be dressed up. He talked about the importance of “dressing for success” especially when working from home, and treating a home office, just as you would if you had to drive to one. Stella believed the same, saying that “You are what the clothes makes of you. Clothes say something about your self-control, your self-awareness, your social awareness. Clothes say something about your ability to be restrained, your ability to be respectful.” (Page 192). She says that when you come on stage, to “stand in a way that expresses power that comes from the ground up.” (Page 196) I agree with her that you can feel the power, and energy with the way you dress, and stand tall. The fastest way to “feeling” successful, is to put in the effort to look your best every day.PORTRAYING CLASS ON STAGE: (Class 22) This is where Stella talks about “the method” where “understanding your character has to go beyond your own life.” (Page 253). She asks us to imagine playing a peasant, and getting into the character with class, by looking at Van Gogh’s painting of peasant boots saying “that everything has value. Nothing is old—or rotten.” (Page 252). Stella learned “method acting” directly from Russian playwright Konstantin Stanlisvaski who “directs the actor to apply deep personal and emotional connections to a role to achieve a realistic and naturalized performance.”[xvii] Not all actors believe in this “method” as Laurence Olivier was famous for “expressing disdain for method acting while filming the 1976 film Marathon Man. Exasperated with the lengths his co-star Dustin Hoffman was going to for his role, (who actually stayed up for days to become sleep deprived) and Olivier asked, My dear boy, why don’t you just try acting”[xviii] which I thought was hilarious and so very true. Stella Adler “was wary of Stanislavski’s idea of emotional recall to generate emotions on stage and felt it limited actors to their small realms of experience.”[xix] Adler believed more in cultivating the actor’s imagination to bring their characters to life.
I hope that you can now see, like I did, the clear connection that exists between acting and our future success. Some people like Phil Goldfine, or Sean Penn, have used these practices to reach great heights with their careers, and Proctor would call these people “consciously competent” as they were aware of what they were doing to get these results. Others, like Laurence Olivier, were shocked and amazed at their results, having no idea what they had done, and Proctor would call people like this “unconsciously competent” meaning they couldn’t explain what they had done.
While I know we all won’t be as good as Laurence Olivier or Sean Penn, right away, the goal is to keep reading, learning and getting better at whatever it is we are doing, so that our results become predictable, aimed high, and that we work towards being consciously competent at whatever it is we are working on. If we can do this, then we can teach it to others who follow in our footsteps.
If we can follow Stella Adler’s “Art of Acting” with whatever platform or stage we are performing on daily integrating her tips into our work, and aiming at hitting our audience on all three levels: physically, intellectually and spiritually, then we know we are on the pathway towards something special.
Remember: She would say “What is acting? Voice. Voice. Voice.”
I’m glad I finally read “The Art of Acting” to gain this new perspective of building self-belief and identity, and can now add Stella Adler’s tips to help me to become a stronger, more resilient version of myself with her strategies that go back 2,000 years in time.
With that, I’ll close out this episode, and see you next week.
REFERENCES:
[i] Stella Adler The Art of Acting (compiled and edited by Howard Kissel) https://www.amazon.com/Art-Acting-Stella-Adler/dp/1557833737
[ii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-behind-self-belief-and-our-identity/
[iii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-behind-self-belief-and-our-identity/
[iv] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/
[v] Warner Brothers, Discovery UK and Ireland https://twitter.com/chrisfleming91/status/1647083554118021120/photo/2
[vi] Change Your Paradigm, Change Your Life by Bob Proctor https://www.amazon.com/Change-Your-Paradigm-Life/dp/B09G5132VW/ref=sr_1_1?hvadid=604546232584&hvdev=c&hvlocphy=9030068&hvnetw=g&hvqmt=e&hvrand=4410657837430788254&hvtargid=kwd-622963963620&hydadcr=22592_13493326&keywords=paradigm+shift+book+bob+proctor&qid=1683679068&sr=8-1
[vii] Phil Goldfine Grammy https://www.facebook.com/OfficialBobProctor/photos/phil-goldfine-has-been-a-student-and-friend-of-mine-for-many-years-last-night-hi/10152248842639421/?paipv=0&eav=Afb0ArYL4FwVIZqrj0nxLES9BYlLb6erWqGP8VbuO3_KABPdpfgY-LMt5VWDasplRkM&_rdr
[viii] Oscar and Emmy Winner Phil Goldfine Shares 5 Things You Need to Know to Succeed in Show Business Feb. 25, 2019 by Yitzi Weiner https://medium.com/authority-magazine/oscar-and-emmy-winner-phil-goldfine-shares-the-five-things-you-need-to-know-to-succeed-in-show-b3152bbf985e
[ix] Taking Lives 2004 https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0364045/fullcredits/?mode=desktop&ref_=m_ft_dsk
[x] A Home at the End of the World 2004 https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0359423/
[xi] Stephen Spielberg https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steven_Spielberg
[xii] What do the Oscars and your success have in common? https://www.proctorgallagherinstitute.com/9551/what-do-the-oscars-and-your-success-have-in-common
[xiii] What do the Oscars and your success have in common? https://www.proctorgallagherinstitute.com/9551/what-do-the-oscars-and-your-success-have-in-common
[xiv] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
[xv] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-behind-self-belief-and-our-identity/
[xvi] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-awareness-know-thyself/
[xvii] 7 Actors Who Put the Method into Method Acting by Aiden Canter April 12, 2022 https://collider.com/actors-method-acting/
[xviii] Why Hollywood is Finally Over Method Acting by Emma Nolan April 22, 2022 https://www.newsweek.com/why-hollywood-finally-over-method-acting-1700143?amp=1
[xix] Don’t Be Boring: An Introduction to Stella Adler’s Technique by Tatum Hunter https://dramatics.org/dont-be-boring/
“There is no separation of mind and emotions: emotions, thinking and learning are all linked.” Eric Jensen[i]
But what about our feelings? What’s the difference between our emotions and feelings? Have you ever thought about this?
And with that introduction, I want to welcome you back to Season 9 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast to share how the understanding of our complex brain transfers into our everyday life and results. Each concept we cover here I’m hoping will help you, wherever you might be listening to this podcast in the world, just as much as these ideas are helping me personally and professionally.
In keeping with our Season theme of “Going Back to the Basics” we look back to EP #127 on “How Emotions Impact Learning, Memory and the Brain.”[ii] It was on this episode, exactly 2 years ago where we first looked at the impact of our emotions on our daily life with the work of neuroscientist Mary Helen Immordino Yang from the University of Southern California. We first met Mary Helen on our 100th EPISODE[iii] and she shared with us that “it is literally neurologically impossible to build memories, engage complex thoughts, or make meaningful decision without emotion.” She further explained that “30 years ago, we had no idea that one could study human emotions that emerge slowly over time—such as admiration and awe—and compare them psychologically and neurobiologically with emotions that emerge more quickly like surprise or fear.” (page 80. Emotions, Learning and the Brain).
Before writing this episode, I had to stop, and think deeply about something I’ve often quoted. I learned this back in my days working in the speaking industry (in the late 1990s) to be careful what you think about because “it’s our thoughts that determine our feelings, that cause us to take certain actions that in turn cause our conditions, circumstances and our environment.” If we are going to look at our emotions today, we need to understand the difference between our emotions, our feelings, and the actions that we end up taking because of them.
Let’s Start with How Emotions Are Different Than Feelings.
I found a clear explanation of “Emotions vs Feelings”[iv] from Dr. David Matsumoto, the founder of Humintell, who explains that emotions “are quick reactions to certain events that may impact our survival. They are unconscious, immediate, involuntary, automatic reactions to things that are important to us” which is right in line with what we learned from Jaak Panksepp’s 7 primal emotions that he mapped out in our brain, and taught us they aren’t something that we can control. They are automatic responses. Dr. Matsumoto further explains that “these reactions include cognitive and physiological changes that help prime our body in a certain way and create sensations in us that we can perceive” which he calls feelings.
You can see a diagram of these differences in the show notes that outlines emotions as “quick reactions to certain events that are automatic and unconscious” and feelings “are perceptions in the body that aren’t necessarily related to the emotion.”[v]
IMAGE SOURCE www.humintell.com Dr. David Matsumoto
Since I’m always looking to connect the most current neuroscience research to improve our best practices, I wonder what can I add to this understanding of our feelings vs our emotions, to see if we can gain a deeper self-awareness into why we feel the way we do, and what this might mean for us, individually, in pursuit of our goals. Or to put this simply, what should we all understand about our emotions, our feelings, and how they translate into our life, and results.
On today’s episode #287 we will explore:
What are our emotions.How are our emotions different from our feelings?The debate about emotions in neuroscientific circles looking at Paul Ekman[vi], Carroll Izard[vii], Jaak Panksepp[viii] and Robert Levenson’s[ix] Theory of EmotionsUsing Brain Network Theory to Understand Our Emotions from an early EPISODE #48[x].Other tools, ideas and strategies available to help us to understand our emotions, and feelings.Examine: How this understanding can help us take better control of our emotions and feelings, to change the actions that we will take, (so we can stay in better control in difficult situations) thus changing our conditions, circumstances and environment (or our results).3 STEPS for applying this understanding of our emotions and feelings into our daily life. What Are Our Emotions?
We’ve talked about our emotions with our recent episode with Lucy Biven from EP #270[xi] and Gabrielle Usatynski from EP #282[xii] who both dove deep into the work of Jaak Panksepp who mapped out 7 neurological circuits found in all mammals, and then we made the connection with our emotions and our childhood with an understanding of Bowlby and Ainsworth’s Attachment Theory[xiii]. While I do think we’ve covered Panksepp’s work thoroughly, who’s to say his ideas are correct when philosophers, psychologists, and scientists have been arguing and disagreeing with each other for several thousands of years on this topic.
I had to go back to my notes from the neuroscience certification course I took with Mark Waldman, where he taught us that “even today the debate continues in neuroscientific circles. Paul Ekman[xiv], that you might know as the deception detection expert, or co-discoverer of the micro expression, and the inspiration behind the TV series, Lie to Me[xv], showed evidence that there are 6 universal emotions (fear, anger, joy, sadness, disgust, and surprise). Ekman demonstrated how emotions can all be seen in a person’s brief facial expression, and we covered this fascinating topic on EPISODE #163 with Dan Hill, “The Faces Guy” on “How to read the Emotions in Others”[xvi] but Jaak Panksepp labelled some of Ekman’s universal emotions as secondary emotions, calling them feelings.
Before I get bogged down in terminology, deciphering these arguments, and lost reading this research paper I found on Four Models of Basic Emotions[xvii] I thought an easy way to simplify this concept is to put an image in the show notes that explains the similarities between four models of emotions and make up our own minds with which theory of emotion we resonate with the most. While one will disagree with each another, “all four list a positive emotion labelled happiness (Ekman and Cordaro; Izard), enjoyment (Levenson) or Play (Panksepp and Watt) and three distinct negative emotions, sadness (labeled grief by Panksepp and Watt), fear, (they all agreed on this label) and anger.”[xviii]
Putting Our Emotions into Action
If we want to understand our emotions, we can now begin by thinking about how everyone will respond to these emotions in a different way, since we’ve all had different experiences from childhood and beyond. (Keeping Attachment Theory in mind).
Suppose we were walking through a forest and something jumps out from behind a tree and we instinctively jump (the core emotion of fear that all 4 models agreed with). Then we see it’s a harmless dog, wagging his tail and wanting to play with us. Each person will process this situation in an entirely different way. One person will laugh, another will reach out to play with the dog, while another person will remain upset about the scare for the rest of the night. Everyone will have a different feeling (which is another model we will cover another time, a theory of emotion from neuroscientist Lisa Feldman Barrett)[xix] who says that our feelings change as we think about our past experiences, (maybe we saw that dog this morning and we quickly realize he’s harmless). Also, each person will nonverbally express their feelings through their facial expressions, allowing others to “read” what they felt with the experience. (Ekman’s work). Finally, if we can regulate the reaction that we had, and take it a step further and recognize the emotions in the person next to us, we are demonstrating Robert Levenson’s Theory[xx], that focuses on the fact that our emotions either improve with age, or they decline, like we see with neurodegenerative diseases.
IMAGE SOURCE: Four Models of Basic Emotions: A Review of Ekman and Cordaro, Izard, Levenson, and Panksepp and Watt Published by Jessica Tracy and Daniel Randles October 2011 https://ubc-emotionlab.ca/wp-content/files_mf/emotionreview2011tracyandrandles.pdf
How can understanding our emotions and feelings help us? Mark Waldman’s Brain Network Theory for Overcoming Our Fears
While analyzing this situation of walking through a forest, neuroscience researcher Mark Waldman would say that “while the emotional experience often lasts for a few seconds, some people might ruminate on the negative feelings that came with this experience, to the point that they are diagnosed with depression or an anxiety disorder.”[xxi] This was the person who remained upset about the scare for the rest of the night.
He explains that understanding brain network theory model comes in handy here because he says that “feelings are nothing more than a combination of our imagination mixed with past memories.” Knowing that feelings are not real makes it easier to shift our attention away from the feeling (whatever it might be-fear, anxiety or whatever) and return to being more engaged in the present moment” where he suggests to focus on the positive emotional experiences that are also in our life. Waldman explains that this is the neuroscience of transforming emotions into feelings and feelings into valuable insights, and it has the power to transform our current models of psychotherapy and healing.
You can review this powerful concept of Brain Network Theory all the way back on EP #48[xxii] with tips on using this model to increase positivity, reduce stress and anxiety and increase our work productivity and results by learning to consciously shift between your imagination, (DMN) awareness (Salience Network) and thinking (CEN).
IMAGE SOURCE: Mark Robert Waldman
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
To conclude and review this episode on a deeper dive into “Using Neuroscience to Understand our Feelings and Emotions” here are three concepts to help us to put these ideas into action in our daily life.
REMEMBER:
OUR EMOTIONS ARE AUTOMATIC HARDWIRED NEURAL RESPONSES THAT WE CAN’T CONTROL: And many philosophers, psychologists, and scientists have been arguing and disagreeing with each other for several thousands of years on this topic.
Some argue where they originate, and the terminology, but we found 4 researchers who could agree on one positive emotion (happiness) and three negative emotions of sadness, fear and anger. But don’t forget that while “we cannot control what emotions or circumstances we will experience next, we can choose how we will respond to them.” Gary Zukav
PUT THIS INTO ACTION: The next time you feel an emotion, notice what it is. See if you can take this understanding and apply it to learn more about yourself. What makes you happy? Do you savor happy moments? What about the negative emotions? Do you have a strategy to overcome your fears, sadness or anger? Or a way to feel them, and not respond to them?
YOU CAN TRAIN YOU BRAIN TO RECOGNIZE AND OVERCOME FEAR:
This example is a bit close to the heart as it just happened, but it’s a good example of why recognizing and overcoming fear is important, so I’m going to include my recent experience here.
This week I was waiting for my oldest daughter to finish her gymnastics practice. Both my girls train most nights, and I pick them up at the end of the night. The other night I was waiting in the car, and I could see the coach coming outside to speak to me, and this coach wouldn’t be coming outside after a long night to chit chat. I knew something was up the minute I saw him walking to my car. Then it hit me. FEAR. I felt it because I had left my desk writing this episode to pick her up, and here I was with my heart racing, as I wondered “what happened” and wanted the coach to spit it out quickly. I couldn’t see her behind him, so now I’m wondering “can she walk, is she bleeding, does she have broken bones?” trying to figure out in my head what the situation was.
Then I noticed the feelings come into play. The stomach drops, next, the physical sensation of feeling sick as my imagination went back to all the other injuries we see often, and boy our minds can take us on a trip if we don’t learn to focus, think and stay in the present moment, or use the understanding of Brain Network Theory to STOP our Default Mode (Imagination) Network and switch it to our Central Executive Network to stop those ruminating thoughts from taking over our mind.
This is all happening in seconds, but when it’s happening, it feels like a long time. I finally snapped out of it, and asked questions that brought my thinking (CEN) brain back on track like “what happened, where did it happen, and how does she seem to you?” and the fear started to go off into a corner as soon as I figured out that her coach thought she might have a concussion.
Did you know that the opposite of fear is understanding? When we understand something, the fear goes away because the thinking brain allows you to take the action needed to resolve your situation. Life experiences like this will happen and it’s crucial to be able to focus and think clearly, and to move from fear to understanding.
Can you think of something that happened to YOU this week where one of your emotions took over YOUR mind?Where do certain theories of emotion become evident? With my example, I could feel the fear (all 4 theories), I could also “read” the emotion in the coach’s face (Ekman and Levenson), and even more specifically could see the pain on my daughters face that helped me to take certain actions while under stress. USING BRAIN NETWORK THEORY TO BYPASS OUR FEARS by shifting our attention away from the feeling or emotion we are experiencing (whatever it might be-fear, anxiety or whatever) and return to being more engaged in the present moment” and focus on the positive emotional experiences that are also in our life. We have the Default Mode Network, (imagination processes like daydreaming, creative problem solving, and mind wandering). This network is important to tap into, as it also contains our ability for creative problem solving, so it doesn’t just contain our worries and fears, but our ability to move past them. We just need to be mindful of what we are thinking about, to prevent the negativity bias from taking over our mind (when we get stuck ruminating on negative thoughts instead of positive creative thoughts). Be sure that we are thinking positive thoughts, so we don’t default into this negative cycle of thinking. This takes practice, but with time, does become a habit and can be very useful during times of intense pressure or stress.
OUR DEFAULT MODE NETWORK:
Is the highest during daydreaming (using our imagination)Decreases slightly during mind-wanderingDecreases more during creative thinkingIs WEAKEST during goal-directed thought PUT THIS INTO ACTION:
See if you can notice yourself “switching” your mind from the imagination, DMN, to the CEN (thinking network) like I did when I had to stop my imagination from running wild when my daughter was injured and actually THINK.
THINK ABOUT THIS!
What strategy do you have in place to STOP your Default Mode (Imagination) Network from taking over your mind?The next time you are in a situation where your emotions are flooding you, whether it be FEAR like I felt, or maybe ANGER with difficult situation at work, see if you can use your CEN to bring those Executive Functions (like decision-making) back online. This can be done simply by STOPPPING the automatic negative thoughts (say STOP) and then begin to use your mind to think. Ask questions, and then notice your salience network come into play will create the balance in your brain that’s needed in times of stress. OUR FEELINGS ARE OUR REACTIONS TO OUR EMOTIONS AND WE CAN CONTROL THEM:How do you feel right now?Does this question make you stop and think for a minute? If your feelings don’t come to your mind immediately and you’ve got to think for a second, that’s because “our feelings are a complex semi-conscious reaction towards our emotions” (Mark Waldman) or maybe like we learned from Dr. Matsumoto, they might have nothing at all to do with the emotion (like when we feel tired or cold).
This is fascinating area of Marc Brackett’s work and his book Permission to Feel that we covered on EP #22.[xxiii] The important part of diving deeper into our feelings is to remember is that they are “shaped by intuitive processes, memories, beliefs, fantasies and thoughts.” (Waldman) and these feelings are “then assigned a private, personal meaning” that’s unique to us.
PUT THIS INTO ACTION:
Ask someone to explain how they feel about something and you might be surprised with the answer they come up with. You will learn something about this person from this question, as they dig deep to answer you. Watch them closely to see if they have a difficult time putting their feelings into words because they are complex reactions about their own individual experience.
THINK ABOUT THIS:
What story did they tell you?What did you learn about the person from their story?Could you see their intuitive process, memories, and beliefs at work? IMAGE CREDIT: Mark Waldman
We started this episode by saying “There is no separation of mind and emotions: emotions, thinking and learning are all linked.” Eric Jenson, but I think we went much deeper than that proving that our thoughts, feelings and emotions are all connected.
It doesn’t matter what we call our emotions, just that we recognize the ones that make us happy, and for the negative ones, how we respond to them really does determine the conditions, circumstances and environment we’ll create in our life. I learned this week that when the emotion of fear came up, I had to overcome it quickly, bringing those executive functions back online to stay on track by not letting my imagination take over my mind.
The more we learn to understand these things called emotions, and the feelings attached to them (or not), the better prepared we can be to deal with life’s difficult situations that will come up whether we like them or not.
With time and practice, we really can train our brain to move past difficult emotions like fear, worry and doubt, through to understanding, and this will have a significant impact on the outcome of our daily results.
I hope you find these concepts to be as helpful and useful in your life as I’m finding them in mine.
I’ll see you next week.
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #79 with Eric Jensen on “Strategies for Reversing the Impact of Poverty and Stress on Student Learning” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-based-leaning-author-eric-jensen-on-strategies-or-reversing-the-impact-of-poverty-and-stress-on-student-learning/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#127 on “How Emotions Impact Learning, Memory and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-how-emotions-impact-learning-memory-and-the-brain/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Episode #100 with Mary Helen Immordino-Yang https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/professor-mary-helen-immordino-yang-on-the-neuroscience-of-social-and-emotional-learning/
[iv] Emotions Vs Feelings Published by Dr. David Matsumoto May, 2022 https://www.humintell.com/2022/05/whats-the-difference-between-emotions-and-feelings/
[v] IBID
[vi] https://www.paulekman.com/
[vii] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carroll_Izard
[viii] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jaak_Panksepp
[ix] https://psychology.berkeley.edu/people/robert-w-levenson
[x] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #48 on “Using Brain Network Theory to Stay Productive During Times of Chaos and Change” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-network-theory-using-neuroscience-to-stay-productive-during-times-of-change-and-chaos/
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #270 with Lucy Biven on “A Short-Cut for Understanding Affective Neuroscience” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/lucy-biven/
[xii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #282 with Gabrielle Usatynski on “How to Use Jaak Panksepp’s 7 Core Emotions to Transform Your Family, Career and Life” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/gabrielle-usatynski-on-how-to-use-jaak-panksepp-s-7-core-emotions-to-transform-your-relationships-family-career-and-life/
[xiii] What is Attachment Theory by Kendra Cherry Feb. 22, 2023 https://www.verywellmind.com/what-is-attachment-theory-2795337
[xiv] https://www.paulekman.com/
[xv] Lie to Me TV Series https://www.imdb.com/title/tt1235099/
[xvi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #163 with Dan Hill, The Faces Guy on “How to Read the Emotions in Others: For Schools, Sports and the Wrokplace” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dan-hill-phd-the-faces-guy-on-how-to-read-the-emotions-in-others-for-schools-sports-and-the-workplace/
[xvii] Four Models of Basic Emotions: A Review of Ekman and Cordaro, Izard, Levenson, and Panksepp and Watt Published by Jessica Tracy and Daniel Randles October 2011 https://ubc-emotionlab.ca/wp-content/files_mf/emotionreview2011tracyandrandles.pdf
[xviii] IBID
[xix] Lisa Feldman Barrett https://lisafeldmanbarrett.com/
[xx] Understanding the Role of Emotion and Aging with Robert Levenson https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ehqzhj9f8Y8
[xxi] www.MarkRobertWaldman.com
[xxii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #48 on “Brain Network Theory: Using Neuroscience to Stay Productive During Times of Change and Chaos” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-network-theory-using-neuroscience-to-stay-productive-during-times-of-change-and-chaos/
[xxiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #22 with Marc Brackett, Founding Director of the Yale Center of Emotional Intelligence on “Permission to Feel” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/founding-director-of-the-yale-center-of-emotional-intelligence-on-his-new-book-permission-to-feel/
Enthusiasm is common. Endurance is rare.” ― Angela Duckworth
On today’s Episode #286 we will cover:
✔ A review of EP126 on building resilience (what we covered back in April 2021).
✔ A deeper look at what resilience is, with an evidence-based strategy we can all use to TODAY if we are ready, to build up our own reservoirs of resiliency to better handle our life and work stressors.
✔ Tools for Measuring Resiliency.
✔ Checks for Resiliency.
✔ A Resiliency Challenge at the End to See if We Can All Push Ourselves to Try Something New to Build Resilience, Grit, Mental Toughness, and Our Ability to Use Our Head When We Need it the Most.
I needed to write this episode this week because it was just in time for me to try something new to build up my own levels of resiliency!! I hope you enjoy these ideas.
And with that introduction, I want to welcome you back to Season 9 of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and an educator with a passion for learning and launched this podcast to share how the understanding of our complex brain transfers into our everyday life and results. Each concept we cover here I’m hoping will help you, wherever you might be listening to this podcast in the world, just as much as these ideas are helping me personally and professionally.
For today’s episode #286, we’re staying in line with our season theme of “Going Back to the Basics to Build a Stronger, More Resilient 2.0 Version of Ourselves” which was an intention I set at the very start of the year on EP268[i] where we talked about prioritizing mental health in 2023 with a focus on self-awareness and resiliency.
A Review of Horacio Sanchez’s Definition of Resiliency:
This topic goes back with our interview with Horacio Sanchez who I was just speaking about this week because he was presenting at a Science of Reading Event, and many of us were talking about where our understanding of the brain and learning first began, with Horacio’s work at the center. He was introduced to me in our very FIRST interview EP3[ii] with Ron Hall from Valley Day School who shared that his connection of the brain and learning first began with Horacio years ago, while attending a conference where he was conducting a training session.
When we spoke with Horacio on EP74[iii] he explained resiliency as “a collection of protective risk factors that you have in your life” and that there are some factors we are born with, and others come in through childhood, family, school, life events and social experiences.
Horacio reminds us that “if you have little risk, it takes less to be resilient. But—if you have a lot of risk, it takes a lot more protective factors to offset the scale.” This is why two people can possibly respond in two completely different ways after a traumatic experience. One person walks away, dusts themselves off, and recovers quickly, (they had more reservoirs of resilience to tap into) while the other has a completely different outcome, and needs more assistance to get back on track.
With resiliency, we can overcome adversity or difficulty and have good outcomes in our life, but you can see why not everyone is born with exactly the same protective factors needed, so we don’t all have the same levels of resiliency. Horacio mentioned that “25% of the population are naturally resilient” and his work focuses on instilling this trait in those who are not naturally resilient due to the number of risk factors associated to them. To this day, he continues with this work, flying around the country, helping our next generation of students to become more resilient.
While researching for this episode, I wondered what I could add to help us to all become more resilient in addition to Horacio’s work. I looked at what Dr. Andrew Huberman had to say about resiliency with his most recent episode with a retired Navy Seals officer and author of multiple books on effective leadership, team-work, self-discipline and mindset, Jocko Willink.[iv] I listened this episode that covered a wide variety of topics, and they got into a discussion of building resilience by doing something that makes them uncomfortable every week. Something like a cold water plunge where you’d rather be sleeping in your warm bed, than doing something that Dr. Huberman would say was uncomfortable, or “like a splinter.”
Retired Navy Seals Officer Jocko Willick said that “You develop your legs by doing squats, and you develop resiliency by doing things that make you tougher” but on today’s episode, I want us to think deeply about this because there’s more to building resiliency than just doing what makes us stronger and tougher. What makes YOU tougher, might not make me tougher, (if we think about Horacio’s work on resiliency and how we are all different with these risk factors). If we are truly going to build resilience, we have to be prepared to try new things that push us past where we have been before and each person will have different thresholds and experiences.
MEDICAL DISCLAIMER: Remember that I am not a medical doctor, and that if you are going to try anything new, to always consult a medical doctor first. Today I will share ideas and strategies that I have used myself, while looking at what the most current research says, but will always remind listeners to never try anything new without first consulting your own doctor.
This leads me to look closer at cold immersion[v], an evidence-based strategy that has been shown to build resilience to stress, reduce pain in the body, improve circulation, stimulate weight loss and decrease fatigue, but over time, the research shows that your body becomes “habituated” to this practice. As for the proper dosing for this strategy, I know that Dr. Andrew Huberman suggests “progressing gradually”[vi] while Dr. Mike Tipton, a professor of human and applied physiology at the University of Portsmouth in the UK who studies the body’s reaction to extreme environments, adds that “researchers still don’t know the best way to reap the mental health benefits of cold water, or the minimum dose required” and says that “a little bit is good for you, but too much is not.”[vii]
While writing this episode, I had to think about what I do to build resilience. I always thought that exercise was my solution to every problem, but if I think about it, these runs thought the beautiful mountain tops in Arizona are NOT like a “splinter” for me, like Dr. Huberman’s mentioned. I know exercise is making me physically stronger, improving my mental health, (and solving all the other problems we know exercise solves) but now I wonder, am I doing anything on a weekly basis that makes me tougher, challenging my mind to overcome daily stress? Not according to Dr. Huberman’s definition.
What is like a splinter for me to do?Am I really doing something I’d rather not be doing every week? There might have been a time when waking up early to exercise was a “splinter” or maybe most days in the winter here, it’s not easy to leave a warm bed when it’s 40 or 50 degrees outside, so I can see where exercise could possibly help to build a stronger, more resilient version of myself.
ARE YOU BUILDING YOUR RESILIENCY MUSCLES?
What about you?What is your splinter that builds your capacity (mentally and physically)? If we don’t think about this one, we could fall into the trap of thinking we are building resilience when we really aren’t. Or getting comfortable with what might have worked in the past, and not trying anything new.
This made me think back to having my brain scanned at Dr. Amen’s Clinics and I had my review of the scan with Dr. Shane Creado, on EP 84.[viii] I remember that while he mentioned some areas of improvement, he did notice that my resilience levels were higher than many of the elite athletes that he’s tested, and I wondered where this came from. The only thing I’ve done consistently over the years that at times has felt challenging is with health (exercise, nutrition). It was evident with this brain scan that my sleep has always been a weak link but doing certain things the right way has got me this far. Now I wonder, what else could I do to build a stronger, more resilient version of myself?
Deliberate Cold Exposure to Build Resiliency and Mental Toughness
Then I thought back to when Dr. Huberman suggested deliberate cold exposure[ix] as a protocol to build mental and physical resilience, and wondered why I hadn’t tried it yet. Cold exposure isn’t something that I’m excited about (living in Arizona, my friends from snowy climates joke with me when I tell them “it’s freezing here” in the desert in the winter, and I get this skeptical look that it can’t be as cold as where they are.
What caught my attention on Dr. Huberman’s Using Deliberate Cold Exposure for Health and Performance[x] episode was that he said this practice “systematically builds up resilience.” He went on to say that “it’s an opportunity to deliberately stress our body and because it’s deliberate we can learn to maintain mental clarity, we can learn to maintain mental calm, while our body is in a state of stress.”
This is exactly what I was looking for, but of course I listened to this episode when it first came out over a year ago, and thought “there’s no way I’m ever doing that” until today, when I started DAY 1 of deliberate cold exposure, to see if I notice a difference with my ability to better handle daily stress.
Dr. Huberman explains the science behind this example extremely well, by saying that when we feel stressed in life (with our work, our relationship, or anything else that comes across our phones that in the moment makes us want to react in a way that we know we shouldn’t) that norepinephrine and epinephrine build up in the body. This is similar to what happens to our body when we deliberately expose it to cold (whether through a shower, immersion, or from going outside into the cold). He says that this systematically builds up our resilience.
So of course, I’m taking notes about how to implement this and this morning I took my first ever cold shower using Dr. Huberman’s protocol.
Have you tried deliberate cold exposure?Did you notice any benefits? I followed these steps that he suggested for a shower:
STEP 1: Pick a temperature that’s uncomfortable.
STEP 2: Get in for a certain duration of time (start with 1 minute and work your way up to 3 minutes).
STEP 3: Get out.
How Does This Build Resiliency?
Remember, this experience has got to be like a “splinter” to build resiliency, and you will release those 2 chemicals (epinephrine and norepinephrine) that are the same chemicals that flood your brain and body during stress. The longer you can function with a clear mind with these chemicals flooding your brain, the more resilient to stress you will become.
This is how resilience is built. I thought this was brilliant, and it got even better when he went on to explain how he pushes himself to stay in the cold longer, building up more resilience. He said that he “visualizes walls” so just getting into the shower is WALL 1. Then he feels ok until he thinks, “ok, it’s time to get out” and if he can stay in, let’s say go past minute 1 to minute 2, he’s got over WALL 2. Then he visualizes WALL 3 off in the distance, and when arrives at that wall, he begins to use his interoceptive awareness and think about how he’s really feeling. Can he stay in longer? Can he think clearly? Could he stay in 10 more seconds? If he can, he’s jumped over another wall, and is standing at WALL 4. At the point where he’s numb, and can do nothing else, he gets out, and knows he pushed it hard with this exercise.
I thought it was such a great example that I tried it myself, and was able to get to WALL 1 (getting into a cold shower), WALL 2 (pushed myself past 1 minutes and 30 seconds to 3 minutes) and WALL 3 (thought about how I felt, and how clearly I could think). This was enough for DAY 1, but this is going to be something I do at least 3 times a week moving forward.
Other Ways to Build Resiliency?
Another example I can think of would be strength training (and particular pushing past 20 reps to 25). My trainer used to always tell me to cheat when I’m working out on my own. He’d never let me get away with this. Now I know now that this is what builds my capacity for mental/physical resilience. It’s definitely a splinter for me, but YOU might love pushing past reps when you’re tired, while I dread it. This is just like you might dread running up and down a mountain, while I love it. We will all be different here.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this week’s EPISODE on a Deeper Dive into Building Resiliency, I challenge you to look at what you are doing, and see if you can identify where your “splinters” are. If you think you might be getting used to your workouts, and that they bring you joy (like they do for me) it’s time to think hard about NEW ways you can build up your capacity for more resilience.
Since we started the year with the goal to build a stronger, more resilient version of ourselves, the key to doing this is to build our immune system up by being able to better manage our levels of stress.
My hope for all of us is that as we face our challenges on a daily basis, that we push ourselves always to reach new heights that are greater than where we were yesterday. I’ll close out with a quote from Lee Ann Womack,
“I hope you never fear those mountains in the distance . Never settle for the path of least resistance”― Lee Ann Womack, I Hope You Dance
Keep your eye on overcoming challenge, and you’ll be a stronger, more resilient version of yourself by the end of the year.
See you next week!
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #126 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-prioritizing-mental-health-in-2023-improving-self-awareness-and-resilience/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #3 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/interview-with-ron-hall-valley-day-school-on-launching-your-neuroeducational-program/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #74 with Horacio Sanchez on “How to Apply Brain Science to Improve Instruction and School Climate” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/leading-brain-science-and-resiliency-expert-horatio-sanchez-on-how-to-apply-brain-science-to-improve-instruction-and-school-climate/
[iv] https://hubermanlab.com/jocko-willink-how-to-become-resilient-forge-your-identity-and-lead-others/
[v] Using Cold Water Immersion to Build Stress Resilience Published May 22, 2022 https://www.meducos.com/using-cold-water-immersion-to-build-stress-resilience
[vi] Using Deliberate Cold Exposure for Health and Performance Huberman Lab #66 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pq6WHJzOkno
[vii] Cold Water Plunges Are Trendy. Can They Really Reduce Anxiety and Depression? Published by Chloe Williams https://www.nytimes.com/2022/02/20/well/mind/cold-water-plunge-mental-health.html
[viii] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/how-a-spect-scan-can-change-your-life-part-3-with-andrea-samadi/
[ix] Using Deliberate Cold Exposure for Health and Performance Huberman Lab #66 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pq6WHJzOkno
[x]Using Deliberate Cold Exposure for Health and Performance Huberman Lab #66 https://hubermanlab.com/using-deliberate-cold-exposure-for-health-and-performance/
Have you ever heard of Senolytics?[i] It’s the latest breakthrough in aging and longevity science that I honestly had not heard about until I had an email about our next guest, whose work I’m very familiar with.
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/poThU96sslU
I’m a huge fan of Neurohacker Collective (that was founded in 2015 with a mission of creating best-in-class well-being products) and I’ve been following their work for years to learn anything and everything possible about bio-hacking. We even quoted Heather Sandison (a medical advisor and podcast host with Neurohacker Collective) on our HRV EPISODE. [ii] One quick look at their ABOUT US[iii] section on their website, and I saw many of the leaders, innovators in health, longevity and wellness around the world, and quite a few who we have interviewed, like Dr. Anna Lembke from EPISODE #162[iv], Dr. Stickler from EPISODE #96[v] and Dr. Vuyisich from EPISODE #93[vi] and in their Collective Insight Section you’ll see many names we quote often, like Dr. Andrew Huberman, Deepak Chopra, Dale Bredesen, David Rabin, Bruce Lipton, Michael Gelb, Jim Kwik…I could go on and on here. These are the leaders and innovators in the field of health, wellness and bio-hacking. This is going to be a phenomenal episode!
And with that, I want to welcome you back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and educator with a passion for learning specifically on the topics of health, wellbeing and productivity, and launched this podcast to share how important an understanding of our brain is to our everyday life and results using the most current brain research. If there’s a tool, strategy or resource that I find, that could be helpful to improve productivity and results, whether we are a teacher in the classroom, a coach or in the modern workplace, I will share it here.
On today’s episode #285, we will be speaking with Dr. Gregory Kelly, the Director of Product Development at Neurohacker Collective[vii], a naturopathic physician (N.D.), and the author of the book Shape Shift: The Shape Intelligence Solution[viii] that’s all about getting healthy while creating your ideal shape.
As I was researching for this episode, I couldn’t help thinking “how on the earth did I miss this topic of senolytics?” since I’m always looking for anything new when it comes to productivity, health and wellness hacks. While preparing for this episode, the Neurohacker Collective Team was extremely helpful. Tina Gammon, their Marketing Manager, sent me the trio package of Qualia Senolytic for (Vision, Night and Mind) and I’ll be sharing the IMMEDIATE results I felt with the Night and Mind products, with a level of clarity I’ve never felt before. I haven’t tried the VISION one yet but have lots of questions to ask Dr. Kelly about today.
So, hang tight, because on today’s science-packed episode, we’ll dive deep into this cutting edge topic, with the latest anti-aging research where we will cover:
What is cellular senescence?What are the "Hallmarks of Aging" and why is cellular senescence an important hallmark?The difference between cellular senescence and autophagy (autophagy) (with a quick review of 9th grade science mitosis).Classical places where senescent cells take hold in the body.The science to support senolytics from Mayo Clinic and Scripps Institute.How do senolytics work?The correct way to dose senolytics.What makes Qualia Senolytic a groundbreaking supplement in the longevity space? A bit first about Dr. Kelly.
He has extensive experience in both natural medicine and nutrition, and has been an influential figure in this field. He has served as the editor of the journal Alternative Medicine Review and taught Advanced Clinical Nutrition, Counseling Skills, and Doctor-Patient Relationships at the University of Bridgeport College of Naturopathic Medicine. Dr. Kelly has also published hundreds of articles on natural medicine and nutrition, contributed three chapters to the Textbook of Natural Medicine, and has over 30 journal articles indexed on Pubmed. His areas of expertise include nootropics, anti-aging and regenerative medicine, weight management, sleep, and the chronobiology of performance and health. Additionally, he has helped develop several rare and powerful compounds that have scientifically shown senolytic activity, and which have a wider range of mechanisms than existing senolytic supplements available.
Before I get lost in my words on this topic, let’s meet Dr. Gregory Kelly, and see what we can learn today to open our eyes to something new in this ever-changing field of science, health and longevity.
Welcome Dr. Kelly. Thank you for being here on a Friday night. I’m curious with your background, what would you typically be doing on a Friday night (I imagine hanging out with Dr. Stickler and perhaps Dr. Andrew Huberman) talking about what you can create with the latest neuroscience research. Dr. Huberman advising you on your vision products, and Dr. Stickler, with a stack of tools for peak performance to investigate…is this what a typical Friday night would look like for you?
INTRO Q: Dr. Kelly, I watched your interview with Dave Asprey, because he’s been promoting your new Qualia product that we will be talking about today, all over the place, so I had to see what he asked you when he interviewed you (because he’s such a creative mind). I loved how he asked you about why you called your company Neurohacker Collective! What a great question. Can you share the answer again for our audience, as it’s fitting for our podcast?
Q1: Can we start with the basics? What is cellular senescence and can you explain it from the 2 angles-the Zombie explanation for the movie experts who tune into the podcast vs the gardener analogy?
1B: How do we know we have senescent cells? Is it like inflammation?
Q1C: We’ve talked about the concept of using exercise to prevent the shortening of telomeres on this podcast, but can you orient us with this idea and how it came into the evolution of aging?
Q2: Our podcast took a turn towards health and wellness during the pandemic and we picked 5 health staples to dive deep into. You can see a couple of people from your organization that we’ve had on the podcast and many others we quote. Can you look at the list I’ve chosen, and tell me what I’m missing if we were to compare them to the "Hallmarks of Aging?" that you’ve uncovered?
Q3: What’s the difference between cellular senescence and autophagy (with a quick review of 9th grade science/mitosis here) and what we should expect healthy cells to do in our body vs the ones that give us trouble?
Q4: What are some places where senescent cells take hold in the body?
What about the science that supports senolytics from Mayo Clinic and Scripps Institute? What should we know?
How do senolytics work?
Q5: Andrea’s vitamin story-I’ve got to also ask about the difference between taking vitamins that remove free radicals. It’s not easy to see what’s going on in the body. How would this be similar/different?
Q6: What’s the correct way to dose senolytics? I loved that Dave Asprey was looking for a way to bio-hack what you’ve invented and perhaps take senolytics once a decade of something. Will this ever be a possibility?
Q7: I’ve got to give a huge shout out to Tina Gammon, on your Marketing Team, as she made sure I was sent all 3 of your Qualia Senolytics (for Vision, Night and Mind). I tried the NIGHT one for optimized sleep, and now I’m someone who measures everything and sleep is one of my weakest links, but I had the craziest, most vivid dreams and definitely felt recharged when I woke up. I took the MIND one before my day began, and I’m someone who also logs my levels of CLARITY on a weekly basis (Brendon Burchard would like this done daily) but I did notice an usual surge of clarity.
Is this something you’ve heard of before? Is it usual to notice something like I did the VERY next day? What do most people notice?
What about the VISION one? Did you consult with Dr. Huberman with his expertise here on Ophthalmology? I wear contacts and am finally ready for laser eye surgery…should I hold off on using this one till I finish messing around with my eyesight?
Q8: What makes Qualia Senolytic a groundbreaking supplement in the longevity space?
Q9: As we wrap up and close out this episode, what’s one thing that you hope our listeners will take away from this episode on your work over the years, senolytic cells, Neurohacker Collective, and what we can do to optimize our health and longevity at the cellular level?
Thank you, Dr. Kelly, for coming on the podcast. I was so excited to meet you, dive deeper into this topic and think about how I’m going to implement this ground-breaking product into my day. For people who want to try your Qualia Senolytics, I was thrilled to see that your team created an affiliate link and coupon code for our audience:
CLICK ON THE LINK IF YOU WOULD LIKE TO TRY QUALIA SENOLYTICS
https://neurohacker.com/shop/qualia-senolytic?rfsn=7305328.843217Code: NEUROSCIENCE (good for 15% off purchase).
Is there one product that you recommend plain Qualia Senolytic vs the specific versions I have for VISION, MIND and NIGHT?
Thank you again for your time on a Friday night.
RESOURCES:
Senolytics improve physical function and increase lifespan in old age Published July 9, 2018 by Ming Xu et al. https://www.nature.com/articles/s41591-018-0092-9
X3 Bar by Jaquish https://www.jaquishbiomedical.com/
Studies on the Qualia Products https://neurohacker.com/studies
The Hallmarks of Aging by Carlos Lopez-Otin et al Published June 6, 2013 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3836174/
The 12 Hallmarks of Aging Published Jan. 2023 by Carlos Lopez-Otin et al https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/36599349/#:~:text=We%20propose%20the%20following%20twelve,exhaustion%2C%20altered%20intercellular%20communication%2C%20chronic
To stay young kill zombie cells Published Oct. 26, 2017 by Megan Scudellari https://www.nature.com/articles/550448a
Cell Fates- Division, Senescence and Death by Armando Hasudungan on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Egy--doiBF0
Telomeres and Cell Senescence Khan Academy https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=R5YiO6rKr-w (Phenomenal Explanation)!
REFERENCES:
[i] Senolytics: The Latest Breakthrough in Aging and Longevity Science bu Nickl Bitz https://neurohacker.com/senolytics-the-latest-breakthrough-in-aging-and-longevity-science-an-interview-with-the-neurohacker-science-team
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #125 on Heart Rate Variability: Why It’s Important for Tracking Health, Recovery and Resilience https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/what-is-hrv-and-why-is-it-important-for-tracking-health-recovery-and-resilience-with-andrea-samadi/
[iii] https://neurohacker.com/about
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #162 with Dr. Anna Lembke on “Dopamine Nation: Finding Balance in the Age of Indulgence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/medical-director-of-addictive-medicine-at-stanford-university-dr-anna-lembke-on-dopamine-nation-finding-balance-in-the-age-of-indulgence/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #96 with Dr. Stickler on Expanding Awareness for Limitless Peak Performance, Health, Longevity and Intelligence https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-daniel-stickler-on-expanding-awareness-for-limitless-peak-performance-health-longevity-and-intelligence/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #93 with Dr. Momo Vuyisich on Improving the Health of Your Microbiome Preventing and Reversing Chronic Disease https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-momo-vuyisich-on-improving-the-health-of-your-microbiome-preventing-and-reversing-chronic-disease/
[vii] Neurohacker Collective https://neurohacker.com/
[viii]Shape Shift: The Shape Intelligence Solution by Dr. Gregory Kelly https://www.amazon.com/Shape-Shift-Intelligence-Solution-ebook/dp/B0711S1JSC
“MMD (or mirror movement development) is the missing pillar of longevity along side nutrition and exercise”
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/g03RUDCz7kk
On this episode #284 we will cover:
✔︎ What is Mirror Movement Development (MMD)
✔︎ How does MMD improve body realignment, spatial awareness, balance and peak performance?
✔︎ Famous people who have embraced dual-dominance.
✔︎ How to begin using this practice for improved resilience, body re-alignment, health and brain benefits.
Today’s episode #284, we will be speaking with Jim Houliston, a Philadelphia-based, dual dominant artist, athlete, educator, and author of the world’s first biscriptal book—BIG3MMD: History’s Ambidextrous and the Benefits of Mirror Movement Development.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and educator with a passion for learning specifically on the topics of health, wellbeing and productivity.
When Jim first reached out to me, he let me know about the neurological, longevity, body realignment, spatial awareness, balance, and peak performance benefits that come from practicing mirror movement development (MMD) and I stopped and wondered what is MMD and was intrigued to learn more. I don’t know anything about this topic, but after years of working out (mostly hiking and trail running) I have certain aches and pains that never go away. I also want to keep the high level of balance that I have now, into the next 20 years, so I can keep doing the activities I love, as I’m getting older.
I wonder:
How does what Jim has discovered improve body realignment, spatial awareness, balance and peak performance?How could I implement this idea?How soon would I notice a benefit?How exactly did he discover this idea? Let’s meet Jim Houliston, and learn about MMD and how this idea that he has discovered could take our productivity to new heights.
Welcome Jim! Thanks so much for coming on the podcast. This is a FIRST for me today as I know absolutely nothing about what you will be sharing with us today, so I hope as we go through the questions that we can tie your work with our Season Theme of “Going Back to the Basics” or the Foundational Skills in order to accelerate our results.
For our listeners right now they very well could be hearing about MMD (Mirror Movement Development) for the first time, what is MMD?
What is the layman's Science behind MMD and how you discovered this?
2B: Why don’t most people practice this, and why does it feel so weird?
2C: How do you begin practicing MMD?
What are some of the Benefits of MMD, specifically, how does this practice impact your brain, and what specific region of your brain have you seen improvements with?
You list a bunch of famous MMD practitioners in your book, who are some of your favorites and why?
4B: How did you come up with this concept?
What criticism have your received?
Where do you see this going? What are your dreams with promoting MMD?
Final Thoughts?
Thank you Jim for coming on the podcast to open my eyes to something I’ve never even thought about.
CONNECT WITH JIM HOULISTON
Website https://ambilife.org/
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/jim.houliston
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/urban_rail_walker/
Short Video on Mirror Movement Development https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1b0KuqI4VvY
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
Our next guest became the first legally blind D1 athlete to play in a game when he played football at Tulane University. He was named team captain and went on to become an NFL free agent. Now he helps organizations and teams create leadership strategies that overcome adversity through speeches, workshops, and strategic partnerships.
Watch this inspiring interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/sPFQCn3VvJw
On today’s Episode #283 we will cover
✔ How Aaron Golub became the first legally blind D1 athlete to play in a game when he played football at Tulane University.
✔ The key take-aways from Aaron's TEDx, on “Finding Diamonds with Your Disadvantages” that led him to uncovering his true potential.
✔ When Aaron knew he needed to step up and do a bit more than the person next to him, to reach those higher levels of success.
✔ The actions Aaron took with football, that have now transferred into his personal and business life.
✔ How you can reach Aaron to speak or work with your organization.
I am honored to have this chance to speak with someone who has learned many of the concepts we talk about on the podcast, like building a vision, and carving out a happy, fulfilled life, all without the use of his eye-sight.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and educator with a passion for learning specifically on the topics of health, wellbeing and productivity, and launched this podcast to share how important an understanding of our brain is to our everyday life and results using the most current brain research. If there’s a tool, strategy or resource that I find, that could be helpful to improve productivity and results, whether we are a teacher in the classroom, a coach or in the modern workplace, I will share it here.
He started his journey as a speaker in high school. Aaron was asked to go on Good Morning America when he committed to play football at Tulane, he knew immediately that he had a message that would impact millions. This experience threw him in the deep end at 17 years old. Since then he has traveled the world sharing his message.
Aaron leaves organizations and teams with both strategies to create true change but also with impactful insights that will allow them to rethink their past beliefs. Aaron is never one and done, he is there by your side to help you implement and act accordingly.
He works in a speaking, workshop, and consulting manor. Whether you want Aaron to come in for a keynote, breakout sessions, day-long workshop, or longer-term consulting, he has a structure for all.
Aaron’s biggest accomplishment and what he is most proud of is when he was named a team captain of the Tulane Football Team and went on to become an NFL free agent.
Successful organizations and companies like Pinterest, Deloitte, PlayFly Sports, Evolution Mining, and many other events and teams invest in him regularly.
He has appeared on Good Morning America, as well has been in CBS, NBC, Sports Illustrated, The New York Times, Entrepreneur, NPR and many others.
When I first came across Aaron’s work, I think it was by accident, as I might have been on an email list for the work that he does. It didn’t take me a minute to read what he’s accomplished in his life to write back to him that I was hoping I could have him on our podcast.
Then I listened to his TEDx, on “Finding Diamonds with Your Disadvantages” and saw that this young man was LIVING many of the practices and principles that we write about on this podcast. He even quoted the quote I opened the last episode with that “we must be willing to do things that others aren't willing to do.” We set up a call to speak, so I could learn more about him, and see if he would be open to sharing his story for those who tune into our show, to see how he’s been able to overcome adversity, how he did it, and what would could learn from his life’s story.
I also want to let listeners know that if they find Aaron’s message as unique and helpful as I have, that I’ll include his website, so you can reach out to him, to see if Aaron could work directly with your team or organization. He’s nothing short of amazing: inspirational, motivational and creative and innovative.
Let’s meet Aaron Golub, and see what we can learn about overcoming adversity in our daily life.
Welcome Aaron, thank you for coming on the podcast and sharing your unique and inspiring life story with us.
To start off with, I think it’s true that in life there are no such thing as accidents. I think you agree with me on this one after I listened to you speak. Your TEDx is about finding diamonds with your disadvantages. I thought about this for some time this morning while hiking…
I do think that your story (that’s already reached millions) is one that should be heard by as many people as possible, so thank you again for coming on the podcast and spending some time with me here.
Q1: I saw something you posted on Twitter as I was looking to learn more about you, and you have a post there that outlines your story and you say “growing up I wasn’t athletic or confident.” Can you start with what life was like?
Q1B: What is long-snapping and how did you play football without full eye-sight?
Q2: At what point had you had enough of the challenges you face? How did you get to the point where you learned to see the diamonds where most people could only see the disadvantages? I know this took time…
Q3: Life is difficult for all of us. Most people run into some sort of huge life challenge at some point. You’ve learned specific strategies for overcoming adversity. Can you share what they were?
Q3B: Where did your courage or sense of self come from?
Q4: So as you began playing football in high school, trying to find your place, what was that like, and when did you notice that you still needed something else that would come from you to reach higher levels of success with your sport?
Q5: I thought your strategy of cold calling EVERY college coach in the country was brilliant. Probably because I’ve spent years in sales, and no one likes cold calling, but it’s another difficult task that takes you to places where the diamonds are, where most others will give up. I want to know how you did this? Did you just get a list of D1 schools, and then look up the coaches and then call them? What did you say?
Q6. When did you learn to stop looking at challenges through the eyes of being a victim, and that the world is out to get you, and start thinking that things in life happen for you, not to you?
Q6B: You definitely didn’t just rise to the top without having to face more adversity and challenge, right? You were ranked as one of the top players in MA, and then what happened?
Q7: So now you’ve found the team that’s the best fit for you, and you had an overturn with the coaching staff and you had to do something else that most people wouldn’t want to do. You had to have that difficult conversation of “are you going to give me a shot?” How did that conversation go?
Q8: Was there a time when things shifted and it was almost like you looked back and things became easier for you? The challenges that you face on a daily basis just seem like things you can handle?
Q9: At what point did you start going into companies and organizations to help others overcome adversity and challenge?
Q10: What’s a message you want people to take away from today?
Q11: If someone hears this, and would like to contact you to work with their organization, what’s the best way?
FOLLLOW AARON GOLUB
Website https://aarongolub.com/
YouTube https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCchzgREz-wfcjD0gmwkuTEQ
Twitter https://twitter.com/aaronjgolub?utm_source=hoobe&utm_medium=social
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/aaron-golub-33b22aa8/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/aaronjgolub/?hl=en
Aaron’s TEDx “A Diamond in Your Disadvantages” April 4, 2022 https://www.google.com/search?q=aaron+golub&oq=aaron+golub&aqs=chrome..69i57j46i13i512j0i13i512l2j46i13i512j0i13i512j0i22i30l4.2349j0j15&sourceid=chrome&ie=UTF-8#fpstate=ive&vld=cid:dc6399b3,vid:o75LnVDXayc
“Each emotional system is hierarchically arranged throughout much of the brain, interacting with more evolved cognitive structures in the higher reaches, and specific physiological and motor outputs at lower levels.” Jaak Panksepp
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/D04aoW9EFks
On today’s Episode #282 we will cover
✔ How Gabrielle Usatynski's NEW book The Power Couple Formula, Applies Jaak Panksepp's 7 Core Emotions to Transform Your Relationships, Family, Career and Life.
✔ What We Should All Know About The Attachment Theory.
✔ A Deep Dive into Each of the 7 Core Emotions and How They Map in the Brain.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and educator with a passion for learning specifically on the topics of health, wellbeing and productivity, and launched this podcast to share how important an understanding of our brain is to our everyday life and results using the most current brain research. If there’s a tool, strategy or resource that I find, that could be helpful to improve productivity and results, whether we are a teacher in the classroom, a coach or in the modern workplace, I will share it here.
On today’s episode #282, we will be speaking with an important guest, who reached out to me shortly after we released EPISODE #270 with Lucy Biven[i] who co-authored The Archeology of Mind, with Jaak Panksepp. She let me know she was a couple’s therapist, educator and an author, with a new book coming out next month and was amazed to see our episode with Lucy Biven, as she cites The Archeology of Mind on nearly every page of her new book, The Power Couple Formula: Unlock the Power of Your Instincts and Transform Your Relationship. She even mentioned that a colleague of Dr. Panksepp, Dr. Doug Watt, was currently reviewing her manuscript to offer his guidance on the subject.
When this email came through, I was taking a short break from interviews, gathering my bearings with a tight schedule, but when I saw this email, I knew I had to learn more about our next guest, Gabrielle Usatynski, and her new book, the Power Couple Formula.
We met briefly to chat, and I’ve got to say that we could have recorded that conversation. She spoke eloquently about her background as a therapist, and the history of our emotions. I couldn’t take notes fast enough, but saw that not only does Gabrielle understand Jaak Panksepp’s work (that many find to be difficult) but she could explain it in a way that made sense to me, with examples of how to each of the core emotions.
A bit about Gabrielle:
BIO:
Gabrielle Usatynski, MA LPC is the founder and director of Power Couples Education. An internationally renowned therapist, speaker and educator, she is the author of the forthcoming book, The Power Couple Formula, scheduled for release this year. She is the originator of ground-breaking online programs that help couples build relationships based on safety and trust and offers professional training programs for therapists in the Power Couple Method.
Her work is regularly featured in such publications as CNN, USA Today, Cosmopolitan, Parents Magazine, Counseling Today, and Women’s Health.
For over a decade, Gabrielle has helped thousands of couples. Her clinical work has earned her numerous awards, including: the USA Prestige Award for Couples Counseling Service of the Year, the Best of Boulder Award for Couple and Marriage Counseling, and the Top 10 Best Marriage Counselors of Boulder, CO Award.
Gabrielle is a graduate of McGill University and also specializes in the treatment of traumatized children and their families.
So today, we will meet Gabrielle Usatynski, and learn how Jaak Panksepp’s work plays out in our most personal relationships, with tools that we can all use and apply right away.
Welcome Gabrielle, it’s incredible to see you again. Thank you for coming on the podcast to share your knowledge on what many of us would consider a topic that’s not the easiest to explain because most of us are still trying to understand this topic of our emotions and how they play out in our lives, specifically with our relationships. Thank you for being here.
You know I was thrilled to meet you as I just love learning, and making connections, especially when the topic is challenging, or makes you think a bit.
INTRO Q: I wanted to ask you first, before diving into your new book, The Power Couple Formula, Why did you write this book, and why did you focus on the work of Dr. Panksepp?"
Q1: I put an image in the show notes of the 7 CORE emotions. Can you explain this chart I put in the show notes, and what Dr. Panksepp discovered about these emotions, that you found to be so important?
Q1B: What did Dr. Panksepp discover about where our emotions reside in the brain?
Q2: Can you orient us to what therapists were taught about our emotions, The Attachment Theory, and how important it is to completely deactivate this system in intimate relationships?
2B: Why should we understand Attachment Theory, and where does Affective Neuroscience come into this understanding?
Q3: How do we use your book as a map, with tools and resource to help us personally, with our family, career, or even with the work we are doing in the world?
When I first saw these 7 core emotions, I actually printed them and put them on my desk to see if I could notice them in my life. In the neuroscience certification course I took, we spent a lot of time on the PLAY system (especially as it relates to learning and our schools) but I wonder if we could take a look at your book, and go through 4 of the 7 action systems? Of course, I’d love to cover them all, but I picked the ones that stuck out to what I would think our listeners would like to dive deeper into.
Q4: I know that the PANIC/GRIEF system is important, especially as you’ve cited Dr. Bruce Perry who we had on the podcast. What are the impacts of early bonding on our physical and mental health?
Q5: What are some tools that could help de-activate panic/grief/rage in our relationships to avoid the conflict that goes along with it?
Q5B: As I was reading through the book, I saw that you have strategies to help ALL of the attachment styles. Wouldn’t it help people to know this BEFORE they marry someone so you can kind of guess how things would pan out during conflict?
Q6: To close out, is there anything important that we haven’t talked about, knowing that we didn’t cover all the core emotions, but to encourage people to read your book, and learn the strategies for ALL of the systems. What have we missed here?
Gabrielle, I want to thank you for coming on the podcast and sharing your new book with us. For people who want to learn more about you and your book, is the best place your website? https://powercoupleseducation.com
Final Thoughts
We opened up this episode with a quote from Dr. Panksepp that said “each emotional system is hierarchically arranged throughout much of the brain, and I think the image I put in the show notes and our YouTube interview clearly shows these 7 core emotions (or our 7 basic needs) that are hard-wired deep within our brain stem, bringing Dr. Panksepp’s quote to life in a way that we can now visualize these core emotions within the deepest, oldest part of our brain.
When I first began to study Dr. Panksepp’s work, I printed these core emotions and put them on my desk, for me to glance at throughout my day, and I wondered how they were showing up for me on a day to day basis. As I’m reflecting on Gabrielle’s book, and our interview, I’m doing so from how I think these core emotions have shown up in my daily life, and for you, it will be different, but I’m hoping that at least I’ve started the ball rolling to have us ALL think about how to take our understanding of ourselves to a deeper level, using Dr. Panksepp’s Core Emotions and Gabrielle’s book, as a map. Gabrielle was very thorough with her research that you will see within each chapter.
I can now see how these 7 core emotions interact with the “more evolved cognitive structures in the higher reaches” of my brain, and this understanding can now help me to see how each emotion I’m feeling, (that’s generated way deep down in the oldest part of my brain) and shows up behind the actions I’m taking. You’ll get a deeper understanding of why you feel a certain way, and why you do the things you do, with this book.
You’ll also get to look at why others close to you, do the things they do, as you begin to match Bowlby and Ainsworth’s Attachment Theory to your most intimate relationships.
What did I notice with each action system?
SEEKING, RAGE/Anger, FEAR, LUST, CARE, PANIC/Sadness, and PLAY.
Seeking: This core emotion is evident with my need to connect with others around the world and this need is about getting more out of life with continual research and learning. While I can’t jump on an airplane and travel to Australia, India, Sweden or South African (at least not this week), and have conversations with curious minds like myself, I can write and release podcast episodes that travel around the world, to you, on my behalf. This kind of helps with this action system and keeps me working, and researching.
I also need to seek others to learn from, and when the research becomes difficult, I can remember what Dr. Zadina[ii] said on our recent episode, where she would find articles that she was interested in first (seeking) and then read them over and over again, gaining more understanding each time.
When you read Ch. 5 in Gabrielle’s book, you can learn how secure seeking develops in relationships, so that you can support your partner with ways that each of you can continue to expand, learn and grow together.
That’s what I learned about the how I interact with the seeking system. What about you? Where do you notice this core emotion of SEEKING plays out in your life? Rage/Anger: Some people I’ve noticed get angry easily, for different things. My oldest daughter doesn’t like injustice, I don’t like disorder, but the key is to notice what makes this emotion come out in you, and know it’s hard-wired deep in our brain stem, so that when this emotion sets you off, that you find a strategy to help create more space between the stimulus (the thing that you didn’t like) you’re your response to it. I’ve noticed that meditation has helped me be less reactive here.
Chapter 7 of Gabrielle’s book covers the fear system, and Chapter 8 covers the Rage system, and she reminded us in our interview that we want to work towards NOT triggering rage and fear in our relationships. These are both good chapters to review for all of her tools and strategies for de-activating rage.
What about you? Where have you noticed rage/anger come up in your life? Do you have a strategy to bring you some understanding that can help you to de-activate this emotion? Fear: This emotion is a powerful one to look at. Have you ever thought of your deepest, innermost fears? I remember a program I did years ago, that asked us to look at what we were afraid of, and that to “know our fears” would help us to overcome them, or at least help us to move towards the idea of having “no fear.” I know exactly what I’m afraid of, and it’s there right in front of me daily, and I side-step around it most days, but I see it, whether it’s out of the corner of my eye, or I’m staring directly at it.
Now this isn’t even going into subconscious fears and traumas like Dr. Bruce Perry’s work, this is just looking at what we are consciously aware we are afraid of.
What about you? Have you ever looked at this for yourself? Do you “know” your fears? I think once we can identify them, then life just becomes easier. There’s no mystery with these fears. I don’t talk about what I’m afraid of, giving them more energy, but I know exactly what they are, and just knowing this, makes me feel that I’m more powerful than these fears. I can step around them, sometimes jump over them, when they come up, not letting them ever stop me from doing the things I want to do in life.
Who doesn’t want to be FEARLESS?
Taylor Swift says it nicely.
Lust: I’m not going to leave this one out, since everyone wants to talk about sex, and it is an important part of our most intimate relationships. Gabrielle covers this topic in Chapter 9 and 10 of her book, and when I was reading these chapters I was actually dying laughing because she made a comparison with sex, to a sport that will identify her as a Canadian. I’m not going to tell you the sport, but you’ll have to read the book to see how she made this comparison. She does say that most problems within relationships are a lack of the care system, they are not sexual.
When reading this chapter, I thought about how right she was that we have to have trust first here, and of the importance of repairing our relationships quickly and often so we don’t trigger the rage, fear of panic/grief circuit.
We’ve covered The Speed of Trust[iii] on past episodes with Stephen Covey who says that “trust is the glue to life” and “the one thing that affects everything else you’re doing.” Gabrielle mentioned that this system requires CARE that she outlines as commitment, availability, relief and empathy.
While we all know this core emotion is important, I wonder what Dr. Panksepp would say about other ways we can use this energy? If he were here, I’d ask him about Napoleon Hill’s Chapter on Sex Transmutation that we covered on EPISODE 195[iv] where Napoleon Hill, in his famous book, Think and Grow Rich, talks about how this powerful force can be “transmuted or transferred from one form of energy to another” which is a way of using this force to reach higher levels of achievement.
Care: Gabrielle covers this core emotion in Chapter 4 of her book, explaining why caring feels so good with the release of oxytocin, the bonding hormone and that “when you administer oxytocin to couples, they make more eye contact, are more self-disclosing, validate each other’s feelings more, and show a significant decrease in criticism, contempt, defensiveness, and stonewalling, Gottman’s four behaviors that predict divorce.” (page 81, The Power Couple Formula).
Looking at this system makes me think about how care existed in my household growing up. Not that I didn’t feel loved, but this system was definitely turned down, as affections weren’t openly discussed or shown, so it’s interesting to see that I want this system dialed up now that I’m raising my own children, and interacting with my husband, and this one is a work in progress for me. The key to understanding these core emotions is to think about how they show up in our life, gain a deeper level of self-awareness, and then find tools and strategies to improve how we show up in our relationships. This is exactly what Gabrielle wrote her book to accomplish.
How does the core emotion of care show up for you?Are you able to easily show those close to you, who you love, that you care about them?If this doesn’t come naturally to you, do you have a strategy in place to dial this emotion up? Panic/grief/response: Gabrielle covered this system thoroughly on our interview, explaining how it goes off when we are separated from those we love, or care about.
While she does suggest that in our close relationships we should always work on NOT triggering RAGE, FEAR or PANIC/GRIEF by being mindful of what sets these systems off in others, and working on keeping them in the OFF position.
But knowing your attachment style (and your partners’) helps here if you ever are faced with PANIC/GRIEF as it will shape the experiences you will have. Gabrielle covers extensively how each attachment style deals with PANIC/GRIEF.
Do you know how YOU respond to PANIC/GRIEF in your relationships? If you are securely attached, this system rarely goes off. If you are anxiously attached, “you will worry that someone won’t be there for you consistently.” (page 36, The Power Couple). If you are avoidant, you will “have lost touch with unmet needs for connection and security.” (page 36, The Power Couple). Your attachment style will help you to understand yourself better, how quickly you will be able to recover from a breakup or even your ability to be apart from your partner without feeling panic. Play: This is the emotion I spent the most time learning about when I was first introduced to Dr. Panksepp’s work. Mark Robert Waldman who I took a neuroscience certification course with would have us thinking daily about how we would incorporate play with our work, to make it more enjoyable. When it comes to making neuroscience fun, this core emotion is vital. Or for students in the classroom in our schools, how can we make learning more fun?
My family tells me all the time “you are so serious, lighten up a bit” and I really do try, but I’m also the one who makes sure homework is completed each night, and day to day life stays on track, so I leave this part to others who are better at it than I am.
But who doesn’t want to have more fun every day? I’ve been playing around on the podcast, and working on having fun with interviews, but I’m not the type who will suddenly tell you a joke or something, or break out a fancy wrestling move with my kids which is what science would call “rough and tumble play” that Gabrielle says “reflects millions of years of evolution.” I’ve got some work here to add more fun into my day.
What about you?
Do you have fun with your work?Do you think that play is only for children?Do you think that animals play? Gabrielle covers this core emotion in Chapter 11 with Five Ways We Can Add Play into Our Relationships. The part I loved the most about this chapter, is that Gabrielle left this core emotion till the end of the book on purpose. Life is full of pressure and stresses and play only works “when its initiated in the absence of acute or chronic stress” (Page 295, The Power Couple Formula).
This is good to think about, as it’s important to be mindful of the stress levels of those around you.
Lucy Biven, co-author of The Archeology of Mind weighs in on the quote I posted at the beginning of this episode. Before releasing this, I wondered if I had a solid grasp of the quote I chose to open up this episode with, so I emailed Lucy Biven, who we interviewed on EPISODE #270 at the start of this year. Here’s as close to Dr. Panksepp as I could get to be sure we’ve got a handle of his 7 core emotions. She wrote:
“As for the quote - The hierarchy that Jaak wrote about was basically from bottom to top of the brain (brainstem to cortex). The hub of all 7 emotional systems is situated in the upper brainstem and in Jaak's view, emotional arousal always generates affective consciousness (emotional feelings). The hierarchy lies in the fact that without emotional arousal/affective consiousness, no consciousness is possible. So the upper brainstem is most important in generating consciousness - it is top of the heirarchy. How do we know that the brainstem is all-important? Tiny lesions so parts of the upper brainstem, specifically the parabrachial nuclei and the periaqueductal gray obliterate consciousness while quite large cortical lesions obliterate components of consciousness (sight, hearing, memory) but not consciousness itself. If my visual cortex were damaged, I would be blind, but I would know who I am, I would know who you are and I would understand my relationship with my children and grandchildren and I would retain everything that I know about neuroscience. In short, nothing else would change. But if I had a bad stroke in my upper brainstem, I would become comatose and vegetative. Everything would be lost.
The idea about the hierarchy from emotion to cognition is this: Emotions evolved in order to solve life problems. Some emotional responses are instinctive - for example, when frightened we freeze and might be overlooked by a predator. Others we learn, for example we discover from experience where the predator frequents and we avoid those places. Since emotional arousal is a precondition for cognition, we think about things that arouse our emotions. For example, if I am smart enough, I might set a trap for the predatory animal, thereby solving my problem for good. So cognition expands and refines emotional problem solving. That is the emotion/cognition hierarchy.
Jaak posited that in the emotion/motor hierarchy, emotions are primary because emotions are inherently linked to motor responses. I am not sure that he expanded on this beyond the observation that electrical (or pharmacological) arousal of emotional systems generates motor responses, like FEAR resulting in freezing or running away (depending on the strength of stimulation.
And with that, I’ll close out this episode on “How to Use Jaak Panksepp’s 7 Core Emotions to Transform Your Relationships, Family, Career and Life” and hope you found this deep dive into Gabrielle’s Power Couple Formula book to be as useful as I have.
I hope that if you print the list of the 7 core emotions, and put them in front of you, while you are working, that you can begin to think about how these emotions show up in your life day to day, and how you can use this understanding to develop stronger, more resilient relationships at home, with your family and in the workplace.”
Have a Happy Easter Weekend, and I’ll see you next week.
CONNECT with GABRIELLE
Gabrielle Usatynski, MA LPC
303-859-1825
https://powercoupleseducation.com
https://powercouplescounseling.com
Gabrielle's new book, The Power Couple Formula!
RESOURCES:
Attachment Theory: Bowlby and Ainsworth’s Theory Explained By Saul Mcleod, Ph.D. Feb. 8, 2023 https://simplypsychology.org/attachment.html
The 4 Attachment Styles in Your Relationships and How to find Yours by Kelly Gonslaves March 10, 2023 https://www.mindbodygreen.com/articles/attachment-theory-and-the-4-attachment-styles
The Gottman Institute https://www.gottman.com/
The Four Horseman that can predict the end of a relationship https://www.gottman.com/blog/the-four-horsemen-recognizing-criticism-contempt-defensiveness-and-stonewalling/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #270 with Lucy Biven https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/lucy-biven/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #280n wit Janet Zadina https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/pioneering-neuroscientist-janet-zadina-reflects-on-her-journey-of-bridging-neuroscience-and-education/
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #207 on The Neuroscience of Trust https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-of-trust/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #195 on “Think and Grow Rich PART 5: The Mystery of Sex Transmutation https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
A Gallup Research Poll Says:
“Unhappiness spiked for a decade, costing over $2 Trillion annually”
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/R8aAFFQeDKY
Today’s guest, Dr. Sean Sullivan, a licensed clinical psychologist and founder and CEO of OnePerfect[i], a mental health and wellness platform that delivers personalized mindset ’shifting’ experiences called Shifts. I’m sure we all know of times when we could use a shift with our mental mindset, whether it’s to reclaim a day that’s gone off track, soothe some stress, boost motivation, or sleep, and shift into a productive mindset with more confidence, or purpose, or even shift our sleep. Dr. Sullivan began his formal psychology education at Harvard University and completed it with a psychology residency at the University of Texas Health Sciences Center and postdoctoral training based at the University of California, San Francisco. He has since been featured extensively in national and international publications including The New York Times, Forbes, and Huffington Post, to name a few.
Today Dr. Sean Sullivan will teach us how to shift into a better state of mind, anytime, with something he has developed to solve this Global Unhappiness Problem.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. For returning guests, welcome back, and for those who are new listeners, I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results.
On today’s episode, Dr. Sullivan will cover:
Why mental health is not only a part of overall health, it’s the most important part. How to achieve and maintain a high level of personal performance, happiness and fulfillment in our fast-paced modern world.What we can each do to address the mental health challenges and opportunities we see globally, together.He’ll guide us through shifting into our chosen state of mind on demand during our interview. I’m looking forward to this as prior to recording, I’ve got to say, I could use a mental shift.Discuss how ‘shifting’ can address mental health issues at scale.Share how anyone can accelerate a mental fitness revolution so we can all get back to feeling our best. Let’s welcome Dr. Sean Sullivan, and see what we can do to build a future where we can manage our stress, and get the SHIFT we need, when we need it.
Welcome Dr. Sullivan! Thank you for coming on the podcast today.
INTRO Q: Dr. Sullivan, can you give us some of your background, and share what made you think up this idea for a tool that “shifts you to a better state of mind in under 10 minutes, anytime?”
Q1: We launched 2023 and our 9th season of the podcast with an episode that focuses on “Prioritizing our Mental Health in 2023”[ii] Why do you think that mental health is the most important part of our health?
Q1B: If you know that mental health issues run in your family, what do you think we should know?
Q1C: What did you develop and where did your vision for technology come into play?
Q1D: How can we recognize our past triggers, then shift, so we can be free of these blocks?
Q2: What is OnePerfect.com?
Q3: Guide us through shifting into our chosen state of mind on demand during the segment/podcast.
Q4: How important is self-regulation with the work you’ve been doing helping us to “shift quickly?”
Q5: What do you think about where mental health was 20 years ago, versus now? Are the advancements moving us forward, towards a healthier generation?
Q6: What’s your vision for mental and physical health over the next 10 years?
Q7: Is there anything important I’ve missed?
Thank you very much Dr. Sullivan for coming on the podcast (that we will not release until April). Please do let me know the best call to action…
CONNECT AND FOLLOW DR. SULLIVAN
Website https://www.oneperfectshift.com/
Twitter https://twitter.com/be_your_purpose
YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@TheMindMaster1
RESOURCES:
Mindfulness Based Stress Reduction vs Escitalopram (Lexipro) for the Treatment of Adults with Anxiety Disorders Published 2023 Elizabeth A Hoge, MD, Ph.D, Mihriye Mete Ph.D, et al. https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jamapsychiatry/article-abstract/2798510
What is Attachment Theory: The Importance of Early Emotional Bonds by Kendra Cherry Feb. 22, 2023 https://www.verywellmind.com/what-is-attachment-theory-2795337
REFERENCES:
[i] https://oneperfect.com/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #268 on “Prioritizing Mental Health in 2023”
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-prioritizing-mental-health-in-2023-improving-self-awareness-and-resilience/
For today’s EPISODE #280, we will be speaking with a pioneer in the field of educational neuroscience. The book she wrote, Multiple Pathways to the Student Brain covers the years of work she spent speaking to teachers all over the world about how the brain learns and what this means in the classroom. At the time she graduated, she was the ONLY person, so far as she knew, using the term educational neuroscience.
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/mU6eGZi6Rng
On today’s Episode #280 we will cover
✔ How Andrea was referred to study Janet Zadina's work back in 2014.
✔ The Impact of Dr. Zadina's Significant Contribution in Academics and Education Over the Years.
✔Janet Zadina's Arduous Pathway Bridging Education and the Brain since the 1980s.
✔ How Dr. Zadina Saw How Neuroimaging Could Help Change the Way We Teach Our Future Generations.
✔ Janet's Thoughts on Where Educational Neuroscience Began, and Where It's Going.
✔ Tools and Resources for Educators on her website www.brainresearch.us
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use for immediate results, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and educator with a passion for learning specifically on the topics of health, wellbeing and productivity, and launched this podcast to share how important an understanding of our brain is to our everyday life and results, using the most current brain research. If there’s a tool, strategy or resource that I find, that could be helpful to improve productivity and results, whether we are a teacher in the classroom, a coach or in the modern workplace, I will share it here.
On today’s episode #280 we will be speaking with someone I was referred to back in 2014, from Jeff Kleck, from EP #246[i]. He was the educator who handed me a bunch of books off his book shelf and urged me to move in the direction of educational neuroscience, to make a bigger impact with my work. He didn’t give me our next guest’s book, (so I figured it must be important to him) but he told me to write down “Dr. Janet Zadina[ii]” and study her.
Now, I don’t ignore anything someone tells me to do, especially if there is learning involved, so I wrote down Dr. Zadina’s name, and immediately followed her work back in 2014. I had no idea at the time that Dr. Zadina was one of THE leaders, spearheading educational neuroscience in the country, before it was even called this, and now fast forward to last September, when Jeff Kleck and I finished our interview, he asked me “Did you ever interview Dr. Janet Zadina?” I just looked at him thinking “How did I miss that?” remembering it was important.
I remembered standing in his office, holding a bunch of books he asked me to read, and then we went to his computer and he pulled up all the FREE resources and most up to date research on Janet Zadina’s website[iii] that he told me to review. It was Dr. Zadina’s work that helped me to begin in this field of educational neuroscience, making the connections to the brain and learning. Today’s guest, Dr. Janet Zadina, we will soon discover, a former high school and college teacher and cognitive neuroscientist whose background, expertise, energy, and humor all took her to international acclaim.
Before we meet Dr. Zadina, I want to share a bit about how she is changing lives with science and strategies.
She’s been said to be "Powerful!" "Engaging!" "Innovative!" "Life Changing!" These are just a few of the words audiences use to describe concepts and presentations by Janet Zadina, Ph.D. who is known for her extraordinary ability to inform, educate, and empower audiences with the scholarly and credible brain research.
She has made such an impact on the academic and education communities that Society for Neuroscience honored her with the prestigious 2011 Science Educator Award. This recognition solidified her reputation as an educator of high credentials making significant contributions to public education and raising awareness of critical issues in the field of educational neuroscience. Through her impactful, powerful, and entertaining presentations and transformational workshops, Dr. Zadina is changing the way teachers, students, and even business professionals understand and utilize the brain.
She’s determined to tear down brain myths and build up lives stemming from her personal experiences with students with dyslexia and their learning struggles. When she learned that a new “window” into the brain was possible with neuroimaging, she knew she had to go back to school and learn neuroscience. She earned a Ph.D. in Education while conducting MRI research on neurodevelopmental language disorders at Tulane Medical School, where she then completed a postdoctoral fellowship in cognitive neuroscience.
She’s the founder and CEO of Brain Research and Instruction, has been honored as a Distinguished Fellow in the Council of Learning Assistance and Developmental Education Associations (CLADEA), among other honors. She is the author of reading and learning textbooks for students as well as professional development books for teachers, including Multiple Pathways to the Student Brain[iv].
I’ve waited a very long time to have this chance to speak with Dr. Zadina. With patience, I knew we would meet someday. I hope you enjoy meeting her, as much as I know I will.
Welcome Dr. Janet Zadina! I can’t believe it was almost 10 years ago that an educator who found your work, passed it onto me and without even knowing it, you sparked something to help me get to where I am today with educational neuroscience at the heart of everything I think about, and do. Isn’t that crazy to think of the impact you’ve had on others around the world?
Where have we reached you today? Are you in New Orleans?
INTRO: Before we get to your questions, I just wonder how many people do you run into who share stories like I did with you, about how learning from you ignited something in them somehow?
If we connect the dot looking backwards in your life, we all have people and experiences that shift our direction in some way. I wonder who crossed your path that took you on this pathway to becoming a neuroscientist? What was the defining moment?Spear heading anything new is never easy but I’ve heard some horror stories from past guests who really struggled when they begin in this field. As a pioneer in educational neuroscience, I wonder, what were some of the biggest challenges that you faced?Why did you make the switch from doing MRI research in the lab to actually speaking to educators? So now we are all well into the digital age, and most of the books I read are on my phone, in my Kindle reader, but I’ve got a select few books that sit on the corner of my desk for me to reflect back to when I need some ideas or inspiration. What should we know about reading books digitally versus actually holding a print edition that we can highlight and refer back to often? There were a many important AHA moments within the chapters of your book Multiple Pathways to the Student Brain but the first passage that stuck out to me was “this books stems from my decade of speaking to teachers….at the time I graduated, I was the only person, so far as I knew, using the term educational neuroscience.” Looking back now, where is this discipline now, from where you saw it in those beginning days? What was your “mission” when you began speaking about the brain and learning and writing your book? Was it that you wanted “to help teachers at all levels” to understand this information that they were craving to learn? Do you have anything exciting coming up with your presentations? When I first began learning about the brain, I found some of your early TED TALKS and presentations where I started to connect stress and the brain to its impact on our students’ learning in the classroom. What motivated you to transition to speaking primarily about the effects of anxiety, high stress, and trauma on the brain and learning? What is one take-away for teachers from your work on this topic? In other words, what might be one of the most important things they can do to help with their stress?Do you offer educators any resources they can access other than presentations? I’ll never forget Jeff Kleck showing me all the resources on your website. Dr. Zadina, it’s been an honor to have you on the podcast today. I’ll be forever grateful that Jeff Kleck referred me to your work all those years ago, and then so happy that we were able to connect to make this interview happen. For people who want to learn more about you, is the best place your website? Thank you for the years of research. I know that many of us are only just scratching the surface with what we are capable of doing with this information.
Thank you so much Janet!
RESOURCES:
Dr. Zadina TEDx Enola Using the Brain to Energize School Reform Published on YouTube Feb. 1, 2012 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2lzjo5swMmE
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #246 with Jeff kleck on “Using Neuroscience to Inspire Thinkers in Schools, Sports and the Workplace” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/jeff-kleck-on-using-neuroscience-to-inspire-thinkers-in-schools-sport-and-the-workplace/
[ii] Dr. Janet Zadina http://www.brainresearch.us/
[iii] Most up to date research by Dr. Janet Zadina http://www.brainresearch.us/resources.html
[iv] Multiple Pathways to the Student Brain by Janet Nay Zadina http://www.brainresearch.us/order_MPBook.html
“You must do what others won’t, commit and stay the course.” ― Bob Proctor
On today’s Episode #279 we will cover
✔ Top 6 Strategies Involved on Our End That Took Us to 300k Downloads of the Podcast.
✔ 6 Life-Changing Lessons I've Learned as a Byproduct of this Milestone.
✔ A Huge Thank You to ALL of You Who Listen to This Podcast!
And for this special episode today, that I’m dedicating to YOU, the listener, I’ve got to add a quote that has stuck in my head for years that I heard in one of Bob Proctor’s first cassette training programs, called You Were Born Rich[i] that you can find today on Audible.com. It was from his colleague John Kanary who joined him on stage for the recording of this live seminar that was the FIRST seminar I listened to back in the late 1990s, when my life path crossed with the personal development and seminar industry. John Kanary said “Excellence is a commitment to completion” and I wrote that down, and with time, started to integrate this concept into my daily life by making a pact to always finish what I start.
I started thinking about excellence a bit before writing this episode, and how I always want to put forth my best effort with these podcast episodes, making sure they reflect my best work, with the hopes that the strategies outlined are as useful to you as they have been for me. I know I’ve mentioned this a few times, referencing Brendon Burchard whose version of excellence he calls “prolific quality output.”[ii] Brendon, in his book, High Performance Habits says that “High performers have mastered the art of prolific quality output (PQO). They produce more high quality output than their peers over the long term, and that is how they become more effective, better known, more remembered. They aim their attention and consistent efforts toward PQO and minimize any distractions (including opportunities) that would steal them away from their craft” (Burchard, 2017).
I could reflect on this for a whole month and see something new, useful and important with this idea.
This led me next to civilian astronaut and extreme adventurer, Nik Halik who we featured on an early interview #31[iii] who said:
Who doesn’t want to “personify excellence” on a daily basis? Who doesn’t want to produce more high quality work over the long-term? I’m sure we can all agree that’s why we keep studying, learning and looking to build a stronger, more resilient and improved version of ourselves who is truly capable of consistently producing high quality, excellent work.
But the late John Wooden, an American College Basketball coach and player said it best. He said:
With that thought, I want to welcome you back to a special episode of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use immediately, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and educator with a passion for learning specifically on the topics of health, wellbeing and productivity, and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is, for our everyday life and results.
For today’s episode #279, I want to take a break from our usual Brain Fact Fridays to pause a minute, and reflect back on where we are in this process, and where we are going, after hitting a recent milestone in the podcasting world. As we are approaching our 4th year of the podcast, our 300th episode, (just 19 episodes away) and just hit the 300,000-download marker, I had to step back and take a deep breath to think about what this all means. I know it was Brendon Burchard who talks about the importance of “integrating your wins”[iv] or the important things that happen in your life, and while I remind others to do this all the time, with this milestone, I knew I wasn’t doing it myself. I was getting ready to write an episode on resilience, and have 5 interviews lined up in the next couple of weeks.
When good things happen to you, Brendon reminds us “be sure you integrate those important moments into your heart and life” because this practice will change your identity. He says this is important for people in pursuit of meaningful goals, who are committed to excellence along the way, and says that he sees it all the time with his high-level clients who are working hard over the years towards a specific goal, who have wins over the years, but maybe not the big win that they’ve got their eye on. To add meaning and fulfillment to their daily lives, he highly suggests integrating all of the important moments, at the heart level.
So off I went to think for a minute about what this recent milestone meant to me. How do I feel about this accomplishment? What have I learned from it? Who helped me to achieve it? While it “felt” cool and a bit mind-boggling to think 4 years later, I’m more passionate than ever about this podcast, but I’m now wondering why.
I listened to some other podcast hosts as they reflected back on hitting this milestone themselves, like The EntreMD Podcast[v], with Dr. Una, who shares entrepreneurship strategies for medical doctors. When she hit this milestone, it was right at her 250th episode, (not far from where we are) and this is enough to blow anyone’s mind because if you think about it, from the production side of things, it means that she repeated one action, over 200 times, successfully, that led her to hitting the 300K download marker, and helping millions of people along the way.
“Wow,” I thought, thinking of Dr. Una’s achievement, and then it hit me, “oh wow, that’s what we did” and for the first time, I began to integrate this feeling into my heart. Easy to tell others to do this, not as easy to actually do it myself.
So for today’s EPISODE, as I’m integrating this win into my heart, for a stronger more resilient 2.0 version of myself. Today I’d like to reflect back on how we did this, with the top lessons learned, to see if it can bring some insights into whatever it is you are working on. Just the practice of stopping to integrate a win is a powerful activity to try.
How Did We Reach 300K Downloads of the Podcast? After listening to how Dr. Una did this with her EntreMD Podcast, I had to agree that some of her tips were important for us here as well.
WHAT STRATEGIES DID WE USE TO HIT THE 300K DOWNLOAD MILESTONE?
Know Your Mission: Which is your goal and how you plan to achieve it. If you look back over the 4 years, and our past episodes, you can see that we had a mission of connecting the most current neuroscience research, to those important social and emotional learning skills, to improve productivity, well-being, achievement and results in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. This mission is up on my wall, a part of my daily routine to read it and a part of every episode. Many people have emailed me over the years, asking to be a guest on the podcast, and if they didn’t align with our mission, and even specifically with the topics we were covering in that season, then they were not a good fit for the podcast. We stuck to this, and never wavered.Know Your Vision with a Clear Why: With your vision, ask yourself, are you living daily towards what you imagine in your mind? I go back here to PART 6[vi] of our Think and Grow Rich book study, where I ended this final episode that I dedicated to my mentor, Bob Proctor, with something he would say about holding your vision daily. He would always say that our mission, or whatever it is that we wanted to achieve in our lifetime would be possible once we believed it to be possible. He would say encourage us to take what we wanted and hold this vision on the screen of our mind. He’d say “What story do you want to tell? What scenes do you want to shoot? How do you want the movie to end? Be the director of your life” and then he would tell us that once we can see something on the screen of our mind, the next step is to take that vision from the dream world, and make that dream a reality. Focus on the Listener: This is an important lesson for anyone creating content, or working with others, as no one will read what you create, or listen to what you might be teaching them, if it doesn’t relate to them. It has to be useful for your audience. Instead of just speaking into a mic each week on random topics, we made sure that each episode was written in the HOW-TO format, with clear steps that we can all implement into our life. When I hear back from you that these episodes are helpful, I know that I’m on track with this one.Be Committed to Consistency: This is the one that resonates with me the most. If you want to have results, with whatever it is you are doing, you’ve got to be consistent. You don’t go to the gym on Tuesday and say “that’s it” I’m finished, you come up with a schedule that you stick to, and never stray from it. I knew that once people started to tune into the podcast from different parts of the world that it was important that I stayed consistent with releasing episodes. We started with weekly episodes, and got up to 3 in a week when I had the time during the Pandemic. We are now back to weekly episodes, but this is one thing I will never change. I’ve NEVER missed releasing an episode in a week. It’s something I’ve committed to doing and even while on vacation. I’ve recorded two episodes in a week, and held one up in draft format, to be released when I need it, so that something is released, even if I’m not in my office at my desk. There was one week I thought I was going to have to break this episode streak. I was starting to lose my voice, so before I lost it completely, I recorded the episode with a shaky voice. The next day my voice was gone completely. I was so glad I’d recorded so I didn’t have to mess up this important need for the episodes to be consistent each week. A week went by, and wouldn’t you know, my voice came back just in time for me to record the next weekly episode. We are 2000% committed to consistency here.The Podcast is a Give-Back: No Ads Was Intentional. It’s been important to me from the beginning, that this podcast launched ads free and remains a tool or resource for people to access without having to think about being “sold” something. There are times ads have snuck in, with different settings I had to block from our hosting side, but I wanted this podcast to be focused on FREE content, without ads. I can’t promise this is how it will always be, but as we approach our 4th year, this is the plan moving forward.Never Be Afraid to Share and Promote: When you are a content creator, putting yourself out into the world, sharing and promoting what you create is a part of the process. Each episode was shared on LinkedIn, Twitter, Instagram, YouTube and Facebook. People on the hiking trails know me as a podcaster as I’m not afraid to share that’s what keeps me busy in my spare time, when I’m not on the trails, or working. After thinking about these TIPS for those who create content, or for anyone who wants to take their mission seriously, following through on these steps is very difficult. There is no way I could have done this without you, the listener, tuning in, without my husband to take the kids to school when I was still writing in the early morning, or without that mission or vision that’s painted clearly in my head of “why” I’m committed to this podcast.
Here’s where I turn the tables back to you, the listener. I love hearing what you are learning from the episodes, whether it’s a comment on YouTube, or on social media, an email, or a direct message somewhere. These messages really do help me.
I bet you as listeners didn’t know how much this podcast has helped me, personally?
Here’s the TOP LESSONS I’ve learned as I reflect back on what 300K downloads means to me.
LESSON 1: PRESENTATION WINS: Interviewing/Presenting has become a superpower for me. This was evident during the first 50 episodes when I joke that I couldn’t breathe and ask questions at the same time. I can barely watch older interviews for this reason. I noticed after the 50th interview, I started to be less nervous with the guest I was interviewing, as I learned how to breathe and talk at the same time. This skill helps me DAILY with my work, as presentations are a part of my daily life. If you want to improve your speaking or presenting skills, practice is the key! You’ll notice, and so will others, that you can speak without fillers (no more ahhs and umms), with a clear and focused message.
LESSON 2: LIFE/HEALTH HAS IMPROVED FOR THE BETTER: Of course, as I’m creating these how-to episodes, I’m implementing the ideas into my own life (and those close to me). As I’m writing about the TOP 5 Health Staples and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies, I’m thinking of what else I can do to improve my health and for my family as well. This is one of the added bonuses of doing this podcast, as I get to speak directly with the high-level guests that we bring on, and learn what they are doing, and how they are doing it. Not a day goes by that I don’t take for granted that as I’m representing you, the listener with each topic and episode, it’s such a privilege to learn directly from our guests. I do also feel clearer minded from implementing these health, wellness and productivity tips over the past 4 years.
LESSON 3: BEING ABLE TO SEE THE SUPERPOWERS IN OTHERS. This just happens as I’m researching and learning about other people’s life’s work. I’m often blown away with what our guests have accomplished, and I do love sharing this with the world. It’s probably the most rewarding part of the podcast.
LESSON 4: LEARNED TO SET UP INTERVIEWS QUICKLY/EFFICIENTLY:
If you’ve been a guest on this podcast, you will see how we set up interviews. I know I can improve as there are tools like Calendly.com that make this process easier, but the key is that you want to find a time that works for your guest FIRST. Think always of where the person lives, (East Coast, West Coach, or International) and then set the time up around their schedule. Having clear dates and times where you can conduct interviews, with a clear and stream-lined process helps the guest to feel at ease with coming on your show, and spending their time with you.
LESSON 5: LEARNED HOW TO RESEARCH THOROUGHLY: Doing through research on each guest will help you to make connections with their work, and yours. This is the most time-consuming part of the interview process, and I used to spend a lot of time here. To save time, I now ask my guests to outline their books for me, and provide 6-10 questions to guide me in the process. I still research as usual, with their questions as a guide. Then I add something to what they’ve created so we have a personal spin on what we will be covering.
LESSON 6: PRAXIS/ INTEGRATING BELIEFS WITH BEHAVIOR:
I’ve talked about this concept of Praxis on past episodes, or integrating our beliefs with our behavior. I noticed that with time, I could connect our future guests to past guests in an almost magical way where things started to make sense, or come to life more. This is where I noticed I needed a clear mind to make these connections. On days that I was tired, hadn’t looked after my health as I should have, making these connections was difficult. The more I began to live the content I was writing, actually integrate these episodes into my own life, the more I could talk about them with each guest.
All of these superpowers and strengths have turned me into a stronger, more resilient 2.0 version of myself, which was my goal for this year.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
So, to review and close out this episode, I want to thank you, the listener, wherever you might be located in the 178 countries who tune into this podcast around the world. It wasn’t me who listened to these episodes, I just researched, wrote and recorded them. On today’s episode, I shared the 6 STEPS we took on our side to hit this 300K mile mile-marker, hopefully making the podcast more appealing to you, and then the outcome of these strategies were 6 valuable and life-changing lessons that I saw in myself.
If I hadn’t have stopped to integrate this milestone, I don’t think I would have fully seen the powerful lessons that are a byproduct of just doing this podcast, consistently, every week, for the past 4 years. I launched back in June 2019 with the hope to bring credibility to the field of social and emotional learning, while at the same time wanted to connect the research to our daily life and practices, and what I’ve personally gained from this experience was much more than any amount of money I could have earned in this time frame. This are life-changing lessons that can only happen through praxis, or when our beliefs are integrated into our behavior.
If you have learned something from this episode, or if our past episodes have helped you in any way, please reach out to me and let me know. It really does help.
And with that, I’ll sign out till next week, with our upcoming bunch of interviews. Thank you again for listening, and for making all of these WINS a possibility for me personally. I’m so grateful to have stayed the course, and look forward to what we will all learn with the next 300K downloads, and beyond.
See you next week!
“You must do what others won’t, commit and stay the course.” ― Bob Proctor
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Bob Proctor’s You Were Born Rich Program on Audible https://www.audible.com/pd/You-Were-Born-Rich-Audiobook/B0187M8TDC?source_code=GO1GB547041122911G&gclid=CjwKCAjwzuqgBhAcEiwAdj5dRnVzinjfs1rtrLAe08dyf84QvvPS1xqlKqkJGY_0V1p-T0lrzk31DBoCXh4QAvD_BwE&gclsrc=aw.ds
[ii] What is Your Prolific Quality Output January 27, 2020 by Sajjad Hussein on Brendon Burchard https://www.sunandesigns.com/roundups/what-is-your-prolific-quality-output/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #31 with Civilian Astronaut and Extreme Adventurer Nik Halik on “Overcoming Adversity” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/entrepreneur-civilian-astronaut-and-extreme-adventurer-nik-halik-on-overcoming-adversity-to-create-an-epic-life/
[iv] How to Integrate Your Wins with Brendon Burchard Published in 2022 on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f5OG7s13dPU
[v] The EntreMD Podcast https://entremd.com/5-strategies-podcast-downloads/
[vi] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
“Everything is theoretically impossible, until it is done.” – Robert A. Heinlein
And I want to add a quote I heard often over years, that "To believe in the things you can see and touch is no belief at all. But to believe in the unseen is both a triumph and a blessing.”
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use immediately, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and educator with a passion for learning specifically on the topics of health, wellbeing and productivity, and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is, for our everyday life and results.
For today’s episode #278, keeping in line with our Season Theme of Going Back to the Basics to Build a Stronger, More Resilient 2.0 version of ourselves, we look back at EPISODE #124 on “How to be a Neuroscience Researcher in 4 Simple Steps”[i] I knew even before writing this one, that I had to spend some time getting creative. Science and research can be so very boring, especially if I were to just read through Pubmed.gov with some steps for all of us to navigate through the research, for our daily use. I can’t imagine getting excited about that, and that’s not what I wanted this episode to be about, so of course, I’m jolted out of sleep, in the early hours of a busy workday, to jot down some ideas that could bring the science into our daily lives, in a way that we can find evidence-based, science-backed answers to inform whatever questions might be keeping YOU up at night, or at least crossing your mind in the day, and make this episode a bit more memorable, interesting and useful for you.
To do this, I went back to EPISODE #265 where we covered “Improving Creativity in Our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces”[ii] to revisit what makes something truly “creative” according to science, using the work of Dr. Andrew Huberman. He said “To Show Creativity—It must Reveal something new to us (entertaining, thrilling or useful) and it changes the way we access the world—acting as portals into the world and ourselves.” On this past episode that I wrote just before Christmas of last year, I gave three examples of past guests who’ve come on this podcast who have done just that, and have shown their creativity to change the world in our schools, sports environments and workplaces of the future. You can review this episode and these examples, but for today’s episode, I’m hoping that I can show you how to use this research portal, Pubmed.gov to change the way YOU access the world, and take some things that you might be wondering about, and see how science can inform how you see the world, revealing something NEW, entertaining, thrilling or useful. Now this is an episode worth waking up at 1am to write.
Before dive in here, I’ve got to go back a bit in time, because I did name this podcast Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning, knowing full well that this link to science could help all of us to improve our results not only in our schools (where most of my work has been spent the past 3 decades) but also in our corporate workplaces, and sports environments. I remember in those early days planning this podcast, I was told to keep my message simple and focus on one area (schools) as you will be confusing your end listener. I remember thinking I don’t want my end listener to only be working in our schools. I was hoping these ideas would appeal to a wider range of listeners, around the world, and today I’ve got to give a shout out to all of you who tune in, because I do keep an eye on our numbers (even though I’ve been urged to focus on the message and what we are learning each week, but I’m human, I do wonder “is the time I’m spending here, really helping others as much as it’s helping me?” This morning, I’m motivated just a bit more than usual, as we are approaching an important milestone in the podcasting world, as we are just a few hundreds away from that 300K download mark, with a reach into 178 countries, around the world. I’m so glad that I listened to that inner voice that was urging me to keep the topics on this podcast broad, to improve productivity and results beyond our classrooms, and into places that my mind couldn’t conceive at the time. So thank you for all of you who tune in, wherever you listen to this podcast in the world. I always say that without listeners, there would be no podcast, and without our guests, I wouldn’t have any content to wake up early and write about.
So, I will keep my promise back to you, that as long as we have listeners, that I will find the time to keep producing episodes that brings the most current research into practice, in our daily lives. While my days are now dedicated to promoting The Science of Reading in our schools, something I’ve been passionate about for a very long time, we will continue our theme of Going Back to the Basics this season, with some new guests coming up, to help strengthen our understanding of this connection between science, our productivity and results.
Going back to EPISODE 124 on “How to Become a Neuroscience Researcher in 4 Simple Steps” I want to explain why I thought this was important to write about in the first place.
I remember back to when I was first told “you know, you need to add science to your work” from Jeff Kleck, who we spoke with on EPISODE #246[iii] launching me into a world that I didn’t think I was capable of learning. I went to school to be a teacher, (focused on Physical Education and English) expanding into Behavioral Students when I first began. I was not a neuroscience researcher, but found myself fueled by the challenge of understanding something that he understood, and I didn’t. “If this educator, with a background as a football coach could grasp this work, then, why couldn’t I?” I thought. So that’s where it all began for me, and why I think it’s important to share that we all start somewhere and that’s usually with a blank slate. I think about those early days when I opened up David A Sousa’s famous book “How the Brain Learns”[iv] and almost slammed it shut, thinking “this is way over my head” as I saw these graphs on how memories are formed, and it just seemed so complex.
So, this episode today is to show you that if I can figure this out, anyone can.
Let’s revisit the 4 steps I suggested in our earlier episode with some more thought and creativity behind the steps.
STEP 1: First you want to think of your hypothesis: or something you are interested in, that you will back up with the most current research. I used my presentation slide as an example with “How Stress Impacts the Brain and Learning” in our earlier episode and in the 4 steps, I show you how to navigate through Pubmed.gov on this topic, how to find a study that does in fact prove how stress impacts learning, and then add this study to your work, or a presentation you might be doing.
ANDREA’S HYPOTHESIS:
In today’s episode, I want to get creative, be a bit more innovative, and think beyond something we all KNOW impacts our brain and learning (like stress). What about something that science has yet to prove? This is where my curiosity goes, and you can see from some of the speakers we’ve had over the years that I’m interested in learning what science has to say about our dream world. Specifically, WHY we dream, and WHAT if anything, can we learn from our dreams? What can science teach us about our dreams? This is my creative hypothesis.
FIND YOURS:
What’s yours? What would you like to understand better and see if science could inform what you would like to know? Think about what you would like to learn, and if you need your brain jogged for a minute, I saw a recent Twitter post that self-development researcher, Greg Lunt put up the other day, about 7 peer-reviewed, research-based life hacks from Dr. Andrew Huberman’s podcast.[v] Click the link in the show notes, and you can see 7 examples of important life hacks, that are all backed by science. If you listen to each of these life hacks, see if you can listen to Stanford Professor and host of the Huberman Lab, who I mention often on this podcast, through a different lens.
Remember, that we all start our journey somewhere. We never know where our interests will take us, and how far each of can go into the world. Don’t let the fact that we weren’t taught many of these concepts in school to put up a barrier for what we could learn using science. In some of the Deep Dive book studies we’ve done, I’m sure you will agree with me that we’ve uncovered that we all have unique talents and abilities, that when developed (or fanned into a flame) and used, have the ability to take that person to heights they might have only imagined in their dreams.
DID YOU KNOW THAT Stanford Professor, Dr. Andrew Huberman grew up as a skateboarder in the Bay Area, and didn’t have direction or a vision for the life he has created today? He was taken in by skater Tony Hawk’s parents when he was 14 and this gave him a place where he felt accepted, where he belonged and this changed the direction of his life forever. I’m sure that as we research most people who have risen to the top of their field, you will see that they had to overcome significant adversity, to arrive there. Nothing comes without effort.
How to Sleep BetterHow to Burn FatHow to Grow MuscleHow to Build HabitsHow to FocusHow to Ease PainHow to Stop Hiccups See if you can come up with something you want to dive deeper into.
I’ll use mine since I’ve been logging my dreams since 1999, I can find patterns and themes, and lessons that I think might be important, but what does modern day science say about this?
I went over to English neuroscientist and professor at the University of California, Berkley, Matthew Walker’s research that focuses on sleep, and found a series on his podcast where he dives deeper into our dream world.[vi] It’s here where he mentions Dr. Robert Stickgold’s research on “Memory, Sleep and Dreaming.”[vii]
STEP 2: GO TO PubMed.gov[viii] and read the article on your topic of interest.
When I searched for Robert Stickgold and dreaming, his article came up and took me straight to Pubmed through using Google. Or I could go directly to Pubmed.gov and type his name into the search bar with dreams and see all of the articles he’s written on this topic.
Try it for whatever topic you would like to connect evidence-based research to.
STEP 3: Read through the studies with titles that interest you and see if you can uncover something new that can add value to your daily life. This is where you can spend a lot of time, or maybe go the other route, and you take one look at the article and X out of Pubmed thinking this is too difficult. Remember we all start somewhere. Dr. Huberman was once a skater kid, and now, I’ve never seen anyone navigate through the research like he does. Don’t let it intimidate you. I mention this on our past episode that the parts of the research study that are important are the title, that tells you the topic and hypothesis, or what the researchers want to prove. Then there’s a middle part that give you some details about the study that you can scan, and don’t worry about all of the language. I’m sure many researchers aren’t sure what it all means either. Someone who is an expert in research will inform this part of the study, that will help to find an accurate conclusion, that you will want to read.
In Stickgold’s dream study, he was looking to show how our dreams can consist of “fragments” of our waking life, and he explained someone’s waking life experience, and how it corresponded to something they dreamed about. Dr. Stickgold concludes that “waking experience is reactivated in the sleeping brain, (so what we think and experience in our waking life CAN show up in our dream life) leading to a process of “consolidation” by which new, labile (emotionally charged) memory traces are reorganized into more permanent forms of long-term storage. Dream experiences recalled from sleep bear a transparent relationship to recently encoded information, and provide a useful window into consolidation-related activities of the sleeping brain.” He concludes that “recent work from (his) laboratory has established a direct relationship between the “replay” of recent experience in dream content, and enhanced memory performance in humans.”
This blows my mind. I’m still learning, and think I could study this paragraph for some time, but my search for understanding with what’s going on in the dream world, and waking world is getting clearer. While I don’t think I ever want to have someone else interpret my dreams (which they are doing these days with templates and researchers can now predict WHAT someone is dreaming about with MRI scanners). But I do think that understanding how our brains dream, and what we are dreaming about, with themes and connections we can learn from in our waking hours, could add significant value to our daily life, especially if we take what Dr. Stickgold’s research said, and look at how our dreams could possibly enhance our memory performance.
Putting the Research into Practice:
I looked at a recent measure of my REM sleep, using my WHOOP device, that logged my REM sleep as 50% higher than my 30 day average recently. I know what I did to ensure I had a good night sleep, (starting with going to sleep an hour earlier than usual) and then logged what I recalled from my dreams that night. Now I wonder, “how are these dreams useful?” How did this increased REM sleep enhance my memory and important things I was learning that day? I had a very busy week, and this data was very useful for me to see BEFORE this busy week began.
I wonder: “Can this study about my dreams that I read on Pubmed.gov improve my memory or give me “enhanced memory performance” like Stickgold’s research concluded, or even combined it with the WHOOP data, and ask, “could my focus, alertness and performance be improved with more REM sleep?”
This is where curious minds, who want to learn can use science to inform our questions. I’ll continue to follow Mathew Walker’s work on the impacts of sleep on our brain, while measuring sleep, and continue to connect the research on Pubmed to uncover new ways for improved focus, productivity and performance.
STEP 4: Keep learning and reading about what YOU would like to prove or understand better. I wonder, did you learn anything new from the topic you looked up on Pubmed? If you did, I’d love to know what you learned.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
And with that, I’ll review and close out this episode where we looked at “How to be a Neuroscience Researcher in 4 Simple Steps”[ix] and take something we are curious about, connect the science to it, and then actually use it in our life.
STEP 1: Think of your hypothesis: or something you are interested in, that you will back up with the most current research. Get creative here, and think of something that you are curious about, like I’m curious about the dream world. To Show Creativity—It must Reveal something new to us (entertaining, thrilling or useful) and it changes the way we access the world—acting as portals into the world and ourselves.”
STEP 2: GO TO PubMed.gov[x] and read the article on your topic of interest. Don’t be intimidated by the language you will see in these research articles. Just read enough that you can figure out the title (what they are looking to prove) the middle part (how they plan to prove it) and the conclusion (what they learned).
STEP 3: Read through the studies with titles that interest you and uncover something new. How does what you learned from the research help what you are working on in your daily life? Like my interest in the dream world, where do your interests sit? Health, wellness, productivity? What are you interested in studying?
STEP 4: Keep learning and reading about what YOU would like to prove or understand better. With time, the research is advancing lightyears beyond where we could imagine just a few years ago. Who knew before looking at what’s new with this research that someone could measure me while I’m dreaming and now predict what I’m dreaming about? Who knew that an understanding of my dreams could help with my memory performance?
We wouldn’t know this without those who conduct the research, that are there for any of us to read on Pubmed.gov and I hope that this episode has made being a neuroscience researcher less intimidating. If you have spent the weekend, or longer, reading through Pubmed articles to learn something, then by all means, you can now call yourself a neuroscience researcher, and I hope that you’ve now taken something you were curious about (from the unseen world) and brought some clarity to it, in your life.
With that, I’ll close out this episode, that I hope you have found to be helpful, and useful in some way. I want to thank you again for tuning in and helping our podcast to continue to grow over the years. I’ll see you next week as we look at “Building Resilience[xi]” and we do have some fascinating interviews lined up:
INTERVIEWS COMING UP NEXT:
Gabrielle Usatynski,[xii] the author of the NEW book The Power Couple Formula, that is based entirely on Jaak Panksepp’s 7 Core Emotions. I can’t wait to dive deeper into Jaak Panksepp’s work with her, especially after having the chance to meet with Lucy Biven earlier this year.
Then we have Aaron Golub[xiii], who was the first legally blind D1 athlete to play football at Tulane University. We will be focused on leadership strategies that overcome adversity.
Dr. Janet Zadina[xiv], a pioneer in the field of educational neuroscience is coming up later this month as we look at learning and the brain, where neuroscience in our schools began, and her vision for the future.
Finally, we’ve got Jim Houliston, an athlete, artist, and educator who will explain to us the benefits of MMD (mirror movement development) on our longevity, body realignment, spatial awareness, balance and peak performance.
Exciting times! See you next week.
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #124 “How to be a Neuroscience Researcher in 4 Simple Steps.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-how-to-be-a-neuroscience-researcher-in-4-simple-steps/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #265 on “Improving Creativity and innovation in Our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #246 on “Using Neuroscience to Inspire Thinkers in Schools, Sports and the Workplace” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/jeff-kleck-on-using-neuroscience-to-inspire-thinkers-in-schools-sport-and-the-workplace/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #197 with Dr. David A Sousa on “What’s NEW With the 6th Edition of How the Brain Learns” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/returning-guest-dr-david-a-sousa-on-what-s-new-with-the-6th-edition-of-how-the-brain-learns/
[v] Greg Lunt Twitter Post on 7 Peer Reviewed, Research Based Life Hacks from Dr. Andrew Huberman https://twitter.com/GregLunt27/status/1635665750370267136
[vi] https://www.sleepdiplomat.com/podcast
[vii] Memory, Sleep and Dreaming: Experiencing Consolidation by Erin J Wamsley and Robert Stickgold, Ph.D https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3079906/
[viii] https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #124 “How to be a Neuroscience Researcher in 4 Simple Steps.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-how-to-be-a-neuroscience-researcher-in-4-simple-steps/
[x] https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/
[xi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #126 on “Building Resilience” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-building-resilience-a-pathway-for-inner-peace-well-being-and-happiness/
[xii] https://powercoupleseducation.com/ Gabrielle Usatynski
[xiii] https://aarongolub.com/ Aaron Golub
[xiv] Dr. Janet Zadina https://www.learningandthebrain.com/education-speakers/Janet-Zadina
“What makes aerobic exercise so powerful is that it’s our evolutionary method of generating that spark. It lights on fire on every level of your brain, from stoking up the neurons’ metabolic furnaces to forgiving the very structures that transmit information from one synapse to the next.” John Ratey, author of Spark: The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain
On today’s Episode #277 we will cover
✔ A review of EP 177 on "Transforming the Mind Using Athletics and Neuroscience" to see what's new.
✔ A look at Dr. Wendy Suzuki's Brain-Changing Protocol to strengthen our hippocampus and prefrontal cortex.
✔ How to Create Your Own "Spark" to Take Your Results to New Heights.
And in today’s episode, I want us to all dive a bit deeper, beyond what I’ll uncover with the research, and look at this spark in our own lives. I want us to learn how to access this spark that John Ratey talks about, how to generate energy with this spark through exercise, and then figure out what we will do with this spark, or energy, once we’ve learned to create it, to go take ourselves to higher levels of achievement, all by using exercise and science, to take us there.
I want to welcome you back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast, where we cover the science-based evidence behind social and emotional learning (for schools) and emotional intelligence training (in the workplace) with tools, ideas and strategies that we can all use immediately, with our brain in mind. I’m Andrea Samadi, an author, and educator with a passion for learning specifically on the topics of health, wellbeing and productivity, and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is, for our everyday life and results.
For today’s episode #277, we are going back to another favorite episode of mine, #122 on “Transforming the Mind Using Athletics and Neuroscience”[i] that we released April 9, 2021, after we interviewed Paul Zientarksi, the former PE teacher from Naperville Central High School, who reinvented physical education using the understanding of simple neuroscience. In this previous episode, we combined what we learned from Paul Zientarski,[ii] with our interview with Dr. John Ratey[iii], and his book Spark, that cemented the idea of the profound impact that exercise has on our cognitive and mental health.
For today’s episode, #277, we will go back to episode #122 on “Transforming the Mind Using Athletics and Neuroscience” and see what’s new with the research that might be able to take our understanding a bit deeper. I know that we all are clear on the fact that exercise creates that glorious protein called BDNF that we just reviewed thoroughly on EPISODE #274[iv] and even how this protein that is released when we exercise, is reduced in the brain of someone who has developed Alzheimer’s Disease, showing us that exercise is an imminent solution for the prevention of cognitive decline, or at least delaying this from happening for as long as we can.
Which leads me look deeper into the research on this topic, and I went straight to the work of neuroscientist and author, Dr. Wendy Suzuki, whose TED TALK on “The Brain-Changing Effects of Exercise”[v] has over 15 million views. I remember when her TED TALK came out (in 2017) and someone in my network sent it over to me and I immediately asked Dr. Suzuki to come on the podcast. After hearing what her schedule is like over the years, and the research she is involved with as the incoming Dean of Arts and Sciences at NYU[vi], I do understand now why I never did hear back from her on this request. Her TED TALK impacted me in a way where I knew I would need to focus on what she has discovered about the powerful effects of physical activity on the brain and that “by simply moving your body, this has lasting protective, benefits to the brain.” (Dr. Suzuki). Dr. Suzuki’s TED TALK, that came out years before we had looked at this topic on the benefits of exercise on the brain, that we started to unwrap with our interview with Dr. Ratey, explains how she was at the height of her work as a leading researcher on memory and the brain, when she stuck her head out of her lab she realized she was lacking in social interaction and had gained 25 LBS. She mentioned she was miserable, and launched her own exercise program, which is when she noticed things changing with her own brain. Not only did her mood improve, and she felt stronger, but she started to notice that her difficult work (grant writing which I know takes more brain power and patience than most of us have available on a day to day basis) but she noticed this daunting task was surprisingly getting easier for her, and she stopped and thought “What’s going on here? Could it possibly be my new exercise routine?”
I related to what she was saying (on many levels as I spent quite a few years working on grant writing) while also understanding there is no way I could ever sit at my desk and navigate through the research I need to do, without a daily exercise routine.
What about you? If you are listening to this episode, and caught the fitness bug at some point in your life, I wonder WHAT it was that inspired you to make physical activity a part of your daily routine?
When I thought about it, I would have to go back years to when I first noticed that exercise was something that just made me work better. I remember something clicked for me after high school, when I was at University, and spent my summers lifeguarding, to pay for that next year of school. In order to get the best pools as a lifeguard, in the City of North York where I grew up in Toronto, Canada, that were worth spending the entire summer at, there was this annual lifeguard triathlon, and those who participated, usually were given their first choice of the pool they wanted to work at. It was one of those “you’d better participate” and then you knew you would have a better chance at being happy with your work environment that summer.
And for many of us, living in Toronto, we lived for those summer months, poolside, with those we connected the most within our social circles, and many of us (or maybe it was just me) spent the entire winter dreaming of this special time of year, when the snow and ice melted, and the summer breeze filled the air. So, one year, I had set my mind of winning this summer triathlon, and started training for it in the winter. I joined the local YMCA and remember taking the bus from my house in Don-Mills to the YMCA on Sheppard and Bayview (at least a 30-min bus ride) where I would train, with the vision that I’d have a fancy pool to work at, with all of my favorite friends, while earning the money I needed to pay for University. As soon as the snow melted, I remember riding my bike, or rollerblading to the Y, but it was those days training for this one event that summer, that hooked me on being a regular daily exerciser, for the rest of my life.
An update on the triathlon that summer: I almost came in first, if I hadn’t have slipped and fell on the pool deck before the run, that was the final event. I was leading the whole race until my competitor, whose name I’ll never forget, passed me in that last stretch towards the finish line when I had nothing left to give. Good for her, I think today, as she motivated me in future years to keep training, and while we both got the pools we wanted, I know her love of athletics stayed with her for her lifetime as well.
Until revisiting this episode, I never really thought back to when I got the exercise bug, since it’s now became a non-negotiable part of my daily routine. When I heard Dr. Suzuki’s story, and learned about other people’s motivation for starting an exercise program, I thought it might help those listening to reflect back on their own story. It is interesting to think back to what is was that “sparked” this habit change, and made it stick, and if this isn’t a habit that you find interesting, at all, I’m hoping something in this episode creates that “spark” for you to perhaps begin your own program, with the health of your brain in mind.
Here’s where the research gets exciting! Dr. Suzuki mentions that “exercise is the most transformative thing that you can do for your brain” and listed some reasons that I think we have all heard of today.
She notes that with one 45-minute exercise session:
YOUR MOOD IMPROVES: Exercise has immediate effects on your brain. One single workout she says, “increases neurotransmitters like dopamine, serotonin, and noradrenaline that will increase your mood immediately.” I think we can all agree on this one, and it’s one of the main reasons I’ve kept up my daily routine. I’m not much fun without these neurotransmitters flowing in my brain.YOUR FOCUS, ATTENTION AND EVEN YOUR REACTION TIME IMPROVE: and that this improved focus “can last up to 2 hours after you exercise.” Now I’m starting to think because I know in order to do difficult cognitive work, like reading through Pubmed.gov or something, I have to tire myself out early, and the harder the workout, the better I can think and focus on difficult work. I remember telling Dr. Ratey this in our interview and he said that’s why they had the students exercising before school, to prime their brain for learning. BUT DID YOU KNOW THIS? THIS IS IMPORTANT…
Before switching her work to the impacts of exercise and the brain, Dr. Suzuki was one of the world’s leading researchers on memory. So of course, as she began to look at the impact of exercise on the brain, she would be looking at everything through the lens of a researcher whose spent years looking at the hippocampus (the brain’s memory center).
It’s her next points about how exercise improves our brain, through her memory research lens, that caught my attention.
She adds:
EXERCISE PRODUCES NEW BRAIN CELLS IN THE HIPPOCAMPUS: and this increases the volume of your hippocampus, improving your long-term memory. We have covered how to improve our memory, with unique memory hacks on a few episodes on this podcast, one with EPISODE #149 with our interview with Dave Farrow, Two-Time Guinness World Record Holder on “Focus, Fatigue and Memory Hacks”[vii] or even EPISODE #217 on “Science-Based Tricks to improve Productivity and Never Forget Anything.”[viii] But never once did we talk about the hippocampus (our brain’s memory center) in these episodes. Now Dr. Suzuki, a leading researcher on memory, exercise and the brain, tells us that exercise can make the part of our brain responsible for our memory, bigger? And with our brain, we all know that size matters.THE MORE YOU EXERCISE, THE BIGGER AND STRONGER THE PREFRONTAL CORTEX GETS: So now we know that in addition to our memory center, (our hippocampus) that increases with exercise, we can add that the part of our brain that’s responsible for decision making, cognitive control, attention and focus, also gets bigger with exercise, and Dr. Suzuki elaborates that “these are the two areas of the brain most susceptible to neurodegenerative diseases and cognitive decline in aging. While Dr. Suzuki says that “by increasing exercise over your lifetime, you’re not going to cure Alzheimer’s or Dementia, but what you will do is create the strongest and largest prefrontal cortex so that it takes longer for the disease to have an effect.” (Dr. Suzuki).
The whole reason why I spend all my spare time writing these podcast episodes, recording them, and putting them out to the world, for you, the listener, (and for me as well to keep learning) is that I do believe that small changes that we can all make, have the ability to completely transform our health, wellbeing and life.
Take for example, the recent episode we did on “The Damaging Impacts of Sugar on the Brain and Body”[ix] where we covered 2 people who were measuring their blood sugar. The only reason I had the data for this episode, was that someone close to me asked me for advice. One day, this person said to me, “if I was to do just a couple of things to improve my health, what would you suggest I do?” Now this person rarely ever comes to me for advice, so when it happened, I took the moment seriously. I looked them directly in the eye, and like Dr. Jacoby said to me when I asked him the same question, I answered back, without wavering, “You need to cut out sugar (and that means anything that turns into sugar after you eat it, like the obvious candy, bread, and alcohol and then measure your blood to see exactly how what you are eating affects you personally) and then you never eat those things again.” That was it.
In 30 days, this person lowered their A1C levels from the danger zone of 8.5 to 7.0. Once the behavior changes, so do the results. We can potentially reverse diabetes and pre-diabetes with this advice (and I say that not from the advice of my doctor, Dr. Jacoby, who swore that chronic disease is directly linked to lifestyle). Like Dr. Jacoby, I’m pretty militant about health, so my advice if you want to make changes with YOUR health, is to think of your own personal motivation for thus change, and then find someone who won’t let you get away with reverting back to your old habits and behaviors, so that you’ll stick to the changes that support your brain health
So, back to Dr. Suzuki’s research. She mentioned that she often gets asked, “what’s the minimum amount of exercise that I would need to do, to get these changes in the brain?” and here’s what she suggests:
DR. SUZUKI BRAIN PROTOCOL:
Dr. Suzuki’s research revealed that the minimum amount of exercise you would need to do, to get these brain health benefits, would be 3-4 days a week, 30-45 minute sessions of aerobic activity, at an intensity that’s enough to get your heart rate up. She says you don’t have to go crazy, and I agree with her on this one.
Here’s something interesting I learned this year. Since I measure everything, I learned that certain activities get my heart rate just as high as my runs up the mountain. Activities like walking outside, lighter workouts on the elliptical, or even vacuuming the house, all get my heart rate up into ZONE 3 (70-80% of my maximum heart rate, or what would be considered a moderate exercise level). This was shocking to me, as I realized I could change up some of my activities, and save time, as long as I was able to get my heart rate up long enough for those brain benefits to take hold (for 30-45 minutes).
THINKING CREATIVELY WITH EXERCISE:
Now you can start to think creatively about aerobic activity. I recently noticed something while recording these podcast episodes. My WHOOP device started to log my activity recording as “other” and each time I finish recording, I would be notified, and could see that out of a 25 minutes recording session, I spent 70-80% of my maximum heart rate at the moderate exercise level. I’m not saying that sitting and recording for 25 minutes can replace a workout, but it opened my eyes to how strenuous public speaking can be on the body. I remember hearing speaker and author Brendon Burchard talking about how speaking in public “results in the same strain on his body as running a marathon each day.”[x] My WHOOP device was telling me the same story, and I’ve even noticed that when recording, I’m engaging muscles in my stomach to breathe, and it honestly feels like a workout session.
If you look at a graph of a typical hiking session, where I’m running up and down a mountain, my heart rate pattern is similar to when I’m recording a podcast episode, and recording or speaking into a mic logged me at 70-80% of my HR, which is ZONE 3 or a moderate exercise level. I do spend most of my hikes in ZONE 4 at 80-90% of my maximum heart rate, or the “hard” target zone, so I’m not going to replace this activity for speaking, but it really did open my eyes to thinking creatively with how else I can get my heart rate up for 45 minute sessions, with my brain in mind.
WHAT ELSE DOES DR. SUZUKI’S RESEARCH REVEAL?
While looking at the benefits of exercise on our brain, I wanted to go a bit deeper into what the research reveals, and there were a few more important details that I learned from Dr. Suzuki. She was interviewed on Dr. Andrew Huberman’s podcast on “Boosting Attention and Memory with Science-Based Tools”[xi] where she gave Dr. Huberman an overview of the most important points from her TED TALK, that now informed the research she was doing on exercise and the brain, through the lens of a leading researcher on memory.
BDNF, OUR HIPPOCAMPUS AND WHERE MEMORIES ARE STORED
Dr. Suzuki reaffirms some of what we’ve already covered, that “BDNF goes directly to our hippocampus and helps new brain cells to grow” which is what we knew from Dr. Ratey, who said that “BDNF is like Miracle-Go for the brain” and it’s from moving our muscles that this protein is created, helping us to improve “our highest thought processes.”
But Dr. Huberman wanted to dive a bit deeper into where our memories are actually stored in our brain and asked “isn’t the hippocampus involved in encoding memories, but not with the storage of memories? Memory storage (he asks) was in the neocortex or other overlying areas of the brain?” and Dr. Suzuki replies that he asked a tricky question because “memories are stored in the hippocampus for a very long time.”[xii] While she elaborates that people want to know “well how long are they there for before moving to the cortex” and she jokes “4 years, people want to know? Is that how long our memories are stored in our hippocampus?” I don’t need to be a neuroscientist to think that it doesn’t matter how long our memories are stored in our hippocampus, but I want this part of my brain to be as healthy, as big and fluffy (as she describes it) so that I can remain as sharp as I can as I’m aging. Not a day goes by that I go to grab a name of someone, and it’s not there, so this part of our brain is a muscle that needs to be worked, just as we would be moving our body with exercise.
LONDON CAB DRIVERS
Which led my mind back to the research that emerged with the hippocampus of London cab drivers. This part of their brain was “significantly larger in London cab drivers due to the mental workout they get while navigating the 25,000 streets of London.”[xiii]
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this episode where we looked back at EPISODE #122 on “Transforming the Brain Using Athletics and Neuroscience” I think we’ve got a few NEW details to help build this case for the importance of adding at least, or at a minimum, 4 days a week of 45 minute moderate aerobic sessions to build a stronger, more resilient hippocampus, to help improve our thinking, decision-making, and our memory center, ensuring that neurodegenerative diseases that could possibly come our way with age, will at least be delayed, as remember with our brain, size does matter.
In the beginning of this episode, we spoke about a spark that exercise can create, that can help us to generate energy that we can use in our daily life. I mentioned where my spark began, training for the annual lifeguard triathlon in Toronto, to pay for my University classes, and I wonder:
IF YOU HAVE A REGULAR EXERCISE PROGRAM:
If you have incorporated exercise into your daily routine, what it was that inspired you to begin?What was it that kept this habit going for you?Have you noticed specific examples of how your exercise program has transformed your brain (like Dr. Suzuki noticed with her grant writing getting easier, and I noticed with being able to sit for longer periods of time and be focused on higher cognitive work)?Have you ever thought about what exercise was doing for your brain, down to your memory center (how it makes it bigger and stronger) or your prefrontal cortex?Were you aware of how you were building the size of your brain with exercise to at least prevent the onset of cognitive decline as we age? IF YOU DON’T HAVE AN EXERCISE PROGRAM:
If you aren’t incorporating 3-4 days of aerobic activity lasting 30-45 minutes in your daily routine, does this research that shows how building a stronger, fluffier more resilient hippocampus and prefrontal cortex make you think about starting a routine? If the answer to this is yes, and you aren’t sure where to begin, check out our EPISODE on the TOP 5 Health Staples[xiv] where we covered how to get started with an exercise program as an Alzheimer’s Disease Prevention Strategy.Were you as surprised as I was about my WHOOP device picking up my heart rate while recording a podcast episode, showing us that we can get creative with how we increase our heart rate (like with vacuuming, or walking, or other activities where you don’t need to go crazy)?Can you think of some NEW and CREATIVE ways to start to move your body that could help your brain and cognition, now that you have seen this research? Once you do begin this regular daily routine, I promise you that you will start to feel better. Like cutting out sugar, you will notice immediate changes in your body (mentally and physically), and you will start to notice that you have more creative energy that you can direct in many different places.
I promise you that this decision will “spark” something in you, that could possibly be the turning point that you needed to change your life forever.
Since I feel so strongly about health and wellness for all of us, I want to extend an offer to you. If you are listening to this episode, and you want to make an improvement with your health and wellness, and you are stuck, unsure of where to begin, send me an email to andrea@achieveit360.com and let me know where you are starting from. This is just me here offering to give you a bit of time if you feel stuck in some way, without having to worry if I’ll be selling you into some sort of coaching program. Sometimes in order to get started, we just have to make the decision, and talking to someone even for a few minutes, could be all you would need to “spark” some action of your end. If this is where you are sitting right now, don’t hesitate to reach out to me.
I’ll close out this episode with a quote from Dr. John Ratey who said that “exercise is the single best thing you can do for your brain in terms of mood, memory and learning.” I’m going to add that it’s the best thing we can do for ourselves as we age, to supercharge our hippocampus (our memory center) and prefrontal cortex (what we need to think) and build a stronger, more resilient brain so it will take longer for these degenerative diseases that we all know about, to have an effect.
And with that, I’ll make a promise back to you that I’ll keep thinking up new ideas to share with you here, because I know now that writing AND recording is good for my brain.
I’ll see you next week as we look at EPISODE #124 on “How to be a Neuroscience Researcher” and looking back at this episode, I’ll have to think really hard on how to make this one a bit more creative. See you next week.
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #122 on Transforming the Mind Using Athletics and Neuroscience https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-transforming-the-mind-using-athletics-and-neuroscience/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #121 with Paul Zientarski on “Transforming Students Using Physical Education and Neuroscience” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/naperville-central-high-schools-paul-zeintarski-on-transforming-students-using-physical-education-and-neuroscience/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #116 with John J. Ratey, MD on “The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/best-selling-author-john-j-ratey-md-on-the-revolutionary-new-science-of-exercise-and-the-brain/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #274 on “What’s NEW with BDNF: Building a Faster, Stronger, More Resilient Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-what-s-new-with-bdnf-building-a-faster-stronger-more-resilient-brain/
[v] The Brain-Changing Effects of Exercise with Wendy Suzuki, 2017 https://www.ted.com/talks/wendy_suzuki_the_brain_changing_benefits_of_exercise?language=en
[vi] Wendy Suzuki https://as.nyu.edu/faculty/wendy-suzuki.html
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #149 on “Focus, Fatigue and Memory Hacks for Students and the Worplace”https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/2-time-guinness-world-record-holder-dave-farrow-on-focus-fatigue-and-memory-hacks-for-students-and-the-workplace/
[viii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #217 on “Science-Based Tricks to improve Productivity and Never Forget Anything.”
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-science-based-tricks-to-improve-productivity-and-never-forget-anything/
[ix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #275 on “The Damaging Effects of Sugar on the Brain and Body” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-the-damaging-impacts-of-sugar-on-the-brain-and-body/
[x] Brendon Burchard’s High Performance Habits Story by Amy Anderson https://brendon.com/blog/success/
[xi]Dr. Wendy Suzuki on The Huberman Lab Podcast #73 “Boosting Attention and Memory with Science-Based Tools” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=099hgtRoUZw
[xii] Dr. Wendy Suzuki on The Huberman Lab Podcast #73 “Boosting Attention and Memory with Science-Based Tools” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=099hgtRoUZw 38:26 time stamp
[xiii] Taxi Cab Drivers’ Brains Grow to Navigate London’s Streets By Ferri Jabr December 8, 2011 https://www.scientificamerican.com/article/london-taxi-memory/
[xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #87 on “The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/do-you-know-the-top-5-brain-health-and-alzheimers-prevention-strategies-with-andrea-samadi/
“The brain has a capacity for learning that is virtually limitless, which makes every human being a potential genius.” Michael J. Golb
I want to welcome you back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results.
For today’s episode #276, we will go back to one of our early episodes, #119[i] on “The Key Ingredients of Learning with the Brain in Mind” and take a look at what I picked out as the key ingredients for learning back then, to see how NEW research has informed this area today. When I went back to review this episode, there were some ingredients in this “learning” equation that we’ve talked about often on this podcast, and the new research I found was eye-opening. The new research took what we covered so beautifully on those early episodes, to a whole new level, showing me why it’s important to go back to the basics and see what strategies are effective, and why. Before we get to what’s NEW, let’s look back at where our podcast began, and what we were focused on, with learning with our brain in mind.
Learning with the Brain in Mind
We can go right back to our very first interview EPISODE #3[ii] with Ron Hall, from Valley Day School, who mentioned how things changed for him when he met Horacio Sanchez and began teaching with brain science in mind. This is the whole reason why we are going back to the basics this season, as we connect the new research to our past episodes, to strengthen where we all are in our process of building a stronger, more resilient 2.0 version of ourselves in 2023 and beyond. It’s always easy to look back, and connect the dots[iii] like Steve Jobs’ famous quote, and trust that these dots will connect again in the future, with new meaning that’s evolved with time, knowledge and understanding.
John Hattie’s Research:
As I glanced at our earlier interviews, Greg Wolcott from EPISODE #7 on “Building Relationships in Today’s Classrooms” was our next guest in this learning equation, as he was the first guest to mention that his work and book, Significant 72[iv], was inspired by New Zealand Professor John Hattie. John Hattie became known for his two books Visible Learning and Visible Learning for Educatorsthat focused on teaching strategies that have a high probability of being effective.
You can read directly from John Hattie himself, as he connects his dots looking backwards, where he says he believes he got some parts wrong with his approach to learning in the classroom. He shares he’d like to stop looking at the strategies teachers are using and look closer at the impact we have on our students and how they learn best when he reflects that “we need to switch from saying (I care about how you teach), to saying (I care about the impact of your teaching).”[v] Hattie goes on to talk about the criticism he faced with the term “visible learning” because learning isn’t visible at all.
As John Hattie now prepares to release Visible Learning: The Sequel[vi] this March, 15 years after his first book that sold out in days of its release and was described as “teaching’s Holy Grail” he’s returning to his ground-breaking work, with a new angle. Like the direction we are taking with this podcast, going back to the basics, this is what Professor John Hattie is doing with his next book where he not only looks at WHAT works best with learning, as he shares the research is his new that is now informed by more than 2,100 meta-analyses (more than double that appeared in his first book, drawn from more than 130,000 studies, and has involved more than 400 million students from all around the world.
He then asks “WHY” did these strategies work so well, with some thoughts of how we can improve learning, using current and future research.
I remember back to my early days of teaching when we were observed by our school principal, and given feedback for how effective our lessons were. I remember thinking this process was such a waste of time as the students were behaving differently knowing their teacher was being evaluated. I knew that there wasn’t much learning happening other than finding a way to beat the system to have my students behave in this artificial environment.
True learning, Hattie points out, happens when a teacher has to adapt a lesson, as they notice the students who might be missing the point, and need a new way to learn. Hattie noticed:
Professor John Hattie[vii] take this new knowledge and tells us that Australia has now gone with a new method of observation where they “ask expert teachers to consider a lesson they are planning to deliver, and then record themselves talking through their planning. Then the lesson is filmed. The expert teacher then records themselves again, explaining the decisions they made in the moment. The two recordings are then layered over the video. This allows those who watch the videos to hear what the teacher is thinking in real time.” (John Hattie, Why Teaching Strategies Don’t Make You an Excellent Teacher). Hattie believes that this is where the research is turning to, with more thinking aloud and dialogue around learning, and he goes on to project there will be “a massive breakthrough in automation of classroom observation and teachers will improve because of it.”[viii]
I can already see useful technology emerging in the corporate workplace that uses Artificial Intelligence to score a sales employee on their presentations, providing immediate feedback on specific metrics, including content, articulation, and even picking out keywords to help improve presentation skills.
The future of learning is evolving, and it undeniably involves an understanding of our brain.
Learning with the Brain in Mind:
Friederike Fabritius on EPISODE #27[ix] was next to contribute to our formula of learning and “Achieving Peak Performance” as we began to connect the neurochemicals involved in those high levels of achievement where peak performance or flow occurs.
Dr. John Dunlosky’s Research
Our next guest to help us to decipher this formula for learning was Kent State University’s Dr. John Dunlosky, from EPISODE #37[x] on “Improving Student Success: Some Principles from Cognitive Science.” I’ll never forget when the lights started to go on for me, when I first heard Dr. Dunlosky speak in 2016 of an Edweek Webinar about “deliberate practice” being one of the most effective learning strategies vs cramming to learn something new (whether a new skill in the classroom, or a sport). This led us to EPISODE #38[xi] on “The Daily Grind in the NHL” with Todd Woodcroft, who at the time was an Assistant Coach with the Winnipeg Jets. His episode covered the importance of “the daily grind” or doing the same things every day, for predictable results in the pro sports world.
The Key Ingredients of Learning:
I could keep going through our episodes, and connecting the guests who spoke about the key ingredients of learning, but as we move towards the current research, I want to start with what we first identified with learning with the brain in mind.
On today’s Episode #276 on “Looking Back at the Key Ingredients of Learning” we will cover
✔ A review of the key ingredients of learning from our early episodes (that include motivation and repetition).
✔ A look back on John Hattie’s Research with his ground-breaking book Visible Learning as he prepares to release Visible Learning: The Sequel to see “What’s New” when it comes to teaching and learning in the classroom.
✔ What is NEW with Learning and the Brain? (Dr. Andrew Huberman).
✔ How Can We Learn NEW Skills Faster with the Brain in Mind: A 3-STEP PROCESS
✔ Using Repetition and the NEW Research to Learn NEW Skills Faster: A 4-STEP PROTOCOL
✔ Thoughts on the Future of Learning.
What Dr. Huberman’s Research Says About Learning NEW Skills Faster:
When I looked up what’s new in this area, I didn’t need to go anywhere else, other than with Stanford Professor, Dr. Andrew Huberman and his Huberman Lab Podcast. I found two very thorough episodes that were similar in content, both close to 2 hours in length. You can access each of his episodes by clicking on the link in the show notes, but for today’s episode, I wanted to take the research, and tie it to what we already know about learning, with some steps for how we can use this research in the future.
I took his Podcast #20 on How to Learn Skills Faster[xii] that was published a year ago, in 2022, a year after I took a stab at explaining the key ingredients of learning. I remember listening to this episode while exercising and thinking I really needed to take notes, as he went into depth on the science behind acquiring new skills, affirming that we had uncovered some of the most important ingredients, specifically the repetition of a new skill and the motivation. I remember thinking it would have been good to know this as a former PE teacher, and I’ll be sure to copy my friend Dan Vigliatore[xiii] who trains our next generation of educators with what’s new and innovative for PE teachers in the classroom at York university in Toronto, or even just thinking back over those early episodes, it was clear why doing things a certain way (whether it’s learning a new skill in the classroom, for athletic performance or in the workplace) that tapping into the Science of Learning, improving what we already know works in the learning process, will take everything to a deeper level for all of us.
According to Dr. Huberman: How to Learn Anything Faster:
STEP 1: Open Loop vs Closed Loop
Dr. Huberman explains there are 2 types of skills: open loop and closed loop skills and you’ll want to be able to distinguish between these skills.
Open Loop: is a skill that when it’s completed, you know if you did it right, or not. It would be like if a gymnast is doing a back flip. They either do the back flip, or they mess it up. The only way to do it correctly, is to attempt it again if they messed up something and were scared halfway through. Or like throwing darts at a dart board. If the darts go on the ground, you missed the skill and the only way to get the skill, is to try it again. Or a free throw in basketball. I think we’ve got the point of this skill type. We can either do the skill, or we don’t. This is an open loop.
Closed Loop: is a skill that allows for correction while performing the skill, like if you were running and your coach is giving you tips on your stride or something that you change and improve along the way, or if you were playing the drums, and you were given instruction on how to speed up or slow down your tempo.
STEP 2: Ask “what should I focus my attention on?”
Next, Dr. Huberman says we ask ourselves “what should I focus my attention on” and there are three places. It’s either going to auditory attention (you are listening for something), visual attention (you are watching something) or it’s proprioception (sometimes known as our 6th sense) where we think about where our limbs are in relation to our body as we are performing a certain skill (like being able to walk or kick without looking at your feet).
STEP 3: Your Neurology Will Take Care of the Rest
This is where things get exciting, as Dr. Huberman goes into the in-depth explanation of how learning something new translates within certain parts of our brain. Without attempting to teach what he explains so well, I’m going to break it down so we can understand the basic ideas that he covers.
Central Pattern Generators: exist in our spinal cord and it’s this part of the brain that generates repetitive movements with skills we have learned. Things like walking, running, swimming, cycling, are all controlled by this part of the brain. The CPG also controls already learned behavior. When you have developed a certain skill, this part of the brain is taking over and controls the movement. I thought about something Friederike Fabritius said in her first interview with me when we were talking about her book, The Leading Brain and I asked her about something she wrote about on this topic of understanding learned behavior and how it shows up in our brain after years of repetitive practice.
She gave 2 examples of people who didn’t rely on their conscious thinking brain, but they used their unconscious brain to increase the speed, efficiency and accuracy of their performance. The first example she used was with Sully Sullenberger’s quick thinking with his emergency landing of that plane in the Hudson River and the other was with Wayne Gretzky, who used his unique “hockey sense” to “skate where the puck will be, not where it is.” Friederike explains in her book The Leading Brain that “there’s a common misconception that intuitive decisions are random and signify a lack of skill, the exact opposite is true. Intuitive decisions are often the product of years of experience and thousands of hours of practice. They represent the most efficient use of your accumulated expertise.”[xiv] So, if you are executing a skill that you’ve spent years learning, you will be activating this part of your brain, the Central Pattern Generator.
Let’s say you haven’t spent years learning a sport. Like for me, with golf. If I swing a golf club, the parts of my brain that will be working are much different than the brain of a golf pro who would be using the CPG. I’d be using the next part of our brain, the Upper Motor Neurons in our cortex, that are the neural pathways that control movement, and are involved with things like picking up a pen, or a deliberate action, like swinging a golf club. This part of our brain is important to note in the visualization process, with skill building, that we will touch on in a minute.
Then there’s the Lower Motor Neurons in our spinal cord that send messages to our muscles that causes the muscles to move.
When it comes to skill acquisition, I’m sure you’ve heard of the 10,000 hour rule. Someone just said it to me the other day, and while it does explain that work is involved with learning a new skill, it doesn’t explain HOW we learn that new skill, using science.
The secret to NEW skill acquisition Dr. Huberman says is not about the hours you put in, it’s about the repetition. This made me think back to those early episodes where we took Dr. John Dunlosky’s research, connected it to what we know works in the sports world, with the daily grind that’s required for pro sports athletes, and now Dr. Huberman adds something new to this equation.
He says of course “there’s a connection between time and repetition, but there’s new research that states that it’s important what you are focused on as you learn a new skill, and if you can adjust the number of repetitions that you do, adjusting your motivation for learning, and you can vastly accelerate learning.”[xv] He went on the share study after study that backed this idea up, but without going into the weeds with the research, he says the protocol for learning any skill faster, something he says has been dubbed online as “The Super Mario Effect” or “The Test Tube Experiment” with mice or rats has to do with stimulating a certain brain area that can lead to vastly accelerating learning. He goes into where he has seen this being tested with Lewis Howes on his podcast “How to Learn Anything Fast”[xvi] where Lewis Howes almost fell off his chair with what he was learning. The issue with this method is that it’s being tested now in military environments, and not something that any of us could use for immediate results, as we’d have to drill holes in our skull to stimulate a certain part of the brain to get these accelerated learning results (and they are doing this in certain places).
But what can we do right away with this research?
Dr. Huberman says that “whatever it is we are learning, that we are to perform as many repetitions per unit of time as we possibly can, even if we make errors” and this repeat of performance, even if there are errors will help you to accelerate skill learning.” So, we did get the ingredients of learning correct with the emphasis on repetition, but I didn’t know that the research now shows that making errors would promote plasticity in the brain and accelerate the learning process.
Here’s a 4 STEP Protocol to Help You to Learn Faster with Brain Science in Mind
Get as many repetitions in per session. (whether a sport or even going back to Dr. Dunlosky with his importance of spaced repetition).Pay attention to the errors you make and don’t worry about bad habits getting engrained. You will know the right actions vs the ones you want to discard.Know that neurochemicals are being created from the successful repetitions.After the session: REST. DO NOTHING. Don’t look at your phone for 1-5 minutes to allow the neurons in the brain to replay the sequences you practiced. The errors will be eliminated and the correct sequence will be played back. What is interesting with Dr. Huberman’s research is that he noted that when you sit and let the brain go idle after this repetition, that the brain will play the sequences backwards as it consolidates learning (and he says they aren’t sure why) but the brain in sleep, plays the sequence forward.
He also covered using a metronome (that tool we know helps you to learn to play the piano) as a powerful tool to increase the number of repetitions. I thought about how I would use this strategy, and think it makes the most sense for sports (thinking of when I was a PE teacher of how I could have used this information), or even apply it to my girls who practice gymnastics, and share with them that it matters how many turns they take to practice their skill. I asked them “how many times do you practice a back flip in one 4-hour practice” and they didn’t have a number for me. If they are messing around in practice, they are taking away from others getting these higher repetitions, as well as themselves. I know their coaches know this, but I’m hoping that the girls understand why these focused repetitions area important for their results and skill learning.
If I were a coach, with this brain science in mind, I’d have athletes count the number of reps they were doing with a certain skill, in a certain time period and see how each practice they could increase this number.
What Does the Research Say About Visualization and Learning:
I’ve spent a lot of time covering Visualization on this podcast, as it’s a part of my daily routine, so of course I wondered what Dr. Huberman and the research says about adding mental rehearsal to your learning.
While he did say that “visualization is a powerful tool and that it works” he added “not as good as the actual experience” of doing the actual physical activity. Dr. Huberman says that “closing your eyes and thinking about a sequence of movements and visualizing it in your mind’s eye creates the activation of the upper motor neurons that’s very similar, if not the same as the actual movement.” He said that visualization is a good supplement to your learning routine, but not a replacement.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this episode on the ingredients of learning, I think we uncovered the main ingredients from our episode 2 years ago (repetition and motivation) that’s crucial for learning, but Dr. Huberman’s research on making sure we get as many repetitions as we can per session, even if we make mistakes in the process, did help me to look at learning with a new lens.
I also couldn’t forget how he said the military is experimenting with stimulating parts of the brain to accelerate learning and know that years down the line, it might be easier for us to learn a new language, or master a new skill in a sport, with advancements in our understanding of brain science.
I hope that this episode helped you to think of what else you could do to accelerate learning for your students in the classroom, whether it’s with John Hattie’s reflections of “thinking through” an effective lesson, or with the tried and true strategies of Dr. John Dunlosky of spaced repetition that have proven to accelerate results in sports and the classroom, or even Dr. Huberman’s idea of increasing the amount of repetitions per unit of time, without worrying about errors.
This episode on learning made me think of more questions than I have answers for. It was only two years after we wrote ep 119, that Dr. Andrew Huberman released his new research, and many studies that have emerged about how to accelerate learning with repetition, and how our brain is involved in this process.
15 years after Professor John Hattie released his ground-breaking Visible Learning book in the field of education, that he reflects back now on AI for classroom observation.
I’ll close with a quote from Mark Zuckerberg who says that “unsupervised learning is the way that most people will learn in the future. You have this model of how the world works in your head and you’re refining it to predict what you think is going to happen in the future.”
This makes me wonder:
What will we uncover 3 years from now?Will we ever be able to find the science that gives us answers to other ways we can learn, like finding answers from our dream world?Will we be able to predict our future somehow like Mark Zuckerberg suggested by refining something in our head? While Dr. Huberman says that visualization is a powerful tool that works, he still says that it doesn’t work as well as actually doing the skill. He has the data to prove this today but will we uncover something about our brain and places we can stimulate it without having to drill open our skull in the future that could improve our effectiveness, even if it’s a few percentages of improvement?
Maybe tweaking something with our visualization process could unlock some of the secrets Jose Silva unlocked in his Silva Mind Control Method[xvii] that we dove deep into at the end of last year?
One thing I know for sure is that I’ll never stop asking questions and searching for answers that can help us to all be a stronger more resilient 2.0 version of ourselves.
What about you?
What questions do you have? How has science informed your learning?
I’d love to hear your thoughts on the future of learning…
And with that I’ll close out this episode and see you next week as we revisit EP #122 on “Transforming the Mind Using Athletics and Neuroscience”[xviii]
See you next week!
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #119 on “The Key Ingredients of Learning with the Brain in Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-key-ingredients-of-learning-with-the-brain-in-mind-with-andrea-samadi
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #3 with Ron Hall from Valley Day School on “Launching Your Neuro-educational Program” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/interview-with-ron-hall-valley-day-school-on-launching-your-neuroeducational-program/
[iii] Steve Jobs https://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/steve_jobs_416875
[iv] Greg Wolcott Significant 72 https://www.significant72.com/
[v] John Hattie: Why Teaching Strategies Don’t Make You an Expert Teacher by John Hattie Jan 11th, 2023 https://www.tes.com/magazine/teaching-learning/general/john-hattie-visible-learning-teaching-strategies-dont-make-you-expert
[vi] Visible Learning: The Sequel by John Hattie Published by Routledge, March 20, 2023 https://www.routledge.com/Visible-Learning-The-Sequel-A-Synthesis-of-Over-2100-Meta-Analyses-Relating/Hattie/p/book/9781032462035
[vii] IBID
[viii] IBID
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #27 with Friederike Fabritius on “The Recipe for Achieving Peak Performance” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/pioneer-in-the-field-of-neuroleadership-friederike-fabritius-on-the-recipe-for-achieving-peak-performance/
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #37 “Dr. John Dunlosky on “Improving Student Success: Some Principles from Cognitive Science” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kent-states-dr-john-dunlosky-on-improving-student-success-some-principles-from-cognitive-science/
[xi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #38 with Todd Woodcroft on “The Daily Grind in the NHL” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-coach-to-the-winnipeg-jets-todd-woodcroft-on-the-daily-grind-in-the-nhl/
[xii] How to Learn Skills Faster by Dr. Andrew Huberman, EPISODE #20 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xJ0IBzCjEPk
[xiii] https://twitter.com/PhysEdDynasty
[xiv] The Leading Brain, Page 148, Friederike Fabritius https://www.amazon.com/Leading-Brain-Neuroscience-Smarter-Happier-ebook/dp/B01HCGYVM2/ref=sr_1_1?gclid=CjwKCAiAr4GgBhBFEiwAgwORreGYXo-LXa5995xdbpY7AiCFCyjNHxQ842EYgZOf2uGIaCZmtq3T7xoCGc4QAvD_BwE&hvadid=174274111864&hvdev=c&hvlocphy=9030068&hvnetw=g&hvqmt=e&hvrand=1212127332165576286&hvtargid=kwd-262053540231&hydadcr=22536_9636732&keywords=the+leading+brain&qid=1677786313&sr=8-1
[xv] How to Learn Skills Faster Dr. Andrew Huberman PODCAST EPISODE #20 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xJ0IBzCjEPk
[xvi] Lewis Howes and Dr. Andrew Huberman on “How to Learn Anything Fast” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ADygLWbL2M4
[xvii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 on “Applying the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[xviii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #122 on Transforming the Mind Using Athletics and Neuroscience https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-transforming-the-mind-using-athletics-and-neuroscience/
“It’s well understood that this chronic disease (type 2 diabetes) is linked to lifestyle. Combine a diet high in sugar (including fruits, honey, and starch, all of which turn into varying amounts of sugar when digested) with a lack of exercise and the results will be type 2 diabetes with the miserable complications that come with it.” (An excerpt from Dr. Richard Jacoby, co-author of Sugar Crush: How to Reduce Inflammation, Reverse Nerve Damage, and Reclaim Good Health.”
I want to welcome you back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results.
For today’s episode #275, we will revisit one of my favorite episodes #117[i] on “The Damaging Impact of Sugar on the Brain and Body” to review what we covered, and see if there’s anything else important that the research has revealed. There’s a lot that’s NEW with this topic, but as I reviewed this past episode, I had completely forgotten some of the details we covered a few years ago, that are very important.
Today we will cover:
✔What sugar does to the brain, cognition and well-being.✔How sugar contributes to cognitive decline and Alzheimer's Disease.
✔That we all have individual journeys on our pathway towards optimal health and well-being.
✔Where my health took a turn towards wellness in 2005 and again in 2014 with the hope that my health story gave you some thoughts with your health story.
✔We looked at 2 people’s blood glucose results to see what each person learned from using a glucose monitor.
You can review this past episode by clicking on the link in the show notes but for today’s episode, we are going to dive a bit deeper with what sugar does to the brain, body, cognition and our health by tying in what has emerged since that first episode. We will look at the results of two people who’ve been tracking their blood glucose levels with the Freestyle Libre Glucose Monitor[ii] to see what patterns emerge eating certain foods. The first individual we will look at, had A1C levels that have recently gone into the danger zone, signaling type-2 diabetes, showing an A1C level of over 8.5 on a recent blood test. I’m the second chart, and am not insulin resistant, but know that sugar doesn’t work for me at all. I don’t need a blood test to know that it makes me feel horrendous. My A1C levels sit around 5.8, which is in line with someone on a lower carbohydrate, and higher fat diet.[iii]
This episode is not about the best diet to choose and when I sat down to write this, I quickly saw that this topic of health, especially as it relates to nutrition is such a challenging and difficult one to cover, as not one size fits all. I do want to acknowledge that there are many different diet plans out there, and that I’m not here to say one is better than another. I recognize that it’s downright frustrating when you are doing everything the right way, (eating clean and exercising) and you are seeing zero results. This seems to be especially true in the area of weight loss, where I recently saw a post from Chris Cornell, who shares his weight loss strategies on Twitter, and asked what ended up being a highly controversial question “why are most people unable to achieve significant and sustainable weight (fat) loss through lifestyle modifications?” He added “I’m guessing some people have something amiss with their regulatory mechanism. For many, I believe it’s that they are unable to regulate the crap foods they’ve been eating.”
I’ll share what I learned over the past few weeks that might shed some light into why it’s so difficult to make shift with what we eat, and why one bad food choice can often set us up to sabotage ourselves to continue making poor food choices with that snowball effect. Today we will put the focus on what we can control (using the data I uncovered with this glucose monitor) to inform our action steps at the end of this episode. There’s so much to this problem that includes things we can’t control (our heredity, hormones, stress levels to name a few factors) so I’m going to make it easy. Let’s focus ONLY on what sugar does to the brain and body.
I want to acknowledge that we are all different, and your path is probably going to be different from mine, but I’m sure some of what I will share will resonate with you. We all hit a point where we know something isn’t right, and go to the doctor looking for a solution. I really don’t believe in accidents, and when we “feel” like something is off with our health, I think it’s important to listen to our intuition here, and look into it. My journey towards looking for the “right diet” plan began in 2005 (before I had children) when I was looking for a solution for why my feet were going numb during exercise, and there were many twists and turns along the way, before things began to “click” for me.
When I felt that something was off with numbness in my feet, I went to a foot doctor to look for answers. Looking back now, this decision, I think moved the needle of health and wellness the most for me personally over the past 2 decades, as the foot doctor I went to see was Dr. Richard Jacoby, the author of Sugar Crush: How to Reduce Inflammation, Reverse Nerve Damage and Reclaim Good Health.[iv]
Dr. Jacoby[v] took one look at me and said “you don’t look like the typical patient I usually see. People come to me in their late 50s and 60s” (I was around 33 back then and people who were in their 50s were ancient to me so I was starting to think I was in the wrong place). He went on to say that people came in with different types of health problems, and his job was to help them solve these problems.” Over the years, he became excellent with his advice for people, leading him to appear in many of those Top Doctor Lists for 2003, 2005, 2008 and 2010) and he just asked his patients to do 2 things. He asked them to eliminate sugar from their diet, and make sure they are taking omega-3 fatty acids, since most Americans are deficient here.[vi] I started to think maybe my running shoes were too tight and felt bad for wasting his time, as I didn’t think his advice was going to help me, but I looked at him and said, “that’s easy enough” as I was already doing one of his suggestions. Next was to eliminate sugar, which I did, not know how much it would completely change my health.
Of course, our health requires constant work, and this change didn’t last forever. My next turn was around 2014, 10 years later. I remember cooking my children dinner, standing at the stove, and not knowing what I should eat, leading me to google “healthy eating” and that led me to the work of fitness model and trainer, Jason Wittrock[vii], known as the blood sugar king. Jason is on a war against diabetes and obesity, that we will mention a bit later on this episode. The point here is that there’s no straight line. I think we all have our own individual path to figure out with our own “individual secrets” to unlock our optimal levels of health, and I’ve still not figured all of mine out yet, but as I’m approaching age 52, I feel better now, than I did at age 30.
Dr. Jacoby’s book Sugar Crush says it all. He says that:
It was not an accident that I ended up at Dr. Jacoby’s offices that day, and I thought about him while actually measuring my glucose levels for this episode.
Before I get to the results of what each of us discovered in this process of measuring our glucose levels, I think it’s important to note what we learned on that first episode that I had forgotten because we can’t remember everything, just what’s important to us—and this is very important at the moment.
Since last week’s episode was about “Building a Faster, Stronger, Resilient Brain, by Understanding Brain-Derived Neurotrophic Factor (BDNF)”[viii] or the compound that Dr. Ratey says is crucial for preventing cognitive decline and Alzheimer’s Disease. I want to focus this episode on something Dr. Ratey said that really made me think.
He said, did you know that “High glucose levels are toxic to the brain, and limits the production of this glorious compound BDNF that has such a profound effect on cognition and well-being?”
Dr. Ratey’s quote made me think back to a BONUS episode I did for Podbean’s Wellness week[ix] that goes right along with what Dr. Ratey said. It was a quote from Dr. David Perlmutter, who wrote the foreword to Dr. Ratey’s book Go Wild![x] and it was Dr. Perlmutter’s documentary on Alzheimer’s Disease that made me think hard about our Top 5 Health and Wellness staples.
Dr. Perlmutter said DID YOU KNOW THAT: Sugar in the brain “looks like Alzheimer’s” in the brain, and that “60% of cognitive decline is related to how you handle blood sugar?”[xi] He says that “elevated blood sugar shrinks the brain.” I had to take these words and create a visual to bring this to light. Sometimes you can hear the words of something, but until you can actually see and feel the words come to life, like the image I put in the show notes, there isn’t as much meaning to what we might be reading. I think the image of a healthy brain, next to a severely shrunken Alzheimer’s brain, is an image I’ll never forget. It was sugar that caused this brain to shrink.
Remember that quote from Dr. Dale Bredesen from our last episode that said:
Why would any of us knowingly choose this for ourselves?Why would we buy each other gifts at holidays that include things that science reveals are toxic to the brain?Why do teachers reward children with candy at school?Why do we stand around eating cake at the end of a church service? I know, because it tastes good. But it’s here we will take the information we are learning, connect the dots to form knowledge and then apply this knowledge to become wise. This is where we go from theory to practice with this podcast.
I might be told I’m a bit on the boring side these days, as I’m cutting out all the food that are fun for us, but I’m doing this with the purpose of improving clarity, focus and performance on a day to day basis.
WHAT DID WE LEARN BY MEASURING BLOOD SUGAR LEVELS?
I’m sure you’ve seen people measuring their blood sugar, and sharing how this data helps them to make better choices with the foods they eat. I first saw this device with Jason Wittrock,[xii] who we mentioned earlier, and interviewed on EP 94[xiii]. If you go to his Instagram page, you’ll see many tests he’s done with a variety of different foods, drinks and snacks to see how each one affects his blood sugar levels, and there were many surprises.
If you're curious, go to his page and look at his tests, especially when he tested white rice. It was interesting that hot white rice spiked his blood sugar into the danger zone, but when he applied the cooling theory and put the rice in the fridge for 24 hours, it kept his blood sugar in the safe zone. He mentions at the end of every episode that the foods that took his blood sugar into the danger zone should be avoided by someone who is insulin resistant or who has type 2 diabetes.
Week 1: Feb 3-10
You can see my week one blood sugar averages as very stable, around 96 mg, with no spikes anywhere.
That first week, I almost gave up measuring as I pretty much eat the same foods every day and I was getting the same spikes every day. Around 9am I eat breakfast (usually Ezekiel bread with peanut butter) and you can see this is typically when my blood sugar spikes the most, around 9am. Since I’m not diabetic, my blood sugar goes back to normal pretty quickly.
Around 12pm I’ll have a protein shake with almond milk, (with strawberries, avocado, spinach and fiber) that doesn’t spike blood sugar, and usually around 3pm I’ll have eggs (sometimes with bacon) with the other avocado half. Everything on my chart was predictable, no surprises, even on the days that I ate some chocolate, something I do when I have writing blocks. Since I’m not diabetic or insulin resistant, small amounts of sugar don’t seem to do much to my blood sugar.
But look at what happened when I travelled in week 2.
Week 2, I was away from home, and ate something I don’t usually eat. Normally, I bring food with me when I travel, as it does save money and time trying to find a place to eat, but this time, it was a quick trip, so I didn’t.
Look at the second graph in the show notes and you can see what happened when I was away for the weekend. You will see 2 times my blood sugar rose up. Once with a turkey sandwich on whole wheat bread from a place called Jersey Mikes around 3pm, and again around 9pm that night. I usually follow an eating schedule where I would never eat past 5:30pm at night (intermittent fasting where I don’t eat for a 16 hour window, and eat healthy foods in an 8 hour window) but the event we were at ended late, so a group of us decided to order food from a local Thai restaurant. I love Thai food (especially Pad Thai) so that’s what I ordered. This meal (that was delicious) but it took my blood sugar way over 200, putting me in the danger zone with this meal. It did stable out in the night, but here’s what was interesting for me. Whenever I eat something off my usual plan, I feel starving the next day. It just messes up the whole next day for me, and while it was worth it to sit and enjoy a meal with others, it is good to know what happens to our body when we overload it with high glucose foods.
If you look at the second graph, the next day, my blood sugar kept dipping too low (where it dipped low and was showing red, was when I felt insanely hungry) and it would’ve been easy to eat something else off the usual menu, showing how one choice can impact the series of choices you make over the next few days. This was eye-opening to me.
Now let’s look at the graph of someone who has just crossed the threshold of being diabetic. I didn’t even pick a sugary food for this example, which would have obviously spiked blood sugar.
What happens to someone who is diabetic?
“Diabetes is a problem with your body that causes blood sugar (also called blood glucose) levels to rise higher than normal. This is also called hyperglycemia. When you eat, your body breaks food down into sugar and sends it into the blood. Insulin then helps move the sugar from the blood into your cells.”[xiv]
For a person with diabetes, there is a problem with insulin. But, not everyone with diabetes has the same problem. There are different types of diabetes—type 1, type 2 and gestational diabetes. If you have type 2 diabetes, your body does not use insulin properly. This is called insulin resistance. At first, your cells make extra insulin to make up for it. But, over time your pancreas can't make enough insulin to keep your blood sugar at normal levels. Type 2 diabetes develops most often in middle-aged and older adults but can appear in young people.
WEEK 1 with TYPE 2 DIABETIC PERSON:
Week 1 he noticed spikes with foods that were high in carbs (like bread) that stayed high well into the night and only started to come down to normal levels by 9am. The obvious take-away from this was that for someone who has passed the threshold with diabetes, or in the danger zone that they will eventually need to see the doctor to take medicine to keep their blood sugar levels stable. For some people, diet and exercise could be the answer to regulate blood sugar, but if your blood sugar is staying high, for too long, remember “glucose in the brain is toxic to the brain” and that “elevated blood sugar shrinks the brain” or even that “sugar in the brain looks like Alzheimer’s in the brain. If you are insulin resistant or have type 2 diabetes, then knowing how your body reacts to sugar could be the difference between life and death.
WEEK 2
Once you have seen and felt a blood sugar spike, especially for someone working hard to keep their blood sugar levels stable, this was enough to make this person choose foods that did not cause a blood sugar spike and glucose levels remained under 150. Until they thought “oh I’ve got this blood sugar thing” and made homemade pizza with store bought dough, you will see this raised his blood sugar well into the danger zone over 200, just like my Pad Thai.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
So taking what we learned from our last episode on the damaging impacts of sugar on the brain, we know that glucose is toxic to the brain, so a person with this data would now need to make a data informed decision to not eat foods that spike their blood sugar.
This is one of those things that’s easier said than done. How do you make huge lifestyle changes like this? I think it gets to the point that you’ll do it if your life depends on it. Like I remember that math teacher, Sergei with tears in his eyes on the hiking trail. You’ll make changes when your doctor tells you loud and clear you have no other option.
Make room for your health or you’ll need to make room for your illness.
We will conclude this episode with some tips on how to make actionable changes if you don’t know where to begin in your journey towards improved health and well-being.
TIP 1: LEARN WHAT FOODS ARE LOW-GLYCEMIC and replace what you used to eat (that spiked your blood sugar) with something else that doesn’t. This is going to be the biggest change as I remember looking at Dr. Jacoby and saying, “you mean bananas are high in sugar?” and he said “yes” and handed me a list of low glycemic fruits that included blueberries and raspberries (that Jason Wittrock tested and they kept his blood sugar low). I found some great resources for low glycemic foods from Dr. Daniel Amen.[xv]
TIP 2: DISCOVER THE MEAL PLAN THAT MAKES YOU FEEL THE BEST: There’s so many different options and I only chose the meal plan I eat because in my late 20s I was diagnosed with Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome[xvi] (the most common causes of female infertility) and who would have known that the diet plan that would work the best for me, and completely reverse this health problem, was to eat a diet similar to someone who is diabetic. I bought the PCOS Diet Book[xvii] that surprisingly was written to also help protect someone against diabetes and heart disease.
TIP 3: READ LABELS Read Labels and Know How to Identify Sugar to Make Better Choices: It’s shocking how many foods have hidden sugars. Did you know “The average American consumes 150 lbs. of sugar a year” (Dr. Amen) This makes sense when there’s so many foods labeled as healthy, with hidden sugars added.
Making the following changes will change your brain, improve cognition, focus and help lead you towards improved results, and away from diabetes and Alzheimer’s Disease.
I hope you find these tips as helpful as I did. I only discovered this pathway because I so happened to book an appointment with a doctor who believes that peripheral neuropathy (that numbness I felt in my feet during exercise) is an early sign for what he’s seen in his patients over the years…
The final thoughts come from Dr. Jacoby, who pleads with us:
I’d love to hear what you think of this episode! Do you know how YOUR body responds to sugar? Have you ever measured your glucose levels? This data will help inform many of your decisions related to the foods you will eat. I know I’m going to stick to eating those low glycemic foods that keep my blood sugar levels and hunger levels stable, until I make it back to my hometown in Toronto, where I’ll order a Hawaiian slice at the famous Pizza Pizza with extra pineapple, and I’ll enjoy every bite of it, because you only live once!
I’ll see you next week as we revisit EP #119 on “The Key Ingredients of Learning with the Brain in Mind”
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #117 “The ‘Damaging Impact of Sugar on the Brain and Body” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-damaging-impact-of-sugar-on-the-brain-and-body-with-andrea-samadi/
[ii] https://www.freestyle.abbott/us-en/home.html
[iii] Lower carbohydrate and higher fat intakes are associated with higher hemoglobin A1c: findings from the UK National Diet and Nutrition Survey 2008-2016 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7413867/
[iv] Sugar Crush: How to Reduce Inflammation, Reverse Nerve Damage and Reclaim Good Health by Dr. Richard Jacoby (April 2014) https://www.amazon.com/dp/B00KPVB4OA/ref=dp-kindle-redirect?_encoding=UTF8&btkr=1
[v] http://phoenixfootcarenetwork.com/
[vi] Study finds most Americans low in omega-3 fatty acids Published May 24, 2021 by Danielle Masterson https://www.nutraingredients-usa.com/Article/2021/05/24/Study-finds-most-Americans-low-in-omega-3-fatty-acids-could-impact-mood#:~:text=Subscribe-,Study%20finds%20most%20Americans%20low%20in%20omega,fatty%20acids%2C%20could%20impact%20mood&text=New%20research%20has%20found%20that,on%20the%20US%20Dietary%20Guidelines.
[vii] Jason Wittrock https://www.instagram.com/jason.wittrock/?hl=en
[viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #114 on “Building a Faster, Stronger, More Resilient Brain by Understanding Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor or BDNF” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-building-a-faster-stronger-resilient-brain-by-understanding-brain-derived-neurotrophic-factor-bdnf/
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE “Review of the Top 5 Health Staples Created for Podbean’s Wellness Week” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/
[x] Go Wild: Eat fat, Run Free, Be Social, and Follow Evolution’s Other Rules for Total Health and Well-Being by John J. Ratey, MD and Richard Manning (June 3, 2014) https://www.amazon.com/Go-Wild-Free-Afflictions-Civilization-ebook/dp/B00FPQA66C
[xi] Dr. David Perlmutter’s “Alzheimer’s: The Science of Prevention” https://scienceofprevention.com/
[xii] https://www.instagram.com/jason.wittrock/?hl=en
[xiii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #94 with Jason Wittrock on “Health, Intermittent Fasting, and the Ketogenic Diet” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/personal-trainer-and-fitness-model-jason-wittrock-on-health-nutrition-intermittent-fasting-and-the-ketogenic-diet/
[xiv] https://diabetes.org/
[xv] 4 Feel Better Food Strategies by Daniel Amen https://www.amenclinics.com/blog/4-feel-better-fast-food-strategies/#:~:text=Most%20vegetables%2C%20legumes%2C%20and%20fruits,blood%20sugar)%20are%20smart%20carbs.[xvii] The PCOS Diet Book by Collette Harris https://www.amazon.com/PCOS-Diet-Book-nutritional-polycystic/dp/0007131844
“It is impossible to escape the drumbeat of grim news about Alzheimer’s Disease: this it is incurable and largely untreatable, that there is no reliable way to prevent it, and that the disease has for decades beaten the world’s best neuroscientists.”
This is an excerpt from Dr. Dale Bredesen’s book, The End of Alzheimer’s: The First Program to Prevent and Reverse Cognitive Decline.
If American Psychiatrist and brain disorder specialist, Dr. Daniel Amen says that “Alzheimer’s is a lifestyle disease”[i] and innovator in medicine, Dr. Dale Bredesen, with over 30 patents in his name, comes up with a protocol to prevent and reverse cognitive decline, you’d better believe I’m going to feature these important findings in the field of neuroscience on this podcast. If I see anything that could possibly change the course of our lives, improving it in any way, I’ll share what I’m learning with you here on The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. It’s here where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research with the goal of heightening productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. For returning guests, welcome back, and for those who are new listeners, I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results.
This season (Season 9) we will be focused on Neuroscience: Going Back to the Basics as we revisit our past Brain Fact Fridays, narrowing in on how anything new from the field of neuroscience (that I’ve seen since releasing those earlier episodes) can be tied to improving our productivity, our results, or our mental and physical health. My hopes are that this review will help us to become better prepared to move forward, with a healthier, stronger version of ourselves, as we move towards our goals, or whatever it is that we are working on this year, with this strong foundation and understanding of our brain in place.
This week, we will look back to our third Brain Fact Friday and episode #114 [ii] on “Building a Faster, Stronger, More Resilient Brain by Understanding Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor or BDNF.” My goal with this episode is that if anyone asks you “what do you know about Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor” that you would have a clear answer with what we covered on this past episode, (what it is, why it’s important for us to know about) and anything new that we will uncover today that will act as a check for us to see if we really are building a faster, stronger and more resilient brain.
On our last episode we covered:
✔What BDNF (brain-derived neurotrophic factor) is and what are its benefits to the brain.
✔What we should all understand about BDNF with Alzheimer's Disease, Parkinson's Disease and how our brain learns.
✔The Connection Between Exercise, Nutrition and BDNF
✔ Why Putting the Body Under Stress is a Good Thing.
✔Sleep, Stress and the BDNF Factor.
If you want to revisit this past episode, you can click on the link in the show notes, and review the basics of BDNF, a protein that’s found in the brain and other parts of the body “involved in plastic changes related to learning and memory[iii] and higher-level cognitive abilities. This signaling protein is the reason why we can sit at our desk with a heightened sense of focus and concentration, after we exercise. It’s what Dr. Ratey from EPISODE #116[iv] on The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain taught us when he said that “movement places demands on the brain, just as it does on muscle, and so the brain releases BDNF which triggers the growth of cells to meet the increased mental demands of movement”[v] and the whole brain benefits from this movement.
ON THIS PAST EPISODE, WE LEARNED THE BENEFITS OF BDNF
BDNF helps with learning, memory, or other higher-level thinking.It grows new neurons and synapses in the brain while also supporting the survival of existing neurons.It increases neurogenesis (the process by which new neurons are formed in the brain) and can help to heal our brain after a traumatic brain injury.[vi] WHAT WE SHOULD KNOW AND UNDERSTAND ABOUT BDNF ESPECIALLY AS IT RELATES TO ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE?
BDNF is reduced in the brain of someone who has developed Alzheimer’s Disease[vii] and Parkinson’s Disease[viii] and explains why someone with Alzheimer’s has their memory weakened. Now that we have reviewed what we learned from March 2021, I wonder what else there is about this protein found in the brain and spinal cord that promotes the survival of nerve cells (neurons) that could help all of us with our overall health and well-being and I found something important since that first episode 2 years ago. For today’s episode, #274, we will be looking at the work of Dr. Dale Bredesen, to see if we can take our health and wellness to new heights.
The goal of this episode is to take the “fear” out of Alzheimer’s Disease, as we gain some understanding about it. While there is no known cure for Alzheimer’s Disease, I want to share with you what Dr. Dale Bredesen has discovered, as “the first person to reverse Alzheimer’s Disease in people, not just with experiments with mice in the lab.”[ix]
About Dr. Dale Bredesen
I first came across his work on Dr. Perlmutter’s Alzheimer’s The Science of Prevention Documentary that we covered when our podcast took a turn towards health and wellness in 2020. After this documentary, we created our Top 5 Health Staples with tips for how they can prevent Alzheimer’s Disease and featured these tips on EPISODE #87.[x] While health and wellness have always been important to me on a person level, this episode opened up many doors for me when I was asked to speak on the topic of health and wellness after this episode. I’m not an expert here, (my schooling began in the field of education) but I do take all of these Top 5 health staples seriously, enough to spend any free time I have researching how we can all improve our health and wellness, and share what I’m learning with you here on the podcast.
I do believe that when you walk your talk, and believe in whatever it is that you are doing, that this curiosity for improvement become contagious, especially if whatever it is you are doing is yielding results. Who wouldn’t want to know what’s working for others, and see how they can apply it to their own life? I’ve asked health experts over the years on this podcast, what they think is missing from my list of health staples, and the one thing they’ve said, if I can recall my conversation with Dr. Brian Stenzler, from EPISODE #178[xi] on “Dream Wellness: Taking Your Mental and Physical Health to New Heights” is to include something about reducing stress.
REVIEW of the TOP 5 HEALTH STAPLES
I highly recommend that everyone picks up Dr. Bredesen’s book, The End of Alzheimer’s as he has created a pro-active approach to this disease that we “fear like no other disease.” (Dr. Bredesen).
Dr. Bredesen, an internationally recognized expert in the mechanisms of neurodegenerative diseases, has been guided by a simple idea in his career: that Alzheimer’s as we know it is not just preventable, but reversible. His dedicated pursuit of the science that makes this a reality has placed him at the vanguard of neurological research and led to the discoveries that define his Protocol™ that you will see throughout the pages of his book.
Instead of the old-fashioned, outdated approach to health and wellness, where we wait for symptoms to occur, and then we go to the doctor where we will be told “there’s no known cure for this, but here’s a drug you can take that may or may not provide relief of the symptoms you are having” why not think like Dr. Daniel Amen, (that this is a lifestyle disease) and Dr. Bredesen, that this disease is preventable (for those don’t currently have symptoms) and reversible (if you do). If you follow Dr. Bredesen’s work, you will see he is a humble man, who has seen this eye-opening improvement in his patients over the years, who followed his “Bredesen 7 Protocol.” He said that in his most recent study, that “84% of his participants who were in Phase 3 of having symptoms (showing mild cognitive impairment-or people who had symptoms that were quite far along) that things improved significantly with his protocol.”[xii]
WHAT IS THE BREDESEN 7?
Dr. Bredesen believes that Alzheimer’s is a “network insufficiency” that occurs when parts of our brain are not functioning optimally. He says we need “Mitochondrial function (the energy powerhouse in our cells), growth factor support, BDNF, (the focus of this episode) blood flow, oxygen and ketone levels”[xiii] and if you look at the diagram in the show notes, his health staples, or his trademarked protocol include nutrition, exercise, sleep, stress reduction, brain stimulation, detoxing the body, and supplements. You can read more about the importance of each of these 7 protocols on his website.
For today’s episode, my hope was that if at any given time, if we are asked “what are you doing for YOUR cognitive health?” that we all have a thorough answer, using our deep and thorough understanding of this protein, BDNF that:
BDNF helps with learning, memory, or other higher-level thinking.It grows new neurons and synapses in the brain while also supporting the survival of existing neurons.It increases neurogenesis (the process by which new neurons are formed in the brain) and can help to heal our brain after a traumatic brain injury.BDNF is reduced in the brain of someone who has developed Alzheimer’s Disease[xiv] and Parkinson’s Disease[xv] and explains why someone with Alzheimer’s has their memory weakened. Since this disease is preventable, I wanted us to think about this. Here’s a passionate and heartfelt excerpt from The End of Alzheimer’s:
If anyone has seen this first hand, Dr. Bredesen’s description of this disease will resonate as very true.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION
So now that we know that BDNF is reduced in someone with Alzheimer’s Disease, and we’ve seen Dr. Bredesen’s work where he’s been able to prevent AND reverse cognitive decline in those who have come to see him, I think that understanding our TOP HEALTH STAPLES with our brain in mind should include a clear understanding of what BDNF is, and why it’s important for our mental and physical health as we age.
Dr. Bredesen gives a good analogy of our brain to a computer, that over time begins to slow down in performance when it runs out of space. Like a computer, we can keep our brain healthy, by doing what we can to prevent this debilitating disease, and like Dr. Daniel Amen said, “it’s a lifestyle disease.” By no means is this episode here to say that these tips will cure you if you’ve noticed cognitive decline in yourself, or someone else, the point of this episode is to direct us all to what we can do today to build a stronger, healthier and more resilient brain, even as we age.
We can all tell when our brain isn’t as sharp as it used to be. I noticed it very clearly while interviewing guests on this podcast. It takes a very clear mind to be able to recall details of past episodes, or book names, or what the book was about, or even the person’s name that I’m speaking with. Every detail matters, and when I noticed a lack of clarity this past summer, I knew it was time to tighten up my own health protocol and take things to a new level.
What about you?
What have you noticed with your ability to think clearly, or recall information on a daily basis?If you look at the Bredesen 7 Protocol can you see areas you would like to improve?We don’t need to change everything all at once, one small step at a time can make a huge difference, but the first step, I think is to take a solid inventory of ourselves, and notice if something needs to change. To conclude this week’s Brain Fact Friday, on our review of BDNF, my suggestion is that we all take note in ways that we can increase BDNF.
PUTTING THE BREDESEN 7 INTO PRACTICE FOR IMPROVED COGNITION:
Dr. Dale Bredesen, who was the first person to reverse Alzheimer’s in humans (not just mice) has come up with his “Bredesen 7” that includes strategies similar to the Top 5 health staples we’ve been covering on this podcast the past few years.
I’ll leave you with some final thoughts of where to begin. Look at the diagram in the show notes, and think:
Are there areas here that you can improve?If your life depended on it, would that be enough to motivate you to try something new?Pick one area that you will work on and create a plan to SHIFT this one area. If it’s nutrition, what can you do to support your cognitive health with the food you are eating? For exercise, what can you do to move more every day? I just read the other day that “sitting is the new smoking”[xvi] and that over 25% of American adults site for more than eight hours every day, with 44% of these people getting little or no exercise. How are you reducing stress? I use exercise and meditation as ways to reduce stress. Sleep is always something I’m personally working on improving, and so far, I’ve not mastered this one yet, unless I’m on vacation. For mental stimulation, one of the reasons I don’t ever plan on giving up on this podcast, even when time is more limited, is for the fact that I know writing and recording these episodes keeps my brain mentally active. One area that surprised me while researching over the years was with the detox section, and it’s not just about be careful what you put into your body, but also thinking about our oral health. Brushing our teeth and flossing is actually good for our brain. I learned this one from Dr. Daniel Amen[xvii] who is the first to share how proud he is with his excellent oral hygiene. Supplements are another interesting area to pay attention to, and while I do take certain ones every day, this is something that would be individual to everyone’s needs. I’ll put a link to a recent podcast episode from Dr. Andrew Huberman that he did on a Deep Dive into Supplements, what to take and why.[xviii]
I hope this episode has made you think about your brain in a new light. Like our computer needs the right amount of memory to work properly, so does our body, that’s driven by our brain, and the hope that I’d like to provide is that it’s not too late for any of us to make changes if you’ve gone off track, and notice your memory is not as sharp as it used to be. I made some very small and simple shifts last summer that yielded huge results, and know it just takes the will to find a new and improved way.
And with that, we’ll close out today’s episode, and will see you next week as we revisit one of my all-time favorite episodes on “The Damaging Impacts of Sugar on the Brain and Body.”[xix] This next one is going to be good!
See you next week.
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
The Bredesen 7 Protocol https://www.apollohealthco.com/simplifying-the-bredesen-protocol/
REFERENCES:
[i] Alzheimer’s is a Lifestyle Disease by Dr. Daniel Amen Published Nov. 3, 2021 https://www.amenclinics.com/blog/alzheimers-is-a-lifestyle-disease/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #114 on “Building a Faster, Stronger, More Resilient Brain by Understanding Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor or BDNF” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-building-a-faster-stronger-resilient-brain-by-understanding-brain-derived-neurotrophic-factor-bdnf/
[iii] Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor: A Key Molecule for Memory in the Healthy and Pathological Brain (August 07, 2019) by Magdalena Miranda, Juan Facundo Morici, Maria Belen Zanoni, and Pedro Bekinschtein https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fncel.2019.00363/full
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#116 with Dr. John Ratey on “The Revolutionary New Science of Exercise and the Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/best-selling-author-john-j-ratey-md-on-the-revolutionary-new-science-of-exercise-and-the-brain/
[v] Brain Derived Neurotrophic Factor: A Key Molecule for Memory in the Healthy and Pathological Brain (August 07, 2019) by Magdalena Miranda, Juan Facundo Morici, Maria Belen Zanoni, and Pedro Bekinschtein https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fncel.2019.00363/full
[vi] Therapeutic potential of BDNF Published Jan. 2017 by Mary Wurzelmann, Jennifer Romeika, Dong Sun https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/28250730/
[vii] BDNF ameliorates learning deficits in a rat model of Alzheimer’s https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25849905/
[viii] Relationship of circulatory BDNF with cognitive deficits in people with Parkinson’s disease https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26944151/
[ix] Peggy Sarlin’s Brain Health Breakthroughs, Awakening from Alzheimer’s https://brainhealthbreakthroughs.com/registered/
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #87 on “The Top 5 Brain Health and Alzheimer’s Prevention Strategies” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/do-you-know-the-top-5-brain-health-and-alzheimers-prevention-strategies-with-andrea-samadi/
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #178 with Dr. Brian Stenzler on“Dream Wellness: Taking Your Mental and Physical Health to New Heights” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-brian-stenzler-on-dream-wellness-taking-your-mental-and-physical-health-to-new-heights/
[xii] Peggy Sarlin’s Brain Health Breakthroughs, Awakening from Alzheimer’s https://brainhealthbreakthroughs.com/registered/
[xiii] IBID
[xiv] BDNF ameliorates learning deficits in a rat model of Alzheimer’s https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/25849905/
[xv] Relationship of circulatory BDNF with cognitive deficits in people with Parkinson’s disease https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/26944151/
[xvi] Sitting is the New Smoking by Hannah, August 10, 2019 https://theheartfoundation.org/2019/08/10/is-sitting-the-new-smoking/
[xvii] Here’s Why Flossing is So Important For Your Health by Keith Rowe for Dr. Amen’s Brain MD https://brainmd.com/blog/benefits-of-flossing-for-gum-health/
[xviii] Dr. Andrew Huberman Supplements: Full List, Deep Dive into What and Why https://fastlifehacks.com/andrew-huberman-supplements-list/
[xix]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #117 on “The Damaging Impact of Sugar on the Brain and Body” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-damaging-impact-of-sugar-on-the-brain-and-body-with-andrea-samadi/
"Self-regulation will always be a challenge, but if somebody's going to be in charge, it might as well be me." Daniel Akst
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. For returning guests, welcome back, and for those who are new listeners, I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results.
This season (Season 9) we will be focused on Neuroscience: Going Back to the Basics as we revisit our past Brain Fact Fridays, narrowing in on how anything new from the field of neuroscience can be tied to improving our productivity, our results, our mental and physical health. Why are we going back to the basics? When we are building something worthwhile, something that we want to last, going back to the foundations will help us to strengthen our understanding of our brain, and our mind, to our results, providing us with the extra strength we will need to overcome the obstacles and challenges that will come our way. My hopes are that this step backwards will help us to become better prepared to move forward, towards our goals, or whatever it is that we are working on this year, with this strong foundation in place.
Today’s EPISODE #273, we are going back to our second Brain Fact Friday, EPISODE #112, released in March of 2021 on “Training Your Brain to Self-Regulate Automatic Negative Thoughts and Emotions”[i] where we looked at our recent interview with my good friend Horacio Sanchez, from EPISODE #111 on “Finding Solutions to the Poverty Problem.”[ii]
Horacio Sanchez said, “Did you know that when we engage in inner speech, all the mechanisms of outer speech and the auditory process activate in the brain? Therefore, what we say to ourselves is just like hearing it said by someone else to us. Inform students (and ourselves) that inner speech can build them up or destroy them.” (Horacio Sanchez)[iii]
I brought up the damaging effects of Automatic Negative Thinking on one of our early episodes, #14 on Self-Regulation.[iv] This skill of managing our thoughts, emotions and behavior comes under the competency of self-regulation (one of the 6 social and emotional learning competencies that we covered in the beginning episodes of this podcast, to set the foundation for what I envisioned with the content we would be covering here. It’s these 6 pillars that I saw as the foundation for us to build upon, and improve and is the heart of The Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast.
What is Self-Regulation and Why is it So Important to Be Able to Manage Those Negative Thoughts, Our Emotions and Even Our Behavior?
Self-regulation is “the ability to manage your emotions and behavior in accordance with the demands of the situation. It includes being able to resist highly emotional reactions to upsetting stimuli, to calm yourself down when you get upset, adjust to a change in expectations and (the ability) to handle frustration”[v] In other words, it’s the ability to bounce back after a setback or disappointment, and the ability to stay in congruence with your inner value system.
On EPISODE #111, I gave some examples of how we could teach self-regulation to our children and students, and even gave some thoughts on why it’s an important skill to master in the workplace. You can go back this episode if you want to review these tips by clicking on the link in the show notes, but for today’s episode, almost 3 years later, I wonder, “how good am I at self-regulation” and have I improved this skill at all over the years? Since this is a how-to podcast, where I want to provide tips for us all to use and implement immediately, backed by the most current neuroscience research, I thought I would check in with what Stanford Professor and Neuroscientist Dr. Andrew Huberman would say about self-regulation. I’m probably going to reflect back to his work, or anyone else who can explain how to implement the concepts I’m trying to reinforce on this podcast, or anyone who can help me to explain the details of science in a way that we can all understand and apply it. So far, I’ve found Dr. Daniel Amen (who I’ve talked a lot about on this podcast with his idea of controlling our ANTS, or automatic negative thoughts) and will look at Dr. Andrew Huberman’s work to see what he says about self-regulation.
Dr. Amen and Controlling Those ANTS
What I love about Dr. Amen’s work, is that he explains why eliminating negative thoughts is so important. Did you know that “every time your brain has a thought, it releases chemicals? Every time you have a sad, hopeless, mad, cranky, unkind, judgmental, or helpfulness thought, your brain immediately releases chemicals that make your body feel awful.[vi] He goes on to explain the physiological effects of negative thinking saying “your hands get cold and wet, your muscles get tense, your heart beats faster, and your breathing becomes shallower (and all of this activity) in your frontal and temporal lobes decreases which negatively affects your judgement, learning and memory.” (Dr. Amen).
Do what can we do to avoid this pitfall of making ourselves feel rotten? Dr. Amen suggests that we “work on disciplining the mind” to get rid of these Automatic Negative Thoughts to keep ourselves in a healthier frame of mind.
On our last episode, we talked about an effective strategy used in cognitive behavioral therapy[vii] of saying the word “SWITCH” in your head as you focus on switching the negative emotion that you feel to something more positive. This takes some practice, that’s for sure. I’ve always used the strategy of saying “STOP” when this happens and changing the thought pattern in my head to something more productive.
Also, remembering the idea of RESPONDING to situations with questions to dig deeper, and learn more, instead of REACTING with emotion, or jumping to conclusions, or incorrect assumptions, is always a better solution.
Now let’s dive a bit deeper here, and see what Dr. Andrew Huberman has to say about self-regulation.
Dr. Andrew Huberman on Self-Regulation
Dr. Huberman reminds us why self-regulation is important, and says that “knowledge of knowledge can actually help you to intervene” (which is why we are doing this podcast and breaking down the science so we can all use it to improve our lives) and he discusses why self-regulation with our behaviors is important. He notes a question to ask ourselves “when I’m thinking that I’m feeling low, nothing feels good, am I depressed? Maybe (he says) or maybe you’ve saturated the dopamine circuits and you’re now in the pain part of things. What do you do? (He says) you have to stop. You need to replenish dopamine. You need to stop engaging in the behavior (whatever it was you were doing that you noticed lost something for you) and then the pleasure for it will come back. You have to constantly control the hinge, make sure the hinge doesn’t get stuck in the pain or in pleasure.”[viii]
We covered this concept in depth with our interview with Dr. Anna Lembke and her book, Dopamine Nation on EPISODE #162[ix] where she dove deep with us on how we are constantly trying to distract ourselves from the present moment to be entertained” and “that we’re all running from pain—we’ll do almost anything to distract ourselves from ourselves” and that “we’ve lost the ability to tolerate even minor forms of discomfort.”
Here’s where I notice my inability to tolerate even mild forms of discomfort as Dr. Lembke was saying. Let’s take writing these episodes. I wake up early, go to my desk, and am ready to get back to my notes over the week where I’ve gathered ideas and research, and now I need to put them all in one place for this episode. It’s not as mentally challenging as I’ve already written the first episode, but now I’ve got to see if I can improve it somehow with the latest research, and while writing, the minute I get stuck on what to say next, I will get up, and do something to distract myself, and come back after a few minutes.
Is there a better, more effective, science-backed solution for me to use when I’ve hit a wall, and need a break? Dr. Andrew Huberman explained it beautifully on Mayim Bialik’s Podcast[x] (side-note, do you remember her? She’s an American Actress who was on the NBC Sitcom Blossom, and went on to study in the field of neuroscience, crossing paths with Dr. Huberman along the way. On this episode, she did with Dr. Huberman, he describes an activity he uses for stress reduction in minutes, that we can all use to self-regulate when we need it.
Try This Activity! How to Self-Regulate Your Brain in Less Than a Minute
I loved this episode with Dr. Huberman and Mayim[xi], as she talks about him as being “the smartest human being on the planet” and he talks about remembering her when she was interviewing at Graduate School and he didn’t miss a detail. There’s an obvious respect that each one has for the other.
On this episode, with Mayim, Dr. Huberman shares a quick and easy activity we can all to do calm us down in less than a minute. He says, “Do a double inhale through your nose, one longer inhale and then sneak in a quick second inhale, which re-inflates the sacks in your lungs, and then do a long full exhale to empty out all the air from your lungs” This, he says “naturally activates the neural circuits in the brain and body that shift that see-saw from sympathetic (alertness and stress) to parasympathetic.” It looks like this. Just one of these, Dr. Huberman says will return us to a calm state.
While reflecting back to our first episode on self-regulation, we did talk about a couple of examples to say “STOP” or “SWITCH” to stop those negative thoughts from ruminating in our head, but this breathing activity, I think is something I will try moving forward.
What About Self-Regulating Our Behaviors?
So now I think we all have a strategy we can use right away to calm ourselves down when we need to, but how else could we train our brain to self-regulate? This one, I learned from a podcast episode from Jessica Stillman’s INC Magazine’s article[xii] where she picks Dr. Huberman as a resource for this strategy. You can also watch an incredible interview with Shane Parrish[xiii] on this concept.
The important part to understand here is that our Basal Ganglia is vitally important for controlling our thoughts and actions and Dr. Huberman teaches us that “there are two main circuits that are both regulated by dopamine. Some of the circuits are involved in the go functions (where we lean into our work—its action oriented) and the other one is no-go and it involves certain neurotransmitters like dopamine to suppress behavior.”[xiv]
He gives some examples reminding us as adults, that most of the time we are operating with our GO circuits (waking up, making our bed, getting ready, go to work etc) but think of our kids and many of their circuits involves to NO go circuits, like when we tell our kids, sit still, don’t do that etc) and it’s not easy for them to do this. The research behind the whole marshmallow experiment that I re-enacted with my kids[xv] proves how important this skill is for our students’ future success, so I wondered, how can we all improve this NO-GO circuit in our brain?
Activity 2: How to Train Your Brain to Control Your Impulses and Self-Control
This is what Dr. Huberman does to intentionally train his brain to become stronger, keeping his impulses under control. He intentionally plans 20-30 NO-GO activities a day to strengthen this circuit in his brain. He says that the things you choose would be specific to you, and one way we both relate is that when I’m working in a block of time, and get stuck, I have this impulse to look at my phone, or get up and heat up my coffee or something. Anything to take me away for a minute of where I’m stuck. Instead of doing this, he suggests, stay there a minute longer and see if you can get past the block. This will strengthen my NO-GO circuit, and help me to reach those higher levels of productivity.
He mentions another example of how many of us find it difficult to sit and meditate. I remember the first time doing this I really struggled as I could hear the kids running around, and I really wanted to get up. This was because my GO circuits were stronger than my NO-GO circuits. What’s interesting is that you will have to monitor this one over time, because meditation and blocking out the world gets easier with time, so if I want to keep strengthening my NO GO circuit, I’ll have to look for 20-30 things (to replicate Dr. Huberman’s Strategy) that I want to do each day, and not do them, or at least, not do them right away.
Can you think of 20-30 things that you will suppress to strengthen YOUR NO-GO circuit?
If it’s difficult, begin with just 4 things. Here’s some ideas-
Don’t eat the thing you were going to eat.Don’t get up from working when things are difficult.Change up a work out and don’t do it the same.Don’t pick up your phone when you are working. Whatever you habitually do, do it differently and it will feel strange at first, until you strengthen this part of your brain that Dr. Huberman says is like “keeping the blad sharp on both sides (the get up and go into action side, and the don’t go, leave the phone alone) side.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To Review and Conclude this week’s Brain Fact Friday, we took a deeper dive into EPISODE #112, on “Training Your Brain to Self-Regulate Automatic Negative Thoughts and Emotions”[xvi] with some tips from Dr. Daniel Amen on how to stop those Automatic Negative Thoughts from making ourselves feeling rotten, and disciplining our mind to stay in the positive.
Then we went to Dr. Andrew Huberman’s research with 2 strategies for calming our mind in one minute with that breathing exercise and the idea of strengthening our NO-GO circuits by suppressing certain actions in our day.
I hope that you find these strategies helpful for improving your day to day work and personal life, and that we all can use the science behind these strategies to strengthen our brain and our results. I have to say that I did use the breathing strategy BEFORE recording this episode, and plan on carving out some NO GO activities within my day today. I’d love to know what you think of this episode.
With that, I’ll see you next week where we will look at what’s NEW for building a faster, stronger, more resilient brain.
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #112 on “Training Your Brain to Self-Regulate Automatic Negative Thoughts and Emotions”https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-training-your-brain-to-self-regulate-automatic-negative-thoughts-and-emotions/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast Episode #11 with Horacio Sanchez on “Finding Solutions to The Poverty Problem” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/resiliency-expert-and-author-horacio-sanchez-on-finding-solutions-to-the-poverty-problem/
[iii] Horacio Sanchez on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/posts/hsanchezceo_neuroscience-education-activity-6770706945264386048-BDCn
[iv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Episode #14 with Andrea Samadi on “Self-Regulation: The Foundational Learning Skill for Future Success” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/self-regulation-the-foundational-learning-skill-for-future-success/
[v] Edutopia article “Teaching Self-Regulation by Modeling” (January, 2019) https://www.edutopia.org/video/teaching-self-regulation-modeling
[vi] The Number one Habit to Develop In Order to Feel More Positive by Dr. Daniel Amen August 16, 2016 https://www.amenclinics.com/blog/number-one-habit-develop-order-feel-positive/
[vii] What is Cognitive Behavioral Therapy with Therapist Kati Morton YouTube uploaded Sept. 23, 2013 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=g7B3n9jobus
[viii] Neuroscientist Dr. Andrew Huberman on Self-Regulation https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bQ1zYZHg8k4
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #162 with Dr. Anna Lembke on “Dopamine Nation: Finding Balance in the Age of Indulgence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/medical-director-of-addictive-medicine-at-stanford-university-dr-anna-lembke-on-dopamine-nation-finding-balance-in-the-age-of-indulgence/
[x] Mayim Bialik’s Podcast with Andrew Huberman on Regulating Stress in Real-Time. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mk5GC269WT0
[xi] Mayim Bialik’s Podcast with Andrew Huberman on Regulating Stress in Real-Time. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Mk5GC269WT0
[xii] Stanford Neuroscientist: How to Train Your Self-Control So You Don’t Mess Up Your Life by Jessica Stillman https://www.inc.com/jessica-stillman/stanford-impulse-control-no-go-function.html
[xiii] How to Control Your Impulses So They Don’t Ruin Your Life https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8wpP1W8eoaI&t=1s
[xiv] IBID
[xv] The Marshmallow Experiment with Andrea Samadi Uploaded Nov. 2, 2017 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rq903CXJUpg
[xvi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #112 on “Training Your Brain to Self-Regulate Automatic Negative Thoughts and Emotions”https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-training-your-brain-to-self-regulate-automatic-negative-thoughts-and-emotions/
“If you have built castles in the air, your work need not be lost: this is where they should be. Now put the foundations under them.”
--Henry David Thoreau from Walden
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. For returning guests, welcome back, and for those who are new listeners, I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results.
On today’s Episode #272 we will cover
✔ An Introduction to Season 9: Going Back to the Basics by revisiting our past Brain Fact Fridays.
✔ A reminder: What is the Reticular Activating System and How Can It Help Us to Achieve Our Goals.
✔ A Review of The Creative Process or Turning a Fantasy into a Fact.
✔ Priming Our Brain to Set Worthy Goals
✔ What the Most Current Brain Research Says to Help Us to Improve Our Goal-Setting Process
✔ Research-Based Tips to Prime Your Brain to Achieve Your Goals in 2023
This season (Season 9) we will be focused on Neuroscience: Going Back to the Basics as we revisit our past Brain Fact Fridays, narrowing in on how anything new from the field of neuroscience can be tied to improving our productivity, our results, mental and physical health. Why are we going back to the basics? When we are building something worthwhile, something that we want to last, going back to the foundations will help us to strengthen our understanding of our brain, and our mind, to our results, providing us with the extra strength we will need to overcome the obstacles and challenges that will come our way. My hopes are that this step backwards will help us to become better prepared to move forward, towards our goals, or whatever it is that we are working on this year, with this strong foundation in place.
Today’s EPISODE #272, we will go back to our very first Brain Fact Friday, that we released as a BONUS EPISODE on March 5, 2021[i], called “Using the Reticular Activating System to Set Your Intent and Achieve It” and we will dive a bit deeper into how this system in the brain (our RAS) can actually help us with whatever it is that we want in 2023. But before we get to the science behind our goals, I want to take you on a trip, that goes back to my early days of working in the seminar industry, with motivational speaker Bob Proctor, who taught me how to dream. You can watch our interview on EPISODE #66[ii] where he marvels at how he watched the dream I envisioned all those years ago reveal itself over the years, as I took his work, and created a book for teens to improve their grades, their results with sports, or sharpen their skills, that eventually was made into an online course. I remember talking with Bob about this first book, The Secret for Teens Revealed[iii], (that was really just my notes that I’d gathered over the years listening to him in the seminars helping adults to achieve their goals, written so that a teenager could apply it), and I remember telling him that I thought there was something missing that was preventing kids from embracing the concepts written within the pages. We all know how learning works, and how important it is for a student to be engaged and motivated with whatever it is they are learning. He picked up on what I was getting at, and affirmed that “it is missing something very important” and went onto a lesson for me, standing in this hallway at this seminar he was speaking at, about the Creative Process. He said “you’ll want to think about how the creative process works” and then he got on the phone and called someone and put me in contact with someone who would take the words in this book, and help them to come alive, visually, with video, he suggested.
I never did end up working with the person Bob was putting me in contact with, I forget why, but he did open up my mind for how to take the words in the book (the vision I wanted those kids to see), and bring it to life. You can do this with images in a picture book, or other ideas I’ve talked about on recent episodes with innovative and creative ideas, but we did it with video. I worked with Ryan O’Neill, who we met on EPISODE #203[iv] on “Making Your Vision a Reality” and created The Secret for Teen Revealed Online Course[v] that you find today on the UDEMY Platform.
It All Begins With The Creative Process
Before we get to the science behind this idea of goal-achieving for 2023, I think it’s important to go back to the basics here, and revisit what Bob was trying to get me to think about, standing in the hallway, when we were talking about “what was missing” from my book. He wanted me to revisit “The Creative Process” that I’ve been mesmerized by since those days I used to sell those seminars with him. I always wondered “how do people dream up big ideas and then achieve them?” Bob would say that it all begins with this process that starts when the “inventor” of the idea paints of picture of what they see.
He would talk about the Creative Process in 3 Steps:
STEP 1 FANTASY: Paint the picture of what you really want in your mind. See it clearly on the screen of your mind first. Dream it all first. We’ve talked in depth about the importance of being able to clearly see your goals on the screen of our mind on past episodes, but most recently with our Deep Dive of The Silva Method[vi].
STEP 2 THEORY: Next you will need to go from the dream world, or your imagination faculty, to your reasoning faculty, where you will create the plans you will need for the attainment of this goal. If you look at the image in the show notes, you can see that he would say it’s here you need to pass a test. Ask yourself “Am I Able to Do This?” You might look at whatever it is you’ve dreamed up and you think “I can’t do that” as you think about the hundreds of reasons why you CAN’T achieve this goal that you really want. He would say “if you really want it, you’ll find the way.” The second test you’ll need to pass is with the question “Am I Willing” to do what it takes for this goal? Are you willing to pay the price, put in the extra effort needed? It’s here that he would say that “goals are not meant for you to get them, they are meant for you to grow.”
STEP 3 FACT: Now you’ll use repetition, and a change in behavior to turn your fantasy into a fact. Whatever it is that you want, or that you’ve achieved, it wasn’t something that just came to you overnight. It was something that you created, with your imagination, starting as a fantasy, then you turned it into a theory, putting your plans into place, until over time, until your dream became a reality, or a fact.
“When you turn that fantasy into a fact, you are in a position to build even better fantasies. And that, my friend, is the Creative Process.” Bob Proctor
Dreams and Worthy Goals:
I’m hoping that whatever it is that you want, or that you are investing your time on, that it’s something worthwhile. I hope that it’s NOT something that you have achieved in the past, and you’ve just written haphazardly down while setting goals this year. I hope it’s a goal that when you look at it, and have no idea how you will accomplish it. This is a worthy goal that only comes from dreaming big, that will challenge you to grow and move beyond where you’ve been in the past. I hope whatever it is you are working on, that it’s something that you look at and think “Now how on the Earth am I going to do that?!” This is truly something worth investing your time on as it will help you to grow.
I find the creative process to be fascinating, or watching people achieve what appears to the untrained eye to be impossible, and I do believe there is a science to this process and think that a closer look at the Reticular Activating System is a first step towards unraveling the secrets to our future successes with goal-setting and achieving, with our brain in mind.
The Reticular Activating System, Our Goals and The Research
To bring the most current research in here, I’m going to go to the work of Stanford Professor and American Neuroscientist Dr. Andrew Huberman’s[vii] work, and I‘ve joined his Podcast’s Premium Channel[viii], which I probably should join as a Founding Member for how much I quote him on this podcast.
On our first episode on the RAS, we talked about the fact that in order to achieve our goals, or things that we want in our life, we must learn how to understand and use our Reticular Activating System[iv] which is a filter in our brain that helps us to focus on the things that are most important to us. If you have heard the idea that “energy flows where your attention goes” this explains why putting some focus on what we want to create in our life is so important. In our first episode we explained that Tobias van Schneider explains that the Reticular Activating System (RAS) is a “bundle of nerves at our brainstem that filters out unnecessary information, so the important stuff gets through.”[v] Van Schneider believes that the Reticular Activating System can be trained, and I agree, and it’s here that I’ll bring in Dr. Andrew Huberman’s research to show you how we can use our RAS to move us towards certain things that we want, and away from others that we don’t want.
Dr. Huberman was interviewed on The Mindset Mentor Podcast[ix] where he went much deeper into this explanation, but said to “think of the RAS as a template for what you want, or what you are looking for” and it impacts your perception, helping you to notice what you are paying attention to (or like Van Schneider said, it filters out unnecessary information, so the important stuff gets through.”
It Begins with our Perception or What We Are Paying Attention To:
He gave an example of a car that you want, explaining how the brain first uses its perception ability and notices what I’m paying attention to (this new car that I really want). I used to really want the Audi R8, but am happy with the car I have now, so I can’t say that I’ve been “looking” for R8s when I’m driving around, but if I was, you had better believe I would begin to see them everywhere. We talked about this on our first episode on the RAS with the man who invented the MAXON® Liftgate you see on the back of trucks. Once he brought my attention to this sign on the back of trucks that helps to load and unload a truck with contents, I started seeing this sign everywhere. This was my RAS at work.
Next, Our Brain Gets Involved Based on the Neuromodulator That’s High:
Dr. Huberman says that once we know we are paying attention to, that one of the four neuromodulators (acetyl choline, dopamine, epinephrine or serotonin) come into play, depending on which one is high in your system. He gave an example with if serotonin is high, you’re more likely to feel good about your environment around you, and there will be no seeking involved. You’ll be focused on things in your immediate sphere (or your home life for example) and if your dopamine is high, there’s a sense of ambition involved, where you begin to focus on things outside of your environment, or experience, and is involved in the seeking circuit. He says that “the dopamine system is all about want, desire, craving, motivation and getting more”[x] and can tie into the goal-setting, achieving experience that Dr. Huberman says is all dopamine-driven.
Our RAS Changes Our World View:
Here’s where the science bridges the gap between many of our past podcast episodes where we’ve talked about the importance of knowing what it is that you want, or even reading your goals out loud every day, that we talked about often with our Think and Grow Rich Book Review EPISODES [xi]last year. If you want to get fancy, listen to our Deep Dive on The Silva Method[xii] to visualize whatever it is that you want on the mental screen of your mind. We dove deep into this method the end of last year and it makes more sense to me now why this method is so effective. Once you know what you want, the RAS in your brain begins to work FOR you, and it will “cue up the things near you “and “help you to access memory stores about your end goal.” (Dr. Huberman). Or, like Bob Proctor taught us with the Creative Process, it begins with painting the picture of your fantasy, clearly on the screen of your mind. Now that we understand the research behind the Creative Process, thanks to Dr. Huberman, it’s easy to see how we go from Fantasy (with our perception or what we are paying attention to) to Theory (create the plans for what we want, based on the neuromodulator that’s high in our brain) to Fact (where we’ve used an understanding of our brain to create something we wanted).
PUT THIS INTO ACTION:
Try this activity that Dr. Huberman suggests and let me know what happens in your case. Before you go to bed at night, place the intention of whatever it is that you want. Whatever it is that you are working on—maybe you are writing a novel, and you are looking for new ideas (this would be your intention), maybe you are looking for a promotion at work (this would be your intention), you’re a student looking to improve your grades (this would be your intention) or improve your skills in a sport, or even earn more money, you get the picture, clearly visualize your intention before you go sleep at night, and Dr. Huberman says this activity will be “cueing up your brain to the things it should pay attention to” because like we said before, it acts like a filter “since it can’t pay attention to everything.” (Dr. Huberman).
Then the next few days, see what you notice.
Did you have new ideas for the novel you are writing?Did you notice a new job opening that you could apply for that would be a promotion for you, and seems like a perfect fit for you?Did you notice something important you forgot to study that could have cost you some grades?Did you notice something new you could do with your sport to improve somehow? The funny thing I picked up from watching this interview with Dr. Huberman is that he made a joke about the movie, The Secret, while explaining how the RAS works in this interview. If I wasn’t paying attention to everything he was saying, I would have missed it. He said that once you pay attention to what you’ve set your intention on, “you’ll start to cue up all the things near you from your conscious and subconscious mind…the things you already possess in your mind from your memory bank (to help you to attain whatever it is that you want to accomplish) and you’ll start to see things in the world (to help you) and there’s nothing secretive about this, no pun intended he says.”[xiii]
I thought it was interesting that he was referring to the movie, The Secret, that my mentor, Bob Proctor starred in, that inspired me to write The Secret for Teens Revealed. I know that Bob didn’t know the science behind goal-setting and achieving, or at least not as in depth that Dr. Andrew Huberman does, but he knew there was something happening that he saw over and over again with people who dreamed up an incredible fantasy, and then turned it into reality.
I’m glad I didn’t miss this detail and made me think of something I saw one of my early influencers mention this week, “Attention to Detail Does Matter”
Review and Conclusion:
To review and conclude this week’s Brain Fact Friday and our FIRST Brain Fact Friday from March 2021, that I think we have more than covered in depth today, DID YOU KNOW that “your RAS is a powerful system in your brain that draws you towards certain things and away from others?” (Dr. Andrew Huberman)
As we close out this episode and review of our FIRST Brain Fact Friday, I hope this understanding of our brain and this filter called the RAS has opened YOUR eyes (like it did mine) to something new, giving you an AHA Moment where you begin to draw that which you want closer to you, using the Creative Process with Science.
TO CONCLUDE THIS EPISODE, THINK ABOUT THESE QUESTIONS:
Has this understanding of our RAS connected to the goal-setting/achieving process in your life, helped you to refine what it is you are working on this year?Did it help you with the goals you’ve set that seem impossible to achieve, or helped you to dream bigger than you’ve been dreaming? If you look at the notes I took at one of my first seminars Bob taught on the Creative Process, (if you can read them) you will see where I point out that when others see you working on something that’s much bigger than you, that people will come out of the woodwork who will want to help you. You just need to begin, or set the intention of what you want, in order for this to happen.Some other thoughts: Have you thought about what are YOU paying attention to day to day?Do you think about the creative process diagram, and what can you turn over to your imagination at the Fantasy Level?Do you even spend time dreaming?Have you started to use your Reasoning Faculty and then create the plans that will turn your Fantasy into a Fact?Are you a DOER, not just a DREAMER?Do you know the neuromodulators that are high in your brain? This will help you to understand which of the four neuromodulators are driving you (dopamine to look outside of your environment, or serotonin to keep you focused on things in your immediate sphere) that we spoke about, or acetyl choline (that keeps us focused) and epinephrine (for your alertness).Do you now think about your RAS, or your brain, and how it’s working FOR you in the Creative Goal-Setting/Achieving Process?Did you try the activity and go to sleep with an intention of something that you want to create, or move towards the next day?Did your RAS help you in any other way that I haven’t mentioned with what you want to create? I’ll close with a quote that was inspired by someone who I know understands how the Creative Process Works:
“The difference between something good and something great, is attention to detail” Charles Swindell, and I hope that we can all see that it’s important to notice even the tiniest details.
Where our focus goes, our energy flows, and this understanding of the RAS and our brain can help us to pay attention to what matters most to us, and help us to achieve something we’ve never achieved before in 2023, which will in turn, contribute to our growth personally and professionally.
And with that, we will close out this episode, and we’ll see you next week where we will take a closer look at our next brain fact Friday on regulating our thoughts and emotions.
FINAL THOUGHTS AND REFLECTIONS
This episode made me think deeply about my own creative process as I wrote this over a few days, in an early morning time slot where I have a quiet place to focus. But like my book discussion with Bob, I knew there was something missing so I woke up early, went to my office and took out some old notebooks from the seminar days to see what else I could add to make this episode to make it more than just “hey here’s how we set goals, and cool, look how our brains help us.”
I was looking for something else and a few things stood out to me from those old seminar notes. The Walden quote I opened up with was actually written on the back of one of the old seminar booklets, and I thought it was fitting for what I wanted to convey. I want us to build castles in the sky…I could almost see Bob shouting that out from the stage, using his hands to mold his castle in the sky…he’d look up and paint this image getting us to all look up and “imagine” our dream in the sky.
I wonder:
What’s your dream?Can’t you see it painted visually? Can you feel it with your heart and soul? I highly recommend going back to our Think and Grow Rich Book Study[i] to start off every new year with. There’s so much in those 6 episodes that will set us all up for success with whatever it is we are working on. The Creative Process is summed up nicely in the pages of this book.
After I had recorded this episode I had it all cued up to go out this Friday, and then something weird happened. I woke up in the middle of the night, and was almost jolted out of sleep. I kept thinking “This episode isn’t finished…”
I went to my desk and thought “what else can I add?” not knowing why I had woken up with such a force almost pushing me back to my desk to take another look at this episode. Now this was around 1:30am and I was wide awake, looking for whatever it was that needed to be added-- and then I saw it.
This Friday when I was planning to release this episode marks the one year Anniversary of the day Bob passed away last year. I’m usually pretty good with dates, but the past month has been a whirlwind, I’m not even sure what time it is often, let alone the day.
I can’t believe I almost missed it if it, and wrote this episode with many examples about my past mentor, without realizing it would go out on the exact one year anniversary of when he left us. If it wasn’t for that jolt that pushed me back to my desk to take another look at it, I would have missed it.
Details Matter.
So this episode is for you Bob, one year after you moved over from the physical world to the nonphysical where you taught us we will all go someday…and that we are still here, just in different forms of energy, like the goals we bring from the unseen world (from our imagination) to the physical world (our reality).
This trip back down memory lane was so very special—remembering how he taught many of us to dream, and to honor all those early influencers (many who’ve come on this podcast over the years) who paved the pathway for where I personally ended up today. This is what I want for all our listeners—to get to the place where you’ve given it your all—you’ve stretched yourself, gone beyond your levels of comfort, sat at the edge of your seat, leaning in, accomplished that big dream you had, leading you to things you could never have imagined before. Then I hope that you’ll teach this to others.
I’ll end this episode with the quote that I ended The Think and Grow Rich Series[ii] with…
“What story do you want to tell? What scenes do you want to shoot? How do you want the movie to end? Be the director of your life.” Bob Proctor
Whatever it is you are going after, you’ll do it when you believe it.
And I’ll see you next week.
RESOURCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 Think and Grow Rich Book Review Deep Dive PART 1 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 Think and Grow Rich Book Review Deep Dive PART 6 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
The Secret https://www.amazon.com/Secret-Rhonda-Byrne/dp/B00DDOWK5I/ref=atv_pr_sw_sc
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES TO REVIEW:
Andrea and Bob's Interview Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #66 “The Legendary Bob Proctor on “Social and Emotional Learning, Where it All Began” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 Think and Grow Rich Book Review Deep Dive PART 1 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #191 PART 2 on “Thinking Differently and Choosing Faith Over Fear” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-2-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever-by-thinking-differently-and-choosing-faith-over-fear/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193 PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #194 PART 4 on “Perfecting the Skills of Organized Planning, Decision-Making, and Persistence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-4-on-perfecting-the-skills-of-organized-planning-decision-making-and-persistence/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #195 PART 5 [xxviii] on “The Power of the Mastermind, Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation, and Linking ALL Parts of the Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 Think and Grow Rich Book Review Deep Dive PART 6 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
REFERENCES:
[i]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast BONUS EPISODE on “Using The Reticular Activating System to Set Your Intent and Achieve It” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-using-the-reticular-activating-system-to-set-your-intent-and-achieve-it/
[ii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #66 “The Legendary Bob Proctor on “Social and Emotional Learning, Where it All Began” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-legendary-bob-proctor-on/
[iii] The Secret for Teens Revealed by Andrea Samadi https://www.amazon.com/Secret-Teens-Revealed-Teenagers-Leadership/dp/1604940336
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #203 with Paranormal Researcher Ryan O’Neill on “Making Your Vision a Reality” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/
[v] The Secret for Teens Revealed: A 10-Step Blueprint https://www.udemy.com/course/the-secret-for-teens-revealed-a-10-step-success-blueprint/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 A Deep Dive into Applying The Silva Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[vii] https://hubermanlab.com/
[viii] The Huberman Lab Premium Channel https://hubermanlab.supercast.com/new_landing?
[ix] The Mindset Mentor Podcast https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ruBJYNKKKXY
[x] The Mindset Mentor Podcast https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ruBJYNKKKXY (1:46)
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 Think and Grow Rich Book Review Deep Dive PART 1 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[xii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 A Deep Dive into Applying The Silva Method https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[xiii] The Mindset Mentor Podcast https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ruBJYNKKKXY (6:26)
Forbes Magazine said they are “one of four technologies innovating mental health” and Elle Magazine was quoted saying they “couldn’t stop talking about their good mood and hyper charged focus.” They’ve been proven in multiple published studies, treated over 10,000 patients and are prescribed by more than 14,000 doctors and providers.
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/OfCeq6z2mks
On today’s Episode #271 we will cover
✔ A reminder of our first interview with Kelly Roman, CEO of Fisher Wallace Laboratories from 2021, that remains on our TOP 12 most watched YouTube Interviews on the podcast.
✔ My Personal Review of The Fisher Wallace Device, that remains our MOST downloaded episode of ALL-TIME!
✔ Our One Year Later Episode, where I answer the MOST ASKED QUESTION about our podcast.
✔ Kelly Roman updates us on The Next Generation of Wearable Devices: Where They are Now, and Where They are Going.
✔ We discuss Best Practices for Using Their First Generation Device, and HOW it provides a calming effect.
✔ The Importance of Staying on Top of Our Mental and Physical Health.
✔ How Fisher Wallace is Positioned to Support the Workplaces of the Future.
✔ First responder study, and ways that we can support Kelly's mission of building health, well-being and resilience in the future.
You can see countless reviews on their website[i] where people all over the globe share the relief the device provides for them, and I personally understand the impact that this specific technology can have on our mental and physical health. Our first interview with today’s returning guest, Kelly Roman[ii], CEO of Fisher Wallace Laboratories[iii], on their wearable medical device that’s cleared by the FDA to treat depression, anxiety and insomnia, came in at #11 of our all-time most watched YouTube interviews[iv].
Then, EPISODE #120[v] from last April 2021, where I posted “My Personal Review of the Fisher Wallace Wearable Medical Device”[i] remains our most listened to episode of all time with over 6,000 downloads.
You can watch our first interview here https://youtu.be/jCtbngfXoYg that Kelly Roman says is his all-time favorite interview. I think it’s neat to look back now, to when I had no idea that a device like this even existed, to see how it improved my sleep by much more the gold standard of 20 minutes each night. I’m sure as the CEO of this company, Kelly has heard it all. I remember having a deer in the headlights look while first learning about this device, as I didn’t even know there was something I could use at home that could help me to improve my sleep, levels of anxiety, that also supports those people suffering from depression. I’m pretty open on this podcast that depression runs in my family, and is one of the reasons I left Toronto, for AZ where I could find most days where we have sunshine, and I could exercise outside Year-round. This change of location has helped me to find the balance I needed, but not everyone can just pick up and move to a new location for a better climate. Kelly Roman himself was open with his past history with depression, and how the device has helped him as well, so after I released our interview, and then my review of the device, I was surprised at how many emails and correspondence I received from people around the world, with questions. I think most people just wanted to make sure I was a real person, and if you’ve ever emailed me, I answer EVERY email within 24 hours. Most people wanted to know “do you still use the Fisher Wallace Device?” and the answer is “yes, every morning, as a part of my daily routine.” I couldn’t imagine life without it. In fact, I’ve had this question come through so many times that I did a “Review One Year Later: My Personal Review of the Fisher Wallace Device[vi]” last summer, that I could point people to who asked me this question to.
I’ve said it often on this podcast that most of us will struggle with a mental health issue in our lifetime. We launched the year with EP 268 on “Prioritizing Our Mental Health in 2023: Building Self-Awareness and Resilience in the New Year”[vii] with a quote from Julie Smith, the author of Why Has Nobody Told Me This Before, reminding us that our mental health is just an important as our physical health. So, when I saw an email from Kelly Roman about a NEW product they were releasing, I immediately emailed him to see if he would come back on the podcast.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. For returning guest, welcome back, and for those who are new listeners, I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results. This season (Season 9) we will be focused on Neuroscience: Going Back to the Basics always with a focus on our productivity, results, mental and physical health.
Today, I want to welcome back the CEO of Fisher Wallace, Kelly Roman, to reconnect since our first interview that received more feedback and comments than I imagined, helping all those who have tuned into that first interview, my personal review, or the one year later review.
Let’s welcome Kelly Roman and see what’s been happening over at Fisher Wallace since our first interview back in February 2021.
Welcome back Kelly, thanks for meeting me today in this early time slot and being so responsive for us speaking again. How’s everything going over there?
Q1: Kelly, I’ve got to say, I was really surprised with the reaction and interest with our first interview. It caught me off guard just how many people around the world are suffering, and looking for a solution. People were very open with how much they are struggling, and asked me how I used the device. What does this reaction mean to you and how have you seen the world responding to this device?
Q2: When I go back to my trial period, I was using the device to improve my WASO scores, as I’ve been trying everything to make sure I go to sleep and stay asleep so was happy to see those improve, but was not expecting my mood to improve, or anxiety levels decrease. Even after using some other tools this past year, there are many times I could see anxiety levels increase, without me even being aware of it. What have you seen as a typical reaction for someone who tries out the device?
Q2B: Does it matter which level you choose?
Q3: I loved the correspondence that came through after the personal review I did. I think most people wanted to know that I’m a real person here, and the biggest thing I noticed was when I said I was not paid to endorse your product. When I go to your website review section, and see wonderful reviews, including the one I did, is everyone there just like me? They tried the device, found it helped them, and they either let you know, or they just keep it, and use it regularly?
Q4: In our interview, I remember you were waiting on the device to be cleared by FDA for insomnia (and I think it has been by now from looking at your website). What has happened since we spoke that first time?
Q5: In our first interview we spoke about some work you were doing with first responders. What are you doing now with the first responders study, in order to validate tools and techniques to improve their quality of life in a profession that needs it more than ever today? (NOTE- I shadowed a team of police officers this year, and after 5 hours on the job, needed to take a break from what I saw. I wouldn’t make it in that industry, and saw first-hand how many officers needed mental health support tools to help them to deal with the stress they must endure, minute by minute). What can you share about this device helping those first responders with the stress they dealt with day to day?
Q6: I was sorry to see the email about the passing of Mitch Rosenthal, MD, the founder of Phoenix House, the largest private, non-profit therapeutic drug-treatment program in the United States. I remember you mentioned him in our first interview when I asked about the research behind the device with substance use disorder. How did Dr. Rosenthal contribute to the world as an “early apostle for treating drug and alcohol addiction?”[viii]
Q7: The reason I asked you back today was because I hear there’s a lot going on with Fisher Wallace. What’s Your Vision for the Future? What’s next for Fisher Wallace? Where are you going now? What can you tell us about OAK, and the Next Generation of Fisher Wallace Technology?
Thank you, Kelly, for coming back on the podcast, and for all you are doing in the world. I’m always going to be a fan of any tool that supports our mental health and well-being and I’ll continue to follow your work and showcase everything you are doing there on the podcast, in addition to continue to use my device on a daily basis. For anyone who listens and wants to try this wearable device, is the best way to go to FisherWallace.com and order one to try?
Thank you for all you do.
FOLLOW FISHER WALLACE
Website: www.fisherwallace.com
INVEST in FISHER WALLACE https://www.startengine.com/offering/fisherwallace
Twitter: https://twitter.com/fwlabs
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/fisherwallace/?hl=en
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/fisher-wallace-laboratories/
FOLLOW KELLY ROMAN:
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kellyroman/
First Responder Study:
STILL OPEN FOR PARTICIPANTS https://trials.climb.care/wellness?goal=0_65e2b318c4-414be1b417-410047957&mc_cid=414be1b417&mc_eid=59841bcff4&goal=0_c0f9d91c97-db6d7657e2-423465785&mc_cid=db6d7657e2&mc_eid=d923a60bd6
Dr. Mitch Rosenthal at FD Hearing Talking About His Belief with the Fisher Wallace Device and CES Published on YouTube in 2012. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c5GTZ3uNmDg
FOLLOW ANDREA SAMADI:
YouTube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/c/AndreaSamadi
Website https://www.achieveit360.com/
LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/samadi/
Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/Achieveit360com
Neuroscience Meets SEL Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/2975814899101697
Twitter: https://twitter.com/andreasamadi
Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/andreasamadi/
RESOURCES:
Seattle Police Department First Responders Study article by GeekWire Published May 5, 2022 https://www.geekwire.com/2022/seattle-police-department-testing-brain-stimulation-headband-as-part-of-wellness-research-effort/?goal=0_c0f9d91c97-d31de7eb66-422882348&mc_cid=d31de7eb66&mc_eid=dc68c5a284
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #120 My Personal Review of the Fisher Wallace Wearable Device https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/personal-review-of-the-fisher-wallace-wearable-medical-device-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleepstress-management/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #120 My Personal Review of the Fisher Wallace Wearable Device://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/ceo-of-fisher-wallace-laboratories-on-wearable-medical-devices-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleepstress-management/
[iii] https://www.fisherwallace.com/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #233 “Top 12 Most Watched YouTube Video Interviews on the Podcast” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/top-12-neuroscience-meets-social-and-emotional-learning-podcast-interviews/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #120 My Personal review of the Fisher Wallace Device https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/update-one-year-later-on-my-personal-review-of-the-fisher-wallace-wearable-sleep-device-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleep-management/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #231 ONE YEAR LATER UPDATE: Do You Still Use the Fisher Wallace Device? https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/update-one-year-later-on-my-personal-review-of-the-fisher-wallace-wearable-sleep-device-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleep-management/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #268 on Prioritizing Mental Health for 2023 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-prioritizing-mental-health-in-2023-improving-self-awareness-and-resilience/
[viii] https://www.nytimes.com/2022/11/19/nyregion/mitchell-rosenthal-dead.html
"Jaak Panksepp was the first and only neuroscientist who focused squarely on the emotional brain. There followed a lengthy and instructive series of emails between Jack and Lucy that ultimately resulted in the publication of this book" Jaak Panksepp and Lucy Biven, authors of the famous book that is often required reading for those studying an Introduction to the Field of Neuroscience, The Archeology of Mind.
Watch our interview on YouTube here https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wH3j5WDXvEk
On today’s Episode #270 we will cover
✔ An introduction to Lucy Biven, who co-authored the well-known book, The Archeology of Mind, with Jaak Panksepp.
✔ How Lucy went from being the Head of Psychotherapy at the Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service in England, to writing a leading resource in the field of Neuroscience, with Jaak Panksepp.
✔ How neuroscience gave her answers to a court case she was asked to advise, that 19 experts in the field of child development couldn't solve, without an understanding of how our brain works.
✔ How an understanding of our brain can help us to be better parents, teachers, coaches and managers.
✔ Where Jaak Panksepp's work filled in the missing gaps for Lucy, opening doors with this new understanding of our brain, and emotions.
✔ 3 often discussed Theories about Emotions and Affect (Feedback Theory, Brainstem Theory and Conceptual Act Theory, or Theory of Constructed Emotion and which one Lucy believes in today.
✔ Lucy makes a case for Panksepp's Brainstem Theory, as well as Damasio's work.
✔ Lucy and Andrea discuss the hard question of consciousness and why all traditional attempts to answer this complex question, has failed.
✔ Lucy shares how she uses Panksepp's Brainstem Theory to help 2 boys knowing when to take the role of a coach, versus a traditional therapist, to help them to overcome mental blocks that were holding them back from living a successful life.
I’m so grateful to have this opportunity today to speak with Lucy Biven, who co-authored The Archeology of Mind, with the one and only, Jaak Panksepp. Those who study the field of neuroscience will know his name, and if you haven’t heard of him, I hope this episode sheds some light on his work, combined with Lucy’s as pioneer researchers in the field of Affective Neuroscience.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results. This season (Season 9) we will be focused on Neuroscience: Going Back to the Basics for the next few months, as we welcome some phenomenal pioneers in the field of Neuroscience, paving a pathway for all of us to navigate our lives with more understanding with our brain in mind. My goal with this next season (that will run until the end of June) is that going back to the basics will help us to strengthen our understanding of the brain, and our mind, to our results, and provide us with a springboard to propel us forward in 2023, with this solid backbone of science. With some new and exciting responsibilities on my end, we will be doing one episode a week, going back to the basics each week, that I know will be helpful for all of us.
For today’s guest and EPISODE #270, we will be speaking with someone who many of you who study in the field of neuroscience will recognize. There are those who I would call “rockstar” researchers, whose work has revolutionized the field. If you take a neuroscience course, or like I did, a Neuroscience Certification Program, you are a clinician, a psychotherapist, you will have come across her first book as required reading. Metapsychology Online Review thinks this book should be “essential reading not only for mind professionals, but for teachers, parents, personal and physical trainers and coaches.”
So when I had an email from this next guest, one of the rockstar authors we come across and highlight in our notebooks, letting me know she has recently published a new book, and that her first book she co-authored with Jaak Panksepp, I almost fell off my chair in my office. She could have been Mick Jagger emailing me, as that would be the equivalent in this field of neuroscience research.
Her first book The Archaeology of Mind[i] that she co-authored with Jaak Panksepp “describes the new scientific discipline called affective neuroscience, which seeks to illuminate how our most powerful emotional feelings—the primal emotional affects—arise from ancient neural networks situated in brain regions below the neo-cortical thinking cap.”
"An exhaustive work, covering a neglected and often misunderstood field . . . . Nowhere else will you really find due diligence done on the non-conscious biases of humans and animals . . . . Essential reading, not only to us as mind professionals, but to teachers, parents, personal and physical trainers and coaches. Emotions are still everything, and vital to understanding why we are what we are, and why we do and have done, everything in the past and now. An amazing buy."― Metapsychology Online Reviews
"Panksepp’s perspective on the continuity of animal and human minds has not received the attention it deserves. Here are the collected facts and the reasoning behind that compelling view. An indispensable volume."― Antonio Damasio, author, Self Comes to Mind; David Dornsife Professor of Neuroscience and Director, Brain and Creativity Institute, University of Southern California
"This book has the capacity to integrate affective neuroscience into the consciousness of not only therapists, but also those interested in understanding depth motivation that sustains or pathologizes our every action and thought. It is a truly pioneering effort. Its deep truths about the origins of mind and feeling, and the implications for altering how we see ourselves over evolutionary time, connected to our fellow social mammals and birds, also has implications for how we treat our fellow travelers on this planet."― Stuart Brown, MD, Founder and President, The National Institute for Play
Our next guest, Lucy Biven, who co-authored The Archeology of Mind with Jaak Panksepp, is the former Head of the Department of Psychotherapy at the Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service, part of the National Health Service in Leicestershire, England.
She became interested in neuroscience about 20 years ago when she was appointed by the Michigan Supreme Court to devise and implement a protocol for the transfer of custody of a 2½ year old girl from the home of a couple whom the child regarded as her parents, to the home of her biological parents. Like most of her colleagues, Lucy worried about the little girl’s psychological development, yet the child progressed well and today is an emotionally healthy young woman. Where did it all go right?
She looked towards neuroscience for the answers she was looking for and found that, along with meeting Jaak Panksepp who coined the term “affective neuroscience” (a field that studies the neural mechanisms of emotions and how consciousness emerges from strong emotional stimuli).
My goal with this next interview is learn directly from Lucy Biven, how an understanding of our emotions and our brain can help us to be better teachers in the classroom, coaches in the field of sports, or improve our effectiveness in the modern workplace. Her most recent book A Short-Cut to Understanding Affective Neuroscience was released last summer, and I look forward to learning what this rockstar from the field of psychology and neuroscience can teach us with her work, research and experience.
Welcome Lucy, thank you very much for reaching out to me when you did, it was perfect timing for the direction we are going with the podcast, and going back to the basics to start our year. Welcome.
INTRO Q: To start off with, I must ask, what type of reaction do you typically get from people when you reach out to them, like you did to me. Have most people read The Archeology of Mind? The reason I ask this, is that Antonio Damasio mentioned that "Panksepp’s perspective on the continuity of animal and human minds has not received the attention it deserves” and I had heard that before, so I wonder were you surprised when I knew exactly who you were, with the massive amounts of respect that go along with those who spearhead a field?
Q1: I always like to know what brought people to where they are now, and you explain what brought you to this field in the Introduction of your book A Short-Cut to Understanding Affective Neuroscience[ii]. Can you give a snapshot of your career path (so I don’t think I was crazy that you were in England)? What did your work entail as Head of the Department of Psychotherapy at the Child and Adolescent Mental Health Service (in England) and why were you appointed that case by the Michigan Supreme Court?
Q1B: The book opens with an incredible example of how neuroscience helped to inform the outcomes of those cases involving children and their caregivers that dated back to 1993. Can you explain how neuroscience explained the outcomes that 19 experts in child development couldn’t see without understanding how the brain works? I’m asking from the point of view not of a researcher who has a sound understanding of how our brain works, but for of those of us who have a thirst to understand this information, that we were never taught.
Q2: The introduction of your book is interesting as neuroscience proved something that 19 experts in child development couldn’t see, even from the point of view of a parent. I always wondered if I had made a mistake when I moved from Canada to the US (only AFTER I had children) but it was with the difference we see with maternity leave in the US where we have about 12 weeks compared to a full year in Canada. I always wondered if I was doing something wrong when I dropped my daughter off at daycare and drove off to work.
I was shocked when I learned that “The hippocampus creates enduring personal memories, but it does not begin to function until a child is about four years old (Newcombe et al. 2000; Gleitman et al. 2007). Babies and young children can retain short-term memories, but the neural pathways that encode these memories dissolve after a few weeks or months and the children forget” (Fivush and Hamond 1990).
So, for all those parents out there who feel guilty dropping their kids off at daycare, or leaving them for a few hours with a caregiver, this bit of research could really have helped me back then to not stress so much about that, right?
How else can you see an understanding of our brain, helping us beyond your Supreme Court Case, or for young parents raising their children? Do you have any other neuroscience tips that surprised you?
Q3: What was it about Jaak Panksepp’s work that filled in the missing gaps for you, and for lay people like me and others listening who want to understand the important workings of the brain (for improved results in our schools, sports environments or modern workplaces?)
Q4: The first 3 chapters discusses different schools of thought about emotion and effect. Can we talk about each one and give an example of how something like a gunshot would be experienced with each theory?
Feedback Theory-affects emerge from cognitive parts of the cortex or cortex creates all forms of consciousness (Kawkabani, 2018) We hear a gunshot, and freeze but why according to FBT are we not afraid?Brainstem Theory-maintains that all mammalian brains contain genetically programmed emotional systems). I’ve seen Panksepp’s 7 Emotional Systems written out in many places but didn’t realize there was a reason behind the ALL CAPS of each system. What did he want to show with the all caps? Panksepp’s 7 core emotions:
ALL mammalian brains have these 7 emotions?Why do you think these 7 emotions have been overlooked by psychologists and neuroscientists if they appear in the upper brainstem, indicating they evolved a long time ago?With brainstem theory, we hear a gunshot, what happens? We feel fear that originates from the brainstem? 3. Conceptual Act Theory (CAT)-claims that emotional systems do not exist and that emotions do not emanate from any brain region. Affects depend on concepts we construct largely on the basis of social experience.
(Lisa Feldman Barrett-Theory of Constructed Emotion-explains the experience and perception of emotion). Her research shows emotions are invented using our memory and imagination (Waldman).
With a gunshot, how would you explain your reaction if emotions don’t exist in the brain? Did my brain create a fearful affect based on what I watched on TV, my memory and imagination?
Q5: In chapter 5 and 6 you dive deeper into brainstem theory by looking at 2 different hypothesis—Jaak Pankseep and Antonio Damasio, explaining how affects might be created. Both are similar, involving the brainstem, but they explain different mechanisms for how this happens.
What is Damasio’s view involving homeostasis/consciousness?
What is Panksepp’s major contribution to affective neuroscience?
Q6: All the research in the first 7 chapters show how the brain creates conscious affective feelings. In chapter 7, you evaluate Damasio and Panksepp’s Hypothesis.
You mention that both Damasio and Panksepp maintain that all consciousness includes a conscious unified sense of self (Ramachandran, 2009) who we’ve come across on this podcast as he inspired the work of Dr. Baland Jalal EPISODE #211.[iii] Ramachandran sites that people with male bodies feel like men, and people with female bodies feel like women.
What does neuroscience research say about our sense of self and our consciousness and what was the point with Ramachandran’s research?
Q7: Chapter 8 we have the hard question of consciousness.
On EPISODE #251, I looked at “Exploring Consciousness” and learned that “consciousness is the most astonishing act our big, complex, interconnected brains pull off and scientists are only just beginning to understand it.”[xiv] (National Geographic, The Brain). I learned that “Some scholars reckon the puzzle of consciousness is something the human mind is incapable of solving” (National Geographic) but that Daniel Dennett, Philospher and Cognitive Scientist from Tufts University (MA) says that this line of thinking is “culpably wrong. It isn’t impossible at all. It’s just that we have to buckle down and do it.”[iv]
Why do all traditional attempts to answer the hard questions of consciousness fail?
Which brain structures and functions correlate with consciousness?How does the physical brain create nonphysical conscious experiences (like seeing colors, tasting flavors, feeling joy and sorrow, anticipating the future, and remembering the past?What makes us happy, lonely, caring or curious? (no one knows how this happens Greenfield 2000). Q8: In chapter 10, you show how neuroscience helped you to treat 2 boys using the SEEKING system. How did you help each boy differently by knowing when to act like a coach, or like a traditional therapist and identifying the 7 emotional sytems that needed help?
How could others use this system to help students, or athletes, who’ve gone off track somehow, or even managers and supervisors in the corporate world who might be having a challenge with their employees?
Lucy, I want to thank you very much for first of all sending me that note before the holidays. For those of us who spend a lot of time learning, someone who can understand these difficult concepts, and explain them in a way that we can all use them, really are rockstars in my eyes. Like Dr. Daniel Siegel[v], who wrote the foreword to The Archeology of Mind and suggested that scientists or researchers would be interested in “the abundance of academic references” but for clinicians, educators or general readers, he suggests to read the pages of that book like a fascinating nonfictional story, and let the words sink in over time.
Thank you for joining the rockstar researchers who have come on our podcast, like Dr. Daniel Siegel and those who have helped us to embrace a world where neuroscience can provide us with answers to move us forward, if we can take the time to stop, think, and understand the research that you’ve gathered, and then see how we can implement your last tip, to impact change in our worlds, backed by science. Thank you for all you have shared today.
If people want to reach you, what is the best way?
Email Lucy at LucyBiven@gmail.com
If people want to purchase your books, what is the best way?
A Short-Cut to Understanding Affective Neuroscience by Lucy Biven Published July 6, 2022 https://www.amazon.com/Short-Cut-Understanding-Affective-Neuroscience-ebook/dp/B0B69SSNXV/ref=tmm_kin_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=
RESOURCES:
Palaces of Memory by George Johnson https://www.thriftbooks.com/w/in-the-palaces-of-memory-how-we-build-the-worlds-inside-our-heads_george-johnson/572819/item/3589928/?gclid=Cj0KCQiAiJSeBhCCARIsAHnAzT-NyFHlqgUK_OySTM5OHSRM3Ic-W9ocGM_kDYtAqd4dUnj8SIp0kecaAuMREALw_wcB#idiq=3589928&edition=1903120
The Emotional Brain by Joseph LeDoux Published September 22, 201We https://www.amazon.com/Emotional-Brain-Mysterious-Underpinnings-Life-ebook/dp/B00AK78PDC/ref=tmm_kin_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=
Who’s in Charge by Michael Gazzaniga Published November 15, 2011 https://www.amazon.com/Whos-Charge-Free-Science-Brain-ebook/dp/B005UD1EVG/ref=sr_1_1?gclid=Cj0KCQiAiJSeBhCCARIsAHnAzT_G3h7DHS5KOnaE-oZBRaqInCY5h6x_azxOw6cDettoKFu73XQ2Om0aAvU3EALw_wcB&hvadid=295460754701&hvdev=c&hvlocphy=9030091&hvnetw=g&hvqmt=e&hvrand=9467293520721770679&hvtargid=kwd-564030166002&hydadcr=22594_10348222&keywords=who%27s+in+charge+michael+gazzaniga&qid=1673931510&sr=8-1
REFERENCES:
[i] The Archeology of Mind: Neuroevolutionary Origins of Human Emotion by Jaak Panksepp and Lucy Biven Published September 17, 2012 https://www.amazon.com/Archaeology-Mind-Neuroevolutionary-Interpersonal-Neurobiology/dp/0393705315
[ii] A Short-Cut to Understanding Affective Neuroscience by Lucy Biven Published July 6, 2022 https://www.amazon.com/Short-Cut-Understanding-Affective-Neuroscience-ebook/dp/B0B69SSNXV/ref=tmm_kin_swatch_0?_encoding=UTF8&qid=&sr=
[iii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #211 with Dr. Baland Jalal on “Sleep Paralysis” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/harvard-neuroscientist-drbaland-jalalexplainssleepparalysislucid-dreaming-andpremonitionsexpandingour-awareness-into-the-mysteries-ofourbrainduring-sl/
[iv] What is Consciousness Published on YouTube Sept. 10, 2015 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ir8XITVmeY4 TIME STAMP 1:31/12:42
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Daniel J Siegel on “Mindsight: The Basis for Social and Emotional Intelligence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
WHAT IS THE POTENTIAL OF EDUCATIONAL NEUROSCIENCE?
British Physician, Ben Goldacre, 2013 says “I think there is a huge prize waiting to be claimed by teachers. By collecting better evidence about what works best and establishing a culture where this evidence is used as a matter of routine, we can improve outcomes for children, and increase professional independence.”
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/Uh1BZOTGZQc
On today’s Episode #269 we will cover
✔ Professor Michael S.C. Thomas' new book Educational Neuroscience: The Basics
✔ Where is educational neuroscience NOW? Where it began, and where it's going.
✔ How this book can help students improve how they learn.
✔ How this look at Educational Neuroscience can help us to become better teachers.
✔ The difference between evidence-based and neuroscience-based.
✔ Where we should ALL begin. What IS the BASICS of Neuroscience?
✔ What makes something forgettable and another thing memorable?
✔ Ways to make learning easier.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces. I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast almost 4 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results. This season (Season 9) we will be focused on Neuroscience: Going Back to the Basics for the next few months, as we welcome some phenomenal pioneers in the field of Neuroscience, paving a pathway for all of us to navigate our lives with more understanding with our brain in mind. My goal with this next season (that will run until the end of June) is that going back to the basics will help us to strengthen our understanding of the brain, and our mind, to our results, and provide us with a springboard to propel us forward in 2023, with this solid backbone of science.
Today’s guest and EPISODE #269, I’ve been wanting to have on this podcast since I came across his work in the field of educational neuroscience around the time we interviewed Dr. Daniel Ansari, back in June 2021 for EPISODE #138.[i] I saw their Annual Research Review: (called) Educational Neuroscience progress from April 2019, written by Michael S.C. Thomas, Daniel Ansari and Victoria C.P. Rowland that provided a thorough overview of the origins of educational neuroscience, outlining where it began, the challenges it faces as a “translational field” and addressed it’s major criticisms. I immediately wrote down Michael S.C. Thomas’ name, along with his email address, to reach out to him to learn more of his perspective in this field. Since I was interviewing Dr. Daniel Ansari, it brought something to light for me that the people who write these research reports that we find on Pubmed.gov, are working hard somewhere, and not completely out of reach if you really want to find them, and ask them some questions about their work. When I finally emailed him, I was thrilled to hear he had a NEW book Educational Neuroscience: The Basics[ii] and am grateful to have this opportunity to speak with him about this new book.
Before we meet our next guest, Michael S.C. Thomas, let me orient you to his work.
Michael S. C. Thomas is a Professor of Cognitive Neuroscience at Birkbeck University of London. Since 2010, he has been Director of the Centre for Educational Neuroscience, a cross-institutional research centre which aims to further translational research between neuroscience and education, and establish new transdisciplinary accounts in the learning sciences. In 2003, Michael established the Developmental Neurocognition Laboratory within Birkbeck’s world-leading Centre for Brain and Cognitive Development. The focus of his laboratory is to use multi-disciplinary methods to understand the brain, including behavioural, brain imaging, computational, and genetic methods. In 2006, the lab was the co-recipient of the Queen’s Anniversary Prize for Higher Education, for the project “Neuropsychological work with the very young: understanding brain function and cognitive development”. Michael is a Chartered Psychologist, Fellow of the British Psychological Society, Fellow of the Association for Psychological Science, Senior Fellow of the Higher Education Academy, and board member of the International Mind Brain and Education Society.
Let’s meet Professor of Cognitive Neuroscience, Michael S. C. Thomas, from Birkbeck University of London and see what we can learn about Educational Neuroscience: The Basics.
Welcome Michael, thank you for sticking with me as we made this interview happen. I’ve been wanting to speak with you for so many years that I was trying to change Wednesday yesterday to Thursday to speed up time because I know how important this new book is, and am so very grateful for this chance to learn more about this topic directly from you. Thank you for being here today.
INTRO: How did you find your way towards studying the brain as it relates to our educational system and establish the Developmental Neurocognition Laboratory within Birkbeck’s Centre for Brain and Cognitive Development?
If I look at Unlocke.org[iii] is this where your research is based?
Moving towards your NEW book, Educational Neuroscience: The Basics that is the reason we are here today, what can you tell us about writing this new book with Cathy Rogers, who moved to this field of neuroscience after years of producing science television shows. I can only imagine how her background in television and film contributed to this book.
Q1: When I first came across your work, it was when I was interviewing Dr. Daniel Ansari, and I found the Annual Research Review[iv] you wrote with him and Victoria Knowland. I don’t often sit and read through Pubmed in my spare time, but I was working on a paper for a Neuroscience Certification that required me to know how to navigate through the research, and after reading your report, this was the first time I was ever aware of criticisms in this field (this was before I learned about the Reading Wars[v]). Then I read Dr. Ansari’s review Bridges over troubled waters[vi] and I wonder if you could bring our listeners up to speed of where this field began, where it is now (you say “it’s barely out of the gates” and where do you see it going?
Q2: This brings us back to your new book with Cathy Rogers, Educational Neuroscience: The Basics that is an introduction to this interdisciplinary field. British physician Ben Goldacre said that there’s “a huge prize waiting to be claimed by teachers” with this book.
What are your goals with this book, Educational Neuroscience: The Basics, and how do you see it improving outcomes for students, like Ben Goldacre mentioned, while “increasing professional independence” for our next generation of teachers?
Q3: I’ve seen some graphics made over the years that show how Neuroeducation consists of the Pedagogy of Education and Learning, Neuroscience, with the brain and its functioning, and Psychology, combining the mind and behavior. (The 3 circles interconnecting) with Neuroeducation in the middle. With your research between neuroscience and education, and your background in psychology, how would you draw this diagram? What disciplines would you say make up Educational Neuroscience?
Q3B: I loved seeing a book that really does go back to the basics. This is fundamental for all of us, whether we work in the classroom with our students, in sports environments, or in the corporate workplace. I saw some of your testimonials at the start of the book say that “this book is essential reading for anyone who wants to learn how the brain works to enable learning” and after reading Chapter 1, I wonder “why do we need educational neuroscience, how can it help us to understand how we learn, and help us to become better teachers?
Andrea thinks that Michael has answered this question, with the idea that we want our students to use movement, manage their emotions, and social interactions, so these don’t get in the way of learning, thinking and cognition.
Q4: Can we go next to the research. This question would benefit those who create programs for schools, or for those who are selling programs to schools, or even for those who work in schools to understand this difference. I’ve spent countless hours (from a program creator point of view) trying to figure this out for certain funding buckets. What is the distinction between “evidence-based” and “neuroscience-based and does one provide a more guaranteed outcome for student success?”
Q5: When I read of the survey you mentioned of the teachers of Wellcome Trust (Simmonds, 2014) that found a high level of interest in neuroscience and 60% of teachers said they “knew little” about how the brain works, and
82% said they wanted to learn more, it reminded me of why we launched this podcast to help bring together all the leaders in the field like you said to address this “unmet appetite for neuroscience knowledge.” But then when asked about their current use it was noted there were many tools, and products that claimed to boost a student’s brain level, without the evidence. I know that CASEL has a program rating system for social and emotional learning programs, but what do you is there a rating systems for neuroscience or evidence- based programs?
Q6: I love that you quoted David A. Sousa (Hart, 1999, Sousa, 2011) in Chapter 1 with his quote that “teachers are the only people whose specific job is to change the connections between neurons in their students’ brains.” He’s been on our podcast twice, most recently EP197[vii] with his 6th edition of How the Brain Learns was our third most listened to episode of 2022. I’ve got to say that when I was first handed his books back in 2014, and asked to add neuroscience to the character and leadership programs I had created for the school market, I took one look at the images of the brain, or even how our memory works, and I felt overwhelmed, and almost didn’t go in this direction. What would you say to someone who looks at the word neuroscience, and feels the same level of intimidation that I felt in the beginning. Where should someone begin? What are the BASICS of Neuroscience?
PlasticityLearning and Altering Neuron ConnectionsMemories/Forgetting Q7: What makes something unforgettable while other things we struggle to remember?
Q8: To sum this all up, In chapter 5, Thinking is Hard, and different types of memories perform different types of functions, or working with memory for specific things or events. Then you cover “We feel, therefore we learn.” (Immordino-Yang & Damasio). What should we all take away to help us to all understand Neuroscience: The Basics and make learning easier?
If thinking is hard, why is learning harder? What makes learning easier?
Michael, I want to thank you very much for taking the time to come on the podcast (all the way from the UK) and for sharing your new book Neuroscience: The Basics with us. For people who want to purchase the book, is the best place https://www.routledge.com/Educational-Neuroscience-The-Basics/Rogers-Thomas/p/book/9781032028552#
CONTACT MICHAEL S.C. THOMAS
Email m.thomas@bbk.ac.uk
Research Unlocke.org
BUY Educational Neuroscience: The Basics
Educational Neuroscience: The Basics by Cathy Rogers and Michael S.C. Thomas Published November 15, 2022 https://www.routledge.com/Educational-Neuroscience-The-Basics/Rogers-Thomas/p/book/9781032028552#
Amazon https://www.amazon.com/Educational-Neuroscience-Basics-Cathy-Rogers/dp/1032028556
Professor Michael Thomas at Birkbeck University of London https://www.bbk.ac.uk/our-staff/profile/8006159/michael-thomas#overview
Center for Educational Neuroscience http://www.educationalneuroscience.org.uk/
YouTube https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCMlW1aThiDY5TB8uxS3DU0w
Stay tuned for Michael’s NEXT book How the Brian Works.
Thank you!
REFERENCES:
[i] https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/professor-and-canada-research-chair-in-developmental-cognitive-neuroscience-and-learning-on-the-future-of-educational-neuroscience/
[ii] Educational Neuroscience: The Basics by Cathy Rogers and Michael S.C. Thomas Published November 15, 2022 https://www.routledge.com/Educational-Neuroscience-The-Basics/Rogers-Thomas/p/book/9781032028552#
[iii] https://www.unlocke.org/team.php
[iv] Annual Research Review: Educational neuroscience: progress and prospects by Michael S.C. Thomas, Daniel Ansari and Victoria C.P. Knowland (April 2019) https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC6487963/
[v] The Reading Wars by Nicholas Lemann https://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/1997/11/the-reading-wars/376990/
[vi] Bridges over troubled waters: education and cognitive neuroscience by Daniel Ansari, Donna Coch March 10, 2006 https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/16530462/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #197 with David A Sousa on “What’s NEW with the 6th Edition of How Your Brain Learns” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/returning-guest-dr-david-a-sousa-on-what-s-new-with-the-6th-edition-of-how-the-brain-learns/
Happy New Year, and welcome back to our 9th Season, approaching our 4th year of The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast. For those returning, welcome back and for new listeners, I’m Andrea Samadi an author and educator, who launched this podcast in June 2019, for many reasons, but the one that stands out the most today, is to amplify the best practices, tools, strategies and ideas, from authors, experts and leaders who’ve risen the top of their field, to improve productivity in our schools, sports environments and modern workplaces, by connecting an understanding of our brain to their proven strategies.
On today’s Episode #268 we will cover
✔ An Introduction to Season 9 of our Podcast: Neuroscience: Going Back to the Basics
✔ Intro to “Prioritizing Our Mental Health in 2023: Building Self-Awareness and Resilience in the New Year.”
✔ 4 TIPS for Putting our Mental and Physical Health First in 2023 with our Brain in Mind.
This season we will be focused on Neuroscience: Going Back to the Basics for the next few months, as we welcome some phenomenal pioneers in the field of Neuroscience, paving a pathway for all of us to navigate our lives with more understanding with our brain in mind. My goal with this next season (that will run until the end of June) is that going back to the basics will help us to strengthen our understanding of the brain, and our mind, to our results, and provide us with a springboard to propel us forward in 2023, with this solid backbone of science. Going back to the basics is something we do without thought while teaching a lesson in the classroom, or with skill-building in sports, and it’s at the root of our performance improvement plans in the workplace, so before moving forward, I wanted to take some steps back a bit, to intentionally strengthen our direction with this podcast.
Before moving forward, I do want to thank our listeners who have taken the time to post a review of the podcast on Apple iTunes. This helps us a lot, so other listeners can learn about the content, and your take-aways, so thank you to Joseue Diaz from Panama for letting me know you enjoyed the episode with Adele Spraggon, about how habits are formed in the brain, and from a review from a faithful listener who let me know you’ve enjoyed our Deep Dives of Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book, and Jose Silva’s Program. Reviews like this make my day, and are extremely motivating to me, especially as I am sitting at my desk, working on finalizing an episode. Thank you for sending the motivation back my way.
For today’s episode, #268, and our FIRST episode of 2023, BEFORE we dive deeper into the Basics of Neuroscience, I want to begin our year on solid footing, going back to the basics of health by “Prioritizing Our Mental Health in 2023: Building Self-Awareness and Resilience in the New Year.” My good friend, and 2-time returning guest Assistant Superintendent for Teaching and Learning, and author of the book, Significant 72: Unleashing the Power of Relationships in Today’s Schools[i] Greg Wolcott, who was on our 7th episode, as well as our #64th[ii] sent me an email this week that got me thinking of how to launch our year. I already had written out “back to the basics” all over my office, but his email gave me some more direction. He sent me the cover of Dr. Julie Smith’s book Why Has Nobody Told Me This Before[iii] and I immediately downloaded her book, and began to connect the dots for this episode. In the beginning of her book, Dr. Julie Smith says,
It was the last line that she wrote “only more recently has it become acceptable to openly and visibly work on your mental health” that got me. She’s 200% right. How many photos have I seen of people working out at the gym at the start of the year, compared to those working on their mindset or mental health? You know, what goes on inside, shows up loud and clear on the outside. We can exercise our body till our legs shake, but if we ignore our mental health, it will, over time, be apparent.
I think back to a review we did on psychiatrist and brain disorder specialist Dr. Daniel Amen’s book The End of Mental Illness[iv]where something Dr. Amen said stuck with me over the years, and that’s that “most of us will have a mental health issue in our lifetime—and that “normal” is a myth..that 51% of us will have a mental health issue (post-traumatic stress, depression, anxiety, addiction, an eating disorder)”[v] showing me that it’s more normal to have a problem, than not.
So today we will focus on our mental health, with a few tools, strategies and ideas that we’ve uncovered over the past few years, to help all of us put our brain health first this year. This is keeping in theme of going back to the basics.
For this week’s Brain Fact Friday, and launch of our New Year,
DID YOU KNOW that “You are not stuck with the brain you have? You can make it better?” –From Dr. Daniel Amen, who said that in his online course Brain Thrive by 25 and he adds, “your history is not your destiny.” He reminds us to be aware of our genetic vulnerabilities, but that “we can change the structure and function of our brain” by doing things a certain way.
Before going into “this certain way” that we can use to change the structure and function of our brain, I wonder, do you know YOUR genetic vulnerabilities?
What steps are you taking to move beyond them? Dr. Amen speaks clearly and openly about his, and I’ve been open about mine on this podcast. I’m fully aware that depression runs in my family, so years ago, I put certain habits like exercise and healthy eating as priority, and it’s not something I even think about anymore. It became a healthy, daily, non-negotiable habit. When you can focus on brain health first, everything else will fall into place, and family history, or genetics can be changed.
Here’s the Tips We’ve Gathered to Help All of Us Put Our Mental Health First in 2023.
TIP 1: USING EXERCISE TO CREATE MORE BRAIN RESERVE AS WE AGE: Who doesn’t want to look younger, as the hands of time move forward? We covered this one on episode #128[vi] with our review of Dr. Daniel Amen’s The End of Mental Illness book, but just as a review, look at the graphic he created with the ACRONYM BRIGHT MINDS and listen to this past episode if you want to review ALL of the brain tips we have for each of the letters of BRIGHT MINDS but for today, we will cover the first letter, B that stands for BLOOD FLOW.
If your brain doesn't get enough blood flow its function will be compromised”[vii] so Dr. Amen believes “the number one strategy to support your brain and mental health is to protect, nurture, and optimize your heart and blood vessels”[viii] and exercise pumps blood to the brain. I know we hear it everywhere, but daily exercise is often written as a prescription for someone suffering with mental health issues, and this explains why.
DID YOU KNOW THAT “Blood vessels age, not your brain cells? Keep blood vessels healthy so blood flows to your brain.”[ix]
BRAIN TIP:
You can keep your blood vessels healthy with moderate exercise 5 days/week and weight training 3 times/week. I know we all have heard how important exercise is for our health, it’s one of the top 5 health staples we have been covering on the podcast, and one area we dove deep into recently on EPISODE #252[x], but have you thought about it from this point of view? Keeping our heart healthy, keeps our blood vessels healthy, and helps blood flow to our brain. When you follow Dr. Amen’s work, you will quickly learn how important blood flow is to the brain. When looking at a brain scan from his clinics, you will notice there are places with holes, and the hole you see represents a 45% drop in blood flow to that area. So, it’s important to understand ways to increase blood flow to your brain (like with exercise) as well as what lowers blood flow in your brain (more than 2 cups of caffeine/day, smoking, lack of sleep, excessive alcohol use).[xi]
TIP #2 FIND YOUR BALANCE POINT BY MEASURING YOUR WORKOUTS
This next point I have to add, after tip #1, as each of us will have different needs when it comes to “how much” exercise we will need to do each week. We’ve covered this topic on The Top 5 Health Staples[xii] with tips of where to begin with an exercise plan in addition to the other health staples, but after measuring my workouts using the Whoop device the past 2 years, I think it’s important to note that while daily exercise is important to keep our blood vessels and brain healthy, that finding our own individual balance point will help us physically, as well as mentally. At the end of this year, I received a report from Whoop that showed me loud and clear that while I was in the Top 2% for Strain Levels, of the entire Whoop community, consisting of many professional level athletes, that they recommend I find a better balance between my recovery and strain. In 2023 I don’t need to push so hard, that will be good for short-term fitness gains, but will not help me with long-term performance. Understanding this information was eye-opening, as I use exercise to solve all my problems, (mental health and physical) but this comes at a risk over overdoing it, which won’t help me in the long run. (pun intended here).
DID YOU KNOW THAT “when your recovery is high, your body is primed to take on more strain? (and you can get a green light to workout) But when your recovery is low, you may be at risk of overtraining (during intense workouts)[xiii]” (Whoop.com) and could use some rest. One quick glance at my yearly recovery rates you can see that I mostly had yellow recoveries (there were actually 192 days where my body wasn’t fully recovered and 122 days where it was recovered (green). These numbers can show me what to change/improve in 2023 so I can have more days where my body is “recovered” strong and ready to take on more strain (mental as well as physical) and that on yellow or non-recovered days, I can focused on less intense workouts to give me more capacity in my day. This will require a change in behavior on my end, but without this data, I’d be at risk of longer-term injury that you better believe would impact my mental health.
BRAIN TIP: I’m sure we’ve all heard that “If you don't make time for your wellness, you'll be forced to make time for your illness” but also too much time focused on wellness isn’t the answer either. FIND YOUR OWN BALANCE.
When you can find a way to measure how well your body is recovering on a day to day basis (I use the Whoop device-you can learn more with EPISODE #134[xiv] with our interview with Kristen Holmes, VP of Performance Science at Whoop) but there are other tools out there that measure sleep in addition to other vital information, so you can see a snapshot of your overall physical health to show you where you are on a daily and monthly basis against your baseline. You can see my report in the show notes measuring respiratory rate (is the amount of breaths I take per minute while at rest-which increases with illness or when I travel to places with higher altitudes) showing me more rest is needed when this number elevates. Resting heart rate (the number of times my heart beats while at rest) is an indicator of cardiovascular health, also alerting me when more rest is needed, and the report shows me that my average night of sleep still falls below the recommended 7 hours of sleep, something I’m still working on improving, that you’ll see with our next tip.
TIP #3 BE OPEN TO TOOLS THAT ARE HELPING OTHERS
When I first interviewed Kelly Roman[xv], the CEO of Fisher Wallace on their brain stimulator device for anxiety, depression and sleep management, I had no idea that my review of this device would have such a strong reach. EPISODE #120[xvi] of “My Personal Review of the Fisher Wallace Wearable Medical Device” has had over 6,300+ downloads and I think there was such an interest in this one since we know that there has been “a global increase in depression and anxiety with tens of millions of additional cases reported globally[xvii] (since the Pandemic) and from the emails I’ve received since this review, it’s clear that people are still searching for answers. Looking back, I remember thinking “I’ll use this device long enough to gather some data for the review” and didn’t plan on using it past the four weeks I was measuring my sleep. I remember being shocked at how much this device made an impact on my WASO (Wa-SO) score (or wake after sleep onset) that I still keep an eye on today as well I noticed it unexpectedly improved my mood, and anxiousness throughout the day.
You can see this review one year later from July 2022, EPISODE #231[xviii] posted on their website, under their review section, and probably why I receive so many emails about this device. To update even further, I still use the Fisher Wallace Device every morning, for 2 20 minute sessions, while meditating, and I do put it on the highest level to maximize the benefits. I also still read every email the company sends out on their mailing list, and just before Christmas noticed that they have a NEW product coming out. I’ve already reached out to Kelly Roman to see if we can have him back on the podcast, but about his email release of this new product, he reveals its name, saying, “OAK (the new wearable device) is the culmination of my 13 years in the mental health industry—everything I’ve learned and dreamed was possible to deliver to patients. I consider it the apex wearable device for harnessing the potential of the human brain.” (Kelly Roman, CEO and Co-founder of Fisher Wallace Labs).
I look forward to sharing what’s NEW with their Next Generation Device, and do want to say that while I was gifted the device to try (if I didn’t like it, I could have sent it back), but I have not been paid in any way to endorse the company or product. In fact, I’ve never been paid to endorse ANY product on our podcast to date). I just happen to be a user who noticed an incredible difference, and used the podcasting platform to share my results.
Be sure to listen to these past episodes if you have missed them.
DID YOU KNOW THAT: “The Fisher Wallace Stimulator® is the most researched wearable brain stimulation device on the market?” They have “conducted research on biomarkers (increased serotonin, lowered cortisol) depression, anxiety, insomnia, patient safety (including pediatric), Parkinson’s disease and the treatment of substance use disorder patients.”
BRAIN TIP:
Using this device has a similar effect as meditation, calming the brain in two 20 minute sessions. While everyday life stressors seem to be easier to combat with daily meditation, I’m not planning on give up another tool that can help me to stay calm during stressful times. While this device has helped my WASO score (wakefulness after sleep onset) if you look at how long I’m sleeping, I’m still averaging a bit over 6 hours of sleep that I could improve if I could just stay in bed longer. Like anyone else, I’ve definitely got some areas of mental and physical health pinpointed to improve in 2023.
TIP #4 DO YOU KNOW YOUR HRV? The most important biomarker for tracking health and recovery on a regular basis. We covered an introduction to the importance of understanding HRV back in April of 2021 on EPISODE #125[xix] on “What is HRV and Why is it Important for Tracking Health, Recovery and Resilience?” and I learned that a higher HRV score means we have more capacity to perform, versus a lower score. It’s another way of looking at how recovered we are.
Then we interviewed Rohan Dixit, the founder of Leif Therapeutics, on EPISODE #228[xx] with the wearable device that measures HRV in real-time, and I tried his device, and was able to pinpoint the parts of my day where my body was under high stress, to be able to learn and implement breathing strategies to overcome the stress, in the real time and watch my HRV increase on the dashboard of the device. What stuck to me that I didn’t know before using Rohan’s HRV tracker, is that I began to see where I was stressed or anxious, that I was unaware of before. For instance, the tracker started buzzing like crazy just before I went to sleep at night, when I thought I was relaxed and ready for sleep, but the tracker, connected to my heart rate, noticed the stress, and helped me to train myself to relax by taking deep breaths before sleep. The same thing happened while driving my kids to gymnastics. When we are in the middle of a busy day, it’s sometimes not easy to check in and think “oh, I should probably breathe now” but the device picked up where I need to do this, helping me immensely to change my habits, and improve my HRV score during times of stress.
DID YOU KNOW THAT: “HRV is a magical biomarker of your mental state?” (Rohan Dixit, Founder of Lief Therapeutics)
BRAIN TIP: To incorporate this magical bio-marker into our daily life, once we know what it is, (by measuring it some way) we can then use this number to guide us with our workouts. If the next day after a hard workout, your HRV is still low, use it as a sign to go easier the next day. If your HRV is low, and you haven’t been active, this “indicates your body is working hard for some other reason (maybe your fatigued, dehydrated, stressed, or sick and need recovery.”[xxi] UsePrioritizing this number as a guide to help you to gain more capacity to do the things you need to do throughout your day.
REVIEW AND CONCLUSION:
To review and conclude this week’s Brain Fact Friday, DID YOU KNOW that “You are not stuck with the brain you have? You can make it better?” –From Dr. Daniel Amen we covered four tips for doing things a certain way in 2023, that can tip our needle towards mental AND physical health in the New Year. We also don’t need to do a lot of things all at once, but knowing where to begin is a good first step for improved overall health this year.
TIP 1: USING EXERCISE TO CREATE MORE BRAIN RESERVE AS WE AGE: Showing us that keeping our heart healthy, keeps our blood vessels healthy, and helps blood flow to our brain.
TIP #2 FIND YOUR BALANCE POINT BY MEASURING YOUR WORKOUTS: Because if we don't make time our wellness, we'll be forced to make time for our illness” and I shared how I’m using the Whoop device to find more balance between strain (with my workouts) and rest.
TIP #3 BEING OPEN TO TOOLS THAT ARE HELPING OTHERS: Where we covered the Fisher Wallace brain stimulator device for anxiety, depression and sleep management that has helped me with much more than just WASO (wake after sleep onset) score. The device, paired with my Whoop device has also shown me that one extra hour of sleep each night in 2023 could help me to find the balance my body needs this year.
TIP #4 THE IMPORTANCE OF KNOWING YOUR HRV: with the Lief Wearable Device that tracks HRV in real-time, helping us to train our body to breathe when we need it the most.
I hope that these 4 TIPS have helped you to think about where you MENTAL and PHYSICAL health could be improved this year, with some steps for getting started. I wanted to share what I’m currently working on, so you can see that we all have areas of improvement. But without knowing WHAT to improve, most of us will do the same thing we did last year, without any change.
Wishing everyone a healthy start to the New Year, and I’ll see you next week.
REFERENCES:
[i] www.significant72.com
[ii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #64 with Greg Wolcott on “Making Connections with Neuroscience and SEL” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-superintendent-greg-wolcott-on-making-connections-with-neuroscience-and-sel/
[iii] Why Has Nobody Told Me This Before by Dr. Julie Smith Published January 2022 https://www.amazon.com/Why-Nobody-Told-This-Before/dp/0063227932
[iv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #128 on a Review of Dr. Amen’s End of Mental Illness book https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/review-of-dr-daniel-amens-the-end-of-mental-illness-6-steps-for-improved-brain-and-mental-health/
[v] Dr. Amen, Brain Thrive by 25 Online Course http://brainthriveby25.com/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #128 on a Review of Dr. Amen’s End of Mental Illness book https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/review-of-dr-daniel-amens-the-end-of-mental-illness-6-steps-for-improved-brain-and-mental-health/
[vii] Dr. Amen on The Dr. Oz Show https://www.doctoroz.com/article/dr-daniel-amens-memory-rescue-plan
[viii] The End of Mental Illness: How Neuroscience is Transforming Psychiatry and Helping Prevent or Reverse Mood and Anxiety Disorders, ADHD, Addictions, PTSD, Psychosis, Personality Disorders and More by Dr. Daniel Amen March 3, 2020 https://www.amazon.com/End-Mental-Illness-Neuroscience-Transforming/dp/1496438159 Location 2755
[ix] Tana and Daniel Amen on The Brain Warrior’s Way Podcast https://brainwarriorswaypodcast.com/its-not-your-brain-cells-that-age-its-your-blood-vessels
[x] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #252 on Using Neuroscience to Improve Fitness, Longevity and Overall Health https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-using-neuroscience-to-improve-fitness-longevity-and-overall-health/
[xi] The End of Mental Illness: How Neuroscience is Transforming Psychiatry and Helping Prevent or Reverse Mood and Anxiety Disorders, ADHD, Addictions, PTSD, Psychosis, Personality Disorders and More by Dr. Daniel Amen March 3, 2020 https://www.amazon.com/End-Mental-Illness-Neuroscience-Transforming/dp/1496438159 Location 2787
[xii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast BONUS EPISODE Top 5 Health Staples and Review of Season 1-4 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/bonus-episode-a-deep-dive-into-the-top-5-health-staples-and-review-of-seasons-1-4/
[xiii] WHOOP Recovery https://support.whoop.com/WHOOP_Data/Recovery__HRV/WHOOP_Recovery
[xiv]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #134 with Kristen Holmes VP of Performance Science from Whoop https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kristen-holmes-from-whoopcom-on-unlocking-a-better-you-measuring-sleep-recovery-and-strain/
[xv] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #108 with Kelly Roman, CEO of Fisher Wallace Laboratories https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/ceo-of-fisher-wallace-laboratories-on-wearable-medical-devices-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleepstress-management/
[xvi] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #231 on “One year later: My Personal Review of the Fisher Wallace Wearable Device for Anxiety, Depression and Sleep” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/personal-review-of-the-fisher-wallace-wearable-medical-device-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleepstress-management/
[xvii] Global Increase in Depression and Anxiety Oct. 21, 2021 by Karen O’Leary https://www.nature.com/articles/d41591-021-00064-y
[xviii] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #231 on “One year later: My Personal Review of the Fisher Wallace Wearable Device for Anxiety, Depression and Sleep” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/update-one-year-later-on-my-personal-review-of-the-fisher-wallace-wearable-sleep-device-for-anxiety-depression-and-sleep-management/
[xix] Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #125 on “What is HRV and why is it important for tracking health, recovery and resilience.” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/what-is-hrv-and-why-is-it-important-for-tracking-health-recovery-and-resilience-with-andrea-samadi/
[xx]Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast EPISODE #228 with Rohan Dixit, Founder of Lief Therapeutics on Measuring HRV in Real Time for Stress Relief” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/rohan-dixit-founder-of-lief-therapeutics-on-measuring-hrv-in-real-time-for-stress-relief-from-the-inside-out/
[xxi] Everything You Need to Know About Heart Rate Variability August 11, 2021 https://www.whoop.com/thelocker/heart-rate-variability-hrv/#:~:text=However%2C%20if%20you're%20not,a%20presentation%20at%20work%2C%20etc.
“Before you look at your future, reflect on your past.” (Sam Ade, author of the book Wisdom Untold[i]).
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast for a special EPISODE #267, where we will look back over the past year and review the TOP 10 most listened to episodes of 2022, as chosen by you, the listener. For those of you returning, welcome back, and for those new here, I’m Andrea Samadi, an author and educator who launched this podcast 3.5 years ago, to share how important an understanding of our brain (and mind) is for our everyday life and results. We’ve pulled in some of the world’s leading experts, authors, and researchers in the field of education, sports and workplace productivity, and while I knew we had hit the Top 20 Best Neuroscience Podcasts over the years, I had no idea until recently that we’ve now been included on the 35 Best Neuroscience Podcasts to Follow in 2023[ii], or that we’ve been rated in the top 1.5% of all podcasts, globally,[iii] out of 3 million. As I’m reflecting back at the end of this year, I have to say that I couldn’t have hit these accomplishments with the brilliant guests who come on the podcast, or without you, the listener, tuning in, so a huge thank you to our past guests, and listeners for making our show a success as we move into a New Year, and approach our 4th year anniversary of this podcast.
To reflect on this past year, I first pulled this report in December, and 4 episodes made the TOP 10 list in the past year, that were recorded in December 2021, so I ‘ll be mentioning these important episodes that came in at the end of last year after at the end of this countdown.
As we are approaching a New Year, many of us have our first few quarters (or beyond) of 2023 planned out already, but before we leap into the freshness of a New Year, if you haven’t reflected on the wins you’ve attained in the past year, this is probably the most important step of closing out an old year, and moving into a new one. I learned this year-end ritual from Jim Bunch[iv], who has been walking me through this year-end wrap up for the past 8 years at least, preparing those who tune in all over the world, for a fresh mind moving into the New Year. I put the REPLAY of his event from earlier this month, in the show notes, and did cover his process of creating energy from your 9 environments on EPISODE #103[v] that launched our year back in 2021, with “The Neuroscience of Leadership: 3 Ways to Reset, Recharge and Refuel Your Brain.” On this episode, we review the process of self-reflection, and evaluate the areas of your life (your 9 environments) to notice where energy might be leaking, that you could direct somewhere else in the New Year.
This self-reflection activity is a good way to close out an old year, and move into a new one, as it allows you to put some thought into your WINS, and what worked well for you in the past year. He has a printable download that goes with this activity, and what’s interesting, is that without looking at your calendar, just by going off the top of your head, see if you can write out some of your wins. Without some deep reflection, you will notice that it’s EASY to see the things that went wrong last year (the losses) but to see the WINS, it takes serious thought, because of our built-in negativity bias, that Dr. Rick Hanson tells us to remember---“our brain is like Velcro for negative experiences (we are attracted to the negative experiences) but our positive experiences, slide off like Teflon.” We must be intentional about reflecting on the positives that we incurred, and integrate these wins into our identity, before moving into a New Year. This practice will guarantee that you are building a stronger, better, more improved version of you, each year.
Now for the TOP 10 most listened to episodes of 2022-as voted by you, the listener!
This is the same book, that my mentor Bob Proctor had spent his entire lifetime studying.
Little did I know when starting this book review, that Bob would become gravely ill, as I was completing the FINAL PART of this review, PART 6, and our 2nd most downloaded episode #196, that I recorded on February 3rd, 2022, the day before Bob passed away.
I was in constant communication with Patti Knoles, who worked with me in those early days in the seminar industry, so I knew that this final episode needed to be dedicated to Bob, but I changed the title to “In Memory of the Legendary Bob Proctor” the next day, when he passed away, and I must have read the ending to this episode 100 times.
The final episode of this book review ends like this…
What a legacy this man left the world, and I’m grateful that you chose the final part of this book review, as #2.
that I dedicated to my friend Patti Knoles, after meeting up with her for coffee where we reminisced about how much we had learned over the years from all of the speakers in the motivational speaking industry, but most of all, that it gave us an unwavering belief about where we would go from here. It was powerful for me to see where self-belief and awareness exists in the brain, and this will help us with whatever it is that you are working on, so that you can leave an important legacy in the world with your talents and ideas.
4 EPISODES that missed the 2022 list, because they were recorded in December 2021 were:
EPISODE #189[xvi] on “Understanding Hormesis: Why Stress and Adversity Make Us Physically and Mentally Stronger” was at the top of the list, and a good reminder to ALWAYS include something difficult or arduous in your daily or at least weekly schedule, to build resilience.
EPISODE #186[xvii] on “Using Neuroscience to Understand the Introverted and Extroverted Brain” surprised me when I saw this one at the top, but it shows me that it helps us to find ways that we can learn to understand each other.
Dr. Simone Alicia, The Self-Esteem Doctor, EPISODE #183[xviii] on “Self-Esteem: Why We Have It to Succeed” and finally, there was EPISODE #185[xix], “Using Neuroscience to Repattern Our Brain” based on our interview #184[xx] with Adele Spraggon, on “Using Science to Break Up with Your Bad Habits for a Successful 2022” that I just received a comment about yesterday.
If you’ve missed any of these episodes, these were all TOP RATED by you, the listener.
My Personal Favorites That Impacted Me the Most:
The top 10 list, was chosen by you, but to close out this episode, I want to include the episodes that made an impact on me this year. I can’t reflect back on this year with mentioning #207 with the Co-founder of CoveyLink, Greg Link on “Unleashing Greatness with Neuroscience, SEL, Trust and the 7 Habits” with over 1300 downloads, because this interview was a clear example of “The Speed of Trust” that “is the shortest route to results” (Robert Allen). I hadn’t spoken to Greg in years when I asked him to do this interview but “when trust is high, communication is instant and effective.” There’s nothing like the speed of trust. When you see it, know it’s something very special, and rare and it’s “a performance multiplier which takes your trajectory upwards, for every activity you engage in, from strategy to execution” (Dr. Stephen R. Covey). When you have the Speed of Trust, know that is has been earned, so treasure and nurture it, as it can also be lost quickly and is very difficult to get back.
I also loved reconnecting with Paranormal Researcher, Ryan O’Neill on EPISODE #203[xxi] this year, as his story is one of true dedication where he has now rose to the top of his field, experiencing wild success, that might appear to look like it happened overnight but in reality, it took 15 years of hard work!
Then there was #201[xxii] on the “Lessons Learned from Our Top 10 All-time Episodes on The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast” took me on a trip down memory lane over the past 3.5 years, and finally, EPISODE #233[xxiii] where we covered the Top 12 Most Viewed YouTube video interviews of all time. Just looking at this list, I can see why these interviews were highly engaging for those watching, and I hope that you can review all of our previous YouTube videos[xxiv], if you have only ever listened to the audio versions.
To close out this EPISODE, and our review of our TOP 10 most listened to podcast episodes of 2022, I want to again thank you, the listener for tuning in, and helping us to reach the milestones we hit each year. Without our brilliant guests, or engaged listeners, there is no podcast.
I look forward to continuing to share what’s new in the field of neuroscience, as it connects to our schools, sports and modern workplaces in the New Year…and with that, I’ll see you next year.
REFERENCES:
[i] Wisdom Untold, by Sam Ade Published April 30, 2011 https://www.amazon.com/Wisdom-Untold-Sam-Ade/dp/1462858228
[ii] Top 35 Best Neuroscience Podcasts to Follow in 2023 https://blog.feedspot.com/neuroscience_podcasts/
[iii] Global Rank Top 1.5% of all podcasts https://www.listennotes.com/podcasts/neuroscience-meets-social-and-emotional-OJ-fLpuId2C/
[iv] Jim Bunch 2022 Year End in Review REPLAY https://www.facebook.com/watch/live/?ref=watch_permalink&v=564195548861072[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #103 “The Neuroscience of Leadership: 3 Ways to Reset, Recharge and Refuel Your Brain for Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-leadership-3-ways-to-reset-recharge-and-refuel-your-brain-for-your-best-year-ever/[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #103 “The Neuroscience of Leadership: 3 Ways to Reset, Recharge and Refuel Your Brain for Your Best Year Ever https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-of-leadership-3-ways-to-reset-recharge-and-refuel-your-brain-for-your-best-year-ever/
[vii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 PART 6 of the Think and Grow Rich Book Review in Memory of Bob Proctor https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
[viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #197 with David A Sousa on “What’s NEW with the 6th Edition of How Your Brain Learns” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/returning-guest-dr-david-a-sousa-on-what-s-new-with-the-6th-edition-of-how-the-brain-learns/
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #199 on “The Neuroscience of Self-Belief and Our Identity” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-the-neuroscience-behind-self-belief-and-our-identity/
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#198 with Mood and Stress Expert Erika Ferst on “Using Your Brain to Prevent Workplace Burnout” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/mood-and-stress-expert-erika-ferszt-on-using-your-brain-to-prevent-workplace-burnout/
[xi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #188 https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/nick-jonsson-on-strategies-to-overcome-isolation-stress-anxiety-and-depression-in-the-workplace/
[xii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #202 with Joshua Freedman on “Getting Results with Emotional Intelligence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/joshua-freedman-ceo-of-6-seconds-on-getting-results-with-emotional-intelligence-in-our-schools-and-workplaces/
[xiii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #210 with Dr. Jon Finn on “The Habit Mechanic” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-jon-finn-author-of-best-selling-book-the-habit-mechanic-on-how-to-fine-tune-your-brain-and-supercharge-how-you-live-work-and-lead/
[xiv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #200 with Majid Samadi on “Why We Began This Podcast” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/our-200th-milestone-episode-with-majid-samadi-returning-guest-from-episode-1-on-why-we-began-this-podcast/
[xv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #208 with Blaine Oelkers on “Mastering Your Thoughts, Goals and Life” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/blaine-oelkers-on-mastering-your-thoughts-goals-and-life-with-the-wytaba-strategy-what-you-think-about-you-bring-about/
[xvi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #189 “Understanding Hormesis: Why Stress and Adversity Make Us Physically and Mentally Stronger” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-hormesis-why-stress-and-adversity-make-us-physically-and-mentally-stronger/
[xvii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #186 “Using Neuroscience to Understand the Introverted and Extroverted Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-using-neuroscience-to-understand-the-introverted-and-extroverted-brain/
[xviii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #183 Dr. Simone Alicia, The Self-Esteem Doctor on “Self-Esteem: Why We Must Have it to Succeed” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-simone-alicia-the-self-esteem-doctor-on-self-esteem-why-we-must-have-it-to-succeed/
[xix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #185 Brain Fact Friday on “Using Neuroscience to Repattern Our Brain” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-on-using-neuroscience-to-repattern-our-brain/
[xx]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #184 with Adele Spraggon on “Using Science to Break Up with Your Habits in 4 Simple Steps” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/adele-spraggon-on-using-science-to-break-up-with-your-bad-habits-in-4-simple-steps/
[xxi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #203 with Paranormal Researcher Ryan O’Neill on “Making Your Vision a Reality” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/case-study-with-paranormal-researcher-ryan-o-neill-on-making-your-vision-a-reality/
[xxii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #201 on “The Top 10 All-Time Episodes on the Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-top-10-all-time-episodes-on-the-neuroscience-meets-social-and-emotional-learning-podcast/
[xxiii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#233 on our Top 12 Most Watched YouTube Interviews https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/top-12-neuroscience-meets-social-and-emotional-learning-podcast-interviews/
[xxiv] ALL Neuroscience Meets SEL Podcast YouTube interviews https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLb5Z3cA_mnKhiYc5glhacO9k9WTrSgjzW
"Life gives you exactly what you need to awaken."
Watch this interview on YouTube here: https://youtu.be/wpxogphAQqw
On today’s Episode #266 we will cover
✔ Tips from Darshan Pindoria, who spent 9 months as a monk, for those beginning their meditation practice.
✔ How open-minded meditation vs focused meditation can help us to become more creative and innovative in 2023.
✔ How to "think like a monk" and ask questions of others, to learn and grow.
✔ How to teach mindfulness, focus and meditation to our younger generations.
✔ How to use our mind to change habits, and improve our levels of anxiety, happiness and emotional stability.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast where we bridge the gap between theory and practice, with strategies, tools and ideas we can all use immediately, applied to the most current brain research to heighten productivity in our schools, ports environments and modern workplaces. I’m Andrea Samadi and launched this podcast to share how important an understanding of our brain is for our everyday life and results.
For today’s episode #266, we will be speaking with Psychologist Darshan Pindoria[i], who contacted me around the time I was working on PART 4 of The Silva Method[ii] book review. While writing this final part of this review, I mentioned that I had no idea just how deep the Silva Method would take me. This final part of Jose Silva’s book review sat opened on my computer, unfinished, for more than a week, as I knew there was a lot to this book that I was still learning myself. My hopes were that this review would help all of us to improve our meditation practice, and give us more capacity, especially around how we approach stress, problem solve, or use our mind for creativity and innovation in the New Year, and in Darshan’s introduction email, he let me know that he had trained 9 months as a monk. Darshan’s email came at the perfect time, allowing me to ask him the questions I had after completing this book review.
Thank you for all the feedback I received on this 4 PART review of The Silva Method, from around the world. I know this is just the beginning, and there will be another episode in the future, covering his online program.
For now, I want to welcome Darshan Pindoria to our podcast, where we can dive deeper into ways that we can use our mind, in NEW ways, in the New Year, for improved health, productivity, creativity and innovation.
Welcome Darshan. Thank you for reaching out to me, with perfect timing. Where have we reached you today?
INTRO QUESTION: Darshan, many of our listeners resonated with this 4 PART review of a Jose Silva’s popular book The Silva Method[iii], where he says “Once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things.
Then I watched your travel VLOG[iv] of your trip to the Himalaya Mountains, and as someone who spends every day in the mountains, I wondered how did it feel to sit in those mountains, and why do you think it would be different for you there, over sitting and thinking in any other mountain? What tips would you have for someone beginning this practice?
INTRO: Can you tell me what you learned from being a monk for 9 months? Or even what you felt just sitting in the Himalayas for 2 hours? You said so much…time went really fast there, you were lost for words. What did you discover/learn from your time sitting and thinking here?
Q1: We just covered a book review that was based on the work of Jose Silva, and his program that really is based on what the research today would call “open monitoring meditation” where we close our eyes, and pay attention to our thoughts without judgement. Dr. Andrew Huberman recently did a podcast episode on how this type of mediation can help us to improve our divergent thinking, to help us with creativity and innovative ideas. Why does this “open-minded” meditation help us to become more creative?
Q2: I noticed that the monk in your video was sitting a certain way, and he was touching his first 2 fingers together with his palms open. Jose Silva talked about this method as a way to access the Alpha Brain state, and reach deeper levels of creativity. Can you tell me why monks place their fingers this way? Is there something else to this pose that induces creativity?
Q2B: Can you tell me about your time as a monk and what led you there?
Q2C: What does someone who has spent a lot of time meditating want for others?
Q3: Did you do other types of meditation, other than this open monitoring type? What about more focused meditation that I’ve seen where it’s proven to improve focused attention (like staring at a flame of a candle). Dr. Huberman mentioned this type of meditation improved convergent thinking, greatly increasing focus and memory. Did you practice focused attention meditation, and what results did you see from this?
Q3B: How would you teach focus to a teenager?
Q4: How are you helping people change their results and habits fast, with how you understand the brain and mind?
Q5: Mental health is an important topic no matter what part of the world we are living in. How are you helping people to handle stress, emotional stability, addictions, confidence, self-esteem, Phobias, insomnia, health and diet? This is quite a list. Is there something that’s beneath all of these mental health concerns that we could all use for improved results in 2023?
Q5B: Andrea wonders what Darshan thinks of the podcast, and the questions we’ve asked him and other guests.
Q6: Is there something important, that I’ve missed that would help all of us jumpstart our new year?
Darshan, I want to thank you very much for reaching out to me at the right time. You video in the Himalayas was absolutely beautiful, and gave me a breath of fresh air at a time I needed it. I know there is so much you can offer people with your services for health and wellness. If someone wanted to reach out to you, is the best way through your website? http://deeppsyc.com/mini-services/
Thank you for all you are doing for the world.
CONNECT with DARSHAN PINDORIA HERE
FREE CONSULTATION WITH DARSHAN http://deeppsyc.com/the-fix-consultation-call/
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/darshan-pindoria/?trk=public_profile_browsemap&originalSubdomain=uk
YouTube https://www.youtube.com/@DeepPsyc
Website http://deeppsyc.com/
RESOURCES: REVIEW OF JOSE SILVA’S MIND CONTROL METHOD FOR IMPROVED CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION:
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1
“A Deep Dive into Applying the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#262 PART 2 “A Deep Dive into Applying the Silva Method: Dynamic Meditation and Improved Memory” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#263 PART 3 “Applying the Silva Method for Speed Learning and Creative Sleep” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-speed-learning-and-creative-sleep-part-3/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #265 PART 4 “The Neuroscience Behind the Silva Method for Improving Creativity in Our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
REFERENCES:
[i] http://deeppsyc.com/darshan/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #265 PART 4 “The Neuroscience Behind the Silva Method for Improving Creativity in Our Schools, Sports and Modern Workplaces” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-silva-method-improving-creativity-and-innovation-in-our-schools-sports-and-modern-workplaces/
[iii] The Silva Method https://www.audible.com/pd/The-Silva-Mind-Control-Method-of-Mental-Dynamics-Audiobook/B0038EX534?source_code=GO1GB547041122911G&gclid=CjwKCAiAjs2bBhACEiwALTBWZTnfUfB3QDDXIgJvcVhjOFuS5Mf3HrnZnviFsh0tpaqjEU8tt3lA4hoCx1cQAvD_BwE&gclsrc=aw.ds
[iv] Badrinath The Land in the Heavens-Travel Vlog by Darshan Pindoria Published in 2018 on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gx8nhicnB0c
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast and PART 4, our FINAL part, of our Review of Jose Silva’s Mind Control Program. I’m Andrea Samadi an author and an educator, who like many of you listening, have been fascinated with learning and understanding the science behind ANY high-performance strategy proven to increase our results in our schools, sports, or modern workplaces. If there’s something NEW that I come across that can help us in any way, I’ll investigate it, connect it with the most current research, and then share what I learn with you here.
My goal with this 4 PART review of the popular program from the 1980s and 1990s, The Silva Method[i], is to help all of us to learn something new to refine our current meditation practice whether we are working in our schools to improve learning, in our sports environments for improved results towards a specific goal, or in the corporate workplace to generate new ideas. I wouldn’t have picked this book to review if it hadn’t made such an impact on the world, like Napoleon Hills’ Think and Grow Rich book that currently sits as our most downloaded episode of 2022 after we reviewed it last January to kick off our New Year. Before starting this review, that I hoped would give us a running start to 2023, I had no idea the concepts I would learn each week, would be so powerful, deep, and life-changing requiring more thought than usual while writing each episode.
I began this 4 PART book review the end of November, around Thanksgiving in the United States, and shortly after releasing the first episode, I began receiving emails from around the world from people who were interested to learn more about The Silva Method. Some were remembering it from the 80s/90s when Jose Silva ran this program globally, and others were asking me where they could find a live seminar. It was Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram, EPISODE #260[ii] who held up an old copy of The Silva Mind Control Method book, sharing how it had impacted his life, jogging my memory of Jose Silva, who I had heard of years ago, while selling seminars in the motivational speaking industry.
Then my good friend Hans Ajay from the UK, urged me to sign up for the full program through MindValley[iii], where the course sits today after Vishen Lakhiani (the founder) revised and improved it in this current version. Hans wrote “It’ll be transformative” and little did I know just how transformative it would be.
As I’m writing this episode now, and the final part of this review, I’m nearing the end of Vishen Lakhiani’s Silva UltraMind Course[iv] through the MindValley website. I can now see that this is a program that you never really complete, like I noticed with Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich[v] book, for Hill intended the book to be read more than one time for the concepts to be mastered in one’s lifetime. Jose Silva’s book is exactly the same way, and his online UltraMind Course, the experiential side of the program (that consists of the lessons from his book, mixed with meditations) bring the pages of The Silva Method to life in a way I never imagined just by reading the book. I’ve got to say, this course has really blown my mind, and expanded my thinking in a way I hadn’t imagined at the start of this review.
REMEMBER:
“When a person learns to function mentally at this deeper level, creativity is enhanced. Memory is improved and a person is better able to solve problems.” (Jose Silva).
Today I plan finish the review of The Silva Method, and while I won’t be going into every chapter, I’ve picked the ones that I think are relevant to help all of us with “The Basics” of what Jose Silva intended us to learn. Then we will take these basic concepts that Jose Silva found to be transformative, (like my friend Hans Ajay noticed) and APPLY them to our daily life, connecting the science to our creativity and innovation, using Dr. Andrew Huberman’s most recent podcast episode on “The Science of Creativity: How to Enhance Creative Innovation.”[vi] Finally, I will provide clear examples of innovation and creativity from three of our past guests; one in each of the sectors we study here, our schools, sports environments and corporate workplaces with the goal to inspire YOU to enhance your own creativity for improved results in 2023, using the Silva Method.
I just wish Jose Silva could have seen the mounds of research that prove what he knew to be true with his Meditation Method, and that he wouldn’t have to disguise it as “bio-feedback” in the corporate world today.
DISCLAIMER: I want to mention that while I’m enjoying the Online UltraMind Course, I am not at all affiliated with Mind Valley, or the CEO Vishen Lakhiani, but I did hear my mentor Bob Proctor talking about his organization over the years, knowing he supported their work, but I had no idea that Jose Silva’s program would end up there.
While I’m only reviewing the book here, (and not what I’m learning in the online course-I might do this at a later date after implementing the concepts) I do think it’s important to include some of the meditations I found online in PART 3 of this review, to show you what they consist of. I’ve listed them in the resource section below for you to use. I’ve also put a snapshot of the topics covered over the 28 day online program, and while I’m currently at DAY 21/28, I can say that mastering the ideas in the book are a good place to start if you would like to improve your current meditation practice and then I will show you how this will enhance your creativity and ability for innovation. I think this 4 PART review could be used to jumpstart us all on the right foot for 2023. If you would like to go deeper into The Silva Method, I do suggest taking the online Silva UltraMind System, but caution that to get the most out of the program, that daily practice will be required. This is a course that you would want to carve out some time for.
PUTTING THE 4 PARTS of THE SILVA METHOD TOGETHER:
TO REVIEW PART 1 of THE SILVA METHOD EPISODE #261:
We covered:
✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method. If you have begun using your mind to create a mental screen for heightened visualization, you could end this book review here and still be miles ahead in 2023.
Central to Jose’s Silva Method of Mind Control is with the power of visualization, and he says “right from the beginning, from the very moment you reach your meditative level (what he calls accessing the Alpha State), you must learn to practice visualization. The better you learn to visualize, the more powerful will be your experience with Mind Control.”
With time and practice, it will be this screen that you will learn how to help yourself and others. You begin with creating simple things, until you are ready to solve small problems in your daily life, from work, to health, and improve learning/creativity. As you progress through this program, you can learn to use the screen of your mind to for more advanced innovative and creative ideas. There is no limit to what you could create here.
✔ What this program has done for others.
The late Dr. Wayne Dyer has said that anything with the name Jose Silva as the author has his vote before I open to page one. He said “Read it with a pen for underlining.”
Jose Silva himself noted that:
✔A marketing company used it to create 18 new products.
✔14 Chicago White Socks players used it to boost their scores.
✔ Celebrities have used it and credit Jose Silva for improving their focus and creativity.
✔ Colleges and universities have used it to help students study less, but learn more.
And during the Silva UltraMind course, (the online program I joined while doing this book review) I had the chance to participate on a training call one evening with all the new students who had recently come on board with MindValley, (that has over 10 million students worldwide, studying over 200 speakers and authors on the site), and the moderator asked what course people were studying, and people started chiming into the chat from the US, Canada, UK, Australia, and remote countries around the world…that they were ALL here to study The Silva Method. I was floored! Mostly because I had thought this training call would have just a handful of people coming on board. I didn’t expect so many participants globally, and ALL of them were there to study the same course I was there for. It took mind-boggling to a whole new level when I started to put together that this program was something that people are still very interested in learning about.
✔ Ch 2- Meet Jose Silva and learned about his passion for helping others to improve their ability to learn. He was a humble man who worked very hard to develop the ideas within his program, and was very careful about how he presented his ideas as visualization was not something that was widely accepted in the corporate world in the 80s and 90s. In his live events, he was smart to introduce his concepts as bio-feedback (that had more credibility at the time) and were more readily accepted, before introducing business executives to more advanced concepts of the mind (like using visualization) on the second day of the training.
✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA,ALPHA,THETA,DELTA). He learned that we spend most of our waking time at the BETA brain state, where we can feel the stress and anxiousness of daily life, so finding ways to relax (that he calls going to the Alpha State) can be helpful. His online program does cover how to access the Theta level of mind for increased intuition, and offers a strategy for solving problems in your sleep at the Delta level.
✔ We were Introduced to Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization. It Will Be This Screen That We Will Use to Help Yourself and Others in Future Chapters.
*** I would say developing the use of this screen is the KEY to the entire program. It’s where your goals will begin to form, or where you will work with NEW ideas that come into your mind. I’ve heard it be called “your workshop” or where you create something new in your mind, and with time and practice, what you put on this screen becomes clearer and clearer.
TO REVIEW PART 2 of THE SILVA METHOD EPISODE #262:
We covered:
✔ Ch 4- Dynamic Meditation (where we actually DO something while meditating, instead of it being a passive practice). We learn how to be more in control of our life using visualization. Dr. Andrew Huberman’s research does tie in the importance of using meditation to improve our creativity, and I will expand on this at the end of this episode.
✔ The 4 Laws that must be in place BEFORE we visualize a goal. (We must desire the event to take place that we want, we must believe the event we want will take place, we must EXPECT the event to take place, and we must ONLY be working with something that will benefit ourselves and others.
✔ I noticed How these 4 Laws mirror Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich book and wondered if Jose Silva did this intentionally.
✔ 3 STEPS to SOLVE ANY PROBLEM Using the Silva Method on the Screen that We Build in Our Mind.
✔ Ch 5- Improving Memory
✔ Where Silva's Memory Hacks have been seen on previous episodes and in the motivational speaking industry.
TO REVIEW PART 3 of THE SILVA METHOD EPISODE #263:
We covered:
✔ Chapter 6 on Speed Learning:
Using the mental screen paired with the 3-finger technique if you want to learn something quickly, using the Alpha Brain State.Silva also covered recording your voice, or creating what I knew of as the “loop tape” of whatever it is that you want to remember. You would record what you want to remember in the BETA State, and then listen to it in the Alpha state (using the 3 finger technique or counting backwards). ✔ Chapter 7 on Creative Dreams where we covered 4 strategies for remembering our dreams, and taking them seriously like Jose Silva himself did.
For PART 4 and today’s episode, of the SILVA METHOD, Episode #265 we will finish looking at the book, and will cover:
✔ Ch 8-Your Words Have Power
✔ Ch 9-The Power of Imagination
✔ Ch 10-Using Your Mind to Improve Your Health
✔ We will connect the most current neuroscience research to Jose Silva’s program, using Dr. Andrew Huberman's podcast on "The Science of Creativity"
✔ The 3 Parts to Your Creative Brain (Central Executive Network, Default Mode Network, Salience Network).
✔ 2 Types of Thinking Involved with Creativity (Divergent and Convergent)
✔ Putting Creativity to Practice with an example from our schools, sports and modern workplace environments.
with some clear examples and next steps for all of us to APPLY the Silva Method for improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus…right in time for a New Year.
Chapter 8: Your Words Have Power
I’m sure we’ve all heard of the importance of thinking and speaking positive words over negative ones, and Jose Silva would agree with this. In this chapter, he talks about a nurse-anesthetist (and one of his eventual lecturers) from Oklahoma, Mrs. Jean Mabrey, who puts this knowledge of the mind to use to help her patients. As soon as they are “under”—in deep anesthesia—she would whisper in their ears instructions that would speed their recovery, and in some cases save their lives.
Jose Silva would say “First, words have special power at deep levels of mind; second, the mind has much firmer command over the body than it is given credit for; and third, as I noted in Chapter 5, we are always conscious.”
Here’s another one if Silva’s principles that I learned from the speaking industry. Bob Proctor used to tell a story on stage, of how he would whisper success secrets into the ears of his children when they were little. While they are grown now, this story stuck with me, as we want the best for our own kids.
So when I had children, this is the first thing I did. I would drop into my child’s room just before they were about to drift off to sleep and tell them something that would go deep into their subconscious mind. I’d say something like “you’ll do whatever it is you want. Whatever you can dream you’ll do it!”I did this almost every night with my first…and with my second, not as often. She needed it more…. Now to think about it, I even spoke to my girls before they were born, letting them know how excited we were to meet them and how much fun we would have when they arrived.
Be very careful about the words we use and how they trigger our brains. We are always conscious. Since this concept was drilled into my head early on in the speaking industry, I learned early on to be careful of everything I say, and everything I think. If someone says “How are you?” and I’m not feeling 100%, the best way to answer this question is with a positive angle like “Getting better and better every day” to move myself in that direction. An answer like “not bad” would according to Silva, hit the brain in a negative way, as it would only hear “bad” instead of “good.”
I can tie the research to this as well, with my mentor Mark Robert Waldman who wrote Words Can Change Your Brain with Andrew Newberg, MD[vii]. In this book, they explain that
“the more you stay focused on negative words and thoughts, the more you can actually damage key structures that regulate your memory, feelings, and emotions.You may disrupt your sleep, your appetite, and the way your brain regulates happiness, longevity, and health. That’s how powerful a single negative word or phrase can be. And if you vocalize your negativity, even more stress chemicals will be released, not only in your brain, but in the listener’s brain as well. You’ll both experience increased anxiety and irritability, and it will generate mutual distrust, thereby undermining the ability to build empathy and cooperation. The same thing happens in your brain when you listen to arguments on the radio or see a violent scene in a movie. The brain, it turns out, doesn’t distinguish between fantasies and facts when it perceives a negative event. Instead it assumes that a real danger exists in the world.” Words Can Change Your Brain
Jose Silva had it right when he said “Words have special power at deep levels of mind, the mind has a firmer command over the body than it’s given credit for, and third, we are always conscious.” Jose Silva
Be careful with every word that you think, and speak. Words do have power.
Chapter 9: The Power of Your Imagination
We dove deep into this concept in part 3 of our review of Think and Grow Rich[viii] earlier this year that I can now see was of high interest to listeners as it had over 1400 downloads. On this episode, we looked at the fact that our lives reflect how well we use our imagination, because when we hit one plateau of success, it will be our imagination that will take us to what’s next. Author Earl Nightingale said that “imagination is everything” and as we will see with the Silva Method, all great inventions are created in two separate places: the mind of the inventor, and the physical world when the inventor creates it.
There is no doubt in my mind that Silva was influenced by Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book. He says it himself in this chapter that “imagination seizes directly on the goal; it gets what it wants” and elaborates by saying this is why he “placed so much emphasis on your learning true-to-life visualization at the deep levels of mind. If you spur your imagination with belief, desire and expectancy, and train to visualize your goals so that you see, feel, hear, taste and touch them, you will get what you want.” (Ch9, The Silva Method).
This is why mastering your mental screen for visualization is so important. If there is ONE part of the Silva Method that I think we could all benefit from, it’s this one. Learning to use the mental screen on our mind. It’s this mental screen where you will solve small and larger problems, and learn to help yourself and others in many different ways. It’s the starting block that must be mastered over time, and not rushed.
Chapter 10-Using Your Mind to Improve Your Health
We’ve covered this topic in a few places on this podcast, on EPISODE #234[ix] with Ashok Gupta on “Health and Happiness: Getting to the Root of Chronic Pain and Illness” where Ashok Gupta showed us how chronic pain or illness occurs in the brain with a vicious loop of inflammation/irritation that he has successfully been treating with patients with Chronic Fatigue Syndrome Long-Haul Covid, Fibromyalgia, Chemical or Mold Sensitivities, Gut Issues, Anxiety, Lyme Disease and many more, with a meditation program he designed called The Gupta Program that combines brain-training in conjunction with working with a medical doctor for healing. Then physician and neurologist Dr. Phillippe Douyon shared his story of overcoming illness on EPISODE #241[x] with positive thinking at the root of his recovery.
Jose Silva was far ahead of his time with his understanding of using mind control for self-healing. This chapter is near the end of the book, and is mastered by students with time and practice, and I have to say that I had heard of using the mind for healing when my Mom was undergoing treatment for Cancer in the late 1990s. I told Dr. Douyon about her strategy for healing, and he said he had heard of many patients of his, successfully overcoming serious health challenges, and that positive thinking and visualizing health were at the very root of their healing, like Silva believed.
In this chapter, Silva talks about cancer specialist, O. Carl Simonton, who
Simonton who was trained by Silva and his Mind Control techniques was featured in Prevention Magazine in an article called “Mind Over Cancer” where he shared that the patients who recovered all had something in common. He said they were “often positive, optimistic, determined people.” (Ch 10, The Silva Method).
In this chapter Silva talks about the idea of self-healing using your mental screen, but he also touches on something that goes a bit beyond our usual level of thinking, in Chapter 12 that Silva called “ESP” or Extra Sensory Perception that he believed we all had. He worked closely with J.B Rhine at Duke University to understand this subject, and bring his experiments into his understanding, but it’s important to note that Silva believed this concept could be developed and strengthened over time to help his students improve self-healing, healing of others, improve their intuition, and strengthen their mental screen practice. He touches on this in the book, and his online program goes into great detail of how exactly this is done with activities using the screen of our mind, to psychometry, and is something I’ve been fascinated with since I first heard about this over 20 years ago.
I’ll be sure to cover this topic again in the future, as it one I’m still learning and exploring. I’m sure you can see now what Silva meant when he said “Once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.”
This brings me to the end of PART 4 and our REVIEW of The Silva Method:
To conclude this 4 PART REVIEW of The Silva Method, I want to look at how we can use what we’ve learned throughout this review of the Silva Method, to improve our Creativity in 2023 for Innovation in your specific line of work. This is where I’ll take the research, and tie it to The Silva Method, showing us that we all have the ability to be creative, and how to improve this area of our life in the New Year.
This is a deep topic, requiring some thought, that goes along with just how comprehensive Silva’s Method is. To make this applicable for all of us, I’ll be using concepts from Dr. Andrew Huberman’s most recent podcast on “The Science of Creativity and How to Enhance Creative Innovation” tying in Jose Silva’s Method to bring these 4 PARTS of our book review applicable to all of us, whether we are educators working in our classrooms, working in the sports industry, or in our modern workplaces.
WE CONNECT DR. HUBERMAN'S RESEARCH TO THIS EPISODE FROM HIS EPISODE ON ENHANCING YOUR CREATIVITY.
HOW CAN WE USE THE SILVA METHOD TO ENHANCE CREATIVITY AND INNOVATION IN 2023?
To close out this episode, let go straight to the research. Did you know that according to American neuroscientist and associate professor at Stanford School of Medicine, Dr. Andrew Huberman “the ability to be creative resides in everybody? We know that because the neural circuits that underlie creativity have been somewhat defined and the steps and processes in the brain that lead to creativity are well known.”
What Makes Something Creative?
Jose Silva would have loved this research, especially when Dr. Huberman ties many studies to meditation and the brain/creativity, but let’s begin with the idea of defining creativity. What makes something creative? Dr. Huberman spent over 2 hours on his podcast diving thoroughly and deeply into this topic, that I will narrow down for this episode. He explains that “most people don’t know how to access creativity” or “they do it in a limited manner” and I’ll agree with him here. As you will see, coming up with an idea that’s creative, and innovative takes time, effort and years of work, making connections, using your executive functions in your brain to cross off what’s not relevant and then testing these connections, to see what’s left over that you will keep, hoping they are creative and relevant to others.
Dr. Huberman explains that “when we see something that’s truly creative, it reveals something to us about the natural world and about how our brains work….It must reveal something that surprises us” for it to be truly creative.
Then, “something pops out at us” he says, “we hear something in the words with music, or if we see something, feel, or experience something” “and something pops out to us as exciting….this reveals something about our brain/our auditory system, creating NEW meaning for us.” AND “when we see, hear, feel or experience something that’s truly creative, the way our neural circuits function is changed. When our neural circuits are changed simply by what comes into our eyes, ears of the way we experience our feelings, there’s a release of chemicals like dopamine that make us feel surprised, delighted or excited in anticipation that we will see it again.” (Dr. Huberman)
So when I say that “the ability to be creative resides in everyone” it does, since we ALL have the same structures in our brain, but some people have learned to use certain parts of their brain to foster creativity in ways that others have not. This is where practicing the Silva Method comes in.
THE 3 PARTS TO YOUR CREATIVE BRAIN:
Dr. Huberman went on to explain that there are 3 networks in the brain that are involved in coming up with a CREATIVE idea, and we’ve covered these 3 parts of the brain extensively on EPISODE #48[xi] on “Brain Network Theory.” It was here where we covered The Default Mode Network, The Central Executive Network, and the Salience Network that are all involved with coming up a truly creative idea. While I’m not going to dive into each part of the brain and what it’s doing (you can review episode 48 where we show how these 3 parts of the brain must work together to improve our imagination and creativity), I just want to point out that coming up with a creative idea takes some brain power.
When you are working with the screen of your mind in the Silva Method, you will be using all three of these parts of your brain to come up with new ideas. Your CEN (Central Executive Network) will help you to suppress ideas, actions or choices, your DMN (Default Mode Network) will help you to access your library of previous memories that you will be using to create your NOVEL idea, and your SN (Salience Network) will help you to make choices of what’s most relevant to you.
You will use your brain to create something NEW and USEFUL by rearranging existing elements (from your memory bank) into new combinations that reveals something fundamental about how we and the world works.
2 TYPES OF THINKING ARE INVOLVED:
The final part of creating something CREATIVE and INNOVATIVE is that it’s done by going back and forth between two types of thinking:
Divergent Thinking: Where we take a known object in the world, and expand upon this idea, the more ideas the better, wandering through your ideas that you already know (from your memory bank) with the hopes that the connections you make reveals something new to others.
Convergent Thinking: That’s the opposite of divergent thinking, but it’s where we use focus and persistence to narrow in on an idea that makes sense in the real world.
If you want to dive deeper into Dr. Andrew Huberman’s thorough explanation of Creativity and the Brain[xii], he takes things much deeper than I will here, in his recent episode that goes well over 2 hours. He doesn’t miss anything and even goes on to show us the parts of the brain that light up when we are involved in divergent vs convergent thinking, and the 2 types of meditation that are proven to improve each of these ways of thinking. He says that “open monitored meditation” (like just closing your eyes and paying attention to your thoughts without judgement) is well documented to improve our divergent thinking capability, and focused attention meditation (like staring at a flame of light) is a way to improve our convergent thinking capabilities.
PUTTING CREATIVITY INTO PRACTICE:
When thinking about how to close out this 4 PART review, and make it applicable to all of us, I had to spend some time thinking hard about this one. I didn’t want to just end this review without some solid research backing up the validity of The Silva Method, with some clear examples of those who have shown innovation and creativity who we’ve come across on this podcast. It wasn’t difficult to find someone in each of the three sectors we cover, and now that I’ve tied the research to creative thinking, I’m sure you will agree with me that the examples I will share here all show true innovation and creativity, and that coming up with a creative idea like each of these, took years of experience, work and thought. It wasn’t like I remember the commercial for the guy who invented peanut butter cups who just tripped and his chocolate bar fell into the jar of peanut butter and bam, he had a new invention. These are 3 examples that I hope will inspire you to put some of your own thought into how you can use the Silva Method, and come up creative and innovative ideas of your own.
For Schools: I chose our guests from episode #215[xiii] who have shown innovation in the field of education by launching a podcast to elevate student and teacher voice.
Remember, To Show Creativity—It must Reveal something new to us (entertaining, thrilling or useful) and it changes the way we access the world—acting as portals into the world and ourselves.
I couldn’t have found a clearer example that these two Canadian podcasters who published a book called The Magnificent Microphone[xiv] that when a student connected to it, it opened up a whole new world of confidence, creativity and success. These two leaders in education have discovered true creativity and innovation in the podcasting space, bringing student-led podcasts to the field of education.
For Sports: I chose a forward-thinking coach from an early EPISODE #38[xv] who has shown innovation with his sports team when he redesigned their locker room and uniforms with a vision beyond what has typically been done before.
Remember, To Show Creativity—It must Reveal something new to us (entertaining, thrilling or useful) and it changes the way we access the world—acting as portals into the world and ourselves.
This one you’ll see more if you watch the 30 second snapshot of their locker reveal[xvi] that takes the team on a journey from the minute they walk into the new room, where the players are taking in the many visual cues they see, making connections to past players, where they are today, and their future.
For the Workplace: I chose our recent EPISODE #264[xvii] where our guest was able to look at ways to create breakthroughs in the workplace, bringing to light something that was left off the table in the past. He looked at EQ and IQ and found that experience was left off, and coined the term “XQ” for Experiential Intelligence. This guest also mentioned his love of “making connections” which is something he noticed I do intentionally on this podcast, and now after hearing Dr. Huberman’s explanation, he talks about the fact that true creativity or innovation could not occur without let’s say an architect coming up with incredible plans for buildings without a thorough understanding of how buildings are put together in the first place.
Remember, To Show Creativity—It must Reveal something new to us (entertaining, thrilling or useful) and it changes the way we access the world—acting as portals into the world and ourselves.
Once we know what novelty/creativity and innovation looks in the brain, you can only imagine what’s happening at the brain level with each of these examples. Just like the complexity of the reading brain, with 4 parts of the brain working together as a student learns how to read, someone coming up with a creative, innovative idea, has specific (Dr. Huberman lists 3 networks in the brain) working together to create what the rest of the world will come to see as novel, or innovative. This is what makes some things go “viral” online.
The NEW experience actually changes the circuits in the brain with whatever it is a person sees, feels, hears or experiences. Dopamine is released (with the surprise and delight) with whatever it is they make connections to, and there’s the hope or anticipation that they will experience it again.
I hope all 3 of these examples have given you a glance into the world of innovation that’s possible for you, as a product of going through the simple steps in the Silva Method.
To conclude this episode, and PART 4 of our Review of the Silva Method, we looked at
✔ A Review of all 3 PARTS of The Silva Method Review.
✔ Today, in PART 4, we looked at
Ch 8-Your Words Have Power
Ch 9-The Power of Imagination
Ch 10-Using Your Mind to Improve Your Health
✔ We connected The Silva Method to the Dr. Andrew Huberman’s Neuroscience Research on Creativity and Innovation.
✔ We gave an example of innovation from our past guests in the fields of education, sports and the modern workplace.
The goal of this 4 PART review of Jose Silva’s Program, was to encourage all of us to see if we could learn something new, to take our results to new heights in 2023. I had no idea just how deep the book and program would go, and I know I’ll review the online course at a later time, but for now, this review has given me some new ideas for how to improve my visualization/mental screen method to help me with my short term and long term goals.
I’d love to hear from you what you have thought of this episode, where we tied in the most current research to Jose Silva’s work, reminding me that “once we learn to use our minds to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.”
I do want to add something before we close about the importance of honoring other people’s creative and innovative ideas. Now that we’ve seen what’s involved at the brain level with coming up with an idea that’s truly novel, I’m sure you’ll agree with me that while we all have this ability to create something new, that this comes naturally to some, and is more difficult for others. If you see someone else’s creative or innovative idea, please never approach it as your own.
PLAGARISM CAUTION[xviii]: CAN WORDS OR IDEAS REALLY BE STOLEN?
When you are the creator of an idea, I can tell you first hand, as someone who worked very hard on something, and then saw it pasted on a reputable company’s website the day after I shared my “new ideas” with them. I was very disappointed, mostly as they had taken something I had permission to use from someone else who wasn’t referenced, because they stole the quote from me!
If you see something from someone else that you like, and want to use it somewhere, always credit the source where it originated from using the proper format with quotation marks. If it’s something that’s more than a quote, or it’s an idea, I would contact the creator first hand, and see what they think about what you would like to do.
I wanted to use an assessment based on American Psychologist Howard Gardener’s Theory of Multiple Intelligences in my first book, The Secret for Teens Revealed[xix], and emailed him directly at Harvard to ask him. He was shocked I even asked, and said that most people don’t. He told me he didn’t mind if I used it, but wanted me to be sure I portrayed the Intelligences in a way that showed that we can develop them all with effort, not that we are inclined for some and not others. I never forgot this. If you ask the creator directly, you can find out what they would prefer to keep original, and what they don’t mind sharing, with their name attached to it as the originator.
With this in mind now, I’d love to hear what you CREATE this year. I’ve put the meditations that I found online, that are a good place for all of us to begin this process, in the show notes below, and I’ll see you next week with our REVIEW of the TOP 10 EPISODES from 2022, and some surprise interviews that I had to squeeze in before the end of the year.
RESOURCES:
MEDITATION 1: How to Enter the Alpha Level of Mind, Step by Step Process, The Silva Method https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpMJWT6EsNs
MEDITATION 2: Jose Silva Method Alpha Exercises by Sommer Leigh Published on YouTube June 2022 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5SY0kajVITA
MEDITATION 3: 20 Minute Silva Centering Exercise with Vishen Lakhiani https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h_4GDXWBPCk
REFERENCES:
[i] The Silva Mind Control Method https://silvamethod.com/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #260 with Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram on “Breaking Down the Mindset of the Million Dollar Monk” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/serial-entrepreneur-and-computer-scientist-hasan-ibne-akram-pd-d-on-breaking-down-the-mindset-of-the-million-dollar-monk/
[iii] www.mindvalley.com
[iv] Mind Valley the Silva UltraMind System https://home.mindvalley.com/quests/en/ultramind
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
[vi] Dr. Andrew Huberman, “The Science of Creativity: How to Enhance Creative Innovation.” https://hubermanlab.com/the-science-of-creativity-and-how-to-enhance-creative-innovation/
[vii] Andrew Newberg, MD and Mark Robert Waldman Words Can Change Your Brain Published June 14, 2012 https://www.amazon.com/Words-Can-Change-Your-Brain-ebook/dp/B0074VTHMA/ref=sr_1_1?gclid=CjwKCAiAnZCdBhBmEiwA8nDQxYXGNQeXA7fr8xVxnL3ns3s4ViPL46_aU6zL-rULfnX1cn9mSSD8ARoCENQQAvD_BwE&hvadid=281463219015&hvdev=c&hvlocphy=9030068&hvnetw=g&hvqmt=e&hvrand=5072060704672722834&hvtargid=kwd-337464396698&hydadcr=22593_10356183&keywords=words+can+change+your+brain+book&qid=1671724020&sr=8-1
[viii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193 PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination”
https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #234 with Ashok Gupta on “Health and Happiness: Getting to the Root of Chronic Pain and Illness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/ashok-gupta-on-heath-and-happiness-getting-to-the-root-of-chronic-pain-and-illness-long-covid-fibromyalgia-chronic-fatigue-and-others/
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #241 with Dr. Philippe Douyon on “How to Rewire Our Brain for Health and Happiness” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/physician-and-neurologist-philippe-douyon-md-on-how-to-rewire-our-brain-for-health-and-happiness/
[xi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #48 on Brain Network Theory “Using Neuroscience to Stay Productive During Times of Change and Chaos” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-network-theory-using-neuroscience-to-stay-productive-during-times-of-change-and-chaos/
[xii] Dr. Andrew Huberman, “The Science of Creativity: How to Enhance Creative Innovation.” https://hubermanlab.com/the-science-of-creativity-and-how-to-enhance-creative-innovation/
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #215 on “Chey Cheney and Pav Wander from the Chey and Pav Show” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/chey-cheney-and-pav-wander-from-the-chey-and-pav-show-on-their-vision-to-identify-and-amplify-the-voices-often-left-behind/
[xiv] Chey and Pav Podcast
https://publish.twitter.com/?query=https%3A%2F%2Ftwitter.com%2FStaffPodcast%2Fstatus%2F1575644124396789760&widget=Tweet
[xv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #38 with Todd Woodcroft on “The Daily Grind in the NHL” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/assistant-coach-to-the-winnipeg-jets-todd-woodcroft-on-the-daily-grind-in-the-nhl/
[xvi] UVM Men’s Hockey New Locker Reveal
https://twitter.com/UVMmhockey/status/1564327008775151617?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E1564327008775151617%7Ctwgr%5E1a6ca076211cde6d14d4567e7c32bc7d54ac2002%7Ctwcon%5Es1_c10&ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fpublish.twitter.com%2F%3Fquery%3Dhttps3A2F2Ftwitter.com2FUVMmhockey2Fstatus2F1564327008775151617widget%3DTweet
[xvii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #264 with Soren Kaplan on “Experiential Intelligence: The Power of Experience for Personal and Business Breakthroughs” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/innovation-author-and-speaker-soren-kaplan-phd-on-experiential-intelligence-the-power-of-experience-for-personal-and-business-breakthroughs/
[xviii] What is Plagarism? https://healthsciences.nova.edu/studentaffairs/success/forms/apa-what-is-plagiarism.pdf
[xix] The Secret for Teens Revealed by Andrea Samadi
https://www.amazon.com/Secret-Teens-Revealed-Teenagers-Leadership/dp/1604940336
“Any new beginning is forged from the shards of the past, not from the abandonment of the past.” Craig Lounsbrough
Watch this interview on YouTube here https://youtu.be/M45pacbfyqA
On this episode we will cover:
✔ Soren Kaplan's background, and how he became interested in helping high level businesses breakthrough to new heights.
✔ How he has met and worked with some of the world's most well known experts in leadership and innovation.
✔ Where his innate strengths, talents and skills emerged from, skyrocketing his career and personal success.
✔ How we can ALL tap into the missing ingredient he discovered that leads to high levels of success and breakthroughs.
✔ How we can use this missing ingredient that he calls EXPERIENTIAL INTELLIGENCE (XQ) to become better leaders, increase collaboration, innovation and results at home or in the workplace.
✔ How EXPERIENTIAL INTELLIGENCE (XQ) compliments IQ and EQ.
✔ A simple formula for decoding our own EXPERIENTIAL INTELLIGENCE (XQ).
✔ How to use EXPERIENTIAL INTELLIGENCE (XQ) with teams, or individuals.
✔ The research behind EXPERIENTIAL INTELLIGENCE (XQ).
✔ How companies like Google, Apple, IBM and Tesla are embracing EXPERIENTIAL INTELLIGENCE (XQ).
When it comes to closing out an old year, and moving into a new one, goal-setting and mindset is at the top of mind for all of us, to jumpstart our New Year on the right foot. This week, I’m in the middle of writing out our TOP 10 episodes of 2022, and getting my head around the final PART of our book review of the Silva Method and I’m thinking about how I can personally improve where we are now with the podcast, to keep moving us all forward with engaging content and speakers that can us to reach new heights with our brain in mind in 2023 and beyond.
I wondered, “what am I missing that I haven’t covered yet, that could help move all of us to greater heights?”
We have gone deep on this podcast in the past year with using an understanding of our brain to improve our mental and physical health and wellbeing, especially as this all relates to our learning, and we’re now slowing down the year for the holidays, uncovering some new ways to meditate with The Silva Method,[i] and other episodes that we’ll be releasing over the last few weeks of this year to help us to improve creativity, our intuition and focus, but before we close out this year, I wonder, what else is there that can help drive transformation in our schools, sports environments and workplaces?
I’ve been thinking about this for the past few weeks, and then I met our next guest, Soren Kaplan, Ph.D., a bestselling and award-winning author, a Columnist for Inc. Magazine, and an affiliate at the Center for Effective Organizations at USC’s Marshall School of Business. Business Insider and the Thinkers50 have recognized him as one of the world’s top management thought leaders and consultants. I was introduced to Soren Kaplan via email letting me know about his NEW book called Experiential Intelligence: (that’s about how to) Harness the Power for Personal and Business Breakthroughs[ii] that follows his other successful books Leapfrogging: The Power of Surprise for Business Breakthroughs[iii] and The Invisible Advantage[iv].
I immediately thought, “This is it! This is what I’ve been looking for. Something else that we can tap into that can be used to transform ourselves, our teams, and our organizations” and something entirely NEW, giving us that “breakthrough” advantage, or quantum leap that I’ve been mentioning all year with Price Pritchett’s You2 book.
When I began reading Soren’s book, I noticed from the praise and testimonials at the start, that his supporters were all high levels leaders, sharing what they had learned from Soren’s book, and how “the ability to understand your inherent capabilities as a product of life experiences is the essence of (what Soren has called) experiential intelligence” and how “leaders can harness XQ to unlock their own hidden strengths and that of their teams to drive transformation.” –Valencia Bembry, VP of Philanthropy, United Nations Foundation
Today’s Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #264 will cover Soren Kaplan Ph.D on “Experiential Intelligence: The Missing Ingredient for Unlocking Personal and Professional Success.” This will give me some more time to think a bit deeper on our final part of our review of The Silva Method that I could really use. I’m Andrea Samadi an author and an educator, who launched this podcast to help us to understand the science behind ANY high performance strategy proven to increase our results in our schools, sports, and modern workplaces.
Before we meet Soren Kaplan, I want to share a bit about what he has discovered after 25 years of working with thousands of business leaders around the world. He says that Experiential Intelligence reveals how our past life experiences impact our present success and future opportunities in ways we often don’t recognize. While we can’t change what’s happened to us or how we’ve responded to it, within our unique stories are hidden strengths waiting to be discovered. He says we can all do just that by uncovering our unique Experiential Intelligence (XQ)—or our internal fingerprint, that is a combination of the mindsets and abilities gained from our personal and professional life experiences.Just as memorizing facts doesn’t give you a high IQ, your Experiential Intelligence isn’t merely what you’ve learned over time. It’s how you view opportunities, perceive challenges, and tackle goals.XQ can be leveraged for you to:
Become a better leaderHire and develop talent using more strategic criteriaIncrease collaboration, innovation, and resultsTransform your organization's culture I had to sit and think for a moment after coming across Soren Kaplan’s work, as we’ve covered emotional intelligence on the podcast, with EPISODE #202[v] most recently with Joshua Freedman on “Getting Results with Emotional Intelligence in our Schools and Workplaces” that remains on our TOP 10 most listened episodes of 2022, so I wondered how this NEW book could help us to uncover our hidden assets, remove invisible barriers limiting peak performance, and amplify strengths to achieve breakthroughs for ourselves personally, our teams, or our organizations.Let’s meet Soren Kaplan and find out how we can all use Experiential Intelligence to breakthrough to new heights as we prepare to launch a new year.
Welcome Soren Kaplan, thank you for coming on the podcast to share what you have discovered about this unique fingerprint that we all have-- that when tapped into, can transform our results. Thanks for being here today! I’m excited to uncover some NEW breakthroughs with you.
INTRODUCTION Q: Before I ask you WHAT you’ve discovered that you cover in your NEW book, Experiential Intelligence, I’ve got to start out with a SURPRISE question for you, that wasn’t in the script, because I started reading your second book, Leapfrogging, about using the Power of Surprise for Business Breakthroughs that ties back to one of our earlier interviews on The Power of Surprise.
Can we begin with a progression of your three books, and how you became interested in helping people “break through” to new heights and results?
Q1: Looking through your website, and the praise of your best-selling and award-winning books, I saw leaders in business from around the world from 3M, to the CEO of PBS, to School Superintendents, but there was one person who caught my eye, as he was recognized as the world’s most influential leadership thinker and then I saw that he wrote the foreword to book, Leapfrogging. How did you get to meet Dr. Marshall Goldsmith, who listeners might know as the author of the book, What Got You Here Won’t Get You There?
An excerpt from Dr. Marshall Goldsmith’s foreword from the book, Leapfrogging.
Q1B: How have you brought “lateral thinking” into the workplace?
Q1C: Understanding XQ and all of its parts: how do we even begin to implement this concept that holds so many moving pieces that have been left out of our educational system and workplaces for years?
Q2: Now that you have given us some history of what got you here, can you explain Experiential Intelligence and how it’s different from IQ (Intellectual Intelligence) and EQ (Emotional Intelligence)?
It's how you perceive challenges, view opportunities, and tackle your goals.Street SmartsThe greater self-awareness you gain around your own Experiential Intelligence, the more you actually develop it and can use it to your advantage. Q2B: How does "XQ" complement IQ and EQ (Emotional Intelligence)?
XQ introduces the third leg of the intelligence stool that’s been there all along but is now equally important to recognize as a critical success factor in life and business.To deal with today’s disruptive world, we need to first understand and then develop certain mindsets, abilities, and know-how to ensure we survive and thrive. These are the components of XQ Q3: For those of us who want to now look at our own XQ, How do we decode our own talents and strengths that come from our individual XQ?
Howexactly do life experiences create this "intelligence" and help develop our Experiential Intelligence? To help our audience tap into their “XQ” what would you suggest? How can we tap into this intelligence for increased collaboration at work, leading to more innovation in 2023?
Q3B: How does a team work with XQ?
Q3C: Where do we begin to work with XQ?
Q4: What research supports the ideas behind XQ?
Q4B: How do you take into mind the research in this work, like connecting Dr. Bruce Perry and Oprah’s book, What Happened to You with everyone we work and connect with?
Q4C: Soren asks Andrea where she got the ability to make connections across different sectors, and why does she think these connections are important?
Q5: What is the role of Experiential Intelligence in business, i.e., for leadership, teams, and organizational culture? How does XQ play out in our workplaces?
Companies including Google, Apple, Tesla, IBM, Home Depot, Bank of America, Starbucks, and Hilton no longer require a university degree for an interview.Many organizations haven’t fully tapped into the mindsets, abilities, and know-how that inherently exists across their people and teams. Leaders first need to recognize that the reality of life, including in business, is that everyone brings the whole of who they are with them wherever they go, including both their strengths as well as self-limiting beliefs. Until companies embrace this fact, they’ll never reach their full potential. Q6: Experiential Intelligence seems to have broad relevance and implications beyond business, is that true?
Just like IQ and EQ, we all have XQ. That makes it relevant for parenting, education, personal relationships, psychology and more. Q7: Is there anything important that I’ve missed?
How can we best assess or measure our Experiential Intelligence?
XQ can be measured at the individual, team, and organizational levels.Teams and organizations are simply collections of individuals, so collective “team XQ” or “organization XQ” represent the collective Experiential Intelligence of a group.For example, if a team or organization shares a specific mindset around something, it influences the collective culture in the form of shared attitudes and beliefs.Soren Kaplan created an assessment that measures four dimensions of Experiential Intelligence. ‘Ability Appreciation’ is your recognition that you possess specific strengths in the form of attitudes, assumptions, knowledge, or skills due to your unique experiences. ‘Impact Awareness’ is your attunement to the impacts you’ve experienced in life and how to view and use them to your advantage. ‘Mindset Flexibility’ is your awareness that your attitudes and beliefs will change over time based on your experiences. ‘Amplification’ involves sharing your personal XQ journey while providing a safe, trusted space for others to openly share and receive your insight and encouragement at the same time. How an individual or group scores on these dimensions indicates whether they have a lower or higher level of XQ. Soren, I want to thank you very much for coming on the podcast, and sharing the work you’ve done with leaders around the world, to help our listeners to improve their QX this year for heightened results. For people who want to access the book, is the best place to go to your website?
Andrea’s Final Thoughts:
I couldn’t end this interview without sharing how much Soren’s new book, Experiential Intelligence made me think. I was caught up in thought throughout the entire interview, and working on making XQ applicable for all of us.
I was also surprised when Soren asked me a question. That’s only ever happened ONCE in the three years I’ve been hosting this podcast. Dr. David Sousa surprised me with a question at the end of our first interview, asking me “what else can I answer for you?” and I had thought long and hard about the questions we had covered, and I wasn’t expecting it, so I came up with something that really mattered to me at the end of our interview.
I thought it was interesting that Soren noticed the connections I try to make during interviews. It’s something I’ve noticed comes naturally when I’m listening to someone, I’m looking to see if what they are saying could be applicable for us in any way, especially if I can tie in something important to neuroscience research. I recently noticed that staying sharp with this skill requires me to be well rested, eat a clean diet and stay as healthy as possible, tying in the health and wellness side to our podcast that’s always there. Without our mental and physical wellbeing, everything else is impacted and I noticed it with my inability to make these connections with ease in the summer months, prior to changing some things in my diet. I shared this with Soren at the end of the interview, and he agreed that diet and nutrition have impacted his results as well. It’s an undeniable difference for both of us.
While editing this interview, I wanted to see if I could decode my XQ for an example, and if you watch the YouTube interview, you can see where I took a high impact experience from my high school years, when I was cut from playing basketball (after being on the team in previous years), and this experience conveyed to me that I wasn’t good at sports, and the belief I formed over the years is that I need to work extra hard when it comes to sports. It’s where I draw most of my resilience, strength and never give up attitude from. So instead of being mad at the coach who cut me from the team (Mr. Stein), I can now look at the wealth of experience learned that contributed to my knowledge and skills over the years.
Try this activity yourself, and for those who want to access Chapter 1 of the book, you can get it for FREE from sorenkaplan.com The book comes out Jan. 24th, but if you have time over the holidays, this would be a good time to sit back, reflect and decode your unique fingerprint that contributes to your unique talents and strengths. If you figure out anything eye-opening, I’d love to know, and Soren did say that mediation is another way to think and ponder about your life experiences, to help you to come up with your unique fingerprint.
And with that being said, I'll close out this episode and see you again for PART 4 of The Silva Method in a few days. See you then.
EXPERIENTIAL INTELLIGENCE BOOK:
https://www.sorenkaplan.com/experientialintelligence/
FOLLOW AND CONNECT WITH SOREN KAPLAN, Ph.D.
Website https://www.sorenkaplan.com/overview/
Twitter https://twitter.com/sorenkaplan
LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/sorenkaplan/recent-activity/posts/
Instagram https://www.instagram.com/dr.sorenkaplan/?hl=en
Facebook https://www.facebook.com/SorenKaplan/
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1
“A Deep Dive into Applying the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[ii] https://www.sorenkaplan.com/experientialintelligence/
[iii] https://www.sorenkaplan.com/leapfrogging-book/
[iv] https://www.sorenkaplan.com/invisibleadvantage/
[v] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #202 with Joshua Freedman on “Getting Results with Emotional Intelligence in our Schools and Workplaces” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/joshua-freedman-ceo-of-6-seconds-on-getting-results-with-emotional-intelligence-in-our-schools-and-workplaces/
“A genius is a man who has discovered how to increase the intensity of thought to a point when he can freely communicate with sources of knowledge not available through the ordinary rate of thought.” –Napoleon Hill, author of the Best Selling Classic Book, Think and Grow Rich.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast and PART 3 of our Review of Jose Silva’s Mind Control Program. I’m Andrea Samadi an author and an educator, who like many of you listening, have been fascinated with learning and understanding the science behind ANY high-performance strategy proven to increase our results in our schools, sports, or modern workplaces. If there’s something NEW that I come across that can help us in any way, I’ll investigate it, connect it with the most current research, and then share what I learn with you here.
If you’ve been following the past few episodes, you’ll know that I came across Jose Silva’s work with Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram, from EPISODE #260[i], who has launched 7 successful companies, and mentioned that this book completely changed his world. I had heard of this book and Silva’s Program over the years, and many of the concepts that Jose Silva mentions in his book, but had not read it cover to cover, or practiced the audio training that goes along with the book, so I decided to do a complete review of the program, like we did with Napoleon Hill’s book at the start of this year, and see how this book, that was popular in the 80s and 90s could connect to the interviews we’ve done previously on this podcast. Especially when Friederike Fabritius mentioned on EPISODE #258[ii] that our mind can be trained to produce flashes of insight, that can help us in business and our personal lives and what Jose Silva would say could reveal “some astounding things” with a trained mind.
I wondered how exactly could our mind be trained...
Was daily meditation not enough?If it was, how do I even know if I’m meditating the right way?What was I missing from my current practice?What can we learn from the years of research behind Jose Silva’s popular program that could help all of us to refine our current meditation practice? Then I thought back to a class I took with Jon Kabat-Zinn, the father of mindfulness, who reminded us in this class that we are already perfect, (as we are) and that mindfulness is not about “attaining a certain state, (that brings us to this new level of perfection) but that we are already whole and perfect.” Whatever program we are doing now, the idea of this book review is not to say that Jose Silva’s method is better, or that we might be missing something from what we are already doing, but to see if there’s anything NEW that we cover here, that interests us to dive deeper into, to further enhance our current practice.
Jim Kwik, the founder of Kwik Learning[iii], has said that “we’ve discovered more in the past 20 years about our brain than we’ve known in the previous 2,000 years combined” and I think it’s so exciting to share new strategies to help us all, which is the purpose of this podcast. When I learn something new, something that can help me to improve in any way, this energizes me, this gets me all jazzed up, and I know I can’t be the only one like this. I’m sure for those of you who tune into this podcast, can relate to what I’m saying and I’m honored that you’ve chosen me to study with, wherever you might be tuning into this podcast around the world. I love looking at the statistics to see where listeners are tuning in from in over 168 countries, which is a Geography lesson for me when I look at the map of the world.
For this book review, little263-INTRO did I know just how powerful Silva’s program would be, when I recorded PART 1 of this series. As I began reading each chapter that Jose Silva wrote many years ago when he was on a quest to increase learning for his own children, I began piecing together many of the strategies that we’ve covered on this podcast for improving learning, focus, creativity, imagination and productivity, all backed by science, right within the pages of The Silva Method.
I made many connections to past episodes and research, including Dr. John Dunlosky from EPISODE #37[iv] where he spoke about using “spaced repetition” as an evidence-based method for improving recall for students, that we will cover today. This research also appears in John Almarode, Nancy Frey and Douglas Fisher’s recent book, How Learning Works: Translating the Science of Learning into Strategies in Your Classroom that we covered on EPISODE #161[v].
Or even the importance of mindfulness and meditation in the classroom, for athletes or in the workplace. The connection to current research was enough for me to see that Jose Silva was on to something with the methods he wrote about, years before the research would take off exponentially in this area.
Daniel Goleman wrote about this in his book Altered Traits[vi] where he showed a visual with the research on Mindfulness and Meditation going up exponentially from the year 2000, to 2020.
My goal with this review of The Silva Method[vii], is to help all of us to learn something new to refine our current meditation practice whether we are working in our schools to improve learning, in our sports environments for improved results towards a specific goal, or in the corporate workplace to generate new ideas. I wouldn’t have picked this book to review if it hadn’t made such an impact on the world, like Napoleon Hills’ book, but I had no idea the concepts I would learn each week, would be so powerful, and life-changing.
After releasing the first 2 PARTS of this program, I began to receive messages from our listeners around the world who have used Silva’s Program, even from those who used it years ago. Then my good friend Hans Ajay from the UK, urged me to sign up for the full program through MindValley[viii], (where the course sits today after Vishen Lakhiani (the founder) revised and improved it in this current version. Hans wrote “It’ll be transformative.”
I don’t need anyone to twist my arm if there’s going to be transformation and learning occurring, so I signed up immediately taking what I’m learning in the pages of Silva’s book to a whole new level. I’ll stick to covering each chapter, but have to say that the experiential exercises have brought each chapter to life in a way that I don’t think it’s possible for me to show with my writing. I’ll connect as many exercises as I can find online with each chapter review, and encourage those of you who want to learn more to explore the entire program further through MindValley. This course is unlike anything I’ve ever experienced in all my years of studying and learning.
To REVIEW, In PART 1[ix] we covered:
✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method
✔ What this program has done for others.
✔ Ch 2- Meet Jose Silva
✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA, ALPHA, THETA, DELTA).
✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition.
✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization
✔ How to Help Yourself and Others Using a Mental Screen in Our Mind
UNDERSTANDING HOW TO ACCESS THE ALPHA BRAIN STATE:
Once we understand the different brain states, and how to access them, it makes more sense as we dive into the Alpha State, and practice visualizing on the screen of our mind in this state with the meditation exercises. Understanding the Alpha Level of Mind is the first step in Silva’s Mind Control Program, and used by itself, had tremendous health capabilities.
When you are daydreaming, or just going to sleep but not quite there yet, or just awakening but not yet awake, you are in Alpha Brain State that Silva calls the "inner consciousness” where he says is our mental world exists, with no time or space. With Silva’s Mind Control training you can enter the Alpha level at will and still remain fully alert, which is where the exciting part of his program begins.
I found 2 meditations on YouTube that I’ve listed below to help us to gain access to the experiential activities and take the first steps to applying Jose Silva’s program into our daily life.
ALPHA MEDITATION 1
How to Enter the Alpha Level of Mind,
This first video is an introduction, helping us to understand how to enter the Alpha state of mind easily. Jose Silva explains what one needs to do to reach the Alpha, or meditative, level of mind, and this video illustrates his words beautifully.
ALPHA MEDITATION EXAMPLE 2:
Here’s a second example I found on YouTube of entering the Alpha State and practicing our Mental Screen, with the 3, 2, 1, countdown method in a (25 minutes meditation) with Sommer Leigh, who reads Silva’s Alpha Meditation exactly as he would, but obviously this time, it’s with a female voice and peaceful music. Sommer does address the fact that someone new to meditating should begin with counting down from 100 to 1 to reach the Alpha level, using the countdown method that Silva suggests.
If you prefer a male voice for this activity, you can sign up for MindValley.com where Vishen Lakhiani goes through this same exercise, that he calls “Tapping into Alpha with a Centering Exercise” or you can hear Vishen’s YouTube version of The 20 Minute Silva Centering Exercise here from MindValley’s Channel.
Once you reach the Alpha level, (either in the morning, or a night or any time of day that you have to spend 15 minutes) Silva explains this is where we envision a peaceful place to help us to relax our mind, and body for improved health. This is also the place where we can practice solving a problem that we will go deeper into in PART 2. This meditation ends with the 1-5 countdown method to exit the meditation, where we feel better than we did before.
Jose Silva reminds us that if we did nothing other than practice going to this peaceful state of mind, it would have tremendous health and wellness benefits that research now proves to be true.
In PART 2[x] of our review, on our last episode, we covered:
✔ Ch 4- Dynamic Meditation (where we actually DO something while meditating, instead of it being a passive practice).
✔ The 4 Laws that must be in place BEFORE we visualize a goal.
✔ How these 4 Laws mirror Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich book.
✔ 3 STEPS to SOLVE ANY PROBLEM Using the Silva Method on the Screen that We Build in Our Mind.
✔ Ch 5- Improving Memory
✔ Where Silva's Memory Hacks have been seen on previous episodes and in the motivational speaking industry.
In PART 3 of our review, today’s EPISODE #263, we will cover:
✔ Ch 6-Speed Learning
✔ Ch 7-Creative Sleep
For Chapter 6: Speed Learning
I couldn’t begin writing about Silva’s strategies, without referring to Jim Kwik[xi] first, the founder of Kwik Learning, who created his entire business around how to reader faster, work smarter and think better by accelerating your learning and your life by unlocking what he calls our “superbrain.” Jim Kwik reminds us something I’m sure we’ve all heard of a million times, that school teaches us WHAT to learn (History, Math, Science, Languages) but “there are ZERO classes on how to learn, listen, focus, concentrate, solve problems, read faster or remember things.”
We mentioned Howard Berg, The World’s Fastest Speed Reader on our last episode, who taught us on EPISODE #189[xii] many skills that school never taught us, like speed reading or memory tricks.
Jose Silva was ahead of his game when he began looking for ways to teach his children, and eventually thousands of others who studied his methods, to learn faster, and be able to remember what they learned for longer periods of time.
He offers two strategies in his book:
STRATEGY 1: THE MENTAL SCREEN FOR LEARNING PAIRED WITH THE 3 FINGER TECHNIQUE
Silva suggests using our Mental Screen for learning, to speed up and deepen what we learn. He also uses the 3 Finger Technique to help us to reach the Alpha State quicker, which can be done while reading to help with focus, concentration and retention, and he outlines a teacher from Denver who used this Three Finger Technique to teach her students spelling with a list of 20 words. To test them, she would ask them to write down the words they studied that week, recall the words using the Three Finger Technique, and see the words on the screen of their minds. She was able to teach all of her students to remember their spelling list with this method.
STRATEGY 2: RECORD YOUR VOICE
The second method for Speed Learning, I’m most interest in, as I had heard about this strategy in the past. Silva suggests recording your voice when you need to learn something new. When I worked in the seminar industry, we called this a “loop tape” and this strategy was for anyone who wanted to take their results to new heights. Whether they were studying for a test, and needed to learn something new, or an actor who needed to memorize their lines quickly, a loop tape was recommended. I even remember it was suggested to me when I first moved to the US, and found life in this new country to be challenging. The first thing our offices said was “has Andrea created a loop tape of what she wants her life to look like?” Sounds a bit off the wall, but if you don’t think something first, on the screen of your mind, you’ll be less likely to know what you are looking for when you see it. It’s crazy to look back now, because my current life looks pretty much the way I imagined it to look 20+ years ago, when I created my first loop tape, and even drew a sketch of what I envisioned the house I would live in, would look like.
PUTTING THIS INTO PRACTICE:
For someone who want to apply this strategy to learning something new, Silva suggests to read the chapter that you are studying out loud (or whatever it is that you want to remember) and record it while you’re in the beta brain state, or wide awake and focused. Next, he says, go to the alpha brain state (by counting backwards using the 3, 2, 1 method, or with the 3 Finger Technique and listen to what you recorded while in this state, concentrating on your voice.
For added reinforcement, he suggests to let a few days pass and then do it again. Read the material in your beta state and play it back in alpha. This is also in line with Dr. John Dunlosky’s research, using spaced repetition.
Chapter 7 of The Silva Method on Creative Sleep.
Silva took the dream world very seriously, and he was interested in using dreams to solve problems. His programs teach us to first of all remember your dreams and suggests writing them down as soon as you wake up.
We’ve covered dreams on this podcast with EPISODE #224[xiii] with Harvard Neuroscientist Dr. Baland Jalal on “Sleep Paralysis, Lucid Dreaming and Premonitions” or EPISODE #104[xiv] with Antonio Zadra and his book “When Brains Dream” and I even took a stab at explaining “Why Our Dreams Are So Weird, Highly Emotional and Often Forgotten” on EPISODE #226[xv] as I’m personally been interested in deciphering the messages that come through in our dream state.
I mentioned on our recent episode with Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram about how motivational speaker Bob Proctor would encourage all of us to write down our dreams to see what we could learn from them. I’ve got quite the dream log that goes back to the late 90s, and while no one other than myself would understand the significance within my scribbles, they are very clear to me.
Here’s an example: I was planning to move from Toronto, Canada, to Arizona, USA in January 2000. I had applied to come to the USA on the H1BI VISA for the work I was doing with teenagers, and I didn’t get the paperwork I needed until April 2001. You can see a dream I recorded Dec 14th, 2000 where I wrote “Bob at office putting in new computer telling me how I should set up my Phoenix office” that to someone else might be just a bunch of jumbled words, but to me, that was a clear sign that I was going to eventually finally make it to Arizona, with some suggestions on how to set up my office when I got there. I remember this dream clearly, with Bob actually hiding the wires behind my computer under my desk. With each log I’ve written, I can now go back over the dream in my head whenever I want, and the messages within each dream are obvious…at least to me.
HOW TO USE YOUR DREAMS AS GUIDANCE:
I’ve used this dream log to guide me in my personal and professional life and highly encourage anyone who wants to gain more self-awareness to try this activity.
Silva began using dreams to solve his problems back in 1949 and said the more he studied, the more humbling it became as he realized he knew less and less as time moved forward. He was always looking to learn more to help others with his research.
He writes an incredible story about how he dreamed of 3 numbers, and couldn’t figure out what they were, until a string of events led him to a gas station, where someone he was with saw the numbers on a lottery ticket. He bought the ticket, and went on to win $10,000 that he used to fund his research over the years.
This isn’t the only story where dreams have had a significant importance. Richard Bach, the author of the book “Jonathan Livingston Seagull” an important book in the field of personal development, was almost never was written. Richard Bach explains that he couldn’t figure out the ending to this story, until he saw the ending in a dream he had, helping him to finish the book. This book made the cover of Time Magazine, and Bach credits The Silva Method for the mental discipline and visualization he needed to complete this book.
PUT THIS STRATEGY INTO PRACTICE: BEGIN BY
WRITING DOWN YOUR DREAMS as soon as you wake up. I used to keep a notebook next to my bed, to do this, but now, with a phone nearby, I wake up and use the notepad on my phone. But what if you don’t recall your dreams? Dreams are hard to remember, and Stephanie Gailing, the author of The Complete Book of Dreams says that “on average, within 5 minutes we forget 50% of what we dream and within 10 minutes, only 10% may remain”[xvi] and “there are certain neurotransmitters (brain chemicals) necessary to transform short-term memories into long-term ones; some of these including norepinephrine are at a very low level while dreaming, therefore create an innate blockade to having our nighttime visions etched in our mind.” TAKE THE DREAM WORLD SERIOUSLY: If you can be like Silva, and put value on your dreams, Gailing says “those who revere their dreams and accept them as an integral part of their life remember them more often.” I learned from Vishen Lakhiani, in the Silva Ultramind Online course that some indigenous cultures that he’s come across in his studies, wake up and begin their day by discussing their dreams and what messages they can see from their dream state. I know we are far off from starting our corporate meetings this way, but if you can do this on your own, I do promise you will see things that will help you in your everyday life.MAKE SURE YOU ARE SLEEPING LONG ENOUGH: Gailing reported in her Complete Book of Dreams that “since dreams that arrive in the early morning are thought to be more vivid and complex” be sure you are sleeping long enough that you don’t miss out on this last REM stage of sleep. How would you know WHEN your REM sleep is? You can use a sleep tracker to see. I put a screen shot of my REM SLEEP from last night that shows at what points in the night I was in REM. My report showed last night’s REM sleep to be 21% higher than my 30 day average, but I unfortunately did not remember my dreams from last night.HAVE CONFIDENCE THAT YOU WILL REMEMBER YOUR DREAMS: The strategy of having the intention of remembering your dream works well, and also not worrying if you don’t remember them every night. My dream log has weeks of gaps where I didn’t remember anything at all, or it just wasn’t something I thought was important to remember at the time. To bring this episode to a close, and REVIEW Chapter 6 on Speed Learning and Chapter 7 on Creative Dreams,
In Chapter 6 on Speed Learning we looked at 2 Strategies that included
Using the mental screen paired with the 3-finger technique if you want to learn something quickly, using the Alpha Brain State.Silva also covered recording your voice, or creating what I knew of as the “loop tape” of whatever it is that you want to remember. You would record what you want to remember in the BETA State, and then listen to it in the Alpha state (using the 3 finger technique or counting backwards). In Chapter 7 on Creative Dreams we covered 4 strategies for remembering our dreams, and taking them seriously like Jose Silva himself did.
In the resource section, I’ve put the links to the three meditations I found online that can help you to take Silva’s ideas to new heights in your own life.
I hope that you take the time to go through the meditations where you will see what Hans Ajay told me. They are transformational. I wanted to learn something new with my current meditation practice, and had no idea just how deep Jose Silva’s Program would take me.
Next episode we will cover:
Episode #164
✔ Ch 8-Your Words Have Power
✔ Ch 9-The Power of Imagination
✔ Ch 10-Using Your Mind to Improve Your Health
Will see you next episode.
RESOURCES:
MEDITATION 1: How to Enter the Alpha Level of Mind, Step by Step Process, The Silva Method https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KpMJWT6EsNs
MEDITATION 2: Jose Silva Method Alpha Exercises by Sommer Leigh Published on YouTube June 2022 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5SY0kajVITA
MEDITATION 3: 20 Minute Sila Centering Exercise with Vishen Kakhiani https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h_4GDXWBPCk
REFERENCES:
[i] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #260 with Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram on “Breaking Down the Mindset of the Million Dollar Monk” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/serial-entrepreneur-and-computer-scientist-hasan-ibne-akram-pd-d-on-breaking-down-the-mindset-of-the-million-dollar-monk/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE 3258 Neuroscientist and Wall Street Journal Best Selling Author on “The Brain-Friendly Workplace: Why Talented People Quit and How to Make Them Stay” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/neuroscientistwallstreet-journalbestselling-authorfriederike-fabritius-onhernew-bookthe-brainfriendly-workplacewhy-talented-peoplequitand-how-tomake/
[iii] https://kwiklearning.com/
[iv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #37 with Dr. John Dunlosky on “Improving Student Success with Some Principles from Cognitive Science” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/kent-states-dr-john-dunlosky-on-improving-student-success-some-principles-from-cognitive-science/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #161 with John Almarode, Nancy Frey and Douglas Fisher on “How Learning Works: Translating the Science of Learning into Strategies for Maximum Learning in Your Classroom” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/johnalmarodedouglas-fisherand-nancyfreyon-how-learning-works-translatingthescience-oflearningintostrategiesformaximum-learning-inyourclassroom/
[vi] Altered Traits: Science Reveals How Meditation Changes Your Mind, Brain and bod Published September 5, 2017 by Daniel Goleman https://www.amazon.com/Altered-Traits-Science-Reveals-Meditation/dp/0399184384
[vii] The Silva Mind Control Method https://silvamethod.com/
[viii] www.mindvalley.com
[ix] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1
“A Deep Dive into Applying the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[x]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#262 PART 2 “A Deep Dive into Applying the Silva Method: Dynamic Meditation and Improved Memory” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-2/
[xi] https://kwiklearning.com/
[xii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #145 with Howard Berg, the World’s Fastest Speed Reader on “Strategies for Improving Reading Comprehension and Recall” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-worlds-fastest-reader-howard-stephen-berg-on-strategies-to-improve-reading-comprehension-and-recall-for-educators-and-the-workplace/
[xiii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #224 with Harvard Neuroscientist Dr. Baland Jalal who Explains “Sleep Paralysis, Lucid Dreaming and Premonitions: Expanding Our Awareness into the Mysteries of Our Brain During Sleep” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/harvard-neuroscientist-drbaland-jalalexplainssleepparalysislucid-dreaming-andpremonitionsexpandingour-awareness-into-the-mysteries-ofourbrainduring-sl/
[xiv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #104 with Antonio Zadra on “When Brains Dream” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/sleep-scientist-antonio-zadra-on-when-brains-dream-exploring-the-science-and-mystery-of-sleep/
[xv]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE#226 “Using Neuroscience to Explain Why Our Dreams Are So Weird, Highly Emotional and Often Forgotten” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/brain-fact-friday-using-neuroscience-to-explain-why-our-dreams-are-so-weird-highly-emotional-and-often-forgotten/
[xvi] The Complete Book of Dreams: A Guide to Unlocking the Meaning and Healing Power of Your Dreams by Stephanie Gailing Published October 20, 2020 https://www.amazon.com/Complete-Book-Dreams-Illustrated-Encyclopedia/dp/1577152131
“Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast and PART 2 of our Review of Jose Silva’s Mind Control Program. I’m Andrea Samadi an author and an educator, who like many of you listening, have been fascinated with learning and understanding the science behind ANY high performance strategy proven to increase our results in our schools, sports, and modern workplaces. If there’s something NEW that I come across that can help us in any way, I’ll investigate it, connect it with the most current research, and then share what I learn with you here.
At the start of this year, I reviewed Napoleon Hill’s Best-Selling Think and Grow Rich[i] book, with a deep dive into many of the concepts that have been put to a practical test by millions of people around the world over the years. This is THE book that my mentor Bob Proctor spent his lifetime studying, and it remains on my desk as a resource to visit when I need some inspiration, or some wise words of wisdom to push me forward. Then I came across Jose Silva’s work on our resent EPISODE #260, a fascinating program that I had heard about when I worked in the seminar industry, and I knew it was time to slow down the podcast, and see what Jose Silva’s program covered, and if his work could help us all with whatever it is that we are working on.
My goal with this review of The Silva Method[ii], is to help all of us to learn something new to refine our current meditation practice whether we are working in our schools to improve learning, in our sports environments for improved results towards a specific goal, or in the corporate workplace to generate new ideas. I wouldn’t have picked this book to review if it hadn’t made such an impact on the world, like Napoleon Hills’ book.
In PART 1[iii] of our review, on our last episode, we covered:
✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method
✔ What this program has done for others.
✔ Ch 2- Meet Jose
✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA, ALPHA, THETA, DELTA).
✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition.
✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization
✔ How to Help Yourself and Others Using a Mental Screen in Our Mind
After recording this episode, there were some important parts that I forgot to add in, but since each of these episodes is cumulative, building off the last episode, I’ll be sure to add in anything important along the way. As I’m writing these episodes, as I’m also learning along with you.
***If you are listening to this episode, and have not yet listened to PART 1, please do begin with PART 1 of this series, to maximize each concept we will be learning, and practicing. Each lesson builds off the next, in The Silva Method, which to me could be described as a combination between meditation, and self-hypnosis all in one. I’ll be sharing Silva’s Method, chapter by chapter, with clear examples of how to put it into practice, and how his method can help all of us to train our brain to do some astounding things.
I wanted to cover The Silva Method on this podcast, as years ago, no one spoke about the power of hypnosis, or meditation, in our corporate workplaces, or in our schools. It’s taken some time, but now these concepts are no longer weird, they are mainstream, embraced worldwide, and have helped millions of people from celebrities, and high level CEOS, to regular people in search of their own personal breakthroughs. I hope this episode series will help all of us to sharpen our saw with our own meditation practice, and help us to reach new heights in our personal and professional lives.
On our last episode #261, we practiced accessing the Alpha Brain State using the countdown method, were introduced to the use of the Mental Screen for Heightened Visualization, and learned that it would be this mental screen where we would utilize the power of Silva’s Mind Control Program, that is about controlling our own mind for the betterment of mankind. The idea is that we will be learning sequential exercises, created by Jose Silva, and tested by thousands of others, endorsed and practiced by many of the world’s most well-known and respected scientists, and thought leaders.
On today’s Episode #262 we will cover:
✔ Ch 4- Dynamic Meditation
✔ Ch 5- Improving Memory
and we will build off from where we left on the last episode, where we were practicing building mental images on the screen of our mind, while in the Alpha Brain State.
Chapter 3 on Dynamic Meditation involves “training your mind for organized, dynamic activities” that Jose Silva thinks is what our mind was designed for. He says “once you have reached the meditative level, to simply stay there and wait for something to happen is not enough. It is beautiful and calming and it does contribute to your good health, but these are modest accomplishments compared with what is possible.”
This is where The Silva program gets exciting as we step past passive meditation techniques, to use it dynamically to solve problems. Now we’ll see why it’s so important to perfect what we see on the Screen of our Mind, and why daily practice of these skills is crucial.
Let’s Do This!
Let’s use our mind for something that’s useful for us—something of value. It all begins with our imagination, on this screen of our mind, but Silva says there are 4 important laws we must follow next.
The Silva Program says that --Whatever it is that you want, you must:
Law 1: You must desire that the event take place.
Law 2: You must believe the event can take place.
Law 3: You must expect the event to take place.
Law 4: You cannot create a problem.
When I heard these laws, that Silva wants us to consider BEFORE we begin visualizing what we want, I connected them to Napoleon Hill’s best-selling book, Think and Grow Rich, probably because this book review is still fresh in my mind.
Law 1: You must desire that the event take place. (Which reminds me of the Second chapter of the TAGR book. If you recall, this is the chapter where Barnes had a burning desire to work with Edison, so intense that he “burned all bridges behind him. He stood by his desire until it became the dominating obsession of his life.” (TAGR, Ch 2, Page 20).
BEFORE YOU BEGIN TO USE THE SCREEN IN YOUR MIND, THINK ABOUT THIS.
Do you have a burning desire for whatever it is that you want to create? If not, keep thinking for what you REALLY want, and choose this to focus on for this activity.
Law 2: You must believe the event can take place. (This reminds me of Chapter 3 in TAGR, the chapter of Faith: Visualizing and Believing in the Attainments of the Desire. Napoleon Hill said that “every person who wins in any undertaking must be willing to burn his ships and cut all sources of retreat” (TAGR, Ch 2, Page 21) and you’ll do this, because you won’t believe in any other outcome.
In PART 2 of our TAGR Study, I wrote an example I saw while researching Dr. David Sinclair, who we covered on EPISODE #189[iv] (and he’s come up a few times on the podcast with his pioneering work in the field of anti-aging). While researching him, I found out that he had to self-funded his trip from Australia to MIT (Massachusetts Institute of Technology) to interview to work in their lab, which he did. He didn’t let his lack of funds stop him from finding his way to MIT. He had a clear vision of what he wanted, and he BELIEVED in his vision, and didn’t let any obstacles get in his way.
BEFORE YOU BEGIN TO USE THE SCREEN IN YOUR MIND, THINK ABOUT THIS:
Do you BELIEVE the event you’ll create on the screen of your mind can take place? Unwavering belief drives behavior, and it will come through, and be obvious by the way you walk (with purpose), the way you talk (with conviction) and finally, by the actions you will take, directed towards the attainment of whatever it is that you want. You will NEVER outperform your self-image. Without belief, you’ll miss the boat.
Law 3: You must expect the event to take place. While reading Silva’s laws, I couldn’t believe that these were all a part of the Napoleon Hill’s best-selling book. I wondered if Silva learned them from Hill? I’ll never know for sure, but expectation connects everything we are doing and when we expect something to happen, when it eventually does, we’ll recognize it because it’s been in our mind all along. In Silva’s program, you will have spent some time with what you want on the screen of your mind, so expecting it is the next step.
Law 4: You cannot create a problem. This law says a lot about who Jose Silva was as a person. He says “there is plenty of evil on this planet, and we humans perpetrate more than our share of it. This is done in Beta, not Alpha, not Theta, and probably not in Delta.” He says his research has proved this and I believe him. I don’t believe in time wasting to prove what Silva has already proven, but it you want to use the Alpha Brain State to wish ill-will on someone else, you’ll be wasting your time, as you will quickly snap out of Alpha in this process. You must only visualize something that’s for the betterment of mankind.
LET’S USE THE POWER OF OUR MIND TO SOLVE A PROBLEM
***To practice this, choose an event that’s a solution to a problem you have. Something you desire, believe can come about, and can learn to expect it, with this exercise.
STEP 1: PICK A PROBLEM
Follow the steps that will get you into the Alpha Brain State, from our last episode (counting backwards from 100-1) and then lift your eyes upwards, and with your mind, create a mental screen where you will re-create the problem you want to solve. Relive the problem by seeing it and feeling it.
For Schools: A problem could be a poor grade on a test, resulting in a low overall grade.
For Sports: The problem could be a losing streak, or poor performance leading with the loss.
For the Workplace: The problem could be a lack of sales in your organization, or poor performance somewhere.
Pick the problem you want to solve, and visualize it on the screen of your mind.
STEP 2: TAKE SOME SORT OF ACTION
Next, you will gently push the problem scene off to the right which Silva explains in his book will represent the PAST. The past is now over, so push the problem aside.
To the left of the problem, (that represents the FUTURE), create a NEW mental screen with the SOLUTION. Whatever you imagine will require ACTION of some sort showing you solving the problem.
Most of us don’t spend time thinking about the present moment or the future. We can easily get bogged down in what happened in the past. This is what I love about Silva’s Method. The past is over, moved off to the side and we now focus ONLY on the present (taking action to solve the problem) and the FUTURE, which will highlight the changed outcome.
For Schools: A solution could involve a student studying with more focus.
For Sports: A solution could involve practicing a skill that is known for needed improvement.
For the Workplace: A solution could involve presenting your product to a group of people who see its value, and decide they will purchase a large order.
STEP 3: THE SOLUTION
Finally, the action you have taken pays off, and you will envision the solution on the screen of your mind. Everything here is positive, and all of the feelings associated with the problem have been resolved. You celebrate the WIN here in as much detail as you can. What does this win feel like? Who’s there watching you? What do you hear? What do you see? Involve all of your senses.
For Schools: Picture the student celebrating when they see their efforts were rewarded with an A+ grade. This A+ will lead to many more, eventually allowing the student to receive an honor roll award at the end of the year.
For Sports: You’ll picture your team celebrating when the practice pays off with a WIN that eventually leads to a trophy or award at the end of the season.
For the Workplace: You’ll picture your team celebrating when they receive the large order that came from the hard work from the recent presentation. The team celebrates by hosting a lunch where all those involved are recognized for their efforts.
These are some examples of using The Silva Method to train your brain towards your desired outcome. Does it always work? No, Silva says, but with time and practice, you’ll start to see improvements that you might chalk up to be coincidences. He suggests stopping this practice altogether, and the coincidences will also stop. Start back up again, and they will reappear.
You’ll see…just practice this, and let me know what YOU see.
With practice, the results you will see will be more and more astounding.
The part that I forgot to mention was that in this Mind Control Exercise, “you will establish two routines. One for going to your level (with the countdown method) and the other for coming out of it.” Silva suggests at the end of STEP 3, after you’ve successfully visualized your solution, to say “I will slowly come out as I count from 1-5, feeling wide awake and better than before. One, two, prepare to open your eyes, three, open your eyes, four, five, eyes open, wide awake, feeling better than before.”
This entire exercise, with practice, can be done with just 15 minute blocks of time, especially once you’ve reached the countdown method from counting from 5-1 to enter your level. You can also reach this state at any point in the day (morning upon wake, night, before sleep, or any time of day that you can a block of time where you can close your eyes and visualize yourself solving your problem).
Chapter 5: Improving Memory
We’ve covered memory hacks on this podcast with EPISODE #145[v] with Howard Berg, The World’s Fastest Speed Reader on “Strategies for Improving Reading Comprehension and Recall” or EPISODE #149[vi] with Two-Time Guinness World Record Holder Dave Farrow on “Focus, Fatigue, and Memory Hacks.”
I’ll use what Howard Berg said in our interview together[vii] as he said “take a list that you know, and link it to what you want to remember” which is exactly what Jose Silva suggests with his memory strategy. Howard had me remember a list from 1-10 using words and images (1 looks like pole, 2 is shoe, 3 is a tricycle since it has three wheels), 4 is a car (four wheels), 5 is a glove (five fingers in a glove)…etc. Next, Howard had me speed learning this list of numbers using imagery, showing me how to remember longer lists of numbers with these images.
If you had ever attended a seminar with Bob Proctor, he also did this activity, linking words that we want to remember to a list of 10 words we already know by what he called ridiculous association. With the audience, he would pick a list of 20 words they wanted to recall (the audience would shout out 20 things). I wrote them down in my notes you can see (if you can read my writing). Then Bob would tie the words we want to recall to the numbers we already knew, by ridiculous association.
1-run, the audience picked a water bottle to remember and he’d say, (imagine a water bottle running around the room) 2-zoo (imaging a whole bunch of watches behind the glass with the lions as they are walking around them at the zoo 3-tree (growing a whole bunch of telephones), 4-door (with eye-glasses on the handle balancing there about to drop off when someone opens the door)…Bob’s memory technique was like Howard’s linking images (ridiculous images that were difficult to forget) to a list of numbers we already knew.
Silva also believed in creating visual images to remember words and called these images “memory pegs” and mentioned this type of learning is a whole other area. To keep it simple, he says, to remember something
He says that “all that you have to do, once you’ve learned to work with your mental screen, is visualize a past event that surrounds an incident you believe you have forgotten, and it will be there. I say an incident you believe you have forgotten because in reality you have not forgotten it at all. You simply do not recall it. There is a significant difference.” (Ch. 5, Silva Silva Method).
He says that our brains record far more than we realize, and goes on to give some fascinating examples of what people have remembered while under general anesthesia, which is a whole other area I’ll cover another time.
3 Finger Technique:
In this chapter, Silva shows us how we can use what he calls the 3 Finger Technique to help us to quickly access the Alpha Brain State and solve simple things, like memory recall.
He says, “Here is how simple it is: Just bring together the thumb and first two fingers of either hand and your mind will instantly adjust to a deeper level” to accomplish what you want.
Try it for yourself.
STEP 1: Join together your thumb and your first two fingers. What do you notice? He says this instantly brings us into the Alpha State.
STEP 2: REPEAT silently or out loud “Whenever I join my fingers together like this”—now join them—“for a serious purpose I will instantly reach this level of mind to accomplish whatever I desire.”
I heard Vishen Lakhiani, the CEO of MindValley say that he calms himself down during public speaking with this method. I agree that it’s very calming, and use this technique to relax when I’m feeling stressed or anxious. I just used it yesterday while driving my girls to gymnastics in heavy traffic.
Silva says that teacher from Denver used this Three Finger Technique to teach her students spelling with a list of 20 words. To test them, she asks them to write down the words they studied that week, recall the words using the Three Finger Technique, and see the words on the screen of their minds. She’s able to teach all of her students to remember their spelling list with this method.
This concept is not new. It’s often how people place their hands during meditation, while sitting crossed-legged, but Silva has taken this technique to new heights, and those who have applied to to their line of work have noticed a significant improvement with memory/recall.
REMEMBER:
“When a person learns to function mentally at this deeper level, creativity is enhanced. Memory is improved and a person is better able to solve problems.” (Jose Silva).
TO REVIEW PART 2 OF THE SILVA METHOD: We covered
✔ REVIEW of EPISODE #261 PART 1
✔ Ch 4- Dynamic Meditation
✔ The 4 Laws that must be in place BEFORE you visualize something.
✔ We Solved a Problem with 3 STEPS (Problem, Action, Solution) with ideas to use this method for schools, sports or the workplace.
✔ Ch 5- Improving Memory
✔ The 3 Finger Technique
SOME FINAL THOUGHTS:
As we close out this episode, I want to reinforce that solving problems using the screen of our mind is something that takes some practice. This isn’t something I’ve mastered yet, but as I have said, the purpose of these episodes are to see how we can improve our own meditation practices. It’s only been 9 days for me now practicing the countdown method, and I’m noticing that I can access this beautiful Alpha Brain State quicker than I was from day 1 with improved focus, and clarity. My current goal is to be in better control of the images that I see on the screen of my mind. Right now, it’s taking a lot of effort to override what I can see there already, and put something new on the screen that I want to create. When I need to access this state in the day, I’m using the 3 Finger Technique and finding another solution to instantly calm my brain. I’d obviously love to solve all of my problems overnight, but that’s not how The Silva Program was designed.
It’s a journey of the mind, that I think is fascinating.
“Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva
I can see how many of Jose Silva’s techniques have created geniuses, as Howard Berg, The World’s Fastest Speed Reader used similar strategies, as well as the 2-time World Guinness Record Holder, Dave Farrow.
Thank you for listening, and coming on this journey with me. I’d love to know what you notice if you have tried out the exercises with your field of work.
With that, I’ll close out for now, and will see you in a few days with
Episode #163 on
✔ Ch 6-Speed Learning
✔ Ch 7-Creative Sleep
REFERENCES:
[i] Think and Grow Rich Book Review with Andrea Samadi
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #191 PART 2 on “Thinking Differently and Choosing Faith Over Fear” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-2-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever-by-thinking-differently-and-choosing-faith-over-fear/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193 PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #194 PART 4 on “Perfecting the Skills of Organized Planning, Decision-Making, and Persistence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-4-on-perfecting-the-skills-of-organized-planning-decision-making-and-persistence/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #195 PART 5 on “The Power of the Mastermind, Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation, and Linking all Parts of Our Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 PART 6 in Memory of Bob Proctor on “The 15 Principles Behind Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich Book” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
[ii] The Silva Mind Control Method https://silvamethod.com/
[iii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #261 PART 1
“A Deep Dive into Applying the Silva Method for Improved Intuition, Creativity and Focus” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/a-deep-dive-with-andrea-samadi-into-applying-the-silva-method-for-improved-intuition-creativity-and-focus-part-1/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #189 on “Understanding Hormesis: Why Stress and Adversity Make Us Physically and Mentally Stronger” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/understanding-hormesis-why-stress-and-adversity-make-us-physically-and-mentally-stronger/
[v]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #145 with Howard Berg, the World’s Fastest Speed Reader on “Strategies for Improving Reading Comprehension and Recall” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-worlds-fastest-reader-howard-stephen-berg-on-strategies-to-improve-reading-comprehension-and-recall-for-educators-and-the-workplace/
[vi]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #149 with Two-Time Guinness World Record Holder Dave Farrow on “Focus, Fatigue and Memory Hacks” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/2-time-guinness-world-record-holder-dave-farrow-on-focus-fatigue-and-memory-hacks-for-students-and-the-workplace/
[vii] Howard Berg’s Memory Trick with Andrea (40:20) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Al0B6HzxtEk
“Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, as you will soon see.” Jose Silva (August 11, 1914-February 7, 1999) author of The Silva Mind Control Method.
Welcome back to The Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast I’m Andrea Samadi and like many of you listening, have been fascinated with learning and understanding the science behind high performance strategies to increase our results in our schools, sports, and modern workplaces.
As we are in the midst of holiday season here with Thanksgiving this past week in the US, and Christmas fast approaching, we will be narrowing our focus here on the podcast and resuming interviews in the New Year. Until then, this episode will launch a series where I’ll be taking us on a deep dive into the benefits of developing a meditation practice. While I’m sure those who tune into this podcast already have a practice in place, I wanted to cover a meditation method that I came across years ago, that our last interview, with Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram reminded me about.
The goal of this series is to help all of us to reduce stress with this practice, but also to see if we can learn something new, and refine our practice for those who work in our schools to improve learning, in our sports environments for improved focus and concentration towards a specific goal, and in the corporate workplace for ideas to improve creativity and focus. We will begin this series reviewing Jose Silva and Philip Miele’s The Silva Mind Control Method[i] that’s based on the Revolutionary Program by the Founder of the World’s Most Famous Mind Control Course.
Ch 1: Using Our Mind in Special Ways
This course is something I came across while working in the seminar industry, and while interviewing Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram, on our last EPISODE #260[ii], he reminded me of Jose Silva’s program, that helped him with his self-esteem as a teenager, in addition to his studies, and a few other areas of his life, and this reminded me that I had come across Jose Silva’s work years ago. I’d actually forgotten about this book, and many of the techniques we learned that were adaptations of Silva’s work, and I thought that since meditation is helping so many people around the world, and it’s now mainstream in our schools, with athletes, and in the corporate world, it would be fascinating to look closer at Jose Silva’s Method, to see if it could help all of us to enhance our current meditation practice, myself included. Then I dove into The Silva Method, and realized his work is going to need to be broken up over a few episodes, like we did with The Think and Grow Rich[iii] book review, just to make it applicable for all of us, and give each chapter careful consideration as we look to see what parts of The Silva Method, could help us to improve our own lives. I wanted to release this episode last Friday, but in order to cover this topic properly, I knew I had to review the Silva Method thoroughly myself, do exactly what he instructs us to do, and not cut any corners. So this weekend, instead of recording, I reviewed and practiced the strategies in the first three chapters of this book, making more connections to past episodes, and increasing my learning and understanding before sharing these ideas with you.
If you listened to our episode #258 with Friederike Fabritius, on her new book, The Brain-Friendly Workplace, I asked her what science has to say about those flashes of insight that we ALL have access to for improved creativity and performance, and she explained that “when you are relaxed, your brain waves slow down to the alpha state.”
Friederike further explained that we can measure these brain waves with EEG scans and that at moments of insight, or those AHA Moments, the brain has “gamma oscillations” that can be trained and measured that she called “The Gamma Insight Effect.”
After speaking with Friederike, I wondered HOW we could ALL train our brain to reach these levels to gain those flashes of insight on demand, or at least more often, to help us with our lives and work?
Whenever I’ve had a flash of insight about something, it’s often during times where I’m relaxed (during a massage, in the shower, or during meditation) but they happen when I’m not expecting them, so I’ve learned to write them down, to see I can learn the meaning behind them, and determine if the insight is useful.
Have you had flashes of insight? When do they happen for you? How do you make use of what you are seeing?
Next, I remembered our interview #148[iv] with Dr. James Hardt and his Biocybernaut Alpha One Training that helped people (like Tony Robbins) to access the zone, or peak performance, on demand, and increase those heightened levels of awareness for reduced stress and increased productivity.
I wondered if there was a way we could do this ourselves, without having to pay the money to attend a training somewhere.
Dr. Hasan spoke about attending Dave Asprey’s 5 Day 40 Years of Zen Training[v], that was life-changing, but he also mentioned The Silva Method on EPISODE #260, that’s designed specifically to help us to tap into the Alpha (deeply relaxed brain state) with other parts of the program that could train us to reach the Theta State (relaxed consciousness, deep meditation, light sleep, REM state) and the Delta State where we are in a deep sleep.
Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram, who has successfully built 7 companies, believes that the Silva Method launched his mind to a whole new way of thinking and spoke about how Einstein and Edison would gain flashes of insight from relaxing their minds in a certain way, something that we ALL have access to do. Dr. Hasan is a huge believer in The Silva Method, that shows us how to access these creative brain states, and then give us some ideas of what to do with them once we are there. Jose Silva himself believed that once we learn how to use the tools in his program, that we all have the ability to become geniuses.
Napoleon Hill even wrote about this in his best-selling book, Think and Grow Rich, when he said that a better definition of genius “is a man who had discovered how to increase the intensity of thought to a point where he can communicate with sources of knowledge not available through the ordinary rate of thought.”
Read that quote a few times and keep thinking.
How could YOU benefit from diving a bit deeper into your meditation practice?
We have covered meditation on this podcast, beginning with Dr. Dan Siegel all the way back to EPISODE #28[vi] where we spoke with Dr. Siegel about something he calls Mindsight, or seeing the mind in another person, and he says this is the “basis for social and emotional intelligence.” Then on EPISODE #60[vii], we dove deeper into his Wheel of Awareness Meditation, and the science behind a meditation practice, which is evident to anyone who goes to www.pubmed.gov and types in the word “meditation” as they will see over 9,000 results showing that mindfulness and meditation clearly improves our health and wellness. Dr. Dan Siegel has mentioned the research often with his Wheel of Awareness Meditation, that “integrates the structure and function of the brain.” By integration, he meant moving towards well-being.
But with ALL of these episodes, we’ve focused on WHAT meditation does (improves mental and physical health and well-being) but I’ve never covered exactly HOW to access these altered states of consciousness, or what to do when we get there, mostly because until I read Jose Silva’s book, I had no idea what I was doing when I was meditating. I’d been doing many of the exercises in Silva’s Program, that I had learned from different seminars and sources over the years, without fully understanding exactly what I was doing, and noticed I could use some improvement with my own practice.
When Friederike Fabritius said that accessing these different brain states could be trained, and then suddenly Dr. Hasan mentioned HOW he trained his brain all those years ago, I thought it was time to take a closer look at our brain states. My goal with this episode is to help me to be more intentional with my meditation practice, and then share what I learn with you here. Just keep an open mind. As I share my insights with you from each chapter, see how the ideas could help you to improve YOUR practice, and perhaps give you some new insights along the way.
On PART 1 of this book review we will cover:
✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method
✔ What this program has done for others.
✔ Ch 2- Meet Jose
✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA,ALPHA,THETA,DELTA).
✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition.
✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization
✔ How to Help Yourself and Others With this Practice
What This Program Has Done for Others:
For this episode, #261, we will begin our DEEP DIVE into Jose Silva’s Mind Control Method, used by over 10 million students around the world, to see if we can all use his work, that’s based on accessing altered states of consciousness, to train our brain in ways where school just never taught us. The only reason I had heard about Jose Silva’s Method, was that when I sold seminars for Bob Proctor, back in the late 1990s, many of the seminar attendees asked me if I had heard of Silva’s Training. Over the years, I learned that parts of Silva’s Methods were used in many of the seminars I had attended in the personal development industry, but I had never looked at the entire program as Jose Silva had written it. Much like I had only read parts of Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich book, until I decided to review it myself on this podcast earlier this year. We will be going through the chapters together, and see what resonates with our current practice enough to dive deeper into.
Now, there are two ways you could learn about these concepts. You can either learn with me here on the podcast, or, if you want to go deeper, you could pay to do one of the trainings like Dr. Hasan Akram did (with Dave Asprey), or what Tony Robbins did, with Dr. James Hardt and his Biocybernaut Alpha One Training, or even dive deeper into The Silva Method as this Method is now called The UltraMind System[viii] that you can purchase through Mind Valley which is where the program exists today. It’s here that the CEO of Mind Valley, a New York Times Best-Selling author himself, Vishen Lakhiani[ix] was asked to be the face of Jose Silva’s work, just a few years after he passed away.
PART 1 of My Review of the Silva Method:
Remember when Dr. Hasan held up his copy of Jose Silva’s book, from our last episode? The book is actually written as a book within a book, as the outside chapters 1 and 2, and 17-20 were written by Philipe Miele, who orients us to Jose Silva, and the millions of graduates who have benefitted from the program, while the inside of the book consists of the techniques we will learn, written by Jose Silva.
We will learn more about the type of man Jose Silva was, but I have to clarify the title of the program, that is based solely on learning to control our mind for “the betterment of mankind.” (Page 6, The Silva Mind Control Method). The program cannot be used in any other way and is not meant to be used to “control” anyone, other than our own minds. As we saw with the quote we opened up with, once we can learn how to use our mind, it will do some astounding things. Throughout this series, we will see how it can be used to improve our own intuitive and creativity skills, solve large and small problems that we might have in business and in life, and will even uncover ways we can use the tools to improve our own health, or the health of others. Just keep an open mind as we go through the chapters, and I’ll show you how I’ve either used the tools myself, or have seen them being used by others for results that cannot be denied.
What This Program Has done for Others
Now, don’t just take my word for the deep work we will uncover in the next few episodes, here’s what some of the leading experts have said about Jose Silva’s Method as well as what Jose Silva himself has said that his program has done for others.
✔ A marketing company used it to create 18 new products.
✔ 14 Chicago White Socks players used it to boost their scores.
✔ Celebrities have used it and credit Jose Silva for improving their focus and creativity.
✔ Colleges and universities have used it to help students study less, but learn more.
To access the research[x] that has been done on this program to date, I’ll link it in the show notes. The late Dr. Wayne Dyer has said that “anything with the name Jose Silva as the author has my vote before I open to page one. Read it with a pen for underlining.”
The Founder of Precious Moments, Jon Butler said that “Any CEO who is not using altered states of mind is at a competitive disadvantage.” (from Vishen Lakiani’s Masterclass).[xi]
As you go through this book review with me, think of where The Silva Program could help you. There will be some areas that will resonate with you, that you can practice and refine, and others that you can set aside for a later time. At the end of each of these review episodes, I’ll have a section for you to put the ideas into action with clear examples of how I have used these exercises.
REMEMBER:
“When a person learns to function mentally at this deeper level, creativity is enhanced. Memory is improved and a person is better able to solve problems.” (Jose Silva).
Ch 2- Meet Jose Silva
What’s crazy for me to see, looking back at Silva’s work, is that he began The Silva Method, with his children while he was working on a way to improve learning. Like any parent, he wanted the best for his own children and their academics. But Jose Silva went above and beyond what most of would do for this to occur.
He took his knowledge of working with radios and electronic circuitry, (what he did for his work that he excelled at) and combined this knowledge with the fact that we know that the mind generates energy, and developed a program that he hoped would help the brain to work more efficiently. He tested his ideas on his children. Imagine Jose Silva, as a young man, with young children, who would work his job in radio repair until 9pm every night, come home, eat dinner, help put his children to bed, and then when his house was quiet, he would go on to study until midnight. He would learn the ideas that would eventually help his own children improve their grades, extending the course to other children, who achieved even better results with his program, as he refined and improved it along the way, and then within 3 years, developed the course that we know today. This is where The Silva Method began, that has now been validated by over 500,000 experiments, providing the results that no one could ignore.
Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA,ALPHA,THETA,DELTA).
A Review of the Brain States:
Beta Brain States: are where most of us spend our waking time, in normal and alert consciousness with brain waves at 15-30 cycles/second. It’s here that we can feel the stress and anxiousness of daily life, so finding ways to offset this stress can be helpful.
***Alpha Brain State: where our brain slows down and we begin to feel healing, a sense of relaxation, or bliss, at around 9-14 cycles/second with our brain waves. This brain state is where most of Jose Silva’s Programs are centered around.
Theta Brain State: involves deeper relaxation with access to problem solving while these waves slow down to 4-8 cycles/second. If we can train our brain to stay awake here, we will be able to access heightened levels of creativity and intuition for solving problems. In chapter 7 of the book, Jose Silva covers Creative Sleep. He says “Understand a Man’s Dreams, and You Understand the Man”
Delta State: our brain waves slow to 1-3 cycles/second while we are in deep dreamless sleep.
How Do We Use the Silva Method to Access the Alpha State Where All the Magic Begins?
STEP 1: HOW TO ACCESS THE ALPHA STATE:
YOU CAN ACCES THE ALPHA STATE WHEN YOU FIRST WAKE UP, BEFORE BED, and ANY OTHER TIME YOU HAVE 15 MINUTES TO RELAX YOUR MIND. The Alpha State is the easiest state to access as we will already be in this state the first 5 minutes after we wake up.
Jose Silva suggests:
Jose Silva suggests the 40 Day Technique to guarantee you are at the Alpha Level where you begin by counting backwards from 100 to 1 for 10 mornings, then you can count from 50-1 for the next 10 mornings, then from 20-1 for 10 mornings, and then 10-1 until you get to 5 to 1. I’m currently in the first 10 days of counting backwards from 100-1 to allow myself to drift deeper into Alpha in the morning as well as before I go to sleep at night. I noticed that I’m more focused on my morning meditation, whereas before, I was just sitting there, not as focused as I know I could have been. I practice Dan Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation each morning, and going into the Alpha State FIRST, has deepened my brain state into the Alpha level, where I no longer drift off when I hear a noise or something.
PUT THIS INTO PRACTICE: Begin using the 100-1 countdown to at night, in the morning, or whenever you plan to access the alpha level to begin to improve your current practice.
I’m in my first few days of practicing this method before sleep, and the first couple of nights, fell asleep before I could get to 1. I’ll keep trying, as I’d like to get to the point where I can just count from 5-1 to access the Alpha State, like Jose Silva suggests. If you are as serious about accessing this level as I am, I suggest keeping a note card next to your work place to check off where you are in this process. After 10 days, you can progress to the next step, until you are able to access the alpha state from counting from 5-1.
STEP 2: ONCE YOU REACH THE ALPHA STATE, THEN WHAT?
Next, You will learn to use a Mental Screen for Heightened Visualization
Once you have accessed the Alpha State, Silva reminds us:
Central to Jose’s Silva Method of Mind Control is with the power of visualization, and he says “right from the beginning, from the very moment you reach your meditative level (what he calls accessing the Alpha State), you must learn to practice visualization. The better you learn to visualize, the more powerful will be your experience with Mind Control.”
He also believes that his process goes far beyond what many of us have come across with other meditation programs, and as I go through each chapter, I’ll leave it to you to pick and choose which parts of his program resonate with you to use and practice, but this part is important to master for EVERYTHING else we will be learning.
PUT THIS INTO PRACTICE: When you close your eyes, what do you see? Raise your eyes up a bit (about 20% upwards above the horizon of what you see). Is it black, or can you use your mind to create things? Begin with simple things like an orange or an apple. This takes time and practice. This mental screen will help you in many ways as we move through different lessons, and is important, but don’t be tied to what you think you should see. We are all at different stages of learning. I started seeing things on the screen of my mind starting in my late 20s, and things would flash sometimes when I was relaxed. I never did have control over what I was seeing. It just happened, and I would either know what I was seeing, or be wondering “what on the earth is that” so I’m hoping that with time, effort and practice, I will gain better control over what I’m able to visualize, so I can put it to better use.
STEP 3: Now Utilize This Power
With time and practice, it will be this screen that you will learn how to help yourself and others. You begin with creating simple things, until you are ready to solve small problems in your daily life, from work, to health, and improve learning/creativity.
PUT THIS INTO PRACTICE:
Just begin here with playing around with what you can create on the screen of your mind in the Alpha State. If you do nothing else, other than these 3 steps, you will experience what William Wordsworth called “a happy stillness of mind.” (Page 27, The Silva Method).
Think of this as a journey within your mind. Each day you will be getting better and better, mentally stronger and stronger, and remember the quote we opened this episode with?
“Once we learn to use our mind to train it, it will do some astounding things for us, you will soon see.” (Jose Silva)
TO REVIEW PART 1 of THE SILVA METHOD:
We covered:
✔ CH 1- Using More of Our Mind in Special Ways: An Introduction to the Silva Mind Control Method
✔ What this program has done for others.
✔ Ch 2- Meet Jose Silva and learned about his passion for helping others to improve their ability to learn.
✔ Ch 3- How to Meditate: A review of the brain states (BETA,ALPHA,THETA,DELTA).
✔ How to quickly access the ALPHA STATE to improve creativity, and intuition using the countdown Method.
✔ Using A Mental Screen in Your Mind for Heightened Visualization
✔ It Will Be This Screen That We Will Use to Help Yourself and Others in Future Chapters.
SOME FINAL THOUGHTS:
As we close out this episode, I wanted to share that while there are many programs out there, and I’m not here to say that one is better than the next. If you have studied the father of mindfulness, Jon Kabat-Zinn, you’ll recall that he reminds us that we are already perfect, and that mindfulness is not about “attaining a certain state, (that brings us to this new level of perfection) but that we are already whole and perfect.” Whatever program you are doing now, see if there’s anything we cover that interests you to dive deeper into to further enhance what you are already doing.
And with that, I’ll post the topics in upcoming episodes on the show notes, and I’ll see you in a few days, with EPISODE #162 on Dynamic Meditation and Improving Our Memory.
COMING NEXT:
Episode #162 we will cover
✔ Ch 4- Dynamic Meditation
✔ Ch 5- Improving Memory
Episode #163
✔ Ch 6-Speed Learning
✔ Ch 7-Creative Sleep
Episode #164
✔ Ch 8-Your Words Have Power
✔ Ch 9-The Power of Imagination
✔ Ch 10-Using Your Mind to Improve Your Health
Episode #165
✔ Ch 12- You Can Practice ESP
✔ Ch 13- Form Your Own Practice Group
✔ Ch 14- How to Help Others
Episode #166
✔ Ch 16- A Checklist
✔ Ch 17- A Psychiatrist Works with The Silva Program
✔ Ch 18- Your Self-Esteem Will Soar
✔ Ch 19- Mind Control in the Business World
✔ Ch 20- Where Do We Go from Here?
REFERENCES:
[i] The Silva Mind Control Method https://silvamethod.com/
[ii] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #260 with Dr. Hasan Ibne Akram on “Breaking Down the Mindset of the Million Dollar Monk” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/serial-entrepreneur-and-computer-scientist-hasan-ibne-akram-pd-d-on-breaking-down-the-mindset-of-the-million-dollar-monk/
[iii] Think and Grow Rich Book Review with Andrea Samadi
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #190 PART 1 “Making 2022 Your Best Year Ever” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-1-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #191 PART 2 on “Thinking Differently and Choosing Faith Over Fear” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-2-how-to-make-2022-your-best-year-ever-by-thinking-differently-and-choosing-faith-over-fear/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #193 PART 3 on “Putting Our Goals on Autopilot with Autosuggestion and Our Imagination” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-3-using-autosuggestion-and-your-imagination-to-put-your-goals-on-autopilot/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #194 PART 4 on “Perfecting the Skills of Organized Planning, Decision-Making, and Persistence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-4-on-perfecting-the-skills-of-organized-planning-decision-making-and-persistence/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #195 PART 5 on “The Power of the Mastermind, Taking the Mystery Out of Sex Transmutation, and Linking all Parts of Our Mind” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/think-and-grow-rich-book-review-part-5-on-the-power-of-the-mastermind-taking-the-mystery-out-of-sex-transmutation-and-linking-all-parts-of-our-mind/
Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #196 PART 6 in Memory of Bob Proctor on “The 15 Principles Behind Napoleon Hill’s Think and Grow Rich Book” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-neuroscience-behind-the-15-success-principles-of-napoleon-hill-s-classic-boo-think-and-grow-rich/
[iv] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #148 with Dr. James Hardt on his “Biocybernaut Alpha Training” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/dr-james-hardt-of-biocybernaut-alpha-training-on-change-your-brain-waves-change-your-life/
[v] https://40yearsofzen.com/dave/
[vi] Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #28 with Dr. Daniel Siegel on “Mindsight, the Basis for Social and Emotional Intelligence” https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/clinical-professor-of-psychiatry-at-the-ucla-school-of-medicine-dr-daniel-siegel-on-mindsight-the-basis-for-social-and-emotional-intelligence/
[vii]Neuroscience Meets Social and Emotional Learning Podcast EPISODE #60 on “The Science Behind a Meditation Practice with a Deep Dive into Dr. Daniel Siegel’s Wheel of Awareness Meditation https://andreasamadi.podbean.com/e/the-science-behind-a-meditation-practice-with-a-deep-dive-into-dr-dan-siegel-s-wheel-of-awareness/
[viii] Mind Valley The Silva UltraMind System https://www.mindvalley.com/ultramind/sales?utm_source=google-paid&utm_medium=ocpm&otag=%5Bgg-ads%5D-%5Bvsl%5D-%5B17753276300%5D-%5B%5D-%5B%5D-%5Bsums%5D&gclid=Cj0KCQiAsoycBhC6ARIsAPPbeLvitYEzBdYZUiIjVD6DfQhvBjckA4peckfGlr0NpnXnvs0dK2jXTLEaAiZoEALw_wcB
[ix] Mind Valley The Silva UltraMind System https://www.mindvalley.com/ultramind/sales?utm_source=google-paid&utm_medium=ocpm&otag=%5Bgg-ads%5D-%5Bvsl%5D-%5B17753276300%5D-%5B%5D-%5B%5D-%5Bsums%5D&gclid=Cj0KCQiAsoycBhC6ARIsAPPbeLvitYEzBdYZUiIjVD6DfQhvBjckA4peckfGlr0NpnXnvs0dK2jXTLEaAiZoEALw_wcB
[x] Research on The Silva Method https://silvamethod.com/research
[xi] Vishen Lakiani’s Masterclass on The Silva Method https://www.mindvalley.com/ultramind?itm_source=storefront_w2.0&itm_campaign=sums_evergreen_evergreen_sums&otag=storefront_sums&itm_medium=email&itm_content=%5Bwatch_later%5D